Added some index entries for the "hide" option (or option prefix). Closes: bug 524.
[exim.git] / doc / doc-docbook / spec.xfpt
1 . $Cambridge: exim/doc/doc-docbook/spec.xfpt,v 1.23 2007/08/25 12:33:01 magnus Exp $
2 .
3 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4 . This is the primary source of the Exim Manual. It is an xfpt document that is
5 . converted into DocBook XML for subsequent conversion into printing and online
6 . formats. The markup used herein is "standard" xfpt markup, with some extras.
7 . The markup is summarized in a file called Markup.txt.
8 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9
10 .include stdflags
11 .include stdmacs
12
13 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
14 . This outputs the standard DocBook boilerplate.
15 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16
17 .docbook
18
19 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20 . These lines are processing instructions for the Simple DocBook Processor that
21 . Philip Hazel has developed as a less cumbersome way of making PostScript and
22 . PDFs than using xmlto and fop. They will be ignored by all other XML
23 . processors.
24 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25
26 .literal xml
27 <?sdop
28 foot_right_recto="&chaptertitle; (&chapternumber;)"
29 foot_right_verso="&chaptertitle; (&chapternumber;)"
30 toc_chapter_blanks="yes,yes"
31 table_warn_soft_overflow="no"
32 ?>
33 .literal off
34
35 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
36 . This generate the outermost <book> element that wraps then entire document.
37 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
38
39 .book
40
41 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
42 . These definitions set some parameters and save some typing. Remember that
43 . the <bookinfo> element must also be updated for each new edition.
44 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
45
46 .set previousversion "4.66"
47 .set version "4.67"
48
49 .set ACL "access control lists (ACLs)"
50 .set I "&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"
51
52
53 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
54 . Additional xfpt markup used by this document, over and above the default
55 . provided in the xfpt library.
56 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
57
58 . --- Override the &$ flag to automatically insert a $ with the variable name
59
60 .flag &$ $& "<varname>$" "</varname>"
61
62 . --- Short flags for daggers in option headings. They will always be inside
63 . --- an italic string, but we want the daggers to be roman.
64
65 .flag &!! "</emphasis>&dagger;<emphasis>"
66 .flag &!? "</emphasis>&Dagger;<emphasis>"
67
68 . --- A macro for an Exim option definition heading, generating a one-line
69 . --- table with four columns. For cases when the option name is given with
70 . --- a space, so that it can be split, a fifth argument is used for the
71 . --- index entry.
72
73 .macro option
74 .arg 5
75 .oindex "&%$5%&"
76 .endarg
77 .arg -5
78 .oindex "&%$1%&"
79 .endarg
80 .itable all 0 0 4 8* left 6* center 6* center 6* right
81 .row "&%$1%&" "Use: &'$2'&" "Type: &'$3'&" "Default: &'$4'&"
82 .endtable
83 .endmacro
84
85 . --- A macro for the common 2-column tables. The width of the first column
86 . --- is suitable for the many tables at the start of the main options chapter;
87 . --- the small number of other 2-column tables override it.
88
89 .macro table2 196pt 254pt
90 .itable none 0 0 2 $1 left $2 left
91 .endmacro
92
93 . --- A macro that generates .row, but puts &I; at the start of the first
94 . --- argument, thus indenting it. Assume a minimum of two arguments, and
95 . --- allow up to four arguments, which is as many as we'll ever need.
96
97 .macro irow
98 .arg 4
99 .row "&I;$1" "$2" "$3" "$4"
100 .endarg
101 .arg -4
102 .arg 3
103 .row "&I;$1" "$2" "$3"
104 .endarg
105 .arg -3
106 .row "&I;$1" "$2"
107 .endarg
108 .endarg
109 .endmacro
110
111 . --- Macros for option, variable, and concept index entries. For a "range"
112 . --- style of entry, use .scindex for the start and .ecindex for the end. The
113 . --- first argument of .scindex and the only argument of .ecindex must be the
114 . --- ID that ties them together.
115
116 .macro cindex
117 &<indexterm role="concept">&
118 &<primary>&$1&</primary>&
119 .arg 2
120 &<secondary>&$2&</secondary>&
121 .endarg
122 &</indexterm>&
123 .endmacro
124
125 .macro scindex
126 &<indexterm role="concept" id="$1" class="startofrange">&
127 &<primary>&$2&</primary>&
128 .arg 3
129 &<secondary>&$3&</secondary>&
130 .endarg
131 &</indexterm>&
132 .endmacro
133
134 .macro ecindex
135 &<indexterm role="concept" startref="$1" class="endofrange"/>&
136 .endmacro
137
138 .macro oindex
139 &<indexterm role="option">&
140 &<primary>&$1&</primary>&
141 .arg 2
142 &<secondary>&$2&</secondary>&
143 .endarg
144 &</indexterm>&
145 .endmacro
146
147 .macro vindex
148 &<indexterm role="variable">&
149 &<primary>&$1&</primary>&
150 .arg 2
151 &<secondary>&$2&</secondary>&
152 .endarg
153 &</indexterm>&
154 .endmacro
155
156 .macro index
157 .echo "** Don't use .index; use .cindex or .oindex or .vindex"
158 .endmacro
159 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
160
161
162 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
163 . The <bookinfo> element is removed from the XML before processing for Ascii
164 . output formats.
165 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
166
167 .literal xml
168 <bookinfo>
169 <title>Specification of the Exim Mail Transfer Agent</title>
170 <titleabbrev>The Exim MTA</titleabbrev>
171 <date>10 April 2007</date>
172 <author><firstname>Philip</firstname><surname>Hazel</surname></author>
173 <authorinitials>PH</authorinitials>
174 <affiliation><orgname>University of Cambridge Computing Service</orgname></affiliation>
175 <address>New Museums Site, Pembroke Street, Cambridge CB2 3QH, England</address>
176 <revhistory><revision>
177 <revnumber>4.67</revnumber>
178 <date>10 April 2007</date>
179 <authorinitials>PH</authorinitials>
180 </revision></revhistory>
181 <copyright><year>2007</year><holder>University of Cambridge</holder></copyright>
182 </bookinfo>
183 .literal off
184
185
186 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
187 . This chunk of literal XML implements index entries of the form "x, see y" and
188 . "x, see also y". However, the DocBook DTD doesn't allow <indexterm> entries
189 . at the top level, so we have to put the .chapter directive first.
190 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
191
192 .chapter "Introduction" "CHID1"
193 .literal xml
194
195 <indexterm role="variable">
196 <primary>$1, $2, etc.</primary>
197 <see><emphasis>numerical variables</emphasis></see>
198 </indexterm>
199 <indexterm role="concept">
200 <primary>address</primary>
201 <secondary>rewriting</secondary>
202 <see><emphasis>rewriting</emphasis></see>
203 </indexterm>
204 <indexterm role="concept">
205 <primary>Bounce Address Tag Validation</primary>
206 <see><emphasis>BATV</emphasis></see>
207 </indexterm>
208 <indexterm role="concept">
209 <primary>Client SMTP Authorization</primary>
210 <see><emphasis>CSA</emphasis></see>
211 </indexterm>
212 <indexterm role="concept">
213 <primary>CR character</primary>
214 <see><emphasis>carriage return</emphasis></see>
215 </indexterm>
216 <indexterm role="concept">
217 <primary>CRL</primary>
218 <see><emphasis>certificate revocation list</emphasis></see>
219 </indexterm>
220 <indexterm role="concept">
221 <primary>delivery</primary>
222 <secondary>failure report</secondary>
223 <see><emphasis>bounce message</emphasis></see>
224 </indexterm>
225 <indexterm role="concept">
226 <primary>dialup</primary>
227 <see><emphasis>intermittently connected hosts</emphasis></see>
228 </indexterm>
229 <indexterm role="concept">
230 <primary>exiscan</primary>
231 <see><emphasis>content scanning</emphasis></see>
232 </indexterm>
233 <indexterm role="concept">
234 <primary>failover</primary>
235 <see><emphasis>fallback</emphasis></see>
236 </indexterm>
237 <indexterm role="concept">
238 <primary>fallover</primary>
239 <see><emphasis>fallback</emphasis></see>
240 </indexterm>
241 <indexterm role="concept">
242 <primary>filter</primary>
243 <secondary>Sieve</secondary>
244 <see><emphasis>Sieve filter</emphasis></see>
245 </indexterm>
246 <indexterm role="concept">
247 <primary>ident</primary>
248 <see><emphasis>RFC 1413</emphasis></see>
249 </indexterm>
250 <indexterm role="concept">
251 <primary>LF character</primary>
252 <see><emphasis>linefeed</emphasis></see>
253 </indexterm>
254 <indexterm role="concept">
255 <primary>maximum</primary>
256 <see><emphasis>limit</emphasis></see>
257 </indexterm>
258 <indexterm role="concept">
259 <primary>monitor</primary>
260 <see><emphasis>Exim monitor</emphasis></see>
261 </indexterm>
262 <indexterm role="concept">
263 <primary>no_<emphasis>xxx</emphasis></primary>
264 <see>entry for xxx</see>
265 </indexterm>
266 <indexterm role="concept">
267 <primary>NUL</primary>
268 <see><emphasis>binary zero</emphasis></see>
269 </indexterm>
270 <indexterm role="concept">
271 <primary>passwd file</primary>
272 <see><emphasis>/etc/passwd</emphasis></see>
273 </indexterm>
274 <indexterm role="concept">
275 <primary>process id</primary>
276 <see><emphasis>pid</emphasis></see>
277 </indexterm>
278 <indexterm role="concept">
279 <primary>RBL</primary>
280 <see><emphasis>DNS list</emphasis></see>
281 </indexterm>
282 <indexterm role="concept">
283 <primary>redirection</primary>
284 <see><emphasis>address redirection</emphasis></see>
285 </indexterm>
286 <indexterm role="concept">
287 <primary>return path</primary>
288 <seealso><emphasis>envelope sender</emphasis></seealso>
289 </indexterm>
290 <indexterm role="concept">
291 <primary>scanning</primary>
292 <see><emphasis>content scanning</emphasis></see>
293 </indexterm>
294 <indexterm role="concept">
295 <primary>SSL</primary>
296 <see><emphasis>TLS</emphasis></see>
297 </indexterm>
298 <indexterm role="concept">
299 <primary>string</primary>
300 <secondary>expansion</secondary>
301 <see><emphasis>expansion</emphasis></see>
302 </indexterm>
303 <indexterm role="concept">
304 <primary>top bit</primary>
305 <see><emphasis>8-bit characters</emphasis></see>
306 </indexterm>
307 <indexterm role="concept">
308 <primary>variables</primary>
309 <see><emphasis>expansion, variables</emphasis></see>
310 </indexterm>
311 <indexterm role="concept">
312 <primary>zero, binary</primary>
313 <see><emphasis>binary zero</emphasis></see>
314 </indexterm>
315
316 .literal off
317
318
319 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
320 . This is the real start of the first chapter. See the comment above as to why
321 . we can't have the .chapter line here.
322 . chapter "Introduction"
323 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
324
325 Exim is a mail transfer agent (MTA) for hosts that are running Unix or
326 Unix-like operating systems. It was designed on the assumption that it would be
327 run on hosts that are permanently connected to the Internet. However, it can be
328 used on intermittently connected hosts with suitable configuration adjustments.
329
330 Configuration files currently exist for the following operating systems: AIX,
331 BSD/OS (aka BSDI), Darwin (Mac OS X), DGUX, Dragonfly, FreeBSD, GNU/Hurd,
332 GNU/Linux, HI-OSF (Hitachi), HI-UX, HP-UX, IRIX, MIPS RISCOS, NetBSD, OpenBSD,
333 OpenUNIX, QNX, SCO, SCO SVR4.2 (aka UNIX-SV), Solaris (aka SunOS5), SunOS4,
334 Tru64-Unix (formerly Digital UNIX, formerly DEC-OSF1), Ultrix, and Unixware.
335 Some of these operating systems are no longer current and cannot easily be
336 tested, so the configuration files may no longer work in practice.
337
338 There are also configuration files for compiling Exim in the Cygwin environment
339 that can be installed on systems running Windows. However, this document does
340 not contain any information about running Exim in the Cygwin environment.
341
342 The terms and conditions for the use and distribution of Exim are contained in
343 the file &_NOTICE_&. Exim is distributed under the terms of the GNU General
344 Public Licence, a copy of which may be found in the file &_LICENCE_&.
345
346 The use, supply or promotion of Exim for the purpose of sending bulk,
347 unsolicited electronic mail is incompatible with the basic aims of the program,
348 which revolve around the free provision of a service that enhances the quality
349 of personal communications. The author of Exim regards indiscriminate
350 mass-mailing as an antisocial, irresponsible abuse of the Internet.
351
352 Exim owes a great deal to Smail 3 and its author, Ron Karr. Without the
353 experience of running and working on the Smail 3 code, I could never have
354 contemplated starting to write a new MTA. Many of the ideas and user interfaces
355 were originally taken from Smail 3, though the actual code of Exim is entirely
356 new, and has developed far beyond the initial concept.
357
358 Many people, both in Cambridge and around the world, have contributed to the
359 development and the testing of Exim, and to porting it to various operating
360 systems. I am grateful to them all. The distribution now contains a file called
361 &_ACKNOWLEDGMENTS_&, in which I have started recording the names of
362 contributors.
363
364
365 .section "Exim documentation" "SECID1"
366 .new
367 .cindex "documentation"
368 This edition of the Exim specification applies to version &version; of Exim.
369 Substantive changes from the &previousversion; edition are marked in some
370 renditions of the document; this paragraph is so marked if the rendition is
371 capable of showing a change indicator.
372 .wen
373
374 This document is very much a reference manual; it is not a tutorial. The reader
375 is expected to have some familiarity with the SMTP mail transfer protocol and
376 with general Unix system administration. Although there are some discussions
377 and examples in places, the information is mostly organized in a way that makes
378 it easy to look up, rather than in a natural order for sequential reading.
379 Furthermore, the manual aims to cover every aspect of Exim in detail, including
380 a number of rarely-used, special-purpose features that are unlikely to be of
381 very wide interest.
382
383 .cindex "books about Exim"
384 An &"easier"& discussion of Exim which provides more in-depth explanatory,
385 introductory, and tutorial material can be found in a book entitled &'The Exim
386 SMTP Mail Server'&, published by UIT Cambridge
387 (&url(http://www.uit.co.uk/exim-book/)).
388
389 This book also contains a chapter that gives a general introduction to SMTP and
390 Internet mail. Inevitably, however, the book is unlikely to be fully up-to-date
391 with the latest release of Exim. (Note that the earlier book about Exim,
392 published by O'Reilly, covers Exim 3, and many things have changed in Exim 4.)
393
394 .cindex "Debian" "information sources"
395 If you are using a Debian distribution of Exim, you will find information about
396 Debian-specific features in the file
397 &_/usr/share/doc/exim4-base/README.Debian_&.
398 The command &(man update-exim.conf)& is another source of Debian-specific
399 information.
400
401 .cindex "&_doc/NewStuff_&"
402 .cindex "&_doc/ChangeLog_&"
403 .cindex "change log"
404 As the program develops, there may be features in newer versions that have not
405 yet made it into this document, which is updated only when the most significant
406 digit of the fractional part of the version number changes. Specifications of
407 new features that are not yet in this manual are placed in the file
408 &_doc/NewStuff_& in the Exim distribution.
409
410 Some features may be classified as &"experimental"&. These may change
411 incompatibly while they are developing, or even be withdrawn. For this reason,
412 they are not documented in this manual. Information about experimental features
413 can be found in the file &_doc/experimental.txt_&.
414
415 All changes to the program (whether new features, bug fixes, or other kinds of
416 change) are noted briefly in the file called &_doc/ChangeLog_&.
417
418 .cindex "&_doc/spec.txt_&"
419 This specification itself is available as an ASCII file in &_doc/spec.txt_& so
420 that it can easily be searched with a text editor. Other files in the &_doc_&
421 directory are:
422
423 .table2 100pt
424 .row &_OptionLists.txt_& "list of all options in alphabetical order"
425 .row &_dbm.discuss.txt_& "discussion about DBM libraries"
426 .row &_exim.8_& "a man page of Exim's command line options"
427 .row &_experimental.txt_& "documentation of experimental features"
428 .row &_filter.txt_& "specification of the filter language"
429 .row &_pcrepattern.txt_& "specification of PCRE regular expressions"
430 .row &_pcretest.txt_& "specification of the PCRE testing program"
431 .row &_Exim3.upgrade_& "upgrade notes from release 2 to release 3"
432 .row &_Exim4.upgrade_& "upgrade notes from release 3 to release 4"
433 .endtable
434
435 The main specification and the specification of the filtering language are also
436 available in other formats (HTML, PostScript, PDF, and Texinfo). Section
437 &<<SECTavail>>& below tells you how to get hold of these.
438
439
440
441 .section "FTP and web sites" "SECID2"
442 .cindex "web site"
443 .cindex "FTP site"
444 The primary site for Exim source distributions is currently the University of
445 Cambridge's FTP site, whose contents are described in &'Where to find the Exim
446 distribution'& below. In addition, there is a web site and an FTP site at
447 &%exim.org%&. These are now also hosted at the University of Cambridge. The
448 &%exim.org%& site was previously hosted for a number of years by Energis
449 Squared, formerly Planet Online Ltd, whose support I gratefully acknowledge.
450
451 .cindex "wiki"
452 .cindex "FAQ"
453 .new
454 As well as Exim distribution tar files, the Exim web site contains a number of
455 differently formatted versions of the documentation. A recent addition to the
456 online information is the Exim wiki (&url(http://www.exim.org/eximwiki/)),
457 which contains what used to be a separate FAQ, as well as various other
458 examples, tips, and know-how that have been contributed by Exim users.
459
460 .cindex Bugzilla
461 An Exim Bugzilla exists at &url(http://www.exim.org/bugzilla/). You can use
462 this to report bugs, and also to add items to the wish list. Please search
463 first to check that you are not duplicating a previous entry.
464 .wen
465
466
467
468 .section "Mailing lists" "SECID3"
469 .cindex "mailing lists" "for Exim users"
470 .new
471 The following Exim mailing lists exist:
472
473 .table2 140pt
474 .row &'exim-users@exim.org'& "General discussion list"
475 .row &'exim-dev@exim.org'& "Discussion of bugs, enhancements, etc."
476 .row &'exim-announce@exim.org'& "Moderated, low volume announcements list"
477 .row &'exim-future@exim.org'& "Discussion of long-term development"
478 .endtable
479 .wen
480
481 You can subscribe to these lists, change your existing subscriptions, and view
482 or search the archives via the mailing lists link on the Exim home page.
483 .cindex "Debian" "mailing list for"
484 If you are using a Debian distribution of Exim, you may wish to subscribe to
485 the Debian-specific mailing list &'pkg-exim4-users@lists.alioth.debian.org'&
486 via this web page:
487 .display
488 &url(http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/pkg-exim4-users)
489 .endd
490 Please ask Debian-specific questions on this list and not on the general Exim
491 lists.
492
493 .section "Exim training" "SECID4"
494 .cindex "training courses"
495 From time to time (approximately annually at the time of writing), training
496 courses are run by the author of Exim in Cambridge, UK. Details of any
497 forthcoming courses can be found on the web site
498 &url(http://www-tus.csx.cam.ac.uk/courses/exim/).
499
500
501 .section "Bug reports" "SECID5"
502 .cindex "bug reports"
503 .cindex "reporting bugs"
504 Reports of obvious bugs should be emailed to &'bugs@exim.org'&. However, if you
505 are unsure whether some behaviour is a bug or not, the best thing to do is to
506 post a message to the &'exim-dev'& mailing list and have it discussed.
507
508
509
510 .section "Where to find the Exim distribution" "SECTavail"
511 .cindex "FTP site"
512 .cindex "distribution" "ftp site"
513 The master ftp site for the Exim distribution is
514 .display
515 &*ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/email/exim*&
516 .endd
517 This is mirrored by
518 .display
519 &*ftp://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim*&
520 .endd
521 The file references that follow are relative to the &_exim_& directories at
522 these sites. There are now quite a number of independent mirror sites around
523 the world. Those that I know about are listed in the file called &_Mirrors_&.
524
525 Within the &_exim_& directory there are subdirectories called &_exim3_& (for
526 previous Exim 3 distributions), &_exim4_& (for the latest Exim 4
527 distributions), and &_Testing_& for testing versions. In the &_exim4_&
528 subdirectory, the current release can always be found in files called
529 .display
530 &_exim-n.nn.tar.gz_&
531 &_exim-n.nn.tar.bz2_&
532 .endd
533 where &'n.nn'& is the highest such version number in the directory. The two
534 files contain identical data; the only difference is the type of compression.
535 The &_.bz2_& file is usually a lot smaller than the &_.gz_& file.
536
537 .cindex "distribution" "signing details"
538 .cindex "distribution" "public key"
539 .cindex "public key for signed distribution"
540 The distributions are currently signed with Philip Hazel's GPG key. The
541 corresponding public key is available from a number of keyservers, and there is
542 also a copy in the file &_Public-Key_&. The signatures for the tar bundles are
543 in:
544 .display
545 &_exim-n.nn.tar.gz.sig_&
546 &_exim-n.nn.tar.bz2.sig_&
547 .endd
548 For each released version, the log of changes is made separately available in a
549 separate file in the directory &_ChangeLogs_& so that it is possible to
550 find out what has changed without having to download the entire distribution.
551
552 .cindex "documentation" "available formats"
553 The main distribution contains ASCII versions of this specification and other
554 documentation; other formats of the documents are available in separate files
555 inside the &_exim4_& directory of the FTP site:
556 .display
557 &_exim-html-n.nn.tar.gz_&
558 &_exim-pdf-n.nn.tar.gz_&
559 &_exim-postscript-n.nn.tar.gz_&
560 &_exim-texinfo-n.nn.tar.gz_&
561 .endd
562 These tar files contain only the &_doc_& directory, not the complete
563 distribution, and are also available in &_.bz2_& as well as &_.gz_& forms.
564
565
566 .section "Limitations" "SECID6"
567 .ilist
568 .cindex "limitations of Exim"
569 .cindex "bang paths" "not handled by Exim"
570 Exim is designed for use as an Internet MTA, and therefore handles addresses in
571 RFC 2822 domain format only. It cannot handle UUCP &"bang paths"&, though
572 simple two-component bang paths can be converted by a straightforward rewriting
573 configuration. This restriction does not prevent Exim from being interfaced to
574 UUCP as a transport mechanism, provided that domain addresses are used.
575 .next
576 .cindex "domainless addresses"
577 .cindex "address" "without domain"
578 Exim insists that every address it handles has a domain attached. For incoming
579 local messages, domainless addresses are automatically qualified with a
580 configured domain value. Configuration options specify from which remote
581 systems unqualified addresses are acceptable. These are then qualified on
582 arrival.
583 .next
584 .cindex "transport" "external"
585 .cindex "external transports"
586 The only external transport mechanisms that are currently implemented are SMTP
587 and LMTP over a TCP/IP network (including support for IPv6). However, a pipe
588 transport is available, and there are facilities for writing messages to files
589 and pipes, optionally in &'batched SMTP'& format; these facilities can be used
590 to send messages to other transport mechanisms such as UUCP, provided they can
591 handle domain-style addresses. Batched SMTP input is also catered for.
592 .next
593 Exim is not designed for storing mail for dial-in hosts. When the volumes of
594 such mail are large, it is better to get the messages &"delivered"& into files
595 (that is, off Exim's queue) and subsequently passed on to the dial-in hosts by
596 other means.
597 .next
598 Although Exim does have basic facilities for scanning incoming messages, these
599 are not comprehensive enough to do full virus or spam scanning. Such operations
600 are best carried out using additional specialized software packages. If you
601 compile Exim with the content-scanning extension, straightforward interfaces to
602 a number of common scanners are provided.
603 .endlist
604
605
606 .section "Run time configuration" "SECID7"
607 Exim's run time configuration is held in a single text file that is divided
608 into a number of sections. The entries in this file consist of keywords and
609 values, in the style of Smail 3 configuration files. A default configuration
610 file which is suitable for simple online installations is provided in the
611 distribution, and is described in chapter &<<CHAPdefconfil>>& below.
612
613
614 .section "Calling interface" "SECID8"
615 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "command line interface"
616 Like many MTAs, Exim has adopted the Sendmail command line interface so that it
617 can be a straight replacement for &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& or
618 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& when sending mail, but you do not need to know anything
619 about Sendmail in order to run Exim. For actions other than sending messages,
620 Sendmail-compatible options also exist, but those that produce output (for
621 example, &%-bp%&, which lists the messages on the queue) do so in Exim's own
622 format. There are also some additional options that are compatible with Smail
623 3, and some further options that are new to Exim. Chapter &<<CHAPcommandline>>&
624 documents all Exim's command line options. This information is automatically
625 made into the man page that forms part of the Exim distribution.
626
627 Control of messages on the queue can be done via certain privileged command
628 line options. There is also an optional monitor program called &'eximon'&,
629 which displays current information in an X window, and which contains a menu
630 interface to Exim's command line administration options.
631
632
633
634 .section "Terminology" "SECID9"
635 .cindex "terminology definitions"
636 .cindex "body of message" "definition of"
637 The &'body'& of a message is the actual data that the sender wants to transmit.
638 It is the last part of a message, and is separated from the &'header'& (see
639 below) by a blank line.
640
641 .cindex "bounce message" "definition of"
642 When a message cannot be delivered, it is normally returned to the sender in a
643 delivery failure message or a &"non-delivery report"& (NDR). The term
644 &'bounce'& is commonly used for this action, and the error reports are often
645 called &'bounce messages'&. This is a convenient shorthand for &"delivery
646 failure error report"&. Such messages have an empty sender address in the
647 message's &'envelope'& (see below) to ensure that they cannot themselves give
648 rise to further bounce messages.
649
650 The term &'default'& appears frequently in this manual. It is used to qualify a
651 value which is used in the absence of any setting in the configuration. It may
652 also qualify an action which is taken unless a configuration setting specifies
653 otherwise.
654
655 The term &'defer'& is used when the delivery of a message to a specific
656 destination cannot immediately take place for some reason (a remote host may be
657 down, or a user's local mailbox may be full). Such deliveries are &'deferred'&
658 until a later time.
659
660 The word &'domain'& is sometimes used to mean all but the first component of a
661 host's name. It is &'not'& used in that sense here, where it normally refers to
662 the part of an email address following the @ sign.
663
664 .cindex "envelope, definition of"
665 .cindex "sender" "definition of"
666 A message in transit has an associated &'envelope'&, as well as a header and a
667 body. The envelope contains a sender address (to which bounce messages should
668 be delivered), and any number of recipient addresses. References to the
669 sender or the recipients of a message usually mean the addresses in the
670 envelope. An MTA uses these addresses for delivery, and for returning bounce
671 messages, not the addresses that appear in the header lines.
672
673 .cindex "message" "header, definition of"
674 .cindex "header section" "definition of"
675 The &'header'& of a message is the first part of a message's text, consisting
676 of a number of lines, each of which has a name such as &'From:'&, &'To:'&,
677 &'Subject:'&, etc. Long header lines can be split over several text lines by
678 indenting the continuations. The header is separated from the body by a blank
679 line.
680
681 .cindex "local part" "definition of"
682 .cindex "domain" "definition of"
683 The term &'local part'&, which is taken from RFC 2822, is used to refer to that
684 part of an email address that precedes the @ sign. The part that follows the
685 @ sign is called the &'domain'& or &'mail domain'&.
686
687 .cindex "local delivery" "definition of"
688 .cindex "remote delivery, definition of"
689 The terms &'local delivery'& and &'remote delivery'& are used to distinguish
690 delivery to a file or a pipe on the local host from delivery by SMTP over
691 TCP/IP to another host. As far as Exim is concerned, all hosts other than the
692 host it is running on are &'remote'&.
693
694 .cindex "return path" "definition of"
695 &'Return path'& is another name that is used for the sender address in a
696 message's envelope.
697
698 .cindex "queue" "definition of"
699 The term &'queue'& is used to refer to the set of messages awaiting delivery,
700 because this term is in widespread use in the context of MTAs. However, in
701 Exim's case the reality is more like a pool than a queue, because there is
702 normally no ordering of waiting messages.
703
704 .cindex "queue runner" "definition of"
705 The term &'queue runner'& is used to describe a process that scans the queue
706 and attempts to deliver those messages whose retry times have come. This term
707 is used by other MTAs, and also relates to the command &%runq%&, but in Exim
708 the waiting messages are normally processed in an unpredictable order.
709
710 .cindex "spool directory" "definition of"
711 The term &'spool directory'& is used for a directory in which Exim keeps the
712 messages on its queue &-- that is, those that it is in the process of
713 delivering. This should not be confused with the directory in which local
714 mailboxes are stored, which is called a &"spool directory"& by some people. In
715 the Exim documentation, &"spool"& is always used in the first sense.
716
717
718
719
720
721
722 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
723 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
724
725 .chapter "Incorporated code" "CHID2"
726 .cindex "incorporated code"
727 .cindex "regular expressions" "library"
728 .cindex "PCRE"
729 A number of pieces of external code are included in the Exim distribution.
730
731 .ilist
732 Regular expressions are supported in the main Exim program and in the Exim
733 monitor using the freely-distributable PCRE library, copyright &copy;
734 University of Cambridge. The source is distributed in the directory
735 &_src/pcre_&. However, this is a cut-down version of PCRE. If you want to use
736 the PCRE library in other programs, you should obtain and install the full
737 version of the library from
738 &url(ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre).
739 .next
740 .cindex "cdb" "acknowledgment"
741 Support for the cdb (Constant DataBase) lookup method is provided by code
742 contributed by Nigel Metheringham of (at the time he contributed it) Planet
743 Online Ltd. The implementation is completely contained within the code of Exim.
744 It does not link against an external cdb library. The code contains the
745 following statements:
746
747 .blockquote
748 Copyright &copy; 1998 Nigel Metheringham, Planet Online Ltd
749
750 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
751 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
752 Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
753 version.
754
755 This code implements Dan Bernstein's Constant DataBase (cdb) spec. Information,
756 the spec and sample code for cdb can be obtained from
757 &url(http://www.pobox.com/~djb/cdb.html). This implementation borrows
758 some code from Dan Bernstein's implementation (which has no license
759 restrictions applied to it).
760 .endblockquote
761 .next
762 .cindex "SPA authentication"
763 .cindex "Samba project"
764 .cindex "Microsoft Secure Password Authentication"
765 Client support for Microsoft's &'Secure Password Authentication'& is provided
766 by code contributed by Marc Prud'hommeaux. Server support was contributed by
767 Tom Kistner. This includes code taken from the Samba project, which is released
768 under the Gnu GPL.
769 .next
770 .cindex "Cyrus"
771 .cindex "&'pwcheck'& daemon"
772 .cindex "&'pwauthd'& daemon"
773 Support for calling the Cyrus &'pwcheck'& and &'saslauthd'& daemons is provided
774 by code taken from the Cyrus-SASL library and adapted by Alexander S.
775 Sabourenkov. The permission notice appears below, in accordance with the
776 conditions expressed therein.
777
778 .blockquote
779 Copyright &copy; 2001 Carnegie Mellon University. All rights reserved.
780
781 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
782 modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
783 are met:
784
785 .olist
786 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
787 notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
788 .next
789 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
790 notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
791 the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
792 distribution.
793 .next
794 The name &"Carnegie Mellon University"& must not be used to
795 endorse or promote products derived from this software without
796 prior written permission. For permission or any other legal
797 details, please contact
798 .display
799 Office of Technology Transfer
800 Carnegie Mellon University
801 5000 Forbes Avenue
802 Pittsburgh, PA 15213-3890
803 (412) 268-4387, fax: (412) 268-7395
804 tech-transfer@andrew.cmu.edu
805 .endd
806 .next
807 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
808 acknowledgment:
809
810 &"This product includes software developed by Computing Services
811 at Carnegie Mellon University (&url(http://www.cmu.edu/computing/)."&
812
813 CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
814 THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
815 AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE
816 FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
817 WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
818 AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
819 OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
820 .endlist
821 .endblockquote
822
823 .next
824 .cindex "Exim monitor" "acknowledgment"
825 .cindex "X-windows"
826 .cindex "Athena"
827 The Exim Monitor program, which is an X-Window application, includes
828 modified versions of the Athena StripChart and TextPop widgets.
829 This code is copyright by DEC and MIT, and their permission notice appears
830 below, in accordance with the conditions expressed therein.
831
832 .blockquote
833 Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
834 and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
835
836 All Rights Reserved
837
838 Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
839 documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
840 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
841 both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
842 supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or MIT not be
843 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
844 software without specific, written prior permission.
845
846 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
847 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
848 DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
849 ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
850 WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
851 ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
852 SOFTWARE.
853 .endblockquote
854
855 .next
856 Many people have contributed code fragments, some large, some small, that were
857 not covered by any specific licence requirements. It is assumed that the
858 contributors are happy to see their code incorporated into Exim under the GPL.
859 .endlist
860
861
862
863
864
865 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
866 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
867
868 .chapter "How Exim receives and delivers mail" "CHID11" &&&
869 "Receiving and delivering mail"
870
871
872 .section "Overall philosophy" "SECID10"
873 .cindex "design philosophy"
874 Exim is designed to work efficiently on systems that are permanently connected
875 to the Internet and are handling a general mix of mail. In such circumstances,
876 most messages can be delivered immediately. Consequently, Exim does not
877 maintain independent queues of messages for specific domains or hosts, though
878 it does try to send several messages in a single SMTP connection after a host
879 has been down, and it also maintains per-host retry information.
880
881
882 .section "Policy control" "SECID11"
883 .cindex "policy control" "overview"
884 Policy controls are now an important feature of MTAs that are connected to the
885 Internet. Perhaps their most important job is to stop MTAs being abused as
886 &"open relays"& by misguided individuals who send out vast amounts of
887 unsolicited junk, and want to disguise its source. Exim provides flexible
888 facilities for specifying policy controls on incoming mail:
889
890 .ilist
891 .cindex "&ACL;" "introduction"
892 Exim 4 (unlike previous versions of Exim) implements policy controls on
893 incoming mail by means of &'Access Control Lists'& (ACLs). Each list is a
894 series of statements that may either grant or deny access. ACLs can be used at
895 several places in the SMTP dialogue while receiving a message from a remote
896 host. However, the most common places are after each RCPT command, and at the
897 very end of the message. The sysadmin can specify conditions for accepting or
898 rejecting individual recipients or the entire message, respectively, at these
899 two points (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&). Denial of access results in an SMTP
900 error code.
901 .next
902 An ACL is also available for locally generated, non-SMTP messages. In this
903 case, the only available actions are to accept or deny the entire message.
904 .next
905 When Exim is compiled with the content-scanning extension, facilities are
906 provided in the ACL mechanism for passing the message to external virus and/or
907 spam scanning software. The result of such a scan is passed back to the ACL,
908 which can then use it to decide what to do with the message.
909 .next
910 When a message has been received, either from a remote host or from the local
911 host, but before the final acknowledgment has been sent, a locally supplied C
912 function called &[local_scan()]& can be run to inspect the message and decide
913 whether to accept it or not (see chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&). If the message
914 is accepted, the list of recipients can be modified by the function.
915 .next
916 Using the &[local_scan()]& mechanism is another way of calling external scanner
917 software. The &%SA-Exim%& add-on package works this way. It does not require
918 Exim to be compiled with the content-scanning extension.
919 .next
920 After a message has been accepted, a further checking mechanism is available in
921 the form of the &'system filter'& (see chapter &<<CHAPsystemfilter>>&). This
922 runs at the start of every delivery process.
923 .endlist
924
925
926
927 .section "User filters" "SECID12"
928 .cindex "filter" "introduction"
929 .cindex "Sieve filter"
930 In a conventional Exim configuration, users are able to run private filters by
931 setting up appropriate &_.forward_& files in their home directories. See
932 chapter &<<CHAPredirect>>& (about the &(redirect)& router) for the
933 configuration needed to support this, and the separate document entitled
934 &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'& for user details. Two different kinds
935 of filtering are available:
936
937 .ilist
938 Sieve filters are written in the standard filtering language that is defined
939 by RFC 3028.
940 .next
941 Exim filters are written in a syntax that is unique to Exim, but which is more
942 powerful than Sieve, which it pre-dates.
943 .endlist
944
945 User filters are run as part of the routing process, described below.
946
947
948
949 .section "Message identification" "SECTmessiden"
950 .cindex "message ids" "details of format"
951 .cindex "format" "of message id"
952 .cindex "id of message"
953 .cindex "base62"
954 .cindex "base36"
955 .cindex "Darwin"
956 .cindex "Cygwin"
957 Every message handled by Exim is given a &'message id'& which is sixteen
958 characters long. It is divided into three parts, separated by hyphens, for
959 example &`16VDhn-0001bo-D3`&. Each part is a sequence of letters and digits,
960 normally encoding numbers in base 62. However, in the Darwin operating
961 system (Mac OS X) and when Exim is compiled to run under Cygwin, base 36
962 (avoiding the use of lower case letters) is used instead, because the message
963 id is used to construct file names, and the names of files in those systems are
964 not always case-sensitive.
965
966 .cindex "pid (process id)" "re-use of"
967 The detail of the contents of the message id have changed as Exim has evolved.
968 Earlier versions relied on the operating system not re-using a process id (pid)
969 within one second. On modern operating systems, this assumption can no longer
970 be made, so the algorithm had to be changed. To retain backward compatibility,
971 the format of the message id was retained, which is why the following rules are
972 somewhat eccentric:
973
974 .ilist
975 The first six characters of the message id are the time at which the message
976 started to be received, to a granularity of one second. That is, this field
977 contains the number of seconds since the start of the epoch (the normal Unix
978 way of representing the date and time of day).
979 .next
980 After the first hyphen, the next six characters are the id of the process that
981 received the message.
982 .next
983 There are two different possibilities for the final two characters:
984 .olist
985 .oindex "&%localhost_number%&"
986 If &%localhost_number%& is not set, this value is the fractional part of the
987 time of reception, normally in units of 1/2000 of a second, but for systems
988 that must use base 36 instead of base 62 (because of case-insensitive file
989 systems), the units are 1/1000 of a second.
990 .next
991 If &%localhost_number%& is set, it is multiplied by 200 (100) and added to
992 the fractional part of the time, which in this case is in units of 1/200
993 (1/100) of a second.
994 .endlist
995 .endlist
996
997 After a message has been received, Exim waits for the clock to tick at the
998 appropriate resolution before proceeding, so that if another message is
999 received by the same process, or by another process with the same (re-used)
1000 pid, it is guaranteed that the time will be different. In most cases, the clock
1001 will already have ticked while the message was being received.
1002
1003
1004 .section "Receiving mail" "SECID13"
1005 .cindex "receiving mail"
1006 .cindex "message" "reception"
1007 The only way Exim can receive mail from another host is using SMTP over
1008 TCP/IP, in which case the sender and recipient addresses are transferred using
1009 SMTP commands. However, from a locally running process (such as a user's MUA),
1010 there are several possibilities:
1011
1012 .ilist
1013 If the process runs Exim with the &%-bm%& option, the message is read
1014 non-interactively (usually via a pipe), with the recipients taken from the
1015 command line, or from the body of the message if &%-t%& is also used.
1016 .next
1017 If the process runs Exim with the &%-bS%& option, the message is also read
1018 non-interactively, but in this case the recipients are listed at the start of
1019 the message in a series of SMTP RCPT commands, terminated by a DATA
1020 command. This is so-called &"batch SMTP"& format,
1021 but it isn't really SMTP. The SMTP commands are just another way of passing
1022 envelope addresses in a non-interactive submission.
1023 .next
1024 If the process runs Exim with the &%-bs%& option, the message is read
1025 interactively, using the SMTP protocol. A two-way pipe is normally used for
1026 passing data between the local process and the Exim process.
1027 This is &"real"& SMTP and is handled in the same way as SMTP over TCP/IP. For
1028 example, the ACLs for SMTP commands are used for this form of submission.
1029 .next
1030 A local process may also make a TCP/IP call to the host's loopback address
1031 (127.0.0.1) or any other of its IP addresses. When receiving messages, Exim
1032 does not treat the loopback address specially. It treats all such connections
1033 in the same way as connections from other hosts.
1034 .endlist
1035
1036
1037 .cindex "message sender, constructed by Exim"
1038 .cindex "sender" "constructed by Exim"
1039 In the three cases that do not involve TCP/IP, the sender address is
1040 constructed from the login name of the user that called Exim and a default
1041 qualification domain (which can be set by the &%qualify_domain%& configuration
1042 option). For local or batch SMTP, a sender address that is passed using the
1043 SMTP MAIL command is ignored. However, the system administrator may allow
1044 certain users (&"trusted users"&) to specify a different sender address
1045 unconditionally, or all users to specify certain forms of different sender
1046 address. The &%-f%& option or the SMTP MAIL command is used to specify these
1047 different addresses. See section &<<SECTtrustedadmin>>& for details of trusted
1048 users, and the &%untrusted_set_sender%& option for a way of allowing untrusted
1049 users to change sender addresses.
1050
1051 Messages received by either of the non-interactive mechanisms are subject to
1052 checking by the non-SMTP ACL, if one is defined. Messages received using SMTP
1053 (either over TCP/IP, or interacting with a local process) can be checked by a
1054 number of ACLs that operate at different times during the SMTP session. Either
1055 individual recipients, or the entire message, can be rejected if local policy
1056 requirements are not met. The &[local_scan()]& function (see chapter
1057 &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&) is run for all incoming messages.
1058
1059 Exim can be configured not to start a delivery process when a message is
1060 received; this can be unconditional, or depend on the number of incoming SMTP
1061 connections or the system load. In these situations, new messages wait on the
1062 queue until a queue runner process picks them up. However, in standard
1063 configurations under normal conditions, delivery is started as soon as a
1064 message is received.
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070 .section "Handling an incoming message" "SECID14"
1071 .cindex "spool directory" "files that hold a message"
1072 .cindex "file" "how a message is held"
1073 When Exim accepts a message, it writes two files in its spool directory. The
1074 first contains the envelope information, the current status of the message, and
1075 the header lines, and the second contains the body of the message. The names of
1076 the two spool files consist of the message id, followed by &`-H`& for the
1077 file containing the envelope and header, and &`-D`& for the data file.
1078
1079 .cindex "spool directory" "&_input_& sub-directory"
1080 By default all these message files are held in a single directory called
1081 &_input_& inside the general Exim spool directory. Some operating systems do
1082 not perform very well if the number of files in a directory gets large; to
1083 improve performance in such cases, the &%split_spool_directory%& option can be
1084 used. This causes Exim to split up the input files into 62 sub-directories
1085 whose names are single letters or digits. When this is done, the queue is
1086 processed one sub-directory at a time instead of all at once, which can improve
1087 overall performance even when there are not enough files in each directory to
1088 affect file system performance.
1089
1090 The envelope information consists of the address of the message's sender and
1091 the addresses of the recipients. This information is entirely separate from
1092 any addresses contained in the header lines. The status of the message includes
1093 a list of recipients who have already received the message. The format of the
1094 first spool file is described in chapter &<<CHAPspool>>&.
1095
1096 .cindex "rewriting" "addresses"
1097 Address rewriting that is specified in the rewrite section of the configuration
1098 (see chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&) is done once and for all on incoming addresses,
1099 both in the header lines and the envelope, at the time the message is accepted.
1100 If during the course of delivery additional addresses are generated (for
1101 example, via aliasing), these new addresses are rewritten as soon as they are
1102 generated. At the time a message is actually delivered (transported) further
1103 rewriting can take place; because this is a transport option, it can be
1104 different for different forms of delivery. It is also possible to specify the
1105 addition or removal of certain header lines at the time the message is
1106 delivered (see chapters &<<CHAProutergeneric>>& and
1107 &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&).
1108
1109
1110
1111 .section "Life of a message" "SECID15"
1112 .cindex "message" "life of"
1113 .cindex "message" "frozen"
1114 A message remains in the spool directory until it is completely delivered to
1115 its recipients or to an error address, or until it is deleted by an
1116 administrator or by the user who originally created it. In cases when delivery
1117 cannot proceed &-- for example, when a message can neither be delivered to its
1118 recipients nor returned to its sender, the message is marked &"frozen"& on the
1119 spool, and no more deliveries are attempted.
1120
1121 .cindex "frozen messages" "thawing"
1122 .cindex "message" "thawing frozen"
1123 An administrator can &"thaw"& such messages when the problem has been
1124 corrected, and can also freeze individual messages by hand if necessary. In
1125 addition, an administrator can force a delivery error, causing a bounce message
1126 to be sent.
1127
1128 .oindex "&%timeout_frozen_after%&"
1129 .oindex "&%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&"
1130 There are options called &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%& and
1131 &%timeout_frozen_after%&, which discard frozen messages after a certain time.
1132 The first applies only to frozen bounces, the second to any frozen messages.
1133
1134 .cindex "message" "log file for"
1135 .cindex "log" "file for each message"
1136 While Exim is working on a message, it writes information about each delivery
1137 attempt to its main log file. This includes successful, unsuccessful, and
1138 delayed deliveries for each recipient (see chapter &<<CHAPlog>>&). The log
1139 lines are also written to a separate &'message log'& file for each message.
1140 These logs are solely for the benefit of the administrator, and are normally
1141 deleted along with the spool files when processing of a message is complete.
1142 The use of individual message logs can be disabled by setting
1143 &%no_message_logs%&; this might give an improvement in performance on very busy
1144 systems.
1145
1146 .cindex "journal file"
1147 .cindex "file" "journal"
1148 All the information Exim itself needs to set up a delivery is kept in the first
1149 spool file, along with the header lines. When a successful delivery occurs, the
1150 address is immediately written at the end of a journal file, whose name is the
1151 message id followed by &`-J`&. At the end of a delivery run, if there are some
1152 addresses left to be tried again later, the first spool file (the &`-H`& file)
1153 is updated to indicate which these are, and the journal file is then deleted.
1154 Updating the spool file is done by writing a new file and renaming it, to
1155 minimize the possibility of data loss.
1156
1157 Should the system or the program crash after a successful delivery but before
1158 the spool file has been updated, the journal is left lying around. The next
1159 time Exim attempts to deliver the message, it reads the journal file and
1160 updates the spool file before proceeding. This minimizes the chances of double
1161 deliveries caused by crashes.
1162
1163
1164
1165 .section "Processing an address for delivery" "SECTprocaddress"
1166 .cindex "drivers" "definition of"
1167 .cindex "router" "definition of"
1168 .cindex "transport" "definition of"
1169 The main delivery processing elements of Exim are called &'routers'& and
1170 &'transports'&, and collectively these are known as &'drivers'&. Code for a
1171 number of them is provided in the source distribution, and compile-time options
1172 specify which ones are included in the binary. Run time options specify which
1173 ones are actually used for delivering messages.
1174
1175 .cindex "drivers" "instance definition"
1176 Each driver that is specified in the run time configuration is an &'instance'&
1177 of that particular driver type. Multiple instances are allowed; for example,
1178 you can set up several different &(smtp)& transports, each with different
1179 option values that might specify different ports or different timeouts. Each
1180 instance has its own identifying name. In what follows we will normally use the
1181 instance name when discussing one particular instance (that is, one specific
1182 configuration of the driver), and the generic driver name when discussing
1183 the driver's features in general.
1184
1185 A &'router'& is a driver that operates on an address, either determining how
1186 its delivery should happen, by assigning it to a specific transport, or
1187 converting the address into one or more new addresses (for example, via an
1188 alias file). A router may also explicitly choose to fail an address, causing it
1189 to be bounced.
1190
1191 A &'transport'& is a driver that transmits a copy of the message from Exim's
1192 spool to some destination. There are two kinds of transport: for a &'local'&
1193 transport, the destination is a file or a pipe on the local host, whereas for a
1194 &'remote'& transport the destination is some other host. A message is passed
1195 to a specific transport as a result of successful routing. If a message has
1196 several recipients, it may be passed to a number of different transports.
1197
1198 .cindex "preconditions" "definition of"
1199 An address is processed by passing it to each configured router instance in
1200 turn, subject to certain preconditions, until a router accepts the address or
1201 specifies that it should be bounced. We will describe this process in more
1202 detail shortly. First, as a simple example, we consider how each recipient
1203 address in a message is processed in a small configuration of three routers.
1204
1205 To make this a more concrete example, it is described in terms of some actual
1206 routers, but remember, this is only an example. You can configure Exim's
1207 routers in many different ways, and there may be any number of routers in a
1208 configuration.
1209
1210 The first router that is specified in a configuration is often one that handles
1211 addresses in domains that are not recognized specially by the local host. These
1212 are typically addresses for arbitrary domains on the Internet. A precondition
1213 is set up which looks for the special domains known to the host (for example,
1214 its own domain name), and the router is run for addresses that do &'not'&
1215 match. Typically, this is a router that looks up domains in the DNS in order to
1216 find the hosts to which this address routes. If it succeeds, the address is
1217 assigned to a suitable SMTP transport; if it does not succeed, the router is
1218 configured to fail the address.
1219
1220 The second router is reached only when the domain is recognized as one that
1221 &"belongs"& to the local host. This router does redirection &-- also known as
1222 aliasing and forwarding. When it generates one or more new addresses from the
1223 original, each of them is routed independently from the start. Otherwise, the
1224 router may cause an address to fail, or it may simply decline to handle the
1225 address, in which case the address is passed to the next router.
1226
1227 The final router in many configurations is one that checks to see if the
1228 address belongs to a local mailbox. The precondition may involve a check to
1229 see if the local part is the name of a login account, or it may look up the
1230 local part in a file or a database. If its preconditions are not met, or if
1231 the router declines, we have reached the end of the routers. When this happens,
1232 the address is bounced.
1233
1234
1235
1236 .section "Processing an address for verification" "SECID16"
1237 .cindex "router" "for verification"
1238 .cindex "verifying address" "overview"
1239 As well as being used to decide how to deliver to an address, Exim's routers
1240 are also used for &'address verification'&. Verification can be requested as
1241 one of the checks to be performed in an ACL for incoming messages, on both
1242 sender and recipient addresses, and it can be tested using the &%-bv%& and
1243 &%-bvs%& command line options.
1244
1245 When an address is being verified, the routers are run in &"verify mode"&. This
1246 does not affect the way the routers work, but it is a state that can be
1247 detected. By this means, a router can be skipped or made to behave differently
1248 when verifying. A common example is a configuration in which the first router
1249 sends all messages to a message-scanning program, unless they have been
1250 previously scanned. Thus, the first router accepts all addresses without any
1251 checking, making it useless for verifying. Normally, the &%no_verify%& option
1252 would be set for such a router, causing it to be skipped in verify mode.
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257 .section "Running an individual router" "SECTrunindrou"
1258 .cindex "router" "running details"
1259 .cindex "preconditions" "checking"
1260 .cindex "router" "result of running"
1261 As explained in the example above, a number of preconditions are checked before
1262 running a router. If any are not met, the router is skipped, and the address is
1263 passed to the next router. When all the preconditions on a router &'are'& met,
1264 the router is run. What happens next depends on the outcome, which is one of
1265 the following:
1266
1267 .ilist
1268 &'accept'&: The router accepts the address, and either assigns it to a
1269 transport, or generates one or more &"child"& addresses. Processing the
1270 original address ceases,
1271 .oindex "&%unseen%&"
1272 unless the &%unseen%& option is set on the router. This option
1273 can be used to set up multiple deliveries with different routing (for example,
1274 for keeping archive copies of messages). When &%unseen%& is set, the address is
1275 passed to the next router. Normally, however, an &'accept'& return marks the
1276 end of routing.
1277
1278 Any child addresses generated by the router are processed independently,
1279 starting with the first router by default. It is possible to change this by
1280 setting the &%redirect_router%& option to specify which router to start at for
1281 child addresses. Unlike &%pass_router%& (see below) the router specified by
1282 &%redirect_router%& may be anywhere in the router configuration.
1283 .next
1284 &'pass'&: The router recognizes the address, but cannot handle it itself. It
1285 requests that the address be passed to another router. By default the address
1286 is passed to the next router, but this can be changed by setting the
1287 &%pass_router%& option. However, (unlike &%redirect_router%&) the named router
1288 must be below the current router (to avoid loops).
1289 .next
1290 &'decline'&: The router declines to accept the address because it does not
1291 recognize it at all. By default, the address is passed to the next router, but
1292 this can be prevented by setting the &%no_more%& option. When &%no_more%& is
1293 set, all the remaining routers are skipped. In effect, &%no_more%& converts
1294 &'decline'& into &'fail'&.
1295 .next
1296 &'fail'&: The router determines that the address should fail, and queues it for
1297 the generation of a bounce message. There is no further processing of the
1298 original address unless &%unseen%& is set on the router.
1299 .next
1300 &'defer'&: The router cannot handle the address at the present time. (A
1301 database may be offline, or a DNS lookup may have timed out.) No further
1302 processing of the address happens in this delivery attempt. It is tried again
1303 next time the message is considered for delivery.
1304 .next
1305 &'error'&: There is some error in the router (for example, a syntax error in
1306 its configuration). The action is as for defer.
1307 .endlist
1308
1309 If an address reaches the end of the routers without having been accepted by
1310 any of them, it is bounced as unrouteable. The default error message in this
1311 situation is &"unrouteable address"&, but you can set your own message by
1312 making use of the &%cannot_route_message%& option. This can be set for any
1313 router; the value from the last router that &"saw"& the address is used.
1314
1315 Sometimes while routing you want to fail a delivery when some conditions are
1316 met but others are not, instead of passing the address on for further routing.
1317 You can do this by having a second router that explicitly fails the delivery
1318 when the relevant conditions are met. The &(redirect)& router has a &"fail"&
1319 facility for this purpose.
1320
1321
1322 .section "Duplicate addresses" "SECID17"
1323 .cindex "case of local parts"
1324 .cindex "address duplicate, discarding"
1325 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
1326 Once routing is complete, Exim scans the addresses that are assigned to local
1327 and remote transports, and discards any duplicates that it finds. During this
1328 check, local parts are treated as case-sensitive. This happens only when
1329 actually delivering a message; when testing routers with &%-bt%&, all the
1330 routed addresses are shown.
1331
1332
1333
1334 .section "Router preconditions" "SECTrouprecon"
1335 .cindex "router" "preconditions, order of processing"
1336 .cindex "preconditions" "order of processing"
1337 The preconditions that are tested for each router are listed below, in the
1338 order in which they are tested. The individual configuration options are
1339 described in more detail in chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&.
1340
1341 .ilist
1342 The &%local_part_prefix%& and &%local_part_suffix%& options can specify that
1343 the local parts handled by the router may or must have certain prefixes and/or
1344 suffixes. If a mandatory affix (prefix or suffix) is not present, the router is
1345 skipped. These conditions are tested first. When an affix is present, it is
1346 removed from the local part before further processing, including the evaluation
1347 of any other conditions.
1348 .next
1349 Routers can be designated for use only when not verifying an address, that is,
1350 only when routing it for delivery (or testing its delivery routing). If the
1351 &%verify%& option is set false, the router is skipped when Exim is verifying an
1352 address.
1353 Setting the &%verify%& option actually sets two options, &%verify_sender%& and
1354 &%verify_recipient%&, which independently control the use of the router for
1355 sender and recipient verification. You can set these options directly if
1356 you want a router to be used for only one type of verification.
1357 .next
1358 If the &%address_test%& option is set false, the router is skipped when Exim is
1359 run with the &%-bt%& option to test an address routing. This can be helpful
1360 when the first router sends all new messages to a scanner of some sort; it
1361 makes it possible to use &%-bt%& to test subsequent delivery routing without
1362 having to simulate the effect of the scanner.
1363 .next
1364 Routers can be designated for use only when verifying an address, as
1365 opposed to routing it for delivery. The &%verify_only%& option controls this.
1366 .next
1367 Individual routers can be explicitly skipped when running the routers to
1368 check an address given in the SMTP EXPN command (see the &%expn%& option).
1369 .next
1370 If the &%domains%& option is set, the domain of the address must be in the set
1371 of domains that it defines.
1372 .next
1373 .vindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
1374 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
1375 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
1376 If the &%local_parts%& option is set, the local part of the address must be in
1377 the set of local parts that it defines. If &%local_part_prefix%& or
1378 &%local_part_suffix%& is in use, the prefix or suffix is removed from the local
1379 part before this check. If you want to do precondition tests on local parts
1380 that include affixes, you can do so by using a &%condition%& option (see below)
1381 that uses the variables &$local_part$&, &$local_part_prefix$&, and
1382 &$local_part_suffix$& as necessary.
1383 .next
1384 .vindex "&$local_user_uid$&"
1385 .vindex "&$local_user_gid$&"
1386 .vindex "&$home$&"
1387 If the &%check_local_user%& option is set, the local part must be the name of
1388 an account on the local host. If this check succeeds, the uid and gid of the
1389 local user are placed in &$local_user_uid$& and &$local_user_gid$& and the
1390 user's home directory is placed in &$home$&; these values can be used in the
1391 remaining preconditions.
1392 .next
1393 If the &%router_home_directory%& option is set, it is expanded at this point,
1394 because it overrides the value of &$home$&. If this expansion were left till
1395 later, the value of &$home$& as set by &%check_local_user%& would be used in
1396 subsequent tests. Having two different values of &$home$& in the same router
1397 could lead to confusion.
1398 .next
1399 If the &%senders%& option is set, the envelope sender address must be in the
1400 set of addresses that it defines.
1401 .next
1402 If the &%require_files%& option is set, the existence or non-existence of
1403 specified files is tested.
1404 .next
1405 .cindex "customizing" "precondition"
1406 If the &%condition%& option is set, it is evaluated and tested. This option
1407 uses an expanded string to allow you to set up your own custom preconditions.
1408 Expanded strings are described in chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&.
1409 .endlist
1410
1411
1412 Note that &%require_files%& comes near the end of the list, so you cannot use
1413 it to check for the existence of a file in which to lookup up a domain, local
1414 part, or sender. However, as these options are all expanded, you can use the
1415 &%exists%& expansion condition to make such tests within each condition. The
1416 &%require_files%& option is intended for checking files that the router may be
1417 going to use internally, or which are needed by a specific transport (for
1418 example, &_.procmailrc_&).
1419
1420
1421
1422 .section "Delivery in detail" "SECID18"
1423 .cindex "delivery" "in detail"
1424 When a message is to be delivered, the sequence of events is as follows:
1425
1426 .ilist
1427 If a system-wide filter file is specified, the message is passed to it. The
1428 filter may add recipients to the message, replace the recipients, discard the
1429 message, cause a new message to be generated, or cause the message delivery to
1430 fail. The format of the system filter file is the same as for Exim user filter
1431 files, described in the separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail
1432 filtering'&.
1433 .cindex "Sieve filter" "not available for system filter"
1434 (&*Note*&: Sieve cannot be used for system filter files.)
1435
1436 Some additional features are available in system filters &-- see chapter
1437 &<<CHAPsystemfilter>>& for details. Note that a message is passed to the system
1438 filter only once per delivery attempt, however many recipients it has. However,
1439 if there are several delivery attempts because one or more addresses could not
1440 be immediately delivered, the system filter is run each time. The filter
1441 condition &%first_delivery%& can be used to detect the first run of the system
1442 filter.
1443 .next
1444 Each recipient address is offered to each configured router in turn, subject to
1445 its preconditions, until one is able to handle it. If no router can handle the
1446 address, that is, if they all decline, the address is failed. Because routers
1447 can be targeted at particular domains, several locally handled domains can be
1448 processed entirely independently of each other.
1449 .next
1450 .cindex "routing" "loops in"
1451 .cindex "loop" "while routing"
1452 A router that accepts an address may assign it to a local or a remote
1453 transport. However, the transport is not run at this time. Instead, the address
1454 is placed on a list for the particular transport, which will be run later.
1455 Alternatively, the router may generate one or more new addresses (typically
1456 from alias, forward, or filter files). New addresses are fed back into this
1457 process from the top, but in order to avoid loops, a router ignores any address
1458 which has an identically-named ancestor that was processed by itself.
1459 .next
1460 When all the routing has been done, addresses that have been successfully
1461 handled are passed to their assigned transports. When local transports are
1462 doing real local deliveries, they handle only one address at a time, but if a
1463 local transport is being used as a pseudo-remote transport (for example, to
1464 collect batched SMTP messages for transmission by some other means) multiple
1465 addresses can be handled. Remote transports can always handle more than one
1466 address at a time, but can be configured not to do so, or to restrict multiple
1467 addresses to the same domain.
1468 .next
1469 Each local delivery to a file or a pipe runs in a separate process under a
1470 non-privileged uid, and these deliveries are run one at a time. Remote
1471 deliveries also run in separate processes, normally under a uid that is private
1472 to Exim (&"the Exim user"&), but in this case, several remote deliveries can be
1473 run in parallel. The maximum number of simultaneous remote deliveries for any
1474 one message is set by the &%remote_max_parallel%& option.
1475 The order in which deliveries are done is not defined, except that all local
1476 deliveries happen before any remote deliveries.
1477 .next
1478 .cindex "queue runner"
1479 When it encounters a local delivery during a queue run, Exim checks its retry
1480 database to see if there has been a previous temporary delivery failure for the
1481 address before running the local transport. If there was a previous failure,
1482 Exim does not attempt a new delivery until the retry time for the address is
1483 reached. However, this happens only for delivery attempts that are part of a
1484 queue run. Local deliveries are always attempted when delivery immediately
1485 follows message reception, even if retry times are set for them. This makes for
1486 better behaviour if one particular message is causing problems (for example,
1487 causing quota overflow, or provoking an error in a filter file).
1488 .next
1489 .cindex "delivery" "retry in remote transports"
1490 Remote transports do their own retry handling, since an address may be
1491 deliverable to one of a number of hosts, each of which may have a different
1492 retry time. If there have been previous temporary failures and no host has
1493 reached its retry time, no delivery is attempted, whether in a queue run or
1494 not. See chapter &<<CHAPretry>>& for details of retry strategies.
1495 .next
1496 If there were any permanent errors, a bounce message is returned to an
1497 appropriate address (the sender in the common case), with details of the error
1498 for each failing address. Exim can be configured to send copies of bounce
1499 messages to other addresses.
1500 .next
1501 .cindex "delivery" "deferral"
1502 If one or more addresses suffered a temporary failure, the message is left on
1503 the queue, to be tried again later. Delivery of these addresses is said to be
1504 &'deferred'&.
1505 .next
1506 When all the recipient addresses have either been delivered or bounced,
1507 handling of the message is complete. The spool files and message log are
1508 deleted, though the message log can optionally be preserved if required.
1509 .endlist
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514 .section "Retry mechanism" "SECID19"
1515 .cindex "delivery" "retry mechanism"
1516 .cindex "retry" "description of mechanism"
1517 .cindex "queue runner"
1518 Exim's mechanism for retrying messages that fail to get delivered at the first
1519 attempt is the queue runner process. You must either run an Exim daemon that
1520 uses the &%-q%& option with a time interval to start queue runners at regular
1521 intervals, or use some other means (such as &'cron'&) to start them. If you do
1522 not arrange for queue runners to be run, messages that fail temporarily at the
1523 first attempt will remain on your queue for ever. A queue runner process works
1524 its way through the queue, one message at a time, trying each delivery that has
1525 passed its retry time.
1526 You can run several queue runners at once.
1527
1528 Exim uses a set of configured rules to determine when next to retry the failing
1529 address (see chapter &<<CHAPretry>>&). These rules also specify when Exim
1530 should give up trying to deliver to the address, at which point it generates a
1531 bounce message. If no retry rules are set for a particular host, address, and
1532 error combination, no retries are attempted, and temporary errors are treated
1533 as permanent.
1534
1535
1536
1537 .section "Temporary delivery failure" "SECID20"
1538 .cindex "delivery" "temporary failure"
1539 There are many reasons why a message may not be immediately deliverable to a
1540 particular address. Failure to connect to a remote machine (because it, or the
1541 connection to it, is down) is one of the most common. Temporary failures may be
1542 detected during routing as well as during the transport stage of delivery.
1543 Local deliveries may be delayed if NFS files are unavailable, or if a mailbox
1544 is on a file system where the user is over quota. Exim can be configured to
1545 impose its own quotas on local mailboxes; where system quotas are set they will
1546 also apply.
1547
1548 If a host is unreachable for a period of time, a number of messages may be
1549 waiting for it by the time it recovers, and sending them in a single SMTP
1550 connection is clearly beneficial. Whenever a delivery to a remote host is
1551 deferred,
1552
1553 .cindex "hints database"
1554 Exim makes a note in its hints database, and whenever a successful
1555 SMTP delivery has happened, it looks to see if any other messages are waiting
1556 for the same host. If any are found, they are sent over the same SMTP
1557 connection, subject to a configuration limit as to the maximum number in any
1558 one connection.
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563 .section "Permanent delivery failure" "SECID21"
1564 .cindex "delivery" "permanent failure"
1565 .cindex "bounce message" "when generated"
1566 When a message cannot be delivered to some or all of its intended recipients, a
1567 bounce message is generated. Temporary delivery failures turn into permanent
1568 errors when their timeout expires. All the addresses that fail in a given
1569 delivery attempt are listed in a single message. If the original message has
1570 many recipients, it is possible for some addresses to fail in one delivery
1571 attempt and others to fail subsequently, giving rise to more than one bounce
1572 message. The wording of bounce messages can be customized by the administrator.
1573 See chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>& for details.
1574
1575 .cindex "&'X-Failed-Recipients:'& header line"
1576 Bounce messages contain an &'X-Failed-Recipients:'& header line that lists the
1577 failed addresses, for the benefit of programs that try to analyse such messages
1578 automatically.
1579
1580 .cindex "bounce message" "recipient of"
1581 A bounce message is normally sent to the sender of the original message, as
1582 obtained from the message's envelope. For incoming SMTP messages, this is the
1583 address given in the MAIL command. However, when an address is expanded via a
1584 forward or alias file, an alternative address can be specified for delivery
1585 failures of the generated addresses. For a mailing list expansion (see section
1586 &<<SECTmailinglists>>&) it is common to direct bounce messages to the manager
1587 of the list.
1588
1589
1590
1591 .section "Failures to deliver bounce messages" "SECID22"
1592 .cindex "bounce message" "failure to deliver"
1593 If a bounce message (either locally generated or received from a remote host)
1594 itself suffers a permanent delivery failure, the message is left on the queue,
1595 but it is frozen, awaiting the attention of an administrator. There are options
1596 that can be used to make Exim discard such failed messages, or to keep them
1597 for only a short time (see &%timeout_frozen_after%& and
1598 &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&).
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1605 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1606
1607 .chapter "Building and installing Exim" "CHID3"
1608 .scindex IIDbuex "building Exim"
1609
1610 .section "Unpacking" "SECID23"
1611 Exim is distributed as a gzipped or bzipped tar file which, when unpacked,
1612 creates a directory with the name of the current release (for example,
1613 &_exim-&version;_&) into which the following files are placed:
1614
1615 .table2 140pt
1616 .irow &_ACKNOWLEDGMENTS_& "contains some acknowledgments"
1617 .irow &_CHANGES_& "contains a reference to where changes are &&&
1618 documented"
1619 .irow &_LICENCE_& "the GNU General Public Licence"
1620 .irow &_Makefile_& "top-level make file"
1621 .irow &_NOTICE_& "conditions for the use of Exim"
1622 .irow &_README_& "list of files, directories and simple build &&&
1623 instructions"
1624 .endtable
1625
1626 Other files whose names begin with &_README_& may also be present. The
1627 following subdirectories are created:
1628
1629 .table2 140pt
1630 .irow &_Local_& "an empty directory for local configuration files"
1631 .irow &_OS_& "OS-specific files"
1632 .irow &_doc_& "documentation files"
1633 .irow &_exim_monitor_& "source files for the Exim monitor"
1634 .irow &_scripts_& "scripts used in the build process"
1635 .irow &_src_& "remaining source files"
1636 .irow &_util_& "independent utilities"
1637 .endtable
1638
1639 The main utility programs are contained in the &_src_& directory, and are built
1640 with the Exim binary. The &_util_& directory contains a few optional scripts
1641 that may be useful to some sites.
1642
1643
1644 .section "Multiple machine architectures and operating systems" "SECID24"
1645 .cindex "building Exim" "multiple OS/architectures"
1646 The building process for Exim is arranged to make it easy to build binaries for
1647 a number of different architectures and operating systems from the same set of
1648 source files. Compilation does not take place in the &_src_& directory.
1649 Instead, a &'build directory'& is created for each architecture and operating
1650 system.
1651 .cindex "symbolic link" "to build directory"
1652 Symbolic links to the sources are installed in this directory, which is where
1653 the actual building takes place. In most cases, Exim can discover the machine
1654 architecture and operating system for itself, but the defaults can be
1655 overridden if necessary.
1656
1657
1658 .section "DBM libraries" "SECTdb"
1659 .cindex "DBM libraries" "discussion of"
1660 .cindex "hints database" "DBM files used for"
1661 Even if you do not use any DBM files in your configuration, Exim still needs a
1662 DBM library in order to operate, because it uses indexed files for its hints
1663 databases. Unfortunately, there are a number of DBM libraries in existence, and
1664 different operating systems often have different ones installed.
1665
1666 .cindex "Solaris" "DBM library for"
1667 .cindex "IRIX, DBM library for"
1668 .cindex "BSD, DBM library for"
1669 .cindex "Linux, DBM library for"
1670 If you are using Solaris, IRIX, one of the modern BSD systems, or a modern
1671 Linux distribution, the DBM configuration should happen automatically, and you
1672 may be able to ignore this section. Otherwise, you may have to learn more than
1673 you would like about DBM libraries from what follows.
1674
1675 .cindex "&'ndbm'& DBM library"
1676 Licensed versions of Unix normally contain a library of DBM functions operating
1677 via the &'ndbm'& interface, and this is what Exim expects by default. Free
1678 versions of Unix seem to vary in what they contain as standard. In particular,
1679 some early versions of Linux have no default DBM library, and different
1680 distributors have chosen to bundle different libraries with their packaged
1681 versions. However, the more recent releases seem to have standardized on the
1682 Berkeley DB library.
1683
1684 Different DBM libraries have different conventions for naming the files they
1685 use. When a program opens a file called &_dbmfile_&, there are several
1686 possibilities:
1687
1688 .olist
1689 A traditional &'ndbm'& implementation, such as that supplied as part of
1690 Solaris, operates on two files called &_dbmfile.dir_& and &_dbmfile.pag_&.
1691 .next
1692 .cindex "&'gdbm'& DBM library"
1693 The GNU library, &'gdbm'&, operates on a single file. If used via its &'ndbm'&
1694 compatibility interface it makes two different hard links to it with names
1695 &_dbmfile.dir_& and &_dbmfile.pag_&, but if used via its native interface, the
1696 file name is used unmodified.
1697 .next
1698 .cindex "Berkeley DB library"
1699 The Berkeley DB package, if called via its &'ndbm'& compatibility interface,
1700 operates on a single file called &_dbmfile.db_&, but otherwise looks to the
1701 programmer exactly the same as the traditional &'ndbm'& implementation.
1702 .next
1703 If the Berkeley package is used in its native mode, it operates on a single
1704 file called &_dbmfile_&; the programmer's interface is somewhat different to
1705 the traditional &'ndbm'& interface.
1706 .next
1707 To complicate things further, there are several very different versions of the
1708 Berkeley DB package. Version 1.85 was stable for a very long time, releases
1709 2.&'x'& and 3.&'x'& were current for a while, but the latest versions are now
1710 numbered 4.&'x'&. Maintenance of some of the earlier releases has ceased. All
1711 versions of Berkeley DB can be obtained from
1712 &url(http://www.sleepycat.com/).
1713 .next
1714 .cindex "&'tdb'& DBM library"
1715 Yet another DBM library, called &'tdb'&, is available from
1716 &url(http://download.sourceforge.net/tdb). It has its own interface, and also
1717 operates on a single file.
1718 .endlist
1719
1720 .cindex "USE_DB"
1721 .cindex "DBM libraries" "configuration for building"
1722 Exim and its utilities can be compiled to use any of these interfaces. In order
1723 to use any version of the Berkeley DB package in native mode, you must set
1724 USE_DB in an appropriate configuration file (typically
1725 &_Local/Makefile_&). For example:
1726 .code
1727 USE_DB=yes
1728 .endd
1729 Similarly, for gdbm you set USE_GDBM, and for tdb you set USE_TDB. An
1730 error is diagnosed if you set more than one of these.
1731
1732 At the lowest level, the build-time configuration sets none of these options,
1733 thereby assuming an interface of type (1). However, some operating system
1734 configuration files (for example, those for the BSD operating systems and
1735 Linux) assume type (4) by setting USE_DB as their default, and the
1736 configuration files for Cygwin set USE_GDBM. Anything you set in
1737 &_Local/Makefile_&, however, overrides these system defaults.
1738
1739 As well as setting USE_DB, USE_GDBM, or USE_TDB, it may also be
1740 necessary to set DBMLIB, to cause inclusion of the appropriate library, as
1741 in one of these lines:
1742 .code
1743 DBMLIB = -ldb
1744 DBMLIB = -ltdb
1745 .endd
1746 Settings like that will work if the DBM library is installed in the standard
1747 place. Sometimes it is not, and the library's header file may also not be in
1748 the default path. You may need to set INCLUDE to specify where the header
1749 file is, and to specify the path to the library more fully in DBMLIB, as in
1750 this example:
1751 .code
1752 INCLUDE=-I/usr/local/include/db-4.1
1753 DBMLIB=/usr/local/lib/db-4.1/libdb.a
1754 .endd
1755 There is further detailed discussion about the various DBM libraries in the
1756 file &_doc/dbm.discuss.txt_& in the Exim distribution.
1757
1758
1759
1760 .section "Pre-building configuration" "SECID25"
1761 .cindex "building Exim" "pre-building configuration"
1762 .cindex "configuration for building Exim"
1763 .cindex "&_Local/Makefile_&"
1764 .cindex "&_src/EDITME_&"
1765 Before building Exim, a local configuration file that specifies options
1766 independent of any operating system has to be created with the name
1767 &_Local/Makefile_&. A template for this file is supplied as the file
1768 &_src/EDITME_&, and it contains full descriptions of all the option settings
1769 therein. These descriptions are therefore not repeated here. If you are
1770 building Exim for the first time, the simplest thing to do is to copy
1771 &_src/EDITME_& to &_Local/Makefile_&, then read it and edit it appropriately.
1772
1773 There are three settings that you must supply, because Exim will not build
1774 without them. They are the location of the run time configuration file
1775 (CONFIGURE_FILE), the directory in which Exim binaries will be installed
1776 (BIN_DIRECTORY), and the identity of the Exim user (EXIM_USER and
1777 maybe EXIM_GROUP as well). The value of CONFIGURE_FILE can in fact be
1778 a colon-separated list of file names; Exim uses the first of them that exists.
1779
1780 There are a few other parameters that can be specified either at build time or
1781 at run time, to enable the same binary to be used on a number of different
1782 machines. However, if the locations of Exim's spool directory and log file
1783 directory (if not within the spool directory) are fixed, it is recommended that
1784 you specify them in &_Local/Makefile_& instead of at run time, so that errors
1785 detected early in Exim's execution (such as a malformed configuration file) can
1786 be logged.
1787
1788 .cindex "content scanning" "specifying at build time"
1789 Exim's interfaces for calling virus and spam scanning software directly from
1790 access control lists are not compiled by default. If you want to include these
1791 facilities, you need to set
1792 .code
1793 WITH_CONTENT_SCAN=yes
1794 .endd
1795 in your &_Local/Makefile_&. For details of the facilities themselves, see
1796 chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
1797
1798
1799 .cindex "&_Local/eximon.conf_&"
1800 .cindex "&_exim_monitor/EDITME_&"
1801 If you are going to build the Exim monitor, a similar configuration process is
1802 required. The file &_exim_monitor/EDITME_& must be edited appropriately for
1803 your installation and saved under the name &_Local/eximon.conf_&. If you are
1804 happy with the default settings described in &_exim_monitor/EDITME_&,
1805 &_Local/eximon.conf_& can be empty, but it must exist.
1806
1807 This is all the configuration that is needed in straightforward cases for known
1808 operating systems. However, the building process is set up so that it is easy
1809 to override options that are set by default or by operating-system-specific
1810 configuration files, for example to change the name of the C compiler, which
1811 defaults to &%gcc%&. See section &<<SECToverride>>& below for details of how to
1812 do this.
1813
1814
1815
1816 .section "Support for iconv()" "SECID26"
1817 .cindex "&[iconv()]& support"
1818 .cindex "RFC 2047"
1819 The contents of header lines in messages may be encoded according to the rules
1820 described RFC 2047. This makes it possible to transmit characters that are not
1821 in the ASCII character set, and to label them as being in a particular
1822 character set. When Exim is inspecting header lines by means of the &%$h_%&
1823 mechanism, it decodes them, and translates them into a specified character set
1824 (default ISO-8859-1). The translation is possible only if the operating system
1825 supports the &[iconv()]& function.
1826
1827 However, some of the operating systems that supply &[iconv()]& do not support
1828 very many conversions. The GNU &%libiconv%& library (available from
1829 &url(http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/)) can be installed on such
1830 systems to remedy this deficiency, as well as on systems that do not supply
1831 &[iconv()]& at all. After installing &%libiconv%&, you should add
1832 .code
1833 HAVE_ICONV=yes
1834 .endd
1835 to your &_Local/Makefile_& and rebuild Exim.
1836
1837
1838
1839 .section "Including TLS/SSL encryption support" "SECTinctlsssl"
1840 .cindex "TLS" "including support for TLS"
1841 .cindex "encryption" "including support for"
1842 .cindex "SUPPORT_TLS"
1843 .cindex "OpenSSL" "building Exim with"
1844 .cindex "GnuTLS" "building Exim with"
1845 Exim can be built to support encrypted SMTP connections, using the STARTTLS
1846 command as per RFC 2487. It can also support legacy clients that expect to
1847 start a TLS session immediately on connection to a non-standard port (see the
1848 &%tls_on_connect_ports%& runtime option and the &%-tls-on-connect%& command
1849 line option).
1850
1851 If you want to build Exim with TLS support, you must first install either the
1852 OpenSSL or GnuTLS library. There is no cryptographic code in Exim itself for
1853 implementing SSL.
1854
1855 If OpenSSL is installed, you should set
1856 .code
1857 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1858 TLS_LIBS=-lssl -lcrypto
1859 .endd
1860 in &_Local/Makefile_&. You may also need to specify the locations of the
1861 OpenSSL library and include files. For example:
1862 .code
1863 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1864 TLS_LIBS=-L/usr/local/openssl/lib -lssl -lcrypto
1865 TLS_INCLUDE=-I/usr/local/openssl/include/
1866 .endd
1867 .cindex "USE_GNUTLS"
1868 If GnuTLS is installed, you should set
1869 .code
1870 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1871 USE_GNUTLS=yes
1872 TLS_LIBS=-lgnutls -ltasn1 -lgcrypt
1873 .endd
1874 in &_Local/Makefile_&, and again you may need to specify the locations of the
1875 library and include files. For example:
1876 .code
1877 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
1878 USE_GNUTLS=yes
1879 TLS_LIBS=-L/usr/gnu/lib -lgnutls -ltasn1 -lgcrypt
1880 TLS_INCLUDE=-I/usr/gnu/include
1881 .endd
1882 You do not need to set TLS_INCLUDE if the relevant directory is already
1883 specified in INCLUDE. Details of how to configure Exim to make use of TLS are
1884 given in chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&.
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889 .section "Use of tcpwrappers" "SECID27"
1890 .cindex "tcpwrappers, building Exim to support"
1891 .cindex "USE_TCP_WRAPPERS"
1892 Exim can be linked with the &'tcpwrappers'& library in order to check incoming
1893 SMTP calls using the &'tcpwrappers'& control files. This may be a convenient
1894 alternative to Exim's own checking facilities for installations that are
1895 already making use of &'tcpwrappers'& for other purposes. To do this, you
1896 should set USE_TCP_WRAPPERS in &_Local/Makefile_&, arrange for the file
1897 &_tcpd.h_& to be available at compile time, and also ensure that the library
1898 &_libwrap.a_& is available at link time, typically by including &%-lwrap%& in
1899 EXTRALIBS_EXIM. For example, if &'tcpwrappers'& is installed in &_/usr/local_&,
1900 you might have
1901 .code
1902 USE_TCP_WRAPPERS=yes
1903 CFLAGS=-O -I/usr/local/include
1904 EXTRALIBS_EXIM=-L/usr/local/lib -lwrap
1905 .endd
1906 in &_Local/Makefile_&. The name to use in the &'tcpwrappers'& control files is
1907 &"exim"&. For example, the line
1908 .code
1909 exim : LOCAL 192.168.1. .friendly.domain.example
1910 .endd
1911 in your &_/etc/hosts.allow_& file allows connections from the local host, from
1912 the subnet 192.168.1.0/24, and from all hosts in &'friendly.domain.example'&.
1913 All other connections are denied. Consult the &'tcpwrappers'& documentation for
1914 further details.
1915
1916
1917
1918 .section "Including support for IPv6" "SECID28"
1919 .cindex "IPv6" "including support for"
1920 Exim contains code for use on systems that have IPv6 support. Setting
1921 &`HAVE_IPV6=YES`& in &_Local/Makefile_& causes the IPv6 code to be included;
1922 it may also be necessary to set IPV6_INCLUDE and IPV6_LIBS on systems
1923 where the IPv6 support is not fully integrated into the normal include and
1924 library files.
1925
1926 Two different types of DNS record for handling IPv6 addresses have been
1927 defined. AAAA records (analogous to A records for IPv4) are in use, and are
1928 currently seen as the mainstream. Another record type called A6 was proposed
1929 as better than AAAA because it had more flexibility. However, it was felt to be
1930 over-complex, and its status was reduced to &"experimental"&. It is not known
1931 if anyone is actually using A6 records. Exim has support for A6 records, but
1932 this is included only if you set &`SUPPORT_A6=YES`& in &_Local/Makefile_&. The
1933 support has not been tested for some time.
1934
1935
1936
1937 .section "The building process" "SECID29"
1938 .cindex "build directory"
1939 Once &_Local/Makefile_& (and &_Local/eximon.conf_&, if required) have been
1940 created, run &'make'& at the top level. It determines the architecture and
1941 operating system types, and creates a build directory if one does not exist.
1942 For example, on a Sun system running Solaris 8, the directory
1943 &_build-SunOS5-5.8-sparc_& is created.
1944 .cindex "symbolic link" "to source files"
1945 Symbolic links to relevant source files are installed in the build directory.
1946
1947 &*Warning*&: The &%-j%& (parallel) flag must not be used with &'make'&; the
1948 building process fails if it is set.
1949
1950 If this is the first time &'make'& has been run, it calls a script that builds
1951 a make file inside the build directory, using the configuration files from the
1952 &_Local_& directory. The new make file is then passed to another instance of
1953 &'make'&. This does the real work, building a number of utility scripts, and
1954 then compiling and linking the binaries for the Exim monitor (if configured), a
1955 number of utility programs, and finally Exim itself. The command &`make
1956 makefile`& can be used to force a rebuild of the make file in the build
1957 directory, should this ever be necessary.
1958
1959 If you have problems building Exim, check for any comments there may be in the
1960 &_README_& file concerning your operating system, and also take a look at the
1961 FAQ, where some common problems are covered.
1962
1963
1964
1965 .section 'Output from &"make"&' "SECID283"
1966 The output produced by the &'make'& process for compile lines is often very
1967 unreadable, because these lines can be very long. For this reason, the normal
1968 output is suppressed by default, and instead output similar to that which
1969 appears when compiling the 2.6 Linux kernel is generated: just a short line for
1970 each module that is being compiled or linked. However, it is still possible to
1971 get the full output, by calling &'make'& like this:
1972 .code
1973 FULLECHO='' make -e
1974 .endd
1975 The value of FULLECHO defaults to &"@"&, the flag character that suppresses
1976 command reflection in &'make'&. When you ask for the full output, it is
1977 given in addition to the short output.
1978
1979
1980
1981 .section "Overriding build-time options for Exim" "SECToverride"
1982 .cindex "build-time options, overriding"
1983 The main make file that is created at the beginning of the building process
1984 consists of the concatenation of a number of files which set configuration
1985 values, followed by a fixed set of &'make'& instructions. If a value is set
1986 more than once, the last setting overrides any previous ones. This provides a
1987 convenient way of overriding defaults. The files that are concatenated are, in
1988 order:
1989 .display
1990 &_OS/Makefile-Default_&
1991 &_OS/Makefile-_&<&'ostype'&>
1992 &_Local/Makefile_&
1993 &_Local/Makefile-_&<&'ostype'&>
1994 &_Local/Makefile-_&<&'archtype'&>
1995 &_Local/Makefile-_&<&'ostype'&>-<&'archtype'&>
1996 &_OS/Makefile-Base_&
1997 .endd
1998 .cindex "&_Local/Makefile_&"
1999 .cindex "building Exim" "operating system type"
2000 .cindex "building Exim" "architecture type"
2001 where <&'ostype'&> is the operating system type and <&'archtype'&> is the
2002 architecture type. &_Local/Makefile_& is required to exist, and the building
2003 process fails if it is absent. The other three &_Local_& files are optional,
2004 and are often not needed.
2005
2006 The values used for <&'ostype'&> and <&'archtype'&> are obtained from scripts
2007 called &_scripts/os-type_& and &_scripts/arch-type_& respectively. If either of
2008 the environment variables EXIM_OSTYPE or EXIM_ARCHTYPE is set, their
2009 values are used, thereby providing a means of forcing particular settings.
2010 Otherwise, the scripts try to get values from the &%uname%& command. If this
2011 fails, the shell variables OSTYPE and ARCHTYPE are inspected. A number
2012 of &'ad hoc'& transformations are then applied, to produce the standard names
2013 that Exim expects. You can run these scripts directly from the shell in order
2014 to find out what values are being used on your system.
2015
2016
2017 &_OS/Makefile-Default_& contains comments about the variables that are set
2018 therein. Some (but not all) are mentioned below. If there is something that
2019 needs changing, review the contents of this file and the contents of the make
2020 file for your operating system (&_OS/Makefile-<ostype>_&) to see what the
2021 default values are.
2022
2023
2024 .cindex "building Exim" "overriding default settings"
2025 If you need to change any of the values that are set in &_OS/Makefile-Default_&
2026 or in &_OS/Makefile-<ostype>_&, or to add any new definitions, you do not
2027 need to change the original files. Instead, you should make the changes by
2028 putting the new values in an appropriate &_Local_& file. For example,
2029 .cindex "Tru64-Unix build-time settings"
2030 when building Exim in many releases of the Tru64-Unix (formerly Digital UNIX,
2031 formerly DEC-OSF1) operating system, it is necessary to specify that the C
2032 compiler is called &'cc'& rather than &'gcc'&. Also, the compiler must be
2033 called with the option &%-std1%&, to make it recognize some of the features of
2034 Standard C that Exim uses. (Most other compilers recognize Standard C by
2035 default.) To do this, you should create a file called &_Local/Makefile-OSF1_&
2036 containing the lines
2037 .code
2038 CC=cc
2039 CFLAGS=-std1
2040 .endd
2041 If you are compiling for just one operating system, it may be easier to put
2042 these lines directly into &_Local/Makefile_&.
2043
2044 Keeping all your local configuration settings separate from the distributed
2045 files makes it easy to transfer them to new versions of Exim simply by copying
2046 the contents of the &_Local_& directory.
2047
2048
2049 .cindex "NIS lookup type" "including support for"
2050 .cindex "NIS+ lookup type" "including support for"
2051 .cindex "LDAP" "including support for"
2052 .cindex "lookup" "inclusion in binary"
2053 Exim contains support for doing LDAP, NIS, NIS+, and other kinds of file
2054 lookup, but not all systems have these components installed, so the default is
2055 not to include the relevant code in the binary. All the different kinds of file
2056 and database lookup that Exim supports are implemented as separate code modules
2057 which are included only if the relevant compile-time options are set. In the
2058 case of LDAP, NIS, and NIS+, the settings for &_Local/Makefile_& are:
2059 .code
2060 LOOKUP_LDAP=yes
2061 LOOKUP_NIS=yes
2062 LOOKUP_NISPLUS=yes
2063 .endd
2064 and similar settings apply to the other lookup types. They are all listed in
2065 &_src/EDITME_&. In many cases the relevant include files and interface
2066 libraries need to be installed before compiling Exim.
2067 .cindex "cdb" "including support for"
2068 However, there are some optional lookup types (such as cdb) for which
2069 the code is entirely contained within Exim, and no external include
2070 files or libraries are required. When a lookup type is not included in the
2071 binary, attempts to configure Exim to use it cause run time configuration
2072 errors.
2073
2074 .cindex "Perl" "including support for"
2075 Exim can be linked with an embedded Perl interpreter, allowing Perl
2076 subroutines to be called during string expansion. To enable this facility,
2077 .code
2078 EXIM_PERL=perl.o
2079 .endd
2080 must be defined in &_Local/Makefile_&. Details of this facility are given in
2081 chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&.
2082
2083 .cindex "X11 libraries, location of"
2084 The location of the X11 libraries is something that varies a lot between
2085 operating systems, and there may be different versions of X11 to cope
2086 with. Exim itself makes no use of X11, but if you are compiling the Exim
2087 monitor, the X11 libraries must be available.
2088 The following three variables are set in &_OS/Makefile-Default_&:
2089 .code
2090 X11=/usr/X11R6
2091 XINCLUDE=-I$(X11)/include
2092 XLFLAGS=-L$(X11)/lib
2093 .endd
2094 These are overridden in some of the operating-system configuration files. For
2095 example, in &_OS/Makefile-SunOS5_& there is
2096 .code
2097 X11=/usr/openwin
2098 XINCLUDE=-I$(X11)/include
2099 XLFLAGS=-L$(X11)/lib -R$(X11)/lib
2100 .endd
2101 If you need to override the default setting for your operating system, place a
2102 definition of all three of these variables into your
2103 &_Local/Makefile-<ostype>_& file.
2104
2105 .cindex "EXTRALIBS"
2106 If you need to add any extra libraries to the link steps, these can be put in a
2107 variable called EXTRALIBS, which appears in all the link commands, but by
2108 default is not defined. In contrast, EXTRALIBS_EXIM is used only on the
2109 command for linking the main Exim binary, and not for any associated utilities.
2110
2111 .cindex "DBM libraries" "configuration for building"
2112 There is also DBMLIB, which appears in the link commands for binaries that
2113 use DBM functions (see also section &<<SECTdb>>&). Finally, there is
2114 EXTRALIBS_EXIMON, which appears only in the link step for the Exim monitor
2115 binary, and which can be used, for example, to include additional X11
2116 libraries.
2117
2118 .cindex "configuration file" "editing"
2119 The make file copes with rebuilding Exim correctly if any of the configuration
2120 files are edited. However, if an optional configuration file is deleted, it is
2121 necessary to touch the associated non-optional file (that is,
2122 &_Local/Makefile_& or &_Local/eximon.conf_&) before rebuilding.
2123
2124
2125 .section "OS-specific header files" "SECID30"
2126 .cindex "&_os.h_&"
2127 .cindex "building Exim" "OS-specific C header files"
2128 The &_OS_& directory contains a number of files with names of the form
2129 &_os.h-<ostype>_&. These are system-specific C header files that should not
2130 normally need to be changed. There is a list of macro settings that are
2131 recognized in the file &_OS/os.configuring_&, which should be consulted if you
2132 are porting Exim to a new operating system.
2133
2134
2135
2136 .section "Overriding build-time options for the monitor" "SECID31"
2137 .cindex "building Eximon"
2138 A similar process is used for overriding things when building the Exim monitor,
2139 where the files that are involved are
2140 .display
2141 &_OS/eximon.conf-Default_&
2142 &_OS/eximon.conf-_&<&'ostype'&>
2143 &_Local/eximon.conf_&
2144 &_Local/eximon.conf-_&<&'ostype'&>
2145 &_Local/eximon.conf-_&<&'archtype'&>
2146 &_Local/eximon.conf-_&<&'ostype'&>-<&'archtype'&>
2147 .endd
2148 .cindex "&_Local/eximon.conf_&"
2149 As with Exim itself, the final three files need not exist, and in this case the
2150 &_OS/eximon.conf-<ostype>_& file is also optional. The default values in
2151 &_OS/eximon.conf-Default_& can be overridden dynamically by setting environment
2152 variables of the same name, preceded by EXIMON_. For example, setting
2153 EXIMON_LOG_DEPTH in the environment overrides the value of
2154 LOG_DEPTH at run time.
2155 .ecindex IIDbuex
2156
2157
2158 .section "Installing Exim binaries and scripts" "SECID32"
2159 .cindex "installing Exim"
2160 .cindex "BIN_DIRECTORY"
2161 The command &`make install`& runs the &(exim_install)& script with no
2162 arguments. The script copies binaries and utility scripts into the directory
2163 whose name is specified by the BIN_DIRECTORY setting in &_Local/Makefile_&.
2164 .cindex "setuid" "installing Exim with"
2165 The install script copies files only if they are newer than the files they are
2166 going to replace. The Exim binary is required to be owned by root and have the
2167 &'setuid'& bit set, for normal configurations. Therefore, you must run &`make
2168 install`& as root so that it can set up the Exim binary in this way. However, in
2169 some special situations (for example, if a host is doing no local deliveries)
2170 it may be possible to run Exim without making the binary setuid root (see
2171 chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>& for details).
2172
2173 .cindex "CONFIGURE_FILE"
2174 Exim's run time configuration file is named by the CONFIGURE_FILE setting
2175 in &_Local/Makefile_&. If this names a single file, and the file does not
2176 exist, the default configuration file &_src/configure.default_& is copied there
2177 by the installation script. If a run time configuration file already exists, it
2178 is left alone. If CONFIGURE_FILE is a colon-separated list, naming several
2179 alternative files, no default is installed.
2180
2181 .cindex "system aliases file"
2182 .cindex "&_/etc/aliases_&"
2183 One change is made to the default configuration file when it is installed: the
2184 default configuration contains a router that references a system aliases file.
2185 The path to this file is set to the value specified by
2186 SYSTEM_ALIASES_FILE in &_Local/Makefile_& (&_/etc/aliases_& by default).
2187 If the system aliases file does not exist, the installation script creates it,
2188 and outputs a comment to the user.
2189
2190 The created file contains no aliases, but it does contain comments about the
2191 aliases a site should normally have. Mail aliases have traditionally been
2192 kept in &_/etc/aliases_&. However, some operating systems are now using
2193 &_/etc/mail/aliases_&. You should check if yours is one of these, and change
2194 Exim's configuration if necessary.
2195
2196 The default configuration uses the local host's name as the only local domain,
2197 and is set up to do local deliveries into the shared directory &_/var/mail_&,
2198 running as the local user. System aliases and &_.forward_& files in users' home
2199 directories are supported, but no NIS or NIS+ support is configured. Domains
2200 other than the name of the local host are routed using the DNS, with delivery
2201 over SMTP.
2202
2203 It is possible to install Exim for special purposes (such as building a binary
2204 distribution) in a private part of the file system. You can do this by a
2205 command such as
2206 .code
2207 make DESTDIR=/some/directory/ install
2208 .endd
2209 This has the effect of pre-pending the specified directory to all the file
2210 paths, except the name of the system aliases file that appears in the default
2211 configuration. (If a default alias file is created, its name &'is'& modified.)
2212 For backwards compatibility, ROOT is used if DESTDIR is not set,
2213 but this usage is deprecated.
2214
2215 .cindex "installing Exim" "what is not installed"
2216 Running &'make install'& does not copy the Exim 4 conversion script
2217 &'convert4r4'&, or the &'pcretest'& test program. You will probably run the
2218 first of these only once (if you are upgrading from Exim 3), and the second
2219 isn't really part of Exim. None of the documentation files in the &_doc_&
2220 directory are copied, except for the info files when you have set
2221 INFO_DIRECTORY, as described in section &<<SECTinsinfdoc>>& below.
2222
2223 For the utility programs, old versions are renamed by adding the suffix &_.O_&
2224 to their names. The Exim binary itself, however, is handled differently. It is
2225 installed under a name that includes the version number and the compile number,
2226 for example &_exim-&version;-1_&. The script then arranges for a symbolic link
2227 called &_exim_& to point to the binary. If you are updating a previous version
2228 of Exim, the script takes care to ensure that the name &_exim_& is never absent
2229 from the directory (as seen by other processes).
2230
2231 .cindex "installing Exim" "testing the script"
2232 If you want to see what the &'make install'& will do before running it for
2233 real, you can pass the &%-n%& option to the installation script by this
2234 command:
2235 .code
2236 make INSTALL_ARG=-n install
2237 .endd
2238 The contents of the variable INSTALL_ARG are passed to the installation
2239 script. You do not need to be root to run this test. Alternatively, you can run
2240 the installation script directly, but this must be from within the build
2241 directory. For example, from the top-level Exim directory you could use this
2242 command:
2243 .code
2244 (cd build-SunOS5-5.5.1-sparc; ../scripts/exim_install -n)
2245 .endd
2246 .cindex "installing Exim" "install script options"
2247 There are two other options that can be supplied to the installation script.
2248
2249 .ilist
2250 &%-no_chown%& bypasses the call to change the owner of the installed binary
2251 to root, and the call to make it a setuid binary.
2252 .next
2253 &%-no_symlink%& bypasses the setting up of the symbolic link &_exim_& to the
2254 installed binary.
2255 .endlist
2256
2257 INSTALL_ARG can be used to pass these options to the script. For example:
2258 .code
2259 make INSTALL_ARG=-no_symlink install
2260 .endd
2261 The installation script can also be given arguments specifying which files are
2262 to be copied. For example, to install just the Exim binary, and nothing else,
2263 without creating the symbolic link, you could use:
2264 .code
2265 make INSTALL_ARG='-no_symlink exim' install
2266 .endd
2267
2268
2269
2270 .section "Installing info documentation" "SECTinsinfdoc"
2271 .cindex "installing Exim" "&'info'& documentation"
2272 Not all systems use the GNU &'info'& system for documentation, and for this
2273 reason, the Texinfo source of Exim's documentation is not included in the main
2274 distribution. Instead it is available separately from the ftp site (see section
2275 &<<SECTavail>>&).
2276
2277 If you have defined INFO_DIRECTORY in &_Local/Makefile_& and the Texinfo
2278 source of the documentation is found in the source tree, running &`make
2279 install`& automatically builds the info files and installs them.
2280
2281
2282
2283 .section "Setting up the spool directory" "SECID33"
2284 .cindex "spool directory" "creating"
2285 When it starts up, Exim tries to create its spool directory if it does not
2286 exist. The Exim uid and gid are used for the owner and group of the spool
2287 directory. Sub-directories are automatically created in the spool directory as
2288 necessary.
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293 .section "Testing" "SECID34"
2294 .cindex "testing" "installation"
2295 Having installed Exim, you can check that the run time configuration file is
2296 syntactically valid by running the following command, which assumes that the
2297 Exim binary directory is within your PATH environment variable:
2298 .code
2299 exim -bV
2300 .endd
2301 If there are any errors in the configuration file, Exim outputs error messages.
2302 Otherwise it outputs the version number and build date,
2303 the DBM library that is being used, and information about which drivers and
2304 other optional code modules are included in the binary.
2305 Some simple routing tests can be done by using the address testing option. For
2306 example,
2307 .display
2308 &`exim -bt`& <&'local username'&>
2309 .endd
2310 should verify that it recognizes a local mailbox, and
2311 .display
2312 &`exim -bt`& <&'remote address'&>
2313 .endd
2314 a remote one. Then try getting it to deliver mail, both locally and remotely.
2315 This can be done by passing messages directly to Exim, without going through a
2316 user agent. For example:
2317 .code
2318 exim -v postmaster@your.domain.example
2319 From: user@your.domain.example
2320 To: postmaster@your.domain.example
2321 Subject: Testing Exim
2322
2323 This is a test message.
2324 ^D
2325 .endd
2326 The &%-v%& option causes Exim to output some verification of what it is doing.
2327 In this case you should see copies of three log lines, one for the message's
2328 arrival, one for its delivery, and one containing &"Completed"&.
2329
2330 .cindex "delivery" "problems with"
2331 If you encounter problems, look at Exim's log files (&'mainlog'& and
2332 &'paniclog'&) to see if there is any relevant information there. Another source
2333 of information is running Exim with debugging turned on, by specifying the
2334 &%-d%& option. If a message is stuck on Exim's spool, you can force a delivery
2335 with debugging turned on by a command of the form
2336 .display
2337 &`exim -d -M`& <&'exim-message-id'&>
2338 .endd
2339 You must be root or an &"admin user"& in order to do this. The &%-d%& option
2340 produces rather a lot of output, but you can cut this down to specific areas.
2341 For example, if you use &%-d-all+route%& only the debugging information
2342 relevant to routing is included. (See the &%-d%& option in chapter
2343 &<<CHAPcommandline>>& for more details.)
2344
2345 .cindex '&"sticky"& bit'
2346 .cindex "lock files"
2347 One specific problem that has shown up on some sites is the inability to do
2348 local deliveries into a shared mailbox directory, because it does not have the
2349 &"sticky bit"& set on it. By default, Exim tries to create a lock file before
2350 writing to a mailbox file, and if it cannot create the lock file, the delivery
2351 is deferred. You can get round this either by setting the &"sticky bit"& on the
2352 directory, or by setting a specific group for local deliveries and allowing
2353 that group to create files in the directory (see the comments above the
2354 &(local_delivery)& transport in the default configuration file). Another
2355 approach is to configure Exim not to use lock files, but just to rely on
2356 &[fcntl()]& locking instead. However, you should do this only if all user
2357 agents also use &[fcntl()]& locking. For further discussion of locking issues,
2358 see chapter &<<CHAPappendfile>>&.
2359
2360 One thing that cannot be tested on a system that is already running an MTA is
2361 the receipt of incoming SMTP mail on the standard SMTP port. However, the
2362 &%-oX%& option can be used to run an Exim daemon that listens on some other
2363 port, or &'inetd'& can be used to do this. The &%-bh%& option and the
2364 &'exim_checkaccess'& utility can be used to check out policy controls on
2365 incoming SMTP mail.
2366
2367 Testing a new version on a system that is already running Exim can most easily
2368 be done by building a binary with a different CONFIGURE_FILE setting. From
2369 within the run time configuration, all other file and directory names
2370 that Exim uses can be altered, in order to keep it entirely clear of the
2371 production version.
2372
2373
2374 .section "Replacing another MTA with Exim" "SECID35"
2375 .cindex "replacing another MTA"
2376 Building and installing Exim for the first time does not of itself put it in
2377 general use. The name by which the system's MTA is called by mail user agents
2378 is either &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&, or &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& (depending on the
2379 operating system), and it is necessary to make this name point to the &'exim'&
2380 binary in order to get the user agents to pass messages to Exim. This is
2381 normally done by renaming any existing file and making &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&
2382 or &_/usr/lib/sendmail_&
2383 .cindex "symbolic link" "to &'exim'& binary"
2384 a symbolic link to the &'exim'& binary. It is a good idea to remove any setuid
2385 privilege and executable status from the old MTA. It is then necessary to stop
2386 and restart the mailer daemon, if one is running.
2387
2388 .cindex "FreeBSD, MTA indirection"
2389 .cindex "&_/etc/mail/mailer.conf_&"
2390 Some operating systems have introduced alternative ways of switching MTAs. For
2391 example, if you are running FreeBSD, you need to edit the file
2392 &_/etc/mail/mailer.conf_& instead of setting up a symbolic link as just
2393 described. A typical example of the contents of this file for running Exim is
2394 as follows:
2395 .code
2396 sendmail /usr/exim/bin/exim
2397 send-mail /usr/exim/bin/exim
2398 mailq /usr/exim/bin/exim -bp
2399 newaliases /usr/bin/true
2400 .endd
2401 Once you have set up the symbolic link, or edited &_/etc/mail/mailer.conf_&,
2402 your Exim installation is &"live"&. Check it by sending a message from your
2403 favourite user agent.
2404
2405 You should consider what to tell your users about the change of MTA. Exim may
2406 have different capabilities to what was previously running, and there are
2407 various operational differences such as the text of messages produced by
2408 command line options and in bounce messages. If you allow your users to make
2409 use of Exim's filtering capabilities, you should make the document entitled
2410 &'Exim's interface to mail filtering'& available to them.
2411
2412
2413
2414 .section "Upgrading Exim" "SECID36"
2415 .cindex "upgrading Exim"
2416 If you are already running Exim on your host, building and installing a new
2417 version automatically makes it available to MUAs, or any other programs that
2418 call the MTA directly. However, if you are running an Exim daemon, you do need
2419 to send it a HUP signal, to make it re-execute itself, and thereby pick up the
2420 new binary. You do not need to stop processing mail in order to install a new
2421 version of Exim. The install script does not modify an existing runtime
2422 configuration file.
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427 .section "Stopping the Exim daemon on Solaris" "SECID37"
2428 .cindex "Solaris" "stopping Exim on"
2429 The standard command for stopping the mailer daemon on Solaris is
2430 .code
2431 /etc/init.d/sendmail stop
2432 .endd
2433 If &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& has been turned into a symbolic link, this script
2434 fails to stop Exim because it uses the command &'ps -e'& and greps the output
2435 for the text &"sendmail"&; this is not present because the actual program name
2436 (that is, &"exim"&) is given by the &'ps'& command with these options. A
2437 solution is to replace the line that finds the process id with something like
2438 .code
2439 pid=`cat /var/spool/exim/exim-daemon.pid`
2440 .endd
2441 to obtain the daemon's pid directly from the file that Exim saves it in.
2442
2443 Note, however, that stopping the daemon does not &"stop Exim"&. Messages can
2444 still be received from local processes, and if automatic delivery is configured
2445 (the normal case), deliveries will still occur.
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2451 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2452
2453 .chapter "The Exim command line" "CHAPcommandline"
2454 .scindex IIDclo1 "command line" "options"
2455 .scindex IIDclo2 "options" "command line"
2456 Exim's command line takes the standard Unix form of a sequence of options,
2457 each starting with a hyphen character, followed by a number of arguments. The
2458 options are compatible with the main options of Sendmail, and there are also
2459 some additional options, some of which are compatible with Smail 3. Certain
2460 combinations of options do not make sense, and provoke an error if used.
2461 The form of the arguments depends on which options are set.
2462
2463
2464 .section "Setting options by program name" "SECID38"
2465 .cindex "&'mailq'&"
2466 If Exim is called under the name &'mailq'&, it behaves as if the option &%-bp%&
2467 were present before any other options.
2468 The &%-bp%& option requests a listing of the contents of the mail queue on the
2469 standard output.
2470 This feature is for compatibility with some systems that contain a command of
2471 that name in one of the standard libraries, symbolically linked to
2472 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& or &_/usr/lib/sendmail_&.
2473
2474 .cindex "&'rsmtp'&"
2475 If Exim is called under the name &'rsmtp'& it behaves as if the option &%-bS%&
2476 were present before any other options, for compatibility with Smail. The
2477 &%-bS%& option is used for reading in a number of messages in batched SMTP
2478 format.
2479
2480 .cindex "&'rmail'&"
2481 If Exim is called under the name &'rmail'& it behaves as if the &%-i%& and
2482 &%-oee%& options were present before any other options, for compatibility with
2483 Smail. The name &'rmail'& is used as an interface by some UUCP systems.
2484
2485 .cindex "&'runq'&"
2486 .cindex "queue runner"
2487 If Exim is called under the name &'runq'& it behaves as if the option &%-q%&
2488 were present before any other options, for compatibility with Smail. The &%-q%&
2489 option causes a single queue runner process to be started.
2490
2491 .cindex "&'newaliases'&"
2492 .cindex "alias file" "building"
2493 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "calling Exim as &'newaliases'&"
2494 If Exim is called under the name &'newaliases'& it behaves as if the option
2495 &%-bi%& were present before any other options, for compatibility with Sendmail.
2496 This option is used for rebuilding Sendmail's alias file. Exim does not have
2497 the concept of a single alias file, but can be configured to run a given
2498 command if called with the &%-bi%& option.
2499
2500
2501 .section "Trusted and admin users" "SECTtrustedadmin"
2502 Some Exim options are available only to &'trusted users'& and others are
2503 available only to &'admin users'&. In the description below, the phrases &"Exim
2504 user"& and &"Exim group"& mean the user and group defined by EXIM_USER and
2505 EXIM_GROUP in &_Local/Makefile_& or set by the &%exim_user%& and
2506 &%exim_group%& options. These do not necessarily have to use the name &"exim"&.
2507
2508 .ilist
2509 .cindex "trusted users" "definition of"
2510 .cindex "user" "trusted definition of"
2511 The trusted users are root, the Exim user, any user listed in the
2512 &%trusted_users%& configuration option, and any user whose current group or any
2513 supplementary group is one of those listed in the &%trusted_groups%&
2514 configuration option. Note that the Exim group is not automatically trusted.
2515
2516 .cindex '&"From"& line'
2517 .cindex "envelope sender"
2518 Trusted users are always permitted to use the &%-f%& option or a leading
2519 &"From&~"& line to specify the envelope sender of a message that is passed to
2520 Exim through the local interface (see the &%-bm%& and &%-f%& options below).
2521 See the &%untrusted_set_sender%& option for a way of permitting non-trusted
2522 users to set envelope senders.
2523
2524 .cindex "&'From:'& header line"
2525 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line"
2526 For a trusted user, there is never any check on the contents of the &'From:'&
2527 header line, and a &'Sender:'& line is never added. Furthermore, any existing
2528 &'Sender:'& line in incoming local (non-TCP/IP) messages is not removed.
2529
2530 Trusted users may also specify a host name, host address, interface address,
2531 protocol name, ident value, and authentication data when submitting a message
2532 locally. Thus, they are able to insert messages into Exim's queue locally that
2533 have the characteristics of messages received from a remote host. Untrusted
2534 users may in some circumstances use &%-f%&, but can never set the other values
2535 that are available to trusted users.
2536 .next
2537 .cindex "user" "admin definition of"
2538 .cindex "admin user" "definition of"
2539 The admin users are root, the Exim user, and any user that is a member of the
2540 Exim group or of any group listed in the &%admin_groups%& configuration option.
2541 The current group does not have to be one of these groups.
2542
2543 Admin users are permitted to list the queue, and to carry out certain
2544 operations on messages, for example, to force delivery failures. It is also
2545 necessary to be an admin user in order to see the full information provided by
2546 the Exim monitor, and full debugging output.
2547
2548 By default, the use of the &%-M%&, &%-q%&, &%-R%&, and &%-S%& options to cause
2549 Exim to attempt delivery of messages on its queue is restricted to admin users.
2550 However, this restriction can be relaxed by setting the &%prod_requires_admin%&
2551 option false (that is, specifying &%no_prod_requires_admin%&).
2552
2553 Similarly, the use of the &%-bp%& option to list all the messages in the queue
2554 is restricted to admin users unless &%queue_list_requires_admin%& is set
2555 false.
2556 .endlist
2557
2558
2559 &*Warning*&: If you configure your system so that admin users are able to
2560 edit Exim's configuration file, you are giving those users an easy way of
2561 getting root. There is further discussion of this issue at the start of chapter
2562 &<<CHAPconf>>&.
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567 .section "Command line options" "SECID39"
2568 Exim's command line options are described in alphabetical order below. If none
2569 of the options that specifies a specific action (such as starting the daemon or
2570 a queue runner, or testing an address, or receiving a message in a specific
2571 format, or listing the queue) are present, and there is at least one argument
2572 on the command line, &%-bm%& (accept a local message on the standard input,
2573 with the arguments specifying the recipients) is assumed. Otherwise, Exim
2574 outputs a brief message about itself and exits.
2575
2576 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2577 . Insert a stylized XML comment here, to identify the start of the command line
2578 . options. This is for the benefit of the Perl script that automatically
2579 . creates a man page for the options.
2580 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2581
2582 .literal xml
2583 <!-- === Start of command line options === -->
2584 .literal off
2585
2586
2587 .vlist
2588 .vitem &%--%&
2589 .oindex "--"
2590 .cindex "options" "command line; terminating"
2591 This is a pseudo-option whose only purpose is to terminate the options and
2592 therefore to cause subsequent command line items to be treated as arguments
2593 rather than options, even if they begin with hyphens.
2594
2595 .vitem &%--help%&
2596 .oindex "&%--help%&"
2597 This option causes Exim to output a few sentences stating what it is.
2598 The same output is generated if the Exim binary is called with no options and
2599 no arguments.
2600
2601 .vitem &%-B%&<&'type'&>
2602 .oindex "&%-B%&"
2603 .cindex "8-bit characters"
2604 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "8-bit characters"
2605 This is a Sendmail option for selecting 7 or 8 bit processing. Exim is 8-bit
2606 clean; it ignores this option.
2607
2608 .vitem &%-bd%&
2609 .oindex "&%-bd%&"
2610 .cindex "daemon"
2611 .cindex "SMTP" "listener"
2612 .cindex "queue runner"
2613 This option runs Exim as a daemon, awaiting incoming SMTP connections. Usually
2614 the &%-bd%& option is combined with the &%-q%&<&'time'&> option, to specify
2615 that the daemon should also initiate periodic queue runs.
2616
2617 The &%-bd%& option can be used only by an admin user. If either of the &%-d%&
2618 (debugging) or &%-v%& (verifying) options are set, the daemon does not
2619 disconnect from the controlling terminal. When running this way, it can be
2620 stopped by pressing ctrl-C.
2621
2622 By default, Exim listens for incoming connections to the standard SMTP port on
2623 all the host's running interfaces. However, it is possible to listen on other
2624 ports, on multiple ports, and only on specific interfaces. Chapter
2625 &<<CHAPinterfaces>>& contains a description of the options that control this.
2626
2627 When a listening daemon
2628 .cindex "daemon" "process id (pid)"
2629 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of daemon"
2630 is started without the use of &%-oX%& (that is, without overriding the normal
2631 configuration), it writes its process id to a file called &_exim-daemon.pid_&
2632 in Exim's spool directory. This location can be overridden by setting
2633 PID_FILE_PATH in &_Local/Makefile_&. The file is written while Exim is still
2634 running as root.
2635
2636 When &%-oX%& is used on the command line to start a listening daemon, the
2637 process id is not written to the normal pid file path. However, &%-oP%& can be
2638 used to specify a path on the command line if a pid file is required.
2639
2640 The SIGHUP signal
2641 .cindex "SIGHUP"
2642 .cindex "daemon" "restarting"
2643 can be used to cause the daemon to re-execute itself. This should be done
2644 whenever Exim's configuration file, or any file that is incorporated into it by
2645 means of the &%.include%& facility, is changed, and also whenever a new version
2646 of Exim is installed. It is not necessary to do this when other files that are
2647 referenced from the configuration (for example, alias files) are changed,
2648 because these are reread each time they are used.
2649
2650 .vitem &%-bdf%&
2651 .oindex "&%-bdf%&"
2652 This option has the same effect as &%-bd%& except that it never disconnects
2653 from the controlling terminal, even when no debugging is specified.
2654
2655 .vitem &%-be%&
2656 .oindex "&%-be%&"
2657 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
2658 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
2659 Run Exim in expansion testing mode. Exim discards its root privilege, to
2660 prevent ordinary users from using this mode to read otherwise inaccessible
2661 files. If no arguments are given, Exim runs interactively, prompting for lines
2662 of data. Otherwise, it processes each argument in turn.
2663
2664 If Exim was built with USE_READLINE=yes in &_Local/Makefile_&, it tries
2665 to load the &%libreadline%& library dynamically whenever the &%-be%& option is
2666 used without command line arguments. If successful, it uses the &[readline()]&
2667 function, which provides extensive line-editing facilities, for reading the
2668 test data. A line history is supported.
2669
2670 Long expansion expressions can be split over several lines by using backslash
2671 continuations. As in Exim's run time configuration, white space at the start of
2672 continuation lines is ignored. Each argument or data line is passed through the
2673 string expansion mechanism, and the result is output. Variable values from the
2674 configuration file (for example, &$qualify_domain$&) are available, but no
2675 message-specific values (such as &$sender_domain$&) are set, because no message
2676 is being processed (but see &%-bem%& and &%-Mset%&).
2677
2678 &*Note*&: If you use this mechanism to test lookups, and you change the data
2679 files or databases you are using, you must exit and restart Exim before trying
2680 the same lookup again. Otherwise, because each Exim process caches the results
2681 of lookups, you will just get the same result as before.
2682
2683 .vitem &%-bem%&&~<&'filename'&>
2684 .oindex "&%-bem%&"
2685 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
2686 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
2687 This option operates like &%-be%& except that it must be followed by the name
2688 of a file. For example:
2689 .code
2690 exim -bem /tmp/testmessage
2691 .endd
2692 The file is read as a message (as if receiving a locally-submitted non-SMTP
2693 message) before any of the test expansions are done. Thus, message-specific
2694 variables such as &$message_size$& and &$header_from:$& are available. However,
2695 no &'Received:'& header is added to the message. If the &%-t%& option is set,
2696 recipients are read from the headers in the normal way, and are shown in the
2697 &$recipients$& variable. Note that recipients cannot be given on the command
2698 line, because further arguments are taken as strings to expand (just like
2699 &%-be%&).
2700
2701 .vitem &%-bF%&&~<&'filename'&>
2702 .oindex "&%-bF%&"
2703 .cindex "system filter" "testing"
2704 .cindex "testing" "system filter"
2705 This option is the same as &%-bf%& except that it assumes that the filter being
2706 tested is a system filter. The additional commands that are available only in
2707 system filters are recognized.
2708
2709 .vitem &%-bf%&&~<&'filename'&>
2710 .oindex "&%-bf%&"
2711 .cindex "filter" "testing"
2712 .cindex "testing" "filter file"
2713 .cindex "forward file" "testing"
2714 .cindex "testing" "forward file"
2715 .cindex "Sieve filter" "testing"
2716 This option runs Exim in user filter testing mode; the file is the filter file
2717 to be tested, and a test message must be supplied on the standard input. If
2718 there are no message-dependent tests in the filter, an empty file can be
2719 supplied.
2720
2721 If you want to test a system filter file, use &%-bF%& instead of &%-bf%&. You
2722 can use both &%-bF%& and &%-bf%& on the same command, in order to test a system
2723 filter and a user filter in the same run. For example:
2724 .code
2725 exim -bF /system/filter -bf /user/filter </test/message
2726 .endd
2727 This is helpful when the system filter adds header lines or sets filter
2728 variables that are used by the user filter.
2729
2730 If the test filter file does not begin with one of the special lines
2731 .code
2732 # Exim filter
2733 # Sieve filter
2734 .endd
2735 it is taken to be a normal &_.forward_& file, and is tested for validity under
2736 that interpretation. See sections &<<SECTitenonfilred>>& to
2737 &<<SECTspecitredli>>& for a description of the possible contents of non-filter
2738 redirection lists.
2739
2740 The result of an Exim command that uses &%-bf%&, provided no errors are
2741 detected, is a list of the actions that Exim would try to take if presented
2742 with the message for real. More details of filter testing are given in the
2743 separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'&.
2744
2745 When testing a filter file,
2746 .cindex "&""From""& line"
2747 .cindex "envelope sender"
2748 .oindex "&%-f%&" "for filter testing"
2749 the envelope sender can be set by the &%-f%& option,
2750 or by a &"From&~"& line at the start of the test message. Various parameters
2751 that would normally be taken from the envelope recipient address of the message
2752 can be set by means of additional command line options (see the next four
2753 options).
2754
2755 .vitem &%-bfd%&&~<&'domain'&>
2756 .oindex "&%-bfd%&"
2757 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
2758 This sets the domain of the recipient address when a filter file is being
2759 tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is the value of
2760 &$qualify_domain$&.
2761
2762 .vitem &%-bfl%&&~<&'local&~part'&>
2763 .oindex "&%-bfl%&"
2764 This sets the local part of the recipient address when a filter file is being
2765 tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is the username of the
2766 process that calls Exim. A local part should be specified with any prefix or
2767 suffix stripped, because that is how it appears to the filter when a message is
2768 actually being delivered.
2769
2770 .vitem &%-bfp%&&~<&'prefix'&>
2771 .oindex "&%-bfp%&"
2772 This sets the prefix of the local part of the recipient address when a filter
2773 file is being tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is an empty
2774 prefix.
2775
2776 .vitem &%-bfs%&&~<&'suffix'&>
2777 .oindex "&%-bfs%&"
2778 This sets the suffix of the local part of the recipient address when a filter
2779 file is being tested by means of the &%-bf%& option. The default is an empty
2780 suffix.
2781
2782 .vitem &%-bh%&&~<&'IP&~address'&>
2783 .oindex "&%-bh%&"
2784 .cindex "testing" "incoming SMTP"
2785 .cindex "SMTP" "testing incoming"
2786 .cindex "testing" "relay control"
2787 .cindex "relaying" "testing configuration"
2788 .cindex "policy control" "testing"
2789 .cindex "debugging" "&%-bh%& option"
2790 This option runs a fake SMTP session as if from the given IP address, using the
2791 standard input and output. The IP address may include a port number at the end,
2792 after a full stop. For example:
2793 .code
2794 exim -bh 10.9.8.7.1234
2795 exim -bh fe80::a00:20ff:fe86:a061.5678
2796 .endd
2797 When an IPv6 address is given, it is converted into canonical form. In the case
2798 of the second example above, the value of &$sender_host_address$& after
2799 conversion to the canonical form is
2800 &`fe80:0000:0000:0a00:20ff:fe86:a061.5678`&.
2801
2802 Comments as to what is going on are written to the standard error file. These
2803 include lines beginning with &"LOG"& for anything that would have been logged.
2804 This facility is provided for testing configuration options for incoming
2805 messages, to make sure they implement the required policy. For example, you can
2806 test your relay controls using &%-bh%&.
2807
2808 &*Warning 1*&:
2809 .cindex "RFC 1413"
2810 You can test features of the configuration that rely on ident (RFC 1413)
2811 information by using the &%-oMt%& option. However, Exim cannot actually perform
2812 an ident callout when testing using &%-bh%& because there is no incoming SMTP
2813 connection.
2814
2815 &*Warning 2*&: Address verification callouts (see section &<<SECTcallver>>&)
2816 are also skipped when testing using &%-bh%&. If you want these callouts to
2817 occur, use &%-bhc%& instead.
2818
2819 Messages supplied during the testing session are discarded, and nothing is
2820 written to any of the real log files. There may be pauses when DNS (and other)
2821 lookups are taking place, and of course these may time out. The &%-oMi%& option
2822 can be used to specify a specific IP interface and port if this is important,
2823 and &%-oMaa%& and &%-oMai%& can be used to set parameters as if the SMTP
2824 session were authenticated.
2825
2826 The &'exim_checkaccess'& utility is a &"packaged"& version of &%-bh%& whose
2827 output just states whether a given recipient address from a given host is
2828 acceptable or not. See section &<<SECTcheckaccess>>&.
2829
2830 .new
2831 Features such as authentication and encryption, where the client input is not
2832 plain text, cannot easily be tested with &%-bh%&. Instead, you should use a
2833 specialized SMTP test program such as
2834 &url(http://jetmore.org/john/code/#swaks,swaks).
2835 .wen
2836
2837 .vitem &%-bhc%&&~<&'IP&~address'&>
2838 .oindex "&%-bhc%&"
2839 This option operates in the same way as &%-bh%&, except that address
2840 verification callouts are performed if required. This includes consulting and
2841 updating the callout cache database.
2842
2843 .vitem &%-bi%&
2844 .oindex "&%-bi%&"
2845 .cindex "alias file" "building"
2846 .cindex "building alias file"
2847 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-bi%& option"
2848 Sendmail interprets the &%-bi%& option as a request to rebuild its alias file.
2849 Exim does not have the concept of a single alias file, and so it cannot mimic
2850 this behaviour. However, calls to &_/usr/lib/sendmail_& with the &%-bi%& option
2851 tend to appear in various scripts such as NIS make files, so the option must be
2852 recognized.
2853
2854 If &%-bi%& is encountered, the command specified by the &%bi_command%&
2855 configuration option is run, under the uid and gid of the caller of Exim. If
2856 the &%-oA%& option is used, its value is passed to the command as an argument.
2857 The command set by &%bi_command%& may not contain arguments. The command can
2858 use the &'exim_dbmbuild'& utility, or some other means, to rebuild alias files
2859 if this is required. If the &%bi_command%& option is not set, calling Exim with
2860 &%-bi%& is a no-op.
2861
2862 .vitem &%-bm%&
2863 .oindex "&%-bm%&"
2864 .cindex "local message reception"
2865 This option runs an Exim receiving process that accepts an incoming,
2866 locally-generated message on the current input. The recipients are given as the
2867 command arguments (except when &%-t%& is also present &-- see below). Each
2868 argument can be a comma-separated list of RFC 2822 addresses. This is the
2869 default option for selecting the overall action of an Exim call; it is assumed
2870 if no other conflicting option is present.
2871
2872 If any addresses in the message are unqualified (have no domain), they are
2873 qualified by the values of the &%qualify_domain%& or &%qualify_recipient%&
2874 options, as appropriate. The &%-bnq%& option (see below) provides a way of
2875 suppressing this for special cases.
2876
2877 Policy checks on the contents of local messages can be enforced by means of
2878 the non-SMTP ACL. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for details.
2879
2880 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bm%&"
2881 The return code is zero if the message is successfully accepted. Otherwise, the
2882 action is controlled by the &%-oe%&&'x'& option setting &-- see below.
2883
2884 The format
2885 .cindex "message" "format"
2886 .cindex "format" "message"
2887 .cindex "&""From""& line"
2888 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
2889 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&""From""& line"
2890 of the message must be as defined in RFC 2822, except that, for
2891 compatibility with Sendmail and Smail, a line in one of the forms
2892 .code
2893 From sender Fri Jan 5 12:55 GMT 1997
2894 From sender Fri, 5 Jan 97 12:55:01
2895 .endd
2896 (with the weekday optional, and possibly with additional text after the date)
2897 is permitted to appear at the start of the message. There appears to be no
2898 authoritative specification of the format of this line. Exim recognizes it by
2899 matching against the regular expression defined by the &%uucp_from_pattern%&
2900 option, which can be changed if necessary.
2901
2902 .oindex "&%-f%&" "overriding &""From""& line"
2903 The specified sender is treated as if it were given as the argument to the
2904 &%-f%& option, but if a &%-f%& option is also present, its argument is used in
2905 preference to the address taken from the message. The caller of Exim must be a
2906 trusted user for the sender of a message to be set in this way.
2907
2908 .vitem &%-bnq%&
2909 .oindex "&%-bnq%&"
2910 .cindex "address qualification, suppressing"
2911 By default, Exim automatically qualifies unqualified addresses (those
2912 without domains) that appear in messages that are submitted locally (that
2913 is, not over TCP/IP). This qualification applies both to addresses in
2914 envelopes, and addresses in header lines. Sender addresses are qualified using
2915 &%qualify_domain%&, and recipient addresses using &%qualify_recipient%& (which
2916 defaults to the value of &%qualify_domain%&).
2917
2918 Sometimes, qualification is not wanted. For example, if &%-bS%& (batch SMTP) is
2919 being used to re-submit messages that originally came from remote hosts after
2920 content scanning, you probably do not want to qualify unqualified addresses in
2921 header lines. (Such lines will be present only if you have not enabled a header
2922 syntax check in the appropriate ACL.)
2923
2924 The &%-bnq%& option suppresses all qualification of unqualified addresses in
2925 messages that originate on the local host. When this is used, unqualified
2926 addresses in the envelope provoke errors (causing message rejection) and
2927 unqualified addresses in header lines are left alone.
2928
2929
2930 .vitem &%-bP%&
2931 .oindex "&%-bP%&"
2932 .cindex "configuration options, extracting"
2933 .cindex "options" "configuration &-- extracting"
2934 If this option is given with no arguments, it causes the values of all Exim's
2935 main configuration options to be written to the standard output. The values
2936 of one or more specific options can be requested by giving their names as
2937 arguments, for example:
2938 .code
2939 exim -bP qualify_domain hold_domains
2940 .endd
2941 .oindex "&%hide%&"
2942 However, any option setting that is preceded by the word &"hide"& in the
2943 configuration file is not shown in full, except to an admin user. For other
2944 users, the output is as in this example:
2945 .code
2946 mysql_servers = <value not displayable>
2947 .endd
2948 If &%configure_file%& is given as an argument, the name of the run time
2949 configuration file is output.
2950 If a list of configuration files was supplied, the value that is output here
2951 is the name of the file that was actually used.
2952
2953 .cindex "daemon" "process id (pid)"
2954 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of daemon"
2955 If &%log_file_path%& or &%pid_file_path%& are given, the names of the
2956 directories where log files and daemon pid files are written are output,
2957 respectively. If these values are unset, log files are written in a
2958 sub-directory of the spool directory called &%log%&, and the pid file is
2959 written directly into the spool directory.
2960
2961 If &%-bP%& is followed by a name preceded by &`+`&, for example,
2962 .code
2963 exim -bP +local_domains
2964 .endd
2965 it searches for a matching named list of any type (domain, host, address, or
2966 local part) and outputs what it finds.
2967
2968 .cindex "options" "router &-- extracting"
2969 .cindex "options" "transport &-- extracting"
2970 If one of the words &%router%&, &%transport%&, or &%authenticator%& is given,
2971 followed by the name of an appropriate driver instance, the option settings for
2972 that driver are output. For example:
2973 .code
2974 exim -bP transport local_delivery
2975 .endd
2976 The generic driver options are output first, followed by the driver's private
2977 options. A list of the names of drivers of a particular type can be obtained by
2978 using one of the words &%router_list%&, &%transport_list%&, or
2979 &%authenticator_list%&, and a complete list of all drivers with their option
2980 settings can be obtained by using &%routers%&, &%transports%&, or
2981 &%authenticators%&.
2982
2983
2984 .vitem &%-bp%&
2985 .oindex "&%-bp%&"
2986 .cindex "queue" "listing messages on"
2987 .cindex "listing" "messages on the queue"
2988 This option requests a listing of the contents of the mail queue on the
2989 standard output. If the &%-bp%& option is followed by a list of message ids,
2990 just those messages are listed. By default, this option can be used only by an
2991 admin user. However, the &%queue_list_requires_admin%& option can be set false
2992 to allow any user to see the queue.
2993
2994 Each message on the queue is displayed as in the following example:
2995 .code
2996 25m 2.9K 0t5C6f-0000c8-00 <alice@wonderland.fict.example>
2997 red.king@looking-glass.fict.example
2998 <other addresses>
2999 .endd
3000 .cindex "message" "size in queue listing"
3001 .cindex "size" "of message"
3002 The first line contains the length of time the message has been on the queue
3003 (in this case 25 minutes), the size of the message (2.9K), the unique local
3004 identifier for the message, and the message sender, as contained in the
3005 envelope. For bounce messages, the sender address is empty, and appears as
3006 &"<>"&. If the message was submitted locally by an untrusted user who overrode
3007 the default sender address, the user's login name is shown in parentheses
3008 before the sender address.
3009
3010 .cindex "frozen messages" "in queue listing"
3011 If the message is frozen (attempts to deliver it are suspended) then the text
3012 &"*** frozen ***"& is displayed at the end of this line.
3013
3014 The recipients of the message (taken from the envelope, not the headers) are
3015 displayed on subsequent lines. Those addresses to which the message has already
3016 been delivered are marked with the letter D. If an original address gets
3017 expanded into several addresses via an alias or forward file, the original is
3018 displayed with a D only when deliveries for all of its child addresses are
3019 complete.
3020
3021
3022 .vitem &%-bpa%&
3023 .oindex "&%-bpa%&"
3024 This option operates like &%-bp%&, but in addition it shows delivered addresses
3025 that were generated from the original top level address(es) in each message by
3026 alias or forwarding operations. These addresses are flagged with &"+D"& instead
3027 of just &"D"&.
3028
3029
3030 .vitem &%-bpc%&
3031 .oindex "&%-bpc%&"
3032 .cindex "queue" "count of messages on"
3033 This option counts the number of messages on the queue, and writes the total
3034 to the standard output. It is restricted to admin users, unless
3035 &%queue_list_requires_admin%& is set false.
3036
3037
3038 .vitem &%-bpr%&
3039 .oindex "&%-bpr%&"
3040 This option operates like &%-bp%&, but the output is not sorted into
3041 chronological order of message arrival. This can speed it up when there are
3042 lots of messages on the queue, and is particularly useful if the output is
3043 going to be post-processed in a way that doesn't need the sorting.
3044
3045 .vitem &%-bpra%&
3046 .oindex "&%-bpra%&"
3047 This option is a combination of &%-bpr%& and &%-bpa%&.
3048
3049 .vitem &%-bpru%&
3050 .oindex "&%-bpru%&"
3051 This option is a combination of &%-bpr%& and &%-bpu%&.
3052
3053
3054 .vitem &%-bpu%&
3055 .oindex "&%-bpu%&"
3056 This option operates like &%-bp%& but shows only undelivered top-level
3057 addresses for each message displayed. Addresses generated by aliasing or
3058 forwarding are not shown, unless the message was deferred after processing by a
3059 router with the &%one_time%& option set.
3060
3061
3062 .vitem &%-brt%&
3063 .oindex "&%-brt%&"
3064 .cindex "testing" "retry configuration"
3065 .cindex "retry" "configuration testing"
3066 This option is for testing retry rules, and it must be followed by up to three
3067 arguments. It causes Exim to look for a retry rule that matches the values
3068 and to write it to the standard output. For example:
3069 .code
3070 exim -brt bach.comp.mus.example
3071 Retry rule: *.comp.mus.example F,2h,15m; F,4d,30m;
3072 .endd
3073 See chapter &<<CHAPretry>>& for a description of Exim's retry rules. The first
3074 argument, which is required, can be a complete address in the form
3075 &'local_part@domain'&, or it can be just a domain name. If the second argument
3076 contains a dot, it is interpreted as an optional second domain name; if no
3077 retry rule is found for the first argument, the second is tried. This ties in
3078 with Exim's behaviour when looking for retry rules for remote hosts &-- if no
3079 rule is found that matches the host, one that matches the mail domain is
3080 sought. Finally, an argument that is the name of a specific delivery error, as
3081 used in setting up retry rules, can be given. For example:
3082 .code
3083 exim -brt haydn.comp.mus.example quota_3d
3084 Retry rule: *@haydn.comp.mus.example quota_3d F,1h,15m
3085 .endd
3086
3087 .vitem &%-brw%&
3088 .oindex "&%-brw%&"
3089 .cindex "testing" "rewriting"
3090 .cindex "rewriting" "testing"
3091 This option is for testing address rewriting rules, and it must be followed by
3092 a single argument, consisting of either a local part without a domain, or a
3093 complete address with a fully qualified domain. Exim outputs how this address
3094 would be rewritten for each possible place it might appear. See chapter
3095 &<<CHAPrewrite>>& for further details.
3096
3097 .vitem &%-bS%&
3098 .oindex "&%-bS%&"
3099 .cindex "SMTP" "batched incoming"
3100 .cindex "batched SMTP input"
3101 This option is used for batched SMTP input, which is an alternative interface
3102 for non-interactive local message submission. A number of messages can be
3103 submitted in a single run. However, despite its name, this is not really SMTP
3104 input. Exim reads each message's envelope from SMTP commands on the standard
3105 input, but generates no responses. If the caller is trusted, or
3106 &%untrusted_set_sender%& is set, the senders in the SMTP MAIL commands are
3107 believed; otherwise the sender is always the caller of Exim.
3108
3109 The message itself is read from the standard input, in SMTP format (leading
3110 dots doubled), terminated by a line containing just a single dot. An error is
3111 provoked if the terminating dot is missing. A further message may then follow.
3112
3113 As for other local message submissions, the contents of incoming batch SMTP
3114 messages can be checked using the non-SMTP ACL (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&).
3115 Unqualified addresses are automatically qualified using &%qualify_domain%& and
3116 &%qualify_recipient%&, as appropriate, unless the &%-bnq%& option is used.
3117
3118 Some other SMTP commands are recognized in the input. HELO and EHLO act
3119 as RSET; VRFY, EXPN, ETRN, and HELP act as NOOP;
3120 QUIT quits, ignoring the rest of the standard input.
3121
3122 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bS%&"
3123 If any error is encountered, reports are written to the standard output and
3124 error streams, and Exim gives up immediately. The return code is 0 if no error
3125 was detected; it is 1 if one or more messages were accepted before the error
3126 was detected; otherwise it is 2.
3127
3128 More details of input using batched SMTP are given in section
3129 &<<SECTincomingbatchedSMTP>>&.
3130
3131 .vitem &%-bs%&
3132 .oindex "&%-bs%&"
3133 .cindex "SMTP" "local input"
3134 .cindex "local SMTP input"
3135 This option causes Exim to accept one or more messages by reading SMTP commands
3136 on the standard input, and producing SMTP replies on the standard output. SMTP
3137 policy controls, as defined in ACLs (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&) are applied.
3138 Some user agents use this interface as a way of passing locally-generated
3139 messages to the MTA.
3140
3141 In
3142 .cindex "sender" "source of"
3143 this usage, if the caller of Exim is trusted, or &%untrusted_set_sender%& is
3144 set, the senders of messages are taken from the SMTP MAIL commands.
3145 Otherwise the content of these commands is ignored and the sender is set up as
3146 the calling user. Unqualified addresses are automatically qualified using
3147 &%qualify_domain%& and &%qualify_recipient%&, as appropriate, unless the
3148 &%-bnq%& option is used.
3149
3150 .cindex "inetd"
3151 The
3152 &%-bs%& option is also used to run Exim from &'inetd'&, as an alternative to
3153 using a listening daemon. Exim can distinguish the two cases by checking
3154 whether the standard input is a TCP/IP socket. When Exim is called from
3155 &'inetd'&, the source of the mail is assumed to be remote, and the comments
3156 above concerning senders and qualification do not apply. In this situation,
3157 Exim behaves in exactly the same way as it does when receiving a message via
3158 the listening daemon.
3159
3160 .vitem &%-bt%&
3161 .oindex "&%-bt%&"
3162 .cindex "testing" "addresses"
3163 .cindex "address" "testing"
3164 This option runs Exim in address testing mode, in which each argument is taken
3165 as a &new(recipient) address to be tested for deliverability. The results are
3166 written to the standard output. If a test fails, and the caller is not an admin
3167 user, no details of the failure are output, because these might contain
3168 sensitive information such as usernames and passwords for database lookups.
3169
3170 If no arguments are given, Exim runs in an interactive manner, prompting with a
3171 right angle bracket for addresses to be tested.
3172
3173 Unlike the &%-be%& test option, you cannot arrange for Exim to use the
3174 &[readline()]& function, because it is running as &'root'& and there are
3175 security issues.
3176
3177 Each address is handled as if it were the recipient address of a message
3178 (compare the &%-bv%& option). It is passed to the routers and the result is
3179 written to the standard output. However, any router that has
3180 &%no_address_test%& set is bypassed. This can make &%-bt%& easier to use for
3181 genuine routing tests if your first router passes everything to a scanner
3182 program.
3183
3184 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bt%&"
3185 The return code is 2 if any address failed outright; it is 1 if no address
3186 failed outright but at least one could not be resolved for some reason. Return
3187 code 0 is given only when all addresses succeed.
3188
3189 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
3190 &*Note*&: When actually delivering a message, Exim removes duplicate recipient
3191 addresses after routing is complete, so that only one delivery takes place.
3192 This does not happen when testing with &%-bt%&; the full results of routing are
3193 always shown.
3194
3195 &*Warning*&: &%-bt%& can only do relatively simple testing. If any of the
3196 routers in the configuration makes any tests on the sender address of a
3197 message,
3198 .oindex "&%-f%&" "for address testing"
3199 you can use the &%-f%& option to set an appropriate sender when running
3200 &%-bt%& tests. Without it, the sender is assumed to be the calling user at the
3201 default qualifying domain. However, if you have set up (for example) routers
3202 whose behaviour depends on the contents of an incoming message, you cannot test
3203 those conditions using &%-bt%&. The &%-N%& option provides a possible way of
3204 doing such tests.
3205
3206 .vitem &%-bV%&
3207 .oindex "&%-bV%&"
3208 .cindex "version number of Exim"
3209 This option causes Exim to write the current version number, compilation
3210 number, and compilation date of the &'exim'& binary to the standard output.
3211 It also lists the DBM library this is being used, the optional modules (such as
3212 specific lookup types), the drivers that are included in the binary, and the
3213 name of the run time configuration file that is in use.
3214
3215 As part of its operation, &%-bV%& causes Exim to read and syntax check its
3216 configuration file. However, this is a static check only. It cannot check
3217 values that are to be expanded. For example, although a misspelt ACL verb is
3218 detected, an error in the verb's arguments is not. You cannot rely on &%-bV%&
3219 alone to discover (for example) all the typos in the configuration; some
3220 realistic testing is needed. The &%-bh%& and &%-N%& options provide more
3221 dynamic testing facilities.
3222
3223 .vitem &%-bv%&
3224 .oindex "&%-bv%&"
3225 .cindex "verifying address" "using &%-bv%&"
3226 .cindex "address" "verification"
3227 This option runs Exim in address verification mode, in which each argument is
3228 taken as a &new(recipient) address to be verified by the routers. (This does
3229 not involve any verification callouts). During normal operation, verification
3230 happens mostly as a consequence processing a &%verify%& condition in an ACL
3231 (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&). If you want to test an entire ACL, possibly
3232 including callouts, see the &%-bh%& and &%-bhc%& options.
3233
3234 If verification fails, and the caller is not an admin user, no details of the
3235 failure are output, because these might contain sensitive information such as
3236 usernames and passwords for database lookups.
3237
3238 If no arguments are given, Exim runs in an interactive manner, prompting with a
3239 right angle bracket for addresses to be verified.
3240
3241 Unlike the &%-be%& test option, you cannot arrange for Exim to use the
3242 &[readline()]& function, because it is running as &'exim'& and there are
3243 security issues.
3244
3245 Verification differs from address testing (the &%-bt%& option) in that routers
3246 that have &%no_verify%& set are skipped, and if the address is accepted by a
3247 router that has &%fail_verify%& set, verification fails. The address is
3248 verified as a recipient if &%-bv%& is used; to test verification for a sender
3249 address, &%-bvs%& should be used.
3250
3251 If the &%-v%& option is not set, the output consists of a single line for each
3252 address, stating whether it was verified or not, and giving a reason in the
3253 latter case. Without &%-v%&, generating more than one address by redirection
3254 causes verification to end successfully, without considering the generated
3255 addresses. However, if just one address is generated, processing continues,
3256 and the generated address must verify successfully for the overall verification
3257 to succeed.
3258
3259 When &%-v%& is set, more details are given of how the address has been handled,
3260 and in the case of address redirection, all the generated addresses are also
3261 considered. Verification may succeed for some and fail for others.
3262
3263 The
3264 .cindex "return code" "for &%-bv%&"
3265 return code is 2 if any address failed outright; it is 1 if no address
3266 failed outright but at least one could not be resolved for some reason. Return
3267 code 0 is given only when all addresses succeed.
3268
3269 If any of the routers in the configuration makes any tests on the sender
3270 address of a message, you should use the &%-f%& option to set an appropriate
3271 sender when running &%-bv%& tests. Without it, the sender is assumed to be the
3272 calling user at the default qualifying domain.
3273
3274 .vitem &%-bvs%&
3275 .oindex "&%-bvs%&"
3276 This option acts like &%-bv%&, but verifies the address as a sender rather
3277 than a recipient address. This affects any rewriting and qualification that
3278 might happen.
3279
3280 .vitem &%-C%&&~<&'filelist'&>
3281 .oindex "&%-C%&"
3282 .cindex "configuration file" "alternate"
3283 .cindex "CONFIGURE_FILE"
3284 .cindex "alternate configuration file"
3285 This option causes Exim to find the run time configuration file from the given
3286 list instead of from the list specified by the CONFIGURE_FILE
3287 compile-time setting. Usually, the list will consist of just a single file
3288 name, but it can be a colon-separated list of names. In this case, the first
3289 file that exists is used. Failure to open an existing file stops Exim from
3290 proceeding any further along the list, and an error is generated.
3291
3292 When this option is used by a caller other than root or the Exim user, and the
3293 list is different from the compiled-in list, Exim gives up its root privilege
3294 immediately, and runs with the real and effective uid and gid set to those of
3295 the caller. However, if ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is defined in
3296 &_Local/Makefile_&, root privilege is retained for &%-C%& only if the caller of
3297 Exim is root.
3298
3299 That is, the Exim user is no longer privileged in this regard. This build-time
3300 option is not set by default in the Exim source distribution tarbundle.
3301 However, if you are using a &"packaged"& version of Exim (source or binary),
3302 the packagers might have enabled it.
3303
3304 Setting ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY locks out the possibility of testing a
3305 configuration using &%-C%& right through message reception and delivery, even
3306 if the caller is root. The reception works, but by that time, Exim is running
3307 as the Exim user, so when it re-executes to regain privilege for the delivery,
3308 the use of &%-C%& causes privilege to be lost. However, root can test reception
3309 and delivery using two separate commands (one to put a message on the queue,
3310 using &%-odq%&, and another to do the delivery, using &%-M%&).
3311
3312 If ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX is defined &_in Local/Makefile_&, it specifies a
3313 prefix string with which any file named in a &%-C%& command line option
3314 must start. In addition, the file name must not contain the sequence &`/../`&.
3315 However, if the value of the &%-C%& option is identical to the value of
3316 CONFIGURE_FILE in &_Local/Makefile_&, Exim ignores &%-C%& and proceeds as
3317 usual. There is no default setting for ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX; when it is
3318 unset, any file name can be used with &%-C%&.
3319
3320 ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX can be used to confine alternative configuration files
3321 to a directory to which only root has access. This prevents someone who has
3322 broken into the Exim account from running a privileged Exim with an arbitrary
3323 configuration file.
3324
3325 The &%-C%& facility is useful for ensuring that configuration files are
3326 syntactically correct, but cannot be used for test deliveries, unless the
3327 caller is privileged, or unless it is an exotic configuration that does not
3328 require privilege. No check is made on the owner or group of the files
3329 specified by this option.
3330
3331 .vitem &%-D%&<&'macro'&>=<&'value'&>
3332 .oindex "&%-D%&"
3333 .cindex "macro" "setting on command line"
3334 This option can be used to override macro definitions in the configuration file
3335 (see section &<<SECTmacrodefs>>&). However, like &%-C%&, if it is used by an
3336 unprivileged caller, it causes Exim to give up its root privilege.
3337 If DISABLE_D_OPTION is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, the use of &%-D%& is
3338 completely disabled, and its use causes an immediate error exit.
3339
3340 The entire option (including equals sign if present) must all be within one
3341 command line item. &%-D%& can be used to set the value of a macro to the empty
3342 string, in which case the equals sign is optional. These two commands are
3343 synonymous:
3344 .code
3345 exim -DABC ...
3346 exim -DABC= ...
3347 .endd
3348 To include spaces in a macro definition item, quotes must be used. If you use
3349 quotes, spaces are permitted around the macro name and the equals sign. For
3350 example:
3351 .code
3352 exim '-D ABC = something' ...
3353 .endd
3354 &%-D%& may be repeated up to 10 times on a command line.
3355
3356 .vitem &%-d%&<&'debug&~options'&>
3357 .oindex "&%-d%&"
3358 .cindex "debugging" "list of selectors"
3359 .cindex "debugging" "&%-d%& option"
3360 This option causes debugging information to be written to the standard
3361 error stream. It is restricted to admin users because debugging output may show
3362 database queries that contain password information. Also, the details of users'
3363 filter files should be protected. If a non-admin user uses &%-d%&, Exim
3364 writes an error message to the standard error stream and exits with a non-zero
3365 return code.
3366
3367 When &%-d%& is used, &%-v%& is assumed. If &%-d%& is given on its own, a lot of
3368 standard debugging data is output. This can be reduced, or increased to include
3369 some more rarely needed information, by directly following &%-d%& with a string
3370 made up of names preceded by plus or minus characters. These add or remove sets
3371 of debugging data, respectively. For example, &%-d+filter%& adds filter
3372 debugging, whereas &%-d-all+filter%& selects only filter debugging. Note that
3373 no spaces are allowed in the debug setting. The available debugging categories
3374 are:
3375 .display
3376 &`acl `& ACL interpretation
3377 &`auth `& authenticators
3378 &`deliver `& general delivery logic
3379 &`dns `& DNS lookups (see also resolver)
3380 &`dnsbl `& DNS black list (aka RBL) code
3381 &`exec `& arguments for &[execv()]& calls
3382 &`expand `& detailed debugging for string expansions
3383 &`filter `& filter handling
3384 &`hints_lookup `& hints data lookups
3385 &`host_lookup `& all types of name-to-IP address handling
3386 &`ident `& ident lookup
3387 &`interface `& lists of local interfaces
3388 &`lists `& matching things in lists
3389 &`load `& system load checks
3390 &`local_scan `& can be used by &[local_scan()]& (see chapter &&&
3391 &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&)
3392 &`lookup `& general lookup code and all lookups
3393 &`memory `& memory handling
3394 &`pid `& add pid to debug output lines
3395 &`process_info `& setting info for the process log
3396 &`queue_run `& queue runs
3397 &`receive `& general message reception logic
3398 &`resolver `& turn on the DNS resolver's debugging output
3399 &`retry `& retry handling
3400 &`rewrite `& address rewriting
3401 &`route `& address routing
3402 &`timestamp `& add timestamp to debug output lines
3403 &`tls `& TLS logic
3404 &`transport `& transports
3405 &`uid `& changes of uid/gid and looking up uid/gid
3406 &`verify `& address verification logic
3407 &`all `& almost all of the above (see below), and also &%-v%&
3408 .endd
3409 The &`all`& option excludes &`memory`& when used as &`+all`&, but includes it
3410 for &`-all`&. The reason for this is that &`+all`& is something that people
3411 tend to use when generating debug output for Exim maintainers. If &`+memory`&
3412 is included, an awful lot of output that is very rarely of interest is
3413 generated, so it now has to be explicitly requested. However, &`-all`& does
3414 turn everything off.
3415
3416 .cindex "resolver, debugging output"
3417 .cindex "DNS resolver, debugging output"
3418 The &`resolver`& option produces output only if the DNS resolver was compiled
3419 with DEBUG enabled. This is not the case in some operating systems. Also,
3420 unfortunately, debugging output from the DNS resolver is written to stdout
3421 rather than stderr.
3422
3423 The default (&%-d%& with no argument) omits &`expand`&, &`filter`&,
3424 &`interface`&, &`load`&, &`memory`&, &`pid`&, &`resolver`&, and &`timestamp`&.
3425 However, the &`pid`& selector is forced when debugging is turned on for a
3426 daemon, which then passes it on to any re-executed Exims. Exim also
3427 automatically adds the pid to debug lines when several remote deliveries are
3428 run in parallel.
3429
3430 The &`timestamp`& selector causes the current time to be inserted at the start
3431 of all debug output lines. This can be useful when trying to track down delays
3432 in processing.
3433
3434 If the &%debug_print%& option is set in any driver, it produces output whenever
3435 any debugging is selected, or if &%-v%& is used.
3436
3437 .vitem &%-dd%&<&'debug&~options'&>
3438 .oindex "&%-dd%&"
3439 This option behaves exactly like &%-d%& except when used on a command that
3440 starts a daemon process. In that case, debugging is turned off for the
3441 subprocesses that the daemon creates. Thus, it is useful for monitoring the
3442 behaviour of the daemon without creating as much output as full debugging does.
3443
3444 .vitem &%-dropcr%&
3445 .oindex "&%-dropcr%&"
3446 This is an obsolete option that is now a no-op. It used to affect the way Exim
3447 handled CR and LF characters in incoming messages. What happens now is
3448 described in section &<<SECTlineendings>>&.
3449
3450 .vitem &%-E%&
3451 .oindex "&%-E%&"
3452 .cindex "bounce message" "generating"
3453 This option specifies that an incoming message is a locally-generated delivery
3454 failure report. It is used internally by Exim when handling delivery failures
3455 and is not intended for external use. Its only effect is to stop Exim
3456 generating certain messages to the postmaster, as otherwise message cascades
3457 could occur in some situations. As part of the same option, a message id may
3458 follow the characters &%-E%&. If it does, the log entry for the receipt of the
3459 new message contains the id, following &"R="&, as a cross-reference.
3460
3461 .vitem &%-e%&&'x'&
3462 .oindex "&%-e%&&'x'&"
3463 There are a number of Sendmail options starting with &%-oe%& which seem to be
3464 called by various programs without the leading &%o%& in the option. For
3465 example, the &%vacation%& program uses &%-eq%&. Exim treats all options of the
3466 form &%-e%&&'x'& as synonymous with the corresponding &%-oe%&&'x'& options.
3467
3468 .vitem &%-F%&&~<&'string'&>
3469 .oindex "&%-F%&"
3470 .cindex "sender" "name"
3471 .cindex "name" "of sender"
3472 This option sets the sender's full name for use when a locally-generated
3473 message is being accepted. In the absence of this option, the user's &'gecos'&
3474 entry from the password data is used. As users are generally permitted to alter
3475 their &'gecos'& entries, no security considerations are involved. White space
3476 between &%-F%& and the <&'string'&> is optional.
3477
3478 .vitem &%-f%&&~<&'address'&>
3479 .oindex "&%-f%&"
3480 .cindex "sender" "address"
3481 .cindex "address" "sender"
3482 .cindex "trusted users"
3483 .cindex "envelope sender"
3484 .cindex "user" "trusted"
3485 This option sets the address of the envelope sender of a locally-generated
3486 message (also known as the return path). The option can normally be used only
3487 by a trusted user, but &%untrusted_set_sender%& can be set to allow untrusted
3488 users to use it.
3489
3490 Processes running as root or the Exim user are always trusted. Other
3491 trusted users are defined by the &%trusted_users%& or &%trusted_groups%&
3492 options. In the absence of &%-f%&, or if the caller is not trusted, the sender
3493 of a local message is set to the caller's login name at the default qualify
3494 domain.
3495
3496 There is one exception to the restriction on the use of &%-f%&: an empty sender
3497 can be specified by any user, trusted or not, to create a message that can
3498 never provoke a bounce. An empty sender can be specified either as an empty
3499 string, or as a pair of angle brackets with nothing between them, as in these
3500 examples of shell commands:
3501 .code
3502 exim -f '<>' user@domain
3503 exim -f "" user@domain
3504 .endd
3505 In addition, the use of &%-f%& is not restricted when testing a filter file
3506 with &%-bf%& or when testing or verifying addresses using the &%-bt%& or
3507 &%-bv%& options.
3508
3509 Allowing untrusted users to change the sender address does not of itself make
3510 it possible to send anonymous mail. Exim still checks that the &'From:'& header
3511 refers to the local user, and if it does not, it adds a &'Sender:'& header,
3512 though this can be overridden by setting &%no_local_from_check%&.
3513
3514 White
3515 .cindex "&""From""& line"
3516 space between &%-f%& and the <&'address'&> is optional (that is, they can be
3517 given as two arguments or one combined argument). The sender of a
3518 locally-generated message can also be set (when permitted) by an initial
3519 &"From&~"& line in the message &-- see the description of &%-bm%& above &-- but
3520 if &%-f%& is also present, it overrides &"From&~"&.
3521
3522 .vitem &%-G%&
3523 .oindex "&%-G%&"
3524 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-G%& option ignored"
3525 This is a Sendmail option which is ignored by Exim.
3526
3527 .vitem &%-h%&&~<&'number'&>
3528 .oindex "&%-h%&"
3529 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-h%& option ignored"
3530 This option is accepted for compatibility with Sendmail, but has no effect. (In
3531 Sendmail it overrides the &"hop count"& obtained by counting &'Received:'&
3532 headers.)
3533
3534 .vitem &%-i%&
3535 .oindex "&%-i%&"
3536 .cindex "Solaris" "&'mail'& command"
3537 .cindex "dot" "in incoming non-SMTP message"
3538 This option, which has the same effect as &%-oi%&, specifies that a dot on a
3539 line by itself should not terminate an incoming, non-SMTP message. I can find
3540 no documentation for this option in Solaris 2.4 Sendmail, but the &'mailx'&
3541 command in Solaris 2.4 uses it. See also &%-ti%&.
3542
3543 .vitem &%-M%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3544 .oindex "&%-M%&"
3545 .cindex "forcing delivery"
3546 .cindex "delivery" "forcing attempt"
3547 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing delivery"
3548 This option requests Exim to run a delivery attempt on each message in turn. If
3549 any of the messages are frozen, they are automatically thawed before the
3550 delivery attempt. The settings of &%queue_domains%&, &%queue_smtp_domains%&,
3551 and &%hold_domains%& are ignored.
3552
3553 Retry
3554 .cindex "hints database" "overriding retry hints"
3555 hints for any of the addresses are overridden &-- Exim tries to deliver even if
3556 the normal retry time has not yet been reached. This option requires the caller
3557 to be an admin user. However, there is an option called &%prod_requires_admin%&
3558 which can be set false to relax this restriction (and also the same requirement
3559 for the &%-q%&, &%-R%&, and &%-S%& options).
3560
3561 The deliveries happen synchronously, that is, the original Exim process does
3562 not terminate until all the delivery attempts have finished. No output is
3563 produced unless there is a serious error. If you want to see what is happening,
3564 use the &%-v%& option as well, or inspect Exim's main log.
3565
3566 .vitem &%-Mar%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'address'&>&~<&'address'&>&~...
3567 .oindex "&%-Mar%&"
3568 .cindex "message" "adding recipients"
3569 .cindex "recipient" "adding"
3570 This option requests Exim to add the addresses to the list of recipients of the
3571 message (&"ar"& for &"add recipients"&). The first argument must be a message
3572 id, and the remaining ones must be email addresses. However, if the message is
3573 active (in the middle of a delivery attempt), it is not altered. This option
3574 can be used only by an admin user.
3575
3576 .vitem "&%-MC%&&~<&'transport'&>&~<&'hostname'&>&~<&'sequence&~number'&>&&&
3577 &~<&'message&~id'&>"
3578 .oindex "&%-MC%&"
3579 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
3580 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
3581 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
3582 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3583 by Exim to invoke another instance of itself to deliver a waiting message using
3584 an existing SMTP connection, which is passed as the standard input. Details are
3585 given in chapter &<<CHAPSMTP>>&. This must be the final option, and the caller
3586 must be root or the Exim user in order to use it.
3587
3588 .vitem &%-MCA%&
3589 .oindex "&%-MCA%&"
3590 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3591 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option. It signifies that the
3592 connection to the remote host has been authenticated.
3593
3594 .vitem &%-MCP%&
3595 .oindex "&%-MCP%&"
3596 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3597 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option. It signifies that the server to
3598 which Exim is connected supports pipelining.
3599
3600 .vitem &%-MCQ%&&~<&'process&~id'&>&~<&'pipe&~fd'&>
3601 .oindex "&%-MCQ%&"
3602 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3603 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option when the original delivery was
3604 started by a queue runner. It passes on the process id of the queue runner,
3605 together with the file descriptor number of an open pipe. Closure of the pipe
3606 signals the final completion of the sequence of processes that are passing
3607 messages through the same SMTP connection.
3608
3609 .vitem &%-MCS%&
3610 .oindex "&%-MCS%&"
3611 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3612 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option, and passes on the fact that the
3613 SMTP SIZE option should be used on messages delivered down the existing
3614 connection.
3615
3616 .vitem &%-MCT%&
3617 .oindex "&%-MCT%&"
3618 This option is not intended for use by external callers. It is used internally
3619 by Exim in conjunction with the &%-MC%& option, and passes on the fact that the
3620 host to which Exim is connected supports TLS encryption.
3621
3622 .vitem &%-Mc%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3623 .oindex "&%-Mc%&"
3624 .cindex "hints database" "not overridden by &%-Mc%&"
3625 .cindex "delivery" "manually started &-- not forced"
3626 This option requests Exim to run a delivery attempt on each message in turn,
3627 but unlike the &%-M%& option, it does check for retry hints, and respects any
3628 that are found. This option is not very useful to external callers. It is
3629 provided mainly for internal use by Exim when it needs to re-invoke itself in
3630 order to regain root privilege for a delivery (see chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>&).
3631 However, &%-Mc%& can be useful when testing, in order to run a delivery that
3632 respects retry times and other options such as &%hold_domains%& that are
3633 overridden when &%-M%& is used. Such a delivery does not count as a queue run.
3634 If you want to run a specific delivery as if in a queue run, you should use
3635 &%-q%& with a message id argument. A distinction between queue run deliveries
3636 and other deliveries is made in one or two places.
3637
3638 .vitem &%-Mes%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'address'&>
3639 .oindex "&%-Mes%&"
3640 .cindex "message" "changing sender"
3641 .cindex "sender" "changing"
3642 This option requests Exim to change the sender address in the message to the
3643 given address, which must be a fully qualified address or &"<>"& (&"es"& for
3644 &"edit sender"&). There must be exactly two arguments. The first argument must
3645 be a message id, and the second one an email address. However, if the message
3646 is active (in the middle of a delivery attempt), its status is not altered.
3647 This option can be used only by an admin user.
3648
3649 .vitem &%-Mf%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3650 .oindex "&%-Mf%&"
3651 .cindex "freezing messages"
3652 .cindex "message" "manually freezing"
3653 This option requests Exim to mark each listed message as &"frozen"&. This
3654 prevents any delivery attempts taking place until the message is &"thawed"&,
3655 either manually or as a result of the &%auto_thaw%& configuration option.
3656 However, if any of the messages are active (in the middle of a delivery
3657 attempt), their status is not altered. This option can be used only by an admin
3658 user.
3659
3660 .vitem &%-Mg%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3661 .oindex "&%-Mg%&"
3662 .cindex "giving up on messages"
3663 .cindex "message" "abandoning delivery attempts"
3664 .cindex "delivery" "abandoning further attempts"
3665 This option requests Exim to give up trying to deliver the listed messages,
3666 including any that are frozen. However, if any of the messages are active,
3667 their status is not altered. For non-bounce messages, a delivery error message
3668 is sent to the sender, containing the text &"cancelled by administrator"&.
3669 Bounce messages are just discarded. This option can be used only by an admin
3670 user.
3671
3672 .vitem &%-Mmad%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3673 .oindex "&%-Mmad%&"
3674 .cindex "delivery" "cancelling all"
3675 This option requests Exim to mark all the recipient addresses in the messages
3676 as already delivered (&"mad"& for &"mark all delivered"&). However, if any
3677 message is active (in the middle of a delivery attempt), its status is not
3678 altered. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3679
3680 .vitem &%-Mmd%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'address'&>&~<&'address'&>&~...
3681 .oindex "&%-Mmd%&"
3682 .cindex "delivery" "cancelling by address"
3683 .cindex "recipient" "removing"
3684 .cindex "removing recipients"
3685 This option requests Exim to mark the given addresses as already delivered
3686 (&"md"& for &"mark delivered"&). The first argument must be a message id, and
3687 the remaining ones must be email addresses. These are matched to recipient
3688 addresses in the message in a case-sensitive manner. If the message is active
3689 (in the middle of a delivery attempt), its status is not altered. This option
3690 can be used only by an admin user.
3691
3692 .vitem &%-Mrm%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3693 .oindex "&%-Mrm%&"
3694 .cindex "removing messages"
3695 .cindex "abandoning mail"
3696 .cindex "message" "manually discarding"
3697 This option requests Exim to remove the given messages from the queue. No
3698 bounce messages are sent; each message is simply forgotten. However, if any of
3699 the messages are active, their status is not altered. This option can be used
3700 only by an admin user or by the user who originally caused the message to be
3701 placed on the queue.
3702
3703 .vitem &%-Mset%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3704 .oindex "&%-Mset%&
3705 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
3706 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
3707 This option is useful only in conjunction with &%-be%& (that is, when testing
3708 string expansions). Exim loads the given message from its spool before doing
3709 the test expansions, thus setting message-specific variables such as
3710 &$message_size$& and the header variables. The &$recipients$& variable is made
3711 available. This feature is provided to make it easier to test expansions that
3712 make use of these variables. However, this option can be used only by an admin
3713 user. See also &%-bem%&.
3714
3715 .vitem &%-Mt%&&~<&'message&~id'&>&~<&'message&~id'&>&~...
3716 .oindex "&%-Mt%&"
3717 .cindex "thawing messages"
3718 .cindex "unfreezing messages"
3719 .cindex "frozen messages" "thawing"
3720 .cindex "message" "thawing frozen"
3721 This option requests Exim to &"thaw"& any of the listed messages that are
3722 &"frozen"&, so that delivery attempts can resume. However, if any of the
3723 messages are active, their status is not altered. This option can be used only
3724 by an admin user.
3725
3726 .vitem &%-Mvb%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3727 .oindex "&%-Mvb%&"
3728 .cindex "listing" "message body"
3729 .cindex "message" "listing body of"
3730 This option causes the contents of the message body (-D) spool file to be
3731 written to the standard output. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3732
3733 .vitem &%-Mvh%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3734 .oindex "&%-Mvh%&"
3735 .cindex "listing" "message headers"
3736 .cindex "header lines" "listing"
3737 .cindex "message" "listing header lines"
3738 This option causes the contents of the message headers (-H) spool file to be
3739 written to the standard output. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3740
3741 .vitem &%-Mvl%&&~<&'message&~id'&>
3742 .oindex "&%-Mvl%&"
3743 .cindex "listing" "message log"
3744 .cindex "message" "listing message log"
3745 This option causes the contents of the message log spool file to be written to
3746 the standard output. This option can be used only by an admin user.
3747
3748 .vitem &%-m%&
3749 .oindex "&%-m%&"
3750 This is apparently a synonym for &%-om%& that is accepted by Sendmail, so Exim
3751 treats it that way too.
3752
3753 .vitem &%-N%&
3754 .oindex "&%-N%&"
3755 .cindex "debugging" "&%-N%& option"
3756 .cindex "debugging" "suppressing delivery"
3757 This is a debugging option that inhibits delivery of a message at the transport
3758 level. It implies &%-v%&. Exim goes through many of the motions of delivery &--
3759 it just doesn't actually transport the message, but instead behaves as if it
3760 had successfully done so. However, it does not make any updates to the retry
3761 database, and the log entries for deliveries are flagged with &"*>"& rather
3762 than &"=>"&.
3763
3764 Because &%-N%& discards any message to which it applies, only root or the Exim
3765 user are allowed to use it with &%-bd%&, &%-q%&, &%-R%& or &%-M%&. In other
3766 words, an ordinary user can use it only when supplying an incoming message to
3767 which it will apply. Although transportation never fails when &%-N%& is set, an
3768 address may be deferred because of a configuration problem on a transport, or a
3769 routing problem. Once &%-N%& has been used for a delivery attempt, it sticks to
3770 the message, and applies to any subsequent delivery attempts that may happen
3771 for that message.
3772
3773 .vitem &%-n%&
3774 .oindex "&%-n%&"
3775 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-n%& option ignored"
3776 This option is interpreted by Sendmail to mean &"no aliasing"&. It is ignored
3777 by Exim.
3778
3779 .vitem &%-O%&&~<&'data'&>
3780 .oindex "&%-O%&"
3781 This option is interpreted by Sendmail to mean &`set option`&. It is ignored by
3782 Exim.
3783
3784 .vitem &%-oA%&&~<&'file&~name'&>
3785 .oindex "&%-oA%&"
3786 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-oA%& option"
3787 This option is used by Sendmail in conjunction with &%-bi%& to specify an
3788 alternative alias file name. Exim handles &%-bi%& differently; see the
3789 description above.
3790
3791 .vitem &%-oB%&&~<&'n'&>
3792 .oindex "&%-oB%&"
3793 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
3794 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
3795 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
3796 This is a debugging option which limits the maximum number of messages that can
3797 be delivered down one SMTP connection, overriding the value set in any &(smtp)&
3798 transport. If <&'n'&> is omitted, the limit is set to 1.
3799
3800 .vitem &%-odb%&
3801 .oindex "&%-odb%&"
3802 .cindex "background delivery"
3803 .cindex "delivery" "in the background"
3804 This option applies to all modes in which Exim accepts incoming messages,
3805 including the listening daemon. It requests &"background"& delivery of such
3806 messages, which means that the accepting process automatically starts a
3807 delivery process for each message received, but does not wait for the delivery
3808 processes to finish.
3809
3810 When all the messages have been received, the reception process exits,
3811 leaving the delivery processes to finish in their own time. The standard output
3812 and error streams are closed at the start of each delivery process.
3813 This is the default action if none of the &%-od%& options are present.
3814
3815 If one of the queueing options in the configuration file
3816 (&%queue_only%& or &%queue_only_file%&, for example) is in effect, &%-odb%&
3817 overrides it if &%queue_only_override%& is set true, which is the default
3818 setting. If &%queue_only_override%& is set false, &%-odb%& has no effect.
3819
3820 .vitem &%-odf%&
3821 .oindex "&%-odf%&"
3822 .cindex "foreground delivery"
3823 .cindex "delivery" "in the foreground"
3824 This option requests &"foreground"& (synchronous) delivery when Exim has
3825 accepted a locally-generated message. (For the daemon it is exactly the same as
3826 &%-odb%&.) A delivery process is automatically started to deliver the message,
3827 and Exim waits for it to complete before proceeding.
3828
3829 The original Exim reception process does not finish until the delivery
3830 process for the final message has ended. The standard error stream is left open
3831 during deliveries.
3832
3833 However, like &%-odb%&, this option has no effect if &%queue_only_override%& is
3834 false and one of the queueing options in the configuration file is in effect.
3835
3836 If there is a temporary delivery error during foreground delivery, the
3837 message is left on the queue for later delivery, and the original reception
3838 process exits. See chapter &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>& for a way of setting up a
3839 restricted configuration that never queues messages.
3840
3841
3842 .vitem &%-odi%&
3843 .oindex "&%-odi%&"
3844 This option is synonymous with &%-odf%&. It is provided for compatibility with
3845 Sendmail.
3846
3847 .vitem &%-odq%&
3848 .oindex "&%-odq%&"
3849 .cindex "non-immediate delivery"
3850 .cindex "delivery" "suppressing immediate"
3851 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
3852 This option applies to all modes in which Exim accepts incoming messages,
3853 including the listening daemon. It specifies that the accepting process should
3854 not automatically start a delivery process for each message received. Messages
3855 are placed on the queue, and remain there until a subsequent queue runner
3856 process encounters them. There are several configuration options (such as
3857 &%queue_only%&) that can be used to queue incoming messages under certain
3858 conditions. This option overrides all of them and also &%-odqs%&. It always
3859 forces queueing.
3860
3861 .vitem &%-odqs%&
3862 .oindex "&%-odqs%&"
3863 .cindex "SMTP" "delaying delivery"
3864 This option is a hybrid between &%-odb%&/&%-odi%& and &%-odq%&.
3865 However, like &%-odb%& and &%-odi%&, this option has no effect if
3866 &%queue_only_override%& is false and one of the queueing options in the
3867 configuration file is in effect.
3868
3869 When &%-odqs%& does operate, a delivery process is started for each incoming
3870 message, in the background by default, but in the foreground if &%-odi%& is
3871 also present. The recipient addresses are routed, and local deliveries are done
3872 in the normal way. However, if any SMTP deliveries are required, they are not
3873 done at this time, so the message remains on the queue until a subsequent queue
3874 runner process encounters it. Because routing was done, Exim knows which
3875 messages are waiting for which hosts, and so a number of messages for the same
3876 host can be sent in a single SMTP connection. The &%queue_smtp_domains%&
3877 configuration option has the same effect for specific domains. See also the
3878 &%-qq%& option.
3879
3880 .vitem &%-oee%&
3881 .oindex "&%-oee%&"
3882 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3883 If an error is detected while a non-SMTP message is being received (for
3884 example, a malformed address), the error is reported to the sender in a mail
3885 message.
3886
3887 .cindex "return code" "for &%-oee%&"
3888 Provided
3889 this error message is successfully sent, the Exim receiving process
3890 exits with a return code of zero. If not, the return code is 2 if the problem
3891 is that the original message has no recipients, or 1 any other error. This is
3892 the default &%-oe%&&'x'& option if Exim is called as &'rmail'&.
3893
3894 .vitem &%-oem%&
3895 .oindex "&%-oem%&"
3896 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3897 .cindex "return code" "for &%-oem%&"
3898 This is the same as &%-oee%&, except that Exim always exits with a non-zero
3899 return code, whether or not the error message was successfully sent.
3900 This is the default &%-oe%&&'x'& option, unless Exim is called as &'rmail'&.
3901
3902 .vitem &%-oep%&
3903 .oindex "&%-oep%&"
3904 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3905 If an error is detected while a non-SMTP message is being received, the
3906 error is reported by writing a message to the standard error file (stderr).
3907 .cindex "return code" "for &%-oep%&"
3908 The return code is 1 for all errors.
3909
3910 .vitem &%-oeq%&
3911 .oindex "&%-oeq%&"
3912 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3913 This option is supported for compatibility with Sendmail, but has the same
3914 effect as &%-oep%&.
3915
3916 .vitem &%-oew%&
3917 .oindex "&%-oew%&"
3918 .cindex "error" "reporting"
3919 This option is supported for compatibility with Sendmail, but has the same
3920 effect as &%-oem%&.
3921
3922 .vitem &%-oi%&
3923 .oindex "&%-oi%&"
3924 .cindex "dot" "in incoming non-SMTP message"
3925 This option, which has the same effect as &%-i%&, specifies that a dot on a
3926 line by itself should not terminate an incoming, non-SMTP message. Otherwise, a
3927 single dot does terminate, though Exim does no special processing for other
3928 lines that start with a dot. This option is set by default if Exim is called as
3929 &'rmail'&. See also &%-ti%&.
3930
3931 .vitem &%-oitrue%&
3932 .oindex "&%-oitrue%&"
3933 This option is treated as synonymous with &%-oi%&.
3934
3935 .vitem &%-oMa%&&~<&'host&~address'&>
3936 .oindex "&%-oMa%&"
3937 .cindex "sender" "host address, specifying for local message"
3938 A number of options starting with &%-oM%& can be used to set values associated
3939 with remote hosts on locally-submitted messages (that is, messages not received
3940 over TCP/IP). These options can be used by any caller in conjunction with the
3941 &%-bh%&, &%-be%&, &%-bf%&, &%-bF%&, &%-bt%&, or &%-bv%& testing options. In
3942 other circumstances, they are ignored unless the caller is trusted.
3943
3944 The &%-oMa%& option sets the sender host address. This may include a port
3945 number at the end, after a full stop (period). For example:
3946 .code
3947 exim -bs -oMa 10.9.8.7.1234
3948 .endd
3949 An alternative syntax is to enclose the IP address in square brackets,
3950 followed by a colon and the port number:
3951 .code
3952 exim -bs -oMa [10.9.8.7]:1234
3953 .endd
3954 The IP address is placed in the &$sender_host_address$& variable, and the
3955 port, if present, in &$sender_host_port$&. If both &%-oMa%& and &%-bh%&
3956 are present on the command line, the sender host IP address is taken from
3957 whichever one is last.
3958
3959 .vitem &%-oMaa%&&~<&'name'&>
3960 .oindex "&%-oMaa%&"
3961 .cindex "authentication" "name, specifying for local message"
3962 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMaa%&
3963 option sets the value of &$sender_host_authenticated$& (the authenticator
3964 name). See chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for a discussion of SMTP authentication.
3965 This option can be used with &%-bh%& and &%-bs%& to set up an
3966 authenticated SMTP session without actually using the SMTP AUTH command.
3967
3968 .vitem &%-oMai%&&~<&'string'&>
3969 .oindex "&%-oMai%&"
3970 .cindex "authentication" "id, specifying for local message"
3971 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMai%&
3972 option sets the value of &$authenticated_id$& (the id that was authenticated).
3973 This overrides the default value (the caller's login id, except with &%-bh%&,
3974 where there is no default) for messages from local sources. See chapter
3975 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for a discussion of authenticated ids.
3976
3977 .vitem &%-oMas%&&~<&'address'&>
3978 .oindex "&%-oMas%&"
3979 .cindex "authentication" "sender, specifying for local message"
3980 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMas%&
3981 option sets the authenticated sender value in &$authenticated_sender$&. It
3982 overrides the sender address that is created from the caller's login id for
3983 messages from local sources, except when &%-bh%& is used, when there is no
3984 default. For both &%-bh%& and &%-bs%&, an authenticated sender that is
3985 specified on a MAIL command overrides this value. See chapter
3986 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for a discussion of authenticated senders.
3987
3988 .vitem &%-oMi%&&~<&'interface&~address'&>
3989 .oindex "&%-oMi%&"
3990 .cindex "interface" "address, specifying for local message"
3991 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMi%&
3992 option sets the IP interface address value. A port number may be included,
3993 using the same syntax as for &%-oMa%&. The interface address is placed in
3994 &$received_ip_address$& and the port number, if present, in &$received_port$&.
3995
3996 .vitem &%-oMr%&&~<&'protocol&~name'&>
3997 .oindex "&%-oMr%&"
3998 .cindex "protocol, specifying for local message"
3999 .vindex "&$received_protocol$&"
4000 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMr%&
4001 option sets the received protocol value that is stored in
4002 &$received_protocol$&. However, it does not apply (and is ignored) when &%-bh%&
4003 or &%-bs%& is used. For &%-bh%&, the protocol is forced to one of the standard
4004 SMTP protocol names (see the description of &$received_protocol$& in section
4005 &<<SECTexpvar>>&). For &%-bs%&, the protocol is always &"local-"& followed by
4006 one of those same names. For &%-bS%& (batched SMTP) however, the protocol can
4007 be set by &%-oMr%&.
4008
4009 .vitem &%-oMs%&&~<&'host&~name'&>
4010 .oindex "&%-oMs%&"
4011 .cindex "sender" "host name, specifying for local message"
4012 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMs%&
4013 option sets the sender host name in &$sender_host_name$&. When this option is
4014 present, Exim does not attempt to look up a host name from an IP address; it
4015 uses the name it is given.
4016
4017 .vitem &%-oMt%&&~<&'ident&~string'&>
4018 .oindex "&%-oMt%&"
4019 .cindex "sender" "ident string, specifying for local message"
4020 See &%-oMa%& above for general remarks about the &%-oM%& options. The &%-oMt%&
4021 option sets the sender ident value in &$sender_ident$&. The default setting for
4022 local callers is the login id of the calling process, except when &%-bh%& is
4023 used, when there is no default.
4024
4025 .vitem &%-om%&
4026 .oindex "&%-om%&"
4027 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-om%& option ignored"
4028 In Sendmail, this option means &"me too"&, indicating that the sender of a
4029 message should receive a copy of the message if the sender appears in an alias
4030 expansion. Exim always does this, so the option does nothing.
4031
4032 .vitem &%-oo%&
4033 .oindex "&%-oo%&"
4034 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-oo%& option ignored"
4035 This option is ignored. In Sendmail it specifies &"old style headers"&,
4036 whatever that means.
4037
4038 .vitem &%-oP%&&~<&'path'&>
4039 .oindex "&%-oP%&"
4040 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of daemon"
4041 .cindex "daemon" "process id (pid)"
4042 This option is useful only in conjunction with &%-bd%& or &%-q%& with a time
4043 value. The option specifies the file to which the process id of the daemon is
4044 written. When &%-oX%& is used with &%-bd%&, or when &%-q%& with a time is used
4045 without &%-bd%&, this is the only way of causing Exim to write a pid file,
4046 because in those cases, the normal pid file is not used.
4047
4048 .vitem &%-or%&&~<&'time'&>
4049 .oindex "&%-or%&"
4050 .cindex "timeout" "for non-SMTP input"
4051 This option sets a timeout value for incoming non-SMTP messages. If it is not
4052 set, Exim will wait forever for the standard input. The value can also be set
4053 by the &%receive_timeout%& option. The format used for specifying times is
4054 described in section &<<SECTtimeformat>>&.
4055
4056 .vitem &%-os%&&~<&'time'&>
4057 .oindex "&%-os%&"
4058 .cindex "timeout" "for SMTP input"
4059 .cindex "SMTP" "input timeout"
4060 This option sets a timeout value for incoming SMTP messages. The timeout
4061 applies to each SMTP command and block of data. The value can also be set by
4062 the &%smtp_receive_timeout%& option; it defaults to 5 minutes. The format used
4063 for specifying times is described in section &<<SECTtimeformat>>&.
4064
4065 .vitem &%-ov%&
4066 .oindex "&%-ov%&"
4067 This option has exactly the same effect as &%-v%&.
4068
4069 .vitem &%-oX%&&~<&'number&~or&~string'&>
4070 .oindex "&%-oX%&"
4071 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening ports"
4072 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening interfaces"
4073 .cindex "port" "receiving TCP/IP"
4074 This option is relevant only when the &%-bd%& (start listening daemon) option
4075 is also given. It controls which ports and interfaces the daemon uses. Details
4076 of the syntax, and how it interacts with configuration file options, are given
4077 in chapter &<<CHAPinterfaces>>&. When &%-oX%& is used to start a daemon, no pid
4078 file is written unless &%-oP%& is also present to specify a pid file name.
4079
4080 .vitem &%-pd%&
4081 .oindex "&%-pd%&"
4082 .cindex "Perl" "starting the interpreter"
4083 This option applies when an embedded Perl interpreter is linked with Exim (see
4084 chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&). It overrides the setting of the &%perl_at_start%&
4085 option, forcing the starting of the interpreter to be delayed until it is
4086 needed.
4087
4088 .vitem &%-ps%&
4089 .oindex "&%-ps%&"
4090 .cindex "Perl" "starting the interpreter"
4091 This option applies when an embedded Perl interpreter is linked with Exim (see
4092 chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&). It overrides the setting of the &%perl_at_start%&
4093 option, forcing the starting of the interpreter to occur as soon as Exim is
4094 started.
4095
4096 .vitem &%-p%&<&'rval'&>:<&'sval'&>
4097 .oindex "&%-p%&"
4098 For compatibility with Sendmail, this option is equivalent to
4099 .display
4100 &`-oMr`& <&'rval'&> &`-oMs`& <&'sval'&>
4101 .endd
4102 It sets the incoming protocol and host name (for trusted callers). The
4103 host name and its colon can be omitted when only the protocol is to be set.
4104 Note the Exim already has two private options, &%-pd%& and &%-ps%&, that refer
4105 to embedded Perl. It is therefore impossible to set a protocol value of &`p`&
4106 or &`s`& using this option (but that does not seem a real limitation).
4107
4108 .vitem &%-q%&
4109 .oindex "&%-q%&"
4110 .cindex "queue runner" "starting manually"
4111 This option is normally restricted to admin users. However, there is a
4112 configuration option called &%prod_requires_admin%& which can be set false to
4113 relax this restriction (and also the same requirement for the &%-M%&, &%-R%&,
4114 and &%-S%& options).
4115
4116 .cindex "queue runner" "description of operation"
4117 The &%-q%& option starts one queue runner process. This scans the queue of
4118 waiting messages, and runs a delivery process for each one in turn. It waits
4119 for each delivery process to finish before starting the next one. A delivery
4120 process may not actually do any deliveries if the retry times for the addresses
4121 have not been reached. Use &%-qf%& (see below) if you want to override this.
4122
4123 If
4124 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
4125 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
4126 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
4127 the delivery process spawns other processes to deliver other messages down
4128 passed SMTP connections, the queue runner waits for these to finish before
4129 proceeding.
4130
4131 When all the queued messages have been considered, the original queue runner
4132 process terminates. In other words, a single pass is made over the waiting
4133 mail, one message at a time. Use &%-q%& with a time (see below) if you want
4134 this to be repeated periodically.
4135
4136 Exim processes the waiting messages in an unpredictable order. It isn't very
4137 random, but it is likely to be different each time, which is all that matters.
4138 If one particular message screws up a remote MTA, other messages to the same
4139 MTA have a chance of getting through if they get tried first.
4140
4141 It is possible to cause the messages to be processed in lexical message id
4142 order, which is essentially the order in which they arrived, by setting the
4143 &%queue_run_in_order%& option, but this is not recommended for normal use.
4144
4145 .vitem &%-q%&<&'qflags'&>
4146 The &%-q%& option may be followed by one or more flag letters that change its
4147 behaviour. They are all optional, but if more than one is present, they must
4148 appear in the correct order. Each flag is described in a separate item below.
4149
4150 .vitem &%-qq...%&
4151 .oindex "&%-qq%&"
4152 .cindex "queue" "double scanning"
4153 .cindex "queue" "routing"
4154 .cindex "routing" "whole queue before delivery"
4155 An option starting with &%-qq%& requests a two-stage queue run. In the first
4156 stage, the queue is scanned as if the &%queue_smtp_domains%& option matched
4157 every domain. Addresses are routed, local deliveries happen, but no remote
4158 transports are run.
4159
4160 .cindex "hints database" "remembering routing"
4161 The hints database that remembers which messages are waiting for specific hosts
4162 is updated, as if delivery to those hosts had been deferred. After this is
4163 complete, a second, normal queue scan happens, with routing and delivery taking
4164 place as normal. Messages that are routed to the same host should mostly be
4165 delivered down a single SMTP
4166 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
4167 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
4168 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
4169 connection because of the hints that were set up during the first queue scan.
4170 This option may be useful for hosts that are connected to the Internet
4171 intermittently.
4172
4173 .vitem &%-q[q]i...%&
4174 .oindex "&%-qi%&"
4175 .cindex "queue" "initial delivery"
4176 If the &'i'& flag is present, the queue runner runs delivery processes only for
4177 those messages that haven't previously been tried. (&'i'& stands for &"initial
4178 delivery"&.) This can be helpful if you are putting messages on the queue using
4179 &%-odq%& and want a queue runner just to process the new messages.
4180
4181 .vitem &%-q[q][i]f...%&
4182 .oindex "&%-qf%&"
4183 .cindex "queue" "forcing delivery"
4184 .cindex "delivery" "forcing in queue run"
4185 If one &'f'& flag is present, a delivery attempt is forced for each non-frozen
4186 message, whereas without &'f'& only those non-frozen addresses that have passed
4187 their retry times are tried.
4188
4189 .vitem &%-q[q][i]ff...%&
4190 .oindex "&%-qff%&"
4191 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing delivery"
4192 If &'ff'& is present, a delivery attempt is forced for every message, whether
4193 frozen or not.
4194
4195 .vitem &%-q[q][i][f[f]]l%&
4196 .oindex "&%-ql%&"
4197 .cindex "queue" "local deliveries only"
4198 The &'l'& (the letter &"ell"&) flag specifies that only local deliveries are to
4199 be done. If a message requires any remote deliveries, it remains on the queue
4200 for later delivery.
4201
4202 .vitem &%-q%&<&'qflags'&>&~<&'start&~id'&>&~<&'end&~id'&>
4203 .cindex "queue" "delivering specific messages"
4204 When scanning the queue, Exim can be made to skip over messages whose ids are
4205 lexically less than a given value by following the &%-q%& option with a
4206 starting message id. For example:
4207 .code
4208 exim -q 0t5C6f-0000c8-00
4209 .endd
4210 Messages that arrived earlier than &`0t5C6f-0000c8-00`& are not inspected. If a
4211 second message id is given, messages whose ids are lexically greater than it
4212 are also skipped. If the same id is given twice, for example,
4213 .code
4214 exim -q 0t5C6f-0000c8-00 0t5C6f-0000c8-00
4215 .endd
4216 just one delivery process is started, for that message. This differs from
4217 &%-M%& in that retry data is respected, and it also differs from &%-Mc%& in
4218 that it counts as a delivery from a queue run. Note that the selection
4219 mechanism does not affect the order in which the messages are scanned. There
4220 are also other ways of selecting specific sets of messages for delivery in a
4221 queue run &-- see &%-R%& and &%-S%&.
4222
4223 .vitem &%-q%&<&'qflags'&><&'time'&>
4224 .cindex "queue runner" "starting periodically"
4225 .cindex "periodic queue running"
4226 When a time value is present, the &%-q%& option causes Exim to run as a daemon,
4227 starting a queue runner process at intervals specified by the given time value
4228 (whose format is described in section &<<SECTtimeformat>>&). This form of the
4229 &%-q%& option is commonly combined with the &%-bd%& option, in which case a
4230 single daemon process handles both functions. A common way of starting up a
4231 combined daemon at system boot time is to use a command such as
4232 .code
4233 /usr/exim/bin/exim -bd -q30m
4234 .endd
4235 Such a daemon listens for incoming SMTP calls, and also starts a queue runner
4236 process every 30 minutes.
4237
4238 When a daemon is started by &%-q%& with a time value, but without &%-bd%&, no
4239 pid file is written unless one is explicitly requested by the &%-oP%& option.
4240
4241 .vitem &%-qR%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4242 .oindex "&%-qR%&"
4243 This option is synonymous with &%-R%&. It is provided for Sendmail
4244 compatibility.
4245
4246 .vitem &%-qS%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4247 .oindex "&%-qS%&"
4248 This option is synonymous with &%-S%&.
4249
4250 .vitem &%-R%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4251 .oindex "&%-R%&"
4252 .cindex "queue runner" "for specific recipients"
4253 .cindex "delivery" "to given domain"
4254 .cindex "domain" "delivery to"
4255 The <&'rsflags'&> may be empty, in which case the white space before the string
4256 is optional, unless the string is &'f'&, &'ff'&, &'r'&, &'rf'&, or &'rff'&,
4257 which are the possible values for <&'rsflags'&>. White space is required if
4258 <&'rsflags'&> is not empty.
4259
4260 This option is similar to &%-q%& with no time value, that is, it causes Exim to
4261 perform a single queue run, except that, when scanning the messages on the
4262 queue, Exim processes only those that have at least one undelivered recipient
4263 address containing the given string, which is checked in a case-independent
4264 way. If the <&'rsflags'&> start with &'r'&, <&'string'&> is interpreted as a
4265 regular expression; otherwise it is a literal string.
4266
4267 If you want to do periodic queue runs for messages with specific recipients,
4268 you can combine &%-R%& with &%-q%& and a time value. For example:
4269 .code
4270 exim -q25m -R @special.domain.example
4271 .endd
4272 This example does a queue run for messages with recipients in the given domain
4273 every 25 minutes. Any additional flags that are specified with &%-q%& are
4274 applied to each queue run.
4275
4276 Once a message is selected for delivery by this mechanism, all its addresses
4277 are processed. For the first selected message, Exim overrides any retry
4278 information and forces a delivery attempt for each undelivered address. This
4279 means that if delivery of any address in the first message is successful, any
4280 existing retry information is deleted, and so delivery attempts for that
4281 address in subsequently selected messages (which are processed without forcing)
4282 will run. However, if delivery of any address does not succeed, the retry
4283 information is updated, and in subsequently selected messages, the failing
4284 address will be skipped.
4285
4286 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing delivery"
4287 If the <&'rsflags'&> contain &'f'& or &'ff'&, the delivery forcing applies to
4288 all selected messages, not just the first; frozen messages are included when
4289 &'ff'& is present.
4290
4291 The &%-R%& option makes it straightforward to initiate delivery of all messages
4292 to a given domain after a host has been down for some time. When the SMTP
4293 command ETRN is accepted by its ACL (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&), its default
4294 effect is to run Exim with the &%-R%& option, but it can be configured to run
4295 an arbitrary command instead.
4296
4297 .vitem &%-r%&
4298 .oindex "&%-r%&"
4299 This is a documented (for Sendmail) obsolete alternative name for &%-f%&.
4300
4301 .vitem &%-S%&<&'rsflags'&>&~<&'string'&>
4302 .oindex "&%-S%&"
4303 .cindex "delivery" "from given sender"
4304 .cindex "queue runner" "for specific senders"
4305 This option acts like &%-R%& except that it checks the string against each
4306 message's sender instead of against the recipients. If &%-R%& is also set, both
4307 conditions must be met for a message to be selected. If either of the options
4308 has &'f'& or &'ff'& in its flags, the associated action is taken.
4309
4310 .vitem &%-Tqt%&&~<&'times'&>
4311 .oindex "&%-Tqt%&"
4312 This an option that is exclusively for use by the Exim testing suite. It is not
4313 recognized when Exim is run normally. It allows for the setting up of explicit
4314 &"queue times"& so that various warning/retry features can be tested.
4315
4316 .vitem &%-t%&
4317 .oindex "&%-t%&"
4318 .cindex "recipient" "extracting from header lines"
4319 .cindex "&'Bcc:'& header line"
4320 .cindex "&'Cc:'& header line"
4321 .cindex "&'To:'& header line"
4322 When Exim is receiving a locally-generated, non-SMTP message on its standard
4323 input, the &%-t%& option causes the recipients of the message to be obtained
4324 from the &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&, and &'Bcc:'& header lines in the message instead of
4325 from the command arguments. The addresses are extracted before any rewriting
4326 takes place and the &'Bcc:'& header line, if present, is then removed.
4327
4328 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-t%& option"
4329 If the command has any arguments, they specify addresses to which the message
4330 is &'not'& to be delivered. That is, the argument addresses are removed from
4331 the recipients list obtained from the headers. This is compatible with Smail 3
4332 and in accordance with the documented behaviour of several versions of
4333 Sendmail, as described in man pages on a number of operating systems (e.g.
4334 Solaris 8, IRIX 6.5, HP-UX 11). However, some versions of Sendmail &'add'&
4335 argument addresses to those obtained from the headers, and the O'Reilly
4336 Sendmail book documents it that way. Exim can be made to add argument addresses
4337 instead of subtracting them by setting the option
4338 &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%& false.
4339
4340 .cindex "&%Resent-%& header lines" "with &%-t%&"
4341 If there are any &%Resent-%& header lines in the message, Exim extracts
4342 recipients from all &'Resent-To:'&, &'Resent-Cc:'&, and &'Resent-Bcc:'& header
4343 lines instead of from &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&, and &'Bcc:'&. This is for compatibility
4344 with Sendmail and other MTAs. (Prior to release 4.20, Exim gave an error if
4345 &%-t%& was used in conjunction with &%Resent-%& header lines.)
4346
4347 RFC 2822 talks about different sets of &%Resent-%& header lines (for when a
4348 message is resent several times). The RFC also specifies that they should be
4349 added at the front of the message, and separated by &'Received:'& lines. It is
4350 not at all clear how &%-t%& should operate in the present of multiple sets,
4351 nor indeed exactly what constitutes a &"set"&.
4352 In practice, it seems that MUAs do not follow the RFC. The &%Resent-%& lines
4353 are often added at the end of the header, and if a message is resent more than
4354 once, it is common for the original set of &%Resent-%& headers to be renamed as
4355 &%X-Resent-%& when a new set is added. This removes any possible ambiguity.
4356
4357 .vitem &%-ti%&
4358 .oindex "&%-ti%&"
4359 This option is exactly equivalent to &%-t%& &%-i%&. It is provided for
4360 compatibility with Sendmail.
4361
4362 .vitem &%-tls-on-connect%&
4363 .oindex "&%-tls-on-connect%&"
4364 .cindex "TLS" "use without STARTTLS"
4365 .cindex "TLS" "automatic start"
4366 This option is available when Exim is compiled with TLS support. It forces all
4367 incoming SMTP connections to behave as if the incoming port is listed in the
4368 &%tls_on_connect_ports%& option. See section &<<SECTsupobssmt>>& and chapter
4369 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for further details.
4370
4371
4372 .vitem &%-U%&
4373 .oindex "&%-U%&"
4374 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-U%& option ignored"
4375 Sendmail uses this option for &"initial message submission"&, and its
4376 documentation states that in future releases, it may complain about
4377 syntactically invalid messages rather than fixing them when this flag is not
4378 set. Exim ignores this option.
4379
4380 .vitem &%-v%&
4381 .oindex "&%-v%&"
4382 This option causes Exim to write information to the standard error stream,
4383 describing what it is doing. In particular, it shows the log lines for
4384 receiving and delivering a message, and if an SMTP connection is made, the SMTP
4385 dialogue is shown. Some of the log lines shown may not actually be written to
4386 the log if the setting of &%log_selector%& discards them. Any relevant
4387 selectors are shown with each log line. If none are shown, the logging is
4388 unconditional.
4389
4390 .vitem &%-x%&
4391 .oindex "&%-x%&"
4392 AIX uses &%-x%& for a private purpose (&"mail from a local mail program has
4393 National Language Support extended characters in the body of the mail item"&).
4394 It sets &%-x%& when calling the MTA from its &%mail%& command. Exim ignores
4395 this option.
4396 .endlist
4397
4398 .ecindex IIDclo1
4399 .ecindex IIDclo2
4400
4401
4402 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4403 . Insert a stylized DocBook comment here, to identify the end of the command
4404 . line options. This is for the benefit of the Perl script that automatically
4405 . creates a man page for the options.
4406 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4407
4408 .literal xml
4409 <!-- === End of command line options === -->
4410 .literal off
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4417 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4418
4419
4420 .chapter "The Exim run time configuration file" "CHAPconf" &&&
4421 "The runtime configuration file"
4422
4423 .cindex "run time configuration"
4424 .cindex "configuration file" "general description"
4425 .cindex "CONFIGURE_FILE"
4426 .cindex "configuration file" "errors in"
4427 .cindex "error" "in configuration file"
4428 .cindex "return code" "for bad configuration"
4429 Exim uses a single run time configuration file that is read whenever an Exim
4430 binary is executed. Note that in normal operation, this happens frequently,
4431 because Exim is designed to operate in a distributed manner, without central
4432 control.
4433
4434 If a syntax error is detected while reading the configuration file, Exim
4435 writes a message on the standard error, and exits with a non-zero return code.
4436 The message is also written to the panic log. &*Note*&: Only simple syntax
4437 errors can be detected at this time. The values of any expanded options are
4438 not checked until the expansion happens, even when the expansion does not
4439 actually alter the string.
4440
4441 The name of the configuration file is compiled into the binary for security
4442 reasons, and is specified by the CONFIGURE_FILE compilation option. In
4443 most configurations, this specifies a single file. However, it is permitted to
4444 give a colon-separated list of file names, in which case Exim uses the first
4445 existing file in the list.
4446
4447 .cindex "EXIM_USER"
4448 .cindex "EXIM_GROUP"
4449 .cindex "CONFIGURE_OWNER"
4450 .cindex "CONFIGURE_GROUP"
4451 .cindex "configuration file" "ownership"
4452 .cindex "ownership" "configuration file"
4453 The run time configuration file must be owned by root or by the user that is
4454 specified at compile time by the EXIM_USER option, or by the user that is
4455 specified at compile time by the CONFIGURE_OWNER option (if set). The
4456 configuration file must not be world-writeable or group-writeable, unless its
4457 group is the one specified at compile time by the EXIM_GROUP option or by the
4458 CONFIGURE_GROUP option.
4459
4460 &*Warning*&: In a conventional configuration, where the Exim binary is setuid
4461 to root, anybody who is able to edit the run time configuration file has an
4462 easy way to run commands as root. If you make your mail administrators members
4463 of the Exim group, but do not trust them with root, make sure that the run time
4464 configuration is not group writeable.
4465
4466 A default configuration file, which will work correctly in simple situations,
4467 is provided in the file &_src/configure.default_&. If CONFIGURE_FILE
4468 defines just one file name, the installation process copies the default
4469 configuration to a new file of that name if it did not previously exist. If
4470 CONFIGURE_FILE is a list, no default is automatically installed. Chapter
4471 &<<CHAPdefconfil>>& is a &"walk-through"& discussion of the default
4472 configuration.
4473
4474
4475
4476 .section "Using a different configuration file" "SECID40"
4477 .cindex "configuration file" "alternate"
4478 A one-off alternate configuration can be specified by the &%-C%& command line
4479 option, which may specify a single file or a list of files. However, when
4480 &%-C%& is used, Exim gives up its root privilege, unless called by root or the
4481 Exim user (or unless the argument for &%-C%& is identical to the built-in value
4482 from CONFIGURE_FILE). &%-C%& is useful mainly for checking the syntax of
4483 configuration files before installing them. No owner or group checks are done
4484 on a configuration file specified by &%-C%&.
4485
4486 The privileged use of &%-C%& by the Exim user can be locked out by setting
4487 ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY in &_Local/Makefile_& when building Exim. However,
4488 if you do this, you also lock out the possibility of testing a
4489 configuration using &%-C%& right through message reception and delivery, even
4490 if the caller is root. The reception works, but by that time, Exim is running
4491 as the Exim user, so when it re-execs to regain privilege for the delivery, the
4492 use of &%-C%& causes privilege to be lost. However, root can test reception and
4493 delivery using two separate commands (one to put a message on the queue, using
4494 &%-odq%&, and another to do the delivery, using &%-M%&).
4495
4496 If ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX is defined &_in Local/Makefile_&, it specifies a
4497 prefix string with which any file named in a &%-C%& command line option must
4498 start. In addition, the file name must not contain the sequence &"&`/../`&"&.
4499 There is no default setting for ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX; when it is unset, any file
4500 name can be used with &%-C%&.
4501
4502 One-off changes to a configuration can be specified by the &%-D%& command line
4503 option, which defines and overrides values for macros used inside the
4504 configuration file. However, like &%-C%&, the use of this option by a
4505 non-privileged user causes Exim to discard its root privilege.
4506 If DISABLE_D_OPTION is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, the use of &%-D%& is
4507 completely disabled, and its use causes an immediate error exit.
4508
4509 Some sites may wish to use the same Exim binary on different machines that
4510 share a file system, but to use different configuration files on each machine.
4511 If CONFIGURE_FILE_USE_NODE is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, Exim first
4512 looks for a file whose name is the configuration file name followed by a dot
4513 and the machine's node name, as obtained from the &[uname()]& function. If this
4514 file does not exist, the standard name is tried. This processing occurs for
4515 each file name in the list given by CONFIGURE_FILE or &%-C%&.
4516
4517 In some esoteric situations different versions of Exim may be run under
4518 different effective uids and the CONFIGURE_FILE_USE_EUID is defined to
4519 help with this. See the comments in &_src/EDITME_& for details.
4520
4521
4522
4523 .section "Configuration file format" "SECTconffilfor"
4524 .cindex "configuration file" "format of"
4525 .cindex "format" "configuration file"
4526 Exim's configuration file is divided into a number of different parts. General
4527 option settings must always appear at the start of the file. The other parts
4528 are all optional, and may appear in any order. Each part other than the first
4529 is introduced by the word &"begin"& followed by the name of the part. The
4530 optional parts are:
4531
4532 .ilist
4533 &'ACL'&: Access control lists for controlling incoming SMTP mail.
4534 .next
4535 .cindex "AUTH" "configuration"
4536 &'authenticators'&: Configuration settings for the authenticator drivers. These
4537 are concerned with the SMTP AUTH command (see chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&).
4538 .next
4539 &'routers'&: Configuration settings for the router drivers. Routers process
4540 addresses and determine how the message is to be delivered.
4541 .next
4542 &'transports'&: Configuration settings for the transport drivers. Transports
4543 define mechanisms for copying messages to destinations.
4544 .next
4545 &'retry'&: Retry rules, for use when a message cannot be immediately delivered.
4546 .next
4547 &'rewrite'&: Global address rewriting rules, for use when a message arrives and
4548 when new addresses are generated during delivery.
4549 .next
4550 &'local_scan'&: Private options for the &[local_scan()]& function. If you
4551 want to use this feature, you must set
4552 .code
4553 LOCAL_SCAN_HAS_OPTIONS=yes
4554 .endd
4555 in &_Local/Makefile_& before building Exim. Full details of the
4556 &[local_scan()]& facility are given in chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&.
4557 .endlist
4558
4559 .cindex "configuration file" "leading white space in"
4560 .cindex "configuration file" "trailing white space in"
4561 .cindex "white space" "in configuration file"
4562 Leading and trailing white space in configuration lines is always ignored.
4563
4564 Blank lines in the file, and lines starting with a # character (ignoring
4565 leading white space) are treated as comments and are ignored. &*Note*&: A
4566 # character other than at the beginning of a line is not treated specially,
4567 and does not introduce a comment.
4568
4569 Any non-comment line can be continued by ending it with a backslash. Note that
4570 the general rule for white space means that trailing white space after the
4571 backslash and leading white space at the start of continuation
4572 lines is ignored. Comment lines beginning with # (but not empty lines) may
4573 appear in the middle of a sequence of continuation lines.
4574
4575 A convenient way to create a configuration file is to start from the
4576 default, which is supplied in &_src/configure.default_&, and add, delete, or
4577 change settings as required.
4578
4579 The ACLs, retry rules, and rewriting rules have their own syntax which is
4580 described in chapters &<<CHAPACL>>&, &<<CHAPretry>>&, and &<<CHAPrewrite>>&,
4581 respectively. The other parts of the configuration file have some syntactic
4582 items in common, and these are described below, from section &<<SECTcos>>&
4583 onwards. Before that, the inclusion, macro, and conditional facilities are
4584 described.
4585
4586
4587
4588 .section "File inclusions in the configuration file" "SECID41"
4589 .cindex "inclusions in configuration file"
4590 .cindex "configuration file" "including other files"
4591 .cindex "&`.include`& in configuration file"
4592 .cindex "&`.include_if_exists`& in configuration file"
4593 You can include other files inside Exim's run time configuration file by
4594 using this syntax:
4595 .display
4596 &`.include`& <&'file name'&>
4597 &`.include_if_exists`& <&'file name'&>
4598 .endd
4599 on a line by itself. Double quotes round the file name are optional. If you use
4600 the first form, a configuration error occurs if the file does not exist; the
4601 second form does nothing for non-existent files. In all cases, an absolute file
4602 name is required.
4603
4604 Includes may be nested to any depth, but remember that Exim reads its
4605 configuration file often, so it is a good idea to keep them to a minimum.
4606 If you change the contents of an included file, you must HUP the daemon,
4607 because an included file is read only when the configuration itself is read.
4608
4609 The processing of inclusions happens early, at a physical line level, so, like
4610 comment lines, an inclusion can be used in the middle of an option setting,
4611 for example:
4612 .code
4613 hosts_lookup = a.b.c \
4614 .include /some/file
4615 .endd
4616 Include processing happens after macro processing (see below). Its effect is to
4617 process the lines of the included file as if they occurred inline where the
4618 inclusion appears.
4619
4620
4621
4622 .section "Macros in the configuration file" "SECTmacrodefs"
4623 .cindex "macro" "description of"
4624 .cindex "configuration file" "macros"
4625 If a line in the main part of the configuration (that is, before the first
4626 &"begin"& line) begins with an upper case letter, it is taken as a macro
4627 definition, and must be of the form
4628 .display
4629 <&'name'&> = <&'rest of line'&>
4630 .endd
4631 The name must consist of letters, digits, and underscores, and need not all be
4632 in upper case, though that is recommended. The rest of the line, including any
4633 continuations, is the replacement text, and has leading and trailing white
4634 space removed. Quotes are not removed. The replacement text can never end with
4635 a backslash character, but this doesn't seem to be a serious limitation.
4636
4637 Macros may also be defined between router, transport, authenticator, or ACL
4638 definitions. They may not, however, be defined within an individual driver or
4639 ACL, or in the &%local_scan%&, retry, or rewrite sections of the configuration.
4640
4641 .section "Macro substitution" "SECID42"
4642 Once a macro is defined, all subsequent lines in the file (and any included
4643 files) are scanned for the macro name; if there are several macros, the line is
4644 scanned for each in turn, in the order in which the macros are defined. The
4645 replacement text is not re-scanned for the current macro, though it is scanned
4646 for subsequently defined macros. For this reason, a macro name may not contain
4647 the name of a previously defined macro as a substring. You could, for example,
4648 define
4649 .display
4650 &`ABCD_XYZ = `&<&'something'&>
4651 &`ABCD = `&<&'something else'&>
4652 .endd
4653 but putting the definitions in the opposite order would provoke a configuration
4654 error. Macro expansion is applied to individual physical lines from the file,
4655 before checking for line continuation or file inclusion (see above). If a line
4656 consists solely of a macro name, and the expansion of the macro is empty, the
4657 line is ignored. A macro at the start of a line may turn the line into a
4658 comment line or a &`.include`& line.
4659
4660
4661 .section "Redefining macros" "SECID43"
4662 Once defined, the value of a macro can be redefined later in the configuration
4663 (or in an included file). Redefinition is specified by using &'=='& instead of
4664 &'='&. For example:
4665 .code
4666 MAC = initial value
4667 ...
4668 MAC == updated value
4669 .endd
4670 Redefinition does not alter the order in which the macros are applied to the
4671 subsequent lines of the configuration file. It is still the same order in which
4672 the macros were originally defined. All that changes is the macro's value.
4673 Redefinition makes it possible to accumulate values. For example:
4674 .code
4675 MAC = initial value
4676 ...
4677 MAC == MAC and something added
4678 .endd
4679 This can be helpful in situations where the configuration file is built
4680 from a number of other files.
4681
4682 .section "Overriding macro values" "SECID44"
4683 The values set for macros in the configuration file can be overridden by the
4684 &%-D%& command line option, but Exim gives up its root privilege when &%-D%& is
4685 used, unless called by root or the Exim user. A definition on the command line
4686 using the &%-D%& option causes all definitions and redefinitions within the
4687 file to be ignored.
4688
4689
4690
4691 .section "Example of macro usage" "SECID45"
4692 As an example of macro usage, consider a configuration where aliases are looked
4693 up in a MySQL database. It helps to keep the file less cluttered if long
4694 strings such as SQL statements are defined separately as macros, for example:
4695 .code
4696 ALIAS_QUERY = select mailbox from user where \
4697 login=${quote_mysql:$local_part};
4698 .endd
4699 This can then be used in a &(redirect)& router setting like this:
4700 .code
4701 data = ${lookup mysql{ALIAS_QUERY}}
4702 .endd
4703 In earlier versions of Exim macros were sometimes used for domain, host, or
4704 address lists. In Exim 4 these are handled better by named lists &-- see
4705 section &<<SECTnamedlists>>&.
4706
4707
4708 .section "Conditional skips in the configuration file" "SECID46"
4709 .cindex "configuration file" "conditional skips"
4710 .cindex "&`.ifdef`&"
4711 You can use the directives &`.ifdef`&, &`.ifndef`&, &`.elifdef`&,
4712 &`.elifndef`&, &`.else`&, and &`.endif`& to dynamically include or exclude
4713 portions of the configuration file. The processing happens whenever the file is
4714 read (that is, when an Exim binary starts to run).
4715
4716 The implementation is very simple. Instances of the first four directives must
4717 be followed by text that includes the names of one or macros. The condition
4718 that is tested is whether or not any macro substitution has taken place in the
4719 line. Thus:
4720 .code
4721 .ifdef AAA
4722 message_size_limit = 50M
4723 .else
4724 message_size_limit = 100M
4725 .endif
4726 .endd
4727 sets a message size limit of 50M if the macro &`AAA`& is defined, and 100M
4728 otherwise. If there is more than one macro named on the line, the condition
4729 is true if any of them are defined. That is, it is an &"or"& condition. To
4730 obtain an &"and"& condition, you need to use nested &`.ifdef`&s.
4731
4732 Although you can use a macro expansion to generate one of these directives,
4733 it is not very useful, because the condition &"there was a macro substitution
4734 in this line"& will always be true.
4735
4736 Text following &`.else`& and &`.endif`& is ignored, and can be used as comment
4737 to clarify complicated nestings.
4738
4739
4740
4741 .section "Common option syntax" "SECTcos"
4742 .cindex "common option syntax"
4743 .cindex "syntax of common options"
4744 .cindex "configuration file" "common option syntax"
4745 For the main set of options, driver options, and &[local_scan()]& options,
4746 each setting is on a line by itself, and starts with a name consisting of
4747 lower-case letters and underscores. Many options require a data value, and in
4748 these cases the name must be followed by an equals sign (with optional white
4749 space) and then the value. For example:
4750 .code
4751 qualify_domain = mydomain.example.com
4752 .endd
4753 .oindex "&%hide%&"
4754 .cindex "configuration file" "hiding sensitive data"
4755 .cindex "options" "hiding from extraction"
4756 Some option settings may contain sensitive data, for example, passwords for
4757 accessing databases. To stop non-admin users from using the &%-bP%& command
4758 line option to read these values, you can precede the option settings with the
4759 word &"hide"&. For example:
4760 .code
4761 hide mysql_servers = localhost/users/admin/secret-password
4762 .endd
4763 For non-admin users, such options are displayed like this:
4764 .code
4765 mysql_servers = <value not displayable>
4766 .endd
4767 If &"hide"& is used on a driver option, it hides the value of that option on
4768 all instances of the same driver.
4769
4770 The following sections describe the syntax used for the different data types
4771 that are found in option settings.
4772
4773
4774 .section "Boolean options" "SECID47"
4775 .cindex "format" "boolean"
4776 .cindex "boolean configuration values"
4777 .oindex "&%no_%&&'xxx'&"
4778 .oindex "&%not_%&&'xxx'&"
4779 Options whose type is given as boolean are on/off switches. There are two
4780 different ways of specifying such options: with and without a data value. If
4781 the option name is specified on its own without data, the switch is turned on;
4782 if it is preceded by &"no_"& or &"not_"& the switch is turned off. However,
4783 boolean options may be followed by an equals sign and one of the words
4784 &"true"&, &"false"&, &"yes"&, or &"no"&, as an alternative syntax. For example,
4785 the following two settings have exactly the same effect:
4786 .code
4787 queue_only
4788 queue_only = true
4789 .endd
4790 The following two lines also have the same (opposite) effect:
4791 .code
4792 no_queue_only
4793 queue_only = false
4794 .endd
4795 You can use whichever syntax you prefer.
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800 .section "Integer values" "SECID48"
4801 .cindex "integer configuration values"
4802 .cindex "format" "integer"
4803 .new
4804 If an option's type is given as &"integer"&, the value can be given in decimal,
4805 hexadecimal, or octal. If it starts with a digit greater than zero, a decimal
4806 number is assumed. Otherwise, it is treated as an octal number unless it starts
4807 with the characters &"0x"&, in which case the remainder is interpreted as a
4808 hexadecimal number.
4809 .wen
4810
4811 If an integer value is followed by the letter K, it is multiplied by 1024; if
4812 it is followed by the letter M, it is multiplied by 1024x1024. When the values
4813 of integer option settings are output, values which are an exact multiple of
4814 1024 or 1024x1024 are sometimes, but not always, printed using the letters K
4815 and M. The printing style is independent of the actual input format that was
4816 used.
4817
4818
4819 .section "Octal integer values" "SECID49"
4820 .cindex "integer format"
4821 .cindex "format" "octal integer"
4822 .new
4823 If an option's type is given as &"octal integer"&, its value is always
4824 interpreted as an octal number, whether or not it starts with the digit zero.
4825 Such options are always output in octal.
4826 .wen
4827
4828
4829 .section "Fixed point numbers" "SECID50"
4830 .cindex "fixed point configuration values"
4831 .cindex "format" "fixed point"
4832 .new
4833 If an option's type is given as &"fixed-point"&, its value must be a decimal
4834 integer, optionally followed by a decimal point and up to three further digits.
4835 .wen
4836
4837
4838
4839 .section "Time intervals" "SECTtimeformat"
4840 .cindex "time interval" "specifying in configuration"
4841 .cindex "format" "time interval"
4842 A time interval is specified as a sequence of numbers, each followed by one of
4843 the following letters, with no intervening white space:
4844
4845 .table2 30pt
4846 .irow &%s%& seconds
4847 .irow &%m%& minutes
4848 .irow &%h%& hours
4849 .irow &%d%& days
4850 .irow &%w%& weeks
4851 .endtable
4852
4853 For example, &"3h50m"& specifies 3 hours and 50 minutes. The values of time
4854 intervals are output in the same format. Exim does not restrict the values; it
4855 is perfectly acceptable, for example, to specify &"90m"& instead of &"1h30m"&.
4856
4857
4858
4859 .section "String values" "SECTstrings"
4860 .cindex "string" "format of configuration values"
4861 .cindex "format" "string"
4862 .new
4863 If an option's type is specified as &"string"&, the value can be specified with
4864 or without double-quotes. If it does not start with a double-quote, the value
4865 consists of the remainder of the line plus any continuation lines, starting at
4866 the first character after any leading white space, with trailing white space
4867 removed, and with no interpretation of the characters in the string. Because
4868 Exim removes comment lines (those beginning with #) at an early stage, they can
4869 appear in the middle of a multi-line string. The following two settings are
4870 therefore equivalent:
4871 .wen
4872 .code
4873 trusted_users = uucp:mail
4874 trusted_users = uucp:\
4875 # This comment line is ignored
4876 mail
4877 .endd
4878 .cindex "string" "quoted"
4879 .cindex "escape characters in quoted strings"
4880 If a string does start with a double-quote, it must end with a closing
4881 double-quote, and any backslash characters other than those used for line
4882 continuation are interpreted as escape characters, as follows:
4883
4884 .table2 100pt
4885 .irow &`\\`& "single backslash"
4886 .irow &`\n`& "newline"
4887 .irow &`\r`& "carriage return"
4888 .irow &`\t`& "tab"
4889 .irow "&`\`&<&'octal digits'&>" "up to 3 octal digits specify one character"
4890 .irow "&`\x`&<&'hex digits'&>" "up to 2 hexadecimal digits specify one &&&
4891 character"
4892 .endtable
4893
4894 If a backslash is followed by some other character, including a double-quote
4895 character, that character replaces the pair.
4896
4897 Quoting is necessary only if you want to make use of the backslash escapes to
4898 insert special characters, or if you need to specify a value with leading or
4899 trailing spaces. These cases are rare, so quoting is almost never needed in
4900 current versions of Exim. In versions of Exim before 3.14, quoting was required
4901 in order to continue lines, so you may come across older configuration files
4902 and examples that apparently quote unnecessarily.
4903
4904
4905 .section "Expanded strings" "SECID51"
4906 .cindex "expansion" "definition of"
4907 Some strings in the configuration file are subjected to &'string expansion'&,
4908 by which means various parts of the string may be changed according to the
4909 circumstances (see chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&). The input syntax for such strings
4910 is as just described; in particular, the handling of backslashes in quoted
4911 strings is done as part of the input process, before expansion takes place.
4912 However, backslash is also an escape character for the expander, so any
4913 backslashes that are required for that reason must be doubled if they are
4914 within a quoted configuration string.
4915
4916
4917 .section "User and group names" "SECID52"
4918 .cindex "user name" "format of"
4919 .cindex "format" "user name"
4920 .cindex "groups" "name format"
4921 .cindex "format" "group name"
4922 User and group names are specified as strings, using the syntax described
4923 above, but the strings are interpreted specially. A user or group name must
4924 either consist entirely of digits, or be a name that can be looked up using the
4925 &[getpwnam()]& or &[getgrnam()]& function, as appropriate.
4926
4927
4928 .section "List construction" "SECTlistconstruct"
4929 .cindex "list" "syntax of in configuration"
4930 .cindex "format" "list item in configuration"
4931 .cindex "string" "list, definition of"
4932 The data for some configuration options is a list of items, with colon as the
4933 default separator. Many of these options are shown with type &"string list"& in
4934 the descriptions later in this document. Others are listed as &"domain list"&,
4935 &"host list"&, &"address list"&, or &"local part list"&. Syntactically, they
4936 are all the same; however, those other than &"string list"& are subject to
4937 particular kinds of interpretation, as described in chapter
4938 &<<CHAPdomhosaddlists>>&.
4939
4940 In all these cases, the entire list is treated as a single string as far as the
4941 input syntax is concerned. The &%trusted_users%& setting in section
4942 &<<SECTstrings>>& above is an example. If a colon is actually needed in an item
4943 in a list, it must be entered as two colons. Leading and trailing white space
4944 on each item in a list is ignored. This makes it possible to include items that
4945 start with a colon, and in particular, certain forms of IPv6 address. For
4946 example, the list
4947 .code
4948 local_interfaces = 127.0.0.1 : ::::1
4949 .endd
4950 contains two IP addresses, the IPv4 address 127.0.0.1 and the IPv6 address ::1.
4951
4952 &*Note*&: Although leading and trailing white space is ignored in individual
4953 list items, it is not ignored when parsing the list. The space after the first
4954 colon in the example above is necessary. If it were not there, the list would
4955 be interpreted as the two items 127.0.0.1:: and 1.
4956
4957 .new
4958 .section "Changing list separators" "SECID53"
4959 .cindex "list separator" "changing"
4960 .cindex "IPv6" "addresses in lists"
4961 .wen
4962 Doubling colons in IPv6 addresses is an unwelcome chore, so a mechanism was
4963 introduced to allow the separator character to be changed. If a list begins
4964 with a left angle bracket, followed by any punctuation character, that
4965 character is used instead of colon as the list separator. For example, the list
4966 above can be rewritten to use a semicolon separator like this:
4967 .code
4968 local_interfaces = <; 127.0.0.1 ; ::1
4969 .endd
4970 This facility applies to all lists, with the exception of the list in
4971 &%log_file_path%&. It is recommended that the use of non-colon separators be
4972 confined to circumstances where they really are needed.
4973
4974 .new
4975 .cindex "list separator" "newline as"
4976 .cindex "newline as list separator"
4977 It is also possible to use newline and other control characters (those with
4978 code values less than 32, plus DEL) as separators in lists. Such separators
4979 must be provided literally at the time the list is processed. For options that
4980 are string-expanded, you can write the separator using a normal escape
4981 sequence. This will be processed by the expander before the string is
4982 interpreted as a list. For example, if a newline-separated list of domains is
4983 generated by a lookup, you can process it directly by a line such as this:
4984 .code
4985 domains = <\n ${lookup mysql{.....}}
4986 .endd
4987 This avoids having to change the list separator in such data. You are unlikely
4988 to want to use a control character as a separator in an option that is not
4989 expanded, because the value is literal text. However, it can be done by giving
4990 the value in quotes. For example:
4991 .code
4992 local_interfaces = "<\n 127.0.0.1 \n ::1"
4993 .endd
4994 Unlike printing character separators, which can be included in list items by
4995 doubling, it is not possible to include a control character as data when it is
4996 set as the separator. Two such characters in succession are interpreted as
4997 enclosing an empty list item.
4998 .wen
4999
5000
5001
5002 .section "Empty items in lists" "SECTempitelis"
5003 .cindex "list" "empty item in"
5004 An empty item at the end of a list is always ignored. In other words, trailing
5005 separator characters are ignored. Thus, the list in
5006 .code
5007 senders = user@domain :
5008 .endd
5009 contains only a single item. If you want to include an empty string as one item
5010 in a list, it must not be the last item. For example, this list contains three
5011 items, the second of which is empty:
5012 .code
5013 senders = user1@domain : : user2@domain
5014 .endd
5015 &*Note*&: There must be white space between the two colons, as otherwise they
5016 are interpreted as representing a single colon data character (and the list
5017 would then contain just one item). If you want to specify a list that contains
5018 just one, empty item, you can do it as in this example:
5019 .code
5020 senders = :
5021 .endd
5022 In this case, the first item is empty, and the second is discarded because it
5023 is at the end of the list.
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028 .section "Format of driver configurations" "SECTfordricon"
5029 .cindex "drivers" "configuration format"
5030 There are separate parts in the configuration for defining routers, transports,
5031 and authenticators. In each part, you are defining a number of driver
5032 instances, each with its own set of options. Each driver instance is defined by
5033 a sequence of lines like this:
5034 .display
5035 <&'instance name'&>:
5036 <&'option'&>
5037 ...
5038 <&'option'&>
5039 .endd
5040 In the following example, the instance name is &(localuser)&, and it is
5041 followed by three options settings:
5042 .code
5043 localuser:
5044 driver = accept
5045 check_local_user
5046 transport = local_delivery
5047 .endd
5048 For each driver instance, you specify which Exim code module it uses &-- by the
5049 setting of the &%driver%& option &-- and (optionally) some configuration
5050 settings. For example, in the case of transports, if you want a transport to
5051 deliver with SMTP you would use the &(smtp)& driver; if you want to deliver to
5052 a local file you would use the &(appendfile)& driver. Each of the drivers is
5053 described in detail in its own separate chapter later in this manual.
5054
5055 You can have several routers, transports, or authenticators that are based on
5056 the same underlying driver (each must have a different instance name).
5057
5058 The order in which routers are defined is important, because addresses are
5059 passed to individual routers one by one, in order. The order in which
5060 transports are defined does not matter at all. The order in which
5061 authenticators are defined is used only when Exim, as a client, is searching
5062 them to find one that matches an authentication mechanism offered by the
5063 server.
5064
5065 .cindex "generic options"
5066 .cindex "options" "generic &-- definition of"
5067 Within a driver instance definition, there are two kinds of option: &'generic'&
5068 and &'private'&. The generic options are those that apply to all drivers of the
5069 same type (that is, all routers, all transports or all authenticators). The
5070 &%driver%& option is a generic option that must appear in every definition.
5071 .cindex "private options"
5072 The private options are special for each driver, and none need appear, because
5073 they all have default values.
5074
5075 The options may appear in any order, except that the &%driver%& option must
5076 precede any private options, since these depend on the particular driver. For
5077 this reason, it is recommended that &%driver%& always be the first option.
5078
5079 Driver instance names, which are used for reference in log entries and
5080 elsewhere, can be any sequence of letters, digits, and underscores (starting
5081 with a letter) and must be unique among drivers of the same type. A router and
5082 a transport (for example) can each have the same name, but no two router
5083 instances can have the same name. The name of a driver instance should not be
5084 confused with the name of the underlying driver module. For example, the
5085 configuration lines:
5086 .code
5087 remote_smtp:
5088 driver = smtp
5089 .endd
5090 create an instance of the &(smtp)& transport driver whose name is
5091 &(remote_smtp)&. The same driver code can be used more than once, with
5092 different instance names and different option settings each time. A second
5093 instance of the &(smtp)& transport, with different options, might be defined
5094 thus:
5095 .code
5096 special_smtp:
5097 driver = smtp
5098 port = 1234
5099 command_timeout = 10s
5100 .endd
5101 The names &(remote_smtp)& and &(special_smtp)& would be used to reference
5102 these transport instances from routers, and these names would appear in log
5103 lines.
5104
5105 Comment lines may be present in the middle of driver specifications. The full
5106 list of option settings for any particular driver instance, including all the
5107 defaulted values, can be extracted by making use of the &%-bP%& command line
5108 option.
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5116 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5117
5118 .chapter "The default configuration file" "CHAPdefconfil"
5119 .scindex IIDconfiwal "configuration file" "default &""walk through""&"
5120 .cindex "default" "configuration file &""walk through""&"
5121 The default configuration file supplied with Exim as &_src/configure.default_&
5122 is sufficient for a host with simple mail requirements. As an introduction to
5123 the way Exim is configured, this chapter &"walks through"& the default
5124 configuration, giving brief explanations of the settings. Detailed descriptions
5125 of the options are given in subsequent chapters. The default configuration file
5126 itself contains extensive comments about ways you might want to modify the
5127 initial settings. However, note that there are many options that are not
5128 mentioned at all in the default configuration.
5129
5130
5131
5132 .section "Main configuration settings" "SECTdefconfmain"
5133 The main (global) configuration option settings must always come first in the
5134 file. The first thing you'll see in the file, after some initial comments, is
5135 the line
5136 .code
5137 # primary_hostname =
5138 .endd
5139 This is a commented-out setting of the &%primary_hostname%& option. Exim needs
5140 to know the official, fully qualified name of your host, and this is where you
5141 can specify it. However, in most cases you do not need to set this option. When
5142 it is unset, Exim uses the &[uname()]& system function to obtain the host name.
5143
5144 The first three non-comment configuration lines are as follows:
5145 .code
5146 domainlist local_domains = @
5147 domainlist relay_to_domains =
5148 hostlist relay_from_hosts = 127.0.0.1
5149 .endd
5150 These are not, in fact, option settings. They are definitions of two named
5151 domain lists and one named host list. Exim allows you to give names to lists of
5152 domains, hosts, and email addresses, in order to make it easier to manage the
5153 configuration file (see section &<<SECTnamedlists>>&).
5154
5155 The first line defines a domain list called &'local_domains'&; this is used
5156 later in the configuration to identify domains that are to be delivered
5157 on the local host.
5158
5159 .cindex "@ in a domain list"
5160 There is just one item in this list, the string &"@"&. This is a special form
5161 of entry which means &"the name of the local host"&. Thus, if the local host is
5162 called &'a.host.example'&, mail to &'any.user@a.host.example'& is expected to
5163 be delivered locally. Because the local host's name is referenced indirectly,
5164 the same configuration file can be used on different hosts.
5165
5166 The second line defines a domain list called &'relay_to_domains'&, but the
5167 list itself is empty. Later in the configuration we will come to the part that
5168 controls mail relaying through the local host; it allows relaying to any
5169 domains in this list. By default, therefore, no relaying on the basis of a mail
5170 domain is permitted.
5171
5172 The third line defines a host list called &'relay_from_hosts'&. This list is
5173 used later in the configuration to permit relaying from any host or IP address
5174 that matches the list. The default contains just the IP address of the IPv4
5175 loopback interface, which means that processes on the local host are able to
5176 submit mail for relaying by sending it over TCP/IP to that interface. No other
5177 hosts are permitted to submit messages for relaying.
5178
5179 Just to be sure there's no misunderstanding: at this point in the configuration
5180 we aren't actually setting up any controls. We are just defining some domains
5181 and hosts that will be used in the controls that are specified later.
5182
5183 The next two configuration lines are genuine option settings:
5184 .code
5185 acl_smtp_rcpt = acl_check_rcpt
5186 acl_smtp_data = acl_check_data
5187 .endd
5188 These options specify &'Access Control Lists'& (ACLs) that are to be used
5189 during an incoming SMTP session for every recipient of a message (every RCPT
5190 command), and after the contents of the message have been received,
5191 respectively. The names of the lists are &'acl_check_rcpt'& and
5192 &'acl_check_data'&, and we will come to their definitions below, in the ACL
5193 section of the configuration. The RCPT ACL controls which recipients are
5194 accepted for an incoming message &-- if a configuration does not provide an ACL
5195 to check recipients, no SMTP mail can be accepted. The DATA ACL allows the
5196 contents of a message to be checked.
5197
5198 Two commented-out option settings are next:
5199 .code
5200 # av_scanner = clamd:/tmp/clamd
5201 # spamd_address = 127.0.0.1 783
5202 .endd
5203 These are example settings that can be used when Exim is compiled with the
5204 content-scanning extension. The first specifies the interface to the virus
5205 scanner, and the second specifies the interface to SpamAssassin. Further
5206 details are given in chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
5207
5208 Three more commented-out option settings follow:
5209 .code
5210 # tls_advertise_hosts = *
5211 # tls_certificate = /etc/ssl/exim.crt
5212 # tls_privatekey = /etc/ssl/exim.pem
5213 .endd
5214 These are example settings that can be used when Exim is compiled with
5215 support for TLS (aka SSL) as described in section &<<SECTinctlsssl>>&. The
5216 first one specifies the list of clients that are allowed to use TLS when
5217 connecting to this server; in this case the wildcard means all clients. The
5218 other options specify where Exim should find its TLS certificate and private
5219 key, which together prove the server's identity to any clients that connect.
5220 More details are given in chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&.
5221
5222 Another two commented-out option settings follow:
5223 .code
5224 # daemon_smtp_ports = 25 : 465 : 587
5225 # tls_on_connect_ports = 465
5226 .endd
5227 .cindex "port" "465 and 587"
5228 .cindex "port" "for message submission"
5229 .cindex "message" "submission, ports for"
5230 .cindex "ssmtp protocol"
5231 .cindex "smtps protocol"
5232 .cindex "SMTP" "ssmtp protocol"
5233 .cindex "SMTP" "smtps protocol"
5234 These options provide better support for roaming users who wish to use this
5235 server for message submission. They are not much use unless you have turned on
5236 TLS (as described in the previous paragraph) and authentication (about which
5237 more in section &<<SECTdefconfauth>>&). The usual SMTP port 25 is often blocked
5238 on end-user networks, so RFC 4409 specifies that message submission should use
5239 port 587 instead. However some software (notably Microsoft Outlook) cannot be
5240 configured to use port 587 correctly, so these settings also enable the
5241 non-standard &"smtps"& (aka &"ssmtp"&) port 465 (see section
5242 &<<SECTsupobssmt>>&).
5243
5244 Two more commented-out options settings follow:
5245 .code
5246 # qualify_domain =
5247 # qualify_recipient =
5248 .endd
5249 The first of these specifies a domain that Exim uses when it constructs a
5250 complete email address from a local login name. This is often needed when Exim
5251 receives a message from a local process. If you do not set &%qualify_domain%&,
5252 the value of &%primary_hostname%& is used. If you set both of these options,
5253 you can have different qualification domains for sender and recipient
5254 addresses. If you set only the first one, its value is used in both cases.
5255
5256 .cindex "domain literal" "recognizing format"
5257 The following line must be uncommented if you want Exim to recognize
5258 addresses of the form &'user@[10.11.12.13]'& that is, with a &"domain literal"&
5259 (an IP address within square brackets) instead of a named domain.
5260 .code
5261 # allow_domain_literals
5262 .endd
5263 The RFCs still require this form, but many people think that in the modern
5264 Internet it makes little sense to permit mail to be sent to specific hosts by
5265 quoting their IP addresses. This ancient format has been used by people who
5266 try to abuse hosts by using them for unwanted relaying. However, some
5267 people believe there are circumstances (for example, messages addressed to
5268 &'postmaster'&) where domain literals are still useful.
5269
5270 The next configuration line is a kind of trigger guard:
5271 .code
5272 never_users = root
5273 .endd
5274 It specifies that no delivery must ever be run as the root user. The normal
5275 convention is to set up &'root'& as an alias for the system administrator. This
5276 setting is a guard against slips in the configuration.
5277 The list of users specified by &%never_users%& is not, however, the complete
5278 list; the build-time configuration in &_Local/Makefile_& has an option called
5279 FIXED_NEVER_USERS specifying a list that cannot be overridden. The
5280 contents of &%never_users%& are added to this list. By default
5281 FIXED_NEVER_USERS also specifies root.
5282
5283 When a remote host connects to Exim in order to send mail, the only information
5284 Exim has about the host's identity is its IP address. The next configuration
5285 line,
5286 .code
5287 host_lookup = *
5288 .endd
5289 specifies that Exim should do a reverse DNS lookup on all incoming connections,
5290 in order to get a host name. This improves the quality of the logging
5291 information, but if you feel it is too expensive, you can remove it entirely,
5292 or restrict the lookup to hosts on &"nearby"& networks.
5293 Note that it is not always possible to find a host name from an IP address,
5294 because not all DNS reverse zones are maintained, and sometimes DNS servers are
5295 unreachable.
5296
5297 The next two lines are concerned with &'ident'& callbacks, as defined by RFC
5298 1413 (hence their names):
5299 .code
5300 rfc1413_hosts = *
5301 rfc1413_query_timeout = 5s
5302 .endd
5303 These settings cause Exim to make ident callbacks for all incoming SMTP calls.
5304 You can limit the hosts to which these calls are made, or change the timeout
5305 that is used. If you set the timeout to zero, all ident calls are disabled.
5306 Although they are cheap and can provide useful information for tracing problem
5307 messages, some hosts and firewalls have problems with ident calls. This can
5308 result in a timeout instead of an immediate refused connection, leading to
5309 delays on starting up an incoming SMTP session.
5310
5311 When Exim receives messages over SMTP connections, it expects all addresses to
5312 be fully qualified with a domain, as required by the SMTP definition. However,
5313 if you are running a server to which simple clients submit messages, you may
5314 find that they send unqualified addresses. The two commented-out options:
5315 .code
5316 # sender_unqualified_hosts =
5317 # recipient_unqualified_hosts =
5318 .endd
5319 show how you can specify hosts that are permitted to send unqualified sender
5320 and recipient addresses, respectively.
5321
5322 The &%percent_hack_domains%& option is also commented out:
5323 .code
5324 # percent_hack_domains =
5325 .endd
5326 It provides a list of domains for which the &"percent hack"& is to operate.
5327 This is an almost obsolete form of explicit email routing. If you do not know
5328 anything about it, you can safely ignore this topic.
5329
5330 The last two settings in the main part of the default configuration are
5331 concerned with messages that have been &"frozen"& on Exim's queue. When a
5332 message is frozen, Exim no longer continues to try to deliver it. Freezing
5333 occurs when a bounce message encounters a permanent failure because the sender
5334 address of the original message that caused the bounce is invalid, so the
5335 bounce cannot be delivered. This is probably the most common case, but there
5336 are also other conditions that cause freezing, and frozen messages are not
5337 always bounce messages.
5338 .code
5339 ignore_bounce_errors_after = 2d
5340 timeout_frozen_after = 7d
5341 .endd
5342 The first of these options specifies that failing bounce messages are to be
5343 discarded after 2 days on the queue. The second specifies that any frozen
5344 message (whether a bounce message or not) is to be timed out (and discarded)
5345 after a week. In this configuration, the first setting ensures that no failing
5346 bounce message ever lasts a week.
5347
5348
5349
5350 .section "ACL configuration" "SECID54"
5351 .cindex "default" "ACLs"
5352 .cindex "&ACL;" "default configuration"
5353 In the default configuration, the ACL section follows the main configuration.
5354 It starts with the line
5355 .code
5356 begin acl
5357 .endd
5358 and it contains the definitions of two ACLs, called &'acl_check_rcpt'& and
5359 &'acl_check_data'&, that were referenced in the settings of &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&
5360 and &%acl_smtp_data%& above.
5361
5362 .cindex "RCPT" "ACL for"
5363 The first ACL is used for every RCPT command in an incoming SMTP message. Each
5364 RCPT command specifies one of the message's recipients. The ACL statements
5365 are considered in order, until the recipient address is either accepted or
5366 rejected. The RCPT command is then accepted or rejected, according to the
5367 result of the ACL processing.
5368 .code
5369 acl_check_rcpt:
5370 .endd
5371 This line, consisting of a name terminated by a colon, marks the start of the
5372 ACL, and names it.
5373 .code
5374 accept hosts = :
5375 .endd
5376 This ACL statement accepts the recipient if the sending host matches the list.
5377 But what does that strange list mean? It doesn't actually contain any host
5378 names or IP addresses. The presence of the colon puts an empty item in the
5379 list; Exim matches this only if the incoming message did not come from a remote
5380 host, because in that case, the remote hostname is empty. The colon is
5381 important. Without it, the list itself is empty, and can never match anything.
5382
5383 What this statement is doing is to accept unconditionally all recipients in
5384 messages that are submitted by SMTP from local processes using the standard
5385 input and output (that is, not using TCP/IP). A number of MUAs operate in this
5386 manner.
5387 .code
5388 deny message = Restricted characters in address
5389 domains = +local_domains
5390 local_parts = ^[.] : ^.*[@%!/|]
5391
5392 deny message = Restricted characters in address
5393 domains = !+local_domains
5394 local_parts = ^[./|] : ^.*[@%!] : ^.*/\\.\\./
5395 .endd
5396 These statements are concerned with local parts that contain any of the
5397 characters &"@"&, &"%"&, &"!"&, &"/"&, &"|"&, or dots in unusual places.
5398 Although these characters are entirely legal in local parts (in the case of
5399 &"@"& and leading dots, only if correctly quoted), they do not commonly occur
5400 in Internet mail addresses.
5401
5402 The first three have in the past been associated with explicitly routed
5403 addresses (percent is still sometimes used &-- see the &%percent_hack_domains%&
5404 option). Addresses containing these characters are regularly tried by spammers
5405 in an attempt to bypass relaying restrictions, and also by open relay testing
5406 programs. Unless you really need them it is safest to reject these characters
5407 at this early stage. This configuration is heavy-handed in rejecting these
5408 characters for all messages it accepts from remote hosts. This is a deliberate
5409 policy of being as safe as possible.
5410
5411 The first rule above is stricter, and is applied to messages that are addressed
5412 to one of the local domains handled by this host. This is implemented by the
5413 first condition, which restricts it to domains that are listed in the
5414 &'local_domains'& domain list. The &"+"& character is used to indicate a
5415 reference to a named list. In this configuration, there is just one domain in
5416 &'local_domains'&, but in general there may be many.
5417
5418 The second condition on the first statement uses two regular expressions to
5419 block local parts that begin with a dot or contain &"@"&, &"%"&, &"!"&, &"/"&,
5420 or &"|"&. If you have local accounts that include these characters, you will
5421 have to modify this rule.
5422
5423 Empty components (two dots in a row) are not valid in RFC 2822, but Exim
5424 allows them because they have been encountered in practice. (Consider the
5425 common convention of local parts constructed as
5426 &"&'first-initial.second-initial.family-name'&"& when applied to someone like
5427 the author of Exim, who has no second initial.) However, a local part starting
5428 with a dot or containing &"/../"& can cause trouble if it is used as part of a
5429 file name (for example, for a mailing list). This is also true for local parts
5430 that contain slashes. A pipe symbol can also be troublesome if the local part
5431 is incorporated unthinkingly into a shell command line.
5432
5433 The second rule above applies to all other domains, and is less strict. This
5434 allows your own users to send outgoing messages to sites that use slashes
5435 and vertical bars in their local parts. It blocks local parts that begin
5436 with a dot, slash, or vertical bar, but allows these characters within the
5437 local part. However, the sequence &"/../"& is barred. The use of &"@"&, &"%"&,
5438 and &"!"& is blocked, as before. The motivation here is to prevent your users
5439 (or your users' viruses) from mounting certain kinds of attack on remote sites.
5440 .code
5441 accept local_parts = postmaster
5442 domains = +local_domains
5443 .endd
5444 This statement, which has two conditions, accepts an incoming address if the
5445 local part is &'postmaster'& and the domain is one of those listed in the
5446 &'local_domains'& domain list. The &"+"& character is used to indicate a
5447 reference to a named list. In this configuration, there is just one domain in
5448 &'local_domains'&, but in general there may be many.
5449
5450 The presence of this statement means that mail to postmaster is never blocked
5451 by any of the subsequent tests. This can be helpful while sorting out problems
5452 in cases where the subsequent tests are incorrectly denying access.
5453 .code
5454 require verify = sender
5455 .endd
5456 This statement requires the sender address to be verified before any subsequent
5457 ACL statement can be used. If verification fails, the incoming recipient
5458 address is refused. Verification consists of trying to route the address, to
5459 see if a bounce message could be delivered to it. In the case of remote
5460 addresses, basic verification checks only the domain, but &'callouts'& can be
5461 used for more verification if required. Section &<<SECTaddressverification>>&
5462 discusses the details of address verification.
5463 .code
5464 accept hosts = +relay_from_hosts
5465 control = submission
5466 .endd
5467 This statement accepts the address if the message is coming from one of the
5468 hosts that are defined as being allowed to relay through this host. Recipient
5469 verification is omitted here, because in many cases the clients are dumb MUAs
5470 that do not cope well with SMTP error responses. For the same reason, the
5471 second line specifies &"submission mode"& for messages that are accepted. This
5472 is described in detail in section &<<SECTsubmodnon>>&; it causes Exim to fix
5473 messages that are deficient in some way, for example, because they lack a
5474 &'Date:'& header line. If you are actually relaying out from MTAs, you should
5475 probably add recipient verification here, and disable submission mode.
5476 .code
5477 accept authenticated = *
5478 control = submission
5479 .endd
5480 This statement accepts the address if the client host has authenticated itself.
5481 Submission mode is again specified, on the grounds that such messages are most
5482 likely to come from MUAs. The default configuration does not define any
5483 authenticators, though it does include some nearly complete commented-out
5484 examples described in &<<SECTdefconfauth>>&. This means that no client can in
5485 fact authenticate until you complete the authenticator definitions.
5486 .code
5487 require message = relay not permitted
5488 domains = +local_domains : +relay_domains
5489 .endd
5490 This statement rejects the address if its domain is neither a local domain nor
5491 one of the domains for which this host is a relay.
5492 .code
5493 require verify = recipient
5494 .endd
5495 This statement requires the recipient address to be verified; if verification
5496 fails, the address is rejected.
5497 .code
5498 # deny message = rejected because $sender_host_address \
5499 # is in a black list at $dnslist_domain\n\
5500 # $dnslist_text
5501 # dnslists = black.list.example
5502 #
5503 # warn dnslists = black.list.example
5504 # add_header = X-Warning: $sender_host_address is in \
5505 # a black list at $dnslist_domain
5506 # log_message = found in $dnslist_domain
5507 .endd
5508 These commented-out lines are examples of how you could configure Exim to check
5509 sending hosts against a DNS black list. The first statement rejects messages
5510 from blacklisted hosts, whereas the second just inserts a warning header
5511 line.
5512 .code
5513 # require verify = csa
5514 .endd
5515 This commented-out line is an example of how you could turn on client SMTP
5516 authorization (CSA) checking. Such checks do DNS lookups for special SRV
5517 records.
5518 .code
5519 accept
5520 .endd
5521 The final statement in the first ACL unconditionally accepts any recipient
5522 address that has successfully passed all the previous tests.
5523 .code
5524 acl_check_data:
5525 .endd
5526 This line marks the start of the second ACL, and names it. Most of the contents
5527 of this ACL are commented out:
5528 .code
5529 # deny malware = *
5530 # message = This message contains a virus \
5531 # ($malware_name).
5532 .endd
5533 These lines are examples of how to arrange for messages to be scanned for
5534 viruses when Exim has been compiled with the content-scanning extension, and a
5535 suitable virus scanner is installed. If the message is found to contain a
5536 virus, it is rejected with the given custom error message.
5537 .code
5538 # warn spam = nobody
5539 # message = X-Spam_score: $spam_score\n\
5540 # X-Spam_score_int: $spam_score_int\n\
5541 # X-Spam_bar: $spam_bar\n\
5542 # X-Spam_report: $spam_report
5543 .endd
5544 These lines are an example of how to arrange for messages to be scanned by
5545 SpamAssassin when Exim has been compiled with the content-scanning extension,
5546 and SpamAssassin has been installed. The SpamAssassin check is run with
5547 &`nobody`& as its user parameter, and the results are added to the message as a
5548 series of extra header line. In this case, the message is not rejected,
5549 whatever the spam score.
5550 .code
5551 accept
5552 .endd
5553 This final line in the DATA ACL accepts the message unconditionally.
5554
5555
5556 .section "Router configuration" "SECID55"
5557 .cindex "default" "routers"
5558 .cindex "routers" "default"
5559 The router configuration comes next in the default configuration, introduced
5560 by the line
5561 .code
5562 begin routers
5563 .endd
5564 Routers are the modules in Exim that make decisions about where to send
5565 messages. An address is passed to each router in turn, until it is either
5566 accepted, or failed. This means that the order in which you define the routers
5567 matters. Each router is fully described in its own chapter later in this
5568 manual. Here we give only brief overviews.
5569 .code
5570 # domain_literal:
5571 # driver = ipliteral
5572 # domains = !+local_domains
5573 # transport = remote_smtp
5574 .endd
5575 .cindex "domain literal" "default router"
5576 This router is commented out because the majority of sites do not want to
5577 support domain literal addresses (those of the form &'user@[10.9.8.7]'&). If
5578 you uncomment this router, you also need to uncomment the setting of
5579 &%allow_domain_literals%& in the main part of the configuration.
5580 .code
5581 dnslookup:
5582 driver = dnslookup
5583 domains = ! +local_domains
5584 transport = remote_smtp
5585 ignore_target_hosts = 0.0.0.0 : 127.0.0.0/8
5586 no_more
5587 .endd
5588 The first uncommented router handles addresses that do not involve any local
5589 domains. This is specified by the line
5590 .code
5591 domains = ! +local_domains
5592 .endd
5593 The &%domains%& option lists the domains to which this router applies, but the
5594 exclamation mark is a negation sign, so the router is used only for domains
5595 that are not in the domain list called &'local_domains'& (which was defined at
5596 the start of the configuration). The plus sign before &'local_domains'&
5597 indicates that it is referring to a named list. Addresses in other domains are
5598 passed on to the following routers.
5599
5600 The name of the router driver is &(dnslookup)&,
5601 and is specified by the &%driver%& option. Do not be confused by the fact that
5602 the name of this router instance is the same as the name of the driver. The
5603 instance name is arbitrary, but the name set in the &%driver%& option must be
5604 one of the driver modules that is in the Exim binary.
5605
5606 The &(dnslookup)& router routes addresses by looking up their domains in the
5607 DNS in order to obtain a list of hosts to which the address is routed. If the
5608 router succeeds, the address is queued for the &(remote_smtp)& transport, as
5609 specified by the &%transport%& option. If the router does not find the domain
5610 in the DNS, no further routers are tried because of the &%no_more%& setting, so
5611 the address fails and is bounced.
5612
5613 The &%ignore_target_hosts%& option specifies a list of IP addresses that are to
5614 be entirely ignored. This option is present because a number of cases have been
5615 encountered where MX records in the DNS point to host names
5616 whose IP addresses are 0.0.0.0 or are in the 127 subnet (typically 127.0.0.1).
5617 Completely ignoring these IP addresses causes Exim to fail to route the
5618 email address, so it bounces. Otherwise, Exim would log a routing problem, and
5619 continue to try to deliver the message periodically until the address timed
5620 out.
5621 .code
5622 system_aliases:
5623 driver = redirect
5624 allow_fail
5625 allow_defer
5626 data = ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/etc/aliases}}
5627 # user = exim
5628 file_transport = address_file
5629 pipe_transport = address_pipe
5630 .endd
5631 Control reaches this and subsequent routers only for addresses in the local
5632 domains. This router checks to see whether the local part is defined as an
5633 alias in the &_/etc/aliases_& file, and if so, redirects it according to the
5634 data that it looks up from that file. If no data is found for the local part,
5635 the value of the &%data%& option is empty, causing the address to be passed to
5636 the next router.
5637
5638 &_/etc/aliases_& is a conventional name for the system aliases file that is
5639 often used. That is why it is referenced by from the default configuration
5640 file. However, you can change this by setting SYSTEM_ALIASES_FILE in
5641 &_Local/Makefile_& before building Exim.
5642 .code
5643 userforward:
5644 driver = redirect
5645 check_local_user
5646 # local_part_suffix = +* : -*
5647 # local_part_suffix_optional
5648 file = $home/.forward
5649 # allow_filter
5650 no_verify
5651 no_expn
5652 check_ancestor
5653 file_transport = address_file
5654 pipe_transport = address_pipe
5655 reply_transport = address_reply
5656 .endd
5657 This is the most complicated router in the default configuration. It is another
5658 redirection router, but this time it is looking for forwarding data set up by
5659 individual users. The &%check_local_user%& setting specifies a check that the
5660 local part of the address is the login name of a local user. If it is not, the
5661 router is skipped. The two commented options that follow &%check_local_user%&,
5662 namely:
5663 .code
5664 # local_part_suffix = +* : -*
5665 # local_part_suffix_optional
5666 .endd
5667 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
5668 show how you can specify the recognition of local part suffixes. If the first
5669 is uncommented, a suffix beginning with either a plus or a minus sign, followed
5670 by any sequence of characters, is removed from the local part and placed in the
5671 variable &$local_part_suffix$&. The second suffix option specifies that the
5672 presence of a suffix in the local part is optional. When a suffix is present,
5673 the check for a local login uses the local part with the suffix removed.
5674
5675 When a local user account is found, the file called &_.forward_& in the user's
5676 home directory is consulted. If it does not exist, or is empty, the router
5677 declines. Otherwise, the contents of &_.forward_& are interpreted as
5678 redirection data (see chapter &<<CHAPredirect>>& for more details).
5679
5680 .cindex "Sieve filter" "enabling in default router"
5681 Traditional &_.forward_& files contain just a list of addresses, pipes, or
5682 files. Exim supports this by default. However, if &%allow_filter%& is set (it
5683 is commented out by default), the contents of the file are interpreted as a set
5684 of Exim or Sieve filtering instructions, provided the file begins with &"#Exim
5685 filter"& or &"#Sieve filter"&, respectively. User filtering is discussed in the
5686 separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'&.
5687
5688 The &%no_verify%& and &%no_expn%& options mean that this router is skipped when
5689 verifying addresses, or when running as a consequence of an SMTP EXPN command.
5690 There are two reasons for doing this:
5691
5692 .olist
5693 Whether or not a local user has a &_.forward_& file is not really relevant when
5694 checking an address for validity; it makes sense not to waste resources doing
5695 unnecessary work.
5696 .next
5697 More importantly, when Exim is verifying addresses or handling an EXPN
5698 command during an SMTP session, it is running as the Exim user, not as root.
5699 The group is the Exim group, and no additional groups are set up.
5700 It may therefore not be possible for Exim to read users' &_.forward_& files at
5701 this time.
5702 .endlist
5703
5704 The setting of &%check_ancestor%& prevents the router from generating a new
5705 address that is the same as any previous address that was redirected. (This
5706 works round a problem concerning a bad interaction between aliasing and
5707 forwarding &-- see section &<<SECTredlocmai>>&).
5708
5709 The final three option settings specify the transports that are to be used when
5710 forwarding generates a direct delivery to a file, or to a pipe, or sets up an
5711 auto-reply, respectively. For example, if a &_.forward_& file contains
5712 .code
5713 a.nother@elsewhere.example, /home/spqr/archive
5714 .endd
5715 the delivery to &_/home/spqr/archive_& is done by running the &%address_file%&
5716 transport.
5717 .code
5718 localuser:
5719 driver = accept
5720 check_local_user
5721 # local_part_suffix = +* : -*
5722 # local_part_suffix_optional
5723 transport = local_delivery
5724 .endd
5725 The final router sets up delivery into local mailboxes, provided that the local
5726 part is the name of a local login, by accepting the address and assigning it to
5727 the &(local_delivery)& transport. Otherwise, we have reached the end of the
5728 routers, so the address is bounced. The commented suffix settings fulfil the
5729 same purpose as they do for the &(userforward)& router.
5730
5731
5732 .section "Transport configuration" "SECID56"
5733 .cindex "default" "transports"
5734 .cindex "transports" "default"
5735 Transports define mechanisms for actually delivering messages. They operate
5736 only when referenced from routers, so the order in which they are defined does
5737 not matter. The transports section of the configuration starts with
5738 .code
5739 begin transports
5740 .endd
5741 One remote transport and four local transports are defined.
5742 .code
5743 remote_smtp:
5744 driver = smtp
5745 .endd
5746 This transport is used for delivering messages over SMTP connections. All its
5747 options are defaulted. The list of remote hosts comes from the router.
5748 .code
5749 local_delivery:
5750 driver = appendfile
5751 file = /var/mail/$local_part
5752 delivery_date_add
5753 envelope_to_add
5754 return_path_add
5755 # group = mail
5756 # mode = 0660
5757 .endd
5758 This &(appendfile)& transport is used for local delivery to user mailboxes in
5759 traditional BSD mailbox format. By default it runs under the uid and gid of the
5760 local user, which requires the sticky bit to be set on the &_/var/mail_&
5761 directory. Some systems use the alternative approach of running mail deliveries
5762 under a particular group instead of using the sticky bit. The commented options
5763 show how this can be done.
5764
5765 Exim adds three headers to the message as it delivers it: &'Delivery-date:'&,
5766 &'Envelope-to:'& and &'Return-path:'&. This action is requested by the three
5767 similarly-named options above.
5768 .code
5769 address_pipe:
5770 driver = pipe
5771 return_output
5772 .endd
5773 This transport is used for handling deliveries to pipes that are generated by
5774 redirection (aliasing or users' &_.forward_& files). The &%return_output%&
5775 option specifies that any output generated by the pipe is to be returned to the
5776 sender.
5777 .code
5778 address_file:
5779 driver = appendfile
5780 delivery_date_add
5781 envelope_to_add
5782 return_path_add
5783 .endd
5784 This transport is used for handling deliveries to files that are generated by
5785 redirection. The name of the file is not specified in this instance of
5786 &(appendfile)&, because it comes from the &(redirect)& router.
5787 .code
5788 address_reply:
5789 driver = autoreply
5790 .endd
5791 This transport is used for handling automatic replies generated by users'
5792 filter files.
5793
5794
5795
5796 .section "Default retry rule" "SECID57"
5797 .cindex "retry" "default rule"
5798 .cindex "default" "retry rule"
5799 The retry section of the configuration file contains rules which affect the way
5800 Exim retries deliveries that cannot be completed at the first attempt. It is
5801 introduced by the line
5802 .code
5803 begin retry
5804 .endd
5805 In the default configuration, there is just one rule, which applies to all
5806 errors:
5807 .code
5808 * * F,2h,15m; G,16h,1h,1.5; F,4d,6h
5809 .endd
5810 This causes any temporarily failing address to be retried every 15 minutes for
5811 2 hours, then at intervals starting at one hour and increasing by a factor of
5812 1.5 until 16 hours have passed, then every 6 hours up to 4 days. If an address
5813 is not delivered after 4 days of temporary failure, it is bounced.
5814
5815
5816
5817 .section "Rewriting configuration" "SECID58"
5818 The rewriting section of the configuration, introduced by
5819 .code
5820 begin rewrite
5821 .endd
5822 contains rules for rewriting addresses in messages as they arrive. There are no
5823 rewriting rules in the default configuration file.
5824
5825
5826
5827 .section "Authenticators configuration" "SECTdefconfauth"
5828 .cindex "AUTH" "configuration"
5829 The authenticators section of the configuration, introduced by
5830 .code
5831 begin authenticators
5832 .endd
5833 defines mechanisms for the use of the SMTP AUTH command. The default
5834 configuration file contains two commented-out example authenticators
5835 which support plaintext username/password authentication using the
5836 standard PLAIN mechanism and the traditional but non-standard LOGIN
5837 mechanism, with Exim acting as the server. PLAIN and LOGIN are enough
5838 to support most MUA software.
5839
5840 The example PLAIN authenticator looks like this:
5841 .code
5842 #PLAIN:
5843 # driver = plaintext
5844 # server_set_id = $auth2
5845 # server_prompts = :
5846 # server_condition = Authentication is not yet configured
5847 # server_advertise_condition = ${if def:tls_cipher }
5848 .endd
5849 And the example LOGIN authenticator looks like this:
5850 .code
5851 #LOGIN:
5852 # driver = plaintext
5853 # server_set_id = $auth1
5854 # server_prompts = <| Username: | Password:
5855 # server_condition = Authentication is not yet configured
5856 # server_advertise_condition = ${if def:tls_cipher }
5857 .endd
5858
5859 The &%server_set_id%& option makes Exim remember the authenticated username
5860 in &$authenticated_id$&, which can be used later in ACLs or routers. The
5861 &%server_prompts%& option configures the &(plaintext)& authenticator so
5862 that it implements the details of the specific authentication mechanism,
5863 i.e. PLAIN or LOGIN. The &%server_advertise_condition%& setting controls
5864 when Exim offers authentication to clients; in the examples, this is only
5865 when TLS or SSL has been started, so to enable the authenticators you also
5866 need to add support for TLS as described in &<<SECTdefconfmain>>&.
5867
5868 The &%server_condition%& setting defines how to verify that the username and
5869 password are correct. In the examples it just produces an error message.
5870 To make the authenticators work, you can use a string expansion
5871 expression like one of the examples in &<<CHAPplaintext>>&.
5872
5873 .ecindex IIDconfiwal
5874
5875
5876
5877 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5878 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5879
5880 .chapter "Regular expressions" "CHAPregexp"
5881
5882 .cindex "regular expressions" "library"
5883 .cindex "PCRE"
5884 Exim supports the use of regular expressions in many of its options. It
5885 uses the PCRE regular expression library; this provides regular expression
5886 matching that is compatible with Perl 5. The syntax and semantics of
5887 regular expressions is discussed in many Perl reference books, and also in
5888 Jeffrey Friedl's &'Mastering Regular Expressions'&, which is published by
5889 O'Reilly (see &url(http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/regex2/)).
5890
5891 The documentation for the syntax and semantics of the regular expressions that
5892 are supported by PCRE is included in plain text in the file
5893 &_doc/pcrepattern.txt_& in the Exim distribution, and also in the HTML
5894 tarbundle of Exim documentation. It describes in detail the features of the
5895 regular expressions that PCRE supports, so no further description is included
5896 here. The PCRE functions are called from Exim using the default option settings
5897 (that is, with no PCRE options set), except that the PCRE_CASELESS option is
5898 set when the matching is required to be case-insensitive.
5899
5900 In most cases, when a regular expression is required in an Exim configuration,
5901 it has to start with a circumflex, in order to distinguish it from plain text
5902 or an &"ends with"& wildcard. In this example of a configuration setting, the
5903 second item in the colon-separated list is a regular expression.
5904 .code
5905 domains = a.b.c : ^\\d{3} : *.y.z : ...
5906 .endd
5907 The doubling of the backslash is required because of string expansion that
5908 precedes interpretation &-- see section &<<SECTlittext>>& for more discussion
5909 of this issue, and a way of avoiding the need for doubling backslashes. The
5910 regular expression that is eventually used in this example contains just one
5911 backslash. The circumflex is included in the regular expression, and has the
5912 normal effect of &"anchoring"& it to the start of the string that is being
5913 matched.
5914
5915 There are, however, two cases where a circumflex is not required for the
5916 recognition of a regular expression: these are the &%match%& condition in a
5917 string expansion, and the &%matches%& condition in an Exim filter file. In
5918 these cases, the relevant string is always treated as a regular expression; if
5919 it does not start with a circumflex, the expression is not anchored, and can
5920 match anywhere in the subject string.
5921
5922 In all cases, if you want a regular expression to match at the end of a string,
5923 you must code the $ metacharacter to indicate this. For example:
5924 .code
5925 domains = ^\\d{3}\\.example
5926 .endd
5927 matches the domain &'123.example'&, but it also matches &'123.example.com'&.
5928 You need to use:
5929 .code
5930 domains = ^\\d{3}\\.example\$
5931 .endd
5932 if you want &'example'& to be the top-level domain. The backslash before the
5933 $ is needed because string expansion also interprets dollar characters.
5934
5935
5936
5937 .section "Testing regular expressions" "SECID59"
5938 .cindex "testing" "regular expressions"
5939 .cindex "regular expressions" "testing"
5940 .cindex "&'pcretest'&"
5941 A program called &'pcretest'& forms part of the PCRE distribution and is built
5942 with PCRE during the process of building Exim. It is primarily intended for
5943 testing PCRE itself, but it can also be used for experimenting with regular
5944 expressions. After building Exim, the binary can be found in the build
5945 directory (it is not installed anywhere automatically). There is documentation
5946 of various options in &_doc/pcretest.txt_&, but for simple testing, none are
5947 needed. This is the output of a sample run of &'pcretest'&:
5948 .display
5949 &` re> `&&*&`/^([@]+)@.+\.(ac|edu)\.(?!kr)[a-z]{2}$/`&*&
5950 &`data> `&&*&`x@y.ac.uk`&*&
5951 &` 0: x@y.ac.uk`&
5952 &` 1: x`&
5953 &` 2: ac`&
5954 &`data> `&&*&`x@y.ac.kr`&*&
5955 &`No match`&
5956 &`data> `&&*&`x@y.edu.com`&*&
5957 &`No match`&
5958 &`data> `&&*&`x@y.edu.co`&*&
5959 &` 0: x@y.edu.co`&
5960 &` 1: x`&
5961 &` 2: edu`&
5962 .endd
5963 Input typed by the user is shown in bold face. After the &"re>"& prompt, a
5964 regular expression enclosed in delimiters is expected. If this compiles without
5965 error, &"data>"& prompts are given for strings against which the expression is
5966 matched. An empty data line causes a new regular expression to be read. If the
5967 match is successful, the captured substring values (that is, what would be in
5968 the variables &$0$&, &$1$&, &$2$&, etc.) are shown. The above example tests for
5969 an email address whose domain ends with either &"ac"& or &"edu"& followed by a
5970 two-character top-level domain that is not &"kr"&. The local part is captured
5971 in &$1$& and the &"ac"& or &"edu"& in &$2$&.
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5979 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5980
5981 .chapter "File and database lookups" "CHAPfdlookup"
5982 .scindex IIDfidalo1 "file" "lookups"
5983 .scindex IIDfidalo2 "database" "lookups"
5984 .cindex "lookup" "description of"
5985 Exim can be configured to look up data in files or databases as it processes
5986 messages. Two different kinds of syntax are used:
5987
5988 .olist
5989 A string that is to be expanded may contain explicit lookup requests. These
5990 cause parts of the string to be replaced by data that is obtained from the
5991 lookup. Lookups of this type are conditional expansion items. Different results
5992 can be defined for the cases of lookup success and failure. See chapter
5993 &<<CHAPexpand>>&, where string expansions are described in detail.
5994 .next
5995 Lists of domains, hosts, and email addresses can contain lookup requests as a
5996 way of avoiding excessively long linear lists. In this case, the data that is
5997 returned by the lookup is often (but not always) discarded; whether the lookup
5998 succeeds or fails is what really counts. These kinds of list are described in
5999 chapter &<<CHAPdomhosaddlists>>&.
6000 .endlist
6001
6002 String expansions, lists, and lookups interact with each other in such a way
6003 that there is no order in which to describe any one of them that does not
6004 involve references to the others. Each of these three chapters makes more sense
6005 if you have read the other two first. If you are reading this for the first
6006 time, be aware that some of it will make a lot more sense after you have read
6007 chapters &<<CHAPdomhosaddlists>>& and &<<CHAPexpand>>&.
6008
6009 .section "Examples of different lookup syntax" "SECID60"
6010 It is easy to confuse the two different kinds of lookup, especially as the
6011 lists that may contain the second kind are always expanded before being
6012 processed as lists. Therefore, they may also contain lookups of the first kind.
6013 Be careful to distinguish between the following two examples:
6014 .code
6015 domains = ${lookup{$sender_host_address}lsearch{/some/file}}
6016 domains = lsearch;/some/file
6017 .endd
6018 The first uses a string expansion, the result of which must be a domain list.
6019 No strings have been specified for a successful or a failing lookup; the
6020 defaults in this case are the looked-up data and an empty string, respectively.
6021 The expansion takes place before the string is processed as a list, and the
6022 file that is searched could contain lines like this:
6023 .code
6024 192.168.3.4: domain1:domain2:...
6025 192.168.1.9: domain3:domain4:...
6026 .endd
6027 When the lookup succeeds, the result of the expansion is a list of domains (and
6028 possibly other types of item that are allowed in domain lists).
6029
6030 In the second example, the lookup is a single item in a domain list. It causes
6031 Exim to use a lookup to see if the domain that is being processed can be found
6032 in the file. The file could contains lines like this:
6033 .code
6034 domain1:
6035 domain2:
6036 .endd
6037 Any data that follows the keys is not relevant when checking that the domain
6038 matches the list item.
6039
6040 It is possible, though no doubt confusing, to use both kinds of lookup at once.
6041 Consider a file containing lines like this:
6042 .code
6043 192.168.5.6: lsearch;/another/file
6044 .endd
6045 If the value of &$sender_host_address$& is 192.168.5.6, expansion of the
6046 first &%domains%& setting above generates the second setting, which therefore
6047 causes a second lookup to occur.
6048
6049 The rest of this chapter describes the different lookup types that are
6050 available. Any of them can be used in any part of the configuration where a
6051 lookup is permitted.
6052
6053
6054 .section "Lookup types" "SECID61"
6055 .cindex "lookup" "types of"
6056 .cindex "single-key lookup" "definition of"
6057 Two different types of data lookup are implemented:
6058
6059 .ilist
6060 The &'single-key'& type requires the specification of a file in which to look,
6061 and a single key to search for. The key must be a non-empty string for the
6062 lookup to succeed. The lookup type determines how the file is searched.
6063 .next
6064 .cindex "query-style lookup" "definition of"
6065 The &'query-style'& type accepts a generalized database query. No particular
6066 key value is assumed by Exim for query-style lookups. You can use whichever
6067 Exim variables you need to construct the database query.
6068 .endlist
6069
6070 The code for each lookup type is in a separate source file that is included in
6071 the binary of Exim only if the corresponding compile-time option is set. The
6072 default settings in &_src/EDITME_& are:
6073 .code
6074 LOOKUP_DBM=yes
6075 LOOKUP_LSEARCH=yes
6076 .endd
6077 which means that only linear searching and DBM lookups are included by default.
6078 For some types of lookup (e.g. SQL databases), you need to install appropriate
6079 libraries and header files before building Exim.
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084 .section "Single-key lookup types" "SECTsinglekeylookups"
6085 .cindex "lookup" "single-key types"
6086 .cindex "single-key lookup" "list of types"
6087 The following single-key lookup types are implemented:
6088
6089 .ilist
6090 .cindex "cdb" "description of"
6091 .cindex "lookup" "cdb"
6092 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6093 &(cdb)&: The given file is searched as a Constant DataBase file, using the key
6094 string without a terminating binary zero. The cdb format is designed for
6095 indexed files that are read frequently and never updated, except by total
6096 re-creation. As such, it is particularly suitable for large files containing
6097 aliases or other indexed data referenced by an MTA. Information about cdb can
6098 be found in several places:
6099 .display
6100 &url(http://www.pobox.com/~djb/cdb.html)
6101 &url(ftp://ftp.corpit.ru/pub/tinycdb/)
6102 &url(http://packages.debian.org/stable/utils/freecdb.html)
6103 .endd
6104 A cdb distribution is not needed in order to build Exim with cdb support,
6105 because the code for reading cdb files is included directly in Exim itself.
6106 However, no means of building or testing cdb files is provided with Exim, so
6107 you need to obtain a cdb distribution in order to do this.
6108 .next
6109 .cindex "DBM" "lookup type"
6110 .cindex "lookup" "dbm"
6111 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6112 &(dbm)&: Calls to DBM library functions are used to extract data from the given
6113 DBM file by looking up the record with the given key. A terminating binary
6114 zero is included in the key that is passed to the DBM library. See section
6115 &<<SECTdb>>& for a discussion of DBM libraries.
6116
6117 .cindex "Berkeley DB library" "file format"
6118 For all versions of Berkeley DB, Exim uses the DB_HASH style of database
6119 when building DBM files using the &%exim_dbmbuild%& utility. However, when
6120 using Berkeley DB versions 3 or 4, it opens existing databases for reading with
6121 the DB_UNKNOWN option. This enables it to handle any of the types of database
6122 that the library supports, and can be useful for accessing DBM files created by
6123 other applications. (For earlier DB versions, DB_HASH is always used.)
6124 .next
6125 .cindex "lookup" "dbmnz"
6126 .cindex "lookup" "dbm &-- terminating zero"
6127 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6128 .cindex "Courier"
6129 .cindex "&_/etc/userdbshadow.dat_&"
6130 .cindex "dmbnz lookup type"
6131 &(dbmnz)&: This is the same as &(dbm)&, except that a terminating binary zero
6132 is not included in the key that is passed to the DBM library. You may need this
6133 if you want to look up data in files that are created by or shared with some
6134 other application that does not use terminating zeros. For example, you need to
6135 use &(dbmnz)& rather than &(dbm)& if you want to authenticate incoming SMTP
6136 calls using the passwords from Courier's &_/etc/userdbshadow.dat_& file. Exim's
6137 utility program for creating DBM files (&'exim_dbmbuild'&) includes the zeros
6138 by default, but has an option to omit them (see section &<<SECTdbmbuild>>&).
6139 .next
6140 .cindex "lookup" "dsearch"
6141 .cindex "dsearch lookup type"
6142 &(dsearch)&: The given file must be a directory; this is searched for a file
6143 whose name is the key. The key may not contain any forward slash characters.
6144 The result of a successful lookup is the name of the file. An example of how
6145 this lookup can be used to support virtual domains is given in section
6146 &<<SECTvirtualdomains>>&.
6147 .next
6148 .cindex "lookup" "iplsearch"
6149 .cindex "iplsearch lookup type"
6150 &(iplsearch)&: The given file is a text file containing keys and data. A key is
6151 terminated by a colon or white space or the end of the line. The keys in the
6152 file must be IP addresses, or IP addresses with CIDR masks. Keys that involve
6153 IPv6 addresses must be enclosed in quotes to prevent the first internal colon
6154 being interpreted as a key terminator. For example:
6155 .code
6156 1.2.3.4: data for 1.2.3.4
6157 192.168.0.0/16 data for 192.168.0.0/16
6158 "abcd::cdab": data for abcd::cdab
6159 "abcd:abcd::/32" data for abcd:abcd::/32
6160 .endd
6161 The key for an &(iplsearch)& lookup must be an IP address (without a mask). The
6162 file is searched linearly, using the CIDR masks where present, until a matching
6163 key is found. The first key that matches is used; there is no attempt to find a
6164 &"best"& match. Apart from the way the keys are matched, the processing for
6165 &(iplsearch)& is the same as for &(lsearch)&.
6166
6167 &*Warning 1*&: Unlike most other single-key lookup types, a file of data for
6168 &(iplsearch)& can &'not'& be turned into a DBM or cdb file, because those
6169 lookup types support only literal keys.
6170
6171 &*Warning 2*&: In a host list, you must always use &(net-iplsearch)& so that
6172 the implicit key is the host's IP address rather than its name (see section
6173 &<<SECThoslispatsikey>>&).
6174 .next
6175 .cindex "linear search"
6176 .cindex "lookup" "lsearch"
6177 .cindex "lsearch lookup type"
6178 .cindex "case sensitivity" "in lsearch lookup"
6179 &(lsearch)&: The given file is a text file that is searched linearly for a
6180 line beginning with the search key, terminated by a colon or white space or the
6181 end of the line. The search is case-insensitive; that is, upper and lower case
6182 letters are treated as the same. The first occurrence of the key that is found
6183 in the file is used.
6184
6185 White space between the key and the colon is permitted. The remainder of the
6186 line, with leading and trailing white space removed, is the data. This can be
6187 continued onto subsequent lines by starting them with any amount of white
6188 space, but only a single space character is included in the data at such a
6189 junction. If the data begins with a colon, the key must be terminated by a
6190 colon, for example:
6191 .code
6192 baduser: :fail:
6193 .endd
6194 Empty lines and lines beginning with # are ignored, even if they occur in the
6195 middle of an item. This is the traditional textual format of alias files. Note
6196 that the keys in an &(lsearch)& file are literal strings. There is no
6197 wildcarding of any kind.
6198
6199 .cindex "lookup" "lsearch &-- colons in keys"
6200 .cindex "white space" "in lsearch key"
6201 In most &(lsearch)& files, keys are not required to contain colons or #
6202 characters, or white space. However, if you need this feature, it is available.
6203 If a key begins with a doublequote character, it is terminated only by a
6204 matching quote (or end of line), and the normal escaping rules apply to its
6205 contents (see section &<<SECTstrings>>&). An optional colon is permitted after
6206 quoted keys (exactly as for unquoted keys). There is no special handling of
6207 quotes for the data part of an &(lsearch)& line.
6208
6209 .next
6210 .cindex "NIS lookup type"
6211 .cindex "lookup" "NIS"
6212 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
6213 &(nis)&: The given file is the name of a NIS map, and a NIS lookup is done with
6214 the given key, without a terminating binary zero. There is a variant called
6215 &(nis0)& which does include the terminating binary zero in the key. This is
6216 reportedly needed for Sun-style alias files. Exim does not recognize NIS
6217 aliases; the full map names must be used.
6218
6219 .next
6220 .cindex "wildlsearch lookup type"
6221 .cindex "lookup" "wildlsearch"
6222 .cindex "nwildlsearch lookup type"
6223 .cindex "lookup" "nwildlsearch"
6224 &(wildlsearch)& or &(nwildlsearch)&: These search a file linearly, like
6225 &(lsearch)&, but instead of being interpreted as a literal string, each key in
6226 the file may be wildcarded. The difference between these two lookup types is
6227 that for &(wildlsearch)&, each key in the file is string-expanded before being
6228 used, whereas for &(nwildlsearch)&, no expansion takes place.
6229
6230 .cindex "case sensitivity" "in (n)wildlsearch lookup"
6231 Like &(lsearch)&, the testing is done case-insensitively. However, keys in the
6232 file that are regular expressions can be made case-sensitive by the use of
6233 &`(-i)`& within the pattern. The following forms of wildcard are recognized:
6234
6235 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
6236 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
6237
6238 .olist
6239 The string may begin with an asterisk to mean &"ends with"&. For example:
6240 .code
6241 *.a.b.c data for anything.a.b.c
6242 *fish data for anythingfish
6243 .endd
6244 .next
6245 The string may begin with a circumflex to indicate a regular expression. For
6246 example, for &(wildlsearch)&:
6247 .code
6248 ^\N\d+\.a\.b\N data for <digits>.a.b
6249 .endd
6250 Note the use of &`\N`& to disable expansion of the contents of the regular
6251 expression. If you are using &(nwildlsearch)&, where the keys are not
6252 string-expanded, the equivalent entry is:
6253 .code
6254 ^\d+\.a\.b data for <digits>.a.b
6255 .endd
6256 The case-insensitive flag is set at the start of compiling the regular
6257 expression, but it can be turned off by using &`(-i)`& at an appropriate point.
6258 For example, to make the entire pattern case-sensitive:
6259 .code
6260 ^(?-i)\d+\.a\.b data for <digits>.a.b
6261 .endd
6262
6263 If the regular expression contains white space or colon characters, you must
6264 either quote it (see &(lsearch)& above), or represent these characters in other
6265 ways. For example, &`\s`& can be used for white space and &`\x3A`& for a
6266 colon. This may be easier than quoting, because if you quote, you have to
6267 escape all the backslashes inside the quotes.
6268
6269 &*Note*&: It is not possible to capture substrings in a regular expression
6270 match for later use, because the results of all lookups are cached. If a lookup
6271 is repeated, the result is taken from the cache, and no actual pattern matching
6272 takes place. The values of all the numeric variables are unset after a
6273 &((n)wildlsearch)& match.
6274
6275 .next
6276 Although I cannot see it being of much use, the general matching function that
6277 is used to implement &((n)wildlsearch)& means that the string may begin with a
6278 lookup name terminated by a semicolon, and followed by lookup data. For
6279 example:
6280 .code
6281 cdb;/some/file data for keys that match the file
6282 .endd
6283 The data that is obtained from the nested lookup is discarded.
6284 .endlist olist
6285
6286 Keys that do not match any of these patterns are interpreted literally. The
6287 continuation rules for the data are the same as for &(lsearch)&, and keys may
6288 be followed by optional colons.
6289
6290 &*Warning*&: Unlike most other single-key lookup types, a file of data for
6291 &((n)wildlsearch)& can &'not'& be turned into a DBM or cdb file, because those
6292 lookup types support only literal keys.
6293 .endlist ilist
6294
6295
6296 .section "Query-style lookup types" "SECID62"
6297 .cindex "lookup" "query-style types"
6298 .cindex "query-style lookup" "list of types"
6299 The supported query-style lookup types are listed below. Further details about
6300 many of them are given in later sections.
6301
6302 .ilist
6303 .cindex "DNS" "as a lookup type"
6304 .cindex "lookup" "DNS"
6305 &(dnsdb)&: This does a DNS search for one or more records whose domain names
6306 are given in the supplied query. The resulting data is the contents of the
6307 records. See section &<<SECTdnsdb>>&.
6308 .next
6309 .cindex "InterBase lookup type"
6310 .cindex "lookup" "InterBase"
6311 &(ibase)&: This does a lookup in an InterBase database.
6312 .next
6313 .cindex "LDAP" "lookup type"
6314 .cindex "lookup" "LDAP"
6315 &(ldap)&: This does an LDAP lookup using a query in the form of a URL, and
6316 returns attributes from a single entry. There is a variant called &(ldapm)&
6317 that permits values from multiple entries to be returned. A third variant
6318 called &(ldapdn)& returns the Distinguished Name of a single entry instead of
6319 any attribute values. See section &<<SECTldap>>&.
6320 .next
6321 .cindex "MySQL" "lookup type"
6322 .cindex "lookup" "MySQL"
6323 &(mysql)&: The format of the query is an SQL statement that is passed to a
6324 MySQL database. See section &<<SECTsql>>&.
6325 .next
6326 .cindex "NIS+ lookup type"
6327 .cindex "lookup" "NIS+"
6328 &(nisplus)&: This does a NIS+ lookup using a query that can specify the name of
6329 the field to be returned. See section &<<SECTnisplus>>&.
6330 .next
6331 .cindex "Oracle" "lookup type"
6332 .cindex "lookup" "Oracle"
6333 &(oracle)&: The format of the query is an SQL statement that is passed to an
6334 Oracle database. See section &<<SECTsql>>&.
6335 .next
6336 .cindex "lookup" "passwd"
6337 .cindex "passwd lookup type"
6338 .cindex "&_/etc/passwd_&"
6339 &(passwd)& is a query-style lookup with queries that are just user names. The
6340 lookup calls &[getpwnam()]& to interrogate the system password data, and on
6341 success, the result string is the same as you would get from an &(lsearch)&
6342 lookup on a traditional &_/etc/passwd file_&, though with &`*`& for the
6343 password value. For example:
6344 .code
6345 *:42:42:King Rat:/home/kr:/bin/bash
6346 .endd
6347 .next
6348 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type"
6349 .cindex "lookup" "PostgreSQL"
6350 &(pgsql)&: The format of the query is an SQL statement that is passed to a
6351 PostgreSQL database. See section &<<SECTsql>>&.
6352
6353 .next
6354 .cindex "sqlite lookup type"
6355 .cindex "lookup" "sqlite"
6356 &(sqlite)&: The format of the query is a file name followed by an SQL statement
6357 that is passed to an SQLite database. See section &<<SECTsqlite>>&.
6358
6359 .next
6360 &(testdb)&: This is a lookup type that is used for testing Exim. It is
6361 not likely to be useful in normal operation.
6362 .next
6363 .cindex "whoson lookup type"
6364 .cindex "lookup" "whoson"
6365 .new
6366 &(whoson)&: &'Whoson'& (&url(http://whoson.sourceforge.net)) is a protocol that
6367 allows a server to check whether a particular (dynamically allocated) IP
6368 address is currently allocated to a known (trusted) user and, optionally, to
6369 obtain the identity of the said user. For SMTP servers, &'Whoson'& was popular
6370 at one time for &"POP before SMTP"& authentication, but that approach has been
6371 superseded by SMTP authentication. In Exim, &'Whoson'& can be used to implement
6372 &"POP before SMTP"& checking using ACL statements such as
6373 .code
6374 require condition = \
6375 ${lookup whoson {$sender_host_address}{yes}{no}}
6376 .endd
6377 The query consists of a single IP address. The value returned is the name of
6378 the authenticated user, which is stored in the variable &$value$&. However, in
6379 this example, the data in &$value$& is not used; the result of the lookup is
6380 one of the fixed strings &"yes"& or &"no"&.
6381 .wen
6382 .endlist
6383
6384
6385
6386 .section "Temporary errors in lookups" "SECID63"
6387 .cindex "lookup" "temporary error in"
6388 Lookup functions can return temporary error codes if the lookup cannot be
6389 completed. For example, an SQL or LDAP database might be unavailable. For this
6390 reason, it is not advisable to use a lookup that might do this for critical
6391 options such as a list of local domains.
6392
6393 When a lookup cannot be completed in a router or transport, delivery
6394 of the message (to the relevant address) is deferred, as for any other
6395 temporary error. In other circumstances Exim may assume the lookup has failed,
6396 or may give up altogether.
6397
6398
6399
6400 .section "Default values in single-key lookups" "SECTdefaultvaluelookups"
6401 .cindex "wildcard lookups"
6402 .cindex "lookup" "default values"
6403 .cindex "lookup" "wildcard"
6404 .cindex "lookup" "* added to type"
6405 .cindex "default" "in single-key lookups"
6406 In this context, a &"default value"& is a value specified by the administrator
6407 that is to be used if a lookup fails.
6408
6409 &*Note:*& This section applies only to single-key lookups. For query-style
6410 lookups, the facilities of the query language must be used. An attempt to
6411 specify a default for a query-style lookup provokes an error.
6412
6413 If &"*"& is added to a single-key lookup type (for example, &%lsearch*%&)
6414 and the initial lookup fails, the key &"*"& is looked up in the file to
6415 provide a default value. See also the section on partial matching below.
6416
6417 .cindex "*@ with single-key lookup"
6418 .cindex "lookup" "*@ added to type"
6419 .cindex "alias file" "per-domain default"
6420 Alternatively, if &"*@"& is added to a single-key lookup type (for example
6421 &%dbm*@%&) then, if the initial lookup fails and the key contains an @
6422 character, a second lookup is done with everything before the last @ replaced
6423 by *. This makes it possible to provide per-domain defaults in alias files
6424 that include the domains in the keys. If the second lookup fails (or doesn't
6425 take place because there is no @ in the key), &"*"& is looked up.
6426 For example, a &(redirect)& router might contain:
6427 .code
6428 data = ${lookup{$local_part@$domain}lsearch*@{/etc/mix-aliases}}
6429 .endd
6430 Suppose the address that is being processed is &'jane@eyre.example'&. Exim
6431 looks up these keys, in this order:
6432 .code
6433 jane@eyre.example
6434 *@eyre.example
6435 *
6436 .endd
6437 The data is taken from whichever key it finds first. &*Note*&: In an
6438 &(lsearch)& file, this does not mean the first of these keys in the file. A
6439 complete scan is done for each key, and only if it is not found at all does
6440 Exim move on to try the next key.
6441
6442
6443
6444 .section "Partial matching in single-key lookups" "SECTpartiallookup"
6445 .cindex "partial matching"
6446 .cindex "wildcard lookups"
6447 .cindex "lookup" "partial matching"
6448 .cindex "lookup" "wildcard"
6449 .cindex "asterisk" "in search type"
6450 The normal operation of a single-key lookup is to search the file for an exact
6451 match with the given key. However, in a number of situations where domains are
6452 being looked up, it is useful to be able to do partial matching. In this case,
6453 information in the file that has a key starting with &"*."& is matched by any
6454 domain that ends with the components that follow the full stop. For example, if
6455 a key in a DBM file is
6456 .code
6457 *.dates.fict.example
6458 .endd
6459 then when partial matching is enabled this is matched by (amongst others)
6460 &'2001.dates.fict.example'& and &'1984.dates.fict.example'&. It is also matched
6461 by &'dates.fict.example'&, if that does not appear as a separate key in the
6462 file.
6463
6464 &*Note*&: Partial matching is not available for query-style lookups. It is
6465 also not available for any lookup items in address lists (see section
6466 &<<SECTaddresslist>>&).
6467
6468 Partial matching is implemented by doing a series of separate lookups using
6469 keys constructed by modifying the original subject key. This means that it can
6470 be used with any of the single-key lookup types, provided that
6471 partial matching keys
6472 beginning with a special prefix (default &"*."&) are included in the data file.
6473 Keys in the file that do not begin with the prefix are matched only by
6474 unmodified subject keys when partial matching is in use.
6475
6476 Partial matching is requested by adding the string &"partial-"& to the front of
6477 the name of a single-key lookup type, for example, &%partial-dbm%&. When this
6478 is done, the subject key is first looked up unmodified; if that fails, &"*."&
6479 is added at the start of the subject key, and it is looked up again. If that
6480 fails, further lookups are tried with dot-separated components removed from the
6481 start of the subject key, one-by-one, and &"*."& added on the front of what
6482 remains.
6483
6484 A minimum number of two non-* components are required. This can be adjusted
6485 by including a number before the hyphen in the search type. For example,
6486 &%partial3-lsearch%& specifies a minimum of three non-* components in the
6487 modified keys. Omitting the number is equivalent to &"partial2-"&. If the
6488 subject key is &'2250.dates.fict.example'& then the following keys are looked
6489 up when the minimum number of non-* components is two:
6490 .code
6491 2250.dates.fict.example
6492 *.2250.dates.fict.example
6493 *.dates.fict.example
6494 *.fict.example
6495 .endd
6496 As soon as one key in the sequence is successfully looked up, the lookup
6497 finishes.
6498
6499 .cindex "lookup" "partial matching &-- changing prefix"
6500 .cindex "prefix" "for partial matching"
6501 The use of &"*."& as the partial matching prefix is a default that can be
6502 changed. The motivation for this feature is to allow Exim to operate with file
6503 formats that are used by other MTAs. A different prefix can be supplied in
6504 parentheses instead of the hyphen after &"partial"&. For example:
6505 .code
6506 domains = partial(.)lsearch;/some/file
6507 .endd
6508 In this example, if the domain is &'a.b.c'&, the sequence of lookups is
6509 &`a.b.c`&, &`.a.b.c`&, and &`.b.c`& (the default minimum of 2 non-wild
6510 components is unchanged). The prefix may consist of any punctuation characters
6511 other than a closing parenthesis. It may be empty, for example:
6512 .code
6513 domains = partial1()cdb;/some/file
6514 .endd
6515 For this example, if the domain is &'a.b.c'&, the sequence of lookups is
6516 &`a.b.c`&, &`b.c`&, and &`c`&.
6517
6518 If &"partial0"& is specified, what happens at the end (when the lookup with
6519 just one non-wild component has failed, and the original key is shortened right
6520 down to the null string) depends on the prefix:
6521
6522 .ilist
6523 If the prefix has zero length, the whole lookup fails.
6524 .next
6525 If the prefix has length 1, a lookup for just the prefix is done. For
6526 example, the final lookup for &"partial0(.)"& is for &`.`& alone.
6527 .next
6528 Otherwise, if the prefix ends in a dot, the dot is removed, and the
6529 remainder is looked up. With the default prefix, therefore, the final lookup is
6530 for &"*"& on its own.
6531 .next
6532 Otherwise, the whole prefix is looked up.
6533 .endlist
6534
6535
6536 If the search type ends in &"*"& or &"*@"& (see section
6537 &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>& above), the search for an ultimate default that
6538 this implies happens after all partial lookups have failed. If &"partial0"& is
6539 specified, adding &"*"& to the search type has no effect with the default
6540 prefix, because the &"*"& key is already included in the sequence of partial
6541 lookups. However, there might be a use for lookup types such as
6542 &"partial0(.)lsearch*"&.
6543
6544 The use of &"*"& in lookup partial matching differs from its use as a wildcard
6545 in domain lists and the like. Partial matching works only in terms of
6546 dot-separated components; a key such as &`*fict.example`&
6547 in a database file is useless, because the asterisk in a partial matching
6548 subject key is always followed by a dot.
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553 .section "Lookup caching" "SECID64"
6554 .cindex "lookup" "caching"
6555 .cindex "caching" "lookup data"
6556 Exim caches all lookup results in order to avoid needless repetition of
6557 lookups. However, because (apart from the daemon) Exim operates as a collection
6558 of independent, short-lived processes, this caching applies only within a
6559 single Exim process. There is no inter-process lookup caching facility.
6560
6561 For single-key lookups, Exim keeps the relevant files open in case there is
6562 another lookup that needs them. In some types of configuration this can lead to
6563 many files being kept open for messages with many recipients. To avoid hitting
6564 the operating system limit on the number of simultaneously open files, Exim
6565 closes the least recently used file when it needs to open more files than its
6566 own internal limit, which can be changed via the &%lookup_open_max%& option.
6567
6568 The single-key lookup files are closed and the lookup caches are flushed at
6569 strategic points during delivery &-- for example, after all routing is
6570 complete.
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575 .section "Quoting lookup data" "SECID65"
6576 .cindex "lookup" "quoting"
6577 .cindex "quoting" "in lookups"
6578 When data from an incoming message is included in a query-style lookup, there
6579 is the possibility of special characters in the data messing up the syntax of
6580 the query. For example, a NIS+ query that contains
6581 .code
6582 [name=$local_part]
6583 .endd
6584 will be broken if the local part happens to contain a closing square bracket.
6585 For NIS+, data can be enclosed in double quotes like this:
6586 .code
6587 [name="$local_part"]
6588 .endd
6589 but this still leaves the problem of a double quote in the data. The rule for
6590 NIS+ is that double quotes must be doubled. Other lookup types have different
6591 rules, and to cope with the differing requirements, an expansion operator
6592 of the following form is provided:
6593 .code
6594 ${quote_<lookup-type>:<string>}
6595 .endd
6596 For example, the safest way to write the NIS+ query is
6597 .code
6598 [name="${quote_nisplus:$local_part}"]
6599 .endd
6600 See chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>& for full coverage of string expansions. The quote
6601 operator can be used for all lookup types, but has no effect for single-key
6602 lookups, since no quoting is ever needed in their key strings.
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607 .section "More about dnsdb" "SECTdnsdb"
6608 .cindex "dnsdb lookup"
6609 .cindex "lookup" "dnsdb"
6610 .cindex "DNS" "as a lookup type"
6611 The &(dnsdb)& lookup type uses the DNS as its database. A simple query consists
6612 of a record type and a domain name, separated by an equals sign. For example,
6613 an expansion string could contain:
6614 .code
6615 ${lookup dnsdb{mx=a.b.example}{$value}fail}
6616 .endd
6617 If the lookup succeeds, the result is placed in &$value$&, which in this case
6618 is used on its own as the result. If the lookup does not succeed, the
6619 &`fail`& keyword causes a &'forced expansion failure'& &-- see section
6620 &<<SECTforexpfai>>& for an explanation of what this means.
6621
6622 The supported DNS record types are A, CNAME, MX, NS, PTR, SRV, and TXT, and,
6623 when Exim is compiled with IPv6 support, AAAA (and A6 if that is also
6624 configured). If no type is given, TXT is assumed. When the type is PTR,
6625 the data can be an IP address, written as normal; inversion and the addition of
6626 &%in-addr.arpa%& or &%ip6.arpa%& happens automatically. For example:
6627 .code
6628 ${lookup dnsdb{ptr=192.168.4.5}{$value}fail}
6629 .endd
6630 If the data for a PTR record is not a syntactically valid IP address, it is not
6631 altered and nothing is added.
6632
6633 .cindex "MX record" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6634 .cindex "SRV record" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6635 For an MX lookup, both the preference value and the host name are returned for
6636 each record, separated by a space. For an SRV lookup, the priority, weight,
6637 port, and host name are returned for each record, separated by spaces.
6638
6639 For any record type, if multiple records are found (or, for A6 lookups, if a
6640 single record leads to multiple addresses), the data is returned as a
6641 concatenation, with newline as the default separator. The order, of course,
6642 depends on the DNS resolver. You can specify a different separator character
6643 between multiple records by putting a right angle-bracket followed immediately
6644 by the new separator at the start of the query. For example:
6645 .code
6646 ${lookup dnsdb{>: a=host1.example}}
6647 .endd
6648 It is permitted to specify a space as the separator character. Further
6649 white space is ignored.
6650
6651 .section "Pseudo dnsdb record types" "SECID66"
6652 .cindex "MX record" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6653 By default, both the preference value and the host name are returned for
6654 each MX record, separated by a space. If you want only host names, you can use
6655 the pseudo-type MXH:
6656 .code
6657 ${lookup dnsdb{mxh=a.b.example}}
6658 .endd
6659 In this case, the preference values are omitted, and just the host names are
6660 returned.
6661
6662 .cindex "name server for enclosing domain"
6663 Another pseudo-type is ZNS (for &"zone NS"&). It performs a lookup for NS
6664 records on the given domain, but if none are found, it removes the first
6665 component of the domain name, and tries again. This process continues until NS
6666 records are found or there are no more components left (or there is a DNS
6667 error). In other words, it may return the name servers for a top-level domain,
6668 but it never returns the root name servers. If there are no NS records for the
6669 top-level domain, the lookup fails. Consider these examples:
6670 .code
6671 ${lookup dnsdb{zns=xxx.quercite.com}}
6672 ${lookup dnsdb{zns=xxx.edu}}
6673 .endd
6674 Assuming that in each case there are no NS records for the full domain name,
6675 the first returns the name servers for &%quercite.com%&, and the second returns
6676 the name servers for &%edu%&.
6677
6678 You should be careful about how you use this lookup because, unless the
6679 top-level domain does not exist, the lookup always returns some host names. The
6680 sort of use to which this might be put is for seeing if the name servers for a
6681 given domain are on a blacklist. You can probably assume that the name servers
6682 for the high-level domains such as &%com%& or &%co.uk%& are not going to be on
6683 such a list.
6684
6685 .cindex "CSA" "in &(dnsdb)& lookup"
6686 A third pseudo-type is CSA (Client SMTP Authorization). This looks up SRV
6687 records according to the CSA rules, which are described in section
6688 &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&. Although &(dnsdb)& supports SRV lookups directly, this is
6689 not sufficient because of the extra parent domain search behaviour of CSA. The
6690 result of a successful lookup such as:
6691 .code
6692 ${lookup dnsdb {csa=$sender_helo_name}}
6693 .endd
6694 has two space-separated fields: an authorization code and a target host name.
6695 The authorization code can be &"Y"& for yes, &"N"& for no, &"X"& for explicit
6696 authorization required but absent, or &"?"& for unknown.
6697
6698
6699 .section "Multiple dnsdb lookups" "SECID67"
6700 In the previous sections, &(dnsdb)& lookups for a single domain are described.
6701 However, you can specify a list of domains or IP addresses in a single
6702 &(dnsdb)& lookup. The list is specified in the normal Exim way, with colon as
6703 the default separator, but with the ability to change this. For example:
6704 .code
6705 ${lookup dnsdb{one.domain.com:two.domain.com}}
6706 ${lookup dnsdb{a=one.host.com:two.host.com}}
6707 ${lookup dnsdb{ptr = <; 1.2.3.4 ; 4.5.6.8}}
6708 .endd
6709 In order to retain backwards compatibility, there is one special case: if
6710 the lookup type is PTR and no change of separator is specified, Exim looks
6711 to see if the rest of the string is precisely one IPv6 address. In this
6712 case, it does not treat it as a list.
6713
6714 The data from each lookup is concatenated, with newline separators by default,
6715 in the same way that multiple DNS records for a single item are handled. A
6716 different separator can be specified, as described above.
6717
6718 The &(dnsdb)& lookup fails only if all the DNS lookups fail. If there is a
6719 temporary DNS error for any of them, the behaviour is controlled by
6720 an optional keyword followed by a comma that may appear before the record
6721 type. The possible keywords are &"defer_strict"&, &"defer_never"&, and
6722 &"defer_lax"&. With &"strict"& behaviour, any temporary DNS error causes the
6723 whole lookup to defer. With &"never"& behaviour, a temporary DNS error is
6724 ignored, and the behaviour is as if the DNS lookup failed to find anything.
6725 With &"lax"& behaviour, all the queries are attempted, but a temporary DNS
6726 error causes the whole lookup to defer only if none of the other lookups
6727 succeed. The default is &"lax"&, so the following lookups are equivalent:
6728 .code
6729 ${lookup dnsdb{defer_lax,a=one.host.com:two.host.com}}
6730 ${lookup dnsdb{a=one.host.com:two.host.com}}
6731 .endd
6732 Thus, in the default case, as long as at least one of the DNS lookups
6733 yields some data, the lookup succeeds.
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738 .section "More about LDAP" "SECTldap"
6739 .cindex "LDAP" "lookup, more about"
6740 .cindex "lookup" "LDAP"
6741 .cindex "Solaris" "LDAP"
6742 The original LDAP implementation came from the University of Michigan; this has
6743 become &"Open LDAP"&, and there are now two different releases. Another
6744 implementation comes from Netscape, and Solaris 7 and subsequent releases
6745 contain inbuilt LDAP support. Unfortunately, though these are all compatible at
6746 the lookup function level, their error handling is different. For this reason
6747 it is necessary to set a compile-time variable when building Exim with LDAP, to
6748 indicate which LDAP library is in use. One of the following should appear in
6749 your &_Local/Makefile_&:
6750 .code
6751 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=UMICHIGAN
6752 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=OPENLDAP1
6753 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=OPENLDAP2
6754 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=NETSCAPE
6755 LDAP_LIB_TYPE=SOLARIS
6756 .endd
6757 If LDAP_LIB_TYPE is not set, Exim assumes &`OPENLDAP1`&, which has the
6758 same interface as the University of Michigan version.
6759
6760 There are three LDAP lookup types in Exim. These behave slightly differently in
6761 the way they handle the results of a query:
6762
6763 .ilist
6764 &(ldap)& requires the result to contain just one entry; if there are more, it
6765 gives an error.
6766 .next
6767 &(ldapdn)& also requires the result to contain just one entry, but it is the
6768 Distinguished Name that is returned rather than any attribute values.
6769 .next
6770 &(ldapm)& permits the result to contain more than one entry; the attributes
6771 from all of them are returned.
6772 .endlist
6773
6774
6775 For &(ldap)& and &(ldapm)&, if a query finds only entries with no attributes,
6776 Exim behaves as if the entry did not exist, and the lookup fails. The format of
6777 the data returned by a successful lookup is described in the next section.
6778 First we explain how LDAP queries are coded.
6779
6780
6781 .section "Format of LDAP queries" "SECTforldaque"
6782 .cindex "LDAP" "query format"
6783 An LDAP query takes the form of a URL as defined in RFC 2255. For example, in
6784 the configuration of a &(redirect)& router one might have this setting:
6785 .code
6786 data = ${lookup ldap \
6787 {ldap:///cn=$local_part,o=University%20of%20Cambridge,\
6788 c=UK?mailbox?base?}}
6789 .endd
6790 .cindex "LDAP" "with TLS"
6791 The URL may begin with &`ldap`& or &`ldaps`& if your LDAP library supports
6792 secure (encrypted) LDAP connections. The second of these ensures that an
6793 encrypted TLS connection is used.
6794
6795
6796 .section "LDAP quoting" "SECID68"
6797 .cindex "LDAP" "quoting"
6798 Two levels of quoting are required in LDAP queries, the first for LDAP itself
6799 and the second because the LDAP query is represented as a URL. Furthermore,
6800 within an LDAP query, two different kinds of quoting are required. For this
6801 reason, there are two different LDAP-specific quoting operators.
6802
6803 The &%quote_ldap%& operator is designed for use on strings that are part of
6804 filter specifications. Conceptually, it first does the following conversions on
6805 the string:
6806 .code
6807 * => \2A
6808 ( => \28
6809 ) => \29
6810 \ => \5C
6811 .endd
6812 in accordance with RFC 2254. The resulting string is then quoted according
6813 to the rules for URLs, that is, all non-alphanumeric characters except
6814 .code
6815 ! $ ' - . _ ( ) * +
6816 .endd
6817 are converted to their hex values, preceded by a percent sign. For example:
6818 .code
6819 ${quote_ldap: a(bc)*, a<yz>; }
6820 .endd
6821 yields
6822 .code
6823 %20a%5C28bc%5C29%5C2A%2C%20a%3Cyz%3E%3B%20
6824 .endd
6825 Removing the URL quoting, this is (with a leading and a trailing space):
6826 .code
6827 a\28bc\29\2A, a<yz>;
6828 .endd
6829 The &%quote_ldap_dn%& operator is designed for use on strings that are part of
6830 base DN specifications in queries. Conceptually, it first converts the string
6831 by inserting a backslash in front of any of the following characters:
6832 .code
6833 , + " \ < > ;
6834 .endd
6835 It also inserts a backslash before any leading spaces or # characters, and
6836 before any trailing spaces. (These rules are in RFC 2253.) The resulting string
6837 is then quoted according to the rules for URLs. For example:
6838 .code
6839 ${quote_ldap_dn: a(bc)*, a<yz>; }
6840 .endd
6841 yields
6842 .code
6843 %5C%20a(bc)*%5C%2C%20a%5C%3Cyz%5C%3E%5C%3B%5C%20
6844 .endd
6845 Removing the URL quoting, this is (with a trailing space):
6846 .code
6847 \ a(bc)*\, a\<yz\>\;\
6848 .endd
6849 There are some further comments about quoting in the section on LDAP
6850 authentication below.
6851
6852
6853 .section "LDAP connections" "SECID69"
6854 .cindex "LDAP" "connections"
6855 The connection to an LDAP server may either be over TCP/IP, or, when OpenLDAP
6856 is in use, via a Unix domain socket. The example given above does not specify
6857 an LDAP server. A server that is reached by TCP/IP can be specified in a query
6858 by starting it with
6859 .code
6860 ldap://<hostname>:<port>/...
6861 .endd
6862 If the port (and preceding colon) are omitted, the standard LDAP port (389) is
6863 used. When no server is specified in a query, a list of default servers is
6864 taken from the &%ldap_default_servers%& configuration option. This supplies a
6865 colon-separated list of servers which are tried in turn until one successfully
6866 handles a query, or there is a serious error. Successful handling either
6867 returns the requested data, or indicates that it does not exist. Serious errors
6868 are syntactical, or multiple values when only a single value is expected.
6869 Errors which cause the next server to be tried are connection failures, bind
6870 failures, and timeouts.
6871
6872 For each server name in the list, a port number can be given. The standard way
6873 of specifying a host and port is to use a colon separator (RFC 1738). Because
6874 &%ldap_default_servers%& is a colon-separated list, such colons have to be
6875 doubled. For example
6876 .code
6877 ldap_default_servers = ldap1.example.com::145:ldap2.example.com
6878 .endd
6879 If &%ldap_default_servers%& is unset, a URL with no server name is passed
6880 to the LDAP library with no server name, and the library's default (normally
6881 the local host) is used.
6882
6883 If you are using the OpenLDAP library, you can connect to an LDAP server using
6884 a Unix domain socket instead of a TCP/IP connection. This is specified by using
6885 &`ldapi`& instead of &`ldap`& in LDAP queries. What follows here applies only
6886 to OpenLDAP. If Exim is compiled with a different LDAP library, this feature is
6887 not available.
6888
6889 For this type of connection, instead of a host name for the server, a pathname
6890 for the socket is required, and the port number is not relevant. The pathname
6891 can be specified either as an item in &%ldap_default_servers%&, or inline in
6892 the query. In the former case, you can have settings such as
6893 .code
6894 ldap_default_servers = /tmp/ldap.sock : backup.ldap.your.domain
6895 .endd
6896 When the pathname is given in the query, you have to escape the slashes as
6897 &`%2F`& to fit in with the LDAP URL syntax. For example:
6898 .code
6899 ${lookup ldap {ldapi://%2Ftmp%2Fldap.sock/o=...
6900 .endd
6901 When Exim processes an LDAP lookup and finds that the &"hostname"& is really
6902 a pathname, it uses the Unix domain socket code, even if the query actually
6903 specifies &`ldap`& or &`ldaps`&. In particular, no encryption is used for a
6904 socket connection. This behaviour means that you can use a setting of
6905 &%ldap_default_servers%& such as in the example above with traditional &`ldap`&
6906 or &`ldaps`& queries, and it will work. First, Exim tries a connection via
6907 the Unix domain socket; if that fails, it tries a TCP/IP connection to the
6908 backup host.
6909
6910 If an explicit &`ldapi`& type is given in a query when a host name is
6911 specified, an error is diagnosed. However, if there are more items in
6912 &%ldap_default_servers%&, they are tried. In other words:
6913
6914 .ilist
6915 Using a pathname with &`ldap`& or &`ldaps`& forces the use of the Unix domain
6916 interface.
6917 .next
6918 Using &`ldapi`& with a host name causes an error.
6919 .endlist
6920
6921
6922 Using &`ldapi`& with no host or path in the query, and no setting of
6923 &%ldap_default_servers%&, does whatever the library does by default.
6924
6925
6926
6927 .section "LDAP authentication and control information" "SECID70"
6928 .cindex "LDAP" "authentication"
6929 The LDAP URL syntax provides no way of passing authentication and other control
6930 information to the server. To make this possible, the URL in an LDAP query may
6931 be preceded by any number of <&'name'&>=<&'value'&> settings, separated by
6932 spaces. If a value contains spaces it must be enclosed in double quotes, and
6933 when double quotes are used, backslash is interpreted in the usual way inside
6934 them. The following names are recognized:
6935 .display
6936 &`DEREFERENCE`& set the dereferencing parameter
6937 &`NETTIME `& set a timeout for a network operation
6938 &`USER `& set the DN, for authenticating the LDAP bind
6939 &`PASS `& set the password, likewise
6940 &`REFERRALS `& set the referrals parameter
6941 &`SIZE `& set the limit for the number of entries returned
6942 &`TIME `& set the maximum waiting time for a query
6943 .endd
6944 The value of the DEREFERENCE parameter must be one of the words &"never"&,
6945 &"searching"&, &"finding"&, or &"always"&. The value of the REFERRALS parameter
6946 must be &"follow"& (the default) or &"nofollow"&. The latter stops the LDAP
6947 library from trying to follow referrals issued by the LDAP server.
6948
6949 The name CONNECT is an obsolete name for NETTIME, retained for
6950 backwards compatibility. This timeout (specified as a number of seconds) is
6951 enforced from the client end for operations that can be carried out over a
6952 network. Specifically, it applies to network connections and calls to the
6953 &'ldap_result()'& function. If the value is greater than zero, it is used if
6954 LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT is defined in the LDAP headers (OpenLDAP), or
6955 if LDAP_X_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT is defined in the LDAP headers (Netscape
6956 SDK 4.1). A value of zero forces an explicit setting of &"no timeout"& for
6957 Netscape SDK; for OpenLDAP no action is taken.
6958
6959 The TIME parameter (also a number of seconds) is passed to the server to
6960 set a server-side limit on the time taken to complete a search.
6961
6962
6963 Here is an example of an LDAP query in an Exim lookup that uses some of these
6964 values. This is a single line, folded to fit on the page:
6965 .code
6966 ${lookup ldap
6967 {user="cn=manager,o=University of Cambridge,c=UK" pass=secret
6968 ldap:///o=University%20of%20Cambridge,c=UK?sn?sub?(cn=foo)}
6969 {$value}fail}
6970 .endd
6971 The encoding of spaces as &`%20`& is a URL thing which should not be done for
6972 any of the auxiliary data. Exim configuration settings that include lookups
6973 which contain password information should be preceded by &"hide"& to prevent
6974 non-admin users from using the &%-bP%& option to see their values.
6975
6976 The auxiliary data items may be given in any order. The default is no
6977 connection timeout (the system timeout is used), no user or password, no limit
6978 on the number of entries returned, and no time limit on queries.
6979
6980 When a DN is quoted in the USER= setting for LDAP authentication, Exim
6981 removes any URL quoting that it may contain before passing it LDAP. Apparently
6982 some libraries do this for themselves, but some do not. Removing the URL
6983 quoting has two advantages:
6984
6985 .ilist
6986 It makes it possible to use the same &%quote_ldap_dn%& expansion for USER=
6987 DNs as with DNs inside actual queries.
6988 .next
6989 It permits spaces inside USER= DNs.
6990 .endlist
6991
6992 For example, a setting such as
6993 .code
6994 USER=cn=${quote_ldap_dn:$1}
6995 .endd
6996 should work even if &$1$& contains spaces.
6997
6998 Expanded data for the PASS= value should be quoted using the &%quote%&
6999 expansion operator, rather than the LDAP quote operators. The only reason this
7000 field needs quoting is to ensure that it conforms to the Exim syntax, which
7001 does not allow unquoted spaces. For example:
7002 .code
7003 PASS=${quote:$3}
7004 .endd
7005 The LDAP authentication mechanism can be used to check passwords as part of
7006 SMTP authentication. See the &%ldapauth%& expansion string condition in chapter
7007 &<<CHAPexpand>>&.
7008
7009
7010
7011 .section "Format of data returned by LDAP" "SECID71"
7012 .cindex "LDAP" "returned data formats"
7013 The &(ldapdn)& lookup type returns the Distinguished Name from a single entry
7014 as a sequence of values, for example
7015 .code
7016 cn=manager, o=University of Cambridge, c=UK
7017 .endd
7018 The &(ldap)& lookup type generates an error if more than one entry matches the
7019 search filter, whereas &(ldapm)& permits this case, and inserts a newline in
7020 the result between the data from different entries. It is possible for multiple
7021 values to be returned for both &(ldap)& and &(ldapm)&, but in the former case
7022 you know that whatever values are returned all came from a single entry in the
7023 directory.
7024
7025 In the common case where you specify a single attribute in your LDAP query, the
7026 result is not quoted, and does not contain the attribute name. If the attribute
7027 has multiple values, they are separated by commas.
7028
7029 If you specify multiple attributes, the result contains space-separated, quoted
7030 strings, each preceded by the attribute name and an equals sign. Within the
7031 quotes, the quote character, backslash, and newline are escaped with
7032 backslashes, and commas are used to separate multiple values for the attribute.
7033 Apart from the escaping, the string within quotes takes the same form as the
7034 output when a single attribute is requested. Specifying no attributes is the
7035 same as specifying all of an entry's attributes.
7036
7037 Here are some examples of the output format. The first line of each pair is an
7038 LDAP query, and the second is the data that is returned. The attribute called
7039 &%attr1%& has two values, whereas &%attr2%& has only one value:
7040 .code
7041 ldap:///o=base?attr1?sub?(uid=fred)
7042 value1.1, value1.2
7043
7044 ldap:///o=base?attr2?sub?(uid=fred)
7045 value two
7046
7047 ldap:///o=base?attr1,attr2?sub?(uid=fred)
7048 attr1="value1.1, value1.2" attr2="value two"
7049
7050 ldap:///o=base??sub?(uid=fred)
7051 objectClass="top" attr1="value1.1, value1.2" attr2="value two"
7052 .endd
7053 The &%extract%& operator in string expansions can be used to pick out
7054 individual fields from data that consists of &'key'&=&'value'& pairs. You can
7055 make use of Exim's &%-be%& option to run expansion tests and thereby check the
7056 results of LDAP lookups.
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061 .section "More about NIS+" "SECTnisplus"
7062 .cindex "NIS+ lookup type"
7063 .cindex "lookup" "NIS+"
7064 NIS+ queries consist of a NIS+ &'indexed name'& followed by an optional colon
7065 and field name. If this is given, the result of a successful query is the
7066 contents of the named field; otherwise the result consists of a concatenation
7067 of &'field-name=field-value'& pairs, separated by spaces. Empty values and
7068 values containing spaces are quoted. For example, the query
7069 .code
7070 [name=mg1456],passwd.org_dir
7071 .endd
7072 might return the string
7073 .code
7074 name=mg1456 passwd="" uid=999 gid=999 gcos="Martin Guerre"
7075 home=/home/mg1456 shell=/bin/bash shadow=""
7076 .endd
7077 (split over two lines here to fit on the page), whereas
7078 .code
7079 [name=mg1456],passwd.org_dir:gcos
7080 .endd
7081 would just return
7082 .code
7083 Martin Guerre
7084 .endd
7085 with no quotes. A NIS+ lookup fails if NIS+ returns more than one table entry
7086 for the given indexed key. The effect of the &%quote_nisplus%& expansion
7087 operator is to double any quote characters within the text.
7088
7089
7090
7091 .section "SQL lookups" "SECTsql"
7092 .cindex "SQL lookup types"
7093 Exim can support lookups in InterBase, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL, and SQLite
7094 databases. Queries for these databases contain SQL statements, so an example
7095 might be
7096 .code
7097 ${lookup mysql{select mailbox from users where id='userx'}\
7098 {$value}fail}
7099 .endd
7100 If the result of the query contains more than one field, the data for each
7101 field in the row is returned, preceded by its name, so the result of
7102 .code
7103 ${lookup pgsql{select home,name from users where id='userx'}\
7104 {$value}}
7105 .endd
7106 might be
7107 .code
7108 home=/home/userx name="Mister X"
7109 .endd
7110 Empty values and values containing spaces are double quoted, with embedded
7111 quotes escaped by a backslash. If the result of the query contains just one
7112 field, the value is passed back verbatim, without a field name, for example:
7113 .code
7114 Mister X
7115 .endd
7116 If the result of the query yields more than one row, it is all concatenated,
7117 with a newline between the data for each row.
7118
7119
7120 .section "More about MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle, and InterBase" "SECID72"
7121 .cindex "MySQL" "lookup type"
7122 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type"
7123 .cindex "lookup" "MySQL"
7124 .cindex "lookup" "PostgreSQL"
7125 .cindex "Oracle" "lookup type"
7126 .cindex "lookup" "Oracle"
7127 .cindex "InterBase lookup type"
7128 .cindex "lookup" "InterBase"
7129 If any MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle, or InterBase lookups are used, the
7130 &%mysql_servers%&, &%pgsql_servers%&, &%oracle_servers%&, or &%ibase_servers%&
7131 option (as appropriate) must be set to a colon-separated list of server
7132 information. Each item in the list is a slash-separated list of four items:
7133 host name, database name, user name, and password. In the case of Oracle, the
7134 host name field is used for the &"service name"&, and the database name field
7135 is not used and should be empty. For example:
7136 .code
7137 hide oracle_servers = oracle.plc.example//userx/abcdwxyz
7138 .endd
7139 Because password data is sensitive, you should always precede the setting with
7140 &"hide"&, to prevent non-admin users from obtaining the setting via the &%-bP%&
7141 option. Here is an example where two MySQL servers are listed:
7142 .code
7143 hide mysql_servers = localhost/users/root/secret:\
7144 otherhost/users/root/othersecret
7145 .endd
7146 For MySQL and PostgreSQL, a host may be specified as <&'name'&>:<&'port'&> but
7147 because this is a colon-separated list, the colon has to be doubled. For each
7148 query, these parameter groups are tried in order until a connection and a query
7149 succeeds.
7150
7151 The &%quote_mysql%&, &%quote_pgsql%&, and &%quote_oracle%& expansion operators
7152 convert newline, tab, carriage return, and backspace to \n, \t, \r, and \b
7153 respectively, and the characters single-quote, double-quote, and backslash
7154 itself are escaped with backslashes. The &%quote_pgsql%& expansion operator, in
7155 addition, escapes the percent and underscore characters. This cannot be done
7156 for MySQL because these escapes are not recognized in contexts where these
7157 characters are not special.
7158
7159
7160 .section "Special MySQL features" "SECID73"
7161 For MySQL, an empty host name or the use of &"localhost"& in &%mysql_servers%&
7162 causes a connection to the server on the local host by means of a Unix domain
7163 socket. An alternate socket can be specified in parentheses. The full syntax of
7164 each item in &%mysql_servers%& is:
7165 .display
7166 <&'hostname'&>::<&'port'&>(<&'socket name'&>)/<&'database'&>/&&&
7167 <&'user'&>/<&'password'&>
7168 .endd
7169 Any of the three sub-parts of the first field can be omitted. For normal use on
7170 the local host it can be left blank or set to just &"localhost"&.
7171
7172 No database need be supplied &-- but if it is absent here, it must be given in
7173 the queries.
7174
7175 If a MySQL query is issued that does not request any data (an insert, update,
7176 or delete command), the result of the lookup is the number of rows affected.
7177
7178 &*Warning*&: This can be misleading. If an update does not actually change
7179 anything (for example, setting a field to the value it already has), the result
7180 is zero because no rows are affected.
7181
7182
7183 .section "Special PostgreSQL features" "SECID74"
7184 PostgreSQL lookups can also use Unix domain socket connections to the database.
7185 This is usually faster and costs less CPU time than a TCP/IP connection.
7186 However it can be used only if the mail server runs on the same machine as the
7187 database server. A configuration line for PostgreSQL via Unix domain sockets
7188 looks like this:
7189 .code
7190 hide pgsql_servers = (/tmp/.s.PGSQL.5432)/db/user/password : ...
7191 .endd
7192 In other words, instead of supplying a host name, a path to the socket is
7193 given. The path name is enclosed in parentheses so that its slashes aren't
7194 visually confused with the delimiters for the other server parameters.
7195
7196 If a PostgreSQL query is issued that does not request any data (an insert,
7197 update, or delete command), the result of the lookup is the number of rows
7198 affected.
7199
7200 .section "More about SQLite" "SECTsqlite"
7201 .cindex "lookup" "SQLite"
7202 .cindex "sqlite lookup type"
7203 SQLite is different to the other SQL lookups because a file name is required in
7204 addition to the SQL query. An SQLite database is a single file, and there is no
7205 daemon as in the other SQL databases. The interface to Exim requires the name
7206 of the file, as an absolute path, to be given at the start of the query. It is
7207 separated from the query by white space. This means that the path name cannot
7208 contain white space. Here is a lookup expansion example:
7209 .code
7210 ${lookup sqlite {/some/thing/sqlitedb \
7211 select name from aliases where id='userx';}}
7212 .endd
7213 In a list, the syntax is similar. For example:
7214 .code
7215 domainlist relay_domains = sqlite;/some/thing/sqlitedb \
7216 select * from relays where ip='$sender_host_address';
7217 .endd
7218 The only character affected by the &%quote_sqlite%& operator is a single
7219 quote, which it doubles.
7220
7221 The SQLite library handles multiple simultaneous accesses to the database
7222 internally. Multiple readers are permitted, but only one process can
7223 update at once. Attempts to access the database while it is being updated
7224 are rejected after a timeout period, during which the SQLite library
7225 waits for the lock to be released. In Exim, the default timeout is set
7226 to 5 seconds, but it can be changed by means of the &%sqlite_lock_timeout%&
7227 option.
7228 .ecindex IIDfidalo1
7229 .ecindex IIDfidalo2
7230
7231
7232 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7233 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7234
7235 .chapter "Domain, host, address, and local part lists" &&&
7236 "CHAPdomhosaddlists" &&&
7237 "Domain, host, and address lists"
7238 .scindex IIDdohoadli "lists of domains; hosts; etc."
7239 A number of Exim configuration options contain lists of domains, hosts,
7240 email addresses, or local parts. For example, the &%hold_domains%& option
7241 contains a list of domains whose delivery is currently suspended. These lists
7242 are also used as data in ACL statements (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&), and as
7243 arguments to expansion conditions such as &%match_domain%&.
7244
7245 Each item in one of these lists is a pattern to be matched against a domain,
7246 host, email address, or local part, respectively. In the sections below, the
7247 different types of pattern for each case are described, but first we cover some
7248 general facilities that apply to all four kinds of list.
7249
7250
7251
7252 .section "Expansion of lists" "SECID75"
7253 .cindex "expansion" "of lists"
7254 Each list is expanded as a single string before it is used. The result of
7255 expansion must be a list, possibly containing empty items, which is split up
7256 into separate items for matching. By default, colon is the separator character,
7257 but this can be varied if necessary. See sections &<<SECTlistconstruct>>& and
7258 &<<SECTempitelis>>& for details of the list syntax; the second of these
7259 discusses the way to specify empty list items.
7260
7261
7262 If the string expansion is forced to fail, Exim behaves as if the item it is
7263 testing (domain, host, address, or local part) is not in the list. Other
7264 expansion failures cause temporary errors.
7265
7266 If an item in a list is a regular expression, backslashes, dollars and possibly
7267 other special characters in the expression must be protected against
7268 misinterpretation by the string expander. The easiest way to do this is to use
7269 the &`\N`& expansion feature to indicate that the contents of the regular
7270 expression should not be expanded. For example, in an ACL you might have:
7271 .code
7272 deny senders = \N^\d{8}\w@.*\.baddomain\.example$\N : \
7273 ${lookup{$domain}lsearch{/badsenders/bydomain}}
7274 .endd
7275 The first item is a regular expression that is protected from expansion by
7276 &`\N`&, whereas the second uses the expansion to obtain a list of unwanted
7277 senders based on the receiving domain.
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282 .section "Negated items in lists" "SECID76"
7283 .cindex "list" "negation"
7284 .cindex "negation" "in lists"
7285 Items in a list may be positive or negative. Negative items are indicated by a
7286 leading exclamation mark, which may be followed by optional white space. A list
7287 defines a set of items (domains, etc). When Exim processes one of these lists,
7288 it is trying to find out whether a domain, host, address, or local part
7289 (respectively) is in the set that is defined by the list. It works like this:
7290
7291 The list is scanned from left to right. If a positive item is matched, the
7292 subject that is being checked is in the set; if a negative item is matched, the
7293 subject is not in the set. If the end of the list is reached without the
7294 subject having matched any of the patterns, it is in the set if the last item
7295 was a negative one, but not if it was a positive one. For example, the list in
7296 .code
7297 domainlist relay_domains = !a.b.c : *.b.c
7298 .endd
7299 matches any domain ending in &'.b.c'& except for &'a.b.c'&. Domains that match
7300 neither &'a.b.c'& nor &'*.b.c'& do not match, because the last item in the
7301 list is positive. However, if the setting were
7302 .code
7303 domainlist relay_domains = !a.b.c
7304 .endd
7305 then all domains other than &'a.b.c'& would match because the last item in the
7306 list is negative. In other words, a list that ends with a negative item behaves
7307 as if it had an extra item &`:*`& on the end.
7308
7309 Another way of thinking about positive and negative items in lists is to read
7310 the connector as &"or"& after a positive item and as &"and"& after a negative
7311 item.
7312
7313
7314
7315 .section "File names in lists" "SECTfilnamlis"
7316 .cindex "list" "file name in"
7317 If an item in a domain, host, address, or local part list is an absolute file
7318 name (beginning with a slash character), each line of the file is read and
7319 processed as if it were an independent item in the list, except that further
7320 file names are not allowed,
7321 and no expansion of the data from the file takes place.
7322 Empty lines in the file are ignored, and the file may also contain comment
7323 lines:
7324
7325 .ilist
7326 For domain and host lists, if a # character appears anywhere in a line of the
7327 file, it and all following characters are ignored.
7328 .next
7329 Because local parts may legitimately contain # characters, a comment in an
7330 address list or local part list file is recognized only if # is preceded by
7331 white space or the start of the line. For example:
7332 .code
7333 not#comment@x.y.z # but this is a comment
7334 .endd
7335 .endlist
7336
7337 Putting a file name in a list has the same effect as inserting each line of the
7338 file as an item in the list (blank lines and comments excepted). However, there
7339 is one important difference: the file is read each time the list is processed,
7340 so if its contents vary over time, Exim's behaviour changes.
7341
7342 If a file name is preceded by an exclamation mark, the sense of any match
7343 within the file is inverted. For example, if
7344 .code
7345 hold_domains = !/etc/nohold-domains
7346 .endd
7347 and the file contains the lines
7348 .code
7349 !a.b.c
7350 *.b.c
7351 .endd
7352 then &'a.b.c'& is in the set of domains defined by &%hold_domains%&, whereas
7353 any domain matching &`*.b.c`& is not.
7354
7355
7356
7357 .section "An lsearch file is not an out-of-line list" "SECID77"
7358 As will be described in the sections that follow, lookups can be used in lists
7359 to provide indexed methods of checking list membership. There has been some
7360 confusion about the way &(lsearch)& lookups work in lists. Because
7361 an &(lsearch)& file contains plain text and is scanned sequentially, it is
7362 sometimes thought that it is allowed to contain wild cards and other kinds of
7363 non-constant pattern. This is not the case. The keys in an &(lsearch)& file are
7364 always fixed strings, just as for any other single-key lookup type.
7365
7366 If you want to use a file to contain wild-card patterns that form part of a
7367 list, just give the file name on its own, without a search type, as described
7368 in the previous section. You could also use the &(wildlsearch)& or
7369 &(nwildlsearch)&, but there is no advantage in doing this.
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374 .section "Named lists" "SECTnamedlists"
7375 .cindex "named lists"
7376 .cindex "list" "named"
7377 A list of domains, hosts, email addresses, or local parts can be given a name
7378 which is then used to refer to the list elsewhere in the configuration. This is
7379 particularly convenient if the same list is required in several different
7380 places. It also allows lists to be given meaningful names, which can improve
7381 the readability of the configuration. For example, it is conventional to define
7382 a domain list called &'local_domains'& for all the domains that are handled
7383 locally on a host, using a configuration line such as
7384 .code
7385 domainlist local_domains = localhost:my.dom.example
7386 .endd
7387 Named lists are referenced by giving their name preceded by a plus sign, so,
7388 for example, a router that is intended to handle local domains would be
7389 configured with the line
7390 .code
7391 domains = +local_domains
7392 .endd
7393 The first router in a configuration is often one that handles all domains
7394 except the local ones, using a configuration with a negated item like this:
7395 .code
7396 dnslookup:
7397 driver = dnslookup
7398 domains = ! +local_domains
7399 transport = remote_smtp
7400 no_more
7401 .endd
7402 The four kinds of named list are created by configuration lines starting with
7403 the words &%domainlist%&, &%hostlist%&, &%addresslist%&, or &%localpartlist%&,
7404 respectively. Then there follows the name that you are defining, followed by an
7405 equals sign and the list itself. For example:
7406 .code
7407 hostlist relay_hosts = 192.168.23.0/24 : my.friend.example
7408 addresslist bad_senders = cdb;/etc/badsenders
7409 .endd
7410 A named list may refer to other named lists:
7411 .code
7412 domainlist dom1 = first.example : second.example
7413 domainlist dom2 = +dom1 : third.example
7414 domainlist dom3 = fourth.example : +dom2 : fifth.example
7415 .endd
7416 &*Warning*&: If the last item in a referenced list is a negative one, the
7417 effect may not be what you intended, because the negation does not propagate
7418 out to the higher level. For example, consider:
7419 .code
7420 domainlist dom1 = !a.b
7421 domainlist dom2 = +dom1 : *.b
7422 .endd
7423 The second list specifies &"either in the &%dom1%& list or &'*.b'&"&. The first
7424 list specifies just &"not &'a.b'&"&, so the domain &'x.y'& matches it. That
7425 means it matches the second list as well. The effect is not the same as
7426 .code
7427 domainlist dom2 = !a.b : *.b
7428 .endd
7429 where &'x.y'& does not match. It's best to avoid negation altogether in
7430 referenced lists if you can.
7431
7432 Named lists may have a performance advantage. When Exim is routing an
7433 address or checking an incoming message, it caches the result of tests on named
7434 lists. So, if you have a setting such as
7435 .code
7436 domains = +local_domains
7437 .endd
7438 on several of your routers
7439 or in several ACL statements,
7440 the actual test is done only for the first one. However, the caching works only
7441 if there are no expansions within the list itself or any sublists that it
7442 references. In other words, caching happens only for lists that are known to be
7443 the same each time they are referenced.
7444
7445 By default, there may be up to 16 named lists of each type. This limit can be
7446 extended by changing a compile-time variable. The use of domain and host lists
7447 is recommended for concepts such as local domains, relay domains, and relay
7448 hosts. The default configuration is set up like this.
7449
7450
7451
7452 .section "Named lists compared with macros" "SECID78"
7453 .cindex "list" "named compared with macro"
7454 .cindex "macro" "compared with named list"
7455 At first sight, named lists might seem to be no different from macros in the
7456 configuration file. However, macros are just textual substitutions. If you
7457 write
7458 .code
7459 ALIST = host1 : host2
7460 auth_advertise_hosts = !ALIST
7461 .endd
7462 it probably won't do what you want, because that is exactly the same as
7463 .code
7464 auth_advertise_hosts = !host1 : host2
7465 .endd
7466 Notice that the second host name is not negated. However, if you use a host
7467 list, and write
7468 .code
7469 hostlist alist = host1 : host2
7470 auth_advertise_hosts = ! +alist
7471 .endd
7472 the negation applies to the whole list, and so that is equivalent to
7473 .code
7474 auth_advertise_hosts = !host1 : !host2
7475 .endd
7476
7477
7478 .section "Named list caching" "SECID79"
7479 .cindex "list" "caching of named"
7480 .cindex "caching" "named lists"
7481 While processing a message, Exim caches the result of checking a named list if
7482 it is sure that the list is the same each time. In practice, this means that
7483 the cache operates only if the list contains no $ characters, which guarantees
7484 that it will not change when it is expanded. Sometimes, however, you may have
7485 an expanded list that you know will be the same each time within a given
7486 message. For example:
7487 .code
7488 domainlist special_domains = \
7489 ${lookup{$sender_host_address}cdb{/some/file}}
7490 .endd
7491 This provides a list of domains that depends only on the sending host's IP
7492 address. If this domain list is referenced a number of times (for example,
7493 in several ACL lines, or in several routers) the result of the check is not
7494 cached by default, because Exim does not know that it is going to be the
7495 same list each time.
7496
7497 By appending &`_cache`& to &`domainlist`& you can tell Exim to go ahead and
7498 cache the result anyway. For example:
7499 .code
7500 domainlist_cache special_domains = ${lookup{...
7501 .endd
7502 If you do this, you should be absolutely sure that caching is going to do
7503 the right thing in all cases. When in doubt, leave it out.
7504
7505
7506
7507 .section "Domain lists" "SECTdomainlist"
7508 .cindex "domain list" "patterns for"
7509 .cindex "list" "domain list"
7510 Domain lists contain patterns that are to be matched against a mail domain.
7511 The following types of item may appear in domain lists:
7512
7513 .ilist
7514 .cindex "primary host name"
7515 .cindex "host name" "matched in domain list"
7516 .oindex "&%primary_hostname%&"
7517 .cindex "domain list" "matching primary host name"
7518 .cindex "@ in a domain list"
7519 If a pattern consists of a single @ character, it matches the local host name,
7520 as set by the &%primary_hostname%& option (or defaulted). This makes it
7521 possible to use the same configuration file on several different hosts that
7522 differ only in their names.
7523 .next
7524 .cindex "@[] in a domain list"
7525 .cindex "domain list" "matching local IP interfaces"
7526 .cindex "domain literal"
7527 If a pattern consists of the string &`@[]`& it matches any local IP interface
7528 address, enclosed in square brackets, as in an email address that contains a
7529 domain literal.
7530 In today's Internet, the use of domain literals is controversial.
7531 .next
7532 .cindex "@mx_any"
7533 .cindex "@mx_primary"
7534 .cindex "@mx_secondary"
7535 .cindex "domain list" "matching MX pointers to local host"
7536 If a pattern consists of the string &`@mx_any`& it matches any domain that
7537 has an MX record pointing to the local host or to any host that is listed in
7538 .oindex "&%hosts_treat_as_local%&"
7539 &%hosts_treat_as_local%&. The items &`@mx_primary`& and &`@mx_secondary`&
7540 are similar, except that the first matches only when a primary MX target is the
7541 local host, and the second only when no primary MX target is the local host,
7542 but a secondary MX target is. &"Primary"& means an MX record with the lowest
7543 preference value &-- there may of course be more than one of them.
7544
7545 The MX lookup that takes place when matching a pattern of this type is
7546 performed with the resolver options for widening names turned off. Thus, for
7547 example, a single-component domain will &'not'& be expanded by adding the
7548 resolver's default domain. See the &%qualify_single%& and &%search_parents%&
7549 options of the &(dnslookup)& router for a discussion of domain widening.
7550
7551 Sometimes you may want to ignore certain IP addresses when using one of these
7552 patterns. You can specify this by following the pattern with &`/ignore=`&<&'ip
7553 list'&>, where <&'ip list'&> is a list of IP addresses. These addresses are
7554 ignored when processing the pattern (compare the &%ignore_target_hosts%& option
7555 on a router). For example:
7556 .code
7557 domains = @mx_any/ignore=127.0.0.1
7558 .endd
7559 This example matches any domain that has an MX record pointing to one of
7560 the local host's IP addresses other than 127.0.0.1.
7561
7562 The list of IP addresses is in fact processed by the same code that processes
7563 host lists, so it may contain CIDR-coded network specifications and it may also
7564 contain negative items.
7565
7566 Because the list of IP addresses is a sublist within a domain list, you have to
7567 be careful about delimiters if there is more than one address. Like any other
7568 list, the default delimiter can be changed. Thus, you might have:
7569 .code
7570 domains = @mx_any/ignore=<;127.0.0.1;0.0.0.0 : \
7571 an.other.domain : ...
7572 .endd
7573 so that the sublist uses semicolons for delimiters. When IPv6 addresses are
7574 involved, it is easiest to change the delimiter for the main list as well:
7575 .code
7576 domains = <? @mx_any/ignore=<;127.0.0.1;::1 ? \
7577 an.other.domain ? ...
7578 .endd
7579 .next
7580 .cindex "asterisk" "in domain list"
7581 .cindex "domain list" "asterisk in"
7582 .cindex "domain list" "matching &""ends with""&"
7583 If a pattern starts with an asterisk, the remaining characters of the pattern
7584 are compared with the terminating characters of the domain. The use of &"*"& in
7585 domain lists differs from its use in partial matching lookups. In a domain
7586 list, the character following the asterisk need not be a dot, whereas partial
7587 matching works only in terms of dot-separated components. For example, a domain
7588 list item such as &`*key.ex`& matches &'donkey.ex'& as well as
7589 &'cipher.key.ex'&.
7590
7591 .next
7592 .cindex "regular expressions" "in domain list"
7593 .cindex "domain list" "matching regular expression"
7594 If a pattern starts with a circumflex character, it is treated as a regular
7595 expression, and matched against the domain using a regular expression matching
7596 function. The circumflex is treated as part of the regular expression.
7597 References to descriptions of the syntax of regular expressions are given in
7598 chapter &<<CHAPregexp>>&.
7599
7600 &*Warning*&: Because domain lists are expanded before being processed, you
7601 must escape any backslash and dollar characters in the regular expression, or
7602 use the special &`\N`& sequence (see chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&) to specify that
7603 it is not to be expanded (unless you really do want to build a regular
7604 expression by expansion, of course).
7605 .next
7606 .cindex "lookup" "in domain list"
7607 .cindex "domain list" "matching by lookup"
7608 If a pattern starts with the name of a single-key lookup type followed by a
7609 semicolon (for example, &"dbm;"& or &"lsearch;"&), the remainder of the pattern
7610 must be a file name in a suitable format for the lookup type. For example, for
7611 &"cdb;"& it must be an absolute path:
7612 .code
7613 domains = cdb;/etc/mail/local_domains.cdb
7614 .endd
7615 The appropriate type of lookup is done on the file using the domain name as the
7616 key. In most cases, the data that is looked up is not used; Exim is interested
7617 only in whether or not the key is present in the file. However, when a lookup
7618 is used for the &%domains%& option on a router
7619 or a &%domains%& condition in an ACL statement, the data is preserved in the
7620 &$domain_data$& variable and can be referred to in other router options or
7621 other statements in the same ACL.
7622
7623 .next
7624 Any of the single-key lookup type names may be preceded by
7625 &`partial`&<&'n'&>&`-`&, where the <&'n'&> is optional, for example,
7626 .code
7627 domains = partial-dbm;/partial/domains
7628 .endd
7629 This causes partial matching logic to be invoked; a description of how this
7630 works is given in section &<<SECTpartiallookup>>&.
7631
7632 .next
7633 .cindex "asterisk" "in lookup type"
7634 Any of the single-key lookup types may be followed by an asterisk. This causes
7635 a default lookup for a key consisting of a single asterisk to be done if the
7636 original lookup fails. This is not a useful feature when using a domain list to
7637 select particular domains (because any domain would match), but it might have
7638 value if the result of the lookup is being used via the &$domain_data$&
7639 expansion variable.
7640 .next
7641 If the pattern starts with the name of a query-style lookup type followed by a
7642 semicolon (for example, &"nisplus;"& or &"ldap;"&), the remainder of the
7643 pattern must be an appropriate query for the lookup type, as described in
7644 chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&. For example:
7645 .code
7646 hold_domains = mysql;select domain from holdlist \
7647 where domain = '$domain';
7648 .endd
7649 In most cases, the data that is looked up is not used (so for an SQL query, for
7650 example, it doesn't matter what field you select). Exim is interested only in
7651 whether or not the query succeeds. However, when a lookup is used for the
7652 &%domains%& option on a router, the data is preserved in the &$domain_data$&
7653 variable and can be referred to in other options.
7654 .next
7655 .cindex "domain list" "matching literal domain name"
7656 If none of the above cases apply, a caseless textual comparison is made
7657 between the pattern and the domain.
7658 .endlist
7659
7660 Here is an example that uses several different kinds of pattern:
7661 .code
7662 domainlist funny_domains = \
7663 @ : \
7664 lib.unseen.edu : \
7665 *.foundation.fict.example : \
7666 \N^[1-2]\d{3}\.fict\.example$\N : \
7667 partial-dbm;/opt/data/penguin/book : \
7668 nis;domains.byname : \
7669 nisplus;[name=$domain,status=local],domains.org_dir
7670 .endd
7671 There are obvious processing trade-offs among the various matching modes. Using
7672 an asterisk is faster than a regular expression, and listing a few names
7673 explicitly probably is too. The use of a file or database lookup is expensive,
7674 but may be the only option if hundreds of names are required. Because the
7675 patterns are tested in order, it makes sense to put the most commonly matched
7676 patterns earlier.
7677
7678
7679
7680 .section "Host lists" "SECThostlist"
7681 .cindex "host list" "patterns in"
7682 .cindex "list" "host list"
7683 Host lists are used to control what remote hosts are allowed to do. For
7684 example, some hosts may be allowed to use the local host as a relay, and some
7685 may be permitted to use the SMTP ETRN command. Hosts can be identified in
7686 two different ways, by name or by IP address. In a host list, some types of
7687 pattern are matched to a host name, and some are matched to an IP address.
7688 You need to be particularly careful with this when single-key lookups are
7689 involved, to ensure that the right value is being used as the key.
7690
7691
7692 .section "Special host list patterns" "SECID80"
7693 .cindex "empty item in hosts list"
7694 .cindex "host list" "empty string in"
7695 If a host list item is the empty string, it matches only when no remote host is
7696 involved. This is the case when a message is being received from a local
7697 process using SMTP on the standard input, that is, when a TCP/IP connection is
7698 not used.
7699
7700 .cindex "asterisk" "in host list"
7701 The special pattern &"*"& in a host list matches any host or no host. Neither
7702 the IP address nor the name is actually inspected.
7703
7704
7705
7706 .section "Host list patterns that match by IP address" "SECThoslispatip"
7707 .cindex "host list" "matching IP addresses"
7708 If an IPv4 host calls an IPv6 host and the call is accepted on an IPv6 socket,
7709 the incoming address actually appears in the IPv6 host as
7710 &`::ffff:`&<&'v4address'&>. When such an address is tested against a host
7711 list, it is converted into a traditional IPv4 address first. (Not all operating
7712 systems accept IPv4 calls on IPv6 sockets, as there have been some security
7713 concerns.)
7714
7715 The following types of pattern in a host list check the remote host by
7716 inspecting its IP address:
7717
7718 .ilist
7719 If the pattern is a plain domain name (not a regular expression, not starting
7720 with *, not a lookup of any kind), Exim calls the operating system function
7721 to find the associated IP address(es). Exim uses the newer
7722 &[getipnodebyname()]& function when available, otherwise &[gethostbyname()]&.
7723 This typically causes a forward DNS lookup of the name. The result is compared
7724 with the IP address of the subject host.
7725
7726 If there is a temporary problem (such as a DNS timeout) with the host name
7727 lookup, a temporary error occurs. For example, if the list is being used in an
7728 ACL condition, the ACL gives a &"defer"& response, usually leading to a
7729 temporary SMTP error code. If no IP address can be found for the host name,
7730 what happens is described in section &<<SECTbehipnot>>& below.
7731
7732 .next
7733 .cindex "@ in a host list"
7734 If the pattern is &"@"&, the primary host name is substituted and used as a
7735 domain name, as just described.
7736
7737 .next
7738 If the pattern is an IP address, it is matched against the IP address of the
7739 subject host. IPv4 addresses are given in the normal &"dotted-quad"& notation.
7740 IPv6 addresses can be given in colon-separated format, but the colons have to
7741 be doubled so as not to be taken as item separators when the default list
7742 separator is used. IPv6 addresses are recognized even when Exim is compiled
7743 without IPv6 support. This means that if they appear in a host list on an
7744 IPv4-only host, Exim will not treat them as host names. They are just addresses
7745 that can never match a client host.
7746
7747 .next
7748 .cindex "@[] in a host list"
7749 If the pattern is &"@[]"&, it matches the IP address of any IP interface on
7750 the local host. For example, if the local host is an IPv4 host with one
7751 interface address 10.45.23.56, these two ACL statements have the same effect:
7752 .code
7753 accept hosts = 127.0.0.1 : 10.45.23.56
7754 accept hosts = @[]
7755 .endd
7756 .next
7757 .cindex "CIDR notation"
7758 If the pattern is an IP address followed by a slash and a mask length (for
7759 example 10.11.42.0/24), it is matched against the IP address of the subject
7760 host under the given mask. This allows, an entire network of hosts to be
7761 included (or excluded) by a single item. The mask uses CIDR notation; it
7762 specifies the number of address bits that must match, starting from the most
7763 significant end of the address.
7764
7765 &*Note*&: The mask is &'not'& a count of addresses, nor is it the high number
7766 of a range of addresses. It is the number of bits in the network portion of the
7767 address. The above example specifies a 24-bit netmask, so it matches all 256
7768 addresses in the 10.11.42.0 network. An item such as
7769 .code
7770 192.168.23.236/31
7771 .endd
7772 matches just two addresses, 192.168.23.236 and 192.168.23.237. A mask value of
7773 32 for an IPv4 address is the same as no mask at all; just a single address
7774 matches.
7775
7776 Here is another example which shows an IPv4 and an IPv6 network:
7777 .code
7778 recipient_unqualified_hosts = 192.168.0.0/16: \
7779 3ffe::ffff::836f::::/48
7780 .endd
7781 The doubling of list separator characters applies only when these items
7782 appear inline in a host list. It is not required when indirecting via a file.
7783 For example:
7784 .code
7785 recipient_unqualified_hosts = /opt/exim/unqualnets
7786 .endd
7787 could make use of a file containing
7788 .code
7789 172.16.0.0/12
7790 3ffe:ffff:836f::/48
7791 .endd
7792 to have exactly the same effect as the previous example. When listing IPv6
7793 addresses inline, it is usually more convenient to use the facility for
7794 changing separator characters. This list contains the same two networks:
7795 .code
7796 recipient_unqualified_hosts = <; 172.16.0.0/12; \
7797 3ffe:ffff:836f::/48
7798 .endd
7799 The separator is changed to semicolon by the leading &"<;"& at the start of the
7800 list.
7801 .endlist
7802
7803
7804
7805 .section "Host list patterns for single-key lookups by host address" &&&
7806 "SECThoslispatsikey"
7807 .cindex "host list" "lookup of IP address"
7808 When a host is to be identified by a single-key lookup of its complete IP
7809 address, the pattern takes this form:
7810 .display
7811 &`net-<`&&'single-key-search-type'&&`>;<`&&'search-data'&&`>`&
7812 .endd
7813 For example:
7814 .code
7815 hosts_lookup = net-cdb;/hosts-by-ip.db
7816 .endd
7817 The text form of the IP address of the subject host is used as the lookup key.
7818 IPv6 addresses are converted to an unabbreviated form, using lower case
7819 letters, with dots as separators because colon is the key terminator in
7820 &(lsearch)& files. [Colons can in fact be used in keys in &(lsearch)& files by
7821 quoting the keys, but this is a facility that was added later.] The data
7822 returned by the lookup is not used.
7823
7824 .cindex "IP address" "masking"
7825 .cindex "host list" "masked IP address"
7826 Single-key lookups can also be performed using masked IP addresses, using
7827 patterns of this form:
7828 .display
7829 &`net<`&&'number'&&`>-<`&&'single-key-search-type'&&`>;<`&&'search-data'&&`>`&
7830 .endd
7831 For example:
7832 .code
7833 net24-dbm;/networks.db
7834 .endd
7835 The IP address of the subject host is masked using <&'number'&> as the mask
7836 length. A textual string is constructed from the masked value, followed by the
7837 mask, and this is used as the lookup key. For example, if the host's IP address
7838 is 192.168.34.6, the key that is looked up for the above example is
7839 &"192.168.34.0/24"&. IPv6 addresses are converted to a text value using lower
7840 case letters and dots as separators instead of the more usual colon, because
7841 colon is the key terminator in &(lsearch)& files. Full, unabbreviated IPv6
7842 addresses are always used.
7843
7844 &*Warning*&: Specifying &%net32-%& (for an IPv4 address) or &%net128-%& (for an
7845 IPv6 address) is not the same as specifying just &%net-%& without a number. In
7846 the former case the key strings include the mask value, whereas in the latter
7847 case the IP address is used on its own.
7848
7849
7850
7851 .section "Host list patterns that match by host name" "SECThoslispatnam"
7852 .cindex "host" "lookup failures"
7853 .cindex "unknown host name"
7854 .cindex "host list" "matching host name"
7855 There are several types of pattern that require Exim to know the name of the
7856 remote host. These are either wildcard patterns or lookups by name. (If a
7857 complete hostname is given without any wildcarding, it is used to find an IP
7858 address to match against, as described in the section &<<SECThoslispatip>>&
7859 above.)
7860
7861 If the remote host name is not already known when Exim encounters one of these
7862 patterns, it has to be found from the IP address.
7863 Although many sites on the Internet are conscientious about maintaining reverse
7864 DNS data for their hosts, there are also many that do not do this.
7865 Consequently, a name cannot always be found, and this may lead to unwanted
7866 effects. Take care when configuring host lists with wildcarded name patterns.
7867 Consider what will happen if a name cannot be found.
7868
7869 Because of the problems of determining host names from IP addresses, matching
7870 against host names is not as common as matching against IP addresses.
7871
7872 By default, in order to find a host name, Exim first does a reverse DNS lookup;
7873 if no name is found in the DNS, the system function (&[gethostbyaddr()]& or
7874 &[getipnodebyaddr()]& if available) is tried. The order in which these lookups
7875 are done can be changed by setting the &%host_lookup_order%& option. For
7876 security, once Exim has found one or more names, it looks up the IP addresses
7877 for these names and compares them with the IP address that it started with.
7878 Only those names whose IP addresses match are accepted. Any other names are
7879 discarded. If no names are left, Exim behaves as if the host name cannot be
7880 found. In the most common case there is only one name and one IP address.
7881
7882 There are some options that control what happens if a host name cannot be
7883 found. These are described in section &<<SECTbehipnot>>& below.
7884
7885 .cindex "host" "alias for"
7886 .cindex "alias for host"
7887 As a result of aliasing, hosts may have more than one name. When processing any
7888 of the following types of pattern, all the host's names are checked:
7889
7890 .ilist
7891 .cindex "asterisk" "in host list"
7892 If a pattern starts with &"*"& the remainder of the item must match the end of
7893 the host name. For example, &`*.b.c`& matches all hosts whose names end in
7894 &'.b.c'&. This special simple form is provided because this is a very common
7895 requirement. Other kinds of wildcarding require the use of a regular
7896 expression.
7897 .next
7898 .cindex "regular expressions" "in host list"
7899 .cindex "host list" "regular expression in"
7900 If the item starts with &"^"& it is taken to be a regular expression which is
7901 matched against the host name. For example,
7902 .code
7903 ^(a|b)\.c\.d$
7904 .endd
7905 is a regular expression that matches either of the two hosts &'a.c.d'& or
7906 &'b.c.d'&. When a regular expression is used in a host list, you must take care
7907 that backslash and dollar characters are not misinterpreted as part of the
7908 string expansion. The simplest way to do this is to use &`\N`& to mark that
7909 part of the string as non-expandable. For example:
7910 .code
7911 sender_unqualified_hosts = \N^(a|b)\.c\.d$\N : ....
7912 .endd
7913 &*Warning*&: If you want to match a complete host name, you must include the
7914 &`$`& terminating metacharacter in the regular expression, as in the above
7915 example. Without it, a match at the start of the host name is all that is
7916 required.
7917 .endlist
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922 .section "Behaviour when an IP address or name cannot be found" "SECTbehipnot"
7923 .cindex "host" "lookup failures"
7924 While processing a host list, Exim may need to look up an IP address from a
7925 name (see section &<<SECThoslispatip>>&), or it may need to look up a host name
7926 from an IP address (see section &<<SECThoslispatnam>>&). In either case, the
7927 behaviour when it fails to find the information it is seeking is the same.
7928
7929 .cindex "&`+include_unknown`&"
7930 .cindex "&`+ignore_unknown`&"
7931 By default, Exim behaves as if the host does not match the list. This may not
7932 always be what you want to happen. To change Exim's behaviour, the special
7933 items &`+include_unknown`& or &`+ignore_unknown`& may appear in the list (at
7934 top level &-- they are not recognized in an indirected file).
7935
7936 .ilist
7937 If any item that follows &`+include_unknown`& requires information that
7938 cannot found, Exim behaves as if the host does match the list. For example,
7939 .code
7940 host_reject_connection = +include_unknown:*.enemy.ex
7941 .endd
7942 rejects connections from any host whose name matches &`*.enemy.ex`&, and also
7943 any hosts whose name it cannot find.
7944
7945 .next
7946 If any item that follows &`+ignore_unknown`& requires information that cannot
7947 be found, Exim ignores that item and proceeds to the rest of the list. For
7948 example:
7949 .code
7950 accept hosts = +ignore_unknown : friend.example : \
7951 192.168.4.5
7952 .endd
7953 accepts from any host whose name is &'friend.example'& and from 192.168.4.5,
7954 whether or not its host name can be found. Without &`+ignore_unknown`&, if no
7955 name can be found for 192.168.4.5, it is rejected.
7956 .endlist
7957
7958 Both &`+include_unknown`& and &`+ignore_unknown`& may appear in the same
7959 list. The effect of each one lasts until the next, or until the end of the
7960 list.
7961
7962 &*Note*&: This section applies to permanent lookup failures. It does &'not'&
7963 apply to temporary DNS errors. They always cause a defer action (except when
7964 &%dns_again_means_nonexist%& converts them into permanent errors).
7965
7966
7967
7968 .section "Host list patterns for single-key lookups by host name" &&&
7969 "SECThoslispatnamsk"
7970 .cindex "host" "lookup failures"
7971 .cindex "unknown host name"
7972 .cindex "host list" "matching host name"
7973 If a pattern is of the form
7974 .display
7975 <&'single-key-search-type'&>;<&'search-data'&>
7976 .endd
7977 for example
7978 .code
7979 dbm;/host/accept/list
7980 .endd
7981 a single-key lookup is performed, using the host name as its key. If the
7982 lookup succeeds, the host matches the item. The actual data that is looked up
7983 is not used.
7984
7985 &*Reminder*&: With this kind of pattern, you must have host &'names'& as
7986 keys in the file, not IP addresses. If you want to do lookups based on IP
7987 addresses, you must precede the search type with &"net-"& (see section
7988 &<<SECThoslispatsikey>>&). There is, however, no reason why you could not use
7989 two items in the same list, one doing an address lookup and one doing a name
7990 lookup, both using the same file.
7991
7992
7993
7994 .section "Host list patterns for query-style lookups" "SECID81"
7995 If a pattern is of the form
7996 .display
7997 <&'query-style-search-type'&>;<&'query'&>
7998 .endd
7999 the query is obeyed, and if it succeeds, the host matches the item. The actual
8000 data that is looked up is not used. The variables &$sender_host_address$& and
8001 &$sender_host_name$& can be used in the query. For example:
8002 .code
8003 hosts_lookup = pgsql;\
8004 select ip from hostlist where ip='$sender_host_address'
8005 .endd
8006 The value of &$sender_host_address$& for an IPv6 address contains colons. You
8007 can use the &%sg%& expansion item to change this if you need to. If you want to
8008 use masked IP addresses in database queries, you can use the &%mask%& expansion
8009 operator.
8010
8011 If the query contains a reference to &$sender_host_name$&, Exim automatically
8012 looks up the host name if has not already done so. (See section
8013 &<<SECThoslispatnam>>& for comments on finding host names.)
8014
8015 Historical note: prior to release 4.30, Exim would always attempt to find a
8016 host name before running the query, unless the search type was preceded by
8017 &`net-`&. This is no longer the case. For backwards compatibility, &`net-`& is
8018 still recognized for query-style lookups, but its presence or absence has no
8019 effect. (Of course, for single-key lookups, &`net-`& &'is'& important.
8020 See section &<<SECThoslispatsikey>>&.)
8021
8022
8023
8024 .section "Mixing wildcarded host names and addresses in host lists" &&&
8025 "SECTmixwilhos"
8026 .cindex "host list" "mixing names and addresses in"
8027 If you have name lookups or wildcarded host names and IP addresses in the same
8028 host list, you should normally put the IP addresses first. For example, in an
8029 ACL you could have:
8030 .code
8031 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7 : *.friend.example
8032 .endd
8033 The reason for this lies in the left-to-right way that Exim processes lists.
8034 It can test IP addresses without doing any DNS lookups, but when it reaches an
8035 item that requires a host name, it fails if it cannot find a host name to
8036 compare with the pattern. If the above list is given in the opposite order, the
8037 &%accept%& statement fails for a host whose name cannot be found, even if its
8038 IP address is 10.9.8.7.
8039
8040 If you really do want to do the name check first, and still recognize the IP
8041 address, you can rewrite the ACL like this:
8042 .code
8043 accept hosts = *.friend.example
8044 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7
8045 .endd
8046 If the first &%accept%& fails, Exim goes on to try the second one. See chapter
8047 &<<CHAPACL>>& for details of ACLs.
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053 .section "Address lists" "SECTaddresslist"
8054 .cindex "list" "address list"
8055 .cindex "address list" "empty item"
8056 .cindex "address list" "patterns"
8057 Address lists contain patterns that are matched against mail addresses. There
8058 is one special case to be considered: the sender address of a bounce message is
8059 always empty. You can test for this by providing an empty item in an address
8060 list. For example, you can set up a router to process bounce messages by
8061 using this option setting:
8062 .code
8063 senders = :
8064 .endd
8065 The presence of the colon creates an empty item. If you do not provide any
8066 data, the list is empty and matches nothing. The empty sender can also be
8067 detected by a regular expression that matches an empty string,
8068 and by a query-style lookup that succeeds when &$sender_address$& is empty.
8069
8070 Non-empty items in an address list can be straightforward email addresses. For
8071 example:
8072 .code
8073 senders = jbc@askone.example : hs@anacreon.example
8074 .endd
8075 A certain amount of wildcarding is permitted. If a pattern contains an @
8076 character, but is not a regular expression and does not begin with a
8077 semicolon-terminated lookup type (described below), the local part of the
8078 subject address is compared with the local part of the pattern, which may start
8079 with an asterisk. If the local parts match, the domain is checked in exactly
8080 the same way as for a pattern in a domain list. For example, the domain can be
8081 wildcarded, refer to a named list, or be a lookup:
8082 .code
8083 deny senders = *@*.spamming.site:\
8084 *@+hostile_domains:\
8085 bozo@partial-lsearch;/list/of/dodgy/sites:\
8086 *@dbm;/bad/domains.db
8087 .endd
8088 .cindex "local part" "starting with !"
8089 .cindex "address list" "local part starting with !"
8090 If a local part that begins with an exclamation mark is required, it has to be
8091 specified using a regular expression, because otherwise the exclamation mark is
8092 treated as a sign of negation, as is standard in lists.
8093
8094 If a non-empty pattern that is not a regular expression or a lookup does not
8095 contain an @ character, it is matched against the domain part of the subject
8096 address. The only two formats that are recognized this way are a literal
8097 domain, or a domain pattern that starts with *. In both these cases, the effect
8098 is the same as if &`*@`& preceded the pattern. For example:
8099 .code
8100 deny senders = enemy.domain : *.enemy.domain
8101 .endd
8102
8103 The following kinds of more complicated address list pattern can match any
8104 address, including the empty address that is characteristic of bounce message
8105 senders:
8106
8107 .ilist
8108 .cindex "regular expressions" "in address list"
8109 .cindex "address list" "regular expression in"
8110 If (after expansion) a pattern starts with &"^"&, a regular expression match is
8111 done against the complete address, with the pattern as the regular expression.
8112 You must take care that backslash and dollar characters are not misinterpreted
8113 as part of the string expansion. The simplest way to do this is to use &`\N`&
8114 to mark that part of the string as non-expandable. For example:
8115 .code
8116 deny senders = \N^.*this.*@example\.com$\N : \
8117 \N^\d{8}.+@spamhaus.example$\N : ...
8118 .endd
8119 The &`\N`& sequences are removed by the expansion, so these items do indeed
8120 start with &"^"& by the time they are being interpreted as address patterns.
8121
8122 .next
8123 .cindex "address list" "lookup for complete address"
8124 Complete addresses can be looked up by using a pattern that starts with a
8125 lookup type terminated by a semicolon, followed by the data for the lookup. For
8126 example:
8127 .code
8128 deny senders = cdb;/etc/blocked.senders : \
8129 mysql;select address from blocked where \
8130 address='${quote_mysql:$sender_address}'
8131 .endd
8132 Both query-style and single-key lookup types can be used. For a single-key
8133 lookup type, Exim uses the complete address as the key. However, empty keys are
8134 not supported for single-key lookups, so a match against the empty address
8135 always fails. This restriction does not apply to query-style lookups.
8136
8137 Partial matching for single-key lookups (section &<<SECTpartiallookup>>&)
8138 cannot be used, and is ignored if specified, with an entry being written to the
8139 panic log.
8140 .cindex "*@ with single-key lookup"
8141 However, you can configure lookup defaults, as described in section
8142 &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>&, but this is useful only for the &"*@"& type of
8143 default. For example, with this lookup:
8144 .code
8145 accept senders = lsearch*@;/some/file
8146 .endd
8147 the file could contains lines like this:
8148 .code
8149 user1@domain1.example
8150 *@domain2.example
8151 .endd
8152 and for the sender address &'nimrod@jaeger.example'&, the sequence of keys
8153 that are tried is:
8154 .code
8155 nimrod@jaeger.example
8156 *@jaeger.example
8157 *
8158 .endd
8159 &*Warning 1*&: Do not include a line keyed by &"*"& in the file, because that
8160 would mean that every address matches, thus rendering the test useless.
8161
8162 &*Warning 2*&: Do not confuse these two kinds of item:
8163 .code
8164 deny recipients = dbm*@;/some/file
8165 deny recipients = *@dbm;/some/file
8166 .endd
8167 The first does a whole address lookup, with defaulting, as just described,
8168 because it starts with a lookup type. The second matches the local part and
8169 domain independently, as described in a bullet point below.
8170 .endlist
8171
8172
8173 The following kinds of address list pattern can match only non-empty addresses.
8174 If the subject address is empty, a match against any of these pattern types
8175 always fails.
8176
8177
8178 .ilist
8179 .cindex "@@ with single-key lookup"
8180 .cindex "address list" "@@ lookup type"
8181 .cindex "address list" "split local part and domain"
8182 If a pattern starts with &"@@"& followed by a single-key lookup item
8183 (for example, &`@@lsearch;/some/file`&), the address that is being checked is
8184 split into a local part and a domain. The domain is looked up in the file. If
8185 it is not found, there is no match. If it is found, the data that is looked up
8186 from the file is treated as a colon-separated list of local part patterns, each
8187 of which is matched against the subject local part in turn.
8188
8189 .cindex "asterisk" "in address list"
8190 The lookup may be a partial one, and/or one involving a search for a default
8191 keyed by &"*"& (see section &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>&). The local part
8192 patterns that are looked up can be regular expressions or begin with &"*"&, or
8193 even be further lookups. They may also be independently negated. For example,
8194 with
8195 .code
8196 deny senders = @@dbm;/etc/reject-by-domain
8197 .endd
8198 the data from which the DBM file is built could contain lines like
8199 .code
8200 baddomain.com: !postmaster : *
8201 .endd
8202 to reject all senders except &%postmaster%& from that domain.
8203
8204 .cindex "local part" "starting with !"
8205 If a local part that actually begins with an exclamation mark is required, it
8206 has to be specified using a regular expression. In &(lsearch)& files, an entry
8207 may be split over several lines by indenting the second and subsequent lines,
8208 but the separating colon must still be included at line breaks. White space
8209 surrounding the colons is ignored. For example:
8210 .code
8211 aol.com: spammer1 : spammer2 : ^[0-9]+$ :
8212 spammer3 : spammer4
8213 .endd
8214 As in all colon-separated lists in Exim, a colon can be included in an item by
8215 doubling.
8216
8217 If the last item in the list starts with a right angle-bracket, the remainder
8218 of the item is taken as a new key to look up in order to obtain a continuation
8219 list of local parts. The new key can be any sequence of characters. Thus one
8220 might have entries like
8221 .code
8222 aol.com: spammer1 : spammer 2 : >*
8223 xyz.com: spammer3 : >*
8224 *: ^\d{8}$
8225 .endd
8226 in a file that was searched with &%@@dbm*%&, to specify a match for 8-digit
8227 local parts for all domains, in addition to the specific local parts listed for
8228 each domain. Of course, using this feature costs another lookup each time a
8229 chain is followed, but the effort needed to maintain the data is reduced.
8230
8231 .cindex "loop" "in lookups"
8232 It is possible to construct loops using this facility, and in order to catch
8233 them, the chains may be no more than fifty items long.
8234
8235 .next
8236 The @@<&'lookup'&> style of item can also be used with a query-style
8237 lookup, but in this case, the chaining facility is not available. The lookup
8238 can only return a single list of local parts.
8239 .endlist
8240
8241 &*Warning*&: There is an important difference between the address list items
8242 in these two examples:
8243 .code
8244 senders = +my_list
8245 senders = *@+my_list
8246 .endd
8247 In the first one, &`my_list`& is a named address list, whereas in the second
8248 example it is a named domain list.
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253 .section "Case of letters in address lists" "SECTcasletadd"
8254 .cindex "case of local parts"
8255 .cindex "address list" "case forcing"
8256 .cindex "case forcing in address lists"
8257 Domains in email addresses are always handled caselessly, but for local parts
8258 case may be significant on some systems (see &%caseful_local_part%& for how
8259 Exim deals with this when routing addresses). However, RFC 2505 (&'Anti-Spam
8260 Recommendations for SMTP MTAs'&) suggests that matching of addresses to
8261 blocking lists should be done in a case-independent manner. Since most address
8262 lists in Exim are used for this kind of control, Exim attempts to do this by
8263 default.
8264
8265 The domain portion of an address is always lowercased before matching it to an
8266 address list. The local part is lowercased by default, and any string
8267 comparisons that take place are done caselessly. This means that the data in
8268 the address list itself, in files included as plain file names, and in any file
8269 that is looked up using the &"@@"& mechanism, can be in any case. However, the
8270 keys in files that are looked up by a search type other than &(lsearch)& (which
8271 works caselessly) must be in lower case, because these lookups are not
8272 case-independent.
8273
8274 .cindex "&`+caseful`&"
8275 To allow for the possibility of caseful address list matching, if an item in
8276 an address list is the string &"+caseful"&, the original case of the local
8277 part is restored for any comparisons that follow, and string comparisons are no
8278 longer case-independent. This does not affect the domain, which remains in
8279 lower case. However, although independent matches on the domain alone are still
8280 performed caselessly, regular expressions that match against an entire address
8281 become case-sensitive after &"+caseful"& has been seen.
8282
8283
8284
8285 .section "Local part lists" "SECTlocparlis"
8286 .cindex "list" "local part list"
8287 .cindex "local part" "list"
8288 Case-sensitivity in local part lists is handled in the same way as for address
8289 lists, as just described. The &"+caseful"& item can be used if required. In a
8290 setting of the &%local_parts%& option in a router with &%caseful_local_part%&
8291 set false, the subject is lowercased and the matching is initially
8292 case-insensitive. In this case, &"+caseful"& will restore case-sensitive
8293 matching in the local part list, but not elsewhere in the router. If
8294 &%caseful_local_part%& is set true in a router, matching in the &%local_parts%&
8295 option is case-sensitive from the start.
8296
8297 If a local part list is indirected to a file (see section &<<SECTfilnamlis>>&),
8298 comments are handled in the same way as address lists &-- they are recognized
8299 only if the # is preceded by white space or the start of the line.
8300 Otherwise, local part lists are matched in the same way as domain lists, except
8301 that the special items that refer to the local host (&`@`&, &`@[]`&,
8302 &`@mx_any`&, &`@mx_primary`&, and &`@mx_secondary`&) are not recognized.
8303 Refer to section &<<SECTdomainlist>>& for details of the other available item
8304 types.
8305 .ecindex IIDdohoadli
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8311 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8312
8313 .chapter "String expansions" "CHAPexpand"
8314 .scindex IIDstrexp "expansion" "of strings"
8315 Many strings in Exim's run time configuration are expanded before use. Some of
8316 them are expanded every time they are used; others are expanded only once.
8317
8318 When a string is being expanded it is copied verbatim from left to right except
8319 when a dollar or backslash character is encountered. A dollar specifies the
8320 start of a portion of the string that is interpreted and replaced as described
8321 below in section &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& onwards. Backslash is used as an
8322 escape character, as described in the following section.
8323
8324
8325
8326 .section "Literal text in expanded strings" "SECTlittext"
8327 .cindex "expansion" "including literal text"
8328 An uninterpreted dollar can be included in an expanded string by putting a
8329 backslash in front of it. A backslash can be used to prevent any special
8330 character being treated specially in an expansion, including backslash itself.
8331 If the string appears in quotes in the configuration file, two backslashes are
8332 required because the quotes themselves cause interpretation of backslashes when
8333 the string is read in (see section &<<SECTstrings>>&).
8334
8335 .cindex "expansion" "non-expandable substrings"
8336 A portion of the string can specified as non-expandable by placing it between
8337 two occurrences of &`\N`&. This is particularly useful for protecting regular
8338 expressions, which often contain backslashes and dollar signs. For example:
8339 .code
8340 deny senders = \N^\d{8}[a-z]@some\.site\.example$\N
8341 .endd
8342 On encountering the first &`\N`&, the expander copies subsequent characters
8343 without interpretation until it reaches the next &`\N`& or the end of the
8344 string.
8345
8346
8347
8348 .section "Character escape sequences in expanded strings" "SECID82"
8349 .cindex "expansion" "escape sequences"
8350 A backslash followed by one of the letters &"n"&, &"r"&, or &"t"& in an
8351 expanded string is recognized as an escape sequence for the character newline,
8352 carriage return, or tab, respectively. A backslash followed by up to three
8353 octal digits is recognized as an octal encoding for a single character, and a
8354 backslash followed by &"x"& and up to two hexadecimal digits is a hexadecimal
8355 encoding.
8356
8357 These escape sequences are also recognized in quoted strings when they are read
8358 in. Their interpretation in expansions as well is useful for unquoted strings,
8359 and for other cases such as looked-up strings that are then expanded.
8360
8361
8362 .section "Testing string expansions" "SECID83"
8363 .cindex "expansion" "testing"
8364 .cindex "testing" "string expansion"
8365 .oindex "&%-be%&"
8366 Many expansions can be tested by calling Exim with the &%-be%& option. This
8367 takes the command arguments, or lines from the standard input if there are no
8368 arguments, runs them through the string expansion code, and writes the results
8369 to the standard output. Variables based on configuration values are set up, but
8370 since no message is being processed, variables such as &$local_part$& have no
8371 value. Nevertheless the &%-be%& option can be useful for checking out file and
8372 database lookups, and the use of expansion operators such as &%sg%&, &%substr%&
8373 and &%nhash%&.
8374
8375 Exim gives up its root privilege when it is called with the &%-be%& option, and
8376 instead runs under the uid and gid it was called with, to prevent users from
8377 using &%-be%& for reading files to which they do not have access.
8378
8379 .oindex "&%-bem%&"
8380 If you want to test expansions that include variables whose values are taken
8381 from a message, there are two other options that can be used. The &%-bem%&
8382 option is like &%-be%& except that it is followed by a file name. The file is
8383 read as a message before doing the test expansions. For example:
8384 .code
8385 exim -bem /tmp/test.message '$h_subject:'
8386 .endd
8387 The &%-Mset%& option is used in conjunction with &%-be%& and is followed by an
8388 Exim message identifier. For example:
8389 .code
8390 exim -be -Mset 1GrA8W-0004WS-LQ '$recipients'
8391 .endd
8392 This loads the message from Exim's spool before doing the test expansions, and
8393 is therefore restricted to admin users.
8394
8395
8396 .section "Forced expansion failure" "SECTforexpfai"
8397 .cindex "expansion" "forced failure"
8398 A number of expansions that are described in the following section have
8399 alternative &"true"& and &"false"& substrings, enclosed in brace characters
8400 (which are sometimes called &"curly brackets"&). Which of the two strings is
8401 used depends on some condition that is evaluated as part of the expansion. If,
8402 instead of a &"false"& substring, the word &"fail"& is used (not in braces),
8403 the entire string expansion fails in a way that can be detected by the code
8404 that requested the expansion. This is called &"forced expansion failure"&, and
8405 its consequences depend on the circumstances. In some cases it is no different
8406 from any other expansion failure, but in others a different action may be
8407 taken. Such variations are mentioned in the documentation of the option that is
8408 being expanded.
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413 .section "Expansion items" "SECTexpansionitems"
8414 The following items are recognized in expanded strings. White space may be used
8415 between sub-items that are keywords or substrings enclosed in braces inside an
8416 outer set of braces, to improve readability. &*Warning*&: Within braces,
8417 white space is significant.
8418
8419 .vlist
8420 .vitem &*$*&<&'variable&~name'&>&~or&~&*${*&<&'variable&~name'&>&*}*&
8421 .cindex "expansion" "variables"
8422 Substitute the contents of the named variable, for example:
8423 .code
8424 $local_part
8425 ${domain}
8426 .endd
8427 The second form can be used to separate the name from subsequent alphanumeric
8428 characters. This form (using braces) is available only for variables; it does
8429 &'not'& apply to message headers. The names of the variables are given in
8430 section &<<SECTexpvar>>& below. If the name of a non-existent variable is
8431 given, the expansion fails.
8432
8433 .vitem &*${*&<&'op'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
8434 .cindex "expansion" "operators"
8435 The string is first itself expanded, and then the operation specified by
8436 <&'op'&> is applied to it. For example:
8437 .code
8438 ${lc:$local_part}
8439 .endd
8440 The string starts with the first character after the colon, which may be
8441 leading white space. A list of operators is given in section &<<SECTexpop>>&
8442 below. The operator notation is used for simple expansion items that have just
8443 one argument, because it reduces the number of braces and therefore makes the
8444 string easier to understand.
8445
8446 .vitem "&*${dlfunc{*&<&'file'&>&*}{*&<&'function'&>&*}{*&<&'arg'&>&*}&&&
8447 {*&<&'arg'&>&*}...}*&"
8448 .cindex &%dlfunc%&
8449 This expansion dynamically loads and then calls a locally-written C function.
8450 This functionality is available only if Exim is compiled with
8451 .code
8452 EXPAND_DLFUNC=yes
8453 .endd
8454 set in &_Local/Makefile_&. Once loaded, Exim remembers the dynamically loaded
8455 object so that it doesn't reload the same object file in the same Exim process
8456 (but of course Exim does start new processes frequently).
8457
8458 There may be from zero to eight arguments to the function. When compiling
8459 a local function that is to be called in this way, &_local_scan.h_& should be
8460 included. The Exim variables and functions that are defined by that API
8461 are also available for dynamically loaded functions. The function itself
8462 must have the following type:
8463 .code
8464 int dlfunction(uschar **yield, int argc, uschar *argv[])
8465 .endd
8466 Where &`uschar`& is a typedef for &`unsigned char`& in &_local_scan.h_&. The
8467 function should return one of the following values:
8468
8469 &`OK`&: Success. The string that is placed in the variable &'yield'& is put
8470 into the expanded string that is being built.
8471
8472 &`FAIL`&: A non-forced expansion failure occurs, with the error message taken
8473 from &'yield'&, if it is set.
8474
8475 &`FAIL_FORCED`&: A forced expansion failure occurs, with the error message
8476 taken from &'yield'& if it is set.
8477
8478 &`ERROR`&: Same as &`FAIL`&, except that a panic log entry is written.
8479
8480 When compiling a function that is to be used in this way with gcc,
8481 you need to add &%-shared%& to the gcc command. Also, in the Exim build-time
8482 configuration, you must add &%-export-dynamic%& to EXTRALIBS.
8483
8484 .vitem "&*${extract{*&<&'key'&>&*}{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}&&&
8485 {*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&"
8486 .cindex "expansion" "extracting substrings by key"
8487 .cindex "&%extract%&" "substrings by key"
8488 The key and <&'string1'&> are first expanded separately. Leading and trailing
8489 white space is removed from the key (but not from any of the strings). The key
8490 must not consist entirely of digits. The expanded <&'string1'&> must be of the
8491 form:
8492 .display
8493 <&'key1'&> = <&'value1'&> <&'key2'&> = <&'value2'&> ...
8494 .endd
8495 .vindex "&$value$&"
8496 where the equals signs and spaces (but not both) are optional. If any of the
8497 values contain white space, they must be enclosed in double quotes, and any
8498 values that are enclosed in double quotes are subject to escape processing as
8499 described in section &<<SECTstrings>>&. The expanded <&'string1'&> is searched
8500 for the value that corresponds to the key. The search is case-insensitive. If
8501 the key is found, <&'string2'&> is expanded, and replaces the whole item;
8502 otherwise <&'string3'&> is used. During the expansion of <&'string2'&> the
8503 variable &$value$& contains the value that has been extracted. Afterwards, it
8504 is restored to any previous value it might have had.
8505
8506 If {<&'string3'&>} is omitted, the item is replaced by an empty string if the
8507 key is not found. If {<&'string2'&>} is also omitted, the value that was
8508 extracted is used. Thus, for example, these two expansions are identical, and
8509 yield &"2001"&:
8510 .code
8511 ${extract{gid}{uid=1984 gid=2001}}
8512 ${extract{gid}{uid=1984 gid=2001}{$value}}
8513 .endd
8514 Instead of {<&'string3'&>} the word &"fail"& (not in curly brackets) can
8515 appear, for example:
8516 .code
8517 ${extract{Z}{A=... B=...}{$value} fail }
8518 .endd
8519 This forces an expansion failure (see section &<<SECTforexpfai>>&);
8520 {<&'string2'&>} must be present for &"fail"& to be recognized.
8521
8522
8523 .vitem "&*${extract{*&<&'number'&>&*}{*&<&'separators'&>&*}&&&
8524 {*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&"
8525 .cindex "expansion" "extracting substrings by number"
8526 .cindex "&%extract%&" "substrings by number"
8527 The <&'number'&> argument must consist entirely of decimal digits,
8528 apart from leading and trailing white space, which is ignored.
8529 This is what distinguishes this form of &%extract%& from the previous kind. It
8530 behaves in the same way, except that, instead of extracting a named field, it
8531 extracts from <&'string1'&> the field whose number is given as the first
8532 argument. You can use &$value$& in <&'string2'&> or &`fail`& instead of
8533 <&'string3'&> as before.
8534
8535 The fields in the string are separated by any one of the characters in the
8536 separator string. These may include space or tab characters.
8537 The first field is numbered one. If the number is negative, the fields are
8538 counted from the end of the string, with the rightmost one numbered -1. If the
8539 number given is zero, the entire string is returned. If the modulus of the
8540 number is greater than the number of fields in the string, the result is the
8541 expansion of <&'string3'&>, or the empty string if <&'string3'&> is not
8542 provided. For example:
8543 .code
8544 ${extract{2}{:}{x:42:99:& Mailer::/bin/bash}}
8545 .endd
8546 yields &"42"&, and
8547 .code
8548 ${extract{-4}{:}{x:42:99:& Mailer::/bin/bash}}
8549 .endd
8550 yields &"99"&. Two successive separators mean that the field between them is
8551 empty (for example, the fifth field above).
8552
8553
8554 .new
8555 .vitem &*${filter{*&<&'string'&>&*}{*&<&'condition'&>&*}}*&
8556 .cindex "list" "selecting by condition"
8557 .cindex "expansion" "selecting from list by condition"
8558 .vindex "&$item$&"
8559 After expansion, <&'string'&> is interpreted as a list, colon-separated by
8560 default, but the separator can be changed in the usual way. For each item
8561 in this list, its value is place in &$item$&, and then the condition is
8562 evaluated. If the condition is true, &$item$& is added to the output as an
8563 item in a new list; if the condition is false, the item is discarded. The
8564 separator used for the output list is the same as the one used for the
8565 input, but a separator setting is not included in the output. For example:
8566 .code
8567 ${filter{a:b:c}{!eq{$item}{b}}
8568 .endd
8569 yields &`a:c`&. At the end of the expansion, the value of &$item$& is restored
8570 to what it was before. See also the &*map*& and &*reduce*& expansion items.
8571 .wen
8572
8573
8574 .vitem &*${hash{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
8575 .cindex "hash function" "textual"
8576 .cindex "expansion" "textual hash"
8577 This is a textual hashing function, and was the first to be implemented in
8578 early versions of Exim. In current releases, there are other hashing functions
8579 (numeric, MD5, and SHA-1), which are described below.
8580
8581 The first two strings, after expansion, must be numbers. Call them <&'m'&> and
8582 <&'n'&>. If you are using fixed values for these numbers, that is, if
8583 <&'string1'&> and <&'string2'&> do not change when they are expanded, you can
8584 use the simpler operator notation that avoids some of the braces:
8585 .code
8586 ${hash_<n>_<m>:<string>}
8587 .endd
8588 The second number is optional (in both notations). If <&'n'&> is greater than
8589 or equal to the length of the string, the expansion item returns the string.
8590 Otherwise it computes a new string of length <&'n'&> by applying a hashing
8591 function to the string. The new string consists of characters taken from the
8592 first <&'m'&> characters of the string
8593 .code
8594 abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQWRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
8595 .endd
8596 If <&'m'&> is not present the value 26 is used, so that only lower case
8597 letters appear. For example:
8598 .display
8599 &`$hash{3}{monty}} `& yields &`jmg`&
8600 &`$hash{5}{monty}} `& yields &`monty`&
8601 &`$hash{4}{62}{monty python}}`& yields &`fbWx`&
8602 .endd
8603
8604 .vitem "&*$header_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&&&
8605 &*$h_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
8606 See &*$rheader*& below.
8607
8608 .vitem "&*$bheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&&&
8609 &*$bh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
8610 See &*$rheader*& below.
8611
8612 .vitem "&*$rheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~or&~&&&
8613 &*$rh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
8614 .cindex "expansion" "header insertion"
8615 .vindex "&$header_$&"
8616 .vindex "&$bheader_$&"
8617 .vindex "&$rheader_$&"
8618 .cindex "header lines" "in expansion strings"
8619 .cindex "header lines" "character sets"
8620 .cindex "header lines" "decoding"
8621 Substitute the contents of the named message header line, for example
8622 .code
8623 $header_reply-to:
8624 .endd
8625 The newline that terminates a header line is not included in the expansion, but
8626 internal newlines (caused by splitting the header line over several physical
8627 lines) may be present.
8628
8629 The difference between &%rheader%&, &%bheader%&, and &%header%& is in the way
8630 the data in the header line is interpreted.
8631
8632 .ilist
8633 .cindex "white space" "in header lines"
8634 &%rheader%& gives the original &"raw"& content of the header line, with no
8635 processing at all, and without the removal of leading and trailing white space.
8636
8637 .next
8638 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in header lines"
8639 &%bheader%& removes leading and trailing white space, and then decodes base64
8640 or quoted-printable MIME &"words"& within the header text, but does no
8641 character set translation. If decoding of what looks superficially like a MIME
8642 &"word"& fails, the raw string is returned. If decoding
8643 .cindex "binary zero" "in header line"
8644 produces a binary zero character, it is replaced by a question mark &-- this is
8645 what Exim does for binary zeros that are actually received in header lines.
8646
8647 .next
8648 &%header%& tries to translate the string as decoded by &%bheader%& to a
8649 standard character set. This is an attempt to produce the same string as would
8650 be displayed on a user's MUA. If translation fails, the &%bheader%& string is
8651 returned. Translation is attempted only on operating systems that support the
8652 &[iconv()]& function. This is indicated by the compile-time macro HAVE_ICONV in
8653 a system Makefile or in &_Local/Makefile_&.
8654 .endlist ilist
8655
8656 In a filter file, the target character set for &%header%& can be specified by a
8657 command of the following form:
8658 .code
8659 headers charset "UTF-8"
8660 .endd
8661 This command affects all references to &$h_$& (or &$header_$&) expansions in
8662 subsequently obeyed filter commands. In the absence of this command, the target
8663 character set in a filter is taken from the setting of the &%headers_charset%&
8664 option in the runtime configuration. The value of this option defaults to the
8665 value of HEADERS_CHARSET in &_Local/Makefile_&. The ultimate default is
8666 ISO-8859-1.
8667
8668 Header names follow the syntax of RFC 2822, which states that they may contain
8669 any printing characters except space and colon. Consequently, curly brackets
8670 &'do not'& terminate header names, and should not be used to enclose them as
8671 if they were variables. Attempting to do so causes a syntax error.
8672
8673 Only header lines that are common to all copies of a message are visible to
8674 this mechanism. These are the original header lines that are received with the
8675 message, and any that are added by an ACL statement or by a system
8676 filter. Header lines that are added to a particular copy of a message by a
8677 router or transport are not accessible.
8678
8679 For incoming SMTP messages, no header lines are visible in ACLs that are obeyed
8680 before the DATA ACL, because the header structure is not set up until the
8681 message is received. Header lines that are added in a RCPT ACL (for example)
8682 are saved until the message's incoming header lines are available, at which
8683 point they are added. When a DATA ACL is running, however, header lines added
8684 by earlier ACLs are visible.
8685
8686 Upper case and lower case letters are synonymous in header names. If the
8687 following character is white space, the terminating colon may be omitted, but
8688 this is not recommended, because you may then forget it when it is needed. When
8689 white space terminates the header name, it is included in the expanded string.
8690 If the message does not contain the given header, the expansion item is
8691 replaced by an empty string. (See the &%def%& condition in section
8692 &<<SECTexpcond>>& for a means of testing for the existence of a header.)
8693
8694 If there is more than one header with the same name, they are all concatenated
8695 to form the substitution string, up to a maximum length of 64K. Unless
8696 &%rheader%& is being used, leading and trailing white space is removed from
8697 each header before concatenation, and a completely empty header is ignored. A
8698 newline character is then inserted between non-empty headers, but there is no
8699 newline at the very end. For the &%header%& and &%bheader%& expansion, for
8700 those headers that contain lists of addresses, a comma is also inserted at the
8701 junctions between headers. This does not happen for the &%rheader%& expansion.
8702
8703
8704 .vitem &*${hmac{*&<&'hashname'&>&*}{*&<&'secret'&>&*}{*&<&'string'&>&*}}*&
8705 .cindex "expansion" "hmac hashing"
8706 .cindex &%hmac%&
8707 This function uses cryptographic hashing (either MD5 or SHA-1) to convert a
8708 shared secret and some text into a message authentication code, as specified in
8709 RFC 2104. This differs from &`${md5:secret_text...}`& or
8710 &`${sha1:secret_text...}`& in that the hmac step adds a signature to the
8711 cryptographic hash, allowing for authentication that is not possible with MD5
8712 or SHA-1 alone. The hash name must expand to either &`md5`& or &`sha1`& at
8713 present. For example:
8714 .code
8715 ${hmac{md5}{somesecret}{$primary_hostname $tod_log}}
8716 .endd
8717 For the hostname &'mail.example.com'& and time 2002-10-17 11:30:59, this
8718 produces:
8719 .code
8720 dd97e3ba5d1a61b5006108f8c8252953
8721 .endd
8722 As an example of how this might be used, you might put in the main part of
8723 an Exim configuration:
8724 .code
8725 SPAMSCAN_SECRET=cohgheeLei2thahw
8726 .endd
8727 In a router or a transport you could then have:
8728 .code
8729 headers_add = \
8730 X-Spam-Scanned: ${primary_hostname} ${message_exim_id} \
8731 ${hmac{md5}{SPAMSCAN_SECRET}\
8732 {${primary_hostname},${message_exim_id},$h_message-id:}}
8733 .endd
8734 Then given a message, you can check where it was scanned by looking at the
8735 &'X-Spam-Scanned:'& header line. If you know the secret, you can check that
8736 this header line is authentic by recomputing the authentication code from the
8737 host name, message ID and the &'Message-id:'& header line. This can be done
8738 using Exim's &%-be%& option, or by other means, for example by using the
8739 &'hmac_md5_hex()'& function in Perl.
8740
8741
8742 .vitem &*${if&~*&<&'condition'&>&*&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&
8743 .cindex "expansion" "conditional"
8744 .cindex "&%if%&, expansion item"
8745 If <&'condition'&> is true, <&'string1'&> is expanded and replaces the whole
8746 item; otherwise <&'string2'&> is used. The available conditions are described
8747 in section &<<SECTexpcond>>& below. For example:
8748 .code
8749 ${if eq {$local_part}{postmaster} {yes}{no} }
8750 .endd
8751 The second string need not be present; if it is not and the condition is not
8752 true, the item is replaced with nothing. Alternatively, the word &"fail"& may
8753 be present instead of the second string (without any curly brackets). In this
8754 case, the expansion is forced to fail if the condition is not true (see section
8755 &<<SECTforexpfai>>&).
8756
8757 If both strings are omitted, the result is the string &`true`& if the condition
8758 is true, and the empty string if the condition is false. This makes it less
8759 cumbersome to write custom ACL and router conditions. For example, instead of
8760 .code
8761 condition = ${if >{$acl_m4}{3}{true}{false}}
8762 .endd
8763 you can use
8764 .code
8765 condition = ${if >{$acl_m4}{3}}
8766 .endd
8767
8768 .vitem &*${length{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&
8769 .cindex "expansion" "string truncation"
8770 .cindex "&%length%& expansion item"
8771 The &%length%& item is used to extract the initial portion of a string. Both
8772 strings are expanded, and the first one must yield a number, <&'n'&>, say. If
8773 you are using a fixed value for the number, that is, if <&'string1'&> does not
8774 change when expanded, you can use the simpler operator notation that avoids
8775 some of the braces:
8776 .code
8777 ${length_<n>:<string>}
8778 .endd
8779 The result of this item is either the first <&'n'&> characters or the whole
8780 of <&'string2'&>, whichever is the shorter. Do not confuse &%length%& with
8781 &%strlen%&, which gives the length of a string.
8782
8783
8784 .vitem "&*${lookup{*&<&'key'&>&*}&~*&<&'search&~type'&>&*&~&&&
8785 {*&<&'file'&>&*}&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}&~{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&"
8786 This is the first of one of two different types of lookup item, which are both
8787 described in the next item.
8788
8789 .vitem "&*${lookup&~*&<&'search&~type'&>&*&~{*&<&'query'&>&*}&~&&&
8790 {*&<&'string1'&>&*}&~{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&"
8791 .cindex "expansion" "lookup in"
8792 .cindex "file" "lookups"
8793 .cindex "lookup" "in expanded string"
8794 The two forms of lookup item specify data lookups in files and databases, as
8795 discussed in chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&. The first form is used for single-key
8796 lookups, and the second is used for query-style lookups. The <&'key'&>,
8797 <&'file'&>, and <&'query'&> strings are expanded before use.
8798
8799 If there is any white space in a lookup item which is part of a filter command,
8800 a retry or rewrite rule, a routing rule for the &(manualroute)& router, or any
8801 other place where white space is significant, the lookup item must be enclosed
8802 in double quotes. The use of data lookups in users' filter files may be locked
8803 out by the system administrator.
8804
8805 .vindex "&$value$&"
8806 If the lookup succeeds, <&'string1'&> is expanded and replaces the entire item.
8807 During its expansion, the variable &$value$& contains the data returned by the
8808 lookup. Afterwards it reverts to the value it had previously (at the outer
8809 level it is empty). If the lookup fails, <&'string2'&> is expanded and replaces
8810 the entire item. If {<&'string2'&>} is omitted, the replacement is the empty
8811 string on failure. If <&'string2'&> is provided, it can itself be a nested
8812 lookup, thus providing a mechanism for looking up a default value when the
8813 original lookup fails.
8814
8815 If a nested lookup is used as part of <&'string1'&>, &$value$& contains the
8816 data for the outer lookup while the parameters of the second lookup are
8817 expanded, and also while <&'string2'&> of the second lookup is expanded, should
8818 the second lookup fail. Instead of {<&'string2'&>} the word &"fail"& can
8819 appear, and in this case, if the lookup fails, the entire expansion is forced
8820 to fail (see section &<<SECTforexpfai>>&). If both {<&'string1'&>} and
8821 {<&'string2'&>} are omitted, the result is the looked up value in the case of a
8822 successful lookup, and nothing in the case of failure.
8823
8824 For single-key lookups, the string &"partial"& is permitted to precede the
8825 search type in order to do partial matching, and * or *@ may follow a search
8826 type to request default lookups if the key does not match (see sections
8827 &<<SECTdefaultvaluelookups>>& and &<<SECTpartiallookup>>& for details).
8828
8829 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in lookup expansion"
8830 If a partial search is used, the variables &$1$& and &$2$& contain the wild
8831 and non-wild parts of the key during the expansion of the replacement text.
8832 They return to their previous values at the end of the lookup item.
8833
8834 This example looks up the postmaster alias in the conventional alias file:
8835 .code
8836 ${lookup {postmaster} lsearch {/etc/aliases} {$value}}
8837 .endd
8838 This example uses NIS+ to look up the full name of the user corresponding to
8839 the local part of an address, forcing the expansion to fail if it is not found:
8840 .code
8841 ${lookup nisplus {[name=$local_part],passwd.org_dir:gcos} \
8842 {$value}fail}
8843 .endd
8844
8845
8846 .new
8847 .vitem &*${map{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&
8848 .cindex "expansion" "list creation"
8849 .vindex "&$item$&"
8850 After expansion, <&'string1'&> is interpreted as a list, colon-separated by
8851 default, but the separator can be changed in the usual way. For each item
8852 in this list, its value is place in &$item$&, and then <&'string2'&> is
8853 expanded and added to the output as an item in a new list. The separator used
8854 for the output list is the same as the one used for the input, but a separator
8855 setting is not included in the output. For example:
8856 .code
8857 ${map{a:b:c}{[$item]}} ${map{<- x-y-z}{($item)}}
8858 .endd
8859 expands to &`[a]:[b]:[c] (x)-(y)-(z)`&. At the end of the expansion, the
8860 value of &$item$& is restored to what it was before. See also the &*filter*&
8861 and &*reduce*& expansion items.
8862 .wen
8863
8864 .vitem &*${nhash{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
8865 .cindex "expansion" "numeric hash"
8866 .cindex "hash function" "numeric"
8867 The three strings are expanded; the first two must yield numbers. Call them
8868 <&'n'&> and <&'m'&>. If you are using fixed values for these numbers, that is,
8869 if <&'string1'&> and <&'string2'&> do not change when they are expanded, you
8870 can use the simpler operator notation that avoids some of the braces:
8871 .code
8872 ${nhash_<n>_<m>:<string>}
8873 .endd
8874 The second number is optional (in both notations). If there is only one number,
8875 the result is a number in the range 0&--<&'n'&>-1. Otherwise, the string is
8876 processed by a div/mod hash function that returns two numbers, separated by a
8877 slash, in the ranges 0 to <&'n'&>-1 and 0 to <&'m'&>-1, respectively. For
8878 example,
8879 .code
8880 ${nhash{8}{64}{supercalifragilisticexpialidocious}}
8881 .endd
8882 returns the string &"6/33"&.
8883
8884
8885
8886 .vitem &*${perl{*&<&'subroutine'&>&*}{*&<&'arg'&>&*}{*&<&'arg'&>&*}...}*&
8887 .cindex "Perl" "use in expanded string"
8888 .cindex "expansion" "calling Perl from"
8889 This item is available only if Exim has been built to include an embedded Perl
8890 interpreter. The subroutine name and the arguments are first separately
8891 expanded, and then the Perl subroutine is called with those arguments. No
8892 additional arguments need be given; the maximum number permitted, including the
8893 name of the subroutine, is nine.
8894
8895 The return value of the subroutine is inserted into the expanded string, unless
8896 the return value is &%undef%&. In that case, the expansion fails in the same
8897 way as an explicit &"fail"& on a lookup item. The return value is a scalar.
8898 Whatever you return is evaluated in a scalar context. For example, if you
8899 return the name of a Perl vector, the return value is the size of the vector,
8900 not its contents.
8901
8902 If the subroutine exits by calling Perl's &%die%& function, the expansion fails
8903 with the error message that was passed to &%die%&. More details of the embedded
8904 Perl facility are given in chapter &<<CHAPperl>>&.
8905
8906 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_perl%& which locks
8907 out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
8908
8909
8910 .vitem &*${prvs{*&<&'address'&>&*}{*&<&'secret'&>&*}{*&<&'keynumber'&>&*}}*&
8911 .cindex "&%prvs%& expansion item"
8912 The first argument is a complete email address and the second is secret
8913 keystring. The third argument, specifying a key number, is optional. If absent,
8914 it defaults to 0. The result of the expansion is a prvs-signed email address,
8915 to be typically used with the &%return_path%& option on an &(smtp)& transport
8916 as part of a bounce address tag validation (BATV) scheme. For more discussion
8917 and an example, see section &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
8918
8919 .vitem "&*${prvscheck{*&<&'address'&>&*}{*&<&'secret'&>&*}&&&
8920 {*&<&'string'&>&*}}*&"
8921 .cindex "&%prvscheck%& expansion item"
8922 This expansion item is the complement of the &%prvs%& item. It is used for
8923 checking prvs-signed addresses. If the expansion of the first argument does not
8924 yield a syntactically valid prvs-signed address, the whole item expands to the
8925 empty string. When the first argument does expand to a syntactically valid
8926 prvs-signed address, the second argument is expanded, with the prvs-decoded
8927 version of the address and the key number extracted from the address in the
8928 variables &$prvscheck_address$& and &$prvscheck_keynum$&, respectively.
8929
8930 These two variables can be used in the expansion of the second argument to
8931 retrieve the secret. The validity of the prvs-signed address is then checked
8932 against the secret. The result is stored in the variable &$prvscheck_result$&,
8933 which is empty for failure or &"1"& for success.
8934
8935 The third argument is optional; if it is missing, it defaults to an empty
8936 string. This argument is now expanded. If the result is an empty string, the
8937 result of the expansion is the decoded version of the address. This is the case
8938 whether or not the signature was valid. Otherwise, the result of the expansion
8939 is the expansion of the third argument.
8940
8941 All three variables can be used in the expansion of the third argument.
8942 However, once the expansion is complete, only &$prvscheck_result$& remains set.
8943 For more discussion and an example, see section &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
8944
8945 .vitem &*${readfile{*&<&'file&~name'&>&*}{*&<&'eol&~string'&>&*}}*&
8946 .cindex "expansion" "inserting an entire file"
8947 .cindex "file" "inserting into expansion"
8948 .cindex "&%readfile%& expansion item"
8949 The file name and end-of-line string are first expanded separately. The file is
8950 then read, and its contents replace the entire item. All newline characters in
8951 the file are replaced by the end-of-line string if it is present. Otherwise,
8952 newlines are left in the string.
8953 String expansion is not applied to the contents of the file. If you want this,
8954 you must wrap the item in an &%expand%& operator. If the file cannot be read,
8955 the string expansion fails.
8956
8957 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_readfile%& which
8958 locks out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
8959
8960
8961
8962 .vitem "&*${readsocket{*&<&'name'&>&*}{*&<&'request'&>&*}&&&
8963 {*&<&'timeout'&>&*}{*&<&'eol&~string'&>&*}{*&<&'fail&~string'&>&*}}*&"
8964 .cindex "expansion" "inserting from a socket"
8965 .cindex "socket, use of in expansion"
8966 .cindex "&%readsocket%& expansion item"
8967 This item inserts data from a Unix domain or Internet socket into the expanded
8968 string. The minimal way of using it uses just two arguments, as in these
8969 examples:
8970 .code
8971 ${readsocket{/socket/name}{request string}}
8972 ${readsocket{inet:some.host:1234}{request string}}
8973 .endd
8974 For a Unix domain socket, the first substring must be the path to the socket.
8975 For an Internet socket, the first substring must contain &`inet:`& followed by
8976 a host name or IP address, followed by a colon and a port, which can be a
8977 number or the name of a TCP port in &_/etc/services_&. An IP address may
8978 optionally be enclosed in square brackets. This is best for IPv6 addresses. For
8979 example:
8980 .code
8981 ${readsocket{inet:[::1]:1234}{request string}}
8982 .endd
8983 Only a single host name may be given, but if looking it up yields more than
8984 one IP address, they are each tried in turn until a connection is made. For
8985 both kinds of socket, Exim makes a connection, writes the request string
8986 (unless it is an empty string) and reads from the socket until an end-of-file
8987 is read. A timeout of 5 seconds is applied. Additional, optional arguments
8988 extend what can be done. Firstly, you can vary the timeout. For example:
8989 .code
8990 ${readsocket{/socket/name}{request string}{3s}}
8991 .endd
8992 A fourth argument allows you to change any newlines that are in the data
8993 that is read, in the same way as for &%readfile%& (see above). This example
8994 turns them into spaces:
8995 .code
8996 ${readsocket{inet:127.0.0.1:3294}{request string}{3s}{ }}
8997 .endd
8998 As with all expansions, the substrings are expanded before the processing
8999 happens. Errors in these sub-expansions cause the expansion to fail. In
9000 addition, the following errors can occur:
9001
9002 .ilist
9003 Failure to create a socket file descriptor;
9004 .next
9005 Failure to connect the socket;
9006 .next
9007 Failure to write the request string;
9008 .next
9009 Timeout on reading from the socket.
9010 .endlist
9011
9012 By default, any of these errors causes the expansion to fail. However, if
9013 you supply a fifth substring, it is expanded and used when any of the above
9014 errors occurs. For example:
9015 .code
9016 ${readsocket{/socket/name}{request string}{3s}{\n}\
9017 {socket failure}}
9018 .endd
9019 You can test for the existence of a Unix domain socket by wrapping this
9020 expansion in &`${if exists`&, but there is a race condition between that test
9021 and the actual opening of the socket, so it is safer to use the fifth argument
9022 if you want to be absolutely sure of avoiding an expansion error for a
9023 non-existent Unix domain socket, or a failure to connect to an Internet socket.
9024
9025 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_readsocket%& which
9026 locks out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
9027
9028
9029 .new
9030 .vitem &*${reduce{*&<&'string1'&>}{<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
9031 .cindex "expansion" "reducing a list to a scalar"
9032 .cindex "list" "reducing to a scalar"
9033 .vindex "&$value$&"
9034 .vindex "&$item$&"
9035 This operation reduces a list to a single, scalar string. After expansion,
9036 <&'string1'&> is interpreted as a list, colon-separated by default, but the
9037 separator can be changed in the usual way. Then <&'string2'&> is expanded and
9038 assigned to the &$value$& variable. After this, each item in the <&'string1'&>
9039 list is assigned to &$item$& in turn, and <&'string3'&> is expanded for each of
9040 them. The result of that expansion is assigned to &$value$& before the next
9041 iteration. When the end of the list is reached, the final value of &$value$& is
9042 added to the expansion output. The &*reduce*& expansion item can be used in a
9043 number of ways. For example, to add up a list of numbers:
9044 .code
9045 ${reduce {<, 1,2,3}{0}{${eval:$value+$item}}}
9046 .endd
9047 The result of that expansion would be &`6`&. The maximum of a list of numbers
9048 can be found:
9049 .code
9050 ${reduce {3:0:9:4:6}{0}{${if >{$item}{$value}{$item}{$value}}}}
9051 .endd
9052 At the end of a &*reduce*& expansion, the values of &$item$& and &$value$& are
9053 restored to what they were before. See also the &*filter*& and &*map*&
9054 expansion items.
9055 .wen
9056
9057 .vitem &*$rheader_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:&~or&~$rh_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&
9058 This item inserts &"raw"& header lines. It is described with the &%header%&
9059 expansion item above.
9060
9061 .vitem "&*${run{*&<&'command'&>&*&~*&<&'args'&>&*}{*&<&'string1'&>&*}&&&
9062 {*&<&'string2'&>&*}}*&"
9063 .cindex "expansion" "running a command"
9064 .cindex "&%run%& expansion item"
9065 The command and its arguments are first expanded separately, and then the
9066 command is run in a separate process, but under the same uid and gid. As in
9067 other command executions from Exim, a shell is not used by default. If you want
9068 a shell, you must explicitly code it.
9069
9070 The standard input for the command exists, but is empty. The standard output
9071 and standard error are set to the same file descriptor.
9072 .cindex "return code" "from &%run%& expansion"
9073 .vindex "&$value$&"
9074 If the command succeeds (gives a zero return code) <&'string1'&> is expanded
9075 and replaces the entire item; during this expansion, the standard output/error
9076 from the command is in the variable &$value$&. If the command fails,
9077 <&'string2'&>, if present, is expanded and used. Once again, during the
9078 expansion, the standard output/error from the command is in the variable
9079 &$value$&.
9080
9081 If <&'string2'&> is absent, the result is empty. Alternatively, <&'string2'&>
9082 can be the word &"fail"& (not in braces) to force expansion failure if the
9083 command does not succeed. If both strings are omitted, the result is contents
9084 of the standard output/error on success, and nothing on failure.
9085
9086 .vindex "&$runrc$&"
9087 The return code from the command is put in the variable &$runrc$&, and this
9088 remains set afterwards, so in a filter file you can do things like this:
9089 .code
9090 if "${run{x y z}{}}$runrc" is 1 then ...
9091 elif $runrc is 2 then ...
9092 ...
9093 endif
9094 .endd
9095 If execution of the command fails (for example, the command does not exist),
9096 the return code is 127 &-- the same code that shells use for non-existent
9097 commands.
9098
9099 &*Warning*&: In a router or transport, you cannot assume the order in which
9100 option values are expanded, except for those preconditions whose order of
9101 testing is documented. Therefore, you cannot reliably expect to set &$runrc$&
9102 by the expansion of one option, and use it in another.
9103
9104 The &(redirect)& router has an option called &%forbid_filter_run%& which locks
9105 out the use of this expansion item in filter files.
9106
9107
9108 .vitem &*${sg{*&<&'subject'&>&*}{*&<&'regex'&>&*}{*&<&'replacement'&>&*}}*&
9109 .cindex "expansion" "string substitution"
9110 .cindex "&%sg%& expansion item"
9111 This item works like Perl's substitution operator (s) with the global (/g)
9112 option; hence its name. However, unlike the Perl equivalent, Exim does not
9113 modify the subject string; instead it returns the modified string for insertion
9114 into the overall expansion. The item takes three arguments: the subject string,
9115 a regular expression, and a substitution string. For example:
9116 .code
9117 ${sg{abcdefabcdef}{abc}{xyz}}
9118 .endd
9119 yields &"xyzdefxyzdef"&. Because all three arguments are expanded before use,
9120 if any $ or \ characters are required in the regular expression or in the
9121 substitution string, they have to be escaped. For example:
9122 .code
9123 ${sg{abcdef}{^(...)(...)\$}{\$2\$1}}
9124 .endd
9125 yields &"defabc"&, and
9126 .code
9127 ${sg{1=A 4=D 3=C}{\N(\d+)=\N}{K\$1=}}
9128 .endd
9129 yields &"K1=A K4=D K3=C"&. Note the use of &`\N`& to protect the contents of
9130 the regular expression from string expansion.
9131
9132
9133
9134 .vitem &*${substr{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}{*&<&'string3'&>&*}}*&
9135 .cindex "&%substr%& expansion item"
9136 .cindex "substring extraction"
9137 .cindex "expansion" "substring extraction"
9138 The three strings are expanded; the first two must yield numbers. Call them
9139 <&'n'&> and <&'m'&>. If you are using fixed values for these numbers, that is,
9140 if <&'string1'&> and <&'string2'&> do not change when they are expanded, you
9141 can use the simpler operator notation that avoids some of the braces:
9142 .code
9143 ${substr_<n>_<m>:<string>}
9144 .endd
9145 The second number is optional (in both notations).
9146 If it is absent in the simpler format, the preceding underscore must also be
9147 omitted.
9148
9149 The &%substr%& item can be used to extract more general substrings than
9150 &%length%&. The first number, <&'n'&>, is a starting offset, and <&'m'&> is the
9151 length required. For example
9152 .code
9153 ${substr{3}{2}{$local_part}}
9154 .endd
9155 If the starting offset is greater than the string length the result is the
9156 null string; if the length plus starting offset is greater than the string
9157 length, the result is the right-hand part of the string, starting from the
9158 given offset. The first character in the string has offset zero.
9159
9160 The &%substr%& expansion item can take negative offset values to count
9161 from the right-hand end of its operand. The last character is offset -1, the
9162 second-last is offset -2, and so on. Thus, for example,
9163 .code
9164 ${substr{-5}{2}{1234567}}
9165 .endd
9166 yields &"34"&. If the absolute value of a negative offset is greater than the
9167 length of the string, the substring starts at the beginning of the string, and
9168 the length is reduced by the amount of overshoot. Thus, for example,
9169 .code
9170 ${substr{-5}{2}{12}}
9171 .endd
9172 yields an empty string, but
9173 .code
9174 ${substr{-3}{2}{12}}
9175 .endd
9176 yields &"1"&.
9177
9178 When the second number is omitted from &%substr%&, the remainder of the string
9179 is taken if the offset is positive. If it is negative, all characters in the
9180 string preceding the offset point are taken. For example, an offset of -1 and
9181 no length, as in these semantically identical examples:
9182 .code
9183 ${substr_-1:abcde}
9184 ${substr{-1}{abcde}}
9185 .endd
9186 yields all but the last character of the string, that is, &"abcd"&.
9187
9188
9189
9190 .vitem "&*${tr{*&<&'subject'&>&*}{*&<&'characters'&>&*}&&&
9191 {*&<&'replacements'&>&*}}*&"
9192 .cindex "expansion" "character translation"
9193 .cindex "&%tr%& expansion item"
9194 This item does single-character translation on its subject string. The second
9195 argument is a list of characters to be translated in the subject string. Each
9196 matching character is replaced by the corresponding character from the
9197 replacement list. For example
9198 .code
9199 ${tr{abcdea}{ac}{13}}
9200 .endd
9201 yields &`1b3de1`&. If there are duplicates in the second character string, the
9202 last occurrence is used. If the third string is shorter than the second, its
9203 last character is replicated. However, if it is empty, no translation takes
9204 place.
9205 .endlist
9206
9207
9208
9209 .section "Expansion operators" "SECTexpop"
9210 .cindex "expansion" "operators"
9211 For expansion items that perform transformations on a single argument string,
9212 the &"operator"& notation is used because it is simpler and uses fewer braces.
9213 The substring is first expanded before the operation is applied to it. The
9214 following operations can be performed:
9215
9216 .vlist
9217 .vitem &*${address:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9218 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2822 address handling"
9219 .cindex "&%address%& expansion item"
9220 The string is interpreted as an RFC 2822 address, as it might appear in a
9221 header line, and the effective address is extracted from it. If the string does
9222 not parse successfully, the result is empty.
9223
9224
9225 .new
9226 .vitem &*${addresses:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9227 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2822 address handling"
9228 .cindex "&%addresses%& expansion item"
9229 The string (after expansion) is interpreted as a list of addresses in RFC
9230 2822 format, such as can be found in a &'To:'& or &'Cc:'& header line. The
9231 operative address (&'local-part@domain'&) is extracted from each item, and the
9232 result of the expansion is a colon-separated list, with appropriate
9233 doubling of colons should any happen to be present in the email addresses.
9234 Syntactically invalid RFC2822 address items are omitted from the output.
9235
9236 It is possible to specify a character other than colon for the output
9237 separator by starting the string with > followed by the new separator
9238 character. For example:
9239 .code
9240 ${addresses:>& Chief <ceo@up.stairs>, sec@base.ment (dogsbody)}
9241 .endd
9242 expands to &`ceo@up.stairs&&sec@base.ment`&. Compare the &*address*& (singular)
9243 expansion item, which extracts the working address from a single RFC2822
9244 address. See the &*filter*&, &*map*&, and &*reduce*& items for ways of
9245 processing lists.
9246 .wen
9247
9248
9249 .vitem &*${base62:*&<&'digits'&>&*}*&
9250 .cindex "&%base62%& expansion item"
9251 .cindex "expansion" "conversion to base 62"
9252 The string must consist entirely of decimal digits. The number is converted to
9253 base 62 and output as a string of six characters, including leading zeros. In
9254 the few operating environments where Exim uses base 36 instead of base 62 for
9255 its message identifiers (because those systems do not have case-sensitive file
9256 names), base 36 is used by this operator, despite its name. &*Note*&: Just to
9257 be absolutely clear: this is &'not'& base64 encoding.
9258
9259 .vitem &*${base62d:*&<&'base-62&~digits'&>&*}*&
9260 .cindex "&%base62d%& expansion item"
9261 .cindex "expansion" "conversion to base 62"
9262 The string must consist entirely of base-62 digits, or, in operating
9263 environments where Exim uses base 36 instead of base 62 for its message
9264 identifiers, base-36 digits. The number is converted to decimal and output as a
9265 string.
9266
9267 .vitem &*${domain:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9268 .cindex "domain" "extraction"
9269 .cindex "expansion" "domain extraction"
9270 The string is interpreted as an RFC 2822 address and the domain is extracted
9271 from it. If the string does not parse successfully, the result is empty.
9272
9273
9274 .vitem &*${escape:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9275 .cindex "expansion" "escaping non-printing characters"
9276 .cindex "&%escape%& expansion item"
9277 If the string contains any non-printing characters, they are converted to
9278 escape sequences starting with a backslash. Whether characters with the most
9279 significant bit set (so-called &"8-bit characters"&) count as printing or not
9280 is controlled by the &%print_topbitchars%& option.
9281
9282
9283 .vitem &*${eval:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&&~and&~&*${eval10:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9284 .cindex "expansion" "expression evaluation"
9285 .cindex "expansion" "arithmetic expression"
9286 .cindex "&%eval%& expansion item"
9287 These items supports simple arithmetic and bitwise logical operations in
9288 expansion strings. The string (after expansion) must be a conventional
9289 arithmetic expression, but it is limited to basic arithmetic operators, bitwise
9290 logical operators, and parentheses. All operations are carried out using
9291 integer arithmetic. The operator priorities are as follows (the same as in the
9292 C programming language):
9293 .table2 70pt 300pt
9294 .irow &'highest:'& "not (~), negate (-)"
9295 .irow "" "multiply (*), divide (/), remainder (%)"
9296 .irow "" "plus (+), minus (-)"
9297 .irow "" "shift-left (<<), shift-right (>>)"
9298 .irow "" "and (&&)"
9299 .irow "" "xor (^)"
9300 .irow &'lowest:'& "or (|)"
9301 .endtable
9302 Binary operators with the same priority are evaluated from left to right. White
9303 space is permitted before or after operators.
9304
9305 For &%eval%&, numbers may be decimal, octal (starting with &"0"&) or
9306 hexadecimal (starting with &"0x"&). For &%eval10%&, all numbers are taken as
9307 decimal, even if they start with a leading zero; hexadecimal numbers are not
9308 permitted. This can be useful when processing numbers extracted from dates or
9309 times, which often do have leading zeros.
9310
9311 A number may be followed by &"K"& or &"M"& to multiply it by 1024 or 1024*1024,
9312 respectively. Negative numbers are supported. The result of the computation is
9313 a decimal representation of the answer (without &"K"& or &"M"&). For example:
9314
9315 .display
9316 &`${eval:1+1} `& yields 2
9317 &`${eval:1+2*3} `& yields 7
9318 &`${eval:(1+2)*3} `& yields 9
9319 &`${eval:2+42%5} `& yields 4
9320 &`${eval:0xc&amp;5} `& yields 4
9321 &`${eval:0xc|5} `& yields 13
9322 &`${eval:0xc^5} `& yields 9
9323 &`${eval:0xc>>1} `& yields 6
9324 &`${eval:0xc<<1} `& yields 24
9325 &`${eval:~255&amp;0x1234} `& yields 4608
9326 &`${eval:-(~255&amp;0x1234)} `& yields -4608
9327 .endd
9328
9329 As a more realistic example, in an ACL you might have
9330 .code
9331 deny message = Too many bad recipients
9332 condition = \
9333 ${if and { \
9334 {>{$rcpt_count}{10}} \
9335 { \
9336 < \
9337 {$recipients_count} \
9338 {${eval:$rcpt_count/2}} \
9339 } \
9340 }{yes}{no}}
9341 .endd
9342 The condition is true if there have been more than 10 RCPT commands and
9343 fewer than half of them have resulted in a valid recipient.
9344
9345
9346 .vitem &*${expand:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9347 .cindex "expansion" "re-expansion of substring"
9348 The &%expand%& operator causes a string to be expanded for a second time. For
9349 example,
9350 .code
9351 ${expand:${lookup{$domain}dbm{/some/file}{$value}}}
9352 .endd
9353 first looks up a string in a file while expanding the operand for &%expand%&,
9354 and then re-expands what it has found.
9355
9356
9357 .vitem &*${from_utf8:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9358 .cindex "Unicode"
9359 .cindex "UTF-8" "conversion from"
9360 .cindex "expansion" "UTF-8 conversion"
9361 .cindex "&%from_utf8%& expansion item"
9362 The world is slowly moving towards Unicode, although there are no standards for
9363 email yet. However, other applications (including some databases) are starting
9364 to store data in Unicode, using UTF-8 encoding. This operator converts from a
9365 UTF-8 string to an ISO-8859-1 string. UTF-8 code values greater than 255 are
9366 converted to underscores. The input must be a valid UTF-8 string. If it is not,
9367 the result is an undefined sequence of bytes.
9368
9369 Unicode code points with values less than 256 are compatible with ASCII and
9370 ISO-8859-1 (also known as Latin-1).
9371 For example, character 169 is the copyright symbol in both cases, though the
9372 way it is encoded is different. In UTF-8, more than one byte is needed for
9373 characters with code values greater than 127, whereas ISO-8859-1 is a
9374 single-byte encoding (but thereby limited to 256 characters). This makes
9375 translation from UTF-8 to ISO-8859-1 straightforward.
9376
9377
9378 .vitem &*${hash_*&<&'n'&>&*_*&<&'m'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9379 .cindex "hash function" "textual"
9380 .cindex "expansion" "textual hash"
9381 The &%hash%& operator is a simpler interface to the hashing function that can
9382 be used when the two parameters are fixed numbers (as opposed to strings that
9383 change when expanded). The effect is the same as
9384 .code
9385 ${hash{<n>}{<m>}{<string>}}
9386 .endd
9387 See the description of the general &%hash%& item above for details. The
9388 abbreviation &%h%& can be used when &%hash%& is used as an operator.
9389
9390
9391
9392 .vitem &*${hex2b64:*&<&'hexstring'&>&*}*&
9393 .cindex "base64 encoding" "conversion from hex"
9394 .cindex "expansion" "hex to base64"
9395 .cindex "&%hex2b64%& expansion item"
9396 This operator converts a hex string into one that is base64 encoded. This can
9397 be useful for processing the output of the MD5 and SHA-1 hashing functions.
9398
9399
9400 .vitem &*${lc:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9401 .cindex "case forcing in strings"
9402 .cindex "string" "case forcing"
9403 .cindex "lower casing"
9404 .cindex "expansion" "case forcing"
9405 .cindex "&%lc%& expansion item"
9406 This forces the letters in the string into lower-case, for example:
9407 .code
9408 ${lc:$local_part}
9409 .endd
9410
9411 .vitem &*${length_*&<&'number'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9412 .cindex "expansion" "string truncation"
9413 .cindex "&%length%& expansion item"
9414 The &%length%& operator is a simpler interface to the &%length%& function that
9415 can be used when the parameter is a fixed number (as opposed to a string that
9416 changes when expanded). The effect is the same as
9417 .code
9418 ${length{<number>}{<string>}}
9419 .endd
9420 See the description of the general &%length%& item above for details. Note that
9421 &%length%& is not the same as &%strlen%&. The abbreviation &%l%& can be used
9422 when &%length%& is used as an operator.
9423
9424
9425 .vitem &*${local_part:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9426 .cindex "expansion" "local part extraction"
9427 .cindex "&%local_part%& expansion item"
9428 The string is interpreted as an RFC 2822 address and the local part is
9429 extracted from it. If the string does not parse successfully, the result is
9430 empty.
9431
9432
9433 .vitem &*${mask:*&<&'IP&~address'&>&*/*&<&'bit&~count'&>&*}*&
9434 .cindex "masked IP address"
9435 .cindex "IP address" "masking"
9436 .cindex "CIDR notation"
9437 .cindex "expansion" "IP address masking"
9438 .cindex "&%mask%& expansion item"
9439 If the form of the string to be operated on is not an IP address followed by a
9440 slash and an integer (that is, a network address in CIDR notation), the
9441 expansion fails. Otherwise, this operator converts the IP address to binary,
9442 masks off the least significant bits according to the bit count, and converts
9443 the result back to text, with mask appended. For example,
9444 .code
9445 ${mask:10.111.131.206/28}
9446 .endd
9447 returns the string &"10.111.131.192/28"&. Since this operation is expected to
9448 be mostly used for looking up masked addresses in files, the result for an IPv6
9449 address uses dots to separate components instead of colons, because colon
9450 terminates a key string in lsearch files. So, for example,
9451 .code
9452 ${mask:3ffe:ffff:836f:0a00:000a:0800:200a:c031/99}
9453 .endd
9454 returns the string
9455 .code
9456 3ffe.ffff.836f.0a00.000a.0800.2000.0000/99
9457 .endd
9458 Letters in IPv6 addresses are always output in lower case.
9459
9460
9461 .vitem &*${md5:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9462 .cindex "MD5 hash"
9463 .cindex "expansion" "MD5 hash"
9464 .cindex "&%md5%& expansion item"
9465 The &%md5%& operator computes the MD5 hash value of the string, and returns it
9466 as a 32-digit hexadecimal number, in which any letters are in lower case.
9467
9468
9469 .vitem &*${nhash_*&<&'n'&>&*_*&<&'m'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9470 .cindex "expansion" "numeric hash"
9471 .cindex "hash function" "numeric"
9472 The &%nhash%& operator is a simpler interface to the numeric hashing function
9473 that can be used when the two parameters are fixed numbers (as opposed to
9474 strings that change when expanded). The effect is the same as
9475 .code
9476 ${nhash{<n>}{<m>}{<string>}}
9477 .endd
9478 See the description of the general &%nhash%& item above for details.
9479
9480
9481 .vitem &*${quote:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9482 .cindex "quoting" "in string expansions"
9483 .cindex "expansion" "quoting"
9484 .cindex "&%quote%& expansion item"
9485 The &%quote%& operator puts its argument into double quotes if it
9486 is an empty string or
9487 contains anything other than letters, digits, underscores, dots, and hyphens.
9488 Any occurrences of double quotes and backslashes are escaped with a backslash.
9489 Newlines and carriage returns are converted to &`\n`& and &`\r`&,
9490 respectively For example,
9491 .code
9492 ${quote:ab"*"cd}
9493 .endd
9494 becomes
9495 .code
9496 "ab\"*\"cd"
9497 .endd
9498 The place where this is useful is when the argument is a substitution from a
9499 variable or a message header.
9500
9501 .vitem &*${quote_local_part:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9502 .cindex "&%quote_local_part%& expansion item"
9503 This operator is like &%quote%&, except that it quotes the string only if
9504 required to do so by the rules of RFC 2822 for quoting local parts. For
9505 example, a plus sign would not cause quoting (but it would for &%quote%&).
9506 If you are creating a new email address from the contents of &$local_part$&
9507 (or any other unknown data), you should always use this operator.
9508
9509
9510 .vitem &*${quote_*&<&'lookup-type'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9511 .cindex "quoting" "lookup-specific"
9512 This operator applies lookup-specific quoting rules to the string. Each
9513 query-style lookup type has its own quoting rules which are described with
9514 the lookups in chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&. For example,
9515 .code
9516 ${quote_ldap:two * two}
9517 .endd
9518 returns
9519 .code
9520 two%20%5C2A%20two
9521 .endd
9522 For single-key lookup types, no quoting is ever necessary and this operator
9523 yields an unchanged string.
9524
9525
9526 .vitem &*${rfc2047:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9527 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2047"
9528 .cindex "RFC 2047" "expansion operator"
9529 .cindex "&%rfc2047%& expansion item"
9530 This operator encodes text according to the rules of RFC 2047. This is an
9531 encoding that is used in header lines to encode non-ASCII characters. It is
9532 assumed that the input string is in the encoding specified by the
9533 &%headers_charset%& option, which defaults to ISO-8859-1. If the string
9534 contains only characters in the range 33&--126, and no instances of the
9535 characters
9536 .code
9537 ? = ( ) < > @ , ; : \ " . [ ] _
9538 .endd
9539 it is not modified. Otherwise, the result is the RFC 2047 encoding of the
9540 string, using as many &"encoded words"& as necessary to encode all the
9541 characters.
9542
9543
9544 .new
9545 .vitem &*${rfc2047d:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9546 .cindex "expansion" "RFC 2047"
9547 .cindex "RFC 2047" "decoding"
9548 .cindex "&%rfc2047d%& expansion item"
9549 This operator decodes strings that are encoded as per RFC 2047. Binary zero
9550 bytes are replaced by question marks. Characters are converted into the
9551 character set defined by &%headers_charset%&. Overlong RFC 2047 &"words"& are
9552 not recognized unless &%check_rfc2047_length%& is set false.
9553 .wen
9554
9555
9556
9557 .vitem &*${rxquote:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9558 .cindex "quoting" "in regular expressions"
9559 .cindex "regular expressions" "quoting"
9560 .cindex "&%rxquote%& expansion item"
9561 The &%rxquote%& operator inserts a backslash before any non-alphanumeric
9562 characters in its argument. This is useful when substituting the values of
9563 variables or headers inside regular expressions.
9564
9565
9566 .vitem &*${sha1:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9567 .cindex "SHA-1 hash"
9568 .cindex "expansion" "SHA-1 hashing"
9569 .cindex "&%sha2%& expansion item"
9570 The &%sha1%& operator computes the SHA-1 hash value of the string, and returns
9571 it as a 40-digit hexadecimal number, in which any letters are in upper case.
9572
9573
9574 .vitem &*${stat:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9575 .cindex "expansion" "statting a file"
9576 .cindex "file" "extracting characteristics"
9577 .cindex "&%stat%& expansion item"
9578 The string, after expansion, must be a file path. A call to the &[stat()]&
9579 function is made for this path. If &[stat()]& fails, an error occurs and the
9580 expansion fails. If it succeeds, the data from the stat replaces the item, as a
9581 series of <&'name'&>=<&'value'&> pairs, where the values are all numerical,
9582 except for the value of &"smode"&. The names are: &"mode"& (giving the mode as
9583 a 4-digit octal number), &"smode"& (giving the mode in symbolic format as a
9584 10-character string, as for the &'ls'& command), &"inode"&, &"device"&,
9585 &"links"&, &"uid"&, &"gid"&, &"size"&, &"atime"&, &"mtime"&, and &"ctime"&. You
9586 can extract individual fields using the &%extract%& expansion item.
9587
9588 The use of the &%stat%& expansion in users' filter files can be locked out by
9589 the system administrator. &*Warning*&: The file size may be incorrect on 32-bit
9590 systems for files larger than 2GB.
9591
9592 .vitem &*${str2b64:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9593 .cindex "expansion" "base64 encoding"
9594 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in string expansion"
9595 .cindex "&%str2b64%& expansion item"
9596 This operator converts a string into one that is base64 encoded.
9597
9598
9599
9600 .vitem &*${strlen:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9601 .cindex "expansion" "string length"
9602 .cindex "string" "length in expansion"
9603 .cindex "&%strlen%& expansion item"
9604 The item is replace by the length of the expanded string, expressed as a
9605 decimal number. &*Note*&: Do not confuse &%strlen%& with &%length%&.
9606
9607
9608 .vitem &*${substr_*&<&'start'&>&*_*&<&'length'&>&*:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9609 .cindex "&%substr%& expansion item"
9610 .cindex "substring extraction"
9611 .cindex "expansion" "substring expansion"
9612 The &%substr%& operator is a simpler interface to the &%substr%& function that
9613 can be used when the two parameters are fixed numbers (as opposed to strings
9614 that change when expanded). The effect is the same as
9615 .code
9616 ${substr{<start>}{<length>}{<string>}}
9617 .endd
9618 See the description of the general &%substr%& item above for details. The
9619 abbreviation &%s%& can be used when &%substr%& is used as an operator.
9620
9621 .vitem &*${time_eval:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9622 .cindex "&%time_eval%& expansion item"
9623 .cindex "time interval" "decoding"
9624 This item converts an Exim time interval such as &`2d4h5m`& into a number of
9625 seconds.
9626
9627 .vitem &*${time_interval:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9628 .cindex "&%time_interval%& expansion item"
9629 .cindex "time interval" "formatting"
9630 The argument (after sub-expansion) must be a sequence of decimal digits that
9631 represents an interval of time as a number of seconds. It is converted into a
9632 number of larger units and output in Exim's normal time format, for example,
9633 &`1w3d4h2m6s`&.
9634
9635 .vitem &*${uc:*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9636 .cindex "case forcing in strings"
9637 .cindex "string" "case forcing"
9638 .cindex "upper casing"
9639 .cindex "expansion" "case forcing"
9640 .cindex "&%uc%& expansion item"
9641 This forces the letters in the string into upper-case.
9642 .endlist
9643
9644
9645
9646
9647
9648
9649 .section "Expansion conditions" "SECTexpcond"
9650 .scindex IIDexpcond "expansion" "conditions"
9651 The following conditions are available for testing by the &%${if%& construct
9652 while expanding strings:
9653
9654 .vlist
9655 .vitem &*!*&<&'condition'&>
9656 .cindex "expansion" "negating a condition"
9657 .cindex "negation" "in expansion condition"
9658 Preceding any condition with an exclamation mark negates the result of the
9659 condition.
9660
9661 .vitem <&'symbolic&~operator'&>&~&*{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9662 .cindex "numeric comparison"
9663 .cindex "expansion" "numeric comparison"
9664 There are a number of symbolic operators for doing numeric comparisons. They
9665 are:
9666 .display
9667 &`= `& equal
9668 &`== `& equal
9669 &`> `& greater
9670 &`>= `& greater or equal
9671 &`< `& less
9672 &`<= `& less or equal
9673 .endd
9674 For example:
9675 .code
9676 ${if >{$message_size}{10M} ...
9677 .endd
9678 Note that the general negation operator provides for inequality testing. The
9679 two strings must take the form of optionally signed decimal integers,
9680 optionally followed by one of the letters &"K"& or &"M"& (in either upper or
9681 lower case), signifying multiplication by 1024 or 1024*1024, respectively.
9682 As a special case, the numerical value of an empty string is taken as
9683 zero.
9684
9685 .vitem &*crypteq&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9686 .cindex "expansion" "encrypted comparison"
9687 .cindex "encrypted strings, comparing"
9688 .cindex "&%crypteq%& expansion condition"
9689 This condition is included in the Exim binary if it is built to support any
9690 authentication mechanisms (see chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&). Otherwise, it is
9691 necessary to define SUPPORT_CRYPTEQ in &_Local/Makefile_& to get &%crypteq%&
9692 included in the binary.
9693
9694 The &%crypteq%& condition has two arguments. The first is encrypted and
9695 compared against the second, which is already encrypted. The second string may
9696 be in the LDAP form for storing encrypted strings, which starts with the
9697 encryption type in curly brackets, followed by the data. If the second string
9698 does not begin with &"{"& it is assumed to be encrypted with &[crypt()]& or
9699 &[crypt16()]& (see below), since such strings cannot begin with &"{"&.
9700 Typically this will be a field from a password file. An example of an encrypted
9701 string in LDAP form is:
9702 .code
9703 {md5}CY9rzUYh03PK3k6DJie09g==
9704 .endd
9705 If such a string appears directly in an expansion, the curly brackets have to
9706 be quoted, because they are part of the expansion syntax. For example:
9707 .code
9708 ${if crypteq {test}{\{md5\}CY9rzUYh03PK3k6DJie09g==}{yes}{no}}
9709 .endd
9710 The following encryption types (whose names are matched case-independently) are
9711 supported:
9712
9713 .ilist
9714 .cindex "MD5 hash"
9715 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in encrypted password"
9716 &%{md5}%& computes the MD5 digest of the first string, and expresses this as
9717 printable characters to compare with the remainder of the second string. If the
9718 length of the comparison string is 24, Exim assumes that it is base64 encoded
9719 (as in the above example). If the length is 32, Exim assumes that it is a
9720 hexadecimal encoding of the MD5 digest. If the length not 24 or 32, the
9721 comparison fails.
9722
9723 .next
9724 .cindex "SHA-1 hash"
9725 &%{sha1}%& computes the SHA-1 digest of the first string, and expresses this as
9726 printable characters to compare with the remainder of the second string. If the
9727 length of the comparison string is 28, Exim assumes that it is base64 encoded.
9728 If the length is 40, Exim assumes that it is a hexadecimal encoding of the
9729 SHA-1 digest. If the length is not 28 or 40, the comparison fails.
9730
9731 .next
9732 .cindex "&[crypt()]&"
9733 &%{crypt}%& calls the &[crypt()]& function, which traditionally used to use
9734 only the first eight characters of the password. However, in modern operating
9735 systems this is no longer true, and in many cases the entire password is used,
9736 whatever its length.
9737
9738 .next
9739 .cindex "&[crypt16()]&"
9740 &%{crypt16}%& calls the &[crypt16()]& function, which was originally created to
9741 use up to 16 characters of the password in some operating systems. Again, in
9742 modern operating systems, more characters may be used.
9743 .endlist
9744 Exim has its own version of &[crypt16()]&, which is just a double call to
9745 &[crypt()]&. For operating systems that have their own version, setting
9746 HAVE_CRYPT16 in &_Local/Makefile_& when building Exim causes it to use the
9747 operating system version instead of its own. This option is set by default in
9748 the OS-dependent &_Makefile_& for those operating systems that are known to
9749 support &[crypt16()]&.
9750
9751 Some years after Exim's &[crypt16()]& was implemented, a user discovered that
9752 it was not using the same algorithm as some operating systems' versions. It
9753 turns out that as well as &[crypt16()]& there is a function called
9754 &[bigcrypt()]& in some operating systems. This may or may not use the same
9755 algorithm, and both of them may be different to Exim's built-in &[crypt16()]&.
9756
9757 However, since there is now a move away from the traditional &[crypt()]&
9758 functions towards using SHA1 and other algorithms, tidying up this area of
9759 Exim is seen as very low priority.
9760
9761 If you do not put a encryption type (in curly brackets) in a &%crypteq%&
9762 comparison, the default is usually either &`{crypt}`& or &`{crypt16}`&, as
9763 determined by the setting of DEFAULT_CRYPT in &_Local/Makefile_&. The default
9764 default is &`{crypt}`&. Whatever the default, you can always use either
9765 function by specifying it explicitly in curly brackets.
9766
9767 .vitem &*def:*&<&'variable&~name'&>
9768 .cindex "expansion" "checking for empty variable"
9769 .cindex "&%def%& expansion condition"
9770 The &%def%& condition must be followed by the name of one of the expansion
9771 variables defined in section &<<SECTexpvar>>&. The condition is true if the
9772 variable does not contain the empty string. For example:
9773 .code
9774 ${if def:sender_ident {from $sender_ident}}
9775 .endd
9776 Note that the variable name is given without a leading &%$%& character. If the
9777 variable does not exist, the expansion fails.
9778
9779 .vitem "&*def:header_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&&~&~or&~&&&
9780 &~&*def:h_*&<&'header&~name'&>&*:*&"
9781 .cindex "expansion" "checking header line existence"
9782 This condition is true if a message is being processed and the named header
9783 exists in the message. For example,
9784 .code
9785 ${if def:header_reply-to:{$h_reply-to:}{$h_from:}}
9786 .endd
9787 &*Note*&: No &%$%& appears before &%header_%& or &%h_%& in the condition, and
9788 the header name must be terminated by a colon if white space does not follow.
9789
9790 .vitem &*eq&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
9791 &*eqi&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9792 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9793 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9794 .cindex "&%eq%& expansion condition"
9795 .cindex "&%eqi%& expansion condition"
9796 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the two
9797 resulting strings are identical. For &%eq%& the comparison includes the case of
9798 letters, whereas for &%eqi%& the comparison is case-independent.
9799
9800 .vitem &*exists&~{*&<&'file&~name'&>&*}*&
9801 .cindex "expansion" "file existence test"
9802 .cindex "file" "existence test"
9803 .cindex "&%exists%&, expansion condition"
9804 The substring is first expanded and then interpreted as an absolute path. The
9805 condition is true if the named file (or directory) exists. The existence test
9806 is done by calling the &[stat()]& function. The use of the &%exists%& test in
9807 users' filter files may be locked out by the system administrator.
9808
9809 .vitem &*first_delivery*&
9810 .cindex "delivery" "first"
9811 .cindex "first delivery"
9812 .cindex "expansion" "first delivery test"
9813 .cindex "&%first_delivery%& expansion condition"
9814 This condition, which has no data, is true during a message's first delivery
9815 attempt. It is false during any subsequent delivery attempts.
9816
9817
9818 .new
9819 .vitem "&*forall{*&<&'a list'&>&*}{*&<&'a condition'&>&*}*&" &&&
9820 "&*forany{*&<&'a list'&>&*}{*&<&'a condition'&>&*}*&"
9821 .cindex "list" "iterative conditions"
9822 .cindex "expansion" "&*forall*& condition"
9823 .cindex "expansion" "&*forany*& condition"
9824 .vindex "&$item$&"
9825 These conditions iterate over a list. The first argument is expanded to form
9826 the list. By default, the list separator is a colon, but it can be changed by
9827 the normal method. The second argument is interpreted as a condition that is to
9828 be applied to each item in the list in turn. During the interpretation of the
9829 condition, the current list item is placed in a variable called &$item$&.
9830 .ilist
9831 For &*forany*&, interpretation stops if the condition is true for any item, and
9832 the result of the whole condition is true. If the condition is false for all
9833 items in the list, the overall condition is false.
9834 .next
9835 For &*forall*&, interpretation stops if the condition is false for any item,
9836 and the result of the whole condition is false. If the condition is true for
9837 all items in the list, the overall condition is true.
9838 .endlist
9839 Note that negation of &*forany*& means that the condition must be false for all
9840 items for the overall condition to succeed, and negation of &*forall*& means
9841 that the condition must be false for at least one item. In this example, the
9842 list separator is changed to a comma:
9843 .code
9844 ${if forany{<, $recipients}{match{$item}{^user3@}}{yes}{no}}
9845 .endd
9846 The value of &$item$& is saved and restored while &*forany*& or &*forall*& is
9847 being processed, to enable these expansion items to be nested.
9848 .wen
9849
9850
9851 .vitem &*ge&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
9852 &*gei&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9853 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9854 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9855 .cindex "&%ge%& expansion condition"
9856 .cindex "&%gei%& expansion condition"
9857 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9858 string is lexically greater than or equal to the second string. For &%ge%& the
9859 comparison includes the case of letters, whereas for &%gei%& the comparison is
9860 case-independent.
9861
9862 .vitem &*gt&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
9863 &*gti&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9864 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9865 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9866 .cindex "&%gt%& expansion condition"
9867 .cindex "&%gti%& expansion condition"
9868 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9869 string is lexically greater than the second string. For &%gt%& the comparison
9870 includes the case of letters, whereas for &%gti%& the comparison is
9871 case-independent.
9872
9873 .vitem &*isip&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*& &&&
9874 &*isip4&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*& &&&
9875 &*isip6&~{*&<&'string'&>&*}*&
9876 .cindex "IP address" "testing string format"
9877 .cindex "string" "testing for IP address"
9878 .cindex "&%isip%& expansion condition"
9879 .cindex "&%isip4%& expansion condition"
9880 .cindex "&%isip6%& expansion condition"
9881 The substring is first expanded, and then tested to see if it has the form of
9882 an IP address. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are valid for &%isip%&, whereas
9883 &%isip4%& and &%isip6%& test just for IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, respectively. For
9884 example, you could use
9885 .code
9886 ${if isip4{$sender_host_address}...
9887 .endd
9888 to test which version of IP an incoming SMTP connection is using.
9889
9890
9891 .vitem &*ldapauth&~{*&<&'ldap&~query'&>&*}*&
9892 .cindex "LDAP" "use for authentication"
9893 .cindex "expansion" "LDAP authentication test"
9894 .cindex "&%ldapauth%& expansion condition"
9895 This condition supports user authentication using LDAP. See section
9896 &<<SECTldap>>& for details of how to use LDAP in lookups and the syntax of
9897 queries. For this use, the query must contain a user name and password. The
9898 query itself is not used, and can be empty. The condition is true if the
9899 password is not empty, and the user name and password are accepted by the LDAP
9900 server. An empty password is rejected without calling LDAP because LDAP binds
9901 with an empty password are considered anonymous regardless of the username, and
9902 will succeed in most configurations. See chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details
9903 of SMTP authentication, and chapter &<<CHAPplaintext>>& for an example of how
9904 this can be used.
9905
9906
9907 .vitem &*le&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
9908 &*lei&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9909 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9910 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9911 .cindex "&%le%& expansion condition"
9912 .cindex "&%lei%& expansion condition"
9913 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9914 string is lexically less than or equal to the second string. For &%le%& the
9915 comparison includes the case of letters, whereas for &%lei%& the comparison is
9916 case-independent.
9917
9918 .vitem &*lt&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*& &&&
9919 &*lti&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9920 .cindex "string" "comparison"
9921 .cindex "expansion" "string comparison"
9922 .cindex "&%lt%& expansion condition"
9923 .cindex "&%lti%& expansion condition"
9924 The two substrings are first expanded. The condition is true if the first
9925 string is lexically less than the second string. For &%lt%& the comparison
9926 includes the case of letters, whereas for &%lti%& the comparison is
9927 case-independent.
9928
9929
9930 .vitem &*match&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9931 .cindex "expansion" "regular expression comparison"
9932 .cindex "regular expressions" "match in expanded string"
9933 .cindex "&%match%& expansion condition"
9934 The two substrings are first expanded. The second is then treated as a regular
9935 expression and applied to the first. Because of the pre-expansion, if the
9936 regular expression contains dollar, or backslash characters, they must be
9937 escaped. Care must also be taken if the regular expression contains braces
9938 (curly brackets). A closing brace must be escaped so that it is not taken as a
9939 premature termination of <&'string2'&>. The easiest approach is to use the
9940 &`\N`& feature to disable expansion of the regular expression.
9941 For example,
9942 .code
9943 ${if match {$local_part}{\N^\d{3}\N} ...
9944 .endd
9945 If the whole expansion string is in double quotes, further escaping of
9946 backslashes is also required.
9947
9948 The condition is true if the regular expression match succeeds.
9949 The regular expression is not required to begin with a circumflex
9950 metacharacter, but if there is no circumflex, the expression is not anchored,
9951 and it may match anywhere in the subject, not just at the start. If you want
9952 the pattern to match at the end of the subject, you must include the &`$`&
9953 metacharacter at an appropriate point.
9954
9955 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &%if%& expansion"
9956 At the start of an &%if%& expansion the values of the numeric variable
9957 substitutions &$1$& etc. are remembered. Obeying a &%match%& condition that
9958 succeeds causes them to be reset to the substrings of that condition and they
9959 will have these values during the expansion of the success string. At the end
9960 of the &%if%& expansion, the previous values are restored. After testing a
9961 combination of conditions using &%or%&, the subsequent values of the numeric
9962 variables are those of the condition that succeeded.
9963
9964 .vitem &*match_address&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9965 .cindex "&%match_address%& expansion condition"
9966 See &*match_local_part*&.
9967
9968 .vitem &*match_domain&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9969 .cindex "&%match_domain%& expansion condition"
9970 See &*match_local_part*&.
9971
9972 .vitem &*match_ip&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
9973 .cindex "&%match_ip%& expansion condition"
9974 This condition matches an IP address to a list of IP address patterns. It must
9975 be followed by two argument strings. The first (after expansion) must be an IP
9976 address or an empty string. The second (after expansion) is a restricted host
9977 list that can match only an IP address, not a host name. For example:
9978 .code
9979 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{1.2.3.4:5.6.7.8}{...}{...}}
9980 .endd
9981 The specific types of host list item that are permitted in the list are:
9982
9983 .ilist
9984 An IP address, optionally with a CIDR mask.
9985 .next
9986 A single asterisk, which matches any IP address.
9987 .next
9988 An empty item, which matches only if the IP address is empty. This could be
9989 useful for testing for a locally submitted message or one from specific hosts
9990 in a single test such as
9991 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
9992 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left. This comment applies to
9993 . ==== the use of xmlto plus fop. There's no problem when formatting with
9994 . ==== sdop, with or without the extra indent.
9995 .code
9996 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{:4.3.2.1:...}{...}{...}}
9997 .endd
9998 where the first item in the list is the empty string.
9999 .next
10000 The item @[] matches any of the local host's interface addresses.
10001 .next
10002 .new
10003 Single-key lookups are assumed to be like &"net-"& style lookups in host lists,
10004 even if &`net-`& is not specified. There is never any attempt to turn the IP
10005 address into a host name. The most common type of linear search for
10006 &*match_ip*& is likely to be &*iplsearch*&, in which the file can contain CIDR
10007 masks. For example:
10008 .code
10009 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{iplsearch;/some/file}...
10010 .endd
10011 It is of course possible to use other kinds of lookup, and in such a case, you
10012 do need to specify the &`net-`& prefix if you want to specify a specific
10013 address mask, for example:
10014 .code
10015 ${if match_ip{$sender_host_address}{net24-dbm;/some/file}...
10016 .endd
10017 However, unless you are combining a &%match_ip%& condition with others, it is
10018 just as easy to use the fact that a lookup is itself a condition, and write:
10019 .code
10020 ${lookup{${mask:$sender_host_address/24}}dbm{/a/file}...
10021 .endd
10022 .wen
10023 .endlist ilist
10024
10025 Consult section &<<SECThoslispatip>>& for further details of these patterns.
10026
10027 .vitem &*match_local_part&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*}{*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10028 .cindex "domain list" "in expansion condition"
10029 .cindex "address list" "in expansion condition"
10030 .cindex "local part" "list, in expansion condition"
10031 .cindex "&%match_local_part%& expansion condition"
10032 This condition, together with &%match_address%& and &%match_domain%&, make it
10033 possible to test domain, address, and local part lists within expansions. Each
10034 condition requires two arguments: an item and a list to match. A trivial
10035 example is:
10036 .code
10037 ${if match_domain{a.b.c}{x.y.z:a.b.c:p.q.r}{yes}{no}}
10038 .endd
10039 In each case, the second argument may contain any of the allowable items for a
10040 list of the appropriate type. Also, because the second argument (after
10041 expansion) is a standard form of list, it is possible to refer to a named list.
10042 Thus, you can use conditions like this:
10043 .code
10044 ${if match_domain{$domain}{+local_domains}{...
10045 .endd
10046 .cindex "&`+caseful`&"
10047 For address lists, the matching starts off caselessly, but the &`+caseful`&
10048 item can be used, as in all address lists, to cause subsequent items to
10049 have their local parts matched casefully. Domains are always matched
10050 caselessly.
10051
10052 &*Note*&: Host lists are &'not'& supported in this way. This is because
10053 hosts have two identities: a name and an IP address, and it is not clear
10054 how to specify cleanly how such a test would work. However, IP addresses can be
10055 matched using &%match_ip%&.
10056
10057 .vitem &*pam&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*:*&<&'string2'&>&*:...}*&
10058 .cindex "PAM authentication"
10059 .cindex "AUTH" "with PAM"
10060 .cindex "Solaris" "PAM support"
10061 .cindex "expansion" "PAM authentication test"
10062 .cindex "&%pam%& expansion condition"
10063 &'Pluggable Authentication Modules'&
10064 (&url(http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/)) are a facility that is
10065 available in the latest releases of Solaris and in some GNU/Linux
10066 distributions. The Exim support, which is intended for use in conjunction with
10067 the SMTP AUTH command, is available only if Exim is compiled with
10068 .code
10069 SUPPORT_PAM=yes
10070 .endd
10071 in &_Local/Makefile_&. You probably need to add &%-lpam%& to EXTRALIBS, and
10072 in some releases of GNU/Linux &%-ldl%& is also needed.
10073
10074 The argument string is first expanded, and the result must be a
10075 colon-separated list of strings. Leading and trailing white space is ignored.
10076 The PAM module is initialized with the service name &"exim"& and the user name
10077 taken from the first item in the colon-separated data string (<&'string1'&>).
10078 The remaining items in the data string are passed over in response to requests
10079 from the authentication function. In the simple case there will only be one
10080 request, for a password, so the data consists of just two strings.
10081
10082 There can be problems if any of the strings are permitted to contain colon
10083 characters. In the usual way, these have to be doubled to avoid being taken as
10084 separators. If the data is being inserted from a variable, the &%sg%& expansion
10085 item can be used to double any existing colons. For example, the configuration
10086 of a LOGIN authenticator might contain this setting:
10087 .code
10088 server_condition = ${if pam{$auth1:${sg{$auth2}{:}{::}}}}
10089 .endd
10090 For a PLAIN authenticator you could use:
10091 .code
10092 server_condition = ${if pam{$auth2:${sg{$auth3}{:}{::}}}}
10093 .endd
10094 In some operating systems, PAM authentication can be done only from a process
10095 running as root. Since Exim is running as the Exim user when receiving
10096 messages, this means that PAM cannot be used directly in those systems.
10097 A patched version of the &'pam_unix'& module that comes with the
10098 Linux PAM package is available from &url(http://www.e-admin.de/pam_exim/).
10099 The patched module allows one special uid/gid combination, in addition to root,
10100 to authenticate. If you build the patched module to allow the Exim user and
10101 group, PAM can then be used from an Exim authenticator.
10102
10103
10104 .vitem &*pwcheck&~{*&<&'string1'&>&*:*&<&'string2'&>&*}*&
10105 .cindex "&'pwcheck'& daemon"
10106 .cindex "Cyrus"
10107 .cindex "expansion" "&'pwcheck'& authentication test"
10108 .cindex "&%pwcheck%& expansion condition"
10109 This condition supports user authentication using the Cyrus &'pwcheck'& daemon.
10110 This is one way of making it possible for passwords to be checked by a process
10111 that is not running as root. &*Note*&: The use of &'pwcheck'& is now
10112 deprecated. Its replacement is &'saslauthd'& (see below).
10113
10114 The pwcheck support is not included in Exim by default. You need to specify
10115 the location of the pwcheck daemon's socket in &_Local/Makefile_& before
10116 building Exim. For example:
10117 .code
10118 CYRUS_PWCHECK_SOCKET=/var/pwcheck/pwcheck
10119 .endd
10120 You do not need to install the full Cyrus software suite in order to use
10121 the pwcheck daemon. You can compile and install just the daemon alone
10122 from the Cyrus SASL library. Ensure that &'exim'& is the only user that has
10123 access to the &_/var/pwcheck_& directory.
10124
10125 The &%pwcheck%& condition takes one argument, which must be the user name and
10126 password, separated by a colon. For example, in a LOGIN authenticator
10127 configuration, you might have this:
10128 .code
10129 server_condition = ${if pwcheck{$auth1:$auth2}}
10130 .endd
10131 .vitem &*queue_running*&
10132 .cindex "queue runner" "detecting when delivering from"
10133 .cindex "expansion" "queue runner test"
10134 .cindex "&%queue_running%& expansion condition"
10135 This condition, which has no data, is true during delivery attempts that are
10136 initiated by queue runner processes, and false otherwise.
10137
10138
10139 .vitem &*radius&~{*&<&'authentication&~string'&>&*}*&
10140 .cindex "Radius"
10141 .cindex "expansion" "Radius authentication"
10142 .cindex "&%radius%& expansion condition"
10143 Radius authentication (RFC 2865) is supported in a similar way to PAM. You must
10144 set RADIUS_CONFIG_FILE in &_Local/Makefile_& to specify the location of
10145 the Radius client configuration file in order to build Exim with Radius
10146 support.
10147
10148 With just that one setting, Exim expects to be linked with the &%radiusclient%&
10149 library, using the original API. If you are using release 0.4.0 or later of
10150 this library, you need to set
10151 .code
10152 RADIUS_LIB_TYPE=RADIUSCLIENTNEW
10153 .endd
10154 in &_Local/Makefile_& when building Exim. You can also link Exim with the
10155 &%libradius%& library that comes with FreeBSD. To do this, set
10156 .code
10157 RADIUS_LIB_TYPE=RADLIB
10158 .endd
10159 in &_Local/Makefile_&, in addition to setting RADIUS_CONFIGURE_FILE.
10160 You may also have to supply a suitable setting in EXTRALIBS so that the
10161 Radius library can be found when Exim is linked.
10162
10163 The string specified by RADIUS_CONFIG_FILE is expanded and passed to the
10164 Radius client library, which calls the Radius server. The condition is true if
10165 the authentication is successful. For example:
10166 .code
10167 server_condition = ${if radius{<arguments>}}
10168 .endd
10169
10170
10171 .vitem "&*saslauthd&~{{*&<&'user'&>&*}{*&<&'password'&>&*}&&&
10172 {*&<&'service'&>&*}{*&<&'realm'&>&*}}*&"
10173 .cindex "&'saslauthd'& daemon"
10174 .cindex "Cyrus"
10175 .cindex "expansion" "&'saslauthd'& authentication test"
10176 .cindex "&%saslauthd%& expansion condition"
10177 This condition supports user authentication using the Cyrus &'saslauthd'&
10178 daemon. This replaces the older &'pwcheck'& daemon, which is now deprecated.
10179 Using this daemon is one way of making it possible for passwords to be checked
10180 by a process that is not running as root.
10181
10182 The saslauthd support is not included in Exim by default. You need to specify
10183 the location of the saslauthd daemon's socket in &_Local/Makefile_& before
10184 building Exim. For example:
10185 .code
10186 CYRUS_SASLAUTHD_SOCKET=/var/state/saslauthd/mux
10187 .endd
10188 You do not need to install the full Cyrus software suite in order to use
10189 the saslauthd daemon. You can compile and install just the daemon alone
10190 from the Cyrus SASL library.
10191
10192 Up to four arguments can be supplied to the &%saslauthd%& condition, but only
10193 two are mandatory. For example:
10194 .code
10195 server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}}
10196 .endd
10197 The service and the realm are optional (which is why the arguments are enclosed
10198 in their own set of braces). For details of the meaning of the service and
10199 realm, and how to run the daemon, consult the Cyrus documentation.
10200 .endlist vlist
10201
10202
10203
10204 .section "Combining expansion conditions" "SECID84"
10205 .cindex "expansion" "combining conditions"
10206 Several conditions can be tested at once by combining them using the &%and%&
10207 and &%or%& combination conditions. Note that &%and%& and &%or%& are complete
10208 conditions on their own, and precede their lists of sub-conditions. Each
10209 sub-condition must be enclosed in braces within the overall braces that contain
10210 the list. No repetition of &%if%& is used.
10211
10212
10213 .vlist
10214 .vitem &*or&~{{*&<&'cond1'&>&*}{*&<&'cond2'&>&*}...}*&
10215 .cindex "&""or""& expansion condition"
10216 .cindex "expansion" "&""or""& of conditions"
10217 The sub-conditions are evaluated from left to right. The condition is true if
10218 any one of the sub-conditions is true.
10219 For example,
10220 .code
10221 ${if or {{eq{$local_part}{spqr}}{eq{$domain}{testing.com}}}...
10222 .endd
10223 When a true sub-condition is found, the following ones are parsed but not
10224 evaluated. If there are several &"match"& sub-conditions the values of the
10225 numeric variables afterwards are taken from the first one that succeeds.
10226
10227 .vitem &*and&~{{*&<&'cond1'&>&*}{*&<&'cond2'&>&*}...}*&
10228 .cindex "&""and""& expansion condition"
10229 .cindex "expansion" "&""and""& of conditions"
10230 The sub-conditions are evaluated from left to right. The condition is true if
10231 all of the sub-conditions are true. If there are several &"match"&
10232 sub-conditions, the values of the numeric variables afterwards are taken from
10233 the last one. When a false sub-condition is found, the following ones are
10234 parsed but not evaluated.
10235 .endlist
10236 .ecindex IIDexpcond
10237
10238
10239
10240
10241 .section "Expansion variables" "SECTexpvar"
10242 .cindex "expansion" "variables, list of"
10243 This section contains an alphabetical list of all the expansion variables. Some
10244 of them are available only when Exim is compiled with specific options such as
10245 support for TLS or the content scanning extension.
10246
10247 .vlist
10248 .vitem "&$0$&, &$1$&, etc"
10249 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)"
10250 .new
10251 When a &%match%& expansion condition succeeds, these variables contain the
10252 captured substrings identified by the regular expression during subsequent
10253 processing of the success string of the containing &%if%& expansion item.
10254 However, they do not retain their values afterwards; in fact, their previous
10255 values are restored at the end of processing an &%if%& item. The numerical
10256 variables may also be set externally by some other matching process which
10257 precedes the expansion of the string. For example, the commands available in
10258 Exim filter files include an &%if%& command with its own regular expression
10259 matching condition.
10260 .wen
10261
10262 .new
10263 .vitem "&$acl_c...$&"
10264 Values can be placed in these variables by the &%set%& modifier in an ACL. They
10265 can be given any name that starts with &$acl_c$& and is at least six characters
10266 long, but the sixth character must be either a digit or an underscore. For
10267 example: &$acl_c5$&, &$acl_c_mycount$&. The values of the &$acl_c...$&
10268 variables persist throughout the lifetime of an SMTP connection. They can be
10269 used to pass information between ACLs and between different invocations of the
10270 same ACL. When a message is received, the values of these variables are saved
10271 with the message, and can be accessed by filters, routers, and transports
10272 during subsequent delivery.
10273
10274 .vitem "&$acl_m...$&"
10275 These variables are like the &$acl_c...$& variables, except that their values
10276 are reset after a message has been received. Thus, if several messages are
10277 received in one SMTP connection, &$acl_m...$& values are not passed on from one
10278 message to the next, as &$acl_c...$& values are. The &$acl_m...$& variables are
10279 also reset by MAIL, RSET, EHLO, HELO, and after starting a TLS session. When a
10280 message is received, the values of these variables are saved with the message,
10281 and can be accessed by filters, routers, and transports during subsequent
10282 delivery.
10283 .wen
10284
10285 .vitem &$acl_verify_message$&
10286 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
10287 After an address verification has failed, this variable contains the failure
10288 message. It retains its value for use in subsequent modifiers. The message can
10289 be preserved by coding like this:
10290 .code
10291 warn !verify = sender
10292 set acl_m0 = $acl_verify_message
10293 .endd
10294 You can use &$acl_verify_message$& during the expansion of the &%message%& or
10295 &%log_message%& modifiers, to include information about the verification
10296 failure.
10297
10298 .vitem &$address_data$&
10299 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
10300 This variable is set by means of the &%address_data%& option in routers. The
10301 value then remains with the address while it is processed by subsequent routers
10302 and eventually a transport. If the transport is handling multiple addresses,
10303 the value from the first address is used. See chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&
10304 for more details. &*Note*&: The contents of &$address_data$& are visible in
10305 user filter files.
10306
10307 If &$address_data$& is set when the routers are called from an ACL to verify
10308 a recipient address, the final value is still in the variable for subsequent
10309 conditions and modifiers of the ACL statement. If routing the address caused it
10310 to be redirected to just one address, the child address is also routed as part
10311 of the verification, and in this case the final value of &$address_data$& is
10312 from the child's routing.
10313
10314 If &$address_data$& is set when the routers are called from an ACL to verify a
10315 sender address, the final value is also preserved, but this time in
10316 &$sender_address_data$&, to distinguish it from data from a recipient
10317 address.
10318
10319 In both cases (recipient and sender verification), the value does not persist
10320 after the end of the current ACL statement. If you want to preserve
10321 these values for longer, you can save them in ACL variables.
10322
10323 .vitem &$address_file$&
10324 .vindex "&$address_file$&"
10325 When, as a result of aliasing, forwarding, or filtering, a message is directed
10326 to a specific file, this variable holds the name of the file when the transport
10327 is running. At other times, the variable is empty. For example, using the
10328 default configuration, if user &%r2d2%& has a &_.forward_& file containing
10329 .code
10330 /home/r2d2/savemail
10331 .endd
10332 then when the &(address_file)& transport is running, &$address_file$&
10333 contains the text string &`/home/r2d2/savemail`&.
10334 .cindex "Sieve filter" "value of &$address_file$&"
10335 For Sieve filters, the value may be &"inbox"& or a relative folder name. It is
10336 then up to the transport configuration to generate an appropriate absolute path
10337 to the relevant file.
10338
10339 .vitem &$address_pipe$&
10340 .vindex "&$address_pipe$&"
10341 When, as a result of aliasing or forwarding, a message is directed to a pipe,
10342 this variable holds the pipe command when the transport is running.
10343
10344 .vitem "&$auth1$& &-- &$auth3$&"
10345 .vindex "&$auth1$&, &$auth2$&, etc"
10346 These variables are used in SMTP authenticators (see chapters
10347 &<<CHAPplaintext>>&&--&<<CHAPspa>>&). Elsewhere, they are empty.
10348
10349 .vitem &$authenticated_id$&
10350 .cindex "authentication" "id"
10351 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
10352 When a server successfully authenticates a client it may be configured to
10353 preserve some of the authentication information in the variable
10354 &$authenticated_id$& (see chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&). For example, a
10355 user/password authenticator configuration might preserve the user name for use
10356 in the routers. Note that this is not the same information that is saved in
10357 &$sender_host_authenticated$&.
10358 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP connection)
10359 the value of &$authenticated_id$& is normally the login name of the calling
10360 process. However, a trusted user can override this by means of the &%-oMai%&
10361 command line option.
10362
10363
10364
10365
10366 .vitem &$authenticated_sender$&
10367 .cindex "sender" "authenticated"
10368 .cindex "authentication" "sender"
10369 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
10370 .vindex "&$authenticated_sender$&"
10371 When acting as a server, Exim takes note of the AUTH= parameter on an incoming
10372 SMTP MAIL command if it believes the sender is sufficiently trusted, as
10373 described in section &<<SECTauthparamail>>&. Unless the data is the string
10374 &"<>"&, it is set as the authenticated sender of the message, and the value is
10375 available during delivery in the &$authenticated_sender$& variable. If the
10376 sender is not trusted, Exim accepts the syntax of AUTH=, but ignores the data.
10377
10378 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
10379 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP connection), the
10380 value of &$authenticated_sender$& is an address constructed from the login
10381 name of the calling process and &$qualify_domain$&, except that a trusted user
10382 can override this by means of the &%-oMas%& command line option.
10383
10384
10385 .vitem &$authentication_failed$&
10386 .cindex "authentication" "failure"
10387 .vindex "&$authentication_failed$&"
10388 This variable is set to &"1"& in an Exim server if a client issues an AUTH
10389 command that does not succeed. Otherwise it is set to &"0"&. This makes it
10390 possible to distinguish between &"did not try to authenticate"&
10391 (&$sender_host_authenticated$& is empty and &$authentication_failed$& is set to
10392 &"0"&) and &"tried to authenticate but failed"& (&$sender_host_authenticated$&
10393 is empty and &$authentication_failed$& is set to &"1"&). Failure includes any
10394 negative response to an AUTH command, including (for example) an attempt to use
10395 an undefined mechanism.
10396
10397 .vitem &$body_linecount$&
10398 .cindex "message body" "line count"
10399 .cindex "body of message" "line count"
10400 .vindex "&$body_linecount$&"
10401 When a message is being received or delivered, this variable contains the
10402 number of lines in the message's body. See also &$message_linecount$&.
10403
10404 .vitem &$body_zerocount$&
10405 .cindex "message body" "binary zero count"
10406 .cindex "body of message" "binary zero count"
10407 .cindex "binary zero" "in message body"
10408 .vindex "&$body_zerocount$&"
10409 When a message is being received or delivered, this variable contains the
10410 number of binary zero bytes in the message's body.
10411
10412 .vitem &$bounce_recipient$&
10413 .vindex "&$bounce_recipient$&"
10414 This is set to the recipient address of a bounce message while Exim is creating
10415 it. It is useful if a customized bounce message text file is in use (see
10416 chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&).
10417
10418 .vitem &$bounce_return_size_limit$&
10419 .vindex "&$bounce_return_size_limit$&"
10420 This contains the value set in the &%bounce_return_size_limit%& option, rounded
10421 up to a multiple of 1000. It is useful when a customized error message text
10422 file is in use (see chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&).
10423
10424 .vitem &$caller_gid$&
10425 .cindex "gid (group id)" "caller"
10426 .vindex "&$caller_gid$&"
10427 The real group id under which the process that called Exim was running. This is
10428 not the same as the group id of the originator of a message (see
10429 &$originator_gid$&). If Exim re-execs itself, this variable in the new
10430 incarnation normally contains the Exim gid.
10431
10432 .vitem &$caller_uid$&
10433 .cindex "uid (user id)" "caller"
10434 .vindex "&$caller_uid$&"
10435 The real user id under which the process that called Exim was running. This is
10436 not the same as the user id of the originator of a message (see
10437 &$originator_uid$&). If Exim re-execs itself, this variable in the new
10438 incarnation normally contains the Exim uid.
10439
10440 .vitem &$compile_date$&
10441 .vindex "&$compile_date$&"
10442 The date on which the Exim binary was compiled.
10443
10444 .vitem &$compile_number$&
10445 .vindex "&$compile_number$&"
10446 The building process for Exim keeps a count of the number
10447 of times it has been compiled. This serves to distinguish different
10448 compilations of the same version of the program.
10449
10450 .vitem &$demime_errorlevel$&
10451 .vindex "&$demime_errorlevel$&"
10452 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with
10453 the content-scanning extension and the obsolete &%demime%& condition. For
10454 details, see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
10455
10456 .vitem &$demime_reason$&
10457 .vindex "&$demime_reason$&"
10458 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with the
10459 content-scanning extension and the obsolete &%demime%& condition. For details,
10460 see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
10461
10462
10463 .vitem &$dnslist_domain$&
10464 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
10465 .vindex "&$dnslist_domain$&"
10466 When a client host is found to be on a DNS (black) list,
10467 the list's domain name is put into this variable so that it can be included in
10468 the rejection message.
10469
10470 .vitem &$dnslist_text$&
10471 .vindex "&$dnslist_text$&"
10472 When a client host is found to be on a DNS (black) list, the
10473 contents of any associated TXT record are placed in this variable.
10474
10475 .vitem &$dnslist_value$&
10476 .vindex "&$dnslist_value$&"
10477 When a client host is found to be on a DNS (black) list,
10478 the IP address from the resource record is placed in this variable.
10479 If there are multiple records, all the addresses are included, comma-space
10480 separated.
10481
10482 .vitem &$domain$&
10483 .vindex "&$domain$&"
10484 When an address is being routed, or delivered on its own, this variable
10485 contains the domain. Uppercase letters in the domain are converted into lower
10486 case for &$domain$&.
10487
10488 Global address rewriting happens when a message is received, so the value of
10489 &$domain$& during routing and delivery is the value after rewriting. &$domain$&
10490 is set during user filtering, but not during system filtering, because a
10491 message may have many recipients and the system filter is called just once.
10492
10493 When more than one address is being delivered at once (for example, several
10494 RCPT commands in one SMTP delivery), &$domain$& is set only if they all
10495 have the same domain. Transports can be restricted to handling only one domain
10496 at a time if the value of &$domain$& is required at transport time &-- this is
10497 the default for local transports. For further details of the environment in
10498 which local transports are run, see chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
10499
10500 .oindex "&%delay_warning_condition%&"
10501 At the end of a delivery, if all deferred addresses have the same domain, it is
10502 set in &$domain$& during the expansion of &%delay_warning_condition%&.
10503
10504 The &$domain$& variable is also used in some other circumstances:
10505
10506 .ilist
10507 When an ACL is running for a RCPT command, &$domain$& contains the domain of
10508 the recipient address. The domain of the &'sender'& address is in
10509 &$sender_address_domain$& at both MAIL time and at RCPT time. &$domain$& is not
10510 normally set during the running of the MAIL ACL. However, if the sender address
10511 is verified with a callout during the MAIL ACL, the sender domain is placed in
10512 &$domain$& during the expansions of &%hosts%&, &%interface%&, and &%port%& in
10513 the &(smtp)& transport.
10514
10515 .next
10516 When a rewrite item is being processed (see chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&),
10517 &$domain$& contains the domain portion of the address that is being rewritten;
10518 it can be used in the expansion of the replacement address, for example, to
10519 rewrite domains by file lookup.
10520
10521 .next
10522 With one important exception, whenever a domain list is being scanned,
10523 &$domain$& contains the subject domain. &*Exception*&: When a domain list in
10524 a &%sender_domains%& condition in an ACL is being processed, the subject domain
10525 is in &$sender_address_domain$& and not in &$domain$&. It works this way so
10526 that, in a RCPT ACL, the sender domain list can be dependent on the
10527 recipient domain (which is what is in &$domain$& at this time).
10528
10529 .next
10530 .cindex "ETRN" "value of &$domain$&"
10531 .oindex "&%smtp_etrn_command%&"
10532 When the &%smtp_etrn_command%& option is being expanded, &$domain$& contains
10533 the complete argument of the ETRN command (see section &<<SECTETRN>>&).
10534 .endlist
10535
10536
10537 .vitem &$domain_data$&
10538 .vindex "&$domain_data$&"
10539 When the &%domains%& option on a router matches a domain by
10540 means of a lookup, the data read by the lookup is available during the running
10541 of the router as &$domain_data$&. In addition, if the driver routes the
10542 address to a transport, the value is available in that transport. If the
10543 transport is handling multiple addresses, the value from the first address is
10544 used.
10545
10546 &$domain_data$& is also set when the &%domains%& condition in an ACL matches a
10547 domain by means of a lookup. The data read by the lookup is available during
10548 the rest of the ACL statement. In all other situations, this variable expands
10549 to nothing.
10550
10551 .vitem &$exim_gid$&
10552 .vindex "&$exim_gid$&"
10553 This variable contains the numerical value of the Exim group id.
10554
10555 .vitem &$exim_path$&
10556 .vindex "&$exim_path$&"
10557 This variable contains the path to the Exim binary.
10558
10559 .vitem &$exim_uid$&
10560 .vindex "&$exim_uid$&"
10561 This variable contains the numerical value of the Exim user id.
10562
10563 .vitem &$found_extension$&
10564 .vindex "&$found_extension$&"
10565 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with the
10566 content-scanning extension and the obsolete &%demime%& condition. For details,
10567 see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
10568
10569 .vitem &$header_$&<&'name'&>
10570 This is not strictly an expansion variable. It is expansion syntax for
10571 inserting the message header line with the given name. Note that the name must
10572 be terminated by colon or white space, because it may contain a wide variety of
10573 characters. Note also that braces must &'not'& be used.
10574
10575 .vitem &$home$&
10576 .vindex "&$home$&"
10577 When the &%check_local_user%& option is set for a router, the user's home
10578 directory is placed in &$home$& when the check succeeds. In particular, this
10579 means it is set during the running of users' filter files. A router may also
10580 explicitly set a home directory for use by a transport; this can be overridden
10581 by a setting on the transport itself.
10582
10583 When running a filter test via the &%-bf%& option, &$home$& is set to the value
10584 of the environment variable HOME.
10585
10586 .vitem &$host$&
10587 .vindex "&$host$&"
10588 If a router assigns an address to a transport (any transport), and passes a
10589 list of hosts with the address, the value of &$host$& when the transport starts
10590 to run is the name of the first host on the list. Note that this applies both
10591 to local and remote transports.
10592
10593 .cindex "transport" "filter"
10594 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
10595 For the &(smtp)& transport, if there is more than one host, the value of
10596 &$host$& changes as the transport works its way through the list. In
10597 particular, when the &(smtp)& transport is expanding its options for encryption
10598 using TLS, or for specifying a transport filter (see chapter
10599 &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&), &$host$& contains the name of the host to which it
10600 is connected.
10601
10602 When used in the client part of an authenticator configuration (see chapter
10603 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&), &$host$& contains the name of the server to which the
10604 client is connected.
10605
10606
10607 .vitem &$host_address$&
10608 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
10609 This variable is set to the remote host's IP address whenever &$host$& is set
10610 for a remote connection. It is also set to the IP address that is being checked
10611 when the &%ignore_target_hosts%& option is being processed.
10612
10613 .vitem &$host_data$&
10614 .vindex "&$host_data$&"
10615 If a &%hosts%& condition in an ACL is satisfied by means of a lookup, the
10616 result of the lookup is made available in the &$host_data$& variable. This
10617 allows you, for example, to do things like this:
10618 .code
10619 deny hosts = net-lsearch;/some/file
10620 message = $host_data
10621 .endd
10622 .vitem &$host_lookup_deferred$&
10623 .cindex "host name" "lookup, failure of"
10624 .vindex "&$host_lookup_deferred$&"
10625 This variable normally contains &"0"&, as does &$host_lookup_failed$&. When a
10626 message comes from a remote host and there is an attempt to look up the host's
10627 name from its IP address, and the attempt is not successful, one of these
10628 variables is set to &"1"&.
10629
10630 .ilist
10631 If the lookup receives a definite negative response (for example, a DNS lookup
10632 succeeded, but no records were found), &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&.
10633
10634 .next
10635 If there is any kind of problem during the lookup, such that Exim cannot
10636 tell whether or not the host name is defined (for example, a timeout for a DNS
10637 lookup), &$host_lookup_deferred$& is set to &"1"&.
10638 .endlist ilist
10639
10640 Looking up a host's name from its IP address consists of more than just a
10641 single reverse lookup. Exim checks that a forward lookup of at least one of the
10642 names it receives from a reverse lookup yields the original IP address. If this
10643 is not the case, Exim does not accept the looked up name(s), and
10644 &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&. Thus, being able to find a name from an
10645 IP address (for example, the existence of a PTR record in the DNS) is not
10646 sufficient on its own for the success of a host name lookup. If the reverse
10647 lookup succeeds, but there is a lookup problem such as a timeout when checking
10648 the result, the name is not accepted, and &$host_lookup_deferred$& is set to
10649 &"1"&. See also &$sender_host_name$&.
10650
10651 .vitem &$host_lookup_failed$&
10652 .vindex "&$host_lookup_failed$&"
10653 See &$host_lookup_deferred$&.
10654
10655
10656 .vitem &$inode$&
10657 .vindex "&$inode$&"
10658 The only time this variable is set is while expanding the &%directory_file%&
10659 option in the &(appendfile)& transport. The variable contains the inode number
10660 of the temporary file which is about to be renamed. It can be used to construct
10661 a unique name for the file.
10662
10663 .vitem &$interface_address$&
10664 .vindex "&$interface_address$&"
10665 This is an obsolete name for &$received_ip_address$&.
10666
10667 .vitem &$interface_port$&
10668 .vindex "&$interface_port$&"
10669 This is an obsolete name for &$received_port$&.
10670
10671 .new
10672 .vitem &$item$&
10673 .vindex "&$item$&"
10674 This variable is used during the expansion of &*forall*& and &*forany*&
10675 conditions (see section &<<SECTexpcond>>&), and &*filter*&, &*man*&, and
10676 &*reduce*& items (see section &<<SECTexpcond>>&). In other circumstances, it is
10677 empty.
10678 .wen
10679
10680 .vitem &$ldap_dn$&
10681 .vindex "&$ldap_dn$&"
10682 This variable, which is available only when Exim is compiled with LDAP support,
10683 contains the DN from the last entry in the most recently successful LDAP
10684 lookup.
10685
10686 .vitem &$load_average$&
10687 .vindex "&$load_average$&"
10688 This variable contains the system load average, multiplied by 1000 so that it
10689 is an integer. For example, if the load average is 0.21, the value of the
10690 variable is 210. The value is recomputed every time the variable is referenced.
10691
10692 .vitem &$local_part$&
10693 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
10694 When an address is being routed, or delivered on its own, this
10695 variable contains the local part. When a number of addresses are being
10696 delivered together (for example, multiple RCPT commands in an SMTP
10697 session), &$local_part$& is not set.
10698
10699 Global address rewriting happens when a message is received, so the value of
10700 &$local_part$& during routing and delivery is the value after rewriting.
10701 &$local_part$& is set during user filtering, but not during system filtering,
10702 because a message may have many recipients and the system filter is called just
10703 once.
10704
10705 .vindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
10706 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
10707 If a local part prefix or suffix has been recognized, it is not included in the
10708 value of &$local_part$& during routing and subsequent delivery. The values of
10709 any prefix or suffix are in &$local_part_prefix$& and
10710 &$local_part_suffix$&, respectively.
10711
10712 When a message is being delivered to a file, pipe, or autoreply transport as a
10713 result of aliasing or forwarding, &$local_part$& is set to the local part of
10714 the parent address, not to the file name or command (see &$address_file$& and
10715 &$address_pipe$&).
10716
10717 When an ACL is running for a RCPT command, &$local_part$& contains the
10718 local part of the recipient address.
10719
10720 When a rewrite item is being processed (see chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&),
10721 &$local_part$& contains the local part of the address that is being rewritten;
10722 it can be used in the expansion of the replacement address, for example.
10723
10724 In all cases, all quoting is removed from the local part. For example, for both
10725 the addresses
10726 .code
10727 "abc:xyz"@test.example
10728 abc\:xyz@test.example
10729 .endd
10730 the value of &$local_part$& is
10731 .code
10732 abc:xyz
10733 .endd
10734 If you use &$local_part$& to create another address, you should always wrap it
10735 inside a quoting operator. For example, in a &(redirect)& router you could
10736 have:
10737 .code
10738 data = ${quote_local_part:$local_part}@new.domain.example
10739 .endd
10740 &*Note*&: The value of &$local_part$& is normally lower cased. If you want
10741 to process local parts in a case-dependent manner in a router, you can set the
10742 &%caseful_local_part%& option (see chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&).
10743
10744 .vitem &$local_part_data$&
10745 .vindex "&$local_part_data$&"
10746 When the &%local_parts%& option on a router matches a local part by means of a
10747 lookup, the data read by the lookup is available during the running of the
10748 router as &$local_part_data$&. In addition, if the driver routes the address
10749 to a transport, the value is available in that transport. If the transport is
10750 handling multiple addresses, the value from the first address is used.
10751
10752 &$local_part_data$& is also set when the &%local_parts%& condition in an ACL
10753 matches a local part by means of a lookup. The data read by the lookup is
10754 available during the rest of the ACL statement. In all other situations, this
10755 variable expands to nothing.
10756
10757 .vitem &$local_part_prefix$&
10758 .vindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
10759 When an address is being routed or delivered, and a
10760 specific prefix for the local part was recognized, it is available in this
10761 variable, having been removed from &$local_part$&.
10762
10763 .vitem &$local_part_suffix$&
10764 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
10765 When an address is being routed or delivered, and a
10766 specific suffix for the local part was recognized, it is available in this
10767 variable, having been removed from &$local_part$&.
10768
10769 .vitem &$local_scan_data$&
10770 .vindex "&$local_scan_data$&"
10771 This variable contains the text returned by the &[local_scan()]& function when
10772 a message is received. See chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>& for more details.
10773
10774 .vitem &$local_user_gid$&
10775 .vindex "&$local_user_gid$&"
10776 See &$local_user_uid$&.
10777
10778 .vitem &$local_user_uid$&
10779 .vindex "&$local_user_uid$&"
10780 This variable and &$local_user_gid$& are set to the uid and gid after the
10781 &%check_local_user%& router precondition succeeds. This means that their values
10782 are available for the remaining preconditions (&%senders%&, &%require_files%&,
10783 and &%condition%&), for the &%address_data%& expansion, and for any
10784 router-specific expansions. At all other times, the values in these variables
10785 are &`(uid_t)(-1)`& and &`(gid_t)(-1)`&, respectively.
10786
10787 .vitem &$localhost_number$&
10788 .vindex "&$localhost_number$&"
10789 This contains the expanded value of the
10790 &%localhost_number%& option. The expansion happens after the main options have
10791 been read.
10792
10793 .vitem &$log_inodes$&
10794 .vindex "&$log_inodes$&"
10795 The number of free inodes in the disk partition where Exim's
10796 log files are being written. The value is recalculated whenever the variable is
10797 referenced. If the relevant file system does not have the concept of inodes,
10798 the value of is -1. See also the &%check_log_inodes%& option.
10799
10800 .vitem &$log_space$&
10801 .vindex "&$log_space$&"
10802 The amount of free space (as a number of kilobytes) in the disk
10803 partition where Exim's log files are being written. The value is recalculated
10804 whenever the variable is referenced. If the operating system does not have the
10805 ability to find the amount of free space (only true for experimental systems),
10806 the space value is -1. See also the &%check_log_space%& option.
10807
10808
10809 .vitem &$mailstore_basename$&
10810 .vindex "&$mailstore_basename$&"
10811 This variable is set only when doing deliveries in &"mailstore"& format in the
10812 &(appendfile)& transport. During the expansion of the &%mailstore_prefix%&,
10813 &%mailstore_suffix%&, &%message_prefix%&, and &%message_suffix%& options, it
10814 contains the basename of the files that are being written, that is, the name
10815 without the &".tmp"&, &".env"&, or &".msg"& suffix. At all other times, this
10816 variable is empty.
10817
10818 .vitem &$malware_name$&
10819 .vindex "&$malware_name$&"
10820 This variable is available when Exim is compiled with the
10821 content-scanning extension. It is set to the name of the virus that was found
10822 when the ACL &%malware%& condition is true (see section &<<SECTscanvirus>>&).
10823
10824
10825 .vitem &$message_age$&
10826 .cindex "message" "age of"
10827 .vindex "&$message_age$&"
10828 This variable is set at the start of a delivery attempt to contain the number
10829 of seconds since the message was received. It does not change during a single
10830 delivery attempt.
10831
10832 .vitem &$message_body$&
10833 .cindex "body of message" "expansion variable"
10834 .cindex "message body" "in expansion"
10835 .cindex "binary zero" "in message body"
10836 .vindex "&$message_body$&"
10837 This variable contains the initial portion of a message's
10838 body while it is being delivered, and is intended mainly for use in filter
10839 files. The maximum number of characters of the body that are put into the
10840 variable is set by the &%message_body_visible%& configuration option; the
10841 default is 500. Newlines are converted into spaces to make it easier to search
10842 for phrases that might be split over a line break.
10843 Binary zeros are also converted into spaces.
10844
10845 .vitem &$message_body_end$&
10846 .cindex "body of message" "expansion variable"
10847 .cindex "message body" "in expansion"
10848 .vindex "&$message_body_end$&"
10849 This variable contains the final portion of a message's
10850 body while it is being delivered. The format and maximum size are as for
10851 &$message_body$&.
10852
10853 .vitem &$message_body_size$&
10854 .cindex "body of message" "size"
10855 .cindex "message body" "size"
10856 .vindex "&$message_body_size$&"
10857 When a message is being delivered, this variable contains the size of the body
10858 in bytes. The count starts from the character after the blank line that
10859 separates the body from the header. Newlines are included in the count. See
10860 also &$message_size$&, &$body_linecount$&, and &$body_zerocount$&.
10861
10862 .vitem &$message_exim_id$&
10863 .vindex "&$message_exim_id$&"
10864 When a message is being received or delivered, this variable contains the
10865 unique message id that is generated and used by Exim to identify the message.
10866 An id is not created for a message until after its header has been successfully
10867 received. &*Note*&: This is &'not'& the contents of the &'Message-ID:'& header
10868 line; it is the local id that Exim assigns to the message, for example:
10869 &`1BXTIK-0001yO-VA`&.
10870
10871 .vitem &$message_headers$&
10872 .vindex &$message_headers$&
10873 This variable contains a concatenation of all the header lines when a message
10874 is being processed, except for lines added by routers or transports. The header
10875 lines are separated by newline characters. Their contents are decoded in the
10876 same way as a header line that is inserted by &%bheader%&.
10877
10878 .vitem &$message_headers_raw$&
10879 .vindex &$message_headers_raw$&
10880 This variable is like &$message_headers$& except that no processing of the
10881 contents of header lines is done.
10882
10883 .vitem &$message_id$&
10884 This is an old name for &$message_exim_id$&, which is now deprecated.
10885
10886 .vitem &$message_linecount$&
10887 .vindex "&$message_linecount$&"
10888 This variable contains the total number of lines in the header and body of the
10889 message. Compare &$body_linecount$&, which is the count for the body only.
10890 During the DATA and content-scanning ACLs, &$message_linecount$& contains the
10891 number of lines received. Before delivery happens (that is, before filters,
10892 routers, and transports run) the count is increased to include the
10893 &'Received:'& header line that Exim standardly adds, and also any other header
10894 lines that are added by ACLs. The blank line that separates the message header
10895 from the body is not counted. Here is an example of the use of this variable in
10896 a DATA ACL:
10897 .code
10898 deny message = Too many lines in message header
10899 condition = \
10900 ${if <{250}{${eval:$message_linecount - $body_linecount}}}
10901 .endd
10902 In the MAIL and RCPT ACLs, the value is zero because at that stage the
10903 message has not yet been received.
10904
10905 .vitem &$message_size$&
10906 .cindex "size" "of message"
10907 .cindex "message" "size"
10908 .vindex "&$message_size$&"
10909 When a message is being processed, this variable contains its size in bytes. In
10910 most cases, the size includes those headers that were received with the
10911 message, but not those (such as &'Envelope-to:'&) that are added to individual
10912 deliveries as they are written. However, there is one special case: during the
10913 expansion of the &%maildir_tag%& option in the &(appendfile)& transport while
10914 doing a delivery in maildir format, the value of &$message_size$& is the
10915 precise size of the file that has been written. See also
10916 &$message_body_size$&, &$body_linecount$&, and &$body_zerocount$&.
10917
10918 .cindex "RCPT" "value of &$message_size$&"
10919 While running an ACL at the time of an SMTP RCPT command, &$message_size$&
10920 contains the size supplied on the MAIL command, or -1 if no size was given. The
10921 value may not, of course, be truthful.
10922
10923 .vitem &$mime_$&&'xxx'&
10924 A number of variables whose names start with &$mime$& are
10925 available when Exim is compiled with the content-scanning extension. For
10926 details, see section &<<SECTscanmimepart>>&.
10927
10928 .vitem "&$n0$& &-- &$n9$&"
10929 These variables are counters that can be incremented by means
10930 of the &%add%& command in filter files.
10931
10932 .vitem &$original_domain$&
10933 .vindex "&$domain$&"
10934 .vindex "&$original_domain$&"
10935 When a top-level address is being processed for delivery, this contains the
10936 same value as &$domain$&. However, if a &"child"& address (for example,
10937 generated by an alias, forward, or filter file) is being processed, this
10938 variable contains the domain of the original address (lower cased). This
10939 differs from &$parent_domain$& only when there is more than one level of
10940 aliasing or forwarding. When more than one address is being delivered in a
10941 single transport run, &$original_domain$& is not set.
10942
10943 If a new address is created by means of a &%deliver%& command in a system
10944 filter, it is set up with an artificial &"parent"& address. This has the local
10945 part &'system-filter'& and the default qualify domain.
10946
10947 .vitem &$original_local_part$&
10948 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
10949 .vindex "&$original_local_part$&"
10950 When a top-level address is being processed for delivery, this contains the
10951 same value as &$local_part$&, unless a prefix or suffix was removed from the
10952 local part, because &$original_local_part$& always contains the full local
10953 part. When a &"child"& address (for example, generated by an alias, forward, or
10954 filter file) is being processed, this variable contains the full local part of
10955 the original address.
10956
10957 If the router that did the redirection processed the local part
10958 case-insensitively, the value in &$original_local_part$& is in lower case.
10959 This variable differs from &$parent_local_part$& only when there is more than
10960 one level of aliasing or forwarding. When more than one address is being
10961 delivered in a single transport run, &$original_local_part$& is not set.
10962
10963 If a new address is created by means of a &%deliver%& command in a system
10964 filter, it is set up with an artificial &"parent"& address. This has the local
10965 part &'system-filter'& and the default qualify domain.
10966
10967 .vitem &$originator_gid$&
10968 .cindex "gid (group id)" "of originating user"
10969 .cindex "sender" "gid"
10970 .vindex "&$caller_gid$&"
10971 .vindex "&$originator_gid$&"
10972 This variable contains the value of &$caller_gid$& that was set when the
10973 message was received. For messages received via the command line, this is the
10974 gid of the sending user. For messages received by SMTP over TCP/IP, this is
10975 normally the gid of the Exim user.
10976
10977 .vitem &$originator_uid$&
10978 .cindex "uid (user id)" "of originating user"
10979 .cindex "sender" "uid"
10980 .vindex "&$caller_uid$&"
10981 .vindex "&$originaltor_uid$&"
10982 The value of &$caller_uid$& that was set when the message was received. For
10983 messages received via the command line, this is the uid of the sending user.
10984 For messages received by SMTP over TCP/IP, this is normally the uid of the Exim
10985 user.
10986
10987 .vitem &$parent_domain$&
10988 .vindex "&$parent_domain$&"
10989 This variable is similar to &$original_domain$& (see
10990 above), except that it refers to the immediately preceding parent address.
10991
10992 .vitem &$parent_local_part$&
10993 .vindex "&$parent_local_part$&"
10994 This variable is similar to &$original_local_part$&
10995 (see above), except that it refers to the immediately preceding parent address.
10996
10997 .vitem &$pid$&
10998 .cindex "pid (process id)" "of current process"
10999 .vindex "&$pid$&"
11000 This variable contains the current process id.
11001
11002 .vitem &$pipe_addresses$&
11003 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
11004 .cindex "transport" "filter"
11005 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
11006 This is not an expansion variable, but is mentioned here because the string
11007 &`$pipe_addresses`& is handled specially in the command specification for the
11008 &(pipe)& transport (chapter &<<CHAPpipetransport>>&) and in transport filters
11009 (described under &%transport_filter%& in chapter &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&).
11010 It cannot be used in general expansion strings, and provokes an &"unknown
11011 variable"& error if encountered.
11012
11013 .vitem &$primary_hostname$&
11014 .vindex "&$primary_hostname$&"
11015 This variable contains the value set by &%primary_hostname%& in the
11016 configuration file, or read by the &[uname()]& function. If &[uname()]& returns
11017 a single-component name, Exim calls &[gethostbyname()]& (or
11018 &[getipnodebyname()]& where available) in an attempt to acquire a fully
11019 qualified host name. See also &$smtp_active_hostname$&.
11020
11021
11022 .vitem &$prvscheck_address$&
11023 This variable is used in conjunction with the &%prvscheck%& expansion item,
11024 which is described in sections &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& and
11025 &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
11026
11027 .vitem &$prvscheck_keynum$&
11028 This variable is used in conjunction with the &%prvscheck%& expansion item,
11029 which is described in sections &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& and
11030 &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
11031
11032 .vitem &$prvscheck_result$&
11033 This variable is used in conjunction with the &%prvscheck%& expansion item,
11034 which is described in sections &<<SECTexpansionitems>>& and
11035 &<<SECTverifyPRVS>>&.
11036
11037 .vitem &$qualify_domain$&
11038 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
11039 The value set for the &%qualify_domain%& option in the configuration file.
11040
11041 .vitem &$qualify_recipient$&
11042 .vindex "&$qualify_recipient$&"
11043 The value set for the &%qualify_recipient%& option in the configuration file,
11044 or if not set, the value of &$qualify_domain$&.
11045
11046 .vitem &$rcpt_count$&
11047 .vindex "&$rcpt_count$&"
11048 When a message is being received by SMTP, this variable contains the number of
11049 RCPT commands received for the current message. If this variable is used in a
11050 RCPT ACL, its value includes the current command.
11051
11052 .vitem &$rcpt_defer_count$&
11053 .vindex "&$rcpt_defer_count$&"
11054 .cindex "4&'xx'& responses" "count of"
11055 When a message is being received by SMTP, this variable contains the number of
11056 RCPT commands in the current message that have previously been rejected with a
11057 temporary (4&'xx'&) response.
11058
11059 .vitem &$rcpt_fail_count$&
11060 .vindex "&$rcpt_fail_count$&"
11061 When a message is being received by SMTP, this variable contains the number of
11062 RCPT commands in the current message that have previously been rejected with a
11063 permanent (5&'xx'&) response.
11064
11065 .vitem &$received_count$&
11066 .vindex "&$received_count$&"
11067 This variable contains the number of &'Received:'& header lines in the message,
11068 including the one added by Exim (so its value is always greater than zero). It
11069 is available in the DATA ACL, the non-SMTP ACL, and while routing and
11070 delivering.
11071
11072 .vitem &$received_for$&
11073 .vindex "&$received_for$&"
11074 If there is only a single recipient address in an incoming message, this
11075 variable contains that address when the &'Received:'& header line is being
11076 built. The value is copied after recipient rewriting has happened, but before
11077 the &[local_scan()]& function is run.
11078
11079 .vitem &$received_ip_address$&
11080 .vindex "&$received_ip_address$&"
11081 As soon as an Exim server starts processing an incoming TCP/IP connection, this
11082 variable is set to the address of the local IP interface, and &$received_port$&
11083 is set to the local port number. (The remote IP address and port are in
11084 &$sender_host_address$& and &$sender_host_port$&.) When testing with &%-bh%&,
11085 the port value is -1 unless it has been set using the &%-oMi%& command line
11086 option.
11087
11088 As well as being useful in ACLs (including the &"connect"& ACL), these variable
11089 could be used, for example, to make the file name for a TLS certificate depend
11090 on which interface and/or port is being used for the incoming connection. The
11091 values of &$received_ip_address$& and &$received_port$& are saved with any
11092 messages that are received, thus making these variables available at delivery
11093 time.
11094
11095 &*Note:*& There are no equivalent variables for outgoing connections, because
11096 the values are unknown (unless they are explicitly set by options of the
11097 &(smtp)& transport).
11098
11099 .vitem &$received_port$&
11100 .vindex "&$received_port$&"
11101 See &$received_ip_address$&.
11102
11103 .vitem &$received_protocol$&
11104 .vindex "&$received_protocol$&"
11105 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the name of the
11106 protocol by which it was received. Most of the names used by Exim are defined
11107 by RFCs 821, 2821, and 3848. They start with &"smtp"& (the client used HELO) or
11108 &"esmtp"& (the client used EHLO). This can be followed by &"s"& for secure
11109 (encrypted) and/or &"a"& for authenticated. Thus, for example, if the protocol
11110 is set to &"esmtpsa"&, the message was received over an encrypted SMTP
11111 connection and the client was successfully authenticated.
11112
11113 Exim uses the protocol name &"smtps"& for the case when encryption is
11114 automatically set up on connection without the use of STARTTLS (see
11115 &%tls_on_connect_ports%&), and the client uses HELO to initiate the
11116 encrypted SMTP session. The name &"smtps"& is also used for the rare situation
11117 where the client initially uses EHLO, sets up an encrypted connection using
11118 STARTTLS, and then uses HELO afterwards.
11119
11120 The &%-oMr%& option provides a way of specifying a custom protocol name for
11121 messages that are injected locally by trusted callers. This is commonly used to
11122 identify messages that are being re-injected after some kind of scanning.
11123
11124 .vitem &$received_time$&
11125 .vindex "&$received_time$&"
11126 This variable contains the date and time when the current message was received,
11127 as a number of seconds since the start of the Unix epoch.
11128
11129 .vitem &$recipient_data$&
11130 .vindex "&$recipient_data$&"
11131 This variable is set after an indexing lookup success in an ACL &%recipients%&
11132 condition. It contains the data from the lookup, and the value remains set
11133 until the next &%recipients%& test. Thus, you can do things like this:
11134 .display
11135 &`require recipients = cdb*@;/some/file`&
11136 &`deny `&&'some further test involving'& &`$recipient_data`&
11137 .endd
11138 &*Warning*&: This variable is set only when a lookup is used as an indexing
11139 method in the address list, using the semicolon syntax as in the example above.
11140 The variable is not set for a lookup that is used as part of the string
11141 expansion that all such lists undergo before being interpreted.
11142
11143 .vitem &$recipient_verify_failure$&
11144 .vindex "&$recipient_verify_failure$&"
11145 In an ACL, when a recipient verification fails, this variable contains
11146 information about the failure. It is set to one of the following words:
11147
11148 .ilist
11149 &"qualify"&: The address was unqualified (no domain), and the message
11150 was neither local nor came from an exempted host.
11151
11152 .next
11153 &"route"&: Routing failed.
11154
11155 .next
11156 &"mail"&: Routing succeeded, and a callout was attempted; rejection occurred at
11157 or before the MAIL command (that is, on initial connection, HELO, or
11158 MAIL).
11159
11160 .next
11161 &"recipient"&: The RCPT command in a callout was rejected.
11162 .next
11163
11164 &"postmaster"&: The postmaster check in a callout was rejected.
11165 .endlist
11166
11167 The main use of this variable is expected to be to distinguish between
11168 rejections of MAIL and rejections of RCPT.
11169
11170 .vitem &$recipients$&
11171 .vindex "&$recipients$&"
11172 This variable contains a list of envelope recipients for a message. A comma and
11173 a space separate the addresses in the replacement text. However, the variable
11174 is not generally available, to prevent exposure of Bcc recipients in
11175 unprivileged users' filter files. You can use &$recipients$& only in these
11176 cases:
11177
11178 .olist
11179 In a system filter file.
11180 .next
11181 In the ACLs associated with the DATA command and with non-SMTP messages, that
11182 is, the ACLs defined by &%acl_smtp_predata%&, &%acl_smtp_data%&,
11183 &%acl_smtp_mime%&, &%acl_not_smtp_start%&, &%acl_not_smtp%&, and
11184 &%acl_not_smtp_mime%&.
11185 .next
11186 .new
11187 From within a &[local_scan()]& function.
11188 .wen
11189 .endlist
11190
11191
11192 .vitem &$recipients_count$&
11193 .vindex "&$recipients_count$&"
11194 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the number of
11195 envelope recipients that came with the message. Duplicates are not excluded
11196 from the count. While a message is being received over SMTP, the number
11197 increases for each accepted recipient. It can be referenced in an ACL.
11198
11199
11200 .vitem &$regex_match_string$&
11201 .vindex "&$regex_match_string$&"
11202 This variable is set to contain the matching regular expression after a
11203 &%regex%& ACL condition has matched (see section &<<SECTscanregex>>&).
11204
11205
11206 .vitem &$reply_address$&
11207 .vindex "&$reply_address$&"
11208 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the contents of the
11209 &'Reply-To:'& header line if one exists and it is not empty, or otherwise the
11210 contents of the &'From:'& header line. Apart from the removal of leading
11211 white space, the value is not processed in any way. In particular, no RFC 2047
11212 decoding or character code translation takes place.
11213
11214 .vitem &$return_path$&
11215 .vindex "&$return_path$&"
11216 When a message is being delivered, this variable contains the return path &--
11217 the sender field that will be sent as part of the envelope. It is not enclosed
11218 in <> characters. At the start of routing an address, &$return_path$& has the
11219 same value as &$sender_address$&, but if, for example, an incoming message to a
11220 mailing list has been expanded by a router which specifies a different address
11221 for bounce messages, &$return_path$& subsequently contains the new bounce
11222 address, whereas &$sender_address$& always contains the original sender address
11223 that was received with the message. In other words, &$sender_address$& contains
11224 the incoming envelope sender, and &$return_path$& contains the outgoing
11225 envelope sender.
11226
11227 .vitem &$return_size_limit$&
11228 .vindex "&$return_size_limit$&"
11229 This is an obsolete name for &$bounce_return_size_limit$&.
11230
11231 .vitem &$runrc$&
11232 .cindex "return code" "from &%run%& expansion"
11233 .vindex "&$runrc$&"
11234 This variable contains the return code from a command that is run by the
11235 &%${run...}%& expansion item. &*Warning*&: In a router or transport, you cannot
11236 assume the order in which option values are expanded, except for those
11237 preconditions whose order of testing is documented. Therefore, you cannot
11238 reliably expect to set &$runrc$& by the expansion of one option, and use it in
11239 another.
11240
11241 .vitem &$self_hostname$&
11242 .oindex "&%self%&" "value of host name"
11243 .vindex "&$self_hostname$&"
11244 When an address is routed to a supposedly remote host that turns out to be the
11245 local host, what happens is controlled by the &%self%& generic router option.
11246 One of its values causes the address to be passed to another router. When this
11247 happens, &$self_hostname$& is set to the name of the local host that the
11248 original router encountered. In other circumstances its contents are null.
11249
11250 .vitem &$sender_address$&
11251 .vindex "&$sender_address$&"
11252 When a message is being processed, this variable contains the sender's address
11253 that was received in the message's envelope. The case of letters in the address
11254 is retained, in both the local part and the domain. For bounce messages, the
11255 value of this variable is the empty string. See also &$return_path$&.
11256
11257 .vitem &$sender_address_data$&
11258 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
11259 .vindex "&$sender_address_data$&"
11260 If &$address_data$& is set when the routers are called from an ACL to verify a
11261 sender address, the final value is preserved in &$sender_address_data$&, to
11262 distinguish it from data from a recipient address. The value does not persist
11263 after the end of the current ACL statement. If you want to preserve it for
11264 longer, you can save it in an ACL variable.
11265
11266 .vitem &$sender_address_domain$&
11267 .vindex "&$sender_address_domain$&"
11268 The domain portion of &$sender_address$&.
11269
11270 .vitem &$sender_address_local_part$&
11271 .vindex "&$sender_address_local_part$&"
11272 The local part portion of &$sender_address$&.
11273
11274 .vitem &$sender_data$&
11275 .vindex "&$sender_data$&"
11276 This variable is set after a lookup success in an ACL &%senders%& condition or
11277 in a router &%senders%& option. It contains the data from the lookup, and the
11278 value remains set until the next &%senders%& test. Thus, you can do things like
11279 this:
11280 .display
11281 &`require senders = cdb*@;/some/file`&
11282 &`deny `&&'some further test involving'& &`$sender_data`&
11283 .endd
11284 &*Warning*&: This variable is set only when a lookup is used as an indexing
11285 method in the address list, using the semicolon syntax as in the example above.
11286 The variable is not set for a lookup that is used as part of the string
11287 expansion that all such lists undergo before being interpreted.
11288
11289 .vitem &$sender_fullhost$&
11290 .vindex "&$sender_fullhost$&"
11291 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the host
11292 name and IP address in a single string. It ends with the IP address in square
11293 brackets, followed by a colon and a port number if the logging of ports is
11294 enabled. The format of the rest of the string depends on whether the host
11295 issued a HELO or EHLO SMTP command, and whether the host name was verified by
11296 looking up its IP address. (Looking up the IP address can be forced by the
11297 &%host_lookup%& option, independent of verification.) A plain host name at the
11298 start of the string is a verified host name; if this is not present,
11299 verification either failed or was not requested. A host name in parentheses is
11300 the argument of a HELO or EHLO command. This is omitted if it is identical to
11301 the verified host name or to the host's IP address in square brackets.
11302
11303 .vitem &$sender_helo_name$&
11304 .vindex "&$sender_helo_name$&"
11305 When a message is received from a remote host that has issued a HELO or EHLO
11306 command, the argument of that command is placed in this variable. It is also
11307 set if HELO or EHLO is used when a message is received using SMTP locally via
11308 the &%-bs%& or &%-bS%& options.
11309
11310 .vitem &$sender_host_address$&
11311 .vindex "&$sender_host_address$&"
11312 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains that
11313 host's IP address. For locally submitted messages, it is empty.
11314
11315 .vitem &$sender_host_authenticated$&
11316 .vindex "&$sender_host_authenticated$&"
11317 This variable contains the name (not the public name) of the authenticator
11318 driver that successfully authenticated the client from which the message was
11319 received. It is empty if there was no successful authentication. See also
11320 &$authenticated_id$&.
11321
11322 .vitem &$sender_host_name$&
11323 .vindex "&$sender_host_name$&"
11324 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the
11325 host's name as obtained by looking up its IP address. For messages received by
11326 other means, this variable is empty.
11327
11328 .vindex "&$host_lookup_failed$&"
11329 If the host name has not previously been looked up, a reference to
11330 &$sender_host_name$& triggers a lookup (for messages from remote hosts).
11331 A looked up name is accepted only if it leads back to the original IP address
11332 via a forward lookup. If either the reverse or the forward lookup fails to find
11333 any data, or if the forward lookup does not yield the original IP address,
11334 &$sender_host_name$& remains empty, and &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&.
11335
11336 .vindex "&$host_lookup_deferred$&"
11337 However, if either of the lookups cannot be completed (for example, there is a
11338 DNS timeout), &$host_lookup_deferred$& is set to &"1"&, and
11339 &$host_lookup_failed$& remains set to &"0"&.
11340
11341 Once &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to &"1"&, Exim does not try to look up the
11342 host name again if there is a subsequent reference to &$sender_host_name$&
11343 in the same Exim process, but it does try again if &$host_lookup_deferred$&
11344 is set to &"1"&.
11345
11346 Exim does not automatically look up every calling host's name. If you want
11347 maximum efficiency, you should arrange your configuration so that it avoids
11348 these lookups altogether. The lookup happens only if one or more of the
11349 following are true:
11350
11351 .ilist
11352 A string containing &$sender_host_name$& is expanded.
11353 .next
11354 The calling host matches the list in &%host_lookup%&. In the default
11355 configuration, this option is set to *, so it must be changed if lookups are
11356 to be avoided. (In the code, the default for &%host_lookup%& is unset.)
11357 .next
11358 Exim needs the host name in order to test an item in a host list. The items
11359 that require this are described in sections &<<SECThoslispatnam>>& and
11360 &<<SECThoslispatnamsk>>&.
11361 .next
11362 The calling host matches &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& or &%helo_verify_hosts%&.
11363 In this case, the host name is required to compare with the name quoted in any
11364 EHLO or HELO commands that the client issues.
11365 .next
11366 The remote host issues a EHLO or HELO command that quotes one of the
11367 domains in &%helo_lookup_domains%&. The default value of this option is
11368 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
11369 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
11370 .code
11371 helo_lookup_domains = @ : @[]
11372 .endd
11373 which causes a lookup if a remote host (incorrectly) gives the server's name or
11374 IP address in an EHLO or HELO command.
11375 .endlist
11376
11377
11378 .vitem &$sender_host_port$&
11379 .vindex "&$sender_host_port$&"
11380 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the port
11381 number that was used on the remote host.
11382
11383 .vitem &$sender_ident$&
11384 .vindex "&$sender_ident$&"
11385 When a message is received from a remote host, this variable contains the
11386 identification received in response to an RFC 1413 request. When a message has
11387 been received locally, this variable contains the login name of the user that
11388 called Exim.
11389
11390 .vitem &$sender_rate_$&&'xxx'&
11391 A number of variables whose names begin &$sender_rate_$& are set as part of the
11392 &%ratelimit%& ACL condition. Details are given in section
11393 &<<SECTratelimiting>>&.
11394
11395 .vitem &$sender_rcvhost$&
11396 .cindex "DNS" "reverse lookup"
11397 .cindex "reverse DNS lookup"
11398 .vindex "&$sender_rcvhost$&"
11399 This is provided specifically for use in &'Received:'& headers. It starts with
11400 either the verified host name (as obtained from a reverse DNS lookup) or, if
11401 there is no verified host name, the IP address in square brackets. After that
11402 there may be text in parentheses. When the first item is a verified host name,
11403 the first thing in the parentheses is the IP address in square brackets,
11404 followed by a colon and a port number if port logging is enabled. When the
11405 first item is an IP address, the port is recorded as &"port=&'xxxx'&"& inside
11406 the parentheses.
11407
11408 There may also be items of the form &"helo=&'xxxx'&"& if HELO or EHLO
11409 was used and its argument was not identical to the real host name or IP
11410 address, and &"ident=&'xxxx'&"& if an RFC 1413 ident string is available. If
11411 all three items are present in the parentheses, a newline and tab are inserted
11412 into the string, to improve the formatting of the &'Received:'& header.
11413
11414 .vitem &$sender_verify_failure$&
11415 .vindex "&$sender_verify_failure$&"
11416 In an ACL, when a sender verification fails, this variable contains information
11417 about the failure. The details are the same as for
11418 &$recipient_verify_failure$&.
11419
11420 .new
11421 .vitem &$sending_ip_address$&
11422 .vindex "&$sending_ip_address$&"
11423 This variable is set whenever an outgoing SMTP connection to another host has
11424 been set up. It contains the IP address of the local interface that is being
11425 used. This is useful if a host that has more than one IP address wants to take
11426 on different personalities depending on which one is being used. For incoming
11427 connections, see &$received_ip_address$&.
11428
11429 .vitem &$sending_port$&
11430 .vindex "&$sending_port$&"
11431 This variable is set whenever an outgoing SMTP connection to another host has
11432 been set up. It contains the local port that is being used. For incoming
11433 connections, see &$received_port$&.
11434 .wen
11435
11436 .vitem &$smtp_active_hostname$&
11437 .vindex "&$smtp_active_hostname$&"
11438 During an incoming SMTP session, this variable contains the value of the active
11439 host name, as specified by the &%smtp_active_hostname%& option. The value of
11440 &$smtp_active_hostname$& is saved with any message that is received, so its
11441 value can be consulted during routing and delivery.
11442
11443 .vitem &$smtp_command$&
11444 .vindex "&$smtp_command$&"
11445 During the processing of an incoming SMTP command, this variable contains the
11446 entire command. This makes it possible to distinguish between HELO and EHLO in
11447 the HELO ACL, and also to distinguish between commands such as these:
11448 .code
11449 MAIL FROM:<>
11450 MAIL FROM: <>
11451 .endd
11452 For a MAIL command, extra parameters such as SIZE can be inspected. For a RCPT
11453 command, the address in &$smtp_command$& is the original address before any
11454 rewriting, whereas the values in &$local_part$& and &$domain$& are taken from
11455 the address after SMTP-time rewriting.
11456
11457 .vitem &$smtp_command_argument$&
11458 .cindex "SMTP" "command, argument for"
11459 .vindex "&$smtp_command_argument$&"
11460 While an ACL is running to check an SMTP command, this variable contains the
11461 argument, that is, the text that follows the command name, with leading white
11462 space removed. Following the introduction of &$smtp_command$&, this variable is
11463 somewhat redundant, but is retained for backwards compatibility.
11464
11465 .new
11466 .vitem &$smtp_count_at_connection_start$&
11467 .vindex "&$smtp_count_at_connection_start$&"
11468 This variable is set greater than zero only in processes spawned by the Exim
11469 daemon for handling incoming SMTP connections. The name is deliberately long,
11470 in order to emphasize what the contents are. When the daemon accepts a new
11471 connection, it increments this variable. A copy of the variable is passed to
11472 the child process that handles the connection, but its value is fixed, and
11473 never changes. It is only an approximation of how many incoming connections
11474 there actually are, because many other connections may come and go while a
11475 single connection is being processed. When a child process terminates, the
11476 daemon decrements its copy of the variable.
11477 .wen
11478
11479 .vitem "&$sn0$& &-- &$sn9$&"
11480 These variables are copies of the values of the &$n0$& &-- &$n9$& accumulators
11481 that were current at the end of the system filter file. This allows a system
11482 filter file to set values that can be tested in users' filter files. For
11483 example, a system filter could set a value indicating how likely it is that a
11484 message is junk mail.
11485
11486 .vitem &$spam_$&&'xxx'&
11487 A number of variables whose names start with &$spam$& are available when Exim
11488 is compiled with the content-scanning extension. For details, see section
11489 &<<SECTscanspamass>>&.
11490
11491
11492 .vitem &$spool_directory$&
11493 .vindex "&$spool_directory$&"
11494 The name of Exim's spool directory.
11495
11496 .vitem &$spool_inodes$&
11497 .vindex "&$spool_inodes$&"
11498 The number of free inodes in the disk partition where Exim's spool files are
11499 being written. The value is recalculated whenever the variable is referenced.
11500 If the relevant file system does not have the concept of inodes, the value of
11501 is -1. See also the &%check_spool_inodes%& option.
11502
11503 .vitem &$spool_space$&
11504 .vindex "&$spool_space$&"
11505 The amount of free space (as a number of kilobytes) in the disk partition where
11506 Exim's spool files are being written. The value is recalculated whenever the
11507 variable is referenced. If the operating system does not have the ability to
11508 find the amount of free space (only true for experimental systems), the space
11509 value is -1. For example, to check in an ACL that there is at least 50
11510 megabytes free on the spool, you could write:
11511 .code
11512 condition = ${if > {$spool_space}{50000}}
11513 .endd
11514 See also the &%check_spool_space%& option.
11515
11516
11517 .vitem &$thisaddress$&
11518 .vindex "&$thisaddress$&"
11519 This variable is set only during the processing of the &%foranyaddress%&
11520 command in a filter file. Its use is explained in the description of that
11521 command, which can be found in the separate document entitled &'Exim's
11522 interfaces to mail filtering'&.
11523
11524 .vitem &$tls_certificate_verified$&
11525 .vindex "&$tls_certificate_verified$&"
11526 This variable is set to &"1"& if a TLS certificate was verified when the
11527 message was received, and &"0"& otherwise.
11528
11529 .vitem &$tls_cipher$&
11530 .vindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
11531 When a message is received from a remote host over an encrypted SMTP
11532 connection, this variable is set to the cipher suite that was negotiated, for
11533 example DES-CBC3-SHA. In other circumstances, in particular, for message
11534 received over unencrypted connections, the variable is empty. See chapter
11535 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS support.
11536
11537 .vitem &$tls_peerdn$&
11538 .vindex "&$tls_peerdn$&"
11539 When a message is received from a remote host over an encrypted SMTP
11540 connection, and Exim is configured to request a certificate from the client,
11541 the value of the Distinguished Name of the certificate is made available in the
11542 &$tls_peerdn$& during subsequent processing.
11543
11544 .vitem &$tod_bsdinbox$&
11545 .vindex "&$tod_bsdinbox$&"
11546 The time of day and the date, in the format required for BSD-style mailbox
11547 files, for example: Thu Oct 17 17:14:09 1995.
11548
11549 .vitem &$tod_epoch$&
11550 .vindex "&$tod_epoch$&"
11551 The time and date as a number of seconds since the start of the Unix epoch.
11552
11553 .vitem &$tod_full$&
11554 .vindex "&$tod_full$&"
11555 A full version of the time and date, for example: Wed, 16 Oct 1995 09:51:40
11556 +0100. The timezone is always given as a numerical offset from UTC, with
11557 positive values used for timezones that are ahead (east) of UTC, and negative
11558 values for those that are behind (west).
11559
11560 .vitem &$tod_log$&
11561 .vindex "&$tod_log$&"
11562 The time and date in the format used for writing Exim's log files, for example:
11563 1995-10-12 15:32:29, but without a timezone.
11564
11565 .vitem &$tod_logfile$&
11566 .vindex "&$tod_logfile$&"
11567 This variable contains the date in the format yyyymmdd. This is the format that
11568 is used for datestamping log files when &%log_file_path%& contains the &`%D`&
11569 flag.
11570
11571 .vitem &$tod_zone$&
11572 .vindex "&$tod_zone$&"
11573 This variable contains the numerical value of the local timezone, for example:
11574 -0500.
11575
11576 .vitem &$tod_zulu$&
11577 .vindex "&$tod_zulu$&"
11578 This variable contains the UTC date and time in &"Zulu"& format, as specified
11579 by ISO 8601, for example: 20030221154023Z.
11580
11581 .vitem &$value$&
11582 .vindex "&$value$&"
11583 This variable contains the result of an expansion lookup, extraction operation,
11584 or external command, as described above. &new("It is also used during a
11585 &*reduce*& expansion.")
11586
11587 .vitem &$version_number$&
11588 .vindex "&$version_number$&"
11589 The version number of Exim.
11590
11591 .vitem &$warn_message_delay$&
11592 .vindex "&$warn_message_delay$&"
11593 This variable is set only during the creation of a message warning about a
11594 delivery delay. Details of its use are explained in section &<<SECTcustwarn>>&.
11595
11596 .vitem &$warn_message_recipients$&
11597 .vindex "&$warn_message_recipients$&"
11598 This variable is set only during the creation of a message warning about a
11599 delivery delay. Details of its use are explained in section &<<SECTcustwarn>>&.
11600 .endlist
11601 .ecindex IIDstrexp
11602
11603
11604
11605 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11606 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11607
11608 .chapter "Embedded Perl" "CHAPperl"
11609 .scindex IIDperl "Perl" "calling from Exim"
11610 Exim can be built to include an embedded Perl interpreter. When this is done,
11611 Perl subroutines can be called as part of the string expansion process. To make
11612 use of the Perl support, you need version 5.004 or later of Perl installed on
11613 your system. To include the embedded interpreter in the Exim binary, include
11614 the line
11615 .code
11616 EXIM_PERL = perl.o
11617 .endd
11618 in your &_Local/Makefile_& and then build Exim in the normal way.
11619
11620
11621 .section "Setting up so Perl can be used" "SECID85"
11622 .oindex "&%perl_startup%&"
11623 Access to Perl subroutines is via a global configuration option called
11624 &%perl_startup%& and an expansion string operator &%${perl ...}%&. If there is
11625 no &%perl_startup%& option in the Exim configuration file then no Perl
11626 interpreter is started and there is almost no overhead for Exim (since none of
11627 the Perl library will be paged in unless used). If there is a &%perl_startup%&
11628 option then the associated value is taken to be Perl code which is executed in
11629 a newly created Perl interpreter.
11630
11631 The value of &%perl_startup%& is not expanded in the Exim sense, so you do not
11632 need backslashes before any characters to escape special meanings. The option
11633 should usually be something like
11634 .code
11635 perl_startup = do '/etc/exim.pl'
11636 .endd
11637 where &_/etc/exim.pl_& is Perl code which defines any subroutines you want to
11638 use from Exim. Exim can be configured either to start up a Perl interpreter as
11639 soon as it is entered, or to wait until the first time it is needed. Starting
11640 the interpreter at the beginning ensures that it is done while Exim still has
11641 its setuid privilege, but can impose an unnecessary overhead if Perl is not in
11642 fact used in a particular run. Also, note that this does not mean that Exim is
11643 necessarily running as root when Perl is called at a later time. By default,
11644 the interpreter is started only when it is needed, but this can be changed in
11645 two ways:
11646
11647 .ilist
11648 .oindex "&%perl_at_start%&"
11649 Setting &%perl_at_start%& (a boolean option) in the configuration requests
11650 a startup when Exim is entered.
11651 .next
11652 The command line option &%-ps%& also requests a startup when Exim is entered,
11653 overriding the setting of &%perl_at_start%&.
11654 .endlist
11655
11656 There is also a command line option &%-pd%& (for delay) which suppresses the
11657 initial startup, even if &%perl_at_start%& is set.
11658
11659
11660 .section "Calling Perl subroutines" "SECID86"
11661 When the configuration file includes a &%perl_startup%& option you can make use
11662 of the string expansion item to call the Perl subroutines that are defined
11663 by the &%perl_startup%& code. The operator is used in any of the following
11664 forms:
11665 .code
11666 ${perl{foo}}
11667 ${perl{foo}{argument}}
11668 ${perl{foo}{argument1}{argument2} ... }
11669 .endd
11670 which calls the subroutine &%foo%& with the given arguments. A maximum of eight
11671 arguments may be passed. Passing more than this results in an expansion failure
11672 with an error message of the form
11673 .code
11674 Too many arguments passed to Perl subroutine "foo" (max is 8)
11675 .endd
11676 The return value of the Perl subroutine is evaluated in a scalar context before
11677 it is passed back to Exim to be inserted into the expanded string. If the
11678 return value is &'undef'&, the expansion is forced to fail in the same way as
11679 an explicit &"fail"& on an &%if%& or &%lookup%& item. If the subroutine aborts
11680 by obeying Perl's &%die%& function, the expansion fails with the error message
11681 that was passed to &%die%&.
11682
11683
11684 .section "Calling Exim functions from Perl" "SECID87"
11685 Within any Perl code called from Exim, the function &'Exim::expand_string()'&
11686 is available to call back into Exim's string expansion function. For example,
11687 the Perl code
11688 .code
11689 my $lp = Exim::expand_string('$local_part');
11690 .endd
11691 makes the current Exim &$local_part$& available in the Perl variable &$lp$&.
11692 Note those are single quotes and not double quotes to protect against
11693 &$local_part$& being interpolated as a Perl variable.
11694
11695 If the string expansion is forced to fail by a &"fail"& item, the result of
11696 &'Exim::expand_string()'& is &%undef%&. If there is a syntax error in the
11697 expansion string, the Perl call from the original expansion string fails with
11698 an appropriate error message, in the same way as if &%die%& were used.
11699
11700 .cindex "debugging" "from embedded Perl"
11701 .cindex "log" "writing from embedded Perl"
11702 Two other Exim functions are available for use from within Perl code.
11703 &'Exim::debug_write()'& writes a string to the standard error stream if Exim's
11704 debugging is enabled. If you want a newline at the end, you must supply it.
11705 &'Exim::log_write()'& writes a string to Exim's main log, adding a leading
11706 timestamp. In this case, you should not supply a terminating newline.
11707
11708
11709 .section "Use of standard output and error by Perl" "SECID88"
11710 .cindex "Perl" "standard output and error"
11711 You should not write to the standard error or output streams from within your
11712 Perl code, as it is not defined how these are set up. In versions of Exim
11713 before 4.50, it is possible for the standard output or error to refer to the
11714 SMTP connection during message reception via the daemon. Writing to this stream
11715 is certain to cause chaos. From Exim 4.50 onwards, the standard output and
11716 error streams are connected to &_/dev/null_& in the daemon. The chaos is
11717 avoided, but the output is lost.
11718
11719 .cindex "Perl" "use of &%warn%&"
11720 The Perl &%warn%& statement writes to the standard error stream by default.
11721 Calls to &%warn%& may be embedded in Perl modules that you use, but over which
11722 you have no control. When Exim starts up the Perl interpreter, it arranges for
11723 output from the &%warn%& statement to be written to the Exim main log. You can
11724 change this by including appropriate Perl magic somewhere in your Perl code.
11725 For example, to discard &%warn%& output completely, you need this:
11726 .code
11727 $SIG{__WARN__} = sub { };
11728 .endd
11729 Whenever a &%warn%& is obeyed, the anonymous subroutine is called. In this
11730 example, the code for the subroutine is empty, so it does nothing, but you can
11731 include any Perl code that you like. The text of the &%warn%& message is passed
11732 as the first subroutine argument.
11733 .ecindex IIDperl
11734
11735
11736 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11737 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11738
11739 .chapter "Starting the daemon and the use of network interfaces" &&&
11740 "CHAPinterfaces" &&&
11741 "Starting the daemon"
11742 .cindex "daemon" "starting"
11743 .cindex "interface" "listening"
11744 .cindex "network interface"
11745 .cindex "interface" "network"
11746 .cindex "IP address" "for listening"
11747 .cindex "daemon" "listening IP addresses"
11748 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening interfaces"
11749 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening ports"
11750 A host that is connected to a TCP/IP network may have one or more physical
11751 hardware network interfaces. Each of these interfaces may be configured as one
11752 or more &"logical"& interfaces, which are the entities that a program actually
11753 works with. Each of these logical interfaces is associated with an IP address.
11754 In addition, TCP/IP software supports &"loopback"& interfaces (127.0.0.1 in
11755 IPv4 and ::1 in IPv6), which do not use any physical hardware. Exim requires
11756 knowledge about the host's interfaces for use in three different circumstances:
11757
11758 .olist
11759 When a listening daemon is started, Exim needs to know which interfaces
11760 and ports to listen on.
11761 .next
11762 When Exim is routing an address, it needs to know which IP addresses
11763 are associated with local interfaces. This is required for the correct
11764 processing of MX lists by removing the local host and others with the
11765 same or higher priority values. Also, Exim needs to detect cases
11766 when an address is routed to an IP address that in fact belongs to the
11767 local host. Unless the &%self%& router option or the &%allow_localhost%&
11768 option of the smtp transport is set (as appropriate), this is treated
11769 as an error situation.
11770 .next
11771 When Exim connects to a remote host, it may need to know which interface to use
11772 for the outgoing connection.
11773 .endlist
11774
11775
11776 Exim's default behaviour is likely to be appropriate in the vast majority
11777 of cases. If your host has only one interface, and you want all its IP
11778 addresses to be treated in the same way, and you are using only the
11779 standard SMTP port, you should not need to take any special action. The
11780 rest of this chapter does not apply to you.
11781
11782 In a more complicated situation you may want to listen only on certain
11783 interfaces, or on different ports, and for this reason there are a number of
11784 options that can be used to influence Exim's behaviour. The rest of this
11785 chapter describes how they operate.
11786
11787 When a message is received over TCP/IP, the interface and port that were
11788 actually used are set in &$received_ip_address$& and &$received_port$&.
11789
11790
11791
11792 .section "Starting a listening daemon" "SECID89"
11793 When a listening daemon is started (by means of the &%-bd%& command line
11794 option), the interfaces and ports on which it listens are controlled by the
11795 following options:
11796
11797 .ilist
11798 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& contains a list of default ports. (For backward
11799 compatibility, this option can also be specified in the singular.)
11800 .next
11801 &%local_interfaces%& contains list of interface IP addresses on which to
11802 listen. Each item may optionally also specify a port.
11803 .endlist
11804
11805 The default list separator in both cases is a colon, but this can be changed as
11806 described in section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&. When IPv6 addresses are involved,
11807 it is usually best to change the separator to avoid having to double all the
11808 colons. For example:
11809 .code
11810 local_interfaces = <; 127.0.0.1 ; \
11811 192.168.23.65 ; \
11812 ::1 ; \
11813 3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061
11814 .endd
11815 There are two different formats for specifying a port along with an IP address
11816 in &%local_interfaces%&:
11817
11818 .olist
11819 The port is added onto the address with a dot separator. For example, to listen
11820 on port 1234 on two different IP addresses:
11821 .code
11822 local_interfaces = <; 192.168.23.65.1234 ; \
11823 3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061.1234
11824 .endd
11825 .next
11826 The IP address is enclosed in square brackets, and the port is added
11827 with a colon separator, for example:
11828 .code
11829 local_interfaces = <; [192.168.23.65]:1234 ; \
11830 [3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061]:1234
11831 .endd
11832 .endlist
11833
11834 When a port is not specified, the value of &%daemon_smtp_ports%& is used. The
11835 default setting contains just one port:
11836 .code
11837 daemon_smtp_ports = smtp
11838 .endd
11839 If more than one port is listed, each interface that does not have its own port
11840 specified listens on all of them. Ports that are listed in
11841 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& can be identified either by name (defined in
11842 &_/etc/services_&) or by number. However, when ports are given with individual
11843 IP addresses in &%local_interfaces%&, only numbers (not names) can be used.
11844
11845
11846
11847 .section "Special IP listening addresses" "SECID90"
11848 The addresses 0.0.0.0 and ::0 are treated specially. They are interpreted
11849 as &"all IPv4 interfaces"& and &"all IPv6 interfaces"&, respectively. In each
11850 case, Exim tells the TCP/IP stack to &"listen on all IPv&'x'& interfaces"&
11851 instead of setting up separate listening sockets for each interface. The
11852 default value of &%local_interfaces%& is
11853 .code
11854 local_interfaces = 0.0.0.0
11855 .endd
11856 when Exim is built without IPv6 support; otherwise it is:
11857 .code
11858 local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
11859 .endd
11860 Thus, by default, Exim listens on all available interfaces, on the SMTP port.
11861
11862
11863
11864 .section "Overriding local_interfaces and daemon_smtp_ports" "SECID91"
11865 The &%-oX%& command line option can be used to override the values of
11866 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& and/or &%local_interfaces%& for a particular daemon
11867 instance. Another way of doing this would be to use macros and the &%-D%&
11868 option. However, &%-oX%& can be used by any admin user, whereas modification of
11869 the runtime configuration by &%-D%& is allowed only when the caller is root or
11870 exim.
11871
11872 The value of &%-oX%& is a list of items. The default colon separator can be
11873 changed in the usual way if required. If there are any items that do not
11874 contain dots or colons (that is, are not IP addresses), the value of
11875 &%daemon_smtp_ports%& is replaced by the list of those items. If there are any
11876 items that do contain dots or colons, the value of &%local_interfaces%& is
11877 replaced by those items. Thus, for example,
11878 .code
11879 -oX 1225
11880 .endd
11881 overrides &%daemon_smtp_ports%&, but leaves &%local_interfaces%& unchanged,
11882 whereas
11883 .code
11884 -oX 192.168.34.5.1125
11885 .endd
11886 overrides &%local_interfaces%&, leaving &%daemon_smtp_ports%& unchanged.
11887 (However, since &%local_interfaces%& now contains no items without ports, the
11888 value of &%daemon_smtp_ports%& is no longer relevant in this example.)
11889
11890
11891
11892 .section "Support for the obsolete SSMTP (or SMTPS) protocol" "SECTsupobssmt"
11893 .cindex "ssmtp protocol"
11894 .cindex "smtps protocol"
11895 .cindex "SMTP" "ssmtp protocol"
11896 .cindex "SMTP" "smtps protocol"
11897 Exim supports the obsolete SSMTP protocol (also known as SMTPS) that was used
11898 before the STARTTLS command was standardized for SMTP. Some legacy clients
11899 still use this protocol. If the &%tls_on_connect_ports%& option is set to a
11900 list of port numbers, connections to those ports must use SSMTP. The most
11901 common use of this option is expected to be
11902 .code
11903 tls_on_connect_ports = 465
11904 .endd
11905 because 465 is the usual port number used by the legacy clients. There is also
11906 a command line option &%-tls-on-connect%&, which forces all ports to behave in
11907 this way when a daemon is started.
11908
11909 &*Warning*&: Setting &%tls_on_connect_ports%& does not of itself cause the
11910 daemon to listen on those ports. You must still specify them in
11911 &%daemon_smtp_ports%&, &%local_interfaces%&, or the &%-oX%& option. (This is
11912 because &%tls_on_connect_ports%& applies to &%inetd%& connections as well as to
11913 connections via the daemon.)
11914
11915
11916
11917
11918 .section "IPv6 address scopes" "SECID92"
11919 .cindex "IPv6" "address scopes"
11920 IPv6 addresses have &"scopes"&, and a host with multiple hardware interfaces
11921 can, in principle, have the same link-local IPv6 address on different
11922 interfaces. Thus, additional information is needed, over and above the IP
11923 address, to distinguish individual interfaces. A convention of using a
11924 percent sign followed by something (often the interface name) has been
11925 adopted in some cases, leading to addresses like this:
11926 .code
11927 fe80::202:b3ff:fe03:45c1%eth0
11928 .endd
11929 To accommodate this usage, a percent sign followed by an arbitrary string is
11930 allowed at the end of an IPv6 address. By default, Exim calls &[getaddrinfo()]&
11931 to convert a textual IPv6 address for actual use. This function recognizes the
11932 percent convention in operating systems that support it, and it processes the
11933 address appropriately. Unfortunately, some older libraries have problems with
11934 &[getaddrinfo()]&. If
11935 .code
11936 IPV6_USE_INET_PTON=yes
11937 .endd
11938 is set in &_Local/Makefile_& (or an OS-dependent Makefile) when Exim is built,
11939 Exim uses &'inet_pton()'& to convert a textual IPv6 address for actual use,
11940 instead of &[getaddrinfo()]&. (Before version 4.14, it always used this
11941 function.) Of course, this means that the additional functionality of
11942 &[getaddrinfo()]& &-- recognizing scoped addresses &-- is lost.
11943
11944 .section "Disabling IPv6" "SECID93"
11945 .cindex "IPv6" "disabling"
11946 Sometimes it happens that an Exim binary that was compiled with IPv6 support is
11947 run on a host whose kernel does not support IPv6. The binary will fall back to
11948 using IPv4, but it may waste resources looking up AAAA records, and trying to
11949 connect to IPv6 addresses, causing delays to mail delivery. If you set the
11950 .oindex "&%disable_ipv6%&"
11951 &%disable_ipv6%& option true, even if the Exim binary has IPv6 support, no IPv6
11952 activities take place. AAAA records are never looked up, and any IPv6 addresses
11953 that are listed in &%local_interfaces%&, data for the &(manualroute)& router,
11954 etc. are ignored. If IP literals are enabled, the &(ipliteral)& router declines
11955 to handle IPv6 literal addresses.
11956
11957 On the other hand, when IPv6 is in use, there may be times when you want to
11958 disable it for certain hosts or domains. You can use the &%dns_ipv4_lookup%&
11959 option to globally suppress the lookup of AAAA records for specified domains,
11960 and you can use the &%ignore_target_hosts%& generic router option to ignore
11961 IPv6 addresses in an individual router.
11962
11963
11964
11965 .section "Examples of starting a listening daemon" "SECID94"
11966 The default case in an IPv6 environment is
11967 .code
11968 daemon_smtp_ports = smtp
11969 local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
11970 .endd
11971 This specifies listening on the smtp port on all IPv6 and IPv4 interfaces.
11972 Either one or two sockets may be used, depending on the characteristics of
11973 the TCP/IP stack. (This is complicated and messy; for more information,
11974 read the comments in the &_daemon.c_& source file.)
11975
11976 To specify listening on ports 25 and 26 on all interfaces:
11977 .code
11978 daemon_smtp_ports = 25 : 26
11979 .endd
11980 (leaving &%local_interfaces%& at the default setting) or, more explicitly:
11981 .code
11982 local_interfaces = <; ::0.25 ; ::0.26 \
11983 0.0.0.0.25 ; 0.0.0.0.26
11984 .endd
11985 To listen on the default port on all IPv4 interfaces, and on port 26 on the
11986 IPv4 loopback address only:
11987 .code
11988 local_interfaces = 0.0.0.0 : 127.0.0.1.26
11989 .endd
11990 To specify listening on the default port on specific interfaces only:
11991 .code
11992 local_interfaces = 192.168.34.67 : 192.168.34.67
11993 .endd
11994 &*Warning*&: Such a setting excludes listening on the loopback interfaces.
11995
11996
11997
11998 .section "Recognizing the local host" "SECTreclocipadd"
11999 The &%local_interfaces%& option is also used when Exim needs to determine
12000 whether or not an IP address refers to the local host. That is, the IP
12001 addresses of all the interfaces on which a daemon is listening are always
12002 treated as local.
12003
12004 For this usage, port numbers in &%local_interfaces%& are ignored. If either of
12005 the items 0.0.0.0 or ::0 are encountered, Exim gets a complete list of
12006 available interfaces from the operating system, and extracts the relevant
12007 (that is, IPv4 or IPv6) addresses to use for checking.
12008
12009 Some systems set up large numbers of virtual interfaces in order to provide
12010 many virtual web servers. In this situation, you may want to listen for
12011 email on only a few of the available interfaces, but nevertheless treat all
12012 interfaces as local when routing. You can do this by setting
12013 &%extra_local_interfaces%& to a list of IP addresses, possibly including the
12014 &"all"& wildcard values. These addresses are recognized as local, but are not
12015 used for listening. Consider this example:
12016 .code
12017 local_interfaces = <; 127.0.0.1 ; ::1 ; \
12018 192.168.53.235 ; \
12019 3ffe:2101:12:1:a00:20ff:fe86:a061
12020
12021 extra_local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
12022 .endd
12023 The daemon listens on the loopback interfaces and just one IPv4 and one IPv6
12024 address, but all available interface addresses are treated as local when
12025 Exim is routing.
12026
12027 In some environments the local host name may be in an MX list, but with an IP
12028 address that is not assigned to any local interface. In other cases it may be
12029 desirable to treat other host names as if they referred to the local host. Both
12030 these cases can be handled by setting the &%hosts_treat_as_local%& option.
12031 This contains host names rather than IP addresses. When a host is referenced
12032 during routing, either via an MX record or directly, it is treated as the local
12033 host if its name matches &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, or if any of its IP
12034 addresses match &%local_interfaces%& or &%extra_local_interfaces%&.
12035
12036
12037
12038 .section "Delivering to a remote host" "SECID95"
12039 Delivery to a remote host is handled by the smtp transport. By default, it
12040 allows the system's TCP/IP functions to choose which interface to use (if
12041 there is more than one) when connecting to a remote host. However, the
12042 &%interface%& option can be set to specify which interface is used. See the
12043 description of the smtp transport in chapter &<<CHAPsmtptrans>>& for more
12044 details.
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
12050 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
12051
12052 .chapter "Main configuration" "CHAPmainconfig"
12053 .scindex IIDconfima "configuration file" "main section"
12054 .scindex IIDmaiconf "main configuration"
12055 The first part of the run time configuration file contains three types of item:
12056
12057 .ilist
12058 Macro definitions: These lines start with an upper case letter. See section
12059 &<<SECTmacrodefs>>& for details of macro processing.
12060 .next
12061 Named list definitions: These lines start with one of the words &"domainlist"&,
12062 &"hostlist"&, &"addresslist"&, or &"localpartlist"&. Their use is described in
12063 section &<<SECTnamedlists>>&.
12064 .next
12065 Main configuration settings: Each setting occupies one line of the file
12066 (with possible continuations). If any setting is preceded by the word
12067 &"hide"&, the &%-bP%& command line option displays its value to admin users
12068 only. See section &<<SECTcos>>& for a description of the syntax of these option
12069 settings.
12070 .endlist
12071
12072 This chapter specifies all the main configuration options, along with their
12073 types and default values. For ease of finding a particular option, they appear
12074 in alphabetical order in section &<<SECTalomo>>& below. However, because there
12075 are now so many options, they are first listed briefly in functional groups, as
12076 an aid to finding the name of the option you are looking for. Some options are
12077 listed in more than one group.
12078
12079 .section "Miscellaneous" "SECID96"
12080 .table2
12081 .row &%bi_command%& "to run for &%-bi%& command line option"
12082 .row &%disable_ipv6%& "do no IPv6 processing"
12083 .row &%keep_malformed%& "for broken files &-- should not happen"
12084 .row &%localhost_number%& "for unique message ids in clusters"
12085 .row &%message_body_visible%& "how much to show in &$message_body$&"
12086 .row &%mua_wrapper%& "run in &""MUA wrapper""& mode"
12087 .row &%print_topbitchars%& "top-bit characters are printing"
12088 .row &%timezone%& "force time zone"
12089 .endtable
12090
12091
12092 .section "Exim parameters" "SECID97"
12093 .table2
12094 .row &%exim_group%& "override compiled-in value"
12095 .row &%exim_path%& "override compiled-in value"
12096 .row &%exim_user%& "override compiled-in value"
12097 .row &%primary_hostname%& "default from &[uname()]&"
12098 .row &%split_spool_directory%& "use multiple directories"
12099 .row &%spool_directory%& "override compiled-in value"
12100 .endtable
12101
12102
12103
12104 .section "Privilege controls" "SECID98"
12105 .table2
12106 .row &%admin_groups%& "groups that are Exim admin users"
12107 .row &%deliver_drop_privilege%& "drop root for delivery processes"
12108 .row &%local_from_check%& "insert &'Sender:'& if necessary"
12109 .row &%local_from_prefix%& "for testing &'From:'& for local sender"
12110 .row &%local_from_suffix%& "for testing &'From:'& for local sender"
12111 .row &%local_sender_retain%& "keep &'Sender:'& from untrusted user"
12112 .row &%never_users%& "do not run deliveries as these"
12113 .row &%prod_requires_admin%& "forced delivery requires admin user"
12114 .row &%queue_list_requires_admin%& "queue listing requires admin user"
12115 .row &%trusted_groups%& "groups that are trusted"
12116 .row &%trusted_users%& "users that are trusted"
12117 .endtable
12118
12119
12120
12121 .section "Logging" "SECID99"
12122 .table2
12123 .row &%hosts_connection_nolog%& "exemption from connect logging"
12124 .row &%log_file_path%& "override compiled-in value"
12125 .row &%log_selector%& "set/unset optional logging"
12126 .row &%log_timezone%& "add timezone to log lines"
12127 .row &%message_logs%& "create per-message logs"
12128 .row &%preserve_message_logs%& "after message completion"
12129 .row &%process_log_path%& "for SIGUSR1 and &'exiwhat'&"
12130 .row &%syslog_duplication%& "controls duplicate log lines on syslog"
12131 .row &%syslog_facility%& "set syslog &""facility""& field"
12132 .row &%syslog_processname%& "set syslog &""ident""& field"
12133 .row &%syslog_timestamp%& "timestamp syslog lines"
12134 .row &%write_rejectlog%& "control use of message log"
12135 .endtable
12136
12137
12138
12139 .section "Frozen messages" "SECID100"
12140 .table2
12141 .row &%auto_thaw%& "sets time for retrying frozen messages"
12142 .row &%freeze_tell%& "send message when freezing"
12143 .row &%move_frozen_messages%& "to another directory"
12144 .row &%timeout_frozen_after%& "keep frozen messages only so long"
12145 .endtable
12146
12147
12148
12149 .section "Data lookups" "SECID101"
12150 .table2
12151 .row &%ldap_default_servers%& "used if no server in query"
12152 .row &%ldap_version%& "set protocol version"
12153 .row &%lookup_open_max%& "lookup files held open"
12154 .row &%mysql_servers%& "as it says"
12155 .row &%oracle_servers%& "as it says"
12156 .row &%pgsql_servers%& "as it says"
12157 .row &%sqlite_lock_timeout%& "as it says"
12158 .endtable
12159
12160
12161
12162 .section "Message ids" "SECID102"
12163 .table2
12164 .row &%message_id_header_domain%& "used to build &'Message-ID:'& header"
12165 .row &%message_id_header_text%& "ditto"
12166 .endtable
12167
12168
12169
12170 .section "Embedded Perl Startup" "SECID103"
12171 .table2
12172 .row &%perl_at_start%& "always start the interpreter"
12173 .row &%perl_startup%& "code to obey when starting Perl"
12174 .endtable
12175
12176
12177
12178 .section "Daemon" "SECID104"
12179 .table2
12180 .row &%daemon_smtp_ports%& "default ports"
12181 .row &%daemon_startup_retries%& "number of times to retry"
12182 .row &%daemon_startup_sleep%& "time to sleep between tries"
12183 .row &%extra_local_interfaces%& "not necessarily listened on"
12184 .row &%local_interfaces%& "on which to listen, with optional ports"
12185 .row &%pid_file_path%& "override compiled-in value"
12186 .row &%queue_run_max%& "maximum simultaneous queue runners"
12187 .endtable
12188
12189
12190
12191 .section "Resource control" "SECID105"
12192 .table2
12193 .row &%check_log_inodes%& "before accepting a message"
12194 .row &%check_log_space%& "before accepting a message"
12195 .row &%check_spool_inodes%& "before accepting a message"
12196 .row &%check_spool_space%& "before accepting a message"
12197 .row &%deliver_queue_load_max%& "no queue deliveries if load high"
12198 .row &%queue_only_load%& "queue incoming if load high"
12199 .row &%queue_run_max%& "maximum simultaneous queue runners"
12200 .row &%remote_max_parallel%& "parallel SMTP delivery per message"
12201 .row &%smtp_accept_max%& "simultaneous incoming connections"
12202 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%& "non-mail commands"
12203 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%& "hosts to which the limit applies"
12204 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_connection%& "messages per connection"
12205 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& "connections from one host"
12206 .row &%smtp_accept_queue%& "queue mail if more connections"
12207 .row &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& "queue if more messages per &&&
12208 connection"
12209 .row &%smtp_accept_reserve%& "only reserve hosts if more connections"
12210 .row &%smtp_check_spool_space%& "from SIZE on MAIL command"
12211 .row &%smtp_connect_backlog%& "passed to TCP/IP stack"
12212 .row &%smtp_load_reserve%& "SMTP from reserved hosts if load high"
12213 .row &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& "these are the reserve hosts"
12214 .endtable
12215
12216
12217
12218 .section "Policy controls" "SECID106"
12219 .table2
12220 .row &%acl_not_smtp%& "ACL for non-SMTP messages"
12221 .row &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& "ACL for non-SMTP MIME parts"
12222 .row &%acl_not_smtp_start%& "ACL for start of non-SMTP message"
12223 .row &%acl_smtp_auth%& "ACL for AUTH"
12224 .row &%acl_smtp_connect%& "ACL for connection"
12225 .row &%acl_smtp_data%& "ACL for DATA"
12226 .row &%acl_smtp_etrn%& "ACL for ETRN"
12227 .row &%acl_smtp_expn%& "ACL for EXPN"
12228 .row &%acl_smtp_helo%& "ACL for EHLO or HELO"
12229 .row &%acl_smtp_mail%& "ACL for MAIL"
12230 .row &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& "ACL for AUTH on MAIL command"
12231 .row &%acl_smtp_mime%& "ACL for MIME parts"
12232 .row &%acl_smtp_predata%& "ACL for start of data"
12233 .row &%acl_smtp_quit%& "ACL for QUIT"
12234 .row &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& "ACL for RCPT"
12235 .row &%acl_smtp_starttls%& "ACL for STARTTLS"
12236 .row &%acl_smtp_vrfy%& "ACL for VRFY"
12237 .row &%av_scanner%& "specify virus scanner"
12238 .row &%check_rfc2047_length%& "check length of RFC 2047 &""encoded &&&
12239 words""&"
12240 .row &%dns_csa_search_limit%& "control CSA parent search depth"
12241 .row &%dns_csa_use_reverse%& "en/disable CSA IP reverse search"
12242 .row &%header_maxsize%& "total size of message header"
12243 .row &%header_line_maxsize%& "individual header line limit"
12244 .row &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%& "allow syntactic junk from these hosts"
12245 .row &%helo_allow_chars%& "allow illegal chars in HELO names"
12246 .row &%helo_lookup_domains%& "lookup hostname for these HELO names"
12247 .row &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& "HELO soft-checked for these hosts"
12248 .row &%helo_verify_hosts%& "HELO hard-checked for these hosts"
12249 .row &%host_lookup%& "host name looked up for these hosts"
12250 .row &%host_lookup_order%& "order of DNS and local name lookups"
12251 .row &%host_reject_connection%& "reject connection from these hosts"
12252 .row &%hosts_treat_as_local%& "useful in some cluster configurations"
12253 .row &%local_scan_timeout%& "timeout for &[local_scan()]&"
12254 .row &%message_size_limit%& "for all messages"
12255 .row &%percent_hack_domains%& "recognize %-hack for these domains"
12256 .row &%spamd_address%& "set interface to SpamAssassin"
12257 .row &%strict_acl_vars%& "object to unset ACL variables"
12258 .endtable
12259
12260
12261
12262 .section "Callout cache" "SECID107"
12263 .table2
12264 .row &%callout_domain_negative_expire%& "timeout for negative domain cache &&&
12265 item"
12266 .row &%callout_domain_positive_expire%& "timeout for positive domain cache &&&
12267 item"
12268 .row &%callout_negative_expire%& "timeout for negative address cache item"
12269 .row &%callout_positive_expire%& "timeout for positive address cache item"
12270 .row &%callout_random_local_part%& "string to use for &""random""& testing"
12271 .endtable
12272
12273
12274
12275 .section "TLS" "SECID108"
12276 .table2
12277 .row &new(&%gnutls_require_kx%&) "control GnuTLS key exchanges"
12278 .row &new(&%gnutls_require_mac%&) "control GnuTLS MAC algorithms"
12279 .row &new(&%gnutls_require_protocols%&) "control GnuTLS protocols"
12280 .row &%tls_advertise_hosts%& "advertise TLS to these hosts"
12281 .row &%tls_certificate%& "location of server certificate"
12282 .row &%tls_crl%& "certificate revocation list"
12283 .row &%tls_dhparam%& "DH parameters for server"
12284 .row &%tls_on_connect_ports%& "specify SSMTP (SMTPS) ports"
12285 .row &%tls_privatekey%& "location of server private key"
12286 .row &%tls_remember_esmtp%& "don't reset after starting TLS"
12287 .row &%tls_require_ciphers%& "specify acceptable ciphers"
12288 .row &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& "try to verify client certificate"
12289 .row &%tls_verify_certificates%& "expected client certificates"
12290 .row &%tls_verify_hosts%& "insist on client certificate verify"
12291 .endtable
12292
12293
12294
12295 .section "Local user handling" "SECID109"
12296 .table2
12297 .row &%finduser_retries%& "useful in NIS environments"
12298 .row &%gecos_name%& "used when creating &'Sender:'&"
12299 .row &%gecos_pattern%& "ditto"
12300 .row &%max_username_length%& "for systems that truncate"
12301 .row &%unknown_login%& "used when no login name found"
12302 .row &%unknown_username%& "ditto"
12303 .row &%uucp_from_pattern%& "for recognizing &""From ""& lines"
12304 .row &%uucp_from_sender%& "ditto"
12305 .endtable
12306
12307
12308
12309 .section "All incoming messages (SMTP and non-SMTP)" "SECID110"
12310 .table2
12311 .row &%header_maxsize%& "total size of message header"
12312 .row &%header_line_maxsize%& "individual header line limit"
12313 .row &%message_size_limit%& "applies to all messages"
12314 .row &%percent_hack_domains%& "recognize %-hack for these domains"
12315 .row &%received_header_text%& "expanded to make &'Received:'&"
12316 .row &%received_headers_max%& "for mail loop detection"
12317 .row &%recipients_max%& "limit per message"
12318 .row &%recipients_max_reject%& "permanently reject excess recipients"
12319 .endtable
12320
12321
12322
12323
12324 .section "Non-SMTP incoming messages" "SECID111"
12325 .table2
12326 .row &%receive_timeout%& "for non-SMTP messages"
12327 .endtable
12328
12329
12330
12331
12332
12333 .section "Incoming SMTP messages" "SECID112"
12334 See also the &'Policy controls'& section above.
12335
12336 .table2
12337 .row &%host_lookup%& "host name looked up for these hosts"
12338 .row &%host_lookup_order%& "order of DNS and local name lookups"
12339 .row &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%& "may send unqualified recipients"
12340 .row &%rfc1413_hosts%& "make ident calls to these hosts"
12341 .row &%rfc1413_query_timeout%& "zero disables ident calls"
12342 .row &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& "may send unqualified senders"
12343 .row &%smtp_accept_keepalive%& "some TCP/IP magic"
12344 .row &%smtp_accept_max%& "simultaneous incoming connections"
12345 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%& "non-mail commands"
12346 .row &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%& "hosts to which the limit applies"
12347 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_connection%& "messages per connection"
12348 .row &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& "connections from one host"
12349 .row &%smtp_accept_queue%& "queue mail if more connections"
12350 .row &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& "queue if more messages per &&&
12351 connection"
12352 .row &%smtp_accept_reserve%& "only reserve hosts if more connections"
12353 .row &%smtp_active_hostname%& "host name to use in messages"
12354 .row &%smtp_banner%& "text for welcome banner"
12355 .row &%smtp_check_spool_space%& "from SIZE on MAIL command"
12356 .row &%smtp_connect_backlog%& "passed to TCP/IP stack"
12357 .row &%smtp_enforce_sync%& "of SMTP command/responses"
12358 .row &%smtp_etrn_command%& "what to run for ETRN"
12359 .row &%smtp_etrn_serialize%& "only one at once"
12360 .row &%smtp_load_reserve%& "only reserve hosts if this load"
12361 .row &%smtp_max_unknown_commands%& "before dropping connection"
12362 .row &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& "apply ratelimiting to these hosts"
12363 .row &%smtp_ratelimit_mail%& "ratelimit for MAIL commands"
12364 .row &%smtp_ratelimit_rcpt%& "ratelimit for RCPT commands"
12365 .row &%smtp_receive_timeout%& "per command or data line"
12366 .row &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& "these are the reserve hosts"
12367 .row &%smtp_return_error_details%& "give detail on rejections"
12368 .endtable
12369
12370
12371
12372 .section "SMTP extensions" "SECID113"
12373 .table2
12374 .row &%accept_8bitmime%& "advertise 8BITMIME"
12375 .row &%auth_advertise_hosts%& "advertise AUTH to these hosts"
12376 .row &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& "allow &""From ""& from these hosts"
12377 .row &%ignore_fromline_local%& "allow &""From ""& from local SMTP"
12378 .row &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%& "advertise pipelining to these hosts"
12379 .row &%tls_advertise_hosts%& "advertise TLS to these hosts"
12380 .endtable
12381
12382
12383
12384 .section "Processing messages" "SECID114"
12385 .table2
12386 .row &%allow_domain_literals%& "recognize domain literal syntax"
12387 .row &%allow_mx_to_ip%& "allow MX to point to IP address"
12388 .row &%allow_utf8_domains%& "in addresses"
12389 .row &%check_rfc2047_length%& "check length of RFC 2047 &""encoded &&&
12390 words""&"
12391 .row &%delivery_date_remove%& "from incoming messages"
12392 .row &%envelope_to_remove%& "from incoming messages"
12393 .row &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%& "affects &%-t%& processing"
12394 .row &%headers_charset%& "default for translations"
12395 .row &%qualify_domain%& "default for senders"
12396 .row &%qualify_recipient%& "default for recipients"
12397 .row &%return_path_remove%& "from incoming messages"
12398 .row &%strip_excess_angle_brackets%& "in addresses"
12399 .row &%strip_trailing_dot%& "at end of addresses"
12400 .row &%untrusted_set_sender%& "untrusted can set envelope sender"
12401 .endtable
12402
12403
12404
12405 .section "System filter" "SECID115"
12406 .table2
12407 .row &%system_filter%& "locate system filter"
12408 .row &%system_filter_directory_transport%& "transport for delivery to a &&&
12409 directory"
12410 .row &%system_filter_file_transport%& "transport for delivery to a file"
12411 .row &%system_filter_group%& "group for filter running"
12412 .row &%system_filter_pipe_transport%& "transport for delivery to a pipe"
12413 .row &%system_filter_reply_transport%& "transport for autoreply delivery"
12414 .row &%system_filter_user%& "user for filter running"
12415 .endtable
12416
12417
12418
12419 .section "Routing and delivery" "SECID116"
12420 .table2
12421 .row &%disable_ipv6%& "do no IPv6 processing"
12422 .row &%dns_again_means_nonexist%& "for broken domains"
12423 .row &%dns_check_names_pattern%& "pre-DNS syntax check"
12424 .row &%dns_ipv4_lookup%& "only v4 lookup for these domains"
12425 .row &%dns_retrans%& "parameter for resolver"
12426 .row &%dns_retry%& "parameter for resolver"
12427 .row &%hold_domains%& "hold delivery for these domains"
12428 .row &%local_interfaces%& "for routing checks"
12429 .row &%queue_domains%& "no immediate delivery for these"
12430 .row &%queue_only%& "no immediate delivery at all"
12431 .row &%queue_only_file%& "no immediate delivery if file exists"
12432 .row &%queue_only_load%& "no immediate delivery if load is high"
12433 .row &%queue_only_override%& "allow command line to override"
12434 .row &%queue_run_in_order%& "order of arrival"
12435 .row &%queue_run_max%& "of simultaneous queue runners"
12436 .row &%queue_smtp_domains%& "no immediate SMTP delivery for these"
12437 .row &%remote_max_parallel%& "parallel SMTP delivery per message"
12438 .row &%remote_sort_domains%& "order of remote deliveries"
12439 .row &%retry_data_expire%& "timeout for retry data"
12440 .row &%retry_interval_max%& "safety net for retry rules"
12441 .endtable
12442
12443
12444
12445 .section "Bounce and warning messages" "SECID117"
12446 .table2
12447 .row &%bounce_message_file%& "content of bounce"
12448 .row &%bounce_message_text%& "content of bounce"
12449 .row &%bounce_return_body%& "include body if returning message"
12450 .row &%bounce_return_message%& "include original message in bounce"
12451 .row &%bounce_return_size_limit%& "limit on returned message"
12452 .row &%bounce_sender_authentication%& "send authenticated sender with bounce"
12453 .row &new(&%dsn_from%&) "set &'From:'& contents in bounces"
12454 .row &%errors_copy%& "copy bounce messages"
12455 .row &%errors_reply_to%& "&'Reply-to:'& in bounces"
12456 .row &%delay_warning%& "time schedule"
12457 .row &%delay_warning_condition%& "condition for warning messages"
12458 .row &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%& "discard undeliverable bounces"
12459 .row &%smtp_return_error_details%& "give detail on rejections"
12460 .row &%warn_message_file%& "content of warning message"
12461 .endtable
12462
12463
12464
12465 .section "Alphabetical list of main options" "SECTalomo"
12466 Those options that undergo string expansion before use are marked with
12467 &dagger;.
12468
12469 .option accept_8bitmime main boolean false
12470 .cindex "8BITMIME"
12471 .cindex "8-bit characters"
12472 This option causes Exim to send 8BITMIME in its response to an SMTP
12473 EHLO command, and to accept the BODY= parameter on MAIL commands.
12474 However, though Exim is 8-bit clean, it is not a protocol converter, and it
12475 takes no steps to do anything special with messages received by this route.
12476 Consequently, this option is turned off by default.
12477
12478 .option acl_not_smtp main string&!! unset
12479 .cindex "&ACL;" "for non-SMTP messages"
12480 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
12481 This option defines the ACL that is run when a non-SMTP message has been
12482 read and is on the point of being accepted. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for
12483 further details.
12484
12485 .option acl_not_smtp_mime main string&!! unset
12486 This option defines the ACL that is run for individual MIME parts of non-SMTP
12487 messages. It operates in exactly the same way as &%acl_smtp_mime%& operates for
12488 SMTP messages.
12489
12490 .option acl_not_smtp_start main string&!! unset
12491 .cindex "&ACL;" "at start of non-SMTP message"
12492 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
12493 This option defines the ACL that is run before Exim starts reading a
12494 non-SMTP message. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12495
12496 .option acl_smtp_auth main string&!! unset
12497 .cindex "&ACL;" "setting up for SMTP commands"
12498 .cindex "AUTH" "ACL for"
12499 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP AUTH command is
12500 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12501
12502 .option acl_smtp_connect main string&!! unset
12503 .cindex "&ACL;" "on SMTP connection"
12504 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP connection is received.
12505 See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12506
12507 .option acl_smtp_data main string&!! unset
12508 .cindex "DATA" "ACL for"
12509 This option defines the ACL that is run after an SMTP DATA command has been
12510 processed and the message itself has been received, but before the final
12511 acknowledgment is sent. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12512
12513 .option acl_smtp_etrn main string&!! unset
12514 .cindex "ETRN" "ACL for"
12515 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP ETRN command is
12516 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12517
12518 .option acl_smtp_expn main string&!! unset
12519 .cindex "EXPN" "ACL for"
12520 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP EXPN command is
12521 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12522
12523 .option acl_smtp_helo main string&!! unset
12524 .cindex "EHLO" "ACL for"
12525 .cindex "HELO" "ACL for"
12526 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP EHLO or HELO
12527 command is received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12528
12529
12530 .option acl_smtp_mail main string&!! unset
12531 .cindex "MAIL" "ACL for"
12532 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP MAIL command is
12533 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12534
12535 .option acl_smtp_mailauth main string&!! unset
12536 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
12537 This option defines the ACL that is run when there is an AUTH parameter on
12538 a MAIL command. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for details of ACLs, and chapter
12539 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details of authentication.
12540
12541 .option acl_smtp_mime main string&!! unset
12542 .cindex "MIME content scanning" "ACL for"
12543 This option is available when Exim is built with the content-scanning
12544 extension. It defines the ACL that is run for each MIME part in a message. See
12545 section &<<SECTscanmimepart>>& for details.
12546
12547 .option acl_smtp_predata main string&!! unset
12548 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP DATA command is
12549 received, before the message itself is received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for
12550 further details.
12551
12552 .option acl_smtp_quit main string&!! unset
12553 .cindex "QUIT, ACL for"
12554 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP QUIT command is
12555 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12556
12557 .option acl_smtp_rcpt main string&!! unset
12558 .cindex "RCPT" "ACL for"
12559 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP RCPT command is
12560 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12561
12562 .option acl_smtp_starttls main string&!! unset
12563 .cindex "STARTTLS, ACL for"
12564 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP STARTTLS command is
12565 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12566
12567 .option acl_smtp_vrfy main string&!! unset
12568 .cindex "VRFY" "ACL for"
12569 This option defines the ACL that is run when an SMTP VRFY command is
12570 received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for further details.
12571
12572 .option admin_groups main "string list&!!" unset
12573 .cindex "admin user"
12574 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. If the
12575 current group or any of the supplementary groups of an Exim caller is in this
12576 colon-separated list, the caller has admin privileges. If all your system
12577 programmers are in a specific group, for example, you can give them all Exim
12578 admin privileges by putting that group in &%admin_groups%&. However, this does
12579 not permit them to read Exim's spool files (whose group owner is the Exim gid).
12580 To permit this, you have to add individuals to the Exim group.
12581
12582 .option allow_domain_literals main boolean false
12583 .cindex "domain literal"
12584 If this option is set, the RFC 2822 domain literal format is permitted in
12585 email addresses. The option is not set by default, because the domain literal
12586 format is not normally required these days, and few people know about it. It
12587 has, however, been exploited by mail abusers.
12588
12589 Unfortunately, it seems that some DNS black list maintainers are using this
12590 format to report black listing to postmasters. If you want to accept messages
12591 addressed to your hosts by IP address, you need to set
12592 &%allow_domain_literals%& true, and also to add &`@[]`& to the list of local
12593 domains (defined in the named domain list &%local_domains%& in the default
12594 configuration). This &"magic string"& matches the domain literal form of all
12595 the local host's IP addresses.
12596
12597
12598 .option allow_mx_to_ip main boolean false
12599 .cindex "MX record" "pointing to IP address"
12600 It appears that more and more DNS zone administrators are breaking the rules
12601 and putting domain names that look like IP addresses on the right hand side of
12602 MX records. Exim follows the rules and rejects this, giving an error message
12603 that explains the mis-configuration. However, some other MTAs support this
12604 practice, so to avoid &"Why can't Exim do this?"& complaints,
12605 &%allow_mx_to_ip%& exists, in order to enable this heinous activity. It is not
12606 recommended, except when you have no other choice.
12607
12608 .option allow_utf8_domains main boolean false
12609 .cindex "domain" "UTF-8 characters in"
12610 .cindex "UTF-8" "in domain name"
12611 Lots of discussion is going on about internationalized domain names. One
12612 camp is strongly in favour of just using UTF-8 characters, and it seems
12613 that at least two other MTAs permit this. This option allows Exim users to
12614 experiment if they wish.
12615
12616 If it is set true, Exim's domain parsing function allows valid
12617 UTF-8 multicharacters to appear in domain name components, in addition to
12618 letters, digits, and hyphens. However, just setting this option is not
12619 enough; if you want to look up these domain names in the DNS, you must also
12620 adjust the value of &%dns_check_names_pattern%& to match the extended form. A
12621 suitable setting is:
12622 .code
12623 dns_check_names_pattern = (?i)^(?>(?(1)\.|())[a-z0-9\xc0-\xff]\
12624 (?>[-a-z0-9\x80-\xff]*[a-z0-9\x80-\xbf])?)+$
12625 .endd
12626 Alternatively, you can just disable this feature by setting
12627 .code
12628 dns_check_names_pattern =
12629 .endd
12630 That is, set the option to an empty string so that no check is done.
12631
12632
12633 .option auth_advertise_hosts main "host list&!!" *
12634 .cindex "authentication" "advertising"
12635 .cindex "AUTH" "advertising"
12636 If any server authentication mechanisms are configured, Exim advertises them in
12637 response to an EHLO command only if the calling host matches this list.
12638 Otherwise, Exim does not advertise AUTH.
12639 Exim does not accept AUTH commands from clients to which it has not
12640 advertised the availability of AUTH. The advertising of individual
12641 authentication mechanisms can be controlled by the use of the
12642 &%server_advertise_condition%& generic authenticator option on the individual
12643 authenticators. See chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for further details.
12644
12645 Certain mail clients (for example, Netscape) require the user to provide a name
12646 and password for authentication if AUTH is advertised, even though it may
12647 not be needed (the host may accept messages from hosts on its local LAN without
12648 authentication, for example). The &%auth_advertise_hosts%& option can be used
12649 to make these clients more friendly by excluding them from the set of hosts to
12650 which Exim advertises AUTH.
12651
12652 .cindex "AUTH" "advertising when encrypted"
12653 If you want to advertise the availability of AUTH only when the connection
12654 is encrypted using TLS, you can make use of the fact that the value of this
12655 option is expanded, with a setting like this:
12656 .code
12657 auth_advertise_hosts = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}
12658 .endd
12659 .vindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
12660 If &$tls_cipher$& is empty, the session is not encrypted, and the result of
12661 the expansion is empty, thus matching no hosts. Otherwise, the result of the
12662 expansion is *, which matches all hosts.
12663
12664
12665 .option auto_thaw main time 0s
12666 .cindex "thawing messages"
12667 .cindex "unfreezing messages"
12668 If this option is set to a time greater than zero, a queue runner will try a
12669 new delivery attempt on any frozen message, other than a bounce message, if
12670 this much time has passed since it was frozen. This may result in the message
12671 being re-frozen if nothing has changed since the last attempt. It is a way of
12672 saying &"keep on trying, even though there are big problems"&.
12673
12674 &*Note*&: This is an old option, which predates &%timeout_frozen_after%& and
12675 &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&. It is retained for compatibility, but it is not
12676 thought to be very useful any more, and its use should probably be avoided.
12677
12678 .option av_scanner main string "see below"
12679 This option is available if Exim is built with the content-scanning extension.
12680 It specifies which anti-virus scanner to use. The default value is:
12681 .code
12682 sophie:/var/run/sophie
12683 .endd
12684 If the value of &%av_scanner%& starts with dollar character, it is expanded
12685 before use. See section &<<SECTscanvirus>>& for further details.
12686
12687
12688
12689 .option bi_command main string unset
12690 .oindex "&%-bi%&"
12691 This option supplies the name of a command that is run when Exim is called with
12692 the &%-bi%& option (see chapter &<<CHAPcommandline>>&). The string value is
12693 just the command name, it is not a complete command line. If an argument is
12694 required, it must come from the &%-oA%& command line option.
12695
12696
12697 .option bounce_message_file main string unset
12698 .cindex "bounce message" "customizing"
12699 .cindex "customizing" "bounce message"
12700 This option defines a template file containing paragraphs of text to be used
12701 for constructing bounce messages. Details of the file's contents are given in
12702 chapter &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&. See also &%warn_message_file%&.
12703
12704
12705 .option bounce_message_text main string unset
12706 When this option is set, its contents are included in the default bounce
12707 message immediately after &"This message was created automatically by mail
12708 delivery software."& It is not used if &%bounce_message_file%& is set.
12709
12710 .option bounce_return_body main boolean true
12711 .cindex "bounce message" "including body"
12712 This option controls whether the body of an incoming message is included in a
12713 bounce message when &%bounce_return_message%& is true. The default setting
12714 causes the entire message, both header and body, to be returned (subject to the
12715 value of &%bounce_return_size_limit%&). If this option is false, only the
12716 message header is included. In the case of a non-SMTP message containing an
12717 error that is detected during reception, only those header lines preceding the
12718 point at which the error was detected are returned.
12719 .cindex "bounce message" "including original"
12720
12721 .option bounce_return_message main boolean true
12722 If this option is set false, none of the original message is included in
12723 bounce messages generated by Exim. See also &%bounce_return_size_limit%& and
12724 &%bounce_return_body%&.
12725
12726
12727 .option bounce_return_size_limit main integer 100K
12728 .cindex "size" "of bounce, limit"
12729 .cindex "bounce message" "size limit"
12730 .cindex "limit" "bounce message size"
12731 This option sets a limit in bytes on the size of messages that are returned to
12732 senders as part of bounce messages when &%bounce_return_message%& is true. The
12733 limit should be less than the value of the global &%message_size_limit%& and of
12734 any &%message_size_limit%& settings on transports, to allow for the bounce text
12735 that Exim generates. If this option is set to zero there is no limit.
12736
12737 When the body of any message that is to be included in a bounce message is
12738 greater than the limit, it is truncated, and a comment pointing this out is
12739 added at the top. The actual cutoff may be greater than the value given, owing
12740 to the use of buffering for transferring the message in chunks (typically 8K in
12741 size). The idea is to save bandwidth on those undeliverable 15-megabyte
12742 messages.
12743
12744 .option bounce_sender_authentication main string unset
12745 .cindex "bounce message" "sender authentication"
12746 .cindex "authentication" "bounce message"
12747 .cindex "AUTH" "on bounce message"
12748 This option provides an authenticated sender address that is sent with any
12749 bounce messages generated by Exim that are sent over an authenticated SMTP
12750 connection. A typical setting might be:
12751 .code
12752 bounce_sender_authentication = mailer-daemon@my.domain.example
12753 .endd
12754 which would cause bounce messages to be sent using the SMTP command:
12755 .code
12756 MAIL FROM:<> AUTH=mailer-daemon@my.domain.example
12757 .endd
12758 The value of &%bounce_sender_authentication%& must always be a complete email
12759 address.
12760
12761 .option callout_domain_negative_expire main time 3h
12762 .cindex "caching" "callout timeouts"
12763 .cindex "callout" "caching timeouts"
12764 This option specifies the expiry time for negative callout cache data for a
12765 domain. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12766 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12767
12768
12769 .option callout_domain_positive_expire main time 7d
12770 This option specifies the expiry time for positive callout cache data for a
12771 domain. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12772 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12773
12774
12775 .option callout_negative_expire main time 2h
12776 This option specifies the expiry time for negative callout cache data for an
12777 address. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12778 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12779
12780
12781 .option callout_positive_expire main time 24h
12782 This option specifies the expiry time for positive callout cache data for an
12783 address. See section &<<SECTcallver>>& for details of callout verification, and
12784 section &<<SECTcallvercache>>& for details of the caching.
12785
12786
12787 .option callout_random_local_part main string&!! "see below"
12788 This option defines the &"random"& local part that can be used as part of
12789 callout verification. The default value is
12790 .code
12791 $primary_host_name-$tod_epoch-testing
12792 .endd
12793 See section &<<CALLaddparcall>>& for details of how this value is used.
12794
12795
12796 .option check_log_inodes main integer 0
12797 See &%check_spool_space%& below.
12798
12799
12800 .option check_log_space main integer 0
12801 See &%check_spool_space%& below.
12802
12803 .oindex "&%check_rfc2047_length%&"
12804 .cindex "RFC 2047" "disabling length check"
12805 .option check_rfc2047_length main boolean true
12806 RFC 2047 defines a way of encoding non-ASCII characters in headers using a
12807 system of &"encoded words"&. The RFC specifies a maximum length for an encoded
12808 word; strings to be encoded that exceed this length are supposed to use
12809 multiple encoded words. By default, Exim does not recognize encoded words that
12810 exceed the maximum length. However, it seems that some software, in violation
12811 of the RFC, generates overlong encoded words. If &%check_rfc2047_length%& is
12812 set false, Exim recognizes encoded words of any length.
12813
12814
12815 .option check_spool_inodes main integer 0
12816 See &%check_spool_space%& below.
12817
12818
12819 .option check_spool_space main integer 0
12820 .cindex "checking disk space"
12821 .cindex "disk space, checking"
12822 .cindex "spool directory" "checking space"
12823 The four &%check_...%& options allow for checking of disk resources before a
12824 message is accepted.
12825
12826 .vindex "&$log_inodes$&"
12827 .vindex "&$log_space$&"
12828 .vindex "&$spool_inodes$&"
12829 .vindex "&$spool_space$&"
12830 When any of these options are set, they apply to all incoming messages. If you
12831 want to apply different checks to different kinds of message, you can do so by
12832 testing the variables &$log_inodes$&, &$log_space$&, &$spool_inodes$&, and
12833 &$spool_space$& in an ACL with appropriate additional conditions.
12834
12835
12836 &%check_spool_space%& and &%check_spool_inodes%& check the spool partition if
12837 either value is greater than zero, for example:
12838 .code
12839 check_spool_space = 10M
12840 check_spool_inodes = 100
12841 .endd
12842 The spool partition is the one that contains the directory defined by
12843 SPOOL_DIRECTORY in &_Local/Makefile_&. It is used for holding messages in
12844 transit.
12845
12846 &%check_log_space%& and &%check_log_inodes%& check the partition in which log
12847 files are written if either is greater than zero. These should be set only if
12848 &%log_file_path%& and &%spool_directory%& refer to different partitions.
12849
12850 If there is less space or fewer inodes than requested, Exim refuses to accept
12851 incoming mail. In the case of SMTP input this is done by giving a 452 temporary
12852 error response to the MAIL command. If ESMTP is in use and there was a
12853 SIZE parameter on the MAIL command, its value is added to the
12854 &%check_spool_space%& value, and the check is performed even if
12855 &%check_spool_space%& is zero, unless &%no_smtp_check_spool_space%& is set.
12856
12857 The values for &%check_spool_space%& and &%check_log_space%& are held as a
12858 number of kilobytes. If a non-multiple of 1024 is specified, it is rounded up.
12859
12860 For non-SMTP input and for batched SMTP input, the test is done at start-up; on
12861 failure a message is written to stderr and Exim exits with a non-zero code, as
12862 it obviously cannot send an error message of any kind.
12863
12864 .option daemon_smtp_ports main string &`smtp`&
12865 .cindex "port" "for daemon"
12866 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting listening ports"
12867 This option specifies one or more default SMTP ports on which the Exim daemon
12868 listens. See chapter &<<CHAPinterfaces>>& for details of how it is used. For
12869 backward compatibility, &%daemon_smtp_port%& (singular) is a synonym.
12870
12871 .option daemon_startup_retries main integer 9
12872 .cindex "daemon startup, retrying"
12873 This option, along with &%daemon_startup_sleep%&, controls the retrying done by
12874 the daemon at startup when it cannot immediately bind a listening socket
12875 (typically because the socket is already in use): &%daemon_startup_retries%&
12876 defines the number of retries after the first failure, and
12877 &%daemon_startup_sleep%& defines the length of time to wait between retries.
12878
12879 .option daemon_startup_sleep main time 30s
12880 See &%daemon_startup_retries%&.
12881
12882 .option delay_warning main "time list" 24h
12883 .cindex "warning of delay"
12884 .cindex "delay warning, specifying"
12885 When a message is delayed, Exim sends a warning message to the sender at
12886 intervals specified by this option. The data is a colon-separated list of times
12887 after which to send warning messages. If the value of the option is an empty
12888 string or a zero time, no warnings are sent. Up to 10 times may be given. If a
12889 message has been on the queue for longer than the last time, the last interval
12890 between the times is used to compute subsequent warning times. For example,
12891 with
12892 .code
12893 delay_warning = 4h:8h:24h
12894 .endd
12895 the first message is sent after 4 hours, the second after 8 hours, and
12896 the third one after 24 hours. After that, messages are sent every 16 hours,
12897 because that is the interval between the last two times on the list. If you set
12898 just one time, it specifies the repeat interval. For example, with:
12899 .code
12900 delay_warning = 6h
12901 .endd
12902 messages are repeated every six hours. To stop warnings after a given time, set
12903 a very large time at the end of the list. For example:
12904 .code
12905 delay_warning = 2h:12h:99d
12906 .endd
12907
12908 .option delay_warning_condition main string&!! "see below"
12909 .vindex "&$domain$&"
12910 The string is expanded at the time a warning message might be sent. If all the
12911 deferred addresses have the same domain, it is set in &$domain$& during the
12912 expansion. Otherwise &$domain$& is empty. If the result of the expansion is a
12913 forced failure, an empty string, or a string matching any of &"0"&, &"no"& or
12914 &"false"& (the comparison being done caselessly) then the warning message is
12915 not sent. The default is:
12916 .code
12917 delay_warning_condition = ${if or {\
12918 { !eq{$h_list-id:$h_list-post:$h_list-subscribe:}{} }\
12919 { match{$h_precedence:}{(?i)bulk|list|junk} }\
12920 { match{$h_auto-submitted:}{(?i)auto-generated|auto-replied} }\
12921 } {no}{yes}}
12922 .endd
12923 This suppresses the sending of warnings for messages that contain &'List-ID:'&,
12924 &'List-Post:'&, or &'List-Subscribe:'& headers, or have &"bulk"&, &"list"& or
12925 &"junk"& in a &'Precedence:'& header, or have &"auto-generated"& or
12926 &"auto-replied"& in an &'Auto-Submitted:'& header.
12927
12928 .option deliver_drop_privilege main boolean false
12929 .cindex "unprivileged delivery"
12930 .cindex "delivery" "unprivileged"
12931 If this option is set true, Exim drops its root privilege at the start of a
12932 delivery process, and runs as the Exim user throughout. This severely restricts
12933 the kinds of local delivery that are possible, but is viable in certain types
12934 of configuration. There is a discussion about the use of root privilege in
12935 chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>&.
12936
12937 .option deliver_queue_load_max main fixed-point unset
12938 .cindex "load average"
12939 .cindex "queue runner" "abandoning"
12940 When this option is set, a queue run is abandoned if the system load average
12941 becomes greater than the value of the option. The option has no effect on
12942 ancient operating systems on which Exim cannot determine the load average.
12943 See also &%queue_only_load%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%&.
12944
12945
12946 .option delivery_date_remove main boolean true
12947 .cindex "&'Delivery-date:'& header line"
12948 Exim's transports have an option for adding a &'Delivery-date:'& header to a
12949 message when it is delivered, in exactly the same way as &'Return-path:'& is
12950 handled. &'Delivery-date:'& records the actual time of delivery. Such headers
12951 should not be present in incoming messages, and this option causes them to be
12952 removed at the time the message is received, to avoid any problems that might
12953 occur when a delivered message is subsequently sent on to some other recipient.
12954
12955 .new
12956 .option disable_fsync main boolean false
12957 .cindex "&[fsync()]&, disabling"
12958 This option is available only if Exim was built with the compile-time option
12959 ENABLE_DISABLE_FSYNC. When this is not set, a reference to &%disable_fsync%& in
12960 a runtime configuration generates an &"unknown option"& error. You should not
12961 build Exim with ENABLE_DISABLE_FSYNC or set &%disable_fsync%& unless you
12962 really, really, really understand what you are doing. &'No pre-compiled
12963 distributions of Exim should ever make this option available.'&
12964
12965 When &%disable_fsync%& is set true, Exim no longer calls &[fsync()]& to force
12966 updated files' data to be written to disc before continuing. Unexpected events
12967 such as crashes and power outages may cause data to be lost or scrambled.
12968 Here be Dragons. &*Beware.*&
12969 .wen
12970
12971
12972 .option disable_ipv6 main boolean false
12973 .cindex "IPv6" "disabling"
12974 If this option is set true, even if the Exim binary has IPv6 support, no IPv6
12975 activities take place. AAAA records are never looked up, and any IPv6 addresses
12976 that are listed in &%local_interfaces%&, data for the &%manualroute%& router,
12977 etc. are ignored. If IP literals are enabled, the &(ipliteral)& router declines
12978 to handle IPv6 literal addresses.
12979
12980
12981 .option dns_again_means_nonexist main "domain list&!!" unset
12982 .cindex "DNS" "&""try again""& response; overriding"
12983 DNS lookups give a &"try again"& response for the DNS errors
12984 &"non-authoritative host not found"& and &"SERVERFAIL"&. This can cause Exim to
12985 keep trying to deliver a message, or to give repeated temporary errors to
12986 incoming mail. Sometimes the effect is caused by a badly set up name server and
12987 may persist for a long time. If a domain which exhibits this problem matches
12988 anything in &%dns_again_means_nonexist%&, it is treated as if it did not exist.
12989 This option should be used with care. You can make it apply to reverse lookups
12990 by a setting such as this:
12991 .code
12992 dns_again_means_nonexist = *.in-addr.arpa
12993 .endd
12994 This option applies to all DNS lookups that Exim does. It also applies when the
12995 &[gethostbyname()]& or &[getipnodebyname()]& functions give temporary errors,
12996 since these are most likely to be caused by DNS lookup problems. The
12997 &(dnslookup)& router has some options of its own for controlling what happens
12998 when lookups for MX or SRV records give temporary errors. These more specific
12999 options are applied after this global option.
13000
13001 .option dns_check_names_pattern main string "see below"
13002 .cindex "DNS" "pre-check of name syntax"
13003 When this option is set to a non-empty string, it causes Exim to check domain
13004 names for characters that are not allowed in host names before handing them to
13005 the DNS resolver, because some resolvers give temporary errors for names that
13006 contain unusual characters. If a domain name contains any unwanted characters,
13007 a &"not found"& result is forced, and the resolver is not called. The check is
13008 done by matching the domain name against a regular expression, which is the
13009 value of this option. The default pattern is
13010 .code
13011 dns_check_names_pattern = \
13012 (?i)^(?>(?(1)\.|())[^\W_](?>[a-z0-9/-]*[^\W_])?)+$
13013 .endd
13014 which permits only letters, digits, slashes, and hyphens in components, but
13015 they must start and end with a letter or digit. Hyphens are not, in fact,
13016 permitted in host names, but they are found in certain NS records (which can be
13017 accessed in Exim by using a &%dnsdb%& lookup). If you set
13018 &%allow_utf8_domains%&, you must modify this pattern, or set the option to an
13019 empty string.
13020
13021 .option dns_csa_search_limit main integer 5
13022 This option controls the depth of parental searching for CSA SRV records in the
13023 DNS, as described in more detail in section &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&.
13024
13025 .option dns_csa_use_reverse main boolean true
13026 This option controls whether or not an IP address, given as a CSA domain, is
13027 reversed and looked up in the reverse DNS, as described in more detail in
13028 section &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&.
13029
13030 .option dns_ipv4_lookup main "domain list&!!" unset
13031 .cindex "IPv6" "DNS lookup for AAAA records"
13032 .cindex "DNS" "IPv6 lookup for AAAA records"
13033 When Exim is compiled with IPv6 support and &%disable_ipv6%& is not set, it
13034 looks for IPv6 address records (AAAA records) as well as IPv4 address records
13035 (A records) when trying to find IP addresses for hosts, unless the host's
13036 domain matches this list.
13037
13038 This is a fudge to help with name servers that give big delays or otherwise do
13039 not work for the AAAA record type. In due course, when the world's name
13040 servers have all been upgraded, there should be no need for this option.
13041
13042
13043 .option dns_retrans main time 0s
13044 .cindex "DNS" "resolver options"
13045 The options &%dns_retrans%& and &%dns_retry%& can be used to set the
13046 retransmission and retry parameters for DNS lookups. Values of zero (the
13047 defaults) leave the system default settings unchanged. The first value is the
13048 time between retries, and the second is the number of retries. It isn't
13049 totally clear exactly how these settings affect the total time a DNS lookup may
13050 take. I haven't found any documentation about timeouts on DNS lookups; these
13051 parameter values are available in the external resolver interface structure,
13052 but nowhere does it seem to describe how they are used or what you might want
13053 to set in them.
13054
13055
13056 .option dns_retry main integer 0
13057 See &%dns_retrans%& above.
13058
13059
13060 .option drop_cr main boolean false
13061 This is an obsolete option that is now a no-op. It used to affect the way Exim
13062 handled CR and LF characters in incoming messages. What happens now is
13063 described in section &<<SECTlineendings>>&.
13064
13065 .new
13066 .option dsn_from main "string&!!" "see below"
13067 .cindex "&'From:'& header line" "in bounces"
13068 .cindex "bounce messages" "&'From:'& line, specifying"
13069 This option can be used to vary the contents of &'From:'& header lines in
13070 bounces and other automatically generated messages (&"Delivery Status
13071 Notifications"& &-- hence the name of the option). The default setting is:
13072 .code
13073 dsn_from = Mail Delivery System <Mailer-Daemon@$qualify_domain>
13074 .endd
13075 The value is expanded every time it is needed. If the expansion fails, a
13076 panic is logged, and the default value is used.
13077 .wen
13078
13079 .option envelope_to_remove main boolean true
13080 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
13081 Exim's transports have an option for adding an &'Envelope-to:'& header to a
13082 message when it is delivered, in exactly the same way as &'Return-path:'& is
13083 handled. &'Envelope-to:'& records the original recipient address from the
13084 messages's envelope that caused the delivery to happen. Such headers should not
13085 be present in incoming messages, and this option causes them to be removed at
13086 the time the message is received, to avoid any problems that might occur when a
13087 delivered message is subsequently sent on to some other recipient.
13088
13089
13090 .option errors_copy main "string list&!!" unset
13091 .cindex "bounce message" "copy to other address"
13092 .cindex "copy of bounce message"
13093 Setting this option causes Exim to send bcc copies of bounce messages that it
13094 generates to other addresses. &*Note*&: This does not apply to bounce messages
13095 coming from elsewhere. The value of the option is a colon-separated list of
13096 items. Each item consists of a pattern, terminated by white space, followed by
13097 a comma-separated list of email addresses. If a pattern contains spaces, it
13098 must be enclosed in double quotes.
13099
13100 Each pattern is processed in the same way as a single item in an address list
13101 (see section &<<SECTaddresslist>>&). When a pattern matches the recipient of
13102 the bounce message, the message is copied to the addresses on the list. The
13103 items are scanned in order, and once a matching one is found, no further items
13104 are examined. For example:
13105 .code
13106 errors_copy = spqr@mydomain postmaster@mydomain.example :\
13107 rqps@mydomain hostmaster@mydomain.example,\
13108 postmaster@mydomain.example
13109 .endd
13110 .vindex "&$domain$&"
13111 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
13112 The address list is expanded before use. The expansion variables &$local_part$&
13113 and &$domain$& are set from the original recipient of the error message, and if
13114 there was any wildcard matching in the pattern, the expansion
13115 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &%errors_copy%&"
13116 variables &$0$&, &$1$&, etc. are set in the normal way.
13117
13118
13119 .option errors_reply_to main string unset
13120 .cindex "bounce message" "&'Reply-to:'& in"
13121 By default, Exim's bounce and delivery warning messages contain the header line
13122 .display
13123 &`From: Mail Delivery System <Mailer-Daemon@`&&'qualify-domain'&&`>`&
13124 .endd
13125 .oindex &%quota_warn_message%&
13126 where &'qualify-domain'& is the value of the &%qualify_domain%& option.
13127 A warning message that is generated by the &%quota_warn_message%& option in an
13128 &(appendfile)& transport may contain its own &'From:'& header line that
13129 overrides the default.
13130
13131 Experience shows that people reply to bounce messages. If the
13132 &%errors_reply_to%& option is set, a &'Reply-To:'& header is added to bounce
13133 and warning messages. For example:
13134 .code
13135 errors_reply_to = postmaster@my.domain.example
13136 .endd
13137 The value of the option is not expanded. It must specify a valid RFC 2822
13138 address. However, if a warning message that is generated by the
13139 &%quota_warn_message%& option in an &(appendfile)& transport contain its
13140 own &'Reply-To:'& header line, the value of the &%errors_reply_to%& option is
13141 not used.
13142
13143
13144 .option exim_group main string "compile-time configured"
13145 .cindex "gid (group id)" "Exim's own"
13146 .cindex "Exim group"
13147 This option changes the gid under which Exim runs when it gives up root
13148 privilege. The default value is compiled into the binary. The value of this
13149 option is used only when &%exim_user%& is also set. Unless it consists entirely
13150 of digits, the string is looked up using &[getgrnam()]&, and failure causes a
13151 configuration error. See chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>& for a discussion of
13152 security issues.
13153
13154
13155 .option exim_path main string "see below"
13156 .cindex "Exim binary, path name"
13157 This option specifies the path name of the Exim binary, which is used when Exim
13158 needs to re-exec itself. The default is set up to point to the file &'exim'& in
13159 the directory configured at compile time by the BIN_DIRECTORY setting. It
13160 is necessary to change &%exim_path%& if, exceptionally, Exim is run from some
13161 other place.
13162 &*Warning*&: Do not use a macro to define the value of this option, because
13163 you will break those Exim utilities that scan the configuration file to find
13164 where the binary is. (They then use the &%-bP%& option to extract option
13165 settings such as the value of &%spool_directory%&.)
13166
13167
13168 .option exim_user main string "compile-time configured"
13169 .cindex "uid (user id)" "Exim's own"
13170 .cindex "Exim user"
13171 This option changes the uid under which Exim runs when it gives up root
13172 privilege. The default value is compiled into the binary. Ownership of the run
13173 time configuration file and the use of the &%-C%& and &%-D%& command line
13174 options is checked against the values in the binary, not what is set here.
13175
13176 Unless it consists entirely of digits, the string is looked up using
13177 &[getpwnam()]&, and failure causes a configuration error. If &%exim_group%& is
13178 not also supplied, the gid is taken from the result of &[getpwnam()]& if it is
13179 used. See chapter &<<CHAPsecurity>>& for a discussion of security issues.
13180
13181
13182 .option extra_local_interfaces main "string list" unset
13183 This option defines network interfaces that are to be considered local when
13184 routing, but which are not used for listening by the daemon. See section
13185 &<<SECTreclocipadd>>& for details.
13186
13187
13188 . Allow this long option name to split; give it unsplit as a fifth argument
13189 . for the automatic .oindex that is generated by .option.
13190
13191 .option "extract_addresses_remove_ &~&~arguments" main boolean true &&&
13192 extract_addresses_remove_arguments
13193 .oindex "&%-t%&"
13194 .cindex "command line" "addresses with &%-t%&"
13195 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&%-t%& option"
13196 According to some Sendmail documentation (Sun, IRIX, HP-UX), if any addresses
13197 are present on the command line when the &%-t%& option is used to build an
13198 envelope from a message's &'To:'&, &'Cc:'& and &'Bcc:'& headers, the command
13199 line addresses are removed from the recipients list. This is also how Smail
13200 behaves. However, other Sendmail documentation (the O'Reilly book) states that
13201 command line addresses are added to those obtained from the header lines. When
13202 &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%& is true (the default), Exim subtracts
13203 argument headers. If it is set false, Exim adds rather than removes argument
13204 addresses.
13205
13206
13207 .option finduser_retries main integer 0
13208 .cindex "NIS, retrying user lookups"
13209 On systems running NIS or other schemes in which user and group information is
13210 distributed from a remote system, there can be times when &[getpwnam()]& and
13211 related functions fail, even when given valid data, because things time out.
13212 Unfortunately these failures cannot be distinguished from genuine &"not found"&
13213 errors. If &%finduser_retries%& is set greater than zero, Exim will try that
13214 many extra times to find a user or a group, waiting for one second between
13215 retries.
13216
13217 .cindex "&_/etc/passwd_&" "multiple reading of"
13218 You should not set this option greater than zero if your user information is in
13219 a traditional &_/etc/passwd_& file, because it will cause Exim needlessly to
13220 search the file multiple times for non-existent users, and also cause delay.
13221
13222
13223
13224 .option freeze_tell main "string list, comma separated" unset
13225 .cindex "freezing messages" "sending a message when freezing"
13226 On encountering certain errors, or when configured to do so in a system filter,
13227 ACL, or special router, Exim freezes a message. This means that no further
13228 delivery attempts take place until an administrator thaws the message, or the
13229 &%auto_thaw%&, &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&, or &%timeout_frozen_after%&
13230 feature cause it to be processed. If &%freeze_tell%& is set, Exim generates a
13231 warning message whenever it freezes something, unless the message it is
13232 freezing is a locally-generated bounce message. (Without this exception there
13233 is the possibility of looping.) The warning message is sent to the addresses
13234 supplied as the comma-separated value of this option. If several of the
13235 message's addresses cause freezing, only a single message is sent. If the
13236 freezing was automatic, the reason(s) for freezing can be found in the message
13237 log. If you configure freezing in a filter or ACL, you must arrange for any
13238 logging that you require.
13239
13240
13241 .option gecos_name main string&!! unset
13242 .cindex "HP-UX"
13243 .cindex "&""gecos""& field, parsing"
13244 Some operating systems, notably HP-UX, use the &"gecos"& field in the system
13245 password file to hold other information in addition to users' real names. Exim
13246 looks up this field for use when it is creating &'Sender:'& or &'From:'&
13247 headers. If either &%gecos_pattern%& or &%gecos_name%& are unset, the contents
13248 of the field are used unchanged, except that, if an ampersand is encountered,
13249 it is replaced by the user's login name with the first character forced to
13250 upper case, since this is a convention that is observed on many systems.
13251
13252 When these options are set, &%gecos_pattern%& is treated as a regular
13253 expression that is to be applied to the field (again with && replaced by the
13254 login name), and if it matches, &%gecos_name%& is expanded and used as the
13255 user's name.
13256
13257 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &%gecos_name%&"
13258 Numeric variables such as &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. can be used in the expansion to
13259 pick up sub-fields that were matched by the pattern. In HP-UX, where the user's
13260 name terminates at the first comma, the following can be used:
13261 .code
13262 gecos_pattern = ([^,]*)
13263 gecos_name = $1
13264 .endd
13265
13266 .option gecos_pattern main string unset
13267 See &%gecos_name%& above.
13268
13269
13270 .new
13271 .option gnutls_require_kx main string unset
13272 This option controls the key exchange mechanisms when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
13273 server. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
13274
13275 .option gnutls_require_mac main string unset
13276 This option controls the MAC algorithms when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
13277 server. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
13278
13279 .option gnutls_require_protocols main string unset
13280 This option controls the protocols when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
13281 server. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
13282 .wen
13283
13284
13285 .option headers_charset main string "see below"
13286 This option sets a default character set for translating from encoded MIME
13287 &"words"& in header lines, when referenced by an &$h_xxx$& expansion item. The
13288 default is the value of HEADERS_CHARSET in &_Local/Makefile_&. The
13289 ultimate default is ISO-8859-1. For more details see the description of header
13290 insertions in section &<<SECTexpansionitems>>&.
13291
13292
13293
13294 .option header_maxsize main integer "see below"
13295 .cindex "header section" "maximum size of"
13296 .cindex "limit" "size of message header section"
13297 This option controls the overall maximum size of a message's header
13298 section. The default is the value of HEADER_MAXSIZE in
13299 &_Local/Makefile_&; the default for that is 1M. Messages with larger header
13300 sections are rejected.
13301
13302
13303 .option header_line_maxsize main integer 0
13304 .cindex "header lines" "maximum size of"
13305 .cindex "limit" "size of one header line"
13306 This option limits the length of any individual header line in a message, after
13307 all the continuations have been joined together. Messages with individual
13308 header lines that are longer than the limit are rejected. The default value of
13309 zero means &"no limit"&.
13310
13311
13312
13313
13314 .option helo_accept_junk_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13315 .cindex "HELO" "accepting junk data"
13316 .cindex "EHLO" "accepting junk data"
13317 Exim checks the syntax of HELO and EHLO commands for incoming SMTP
13318 mail, and gives an error response for invalid data. Unfortunately, there are
13319 some SMTP clients that send syntactic junk. They can be accommodated by setting
13320 this option. Note that this is a syntax check only. See &%helo_verify_hosts%&
13321 if you want to do semantic checking.
13322 See also &%helo_allow_chars%& for a way of extending the permitted character
13323 set.
13324
13325
13326 .option helo_allow_chars main string unset
13327 .cindex "HELO" "underscores in"
13328 .cindex "EHLO" "underscores in"
13329 .cindex "underscore in EHLO/HELO"
13330 This option can be set to a string of rogue characters that are permitted in
13331 all EHLO and HELO names in addition to the standard letters, digits,
13332 hyphens, and dots. If you really must allow underscores, you can set
13333 .code
13334 helo_allow_chars = _
13335 .endd
13336 Note that the value is one string, not a list.
13337
13338
13339 .option helo_lookup_domains main "domain list&!!" &`@:@[]`&
13340 .cindex "HELO" "forcing reverse lookup"
13341 .cindex "EHLO" "forcing reverse lookup"
13342 If the domain given by a client in a HELO or EHLO command matches this
13343 list, a reverse lookup is done in order to establish the host's true name. The
13344 default forces a lookup if the client host gives the server's name or any of
13345 its IP addresses (in brackets), something that broken clients have been seen to
13346 do.
13347
13348
13349 .option helo_try_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13350 .cindex "HELO verifying" "optional"
13351 .cindex "EHLO" "verifying, optional"
13352 By default, Exim just checks the syntax of HELO and EHLO commands (see
13353 &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%& and &%helo_allow_chars%&). However, some sites like
13354 to do more extensive checking of the data supplied by these commands. The ACL
13355 condition &`verify`& &`=`& &`helo`& is provided to make this possible.
13356 Formerly, it was necessary also to set this option (&%helo_try_verify_hosts%&)
13357 to force the check to occur. From release 4.53 onwards, this is no longer
13358 necessary. If the check has not been done before &`verify`& &`=`& &`helo`& is
13359 encountered, it is done at that time. Consequently, this option is obsolete.
13360 Its specification is retained here for backwards compatibility.
13361
13362 When an EHLO or HELO command is received, if the calling host matches
13363 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&, Exim checks that the host name given in the HELO or
13364 EHLO command either:
13365
13366 .ilist
13367 is an IP literal matching the calling address of the host, or
13368 .next
13369 .cindex "DNS" "reverse lookup"
13370 .cindex "reverse DNS lookup"
13371 matches the host name that Exim obtains by doing a reverse lookup of the
13372 calling host address, or
13373 .next
13374 when looked up using &[gethostbyname()]& (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when
13375 available) yields the calling host address.
13376 .endlist
13377
13378 However, the EHLO or HELO command is not rejected if any of the checks
13379 fail. Processing continues, but the result of the check is remembered, and can
13380 be detected later in an ACL by the &`verify`& &`=`& &`helo`& condition.
13381
13382 .option helo_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13383 .cindex "HELO verifying" "mandatory"
13384 .cindex "EHLO" "verifying, mandatory"
13385 Like &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&, this option is obsolete, and retained only for
13386 backwards compatibility. For hosts that match this option, Exim checks the host
13387 name given in the HELO or EHLO in the same way as for
13388 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&. If the check fails, the HELO or EHLO command is
13389 rejected with a 550 error, and entries are written to the main and reject logs.
13390 If a MAIL command is received before EHLO or HELO, it is rejected with a 503
13391 error.
13392
13393 .option hold_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
13394 .cindex "domain" "delaying delivery"
13395 .cindex "delivery" "delaying certain domains"
13396 This option allows mail for particular domains to be held on the queue
13397 manually. The option is overridden if a message delivery is forced with the
13398 &%-M%&, &%-qf%&, &%-Rf%& or &%-Sf%& options, and also while testing or
13399 verifying addresses using &%-bt%& or &%-bv%&. Otherwise, if a domain matches an
13400 item in &%hold_domains%&, no routing or delivery for that address is done, and
13401 it is deferred every time the message is looked at.
13402
13403 This option is intended as a temporary operational measure for delaying the
13404 delivery of mail while some problem is being sorted out, or some new
13405 configuration tested. If you just want to delay the processing of some
13406 domains until a queue run occurs, you should use &%queue_domains%& or
13407 &%queue_smtp_domains%&, not &%hold_domains%&.
13408
13409 A setting of &%hold_domains%& does not override Exim's code for removing
13410 messages from the queue if they have been there longer than the longest retry
13411 time in any retry rule. If you want to hold messages for longer than the normal
13412 retry times, insert a dummy retry rule with a long retry time.
13413
13414
13415 .option host_lookup main "host list&!!" unset
13416 .cindex "host name" "lookup, forcing"
13417 Exim does not look up the name of a calling host from its IP address unless it
13418 is required to compare against some host list, or the host matches
13419 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& or &%helo_verify_hosts%&, or the host matches this
13420 option (which normally contains IP addresses rather than host names). The
13421 default configuration file contains
13422 .code
13423 host_lookup = *
13424 .endd
13425 which causes a lookup to happen for all hosts. If the expense of these lookups
13426 is felt to be too great, the setting can be changed or removed.
13427
13428 After a successful reverse lookup, Exim does a forward lookup on the name it
13429 has obtained, to verify that it yields the IP address that it started with. If
13430 this check fails, Exim behaves as if the name lookup failed.
13431
13432 .vindex "&$host_lookup_failed$&"
13433 .vindex "&$sender_host_name$&"
13434 After any kind of failure, the host name (in &$sender_host_name$&) remains
13435 unset, and &$host_lookup_failed$& is set to the string &"1"&. See also
13436 &%dns_again_means_nonexist%&, &%helo_lookup_domains%&, and &`verify`& &`=`&
13437 &`reverse_host_lookup`& in ACLs.
13438
13439
13440 .option host_lookup_order main "string list" &`bydns:byaddr`&
13441 This option specifies the order of different lookup methods when Exim is trying
13442 to find a host name from an IP address. The default is to do a DNS lookup
13443 first, and then to try a local lookup (using &[gethostbyaddr()]& or equivalent)
13444 if that fails. You can change the order of these lookups, or omit one entirely,
13445 if you want.
13446
13447 &*Warning*&: The &"byaddr"& method does not always yield aliases when there are
13448 multiple PTR records in the DNS and the IP address is not listed in
13449 &_/etc/hosts_&. Different operating systems give different results in this
13450 case. That is why the default tries a DNS lookup first.
13451
13452
13453
13454 .option host_reject_connection main "host list&!!" unset
13455 .cindex "host" "rejecting connections from"
13456 If this option is set, incoming SMTP calls from the hosts listed are rejected
13457 as soon as the connection is made.
13458 This option is obsolete, and retained only for backward compatibility, because
13459 nowadays the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_connect%& can also reject incoming
13460 connections immediately.
13461
13462 The ability to give an immediate rejection (either by this option or using an
13463 ACL) is provided for use in unusual cases. Many hosts will just try again,
13464 sometimes without much delay. Normally, it is better to use an ACL to reject
13465 incoming messages at a later stage, such as after RCPT commands. See
13466 chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&.
13467
13468
13469 .option hosts_connection_nolog main "host list&!!" unset
13470 .cindex "host" "not logging connections from"
13471 This option defines a list of hosts for which connection logging does not
13472 happen, even though the &%smtp_connection%& log selector is set. For example,
13473 you might want not to log SMTP connections from local processes, or from
13474 127.0.0.1, or from your local LAN. This option is consulted in the main loop of
13475 the daemon; you should therefore strive to restrict its value to a short inline
13476 list of IP addresses and networks. To disable logging SMTP connections from
13477 local processes, you must create a host list with an empty item. For example:
13478 .code
13479 hosts_connection_nolog = :
13480 .endd
13481 If the &%smtp_connection%& log selector is not set, this option has no effect.
13482
13483
13484
13485 .option hosts_treat_as_local main "domain list&!!" unset
13486 .cindex "local host" "domains treated as"
13487 .cindex "host" "treated as local"
13488 If this option is set, any host names that match the domain list are treated as
13489 if they were the local host when Exim is scanning host lists obtained from MX
13490 records
13491 or other sources. Note that the value of this option is a domain list, not a
13492 host list, because it is always used to check host names, not IP addresses.
13493
13494 This option also applies when Exim is matching the special items
13495 &`@mx_any`&, &`@mx_primary`&, and &`@mx_secondary`& in a domain list (see
13496 section &<<SECTdomainlist>>&), and when checking the &%hosts%& option in the
13497 &(smtp)& transport for the local host (see the &%allow_localhost%& option in
13498 that transport). See also &%local_interfaces%&, &%extra_local_interfaces%&, and
13499 chapter &<<CHAPinterfaces>>&, which contains a discussion about local network
13500 interfaces and recognizing the local host.
13501
13502
13503 .option ignore_bounce_errors_after main time 10w
13504 .cindex "bounce message" "discarding"
13505 .cindex "discarding bounce message"
13506 This option affects the processing of bounce messages that cannot be delivered,
13507 that is, those that suffer a permanent delivery failure. (Bounce messages that
13508 suffer temporary delivery failures are of course retried in the usual way.)
13509
13510 After a permanent delivery failure, bounce messages are frozen,
13511 because there is no sender to whom they can be returned. When a frozen bounce
13512 message has been on the queue for more than the given time, it is unfrozen at
13513 the next queue run, and a further delivery is attempted. If delivery fails
13514 again, the bounce message is discarded. This makes it possible to keep failed
13515 bounce messages around for a shorter time than the normal maximum retry time
13516 for frozen messages. For example,
13517 .code
13518 ignore_bounce_errors_after = 12h
13519 .endd
13520 retries failed bounce message deliveries after 12 hours, discarding any further
13521 failures. If the value of this option is set to a zero time period, bounce
13522 failures are discarded immediately. Setting a very long time (as in the default
13523 value) has the effect of disabling this option. For ways of automatically
13524 dealing with other kinds of frozen message, see &%auto_thaw%& and
13525 &%timeout_frozen_after%&.
13526
13527
13528 .option ignore_fromline_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
13529 .cindex "&""From""& line"
13530 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
13531 Some broken SMTP clients insist on sending a UUCP-like &"From&~"& line before
13532 the headers of a message. By default this is treated as the start of the
13533 message's body, which means that any following headers are not recognized as
13534 such. Exim can be made to ignore it by setting &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& to
13535 match those hosts that insist on sending it. If the sender is actually a local
13536 process rather than a remote host, and is using &%-bs%& to inject the messages,
13537 &%ignore_fromline_local%& must be set to achieve this effect.
13538
13539
13540 .option ignore_fromline_local main boolean false
13541 See &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& above.
13542
13543
13544 .option keep_malformed main time 4d
13545 This option specifies the length of time to keep messages whose spool files
13546 have been corrupted in some way. This should, of course, never happen. At the
13547 next attempt to deliver such a message, it gets removed. The incident is
13548 logged.
13549
13550
13551 .option ldap_default_servers main "string list" unset
13552 .cindex "LDAP" "default servers"
13553 This option provides a list of LDAP servers which are tried in turn when an
13554 LDAP query does not contain a server. See section &<<SECTforldaque>>& for
13555 details of LDAP queries. This option is available only when Exim has been built
13556 with LDAP support.
13557
13558
13559 .option ldap_version main integer unset
13560 .cindex "LDAP" "protocol version, forcing"
13561 This option can be used to force Exim to set a specific protocol version for
13562 LDAP. If it option is unset, it is shown by the &%-bP%& command line option as
13563 -1. When this is the case, the default is 3 if LDAP_VERSION3 is defined in
13564 the LDAP headers; otherwise it is 2. This option is available only when Exim
13565 has been built with LDAP support.
13566
13567
13568
13569 .option local_from_check main boolean true
13570 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line" "disabling addition of"
13571 .cindex "&'From:'& header line" "disabling checking of"
13572 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP/IP connection) by
13573 an untrusted user, Exim removes any existing &'Sender:'& header line, and
13574 checks that the &'From:'& header line matches the login of the calling user and
13575 the domain specified by &%qualify_domain%&.
13576
13577 &*Note*&: An unqualified address (no domain) in the &'From:'& header in a
13578 locally submitted message is automatically qualified by Exim, unless the
13579 &%-bnq%& command line option is used.
13580
13581 You can use &%local_from_prefix%& and &%local_from_suffix%& to permit affixes
13582 on the local part. If the &'From:'& header line does not match, Exim adds a
13583 &'Sender:'& header with an address constructed from the calling user's login
13584 and the default qualify domain.
13585
13586 If &%local_from_check%& is set false, the &'From:'& header check is disabled,
13587 and no &'Sender:'& header is ever added. If, in addition, you want to retain
13588 &'Sender:'& header lines supplied by untrusted users, you must also set
13589 &%local_sender_retain%& to be true.
13590
13591 .cindex "envelope sender"
13592 These options affect only the header lines in the message. The envelope sender
13593 is still forced to be the login id at the qualify domain unless
13594 &%untrusted_set_sender%& permits the user to supply an envelope sender.
13595
13596 For messages received over TCP/IP, an ACL can specify &"submission mode"& to
13597 request similar header line checking. See section &<<SECTthesenhea>>&, which
13598 has more details about &'Sender:'& processing.
13599
13600
13601
13602
13603 .option local_from_prefix main string unset
13604 When Exim checks the &'From:'& header line of locally submitted messages for
13605 matching the login id (see &%local_from_check%& above), it can be configured to
13606 ignore certain prefixes and suffixes in the local part of the address. This is
13607 done by setting &%local_from_prefix%& and/or &%local_from_suffix%& to
13608 appropriate lists, in the same form as the &%local_part_prefix%& and
13609 &%local_part_suffix%& router options (see chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&). For
13610 example, if
13611 .code
13612 local_from_prefix = *-
13613 .endd
13614 is set, a &'From:'& line containing
13615 .code
13616 From: anything-user@your.domain.example
13617 .endd
13618 will not cause a &'Sender:'& header to be added if &'user@your.domain.example'&
13619 matches the actual sender address that is constructed from the login name and
13620 qualify domain.
13621
13622
13623 .option local_from_suffix main string unset
13624 See &%local_from_prefix%& above.
13625
13626
13627 .option local_interfaces main "string list" "see below"
13628 This option controls which network interfaces are used by the daemon for
13629 listening; they are also used to identify the local host when routing. Chapter
13630 &<<CHAPinterfaces>>& contains a full description of this option and the related
13631 options &%daemon_smtp_ports%&, &%extra_local_interfaces%&,
13632 &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, and &%tls_on_connect_ports%&. The default value for
13633 &%local_interfaces%& is
13634 .code
13635 local_interfaces = 0.0.0.0
13636 .endd
13637 when Exim is built without IPv6 support; otherwise it is
13638 .code
13639 local_interfaces = <; ::0 ; 0.0.0.0
13640 .endd
13641
13642 .option local_scan_timeout main time 5m
13643 .cindex "timeout" "for &[local_scan()]& function"
13644 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "timeout"
13645 This timeout applies to the &[local_scan()]& function (see chapter
13646 &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&). Zero means &"no timeout"&. If the timeout is exceeded,
13647 the incoming message is rejected with a temporary error if it is an SMTP
13648 message. For a non-SMTP message, the message is dropped and Exim ends with a
13649 non-zero code. The incident is logged on the main and reject logs.
13650
13651
13652
13653 .option local_sender_retain main boolean false
13654 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line" "retaining from local submission"
13655 When a message is submitted locally (that is, not over a TCP/IP connection) by
13656 an untrusted user, Exim removes any existing &'Sender:'& header line. If you
13657 do not want this to happen, you must set &%local_sender_retain%&, and you must
13658 also set &%local_from_check%& to be false (Exim will complain if you do not).
13659 See also the ACL modifier &`control = suppress_local_fixups`&. Section
13660 &<<SECTthesenhea>>& has more details about &'Sender:'& processing.
13661
13662
13663
13664
13665 .option localhost_number main string&!! unset
13666 .cindex "host" "locally unique number for"
13667 .cindex "message ids" "with multiple hosts"
13668 .vindex "&$localhost_number$&"
13669 Exim's message ids are normally unique only within the local host. If
13670 uniqueness among a set of hosts is required, each host must set a different
13671 value for the &%localhost_number%& option. The string is expanded immediately
13672 after reading the configuration file (so that a number can be computed from the
13673 host name, for example) and the result of the expansion must be a number in the
13674 range 0&--16 (or 0&--10 on operating systems with case-insensitive file
13675 systems). This is available in subsequent string expansions via the variable
13676 &$localhost_number$&. When &%localhost_number is set%&, the final two
13677 characters of the message id, instead of just being a fractional part of the
13678 time, are computed from the time and the local host number as described in
13679 section &<<SECTmessiden>>&.
13680
13681
13682
13683 .option log_file_path main "string list&!!" "set at compile time"
13684 .cindex "log" "file path for"
13685 This option sets the path which is used to determine the names of Exim's log
13686 files, or indicates that logging is to be to syslog, or both. It is expanded
13687 when Exim is entered, so it can, for example, contain a reference to the host
13688 name. If no specific path is set for the log files at compile or run time, they
13689 are written in a sub-directory called &_log_& in Exim's spool directory.
13690 Chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& contains further details about Exim's logging, and
13691 section &<<SECTwhelogwri>>& describes how the contents of &%log_file_path%& are
13692 used. If this string is fixed at your installation (contains no expansion
13693 variables) it is recommended that you do not set this option in the
13694 configuration file, but instead supply the path using LOG_FILE_PATH in
13695 &_Local/Makefile_& so that it is available to Exim for logging errors detected
13696 early on &-- in particular, failure to read the configuration file.
13697
13698
13699 .option log_selector main string unset
13700 .cindex "log" "selectors"
13701 This option can be used to reduce or increase the number of things that Exim
13702 writes to its log files. Its argument is made up of names preceded by plus or
13703 minus characters. For example:
13704 .code
13705 log_selector = +arguments -retry_defer
13706 .endd
13707 A list of possible names and what they control is given in the chapter on
13708 logging, in section &<<SECTlogselector>>&.
13709
13710
13711 .option log_timezone main boolean false
13712 .cindex "log" "timezone for entries"
13713 .vindex "&$tod_log$&"
13714 .vindex "&$tod_zone$&"
13715 By default, the timestamps on log lines are in local time without the
13716 timezone. This means that if your timezone changes twice a year, the timestamps
13717 in log lines are ambiguous for an hour when the clocks go back. One way of
13718 avoiding this problem is to set the timezone to UTC. An alternative is to set
13719 &%log_timezone%& true. This turns on the addition of the timezone offset to
13720 timestamps in log lines. Turning on this option can add quite a lot to the size
13721 of log files because each line is extended by 6 characters. Note that the
13722 &$tod_log$& variable contains the log timestamp without the zone, but there is
13723 another variable called &$tod_zone$& that contains just the timezone offset.
13724
13725
13726 .option lookup_open_max main integer 25
13727 .cindex "too many open files"
13728 .cindex "open files, too many"
13729 .cindex "file" "too many open"
13730 .cindex "lookup" "maximum open files"
13731 .cindex "limit" "open files for lookups"
13732 This option limits the number of simultaneously open files for single-key
13733 lookups that use regular files (that is, &(lsearch)&, &(dbm)&, and &(cdb)&).
13734 Exim normally keeps these files open during routing, because often the same
13735 file is required several times. If the limit is reached, Exim closes the least
13736 recently used file. Note that if you are using the &'ndbm'& library, it
13737 actually opens two files for each logical DBM database, though it still counts
13738 as one for the purposes of &%lookup_open_max%&. If you are getting &"too many
13739 open files"& errors with NDBM, you need to reduce the value of
13740 &%lookup_open_max%&.
13741
13742
13743 .option max_username_length main integer 0
13744 .cindex "length of login name"
13745 .cindex "user name" "maximum length"
13746 .cindex "limit" "user name length"
13747 Some operating systems are broken in that they truncate long arguments to
13748 &[getpwnam()]& to eight characters, instead of returning &"no such user"&. If
13749 this option is set greater than zero, any attempt to call &[getpwnam()]& with
13750 an argument that is longer behaves as if &[getpwnam()]& failed.
13751
13752
13753
13754 .option message_body_visible main integer 500
13755 .cindex "body of message" "visible size"
13756 .cindex "message body" "visible size"
13757 .vindex "&$message_body$&"
13758 .vindex "&$message_body_end$&"
13759 This option specifies how much of a message's body is to be included in the
13760 &$message_body$& and &$message_body_end$& expansion variables.
13761
13762
13763 .option message_id_header_domain main string&!! unset
13764 .cindex "&'Message-ID:'& header line"
13765 If this option is set, the string is expanded and used as the right hand side
13766 (domain) of the &'Message-ID:'& header that Exim creates if a
13767 locally-originated incoming message does not have one. &"Locally-originated"&
13768 means &"not received over TCP/IP."&
13769 Otherwise, the primary host name is used.
13770 Only letters, digits, dot and hyphen are accepted; any other characters are
13771 replaced by hyphens. If the expansion is forced to fail, or if the result is an
13772 empty string, the option is ignored.
13773
13774
13775 .option message_id_header_text main string&!! unset
13776 If this variable is set, the string is expanded and used to augment the text of
13777 the &'Message-id:'& header that Exim creates if a locally-originated incoming
13778 message does not have one. The text of this header is required by RFC 2822 to
13779 take the form of an address. By default, Exim uses its internal message id as
13780 the local part, and the primary host name as the domain. If this option is set,
13781 it is expanded, and provided the expansion is not forced to fail, and does not
13782 yield an empty string, the result is inserted into the header immediately
13783 before the @, separated from the internal message id by a dot. Any characters
13784 that are illegal in an address are automatically converted into hyphens. This
13785 means that variables such as &$tod_log$& can be used, because the spaces and
13786 colons will become hyphens.
13787
13788
13789 .option message_logs main boolean true
13790 .cindex "message logs" "disabling"
13791 .cindex "log" "message log; disabling"
13792 If this option is turned off, per-message log files are not created in the
13793 &_msglog_& spool sub-directory. This reduces the amount of disk I/O required by
13794 Exim, by reducing the number of files involved in handling a message from a
13795 minimum of four (header spool file, body spool file, delivery journal, and
13796 per-message log) to three. The other major I/O activity is Exim's main log,
13797 which is not affected by this option.
13798
13799
13800 .option message_size_limit main string&!! 50M
13801 .cindex "message" "size limit"
13802 .cindex "limit" "message size"
13803 .cindex "size" "of message, limit"
13804 This option limits the maximum size of message that Exim will process. The
13805 value is expanded for each incoming connection so, for example, it can be made
13806 to depend on the IP address of the remote host for messages arriving via
13807 TCP/IP. After expansion, the value must be a sequence of decimal digits,
13808 optionally followed by K or M.
13809
13810 &*Note*&: This limit cannot be made to depend on a message's sender or any
13811 other properties of an individual message, because it has to be advertised in
13812 the server's response to EHLO. String expansion failure causes a temporary
13813 error. A value of zero means no limit, but its use is not recommended. See also
13814 &%bounce_return_size_limit%&.
13815
13816 Incoming SMTP messages are failed with a 552 error if the limit is
13817 exceeded; locally-generated messages either get a stderr message or a delivery
13818 failure message to the sender, depending on the &%-oe%& setting. Rejection of
13819 an oversized message is logged in both the main and the reject logs. See also
13820 the generic transport option &%message_size_limit%&, which limits the size of
13821 message that an individual transport can process.
13822
13823
13824 .option move_frozen_messages main boolean false
13825 .cindex "frozen messages" "moving"
13826 This option, which is available only if Exim has been built with the setting
13827 .code
13828 SUPPORT_MOVE_FROZEN_MESSAGES=yes
13829 .endd
13830 in &_Local/Makefile_&, causes frozen messages and their message logs to be
13831 moved from the &_input_& and &_msglog_& directories on the spool to &_Finput_&
13832 and &_Fmsglog_&, respectively. There is currently no support in Exim or the
13833 standard utilities for handling such moved messages, and they do not show up in
13834 lists generated by &%-bp%& or by the Exim monitor.
13835
13836
13837 .option mua_wrapper main boolean false
13838 Setting this option true causes Exim to run in a very restrictive mode in which
13839 it passes messages synchronously to a smart host. Chapter &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>&
13840 contains a full description of this facility.
13841
13842
13843
13844 .option mysql_servers main "string list" unset
13845 .cindex "MySQL" "server list"
13846 This option provides a list of MySQL servers and associated connection data, to
13847 be used in conjunction with &(mysql)& lookups (see section &<<SECTsql>>&). The
13848 option is available only if Exim has been built with MySQL support.
13849
13850
13851 .option never_users main "string list&!!" unset
13852 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. Local
13853 message deliveries are normally run in processes that are setuid to the
13854 recipient, and remote deliveries are normally run under Exim's own uid and gid.
13855 It is usually desirable to prevent any deliveries from running as root, as a
13856 safety precaution.
13857
13858 When Exim is built, an option called FIXED_NEVER_USERS can be set to a
13859 list of users that must not be used for local deliveries. This list is fixed in
13860 the binary and cannot be overridden by the configuration file. By default, it
13861 contains just the single user name &"root"&. The &%never_users%& runtime option
13862 can be used to add more users to the fixed list.
13863
13864 If a message is to be delivered as one of the users on the fixed list or the
13865 &%never_users%& list, an error occurs, and delivery is deferred. A common
13866 example is
13867 .code
13868 never_users = root:daemon:bin
13869 .endd
13870 Including root is redundant if it is also on the fixed list, but it does no
13871 harm. This option overrides the &%pipe_as_creator%& option of the &(pipe)&
13872 transport driver.
13873
13874
13875 .option oracle_servers main "string list" unset
13876 .cindex "Oracle" "server list"
13877 This option provides a list of Oracle servers and associated connection data,
13878 to be used in conjunction with &(oracle)& lookups (see section &<<SECTsql>>&).
13879 The option is available only if Exim has been built with Oracle support.
13880
13881
13882 .option percent_hack_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
13883 .cindex "&""percent hack""&"
13884 .cindex "source routing" "in email address"
13885 .cindex "address" "source-routed"
13886 The &"percent hack"& is the convention whereby a local part containing a
13887 percent sign is re-interpreted as a new email address, with the percent
13888 replaced by @. This is sometimes called &"source routing"&, though that term is
13889 also applied to RFC 2822 addresses that begin with an @ character. If this
13890 option is set, Exim implements the percent facility for those domains listed,
13891 but no others. This happens before an incoming SMTP address is tested against
13892 an ACL.
13893
13894 &*Warning*&: The &"percent hack"& has often been abused by people who are
13895 trying to get round relaying restrictions. For this reason, it is best avoided
13896 if at all possible. Unfortunately, a number of less security-conscious MTAs
13897 implement it unconditionally. If you are running Exim on a gateway host, and
13898 routing mail through to internal MTAs without processing the local parts, it is
13899 a good idea to reject recipient addresses with percent characters in their
13900 local parts. Exim's default configuration does this.
13901
13902
13903 .option perl_at_start main boolean false
13904 This option is available only when Exim is built with an embedded Perl
13905 interpreter. See chapter &<<CHAPperl>>& for details of its use.
13906
13907
13908 .option perl_startup main string unset
13909 This option is available only when Exim is built with an embedded Perl
13910 interpreter. See chapter &<<CHAPperl>>& for details of its use.
13911
13912
13913 .option pgsql_servers main "string list" unset
13914 .cindex "PostgreSQL lookup type" "server list"
13915 This option provides a list of PostgreSQL servers and associated connection
13916 data, to be used in conjunction with &(pgsql)& lookups (see section
13917 &<<SECTsql>>&). The option is available only if Exim has been built with
13918 PostgreSQL support.
13919
13920
13921 .option pid_file_path main string&!! "set at compile time"
13922 .cindex "daemon" "pid file path"
13923 .cindex "pid file, path for"
13924 This option sets the name of the file to which the Exim daemon writes its
13925 process id. The string is expanded, so it can contain, for example, references
13926 to the host name:
13927 .code
13928 pid_file_path = /var/log/$primary_hostname/exim.pid
13929 .endd
13930 If no path is set, the pid is written to the file &_exim-daemon.pid_& in Exim's
13931 spool directory.
13932 The value set by the option can be overridden by the &%-oP%& command line
13933 option. A pid file is not written if a &"non-standard"& daemon is run by means
13934 of the &%-oX%& option, unless a path is explicitly supplied by &%-oP%&.
13935
13936
13937 .option pipelining_advertise_hosts main "host list&!!" *
13938 .cindex "PIPELINING" "suppressing advertising"
13939 This option can be used to suppress the advertisement of the SMTP
13940 PIPELINING extension to specific hosts. &new("See also the &*no_pipelining*&
13941 control in section &<<SECTcontrols>>&.") When PIPELINING is not advertised and
13942 &%smtp_enforce_sync%& is true, an Exim server enforces strict synchronization
13943 for each SMTP command and response. When PIPELINING is advertised, Exim assumes
13944 that clients will use it; &"out of order"& commands that are &"expected"& do
13945 not count as protocol errors (see &%smtp_max_synprot_errors%&).
13946
13947
13948 .option preserve_message_logs main boolean false
13949 .cindex "message logs" "preserving"
13950 If this option is set, message log files are not deleted when messages are
13951 completed. Instead, they are moved to a sub-directory of the spool directory
13952 called &_msglog.OLD_&, where they remain available for statistical or debugging
13953 purposes. This is a dangerous option to set on systems with any appreciable
13954 volume of mail. Use with care!
13955
13956
13957 .option primary_hostname main string "see below"
13958 .cindex "name" "of local host"
13959 .cindex "host" "name of local"
13960 .cindex "local host" "name of"
13961 .vindex "&$primary_hostname$&"
13962 This specifies the name of the current host. It is used in the default EHLO or
13963 HELO command for outgoing SMTP messages (changeable via the &%helo_data%&
13964 option in the &(smtp)& transport), and as the default for &%qualify_domain%&.
13965 The value is also used by default in some SMTP response messages from an Exim
13966 server. This can be changed dynamically by setting &%smtp_active_hostname%&.
13967
13968 If &%primary_hostname%& is not set, Exim calls &[uname()]& to find the host
13969 name. If this fails, Exim panics and dies. If the name returned by &[uname()]&
13970 contains only one component, Exim passes it to &[gethostbyname()]& (or
13971 &[getipnodebyname()]& when available) in order to obtain the fully qualified
13972 version. The variable &$primary_hostname$& contains the host name, whether set
13973 explicitly by this option, or defaulted.
13974
13975
13976 .option print_topbitchars main boolean false
13977 .cindex "printing characters"
13978 .cindex "8-bit characters"
13979 By default, Exim considers only those characters whose codes lie in the range
13980 32&--126 to be printing characters. In a number of circumstances (for example,
13981 when writing log entries) non-printing characters are converted into escape
13982 sequences, primarily to avoid messing up the layout. If &%print_topbitchars%&
13983 is set, code values of 128 and above are also considered to be printing
13984 characters.
13985
13986 This option also affects the header syntax checks performed by the
13987 &(autoreply)& transport, and whether Exim uses RFC 2047 encoding of
13988 the user's full name when constructing From: and Sender: addresses (as
13989 described in section &<<SECTconstr>>&). Setting this option can cause
13990 Exim to generate eight bit message headers that do not conform to the
13991 standards.
13992
13993
13994 .option process_log_path main string unset
13995 .cindex "process log path"
13996 .cindex "log" "process log"
13997 .cindex "&'exiwhat'&"
13998 This option sets the name of the file to which an Exim process writes its
13999 &"process log"& when sent a USR1 signal. This is used by the &'exiwhat'&
14000 utility script. If this option is unset, the file called &_exim-process.info_&
14001 in Exim's spool directory is used. The ability to specify the name explicitly
14002 can be useful in environments where two different Exims are running, using
14003 different spool directories.
14004
14005
14006 .option prod_requires_admin main boolean true
14007 .oindex "&%-M%&"
14008 .oindex "&%-R%&"
14009 .oindex "&%-q%&"
14010 The &%-M%&, &%-R%&, and &%-q%& command-line options require the caller to be an
14011 admin user unless &%prod_requires_admin%& is set false. See also
14012 &%queue_list_requires_admin%&.
14013
14014
14015 .option qualify_domain main string "see below"
14016 .cindex "domain" "for qualifying addresses"
14017 .cindex "address" "qualification"
14018 This option specifies the domain name that is added to any envelope sender
14019 addresses that do not have a domain qualification. It also applies to
14020 recipient addresses if &%qualify_recipient%& is not set. Unqualified addresses
14021 are accepted by default only for locally-generated messages. Qualification is
14022 also applied to addresses in header lines such as &'From:'& and &'To:'& for
14023 locally-generated messages, unless the &%-bnq%& command line option is used.
14024
14025 Messages from external sources must always contain fully qualified addresses,
14026 unless the sending host matches &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& or
14027 &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%& (as appropriate), in which case incoming
14028 addresses are qualified with &%qualify_domain%& or &%qualify_recipient%& as
14029 necessary. Internally, Exim always works with fully qualified envelope
14030 addresses. If &%qualify_domain%& is not set, it defaults to the
14031 &%primary_hostname%& value.
14032
14033
14034 .option qualify_recipient main string "see below"
14035 This option allows you to specify a different domain for qualifying recipient
14036 addresses to the one that is used for senders. See &%qualify_domain%& above.
14037
14038
14039
14040 .option queue_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
14041 .cindex "domain" "specifying non-immediate delivery"
14042 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14043 .cindex "message" "queueing certain domains"
14044 This option lists domains for which immediate delivery is not required.
14045 A delivery process is started whenever a message is received, but only those
14046 domains that do not match are processed. All other deliveries wait until the
14047 next queue run. See also &%hold_domains%& and &%queue_smtp_domains%&.
14048
14049
14050 .option queue_list_requires_admin main boolean true
14051 .oindex "&%-bp%&"
14052 The &%-bp%& command-line option, which lists the messages that are on the
14053 queue, requires the caller to be an admin user unless
14054 &%queue_list_requires_admin%& is set false. See also &%prod_requires_admin%&.
14055
14056
14057 .option queue_only main boolean false
14058 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14059 .cindex "message" "queueing unconditionally"
14060 If &%queue_only%& is set, a delivery process is not automatically started
14061 whenever a message is received. Instead, the message waits on the queue for the
14062 next queue run. Even if &%queue_only%& is false, incoming messages may not get
14063 delivered immediately when certain conditions (such as heavy load) occur.
14064
14065 The &%-odq%& command line has the same effect as &%queue_only%&. The &%-odb%&
14066 and &%-odi%& command line options override &%queue_only%& unless
14067 &%queue_only_override%& is set false. See also &%queue_only_file%&,
14068 &%queue_only_load%&, and &%smtp_accept_queue%&.
14069
14070
14071 .option queue_only_file main string unset
14072 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14073 .cindex "message" "queueing by file existence"
14074 This option can be set to a colon-separated list of absolute path names, each
14075 one optionally preceded by &"smtp"&. When Exim is receiving a message,
14076 it tests for the existence of each listed path using a call to &[stat()]&. For
14077 each path that exists, the corresponding queueing option is set.
14078 For paths with no prefix, &%queue_only%& is set; for paths prefixed by
14079 &"smtp"&, &%queue_smtp_domains%& is set to match all domains. So, for example,
14080 .code
14081 queue_only_file = smtp/some/file
14082 .endd
14083 causes Exim to behave as if &%queue_smtp_domains%& were set to &"*"& whenever
14084 &_/some/file_& exists.
14085
14086
14087 .option queue_only_load main fixed-point unset
14088 .cindex "load average"
14089 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14090 .cindex "message" "queueing by load"
14091 If the system load average is higher than this value, incoming messages from
14092 all sources are queued, and no automatic deliveries are started. If this
14093 happens during local or remote SMTP input, all subsequent messages on the same
14094 connection are queued. Deliveries will subsequently be performed by queue
14095 runner processes. This option has no effect on ancient operating systems on
14096 which Exim cannot determine the load average. See also
14097 &%deliver_queue_load_max%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%&.
14098
14099
14100 .option queue_only_override main boolean true
14101 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14102 When this option is true, the &%-od%&&'x'& command line options override the
14103 setting of &%queue_only%& or &%queue_only_file%& in the configuration file. If
14104 &%queue_only_override%& is set false, the &%-od%&&'x'& options cannot be used
14105 to override; they are accepted, but ignored.
14106
14107
14108 .option queue_run_in_order main boolean false
14109 .cindex "queue runner" "processing messages in order"
14110 If this option is set, queue runs happen in order of message arrival instead of
14111 in an arbitrary order. For this to happen, a complete list of the entire queue
14112 must be set up before the deliveries start. When the queue is all held in a
14113 single directory (the default), a single list is created for both the ordered
14114 and the non-ordered cases. However, if &%split_spool_directory%& is set, a
14115 single list is not created when &%queue_run_in_order%& is false. In this case,
14116 the sub-directories are processed one at a time (in a random order), and this
14117 avoids setting up one huge list for the whole queue. Thus, setting
14118 &%queue_run_in_order%& with &%split_spool_directory%& may degrade performance
14119 when the queue is large, because of the extra work in setting up the single,
14120 large list. In most situations, &%queue_run_in_order%& should not be set.
14121
14122
14123
14124 .option queue_run_max main integer 5
14125 .cindex "queue runner" "maximum number of"
14126 This controls the maximum number of queue runner processes that an Exim daemon
14127 can run simultaneously. This does not mean that it starts them all at once,
14128 but rather that if the maximum number are still running when the time comes to
14129 start another one, it refrains from starting another one. This can happen with
14130 very large queues and/or very sluggish deliveries. This option does not,
14131 however, interlock with other processes, so additional queue runners can be
14132 started by other means, or by killing and restarting the daemon.
14133
14134 Setting this option to zero does not suppress queue runs; rather, it disables
14135 the limit, allowing any number of simultaneous queue runner processes to be
14136 run. If you do not want queue runs to occur, omit the &%-q%&&'xx'& setting on
14137 the daemon's command line.
14138
14139 .option queue_smtp_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
14140 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14141 .cindex "message" "queueing remote deliveries"
14142 When this option is set, a delivery process is started whenever a message is
14143 received, routing is performed, and local deliveries take place.
14144 However, if any SMTP deliveries are required for domains that match
14145 &%queue_smtp_domains%&, they are not immediately delivered, but instead the
14146 message waits on the queue for the next queue run. Since routing of the message
14147 has taken place, Exim knows to which remote hosts it must be delivered, and so
14148 when the queue run happens, multiple messages for the same host are delivered
14149 over a single SMTP connection. The &%-odqs%& command line option causes all
14150 SMTP deliveries to be queued in this way, and is equivalent to setting
14151 &%queue_smtp_domains%& to &"*"&. See also &%hold_domains%& and
14152 &%queue_domains%&.
14153
14154
14155 .option receive_timeout main time 0s
14156 .cindex "timeout" "for non-SMTP input"
14157 This option sets the timeout for accepting a non-SMTP message, that is, the
14158 maximum time that Exim waits when reading a message on the standard input. If
14159 the value is zero, it will wait for ever. This setting is overridden by the
14160 &%-or%& command line option. The timeout for incoming SMTP messages is
14161 controlled by &%smtp_receive_timeout%&.
14162
14163 .option received_header_text main string&!! "see below"
14164 .cindex "customizing" "&'Received:'& header"
14165 .cindex "&'Received:'& header line" "customizing"
14166 This string defines the contents of the &'Received:'& message header that is
14167 added to each message, except for the timestamp, which is automatically added
14168 on at the end (preceded by a semicolon). The string is expanded each time it is
14169 used. If the expansion yields an empty string, no &'Received:'& header line is
14170 added to the message. Otherwise, the string should start with the text
14171 &"Received:"& and conform to the RFC 2822 specification for &'Received:'&
14172 header lines. The default setting is:
14173
14174 .code
14175 received_header_text = Received: \
14176 ${if def:sender_rcvhost {from $sender_rcvhost\n\t}\
14177 {${if def:sender_ident \
14178 {from ${quote_local_part:$sender_ident} }}\
14179 ${if def:sender_helo_name {(helo=$sender_helo_name)\n\t}}}}\
14180 by $primary_hostname \
14181 ${if def:received_protocol {with $received_protocol}} \
14182 ${if def:tls_cipher {($tls_cipher)\n\t}}\
14183 (Exim $version_number)\n\t\
14184 ${if def:sender_address \
14185 {(envelope-from <$sender_address>)\n\t}}\
14186 id $message_exim_id\
14187 ${if def:received_for {\n\tfor $received_for}}
14188 .endd
14189
14190 The reference to the TLS cipher is omitted when Exim is built without TLS
14191 support. The use of conditional expansions ensures that this works for both
14192 locally generated messages and messages received from remote hosts, giving
14193 header lines such as the following:
14194 .code
14195 Received: from scrooge.carol.example ([192.168.12.25] ident=root)
14196 by marley.carol.example with esmtp (Exim 4.00)
14197 (envelope-from <bob@carol.example>)
14198 id 16IOWa-00019l-00
14199 for chas@dickens.example; Tue, 25 Dec 2001 14:43:44 +0000
14200 Received: by scrooge.carol.example with local (Exim 4.00)
14201 id 16IOWW-000083-00; Tue, 25 Dec 2001 14:43:41 +0000
14202 .endd
14203 Until the body of the message has been received, the timestamp is the time when
14204 the message started to be received. Once the body has arrived, and all policy
14205 checks have taken place, the timestamp is updated to the time at which the
14206 message was accepted.
14207
14208
14209 .option received_headers_max main integer 30
14210 .cindex "loop" "prevention"
14211 .cindex "mail loop prevention"
14212 .cindex "&'Received:'& header line" "counting"
14213 When a message is to be delivered, the number of &'Received:'& headers is
14214 counted, and if it is greater than this parameter, a mail loop is assumed to
14215 have occurred, the delivery is abandoned, and an error message is generated.
14216 This applies to both local and remote deliveries.
14217
14218
14219 .option recipient_unqualified_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14220 .cindex "unqualified addresses"
14221 .cindex "host" "unqualified addresses from"
14222 This option lists those hosts from which Exim is prepared to accept unqualified
14223 recipient addresses in message envelopes. The addresses are made fully
14224 qualified by the addition of the &%qualify_recipient%& value. This option also
14225 affects message header lines. Exim does not reject unqualified recipient
14226 addresses in headers, but it qualifies them only if the message came from a
14227 host that matches &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&,
14228 or if the message was submitted locally (not using TCP/IP), and the &%-bnq%&
14229 option was not set.
14230
14231
14232 .option recipients_max main integer 0
14233 .cindex "limit" "number of recipients"
14234 .cindex "recipient" "maximum number"
14235 If this option is set greater than zero, it specifies the maximum number of
14236 original recipients for any message. Additional recipients that are generated
14237 by aliasing or forwarding do not count. SMTP messages get a 452 response for
14238 all recipients over the limit; earlier recipients are delivered as normal.
14239 Non-SMTP messages with too many recipients are failed, and no deliveries are
14240 done.
14241
14242 .cindex "RCPT" "maximum number of incoming"
14243 &*Note*&: The RFCs specify that an SMTP server should accept at least 100
14244 RCPT commands in a single message.
14245
14246
14247 .option recipients_max_reject main boolean false
14248 If this option is set true, Exim rejects SMTP messages containing too many
14249 recipients by giving 552 errors to the surplus RCPT commands, and a 554
14250 error to the eventual DATA command. Otherwise (the default) it gives a 452
14251 error to the surplus RCPT commands and accepts the message on behalf of the
14252 initial set of recipients. The remote server should then re-send the message
14253 for the remaining recipients at a later time.
14254
14255
14256 .option remote_max_parallel main integer 2
14257 .cindex "delivery" "parallelism for remote"
14258 This option controls parallel delivery of one message to a number of remote
14259 hosts. If the value is less than 2, parallel delivery is disabled, and Exim
14260 does all the remote deliveries for a message one by one. Otherwise, if a single
14261 message has to be delivered to more than one remote host, or if several copies
14262 have to be sent to the same remote host, up to &%remote_max_parallel%&
14263 deliveries are done simultaneously. If more than &%remote_max_parallel%&
14264 deliveries are required, the maximum number of processes are started, and as
14265 each one finishes, another is begun. The order of starting processes is the
14266 same as if sequential delivery were being done, and can be controlled by the
14267 &%remote_sort_domains%& option. If parallel delivery takes place while running
14268 with debugging turned on, the debugging output from each delivery process is
14269 tagged with its process id.
14270
14271 This option controls only the maximum number of parallel deliveries for one
14272 message in one Exim delivery process. Because Exim has no central queue
14273 manager, there is no way of controlling the total number of simultaneous
14274 deliveries if the configuration allows a delivery attempt as soon as a message
14275 is received.
14276
14277 .cindex "number of deliveries"
14278 .cindex "delivery" "maximum number of"
14279 If you want to control the total number of deliveries on the system, you
14280 need to set the &%queue_only%& option. This ensures that all incoming messages
14281 are added to the queue without starting a delivery process. Then set up an Exim
14282 daemon to start queue runner processes at appropriate intervals (probably
14283 fairly often, for example, every minute), and limit the total number of queue
14284 runners by setting the &%queue_run_max%& parameter. Because each queue runner
14285 delivers only one message at a time, the maximum number of deliveries that can
14286 then take place at once is &%queue_run_max%& multiplied by
14287 &%remote_max_parallel%&.
14288
14289 If it is purely remote deliveries you want to control, use
14290 &%queue_smtp_domains%& instead of &%queue_only%&. This has the added benefit of
14291 doing the SMTP routing before queueing, so that several messages for the same
14292 host will eventually get delivered down the same connection.
14293
14294
14295 .option remote_sort_domains main "domain list&!!" unset
14296 .cindex "sorting remote deliveries"
14297 .cindex "delivery" "sorting remote"
14298 When there are a number of remote deliveries for a message, they are sorted by
14299 domain into the order given by this list. For example,
14300 .code
14301 remote_sort_domains = *.cam.ac.uk:*.uk
14302 .endd
14303 would attempt to deliver to all addresses in the &'cam.ac.uk'& domain first,
14304 then to those in the &%uk%& domain, then to any others.
14305
14306
14307 .option retry_data_expire main time 7d
14308 .cindex "hints database" "data expiry"
14309 This option sets a &"use before"& time on retry information in Exim's hints
14310 database. Any older retry data is ignored. This means that, for example, once a
14311 host has not been tried for 7 days, Exim behaves as if it has no knowledge of
14312 past failures.
14313
14314
14315 .option retry_interval_max main time 24h
14316 .cindex "retry" "limit on interval"
14317 .cindex "limit" "on retry interval"
14318 Chapter &<<CHAPretry>>& describes Exim's mechanisms for controlling the
14319 intervals between delivery attempts for messages that cannot be delivered
14320 straight away. This option sets an overall limit to the length of time between
14321 retries. It cannot be set greater than 24 hours; any attempt to do so forces
14322 the default value.
14323
14324
14325 .option return_path_remove main boolean true
14326 .cindex "&'Return-path:'& header line" "removing"
14327 RFC 2821, section 4.4, states that an SMTP server must insert a
14328 &'Return-path:'& header line into a message when it makes a &"final delivery"&.
14329 The &'Return-path:'& header preserves the sender address as received in the
14330 MAIL command. This description implies that this header should not be present
14331 in an incoming message. If &%return_path_remove%& is true, any existing
14332 &'Return-path:'& headers are removed from messages at the time they are
14333 received. Exim's transports have options for adding &'Return-path:'& headers at
14334 the time of delivery. They are normally used only for final local deliveries.
14335
14336
14337 .option return_size_limit main integer 100K
14338 This option is an obsolete synonym for &%bounce_return_size_limit%&.
14339
14340
14341 .option rfc1413_hosts main "host list&!!" *
14342 .cindex "RFC 1413"
14343 .cindex "host" "for RFC 1413 calls"
14344 RFC 1413 identification calls are made to any client host which matches an item
14345 in the list.
14346
14347 .option rfc1413_query_timeout main time 5s
14348 .cindex "RFC 1413" "query timeout"
14349 .cindex "timeout" "for RFC 1413 call"
14350 This sets the timeout on RFC 1413 identification calls. If it is set to zero,
14351 no RFC 1413 calls are ever made.
14352
14353
14354 .option sender_unqualified_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14355 .cindex "unqualified addresses"
14356 .cindex "host" "unqualified addresses from"
14357 This option lists those hosts from which Exim is prepared to accept unqualified
14358 sender addresses. The addresses are made fully qualified by the addition of
14359 &%qualify_domain%&. This option also affects message header lines. Exim does
14360 not reject unqualified addresses in headers that contain sender addresses, but
14361 it qualifies them only if the message came from a host that matches
14362 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%&, or if the message was submitted locally (not
14363 using TCP/IP), and the &%-bnq%& option was not set.
14364
14365
14366 .option smtp_accept_keepalive main boolean true
14367 .cindex "keepalive" "on incoming connection"
14368 This option controls the setting of the SO_KEEPALIVE option on incoming
14369 TCP/IP socket connections. When set, it causes the kernel to probe idle
14370 connections periodically, by sending packets with &"old"& sequence numbers. The
14371 other end of the connection should send an acknowledgment if the connection is
14372 still okay or a reset if the connection has been aborted. The reason for doing
14373 this is that it has the beneficial effect of freeing up certain types of
14374 connection that can get stuck when the remote host is disconnected without
14375 tidying up the TCP/IP call properly. The keepalive mechanism takes several
14376 hours to detect unreachable hosts.
14377
14378
14379
14380 .option smtp_accept_max main integer 20
14381 .cindex "limit" "incoming SMTP connections"
14382 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming connection count"
14383 .cindex "inetd"
14384 This option specifies the maximum number of simultaneous incoming SMTP calls
14385 that Exim will accept. It applies only to the listening daemon; there is no
14386 control (in Exim) when incoming SMTP is being handled by &'inetd'&. If the
14387 value is set to zero, no limit is applied. However, it is required to be
14388 non-zero if either &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& or &%smtp_accept_queue%& is
14389 set. See also &%smtp_accept_reserve%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%&.
14390
14391 .new
14392 A new SMTP connection is immediately rejected if the &%smtp_accept_max%& limit
14393 has been reached. If not, Exim first checks &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%&. If
14394 that limit has not been reached for the client host, &%smtp_accept_reserve%&
14395 and &%smtp_load_reserve%& are then checked before accepting the connection.
14396 .wen
14397
14398
14399 .option smtp_accept_max_nonmail main integer 10
14400 .cindex "limit" "non-mail SMTP commands"
14401 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting non-mail commands"
14402 Exim counts the number of &"non-mail"& commands in an SMTP session, and drops
14403 the connection if there are too many. This option defines &"too many"&. The
14404 check catches some denial-of-service attacks, repeated failing AUTHs, or a mad
14405 client looping sending EHLO, for example. The check is applied only if the
14406 client host matches &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%&.
14407
14408 When a new message is expected, one occurrence of RSET is not counted. This
14409 allows a client to send one RSET between messages (this is not necessary,
14410 but some clients do it). Exim also allows one uncounted occurrence of HELO
14411 or EHLO, and one occurrence of STARTTLS between messages. After
14412 starting up a TLS session, another EHLO is expected, and so it too is not
14413 counted. The first occurrence of AUTH in a connection, or immediately
14414 following STARTTLS is not counted. Otherwise, all commands other than
14415 MAIL, RCPT, DATA, and QUIT are counted.
14416
14417
14418 .option smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts main "host list&!!" *
14419 You can control which hosts are subject to the &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%&
14420 check by setting this option. The default value makes it apply to all hosts. By
14421 changing the value, you can exclude any badly-behaved hosts that you have to
14422 live with.
14423
14424
14425 . Allow this long option name to split; give it unsplit as a fifth argument
14426 . for the automatic .oindex that is generated by .option.
14427
14428 .option "smtp_accept_max_per_ &~&~connection" main integer 1000 &&&
14429 smtp_accept_max_per_connection
14430 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting incoming message count"
14431 .cindex "limit" "messages per SMTP connection"
14432 The value of this option limits the number of MAIL commands that Exim is
14433 prepared to accept over a single SMTP connection, whether or not each command
14434 results in the transfer of a message. After the limit is reached, a 421
14435 response is given to subsequent MAIL commands. This limit is a safety
14436 precaution against a client that goes mad (incidents of this type have been
14437 seen).
14438
14439
14440 .option smtp_accept_max_per_host main string&!! unset
14441 .cindex "limit" "SMTP connections from one host"
14442 .cindex "host" "limiting SMTP connections from"
14443 .new
14444 This option restricts the number of simultaneous IP connections from a single
14445 host (strictly, from a single IP address) to the Exim daemon. The option is
14446 expanded, to enable different limits to be applied to different hosts by
14447 reference to &$sender_host_address$&. Once the limit is reached, additional
14448 connection attempts from the same host are rejected with error code 421. This
14449 is entirely independent of &%smtp_accept_reserve%&. The option's default value
14450 of zero imposes no limit. If this option is set greater than zero, it is
14451 required that &%smtp_accept_max%& be non-zero.
14452 .wen
14453
14454 &*Warning*&: When setting this option you should not use any expansion
14455 constructions that take an appreciable amount of time. The expansion and test
14456 happen in the main daemon loop, in order to reject additional connections
14457 without forking additional processes (otherwise a denial-of-service attack
14458 could cause a vast number or processes to be created). While the daemon is
14459 doing this processing, it cannot accept any other incoming connections.
14460
14461
14462
14463 .option smtp_accept_queue main integer 0
14464 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming connection count"
14465 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14466 .cindex "message" "queueing by SMTP connection count"
14467 If the number of simultaneous incoming SMTP calls handled via the listening
14468 daemon exceeds this value, messages received by SMTP are just placed on the
14469 queue; no delivery processes are started automatically. A value of zero implies
14470 no limit, and clearly any non-zero value is useful only if it is less than the
14471 &%smtp_accept_max%& value (unless that is zero). See also &%queue_only%&,
14472 &%queue_only_load%&, &%queue_smtp_domains%&, and the various &%-od%&&'x'&
14473 command line options.
14474
14475
14476 . Allow this long option name to split; give it unsplit as a fifth argument
14477 . for the automatic .oindex that is generated by .option.
14478
14479 .option "smtp_accept_queue_per_ &~&~connection" main integer 10 &&&
14480 smtp_accept_queue_per_connection
14481 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
14482 .cindex "message" "queueing by message count"
14483 This option limits the number of delivery processes that Exim starts
14484 automatically when receiving messages via SMTP, whether via the daemon or by
14485 the use of &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&. If the value of the option is greater than zero,
14486 and the number of messages received in a single SMTP session exceeds this
14487 number, subsequent messages are placed on the queue, but no delivery processes
14488 are started. This helps to limit the number of Exim processes when a server
14489 restarts after downtime and there is a lot of mail waiting for it on other
14490 systems. On large systems, the default should probably be increased, and on
14491 dial-in client systems it should probably be set to zero (that is, disabled).
14492
14493
14494 .option smtp_accept_reserve main integer 0
14495 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming call count"
14496 .cindex "host" "reserved"
14497 When &%smtp_accept_max%& is set greater than zero, this option specifies a
14498 number of SMTP connections that are reserved for connections from the hosts
14499 that are specified in &%smtp_reserve_hosts%&. The value set in
14500 &%smtp_accept_max%& includes this reserve pool. The specified hosts are not
14501 restricted to this number of connections; the option specifies a minimum number
14502 of connection slots for them, not a maximum. It is a guarantee that this group
14503 of hosts can always get at least &%smtp_accept_reserve%& connections.
14504 &new("However, the limit specified by &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& is still
14505 applied to each individual host.")
14506
14507 For example, if &%smtp_accept_max%& is set to 50 and &%smtp_accept_reserve%& is
14508 set to 5, once there are 45 active connections (from any hosts), new
14509 connections are accepted only from hosts listed in &%smtp_reserve_hosts%&,
14510 &new("provided the other criteria for acceptance are met.")
14511
14512
14513 .option smtp_active_hostname main string&!! unset
14514 .cindex "host" "name in SMTP responses"
14515 .cindex "SMTP" "host name in responses"
14516 .vindex "&$primary_hostname$&"
14517 This option is provided for multi-homed servers that want to masquerade as
14518 several different hosts. At the start of an incoming SMTP connection, its value
14519 is expanded and used instead of the value of &$primary_hostname$& in SMTP
14520 responses. For example, it is used as domain name in the response to an
14521 incoming HELO or EHLO command.
14522
14523 .vindex "&$smtp_active_hostname$&"
14524 The active hostname is placed in the &$smtp_active_hostname$& variable, which
14525 is saved with any messages that are received. It is therefore available for use
14526 in routers and transports when the message is later delivered.
14527
14528 If this option is unset, or if its expansion is forced to fail, or if the
14529 expansion results in an empty string, the value of &$primary_hostname$& is
14530 used. Other expansion failures cause a message to be written to the main and
14531 panic logs, and the SMTP command receives a temporary error. Typically, the
14532 value of &%smtp_active_hostname%& depends on the incoming interface address.
14533 For example:
14534 .code
14535 smtp_active_hostname = ${if eq{$received_ip_address}{10.0.0.1}\
14536 {cox.mydomain}{box.mydomain}}
14537 .endd
14538
14539 Although &$smtp_active_hostname$& is primarily concerned with incoming
14540 messages, it is also used as the default for HELO commands in callout
14541 verification if there is no remote transport from which to obtain a
14542 &%helo_data%& value.
14543
14544 .option smtp_banner main string&!! "see below"
14545 .cindex "SMTP" "welcome banner"
14546 .cindex "banner for SMTP"
14547 .cindex "welcome banner for SMTP"
14548 .cindex "customizing" "SMTP banner"
14549 This string, which is expanded every time it is used, is output as the initial
14550 positive response to an SMTP connection. The default setting is:
14551 .code
14552 smtp_banner = $smtp_active_hostname ESMTP Exim \
14553 $version_number $tod_full
14554 .endd
14555 Failure to expand the string causes a panic error. If you want to create a
14556 multiline response to the initial SMTP connection, use &"\n"& in the string at
14557 appropriate points, but not at the end. Note that the 220 code is not included
14558 in this string. Exim adds it automatically (several times in the case of a
14559 multiline response).
14560
14561
14562 .option smtp_check_spool_space main boolean true
14563 .cindex "checking disk space"
14564 .cindex "disk space, checking"
14565 .cindex "spool directory" "checking space"
14566 When this option is set, if an incoming SMTP session encounters the SIZE
14567 option on a MAIL command, it checks that there is enough space in the
14568 spool directory's partition to accept a message of that size, while still
14569 leaving free the amount specified by &%check_spool_space%& (even if that value
14570 is zero). If there isn't enough space, a temporary error code is returned.
14571
14572
14573 .option smtp_connect_backlog main integer 20
14574 .cindex "connection backlog"
14575 .cindex "SMTP" "connection backlog"
14576 .cindex "backlog of connections"
14577 This option specifies a maximum number of waiting SMTP connections. Exim passes
14578 this value to the TCP/IP system when it sets up its listener. Once this number
14579 of connections are waiting for the daemon's attention, subsequent connection
14580 attempts are refused at the TCP/IP level. At least, that is what the manuals
14581 say; in some circumstances such connection attempts have been observed to time
14582 out instead. For large systems it is probably a good idea to increase the
14583 value (to 50, say). It also gives some protection against denial-of-service
14584 attacks by SYN flooding.
14585
14586
14587 .option smtp_enforce_sync main boolean true
14588 .cindex "SMTP" "synchronization checking"
14589 .cindex "synchronization checking in SMTP"
14590 The SMTP protocol specification requires the client to wait for a response from
14591 the server at certain points in the dialogue. Without PIPELINING these
14592 synchronization points are after every command; with PIPELINING they are
14593 fewer, but they still exist.
14594
14595 Some spamming sites send out a complete set of SMTP commands without waiting
14596 for any response. Exim protects against this by rejecting a message if the
14597 client has sent further input when it should not have. The error response &"554
14598 SMTP synchronization error"& is sent, and the connection is dropped. Testing
14599 for this error cannot be perfect because of transmission delays (unexpected
14600 input may be on its way but not yet received when Exim checks). However, it
14601 does detect many instances.
14602
14603 The check can be globally disabled by setting &%smtp_enforce_sync%& false.
14604 If you want to disable the check selectively (for example, only for certain
14605 hosts), you can do so by an appropriate use of a &%control%& modifier in an ACL
14606 (see section &<<SECTcontrols>>&). See also &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%&.
14607
14608
14609
14610 .option smtp_etrn_command main string&!! unset
14611 .cindex "ETRN" "command to be run"
14612 .vindex "&$domain$&"
14613 If this option is set, the given command is run whenever an SMTP ETRN
14614 command is received from a host that is permitted to issue such commands (see
14615 chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&). The string is split up into separate arguments which
14616 are independently expanded. The expansion variable &$domain$& is set to the
14617 argument of the ETRN command, and no syntax checking is done on it. For
14618 example:
14619 .code
14620 smtp_etrn_command = /etc/etrn_command $domain \
14621 $sender_host_address
14622 .endd
14623 A new process is created to run the command, but Exim does not wait for it to
14624 complete. Consequently, its status cannot be checked. If the command cannot be
14625 run, a line is written to the panic log, but the ETRN caller still receives
14626 a 250 success response. Exim is normally running under its own uid when
14627 receiving SMTP, so it is not possible for it to change the uid before running
14628 the command.
14629
14630
14631 .option smtp_etrn_serialize main boolean true
14632 .cindex "ETRN" "serializing"
14633 When this option is set, it prevents the simultaneous execution of more than
14634 one identical command as a result of ETRN in an SMTP connection. See
14635 section &<<SECTETRN>>& for details.
14636
14637
14638 .option smtp_load_reserve main fixed-point unset
14639 .cindex "load average"
14640 If the system load average ever gets higher than this, incoming SMTP calls are
14641 accepted only from those hosts that match an entry in &%smtp_reserve_hosts%&.
14642 If &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& is not set, no incoming SMTP calls are accepted when
14643 the load is over the limit. The option has no effect on ancient operating
14644 systems on which Exim cannot determine the load average. See also
14645 &%deliver_queue_load_max%& and &%queue_only_load%&.
14646
14647
14648
14649 .option smtp_max_synprot_errors main integer 3
14650 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting syntax and protocol errors"
14651 .cindex "limit" "SMTP syntax and protocol errors"
14652 Exim rejects SMTP commands that contain syntax or protocol errors. In
14653 particular, a syntactically invalid email address, as in this command:
14654 .code
14655 RCPT TO:<abc xyz@a.b.c>
14656 .endd
14657 causes immediate rejection of the command, before any other tests are done.
14658 (The ACL cannot be run if there is no valid address to set up for it.) An
14659 example of a protocol error is receiving RCPT before MAIL. If there are
14660 too many syntax or protocol errors in one SMTP session, the connection is
14661 dropped. The limit is set by this option.
14662
14663 .cindex "PIPELINING" "expected errors"
14664 When the PIPELINING extension to SMTP is in use, some protocol errors are
14665 &"expected"&, for instance, a RCPT command after a rejected MAIL command.
14666 Exim assumes that PIPELINING will be used if it advertises it (see
14667 &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%&), and in this situation, &"expected"& errors do
14668 not count towards the limit.
14669
14670
14671
14672 .option smtp_max_unknown_commands main integer 3
14673 .cindex "SMTP" "limiting unknown commands"
14674 .cindex "limit" "unknown SMTP commands"
14675 If there are too many unrecognized commands in an incoming SMTP session, an
14676 Exim server drops the connection. This is a defence against some kinds of abuse
14677 that subvert web
14678 clients
14679 into making connections to SMTP ports; in these circumstances, a number of
14680 non-SMTP command lines are sent first.
14681
14682
14683
14684 .option smtp_ratelimit_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14685 .cindex "SMTP" "rate limiting"
14686 .cindex "limit" "rate of message arrival"
14687 .cindex "RCPT" "rate limiting"
14688 Some sites find it helpful to be able to limit the rate at which certain hosts
14689 can send them messages, and the rate at which an individual message can specify
14690 recipients.
14691
14692 Exim has two rate-limiting facilities. This section describes the older
14693 facility, which can limit rates within a single connection. The newer
14694 &%ratelimit%& ACL condition can limit rates across all connections. See section
14695 &<<SECTratelimiting>>& for details of the newer facility.
14696
14697 When a host matches &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%&, the values of
14698 &%smtp_ratelimit_mail%& and &%smtp_ratelimit_rcpt%& are used to control the
14699 rate of acceptance of MAIL and RCPT commands in a single SMTP session,
14700 respectively. Each option, if set, must contain a set of four comma-separated
14701 values:
14702
14703 .ilist
14704 A threshold, before which there is no rate limiting.
14705 .next
14706 An initial time delay. Unlike other times in Exim, numbers with decimal
14707 fractional parts are allowed here.
14708 .next
14709 A factor by which to increase the delay each time.
14710 .next
14711 A maximum value for the delay. This should normally be less than 5 minutes,
14712 because after that time, the client is liable to timeout the SMTP command.
14713 .endlist
14714
14715 For example, these settings have been used successfully at the site which
14716 first suggested this feature, for controlling mail from their customers:
14717 .code
14718 smtp_ratelimit_mail = 2,0.5s,1.05,4m
14719 smtp_ratelimit_rcpt = 4,0.25s,1.015,4m
14720 .endd
14721 The first setting specifies delays that are applied to MAIL commands after
14722 two have been received over a single connection. The initial delay is 0.5
14723 seconds, increasing by a factor of 1.05 each time. The second setting applies
14724 delays to RCPT commands when more than four occur in a single message.
14725
14726
14727 .option smtp_ratelimit_mail main string unset
14728 See &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& above.
14729
14730
14731 .option smtp_ratelimit_rcpt main string unset
14732 See &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& above.
14733
14734
14735 .option smtp_receive_timeout main time 5m
14736 .cindex "timeout" "for SMTP input"
14737 .cindex "SMTP" "input timeout"
14738 This sets a timeout value for SMTP reception. It applies to all forms of SMTP
14739 input, including batch SMTP. If a line of input (either an SMTP command or a
14740 data line) is not received within this time, the SMTP connection is dropped and
14741 the message is abandoned.
14742 A line is written to the log containing one of the following messages:
14743 .code
14744 SMTP command timeout on connection from...
14745 SMTP data timeout on connection from...
14746 .endd
14747 The former means that Exim was expecting to read an SMTP command; the latter
14748 means that it was in the DATA phase, reading the contents of a message.
14749
14750
14751 .oindex "&%-os%&"
14752 The value set by this option can be overridden by the
14753 &%-os%& command-line option. A setting of zero time disables the timeout, but
14754 this should never be used for SMTP over TCP/IP. (It can be useful in some cases
14755 of local input using &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&.) For non-SMTP input, the reception
14756 timeout is controlled by &%receive_timeout%& and &%-or%&.
14757
14758
14759 .option smtp_reserve_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
14760 This option defines hosts for which SMTP connections are reserved; see
14761 &%smtp_accept_reserve%& and &%smtp_load_reserve%& above.
14762
14763
14764 .option smtp_return_error_details main boolean false
14765 .cindex "SMTP" "details policy failures"
14766 .cindex "policy control" "rejection, returning details"
14767 In the default state, Exim uses bland messages such as
14768 &"Administrative prohibition"& when it rejects SMTP commands for policy
14769 reasons. Many sysadmins like this because it gives away little information
14770 to spammers. However, some other sysadmins who are applying strict checking
14771 policies want to give out much fuller information about failures. Setting
14772 &%smtp_return_error_details%& true causes Exim to be more forthcoming. For
14773 example, instead of &"Administrative prohibition"&, it might give:
14774 .code
14775 550-Rejected after DATA: '>' missing at end of address:
14776 550 failing address in "From" header is: <user@dom.ain
14777 .endd
14778
14779 .option spamd_address main string "see below"
14780 This option is available when Exim is compiled with the content-scanning
14781 extension. It specifies how Exim connects to SpamAssassin's &%spamd%& daemon.
14782 The default value is
14783 .code
14784 127.0.0.1 783
14785 .endd
14786 See section &<<SECTscanspamass>>& for more details.
14787
14788
14789
14790 .option split_spool_directory main boolean false
14791 .cindex "multiple spool directories"
14792 .cindex "spool directory" "split"
14793 .cindex "directories, multiple"
14794 If this option is set, it causes Exim to split its input directory into 62
14795 subdirectories, each with a single alphanumeric character as its name. The
14796 sixth character of the message id is used to allocate messages to
14797 subdirectories; this is the least significant base-62 digit of the time of
14798 arrival of the message.
14799
14800 Splitting up the spool in this way may provide better performance on systems
14801 where there are long mail queues, by reducing the number of files in any one
14802 directory. The msglog directory is also split up in a similar way to the input
14803 directory; however, if &%preserve_message_logs%& is set, all old msglog files
14804 are still placed in the single directory &_msglog.OLD_&.
14805
14806 It is not necessary to take any special action for existing messages when
14807 changing &%split_spool_directory%&. Exim notices messages that are in the
14808 &"wrong"& place, and continues to process them. If the option is turned off
14809 after a period of being on, the subdirectories will eventually empty and be
14810 automatically deleted.
14811
14812 When &%split_spool_directory%& is set, the behaviour of queue runner processes
14813 changes. Instead of creating a list of all messages in the queue, and then
14814 trying to deliver each one in turn, it constructs a list of those in one
14815 sub-directory and tries to deliver them, before moving on to the next
14816 sub-directory. The sub-directories are processed in a random order. This
14817 spreads out the scanning of the input directories, and uses less memory. It is
14818 particularly beneficial when there are lots of messages on the queue. However,
14819 if &%queue_run_in_order%& is set, none of this new processing happens. The
14820 entire queue has to be scanned and sorted before any deliveries can start.
14821
14822
14823 .option spool_directory main string&!! "set at compile time"
14824 .cindex "spool directory" "path to"
14825 This defines the directory in which Exim keeps its spool, that is, the messages
14826 it is waiting to deliver. The default value is taken from the compile-time
14827 configuration setting, if there is one. If not, this option must be set. The
14828 string is expanded, so it can contain, for example, a reference to
14829 &$primary_hostname$&.
14830
14831 If the spool directory name is fixed on your installation, it is recommended
14832 that you set it at build time rather than from this option, particularly if the
14833 log files are being written to the spool directory (see &%log_file_path%&).
14834 Otherwise log files cannot be used for errors that are detected early on, such
14835 as failures in the configuration file.
14836
14837 By using this option to override the compiled-in path, it is possible to run
14838 tests of Exim without using the standard spool.
14839
14840 .option sqlite_lock_timeout main time 5s
14841 .cindex "sqlite lookup type" "lock timeout"
14842 This option controls the timeout that the &(sqlite)& lookup uses when trying to
14843 access an SQLite database. See section &<<SECTsqlite>>& for more details.
14844
14845 .option strict_acl_vars main boolean false
14846 .cindex "&ACL;" "variables, handling unset"
14847 This option controls what happens if a syntactically valid but undefined ACL
14848 variable is referenced. If it is false (the default), an empty string
14849 is substituted; if it is true, an error is generated. See section
14850 &<<SECTaclvariables>>& for details of ACL variables.
14851
14852 .option strip_excess_angle_brackets main boolean false
14853 .cindex "angle brackets, excess"
14854 If this option is set, redundant pairs of angle brackets round &"route-addr"&
14855 items in addresses are stripped. For example, &'<<xxx@a.b.c.d>>'& is
14856 treated as &'<xxx@a.b.c.d>'&. If this is in the envelope and the message is
14857 passed on to another MTA, the excess angle brackets are not passed on. If this
14858 option is not set, multiple pairs of angle brackets cause a syntax error.
14859
14860
14861 .option strip_trailing_dot main boolean false
14862 .cindex "trailing dot on domain"
14863 .cindex "dot" "trailing on domain"
14864 If this option is set, a trailing dot at the end of a domain in an address is
14865 ignored. If this is in the envelope and the message is passed on to another
14866 MTA, the dot is not passed on. If this option is not set, a dot at the end of a
14867 domain causes a syntax error.
14868 However, addresses in header lines are checked only when an ACL requests header
14869 syntax checking.
14870
14871
14872 .option syslog_duplication main boolean true
14873 .cindex "syslog" "duplicate log lines; suppressing"
14874 When Exim is logging to syslog, it writes the log lines for its three
14875 separate logs at different syslog priorities so that they can in principle
14876 be separated on the logging hosts. Some installations do not require this
14877 separation, and in those cases, the duplication of certain log lines is a
14878 nuisance. If &%syslog_duplication%& is set false, only one copy of any
14879 particular log line is written to syslog. For lines that normally go to
14880 both the main log and the reject log, the reject log version (possibly
14881 containing message header lines) is written, at LOG_NOTICE priority.
14882 Lines that normally go to both the main and the panic log are written at
14883 the LOG_ALERT priority.
14884
14885
14886 .option syslog_facility main string unset
14887 .cindex "syslog" "facility; setting"
14888 This option sets the syslog &"facility"& name, used when Exim is logging to
14889 syslog. The value must be one of the strings &"mail"&, &"user"&, &"news"&,
14890 &"uucp"&, &"daemon"&, or &"local&'x'&"& where &'x'& is a digit between 0 and 7.
14891 If this option is unset, &"mail"& is used. See chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& for
14892 details of Exim's logging.
14893
14894
14895
14896 .option syslog_processname main string &`exim`&
14897 .cindex "syslog" "process name; setting"
14898 This option sets the syslog &"ident"& name, used when Exim is logging to
14899 syslog. The value must be no longer than 32 characters. See chapter
14900 &<<CHAPlog>>& for details of Exim's logging.
14901
14902
14903
14904 .option syslog_timestamp main boolean true
14905 .cindex "syslog" "timestamps"
14906 If &%syslog_timestamp%& is set false, the timestamps on Exim's log lines are
14907 omitted when these lines are sent to syslog. See chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& for
14908 details of Exim's logging.
14909
14910
14911 .option system_filter main string&!! unset
14912 .cindex "filter" "system filter"
14913 .cindex "system filter" "specifying"
14914 .cindex "Sieve filter" "not available for system filter"
14915 This option specifies an Exim filter file that is applied to all messages at
14916 the start of each delivery attempt, before any routing is done. System filters
14917 must be Exim filters; they cannot be Sieve filters. If the system filter
14918 generates any deliveries to files or pipes, or any new mail messages, the
14919 appropriate &%system_filter_..._transport%& option(s) must be set, to define
14920 which transports are to be used. Details of this facility are given in chapter
14921 &<<CHAPsystemfilter>>&.
14922
14923
14924 .option system_filter_directory_transport main string&!! unset
14925 .vindex "&$address_file$&"
14926 This sets the name of the transport driver that is to be used when the
14927 &%save%& command in a system message filter specifies a path ending in &"/"&,
14928 implying delivery of each message into a separate file in some directory.
14929 During the delivery, the variable &$address_file$& contains the path name.
14930
14931
14932 .option system_filter_file_transport main string&!! unset
14933 .cindex "file" "transport for system filter"
14934 This sets the name of the transport driver that is to be used when the &%save%&
14935 command in a system message filter specifies a path not ending in &"/"&. During
14936 the delivery, the variable &$address_file$& contains the path name.
14937
14938 .option system_filter_group main string unset
14939 .cindex "gid (group id)" "system filter"
14940 This option is used only when &%system_filter_user%& is also set. It sets the
14941 gid under which the system filter is run, overriding any gid that is associated
14942 with the user. The value may be numerical or symbolic.
14943
14944 .option system_filter_pipe_transport main string&!! unset
14945 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "for system filter"
14946 .vindex "&$address_pipe$&"
14947 This specifies the transport driver that is to be used when a &%pipe%& command
14948 is used in a system filter. During the delivery, the variable &$address_pipe$&
14949 contains the pipe command.
14950
14951
14952 .option system_filter_reply_transport main string&!! unset
14953 .cindex "&(autoreply)& transport" "for system filter"
14954 This specifies the transport driver that is to be used when a &%mail%& command
14955 is used in a system filter.
14956
14957 .option system_filter_user main string unset
14958 .cindex "uid (user id)" "system filter"
14959 If this option is not set, the system filter is run in the main Exim delivery
14960 process, as root. When the option is set, the system filter runs in a separate
14961 process, as the given user. Unless the string consists entirely of digits, it
14962 is looked up in the password data. Failure to find the named user causes a
14963 configuration error. The gid is either taken from the password data, or
14964 specified by &%system_filter_group%&. When the uid is specified numerically,
14965 &%system_filter_group%& is required to be set.
14966
14967 If the system filter generates any pipe, file, or reply deliveries, the uid
14968 under which the filter is run is used when transporting them, unless a
14969 transport option overrides. Normally you should set &%system_filter_user%& if
14970 your system filter generates these kinds of delivery.
14971
14972
14973 .option tcp_nodelay main boolean true
14974 .cindex "daemon" "TCP_NODELAY on sockets"
14975 .cindex "Nagle algorithm"
14976 .cindex "TCP_NODELAY on listening sockets"
14977 If this option is set false, it stops the Exim daemon setting the
14978 TCP_NODELAY option on its listening sockets. Setting TCP_NODELAY
14979 turns off the &"Nagle algorithm"&, which is a way of improving network
14980 performance in interactive (character-by-character) situations. Turning it off
14981 should improve Exim's performance a bit, so that is what happens by default.
14982 However, it appears that some broken clients cannot cope, and time out. Hence
14983 this option. It affects only those sockets that are set up for listening by the
14984 daemon. Sockets created by the smtp transport for delivering mail always set
14985 TCP_NODELAY.
14986
14987
14988 .option timeout_frozen_after main time 0s
14989 .cindex "frozen messages" "timing out"
14990 .cindex "timeout" "frozen messages"
14991 If &%timeout_frozen_after%& is set to a time greater than zero, a frozen
14992 message of any kind that has been on the queue for longer than the given time
14993 is automatically cancelled at the next queue run. If the frozen message is a
14994 bounce message, it is just discarded; otherwise, a bounce is sent to the
14995 sender, in a similar manner to cancellation by the &%-Mg%& command line option.
14996 If you want to timeout frozen bounce messages earlier than other kinds of
14997 frozen message, see &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&.
14998
14999 &*Note:*& the default value of zero means no timeouts; with this setting,
15000 frozen messages remain on the queue forever (except for any frozen bounce
15001 messages that are released by &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&).
15002
15003
15004 .option timezone main string unset
15005 .cindex "timezone, setting"
15006 The value of &%timezone%& is used to set the environment variable TZ while
15007 running Exim (if it is different on entry). This ensures that all timestamps
15008 created by Exim are in the required timezone. If you want all your timestamps
15009 to be in UTC (aka GMT) you should set
15010 .code
15011 timezone = UTC
15012 .endd
15013 The default value is taken from TIMEZONE_DEFAULT in &_Local/Makefile_&,
15014 or, if that is not set, from the value of the TZ environment variable when Exim
15015 is built. If &%timezone%& is set to the empty string, either at build or run
15016 time, any existing TZ variable is removed from the environment when Exim
15017 runs. This is appropriate behaviour for obtaining wall-clock time on some, but
15018 unfortunately not all, operating systems.
15019
15020
15021 .option tls_advertise_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
15022 .cindex "TLS" "advertising"
15023 .cindex "encryption" "on SMTP connection"
15024 .cindex "SMTP" "encrypted connection"
15025 When Exim is built with support for TLS encrypted connections, the availability
15026 of the STARTTLS command to set up an encrypted session is advertised in
15027 response to EHLO only to those client hosts that match this option. See
15028 chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of Exim's support for TLS.
15029
15030
15031 .option tls_certificate main string&!! unset
15032 .cindex "TLS" "server certificate; location of"
15033 .cindex "certificate" "server, location of"
15034 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to a
15035 file which contains the server's certificates. The server's private key is also
15036 assumed to be in this file if &%tls_privatekey%& is unset. See chapter
15037 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for further details.
15038
15039 &*Note*&: The certificates defined by this option are used only when Exim is
15040 receiving incoming messages as a server. If you want to supply certificates for
15041 use when sending messages as a client, you must set the &%tls_certificate%&
15042 option in the relevant &(smtp)& transport.
15043
15044
15045 .option tls_crl main string&!! unset
15046 .cindex "TLS" "server certificate revocation list"
15047 .cindex "certificate" "revocation list for server"
15048 This option specifies a certificate revocation list. The expanded value must
15049 be the name of a file that contains a CRL in PEM format.
15050
15051
15052 .option tls_dhparam main string&!! unset
15053 .cindex "TLS" "D-H parameters for server"
15054 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to
15055 a file which contains the server's DH parameter values.
15056 This is used only for OpenSSL. When Exim is linked with GnuTLS, this option is
15057 ignored. See section &<<SECTopenvsgnu>>& for further details.
15058
15059
15060 .option tls_on_connect_ports main "string list" unset
15061 This option specifies a list of incoming SSMTP (aka SMTPS) ports that should
15062 operate the obsolete SSMTP (SMTPS) protocol, where a TLS session is immediately
15063 set up without waiting for the client to issue a STARTTLS command. For
15064 further details, see section &<<SECTsupobssmt>>&.
15065
15066
15067
15068 .option tls_privatekey main string&!! unset
15069 .cindex "TLS" "server private key; location of"
15070 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to a
15071 file which contains the server's private key. If this option is unset, or if
15072 the expansion is forced to fail, or the result is an empty string, the private
15073 key is assumed to be in the same file as the server's certificates. See chapter
15074 &<<CHAPTLS>>& for further details.
15075
15076
15077 .option tls_remember_esmtp main boolean false
15078 .cindex "TLS" "esmtp state; remembering"
15079 .cindex "TLS" "broken clients"
15080 If this option is set true, Exim violates the RFCs by remembering that it is in
15081 &"esmtp"& state after successfully negotiating a TLS session. This provides
15082 support for broken clients that fail to send a new EHLO after starting a
15083 TLS session.
15084
15085
15086 .option tls_require_ciphers main string&!! unset
15087 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers"
15088 .cindex "cipher" "requiring specific"
15089 This option controls which ciphers can be used for incoming TLS connections.
15090 The &(smtp)& transport has an option of the same name for controlling outgoing
15091 connections. This option is expanded for each connection, so can be varied for
15092 different clients if required. The value of this option must be a list of
15093 permitted cipher suites. The OpenSSL and GnuTLS libraries handle cipher control
15094 in somewhat different ways. If GnuTLS is being used, the client controls the
15095 preference order of the available ciphers. Details are given in sections
15096 &<<SECTreqciphssl>>& and &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
15097
15098
15099 .option tls_try_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
15100 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
15101 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
15102 See &%tls_verify_hosts%& below.
15103
15104
15105 .option tls_verify_certificates main string&!! unset
15106 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
15107 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
15108 The value of this option is expanded, and must then be the absolute path to
15109 a file containing permitted certificates for clients that
15110 match &%tls_verify_hosts%& or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&. Alternatively, if you
15111 are using OpenSSL, you can set &%tls_verify_certificates%& to the name of a
15112 directory containing certificate files. This does not work with GnuTLS; the
15113 option must be set to the name of a single file if you are using GnuTLS.
15114
15115
15116 .option tls_verify_hosts main "host list&!!" unset
15117 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
15118 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
15119 This option, along with &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&, controls the checking of
15120 certificates from clients.
15121 The expected certificates are defined by &%tls_verify_certificates%&, which
15122 must be set. A configuration error occurs if either &%tls_verify_hosts%& or
15123 &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& is set and &%tls_verify_certificates%& is not set.
15124
15125 Any client that matches &%tls_verify_hosts%& is constrained by
15126 &%tls_verify_certificates%&. The client must present one of the listed
15127 certificates. If it does not, the connection is aborted.
15128
15129 A weaker form of checking is provided by &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&. If a client
15130 matches this option (but not &%tls_verify_hosts%&), Exim requests a
15131 certificate and checks it against &%tls_verify_certificates%&, but does not
15132 abort the connection if there is no certificate or if it does not match. This
15133 state can be detected in an ACL, which makes it possible to implement policies
15134 such as &"accept for relay only if a verified certificate has been received,
15135 but accept for local delivery if encrypted, even without a verified
15136 certificate"&.
15137
15138 Client hosts that match neither of these lists are not asked to present
15139 certificates.
15140
15141
15142 .option trusted_groups main "string list&!!" unset
15143 .cindex "trusted groups"
15144 .cindex "groups" "trusted"
15145 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. If this
15146 option is set, any process that is running in one of the listed groups, or
15147 which has one of them as a supplementary group, is trusted. The groups can be
15148 specified numerically or by name. See section &<<SECTtrustedadmin>>& for
15149 details of what trusted callers are permitted to do. If neither
15150 &%trusted_groups%& nor &%trusted_users%& is set, only root and the Exim user
15151 are trusted.
15152
15153 .option trusted_users main "string list&!!" unset
15154 .cindex "trusted users"
15155 .cindex "user" "trusted"
15156 This option is expanded just once, at the start of Exim's processing. If this
15157 option is set, any process that is running as one of the listed users is
15158 trusted. The users can be specified numerically or by name. See section
15159 &<<SECTtrustedadmin>>& for details of what trusted callers are permitted to do.
15160 If neither &%trusted_groups%& nor &%trusted_users%& is set, only root and the
15161 Exim user are trusted.
15162
15163 .option unknown_login main string&!! unset
15164 .cindex "uid (user id)" "unknown caller"
15165 .vindex "&$caller_uid$&"
15166 This is a specialized feature for use in unusual configurations. By default, if
15167 the uid of the caller of Exim cannot be looked up using &[getpwuid()]&, Exim
15168 gives up. The &%unknown_login%& option can be used to set a login name to be
15169 used in this circumstance. It is expanded, so values like &%user$caller_uid%&
15170 can be set. When &%unknown_login%& is used, the value of &%unknown_username%&
15171 is used for the user's real name (gecos field), unless this has been set by the
15172 &%-F%& option.
15173
15174 .option unknown_username main string unset
15175 See &%unknown_login%&.
15176
15177 .option untrusted_set_sender main "address list&!!" unset
15178 .cindex "trusted users"
15179 .cindex "sender" "setting by untrusted user"
15180 .cindex "untrusted user setting sender"
15181 .cindex "user" "untrusted setting sender"
15182 .cindex "envelope sender"
15183 When an untrusted user submits a message to Exim using the standard input, Exim
15184 normally creates an envelope sender address from the user's login and the
15185 default qualification domain. Data from the &%-f%& option (for setting envelope
15186 senders on non-SMTP messages) or the SMTP MAIL command (if &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&
15187 is used) is ignored.
15188
15189 However, untrusted users are permitted to set an empty envelope sender address,
15190 to declare that a message should never generate any bounces. For example:
15191 .code
15192 exim -f '<>' user@domain.example
15193 .endd
15194 .vindex "&$sender_ident$&"
15195 The &%untrusted_set_sender%& option allows you to permit untrusted users to set
15196 other envelope sender addresses in a controlled way. When it is set, untrusted
15197 users are allowed to set envelope sender addresses that match any of the
15198 patterns in the list. Like all address lists, the string is expanded. The
15199 identity of the user is in &$sender_ident$&, so you can, for example, restrict
15200 users to setting senders that start with their login ids
15201 followed by a hyphen
15202 by a setting like this:
15203 .code
15204 untrusted_set_sender = ^$sender_ident-
15205 .endd
15206 If you want to allow untrusted users to set envelope sender addresses without
15207 restriction, you can use
15208 .code
15209 untrusted_set_sender = *
15210 .endd
15211 The &%untrusted_set_sender%& option applies to all forms of local input, but
15212 only to the setting of the envelope sender. It does not permit untrusted users
15213 to use the other options which trusted user can use to override message
15214 parameters. Furthermore, it does not stop Exim from removing an existing
15215 &'Sender:'& header in the message, or from adding a &'Sender:'& header if
15216 necessary. See &%local_sender_retain%& and &%local_from_check%& for ways of
15217 overriding these actions. The handling of the &'Sender:'& header is also
15218 described in section &<<SECTthesenhea>>&.
15219
15220 The log line for a message's arrival shows the envelope sender following
15221 &"<="&. For local messages, the user's login always follows, after &"U="&. In
15222 &%-bp%& displays, and in the Exim monitor, if an untrusted user sets an
15223 envelope sender address, the user's login is shown in parentheses after the
15224 sender address.
15225
15226
15227 .option uucp_from_pattern main string "see below"
15228 .cindex "&""From""& line"
15229 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
15230 Some applications that pass messages to an MTA via a command line interface use
15231 an initial line starting with &"From&~"& to pass the envelope sender. In
15232 particular, this is used by UUCP software. Exim recognizes such a line by means
15233 of a regular expression that is set in &%uucp_from_pattern%&. When the pattern
15234 matches, the sender address is constructed by expanding the contents of
15235 &%uucp_from_sender%&, provided that the caller of Exim is a trusted user. The
15236 default pattern recognizes lines in the following two forms:
15237 .code
15238 From ph10 Fri Jan 5 12:35 GMT 1996
15239 From ph10 Fri, 7 Jan 97 14:00:00 GMT
15240 .endd
15241 The pattern can be seen by running
15242 .code
15243 exim -bP uucp_from_pattern
15244 .endd
15245 It checks only up to the hours and minutes, and allows for a 2-digit or 4-digit
15246 year in the second case. The first word after &"From&~"& is matched in the
15247 regular expression by a parenthesized subpattern. The default value for
15248 &%uucp_from_sender%& is &"$1"&, which therefore just uses this first word
15249 (&"ph10"& in the example above) as the message's sender. See also
15250 &%ignore_fromline_hosts%&.
15251
15252
15253 .option uucp_from_sender main string&!! &`$1`&
15254 See &%uucp_from_pattern%& above.
15255
15256
15257 .option warn_message_file main string unset
15258 .cindex "warning of delay" "customizing the message"
15259 .cindex "customizing" "warning message"
15260 This option defines a template file containing paragraphs of text to be used
15261 for constructing the warning message which is sent by Exim when a message has
15262 been on the queue for a specified amount of time, as specified by
15263 &%delay_warning%&. Details of the file's contents are given in chapter
15264 &<<CHAPemsgcust>>&. See also &%bounce_message_file%&.
15265
15266
15267 .option write_rejectlog main boolean true
15268 .cindex "reject log" "disabling"
15269 If this option is set false, Exim no longer writes anything to the reject log.
15270 See chapter &<<CHAPlog>>& for details of what Exim writes to its logs.
15271 .ecindex IIDconfima
15272 .ecindex IIDmaiconf
15273
15274
15275
15276
15277 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
15278 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
15279
15280 .chapter "Generic options for routers" "CHAProutergeneric"
15281 .scindex IIDgenoprou1 "options" "generic; for routers"
15282 .scindex IIDgenoprou2 "generic options" "router"
15283 This chapter describes the generic options that apply to all routers.
15284 Those that are preconditions are marked with &Dagger; in the &"use"& field.
15285
15286 For a general description of how a router operates, see sections
15287 &<<SECTrunindrou>>& and &<<SECTrouprecon>>&. The latter specifies the order in
15288 which the preconditions are tested. The order of expansion of the options that
15289 provide data for a transport is: &%errors_to%&, &%headers_add%&,
15290 &%headers_remove%&, &%transport%&.
15291
15292
15293
15294 .option address_data routers string&!! unset
15295 .cindex "router" "data attached to address"
15296 The string is expanded just before the router is run, that is, after all the
15297 precondition tests have succeeded. If the expansion is forced to fail, the
15298 router declines, the value of &%address_data%& remains unchanged, and the
15299 &%more%& option controls what happens next. Other expansion failures cause
15300 delivery of the address to be deferred.
15301
15302 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
15303 When the expansion succeeds, the value is retained with the address, and can be
15304 accessed using the variable &$address_data$& in the current router, subsequent
15305 routers, and the eventual transport.
15306
15307 &*Warning*&: If the current or any subsequent router is a &(redirect)& router
15308 that runs a user's filter file, the contents of &$address_data$& are accessible
15309 in the filter. This is not normally a problem, because such data is usually
15310 either not confidential or it &"belongs"& to the current user, but if you do
15311 put confidential data into &$address_data$& you need to remember this point.
15312
15313 Even if the router declines or passes, the value of &$address_data$& remains
15314 with the address, though it can be changed by another &%address_data%& setting
15315 on a subsequent router. If a router generates child addresses, the value of
15316 &$address_data$& propagates to them. This also applies to the special kind of
15317 &"child"& that is generated by a router with the &%unseen%& option.
15318
15319 The idea of &%address_data%& is that you can use it to look up a lot of data
15320 for the address once, and then pick out parts of the data later. For example,
15321 you could use a single LDAP lookup to return a string of the form
15322 .code
15323 uid=1234 gid=5678 mailbox=/mail/xyz forward=/home/xyz/.forward
15324 .endd
15325 In the transport you could pick out the mailbox by a setting such as
15326 .code
15327 file = ${extract{mailbox}{$address_data}}
15328 .endd
15329 This makes the configuration file less messy, and also reduces the number of
15330 lookups (though Exim does cache lookups).
15331
15332 The &%address_data%& facility is also useful as a means of passing information
15333 from one router to another, and from a router to a transport. In addition, if
15334 .vindex "&$sender_address_data$&"
15335 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
15336 &$address_data$& is set by a router when verifying a recipient address
15337 from an ACL, it remains available for use in the rest of the ACL statement.
15338 After verifying a sender, the value is transferred to &$sender_address_data$&.
15339
15340
15341
15342
15343 .option address_test routers&!? boolean true
15344 .oindex "&%-bt%&"
15345 .cindex "router" "skipping when address testing"
15346 If this option is set false, the router is skipped when routing is being tested
15347 by means of the &%-bt%& command line option. This can be a convenience when
15348 your first router sends messages to an external scanner, because it saves you
15349 having to set the &"already scanned"& indicator when testing real address
15350 routing.
15351
15352
15353
15354 .option cannot_route_message routers string&!! unset
15355 .cindex "router" "customizing &""cannot route""& message"
15356 .cindex "customizing" "&""cannot route""& message"
15357 This option specifies a text message that is used when an address cannot be
15358 routed because Exim has run out of routers. The default message is
15359 &"Unrouteable address"&. This option is useful only on routers that have
15360 &%more%& set false, or on the very last router in a configuration, because the
15361 value that is used is taken from the last router that is considered. This
15362 includes a router that is skipped because its preconditions are not met, as
15363 well as a router that declines. For example, using the default configuration,
15364 you could put:
15365 .code
15366 cannot_route_message = Remote domain not found in DNS
15367 .endd
15368 on the first router, which is a &(dnslookup)& router with &%more%& set false,
15369 and
15370 .code
15371 cannot_route_message = Unknown local user
15372 .endd
15373 on the final router that checks for local users. If string expansion fails for
15374 this option, the default message is used. Unless the expansion failure was
15375 explicitly forced, a message about the failure is written to the main and panic
15376 logs, in addition to the normal message about the routing failure.
15377
15378
15379 .option caseful_local_part routers boolean false
15380 .cindex "case of local parts"
15381 .cindex "router" "case of local parts"
15382 By default, routers handle the local parts of addresses in a case-insensitive
15383 manner, though the actual case is preserved for transmission with the message.
15384 If you want the case of letters to be significant in a router, you must set
15385 this option true. For individual router options that contain address or local
15386 part lists (for example, &%local_parts%&), case-sensitive matching can be
15387 turned on by &"+caseful"& as a list item. See section &<<SECTcasletadd>>& for
15388 more details.
15389
15390 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
15391 .vindex "&$original_local_part$&"
15392 .vindex "&$parent_local_part$&"
15393 The value of the &$local_part$& variable is forced to lower case while a
15394 router is running unless &%caseful_local_part%& is set. When a router assigns
15395 an address to a transport, the value of &$local_part$& when the transport runs
15396 is the same as it was in the router. Similarly, when a router generates child
15397 addresses by aliasing or forwarding, the values of &$original_local_part$&
15398 and &$parent_local_part$& are those that were used by the redirecting router.
15399
15400 This option applies to the processing of an address by a router. When a
15401 recipient address is being processed in an ACL, there is a separate &%control%&
15402 modifier that can be used to specify case-sensitive processing within the ACL
15403 (see section &<<SECTcontrols>>&).
15404
15405
15406
15407 .option check_local_user routers&!? boolean false
15408 .cindex "local user, checking in router"
15409 .cindex "router" "checking for local user"
15410 .cindex "&_/etc/passwd_&"
15411 .vindex "&$home$&"
15412 When this option is true, Exim checks that the local part of the recipient
15413 address (with affixes removed if relevant) is the name of an account on the
15414 local system. The check is done by calling the &[getpwnam()]& function rather
15415 than trying to read &_/etc/passwd_& directly. This means that other methods of
15416 holding password data (such as NIS) are supported. If the local part is a local
15417 user, &$home$& is set from the password data, and can be tested in other
15418 preconditions that are evaluated after this one (the order of evaluation is
15419 given in section &<<SECTrouprecon>>&). However, the value of &$home$& can be
15420 overridden by &%router_home_directory%&. If the local part is not a local user,
15421 the router is skipped.
15422
15423 If you want to check that the local part is either the name of a local user
15424 or matches something else, you cannot combine &%check_local_user%& with a
15425 setting of &%local_parts%&, because that specifies the logical &'and'& of the
15426 two conditions. However, you can use a &(passwd)& lookup in a &%local_parts%&
15427 setting to achieve this. For example:
15428 .code
15429 local_parts = passwd;$local_part : lsearch;/etc/other/users
15430 .endd
15431 Note, however, that the side effects of &%check_local_user%& (such as setting
15432 up a home directory) do not occur when a &(passwd)& lookup is used in a
15433 &%local_parts%& (or any other) precondition.
15434
15435
15436
15437 .option condition routers&!? string&!! unset
15438 .cindex "router" "customized precondition"
15439 This option specifies a general precondition test that has to succeed for the
15440 router to be called. The &%condition%& option is the last precondition to be
15441 evaluated (see section &<<SECTrouprecon>>&). The string is expanded, and if the
15442 result is a forced failure, or an empty string, or one of the strings &"0"& or
15443 &"no"& or &"false"& (checked without regard to the case of the letters), the
15444 router is skipped, and the address is offered to the next one.
15445
15446 If the result is any other value, the router is run (as this is the last
15447 precondition to be evaluated, all the other preconditions must be true).
15448
15449 The &%condition%& option provides a means of applying custom conditions to the
15450 running of routers. Note that in the case of a simple conditional expansion,
15451 the default expansion values are exactly what is wanted. For example:
15452 .code
15453 condition = ${if >{$message_age}{600}}
15454 .endd
15455 Because of the default behaviour of the string expansion, this is equivalent to
15456 .code
15457 condition = ${if >{$message_age}{600}{true}{}}
15458 .endd
15459 If the expansion fails (other than forced failure) delivery is deferred. Some
15460 of the other precondition options are common special cases that could in fact
15461 be specified using &%condition%&.
15462
15463
15464
15465 .option debug_print routers string&!! unset
15466 .cindex "testing" "variables in drivers"
15467 If this option is set and debugging is enabled (see the &%-d%& command line
15468 option), the string is expanded and included in the debugging output.
15469 If expansion of the string fails, the error message is written to the debugging
15470 output, and Exim carries on processing.
15471 This option is provided to help with checking out the values of variables and
15472 so on when debugging router configurations. For example, if a &%condition%&
15473 option appears not to be working, &%debug_print%& can be used to output the
15474 variables it references. The output happens after checks for &%domains%&,
15475 &%local_parts%&, and &%check_local_user%& but before any other preconditions
15476 are tested. A newline is added to the text if it does not end with one.
15477
15478
15479
15480 .option disable_logging routers boolean false
15481 If this option is set true, nothing is logged for any routing errors
15482 or for any deliveries caused by this router. You should not set this option
15483 unless you really, really know what you are doing. See also the generic
15484 transport option of the same name.
15485
15486
15487 .option domains routers&!? "domain list&!!" unset
15488 .cindex "router" "restricting to specific domains"
15489 .vindex "&$domain_data$&"
15490 If this option is set, the router is skipped unless the current domain matches
15491 the list. If the match is achieved by means of a file lookup, the data that the
15492 lookup returned for the domain is placed in &$domain_data$& for use in string
15493 expansions of the driver's private options. See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for
15494 a list of the order in which preconditions are evaluated.
15495
15496
15497
15498 .option driver routers string unset
15499 This option must always be set. It specifies which of the available routers is
15500 to be used.
15501
15502
15503
15504 .option errors_to routers string&!! unset
15505 .cindex "envelope sender"
15506 .cindex "router" "changing address for errors"
15507 If a router successfully handles an address, it may assign the address to a
15508 transport for delivery or it may generate child addresses. In both cases, if
15509 there is a delivery problem during later processing, the resulting bounce
15510 message is sent to the address that results from expanding this string,
15511 provided that the address verifies successfully. The &%errors_to%& option is
15512 expanded before &%headers_add%&, &%headers_remove%&, and &%transport%&.
15513
15514 The &%errors_to%& setting associated with an address can be overridden if it
15515 subsequently passes through other routers that have their own &%errors_to%&
15516 settings, or if the message is delivered by a transport with a &%return_path%&
15517 setting.
15518
15519 If &%errors_to%& is unset, or the expansion is forced to fail, or the result of
15520 the expansion fails to verify, the errors address associated with the incoming
15521 address is used. At top level, this is the envelope sender. A non-forced
15522 expansion failure causes delivery to be deferred.
15523
15524 If an address for which &%errors_to%& has been set ends up being delivered over
15525 SMTP, the envelope sender for that delivery is the &%errors_to%& value, so that
15526 any bounces that are generated by other MTAs on the delivery route are also
15527 sent there. You can set &%errors_to%& to the empty string by either of these
15528 settings:
15529 .code
15530 errors_to =
15531 errors_to = ""
15532 .endd
15533 An expansion item that yields an empty string has the same effect. If you do
15534 this, a locally detected delivery error for addresses processed by this router
15535 no longer gives rise to a bounce message; the error is discarded. If the
15536 address is delivered to a remote host, the return path is set to &`<>`&, unless
15537 overridden by the &%return_path%& option on the transport.
15538
15539 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
15540 If for some reason you want to discard local errors, but use a non-empty
15541 MAIL command for remote delivery, you can preserve the original return
15542 path in &$address_data$& in the router, and reinstate it in the transport by
15543 setting &%return_path%&.
15544
15545 The most common use of &%errors_to%& is to direct mailing list bounces to the
15546 manager of the list, as described in section &<<SECTmailinglists>>&, or to
15547 implement VERP (Variable Envelope Return Paths) (see section &<<SECTverp>>&).
15548
15549
15550
15551 .option expn routers&!? boolean true
15552 .cindex "address" "testing"
15553 .cindex "testing" "addresses"
15554 .cindex "EXPN" "router skipping"
15555 .cindex "router" "skipping for EXPN"
15556 If this option is turned off, the router is skipped when testing an address
15557 as a result of processing an SMTP EXPN command. You might, for example,
15558 want to turn it off on a router for users' &_.forward_& files, while leaving it
15559 on for the system alias file.
15560 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15561 are evaluated.
15562
15563 The use of the SMTP EXPN command is controlled by an ACL (see chapter
15564 &<<CHAPACL>>&). When Exim is running an EXPN command, it is similar to testing
15565 an address with &%-bt%&. Compare VRFY, whose counterpart is &%-bv%&.
15566
15567
15568
15569 .option fail_verify routers boolean false
15570 .cindex "router" "forcing verification failure"
15571 Setting this option has the effect of setting both &%fail_verify_sender%& and
15572 &%fail_verify_recipient%& to the same value.
15573
15574
15575
15576 .option fail_verify_recipient routers boolean false
15577 If this option is true and an address is accepted by this router when
15578 verifying a recipient, verification fails.
15579
15580
15581
15582 .option fail_verify_sender routers boolean false
15583 If this option is true and an address is accepted by this router when
15584 verifying a sender, verification fails.
15585
15586
15587
15588 .option fallback_hosts routers "string list" unset
15589 .cindex "router" "fallback hosts"
15590 .cindex "fallback" "hosts specified on router"
15591 String expansion is not applied to this option. The argument must be a
15592 colon-separated list of host names or IP addresses. The list separator can be
15593 changed (see section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&), and a port can be specified with
15594 each name or address. In fact, the format of each item is exactly the same as
15595 defined for the list of hosts in a &(manualroute)& router (see section
15596 &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&).
15597
15598 If a router queues an address for a remote transport, this host list is
15599 associated with the address, and used instead of the transport's fallback host
15600 list. If &%hosts_randomize%& is set on the transport, the order of the list is
15601 randomized for each use. See the &%fallback_hosts%& option of the &(smtp)&
15602 transport for further details.
15603
15604
15605 .option group routers string&!! "see below"
15606 .cindex "gid (group id)" "local delivery"
15607 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
15608 .cindex "transport" "local"
15609 .cindex "router" "setting group"
15610 When a router queues an address for a transport, and the transport does not
15611 specify a group, the group given here is used when running the delivery
15612 process.
15613 The group may be specified numerically or by name. If expansion fails, the
15614 error is logged and delivery is deferred.
15615 The default is unset, unless &%check_local_user%& is set, when the default
15616 is taken from the password information. See also &%initgroups%& and &%user%&
15617 and the discussion in chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
15618
15619
15620
15621 .option headers_add routers string&!! unset
15622 .cindex "header lines" "adding"
15623 .cindex "router" "adding header lines"
15624 This option specifies a string of text that is expanded at routing time, and
15625 associated with any addresses that are accepted by the router. However, this
15626 option has no effect when an address is just being verified. The way in which
15627 the text is used to add header lines at transport time is described in section
15628 &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. New header lines are not actually added until the
15629 message is in the process of being transported. This means that references to
15630 header lines in string expansions in the transport's configuration do not
15631 &"see"& the added header lines.
15632
15633 The &%headers_add%& option is expanded after &%errors_to%&, but before
15634 &%headers_remove%& and &%transport%&. If the expanded string is empty, or if
15635 the expansion is forced to fail, the option has no effect. Other expansion
15636 failures are treated as configuration errors.
15637
15638 &*Warning 1*&: The &%headers_add%& option cannot be used for a &(redirect)&
15639 router that has the &%one_time%& option set.
15640
15641 .new
15642 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
15643 .oindex "&%unseen%&"
15644 &*Warning 2*&: If the &%unseen%& option is set on the router, all header
15645 additions are deleted when the address is passed on to subsequent routers.
15646 For a &%redirect%& router, if a generated address is the same as the incoming
15647 address, this can lead to duplicate addresses with different header
15648 modifications. Exim does not do duplicate deliveries (except, in certain
15649 circumstances, to pipes -- see section &<<SECTdupaddr>>&), but it is undefined
15650 which of the duplicates is discarded, so this ambiguous situation should be
15651 avoided. The &%repeat_use%& option of the &%redirect%& router may be of help.
15652 .wen
15653
15654
15655
15656 .option headers_remove routers string&!! unset
15657 .cindex "header lines" "removing"
15658 .cindex "router" "removing header lines"
15659 This option specifies a string of text that is expanded at routing time, and
15660 associated with any addresses that are accepted by the router. However, this
15661 option has no effect when an address is just being verified. The way in which
15662 the text is used to remove header lines at transport time is described in
15663 section &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. Header lines are not actually removed until
15664 the message is in the process of being transported. This means that references
15665 to header lines in string expansions in the transport's configuration still
15666 &"see"& the original header lines.
15667
15668 The &%headers_remove%& option is expanded after &%errors_to%& and
15669 &%headers_add%&, but before &%transport%&. If the expansion is forced to fail,
15670 the option has no effect. Other expansion failures are treated as configuration
15671 errors.
15672
15673 &*Warning 1*&: The &%headers_remove%& option cannot be used for a &(redirect)&
15674 router that has the &%one_time%& option set.
15675
15676 .new
15677 &*Warning 2*&: If the &%unseen%& option is set on the router, all header
15678 removal requests are deleted when the address is passed on to subsequent
15679 routers, and this can lead to problems with duplicates -- see the similar
15680 warning for &%headers_add%& above.
15681 .wen
15682
15683
15684 .option ignore_target_hosts routers "host list&!!" unset
15685 .cindex "IP address" "discarding"
15686 .cindex "router" "discarding IP addresses"
15687 Although this option is a host list, it should normally contain IP address
15688 entries rather than names. If any host that is looked up by the router has an
15689 IP address that matches an item in this list, Exim behaves as if that IP
15690 address did not exist. This option allows you to cope with rogue DNS entries
15691 like
15692 .code
15693 remote.domain.example. A 127.0.0.1
15694 .endd
15695 by setting
15696 .code
15697 ignore_target_hosts = 127.0.0.1
15698 .endd
15699 on the relevant router. If all the hosts found by a &(dnslookup)& router are
15700 discarded in this way, the router declines. In a conventional configuration, an
15701 attempt to mail to such a domain would normally provoke the &"unrouteable
15702 domain"& error, and an attempt to verify an address in the domain would fail.
15703 Similarly, if &%ignore_target_hosts%& is set on an &(ipliteral)& router, the
15704 router declines if presented with one of the listed addresses.
15705
15706 You can use this option to disable the use of IPv4 or IPv6 for mail delivery by
15707 means of the first or the second of the following settings, respectively:
15708 .code
15709 ignore_target_hosts = 0.0.0.0/0
15710 ignore_target_hosts = <; 0::0/0
15711 .endd
15712 The pattern in the first line matches all IPv4 addresses, whereas the pattern
15713 in the second line matches all IPv6 addresses.
15714
15715 This option may also be useful for ignoring link-local and site-local IPv6
15716 addresses. Because, like all host lists, the value of &%ignore_target_hosts%&
15717 is expanded before use as a list, it is possible to make it dependent on the
15718 domain that is being routed.
15719
15720 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
15721 During its expansion, &$host_address$& is set to the IP address that is being
15722 checked.
15723
15724 .option initgroups routers boolean false
15725 .cindex "additional groups"
15726 .cindex "groups" "additional"
15727 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
15728 .cindex "transport" "local"
15729 If the router queues an address for a transport, and this option is true, and
15730 the uid supplied by the router is not overridden by the transport, the
15731 &[initgroups()]& function is called when running the transport to ensure that
15732 any additional groups associated with the uid are set up. See also &%group%&
15733 and &%user%& and the discussion in chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
15734
15735
15736
15737 .option local_part_prefix routers&!? "string list" unset
15738 .cindex "router" "prefix for local part"
15739 .cindex "prefix" "for local part, used in router"
15740 If this option is set, the router is skipped unless the local part starts with
15741 one of the given strings, or &%local_part_prefix_optional%& is true. See
15742 section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions are
15743 evaluated.
15744
15745 The list is scanned from left to right, and the first prefix that matches is
15746 used. A limited form of wildcard is available; if the prefix begins with an
15747 asterisk, it matches the longest possible sequence of arbitrary characters at
15748 the start of the local part. An asterisk should therefore always be followed by
15749 some character that does not occur in normal local parts.
15750 .cindex "multiple mailboxes"
15751 .cindex "mailbox" "multiple"
15752 Wildcarding can be used to set up multiple user mailboxes, as described in
15753 section &<<SECTmulbox>>&.
15754
15755 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
15756 .vindex "&$local_part_prefix$&"
15757 During the testing of the &%local_parts%& option, and while the router is
15758 running, the prefix is removed from the local part, and is available in the
15759 expansion variable &$local_part_prefix$&. When a message is being delivered, if
15760 the router accepts the address, this remains true during subsequent delivery by
15761 a transport. In particular, the local part that is transmitted in the RCPT
15762 command for LMTP, SMTP, and BSMTP deliveries has the prefix removed by default.
15763 This behaviour can be overridden by setting &%rcpt_include_affixes%& true on
15764 the relevant transport.
15765
15766 When an address is being verified, &%local_part_prefix%& affects only the
15767 behaviour of the router. If the callout feature of verification is in use, this
15768 means that the full address, including the prefix, will be used during the
15769 callout.
15770
15771 The prefix facility is commonly used to handle local parts of the form
15772 &%owner-something%&. Another common use is to support local parts of the form
15773 &%real-username%& to bypass a user's &_.forward_& file &-- helpful when trying
15774 to tell a user their forwarding is broken &-- by placing a router like this one
15775 immediately before the router that handles &_.forward_& files:
15776 .code
15777 real_localuser:
15778 driver = accept
15779 local_part_prefix = real-
15780 check_local_user
15781 transport = local_delivery
15782 .endd
15783 If both &%local_part_prefix%& and &%local_part_suffix%& are set for a router,
15784 both conditions must be met if not optional. Care must be taken if wildcards
15785 are used in both a prefix and a suffix on the same router. Different
15786 separator characters must be used to avoid ambiguity.
15787
15788
15789 .option local_part_prefix_optional routers boolean false
15790 See &%local_part_prefix%& above.
15791
15792
15793
15794 .option local_part_suffix routers&!? "string list" unset
15795 .cindex "router" "suffix for local part"
15796 .cindex "suffix for local part" "used in router"
15797 This option operates in the same way as &%local_part_prefix%&, except that the
15798 local part must end (rather than start) with the given string, the
15799 &%local_part_suffix_optional%& option determines whether the suffix is
15800 mandatory, and the wildcard * character, if present, must be the last
15801 character of the suffix. This option facility is commonly used to handle local
15802 parts of the form &%something-request%& and multiple user mailboxes of the form
15803 &%username-foo%&.
15804
15805
15806 .option local_part_suffix_optional routers boolean false
15807 See &%local_part_suffix%& above.
15808
15809
15810
15811 .option local_parts routers&!? "local part list&!!" unset
15812 .cindex "router" "restricting to specific local parts"
15813 .cindex "local part" "checking in router"
15814 The router is run only if the local part of the address matches the list.
15815 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
15816 are evaluated, and
15817 section &<<SECTlocparlis>>& for a discussion of local part lists. Because the
15818 string is expanded, it is possible to make it depend on the domain, for
15819 example:
15820 .code
15821 local_parts = dbm;/usr/local/specials/$domain
15822 .endd
15823 .vindex "&$local_part_data$&"
15824 If the match is achieved by a lookup, the data that the lookup returned
15825 for the local part is placed in the variable &$local_part_data$& for use in
15826 expansions of the router's private options. You might use this option, for
15827 example, if you have a large number of local virtual domains, and you want to
15828 send all postmaster mail to the same place without having to set up an alias in
15829 each virtual domain:
15830 .code
15831 postmaster:
15832 driver = redirect
15833 local_parts = postmaster
15834 data = postmaster@real.domain.example
15835 .endd
15836
15837
15838 .option log_as_local routers boolean "see below"
15839 .cindex "log" "delivery line"
15840 .cindex "delivery" "log line format"
15841 Exim has two logging styles for delivery, the idea being to make local
15842 deliveries stand out more visibly from remote ones. In the &"local"& style, the
15843 recipient address is given just as the local part, without a domain. The use of
15844 this style is controlled by this option. It defaults to true for the &(accept)&
15845 router, and false for all the others. This option applies only when a
15846 router assigns an address to a transport. It has no effect on routers that
15847 redirect addresses.
15848
15849
15850
15851 .option more routers boolean&!! true
15852 The result of string expansion for this option must be a valid boolean value,
15853 that is, one of the strings &"yes"&, &"no"&, &"true"&, or &"false"&. Any other
15854 result causes an error, and delivery is deferred. If the expansion is forced to
15855 fail, the default value for the option (true) is used. Other failures cause
15856 delivery to be deferred.
15857
15858 If this option is set false, and the router declines to handle the address, no
15859 further routers are tried, routing fails, and the address is bounced.
15860 .oindex "&%self%&"
15861 However, if the router explicitly passes an address to the following router by
15862 means of the setting
15863 .code
15864 self = pass
15865 .endd
15866 or otherwise, the setting of &%more%& is ignored. Also, the setting of &%more%&
15867 does not affect the behaviour if one of the precondition tests fails. In that
15868 case, the address is always passed to the next router.
15869
15870 Note that &%address_data%& is not considered to be a precondition. If its
15871 expansion is forced to fail, the router declines, and the value of &%more%&
15872 controls what happens next.
15873
15874
15875 .option pass_on_timeout routers boolean false
15876 .cindex "timeout" "of router"
15877 .cindex "router" "timeout"
15878 If a router times out during a host lookup, it normally causes deferral of the
15879 address. If &%pass_on_timeout%& is set, the address is passed on to the next
15880 router, overriding &%no_more%&. This may be helpful for systems that are
15881 intermittently connected to the Internet, or those that want to pass to a smart
15882 host any messages that cannot immediately be delivered.
15883
15884 There are occasional other temporary errors that can occur while doing DNS
15885 lookups. They are treated in the same way as a timeout, and this option
15886 applies to all of them.
15887
15888
15889
15890 .option pass_router routers string unset
15891 .cindex "router" "go to after &""pass""&"
15892 When a router returns &"pass"&, the address is normally handed on to the next
15893 router in sequence. This can be changed by setting &%pass_router%& to the name
15894 of another router. However (unlike &%redirect_router%&) the named router must
15895 be below the current router, to avoid loops. Note that this option applies only
15896 to the special case of &"pass"&. It does not apply when a router returns
15897 &"decline"&.
15898
15899
15900
15901 .option redirect_router routers string unset
15902 .cindex "router" "start at after redirection"
15903 Sometimes an administrator knows that it is pointless to reprocess addresses
15904 generated from alias or forward files with the same router again. For
15905 example, if an alias file translates real names into login ids there is no
15906 point searching the alias file a second time, especially if it is a large file.
15907
15908 The &%redirect_router%& option can be set to the name of any router instance.
15909 It causes the routing of any generated addresses to start at the named router
15910 instead of at the first router. This option has no effect if the router in
15911 which it is set does not generate new addresses.
15912
15913
15914
15915 .option require_files routers&!? "string list&!!" unset
15916 .cindex "file" "requiring for router"
15917 .cindex "router" "requiring file existence"
15918 This option provides a general mechanism for predicating the running of a
15919 router on the existence or non-existence of certain files or directories.
15920 Before running a router, as one of its precondition tests, Exim works its way
15921 through the &%require_files%& list, expanding each item separately.
15922
15923 Because the list is split before expansion, any colons in expansion items must
15924 be doubled, or the facility for using a different list separator must be used.
15925 If any expansion is forced to fail, the item is ignored. Other expansion
15926 failures cause routing of the address to be deferred.
15927
15928 If any expanded string is empty, it is ignored. Otherwise, except as described
15929 below, each string must be a fully qualified file path, optionally preceded by
15930 &"!"&. The paths are passed to the &[stat()]& function to test for the
15931 existence of the files or directories. The router is skipped if any paths not
15932 preceded by &"!"& do not exist, or if any paths preceded by &"!"& do exist.
15933
15934 .cindex "NFS"
15935 If &[stat()]& cannot determine whether a file exists or not, delivery of
15936 the message is deferred. This can happen when NFS-mounted filesystems are
15937 unavailable.
15938
15939 This option is checked after the &%domains%&, &%local_parts%&, and &%senders%&
15940 options, so you cannot use it to check for the existence of a file in which to
15941 look up a domain, local part, or sender. (See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a
15942 full list of the order in which preconditions are evaluated.) However, as
15943 these options are all expanded, you can use the &%exists%& expansion condition
15944 to make such tests. The &%require_files%& option is intended for checking files
15945 that the router may be going to use internally, or which are needed by a
15946 transport (for example &_.procmailrc_&).
15947
15948 During delivery, the &[stat()]& function is run as root, but there is a
15949 facility for some checking of the accessibility of a file by another user.
15950 This is not a proper permissions check, but just a &"rough"& check that
15951 operates as follows:
15952
15953 If an item in a &%require_files%& list does not contain any forward slash
15954 characters, it is taken to be the user (and optional group, separated by a
15955 comma) to be checked for subsequent files in the list. If no group is specified
15956 but the user is specified symbolically, the gid associated with the uid is
15957 used. For example:
15958 .code
15959 require_files = mail:/some/file
15960 require_files = $local_part:$home/.procmailrc
15961 .endd
15962 If a user or group name in a &%require_files%& list does not exist, the
15963 &%require_files%& condition fails.
15964
15965 Exim performs the check by scanning along the components of the file path, and
15966 checking the access for the given uid and gid. It checks for &"x"& access on
15967 directories, and &"r"& access on the final file. Note that this means that file
15968 access control lists, if the operating system has them, are ignored.
15969
15970 &*Warning 1*&: When the router is being run to verify addresses for an
15971 incoming SMTP message, Exim is not running as root, but under its own uid. This
15972 may affect the result of a &%require_files%& check. In particular, &[stat()]&
15973 may yield the error EACCES (&"Permission denied"&). This means that the Exim
15974 user is not permitted to read one of the directories on the file's path.
15975
15976 &*Warning 2*&: Even when Exim is running as root while delivering a message,
15977 &[stat()]& can yield EACCES for a file in an NFS directory that is mounted
15978 without root access. In this case, if a check for access by a particular user
15979 is requested, Exim creates a subprocess that runs as that user, and tries the
15980 check again in that process.
15981
15982 The default action for handling an unresolved EACCES is to consider it to
15983 be caused by a configuration error, and routing is deferred because the
15984 existence or non-existence of the file cannot be determined. However, in some
15985 circumstances it may be desirable to treat this condition as if the file did
15986 not exist. If the file name (or the exclamation mark that precedes the file
15987 name for non-existence) is preceded by a plus sign, the EACCES error is treated
15988 as if the file did not exist. For example:
15989 .code
15990 require_files = +/some/file
15991 .endd
15992 If the router is not an essential part of verification (for example, it
15993 handles users' &_.forward_& files), another solution is to set the &%verify%&
15994 option false so that the router is skipped when verifying.
15995
15996
15997
15998 .option retry_use_local_part routers boolean "see below"
15999 .cindex "hints database" "retry keys"
16000 .cindex "local part" "in retry keys"
16001 When a delivery suffers a temporary routing failure, a retry record is created
16002 in Exim's hints database. For addresses whose routing depends only on the
16003 domain, the key for the retry record should not involve the local part, but for
16004 other addresses, both the domain and the local part should be included.
16005 Usually, remote routing is of the former kind, and local routing is of the
16006 latter kind.
16007
16008 This option controls whether the local part is used to form the key for retry
16009 hints for addresses that suffer temporary errors while being handled by this
16010 router. The default value is true for any router that has &%check_local_user%&
16011 set, and false otherwise. Note that this option does not apply to hints keys
16012 for transport delays; they are controlled by a generic transport option of the
16013 same name.
16014
16015 The setting of &%retry_use_local_part%& applies only to the router on which it
16016 appears. If the router generates child addresses, they are routed
16017 independently; this setting does not become attached to them.
16018
16019
16020
16021 .option router_home_directory routers string&!! unset
16022 .cindex "router" "home directory for"
16023 .cindex "home directory" "for router"
16024 .vindex "&$home$&"
16025 This option sets a home directory for use while the router is running. (Compare
16026 &%transport_home_directory%&, which sets a home directory for later
16027 transporting.) In particular, if used on a &(redirect)& router, this option
16028 sets a value for &$home$& while a filter is running. The value is expanded;
16029 forced expansion failure causes the option to be ignored &-- other failures
16030 cause the router to defer.
16031
16032 Expansion of &%router_home_directory%& happens immediately after the
16033 &%check_local_user%& test (if configured), before any further expansions take
16034 place.
16035 (See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
16036 are evaluated.)
16037 While the router is running, &%router_home_directory%& overrides the value of
16038 &$home$& that came from &%check_local_user%&.
16039
16040 When a router accepts an address and assigns it to a local transport (including
16041 the cases when a &(redirect)& router generates a pipe, file, or autoreply
16042 delivery), the home directory setting for the transport is taken from the first
16043 of these values that is set:
16044
16045 .ilist
16046 The &%home_directory%& option on the transport;
16047 .next
16048 The &%transport_home_directory%& option on the router;
16049 .next
16050 The password data if &%check_local_user%& is set on the router;
16051 .next
16052 The &%router_home_directory%& option on the router.
16053 .endlist
16054
16055 In other words, &%router_home_directory%& overrides the password data for the
16056 router, but not for the transport.
16057
16058
16059
16060 .option self routers string freeze
16061 .cindex "MX record" "pointing to local host"
16062 .cindex "local host" "MX pointing to"
16063 This option applies to those routers that use a recipient address to find a
16064 list of remote hosts. Currently, these are the &(dnslookup)&, &(ipliteral)&,
16065 and &(manualroute)& routers.
16066 Certain configurations of the &(queryprogram)& router can also specify a list
16067 of remote hosts.
16068 Usually such routers are configured to send the message to a remote host via an
16069 &(smtp)& transport. The &%self%& option specifies what happens when the first
16070 host on the list turns out to be the local host.
16071 The way in which Exim checks for the local host is described in section
16072 &<<SECTreclocipadd>>&.
16073
16074 Normally this situation indicates either an error in Exim's configuration (for
16075 example, the router should be configured not to process this domain), or an
16076 error in the DNS (for example, the MX should not point to this host). For this
16077 reason, the default action is to log the incident, defer the address, and
16078 freeze the message. The following alternatives are provided for use in special
16079 cases:
16080
16081 .vlist
16082 .vitem &%defer%&
16083 Delivery of the message is tried again later, but the message is not frozen.
16084
16085 .vitem "&%reroute%&: <&'domain'&>"
16086 The domain is changed to the given domain, and the address is passed back to
16087 be reprocessed by the routers. No rewriting of headers takes place. This
16088 behaviour is essentially a redirection.
16089
16090 .vitem "&%reroute: rewrite:%& <&'domain'&>"
16091 The domain is changed to the given domain, and the address is passed back to be
16092 reprocessed by the routers. Any headers that contain the original domain are
16093 rewritten.
16094
16095 .vitem &%pass%&
16096 .oindex "&%more%&"
16097 .vindex "&$self_hostname$&"
16098 The router passes the address to the next router, or to the router named in the
16099 &%pass_router%& option if it is set. This overrides &%no_more%&. During
16100 subsequent routing and delivery, the variable &$self_hostname$& contains the
16101 name of the local host that the router encountered. This can be used to
16102 distinguish between different cases for hosts with multiple names. The
16103 combination
16104 .code
16105 self = pass
16106 no_more
16107 .endd
16108 ensures that only those addresses that routed to the local host are passed on.
16109 Without &%no_more%&, addresses that were declined for other reasons would also
16110 be passed to the next router.
16111
16112 .vitem &%fail%&
16113 Delivery fails and an error report is generated.
16114
16115 .vitem &%send%&
16116 .cindex "local host" "sending to"
16117 The anomaly is ignored and the address is queued for the transport. This
16118 setting should be used with extreme caution. For an &(smtp)& transport, it
16119 makes sense only in cases where the program that is listening on the SMTP port
16120 is not this version of Exim. That is, it must be some other MTA, or Exim with a
16121 different configuration file that handles the domain in another way.
16122 .endlist
16123
16124
16125
16126 .option senders routers&!? "address list&!!" unset
16127 .cindex "router" "checking senders"
16128 If this option is set, the router is skipped unless the message's sender
16129 address matches something on the list.
16130 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
16131 are evaluated.
16132
16133 There are issues concerning verification when the running of routers is
16134 dependent on the sender. When Exim is verifying the address in an &%errors_to%&
16135 setting, it sets the sender to the null string. When using the &%-bt%& option
16136 to check a configuration file, it is necessary also to use the &%-f%& option to
16137 set an appropriate sender. For incoming mail, the sender is unset when
16138 verifying the sender, but is available when verifying any recipients. If the
16139 SMTP VRFY command is enabled, it must be used after MAIL if the sender address
16140 matters.
16141
16142
16143 .option translate_ip_address routers string&!! unset
16144 .cindex "IP address" "translating"
16145 .cindex "packet radio"
16146 .cindex "router" "IP address translation"
16147 There exist some rare networking situations (for example, packet radio) where
16148 it is helpful to be able to translate IP addresses generated by normal routing
16149 mechanisms into other IP addresses, thus performing a kind of manual IP
16150 routing. This should be done only if the normal IP routing of the TCP/IP stack
16151 is inadequate or broken. Because this is an extremely uncommon requirement, the
16152 code to support this option is not included in the Exim binary unless
16153 SUPPORT_TRANSLATE_IP_ADDRESS=yes is set in &_Local/Makefile_&.
16154
16155 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
16156 The &%translate_ip_address%& string is expanded for every IP address generated
16157 by the router, with the generated address set in &$host_address$&. If the
16158 expansion is forced to fail, no action is taken.
16159 For any other expansion error, delivery of the message is deferred.
16160 If the result of the expansion is an IP address, that replaces the original
16161 address; otherwise the result is assumed to be a host name &-- this is looked
16162 up using &[gethostbyname()]& (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when available) to
16163 produce one or more replacement IP addresses. For example, to subvert all IP
16164 addresses in some specific networks, this could be added to a router:
16165 .code
16166 translate_ip_address = \
16167 ${lookup{${mask:$host_address/26}}lsearch{/some/file}\
16168 {$value}fail}}
16169 .endd
16170 The file would contain lines like
16171 .code
16172 10.2.3.128/26 some.host
16173 10.8.4.34/26 10.44.8.15
16174 .endd
16175 You should not make use of this facility unless you really understand what you
16176 are doing.
16177
16178
16179
16180 .option transport routers string&!! unset
16181 This option specifies the transport to be used when a router accepts an address
16182 and sets it up for delivery. A transport is never needed if a router is used
16183 only for verification. The value of the option is expanded at routing time,
16184 after the expansion of &%errors_to%&, &%headers_add%&, and &%headers_remove%&,
16185 and result must be the name of one of the configured transports. If it is not,
16186 delivery is deferred.
16187
16188 The &%transport%& option is not used by the &(redirect)& router, but it does
16189 have some private options that set up transports for pipe and file deliveries
16190 (see chapter &<<CHAPredirect>>&).
16191
16192
16193
16194 .option transport_current_directory routers string&!! unset
16195 .cindex "current directory for local transport"
16196 This option associates a current directory with any address that is routed
16197 to a local transport. This can happen either because a transport is
16198 explicitly configured for the router, or because it generates a delivery to a
16199 file or a pipe. During the delivery process (that is, at transport time), this
16200 option string is expanded and is set as the current directory, unless
16201 overridden by a setting on the transport.
16202 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, an error is
16203 logged, and delivery is deferred.
16204 See chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>& for details of the local delivery
16205 environment.
16206
16207
16208
16209
16210 .option transport_home_directory routers string&!! "see below"
16211 .cindex "home directory" "for local transport"
16212 This option associates a home directory with any address that is routed to a
16213 local transport. This can happen either because a transport is explicitly
16214 configured for the router, or because it generates a delivery to a file or a
16215 pipe. During the delivery process (that is, at transport time), the option
16216 string is expanded and is set as the home directory, unless overridden by a
16217 setting of &%home_directory%& on the transport.
16218 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, an error is
16219 logged, and delivery is deferred.
16220
16221 If the transport does not specify a home directory, and
16222 &%transport_home_directory%& is not set for the router, the home directory for
16223 the transport is taken from the password data if &%check_local_user%& is set for
16224 the router. Otherwise it is taken from &%router_home_directory%& if that option
16225 is set; if not, no home directory is set for the transport.
16226
16227 See chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>& for further details of the local delivery
16228 environment.
16229
16230
16231
16232
16233 .option unseen routers boolean&!! false
16234 .cindex "router" "carrying on after success"
16235 The result of string expansion for this option must be a valid boolean value,
16236 that is, one of the strings &"yes"&, &"no"&, &"true"&, or &"false"&. Any other
16237 result causes an error, and delivery is deferred. If the expansion is forced to
16238 fail, the default value for the option (false) is used. Other failures cause
16239 delivery to be deferred.
16240
16241 When this option is set true, routing does not cease if the router accepts the
16242 address. Instead, a copy of the incoming address is passed to the next router,
16243 overriding a false setting of &%more%&. There is little point in setting
16244 &%more%& false if &%unseen%& is always true, but it may be useful in cases when
16245 the value of &%unseen%& contains expansion items (and therefore, presumably, is
16246 sometimes true and sometimes false).
16247
16248 .new
16249 .cindex "copy of message (&%unseen%& option)"
16250 Setting the &%unseen%& option has a similar effect to the &%unseen%& command
16251 qualifier in filter files. It can be used to cause copies of messages to be
16252 delivered to some other destination, while also carrying out a normal delivery.
16253 In effect, the current address is made into a &"parent"& that has two children
16254 &-- one that is delivered as specified by this router, and a clone that goes on
16255 to be routed further. For this reason, &%unseen%& may not be combined with the
16256 &%one_time%& option in a &(redirect)& router.
16257
16258 &*Warning*&: Header lines added to the address (or specified for removal) by
16259 this router or by previous routers affect the &"unseen"& copy of the message
16260 only. The clone that continues to be processed by further routers starts with
16261 no added headers and none specified for removal. For a &%redirect%& router, if
16262 a generated address is the same as the incoming address, this can lead to
16263 duplicate addresses with different header modifications. Exim does not do
16264 duplicate deliveries (except, in certain circumstances, to pipes -- see section
16265 &<<SECTdupaddr>>&), but it is undefined which of the duplicates is discarded,
16266 so this ambiguous situation should be avoided. The &%repeat_use%& option of the
16267 &%redirect%& router may be of help.
16268
16269 Unlike the handling of header modifications, any data that was set by the
16270 &%address_data%& option in the current or previous routers &'is'& passed on to
16271 subsequent routers.
16272 .wen
16273
16274
16275 .option user routers string&!! "see below"
16276 .cindex "uid (user id)" "local delivery"
16277 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
16278 .cindex "transport" "local"
16279 .cindex "router" "user for filter processing"
16280 .cindex "filter" "user for processing"
16281 When a router queues an address for a transport, and the transport does not
16282 specify a user, the user given here is used when running the delivery process.
16283 The user may be specified numerically or by name. If expansion fails, the
16284 error is logged and delivery is deferred.
16285 This user is also used by the &(redirect)& router when running a filter file.
16286 The default is unset, except when &%check_local_user%& is set. In this case,
16287 the default is taken from the password information. If the user is specified as
16288 a name, and &%group%& is not set, the group associated with the user is used.
16289 See also &%initgroups%& and &%group%& and the discussion in chapter
16290 &<<CHAPenvironment>>&.
16291
16292
16293
16294 .option verify routers&!? boolean true
16295 Setting this option has the effect of setting &%verify_sender%& and
16296 &%verify_recipient%& to the same value.
16297
16298
16299 .option verify_only routers&!? boolean false
16300 .cindex "EXPN" "with &%verify_only%&"
16301 .oindex "&%-bv%&"
16302 .cindex "router" "used only when verifying"
16303 If this option is set, the router is used only when verifying an address or
16304 testing with the &%-bv%& option, not when actually doing a delivery, testing
16305 with the &%-bt%& option, or running the SMTP EXPN command. It can be further
16306 restricted to verifying only senders or recipients by means of
16307 &%verify_sender%& and &%verify_recipient%&.
16308
16309 &*Warning*&: When the router is being run to verify addresses for an incoming
16310 SMTP message, Exim is not running as root, but under its own uid. If the router
16311 accesses any files, you need to make sure that they are accessible to the Exim
16312 user or group.
16313
16314
16315 .option verify_recipient routers&!? boolean true
16316 If this option is false, the router is skipped when verifying recipient
16317 addresses
16318 or testing recipient verification using &%-bv%&.
16319 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
16320 are evaluated.
16321
16322
16323 .option verify_sender routers&!? boolean true
16324 If this option is false, the router is skipped when verifying sender addresses
16325 or testing sender verification using &%-bvs%&.
16326 See section &<<SECTrouprecon>>& for a list of the order in which preconditions
16327 are evaluated.
16328 .ecindex IIDgenoprou1
16329 .ecindex IIDgenoprou2
16330
16331
16332
16333
16334
16335
16336 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16337 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16338
16339 .chapter "The accept router" "CHID4"
16340 .cindex "&(accept)& router"
16341 .cindex "routers" "&(accept)&"
16342 The &(accept)& router has no private options of its own. Unless it is being
16343 used purely for verification (see &%verify_only%&) a transport is required to
16344 be defined by the generic &%transport%& option. If the preconditions that are
16345 specified by generic options are met, the router accepts the address and queues
16346 it for the given transport. The most common use of this router is for setting
16347 up deliveries to local mailboxes. For example:
16348 .code
16349 localusers:
16350 driver = accept
16351 domains = mydomain.example
16352 check_local_user
16353 transport = local_delivery
16354 .endd
16355 The &%domains%& condition in this example checks the domain of the address, and
16356 &%check_local_user%& checks that the local part is the login of a local user.
16357 When both preconditions are met, the &(accept)& router runs, and queues the
16358 address for the &(local_delivery)& transport.
16359
16360
16361
16362
16363
16364
16365 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16366 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16367
16368 .chapter "The dnslookup router" "CHAPdnslookup"
16369 .scindex IIDdnsrou1 "&(dnslookup)& router"
16370 .scindex IIDdnsrou2 "routers" "&(dnslookup)&"
16371 The &(dnslookup)& router looks up the hosts that handle mail for the
16372 recipient's domain in the DNS. A transport must always be set for this router,
16373 unless &%verify_only%& is set.
16374
16375 If SRV support is configured (see &%check_srv%& below), Exim first searches for
16376 SRV records. If none are found, or if SRV support is not configured,
16377 MX records are looked up. If no MX records exist, address records are sought.
16378 However, &%mx_domains%& can be set to disable the direct use of address
16379 records.
16380
16381 MX records of equal priority are sorted by Exim into a random order. Exim then
16382 looks for address records for the host names obtained from MX or SRV records.
16383 When a host has more than one IP address, they are sorted into a random order,
16384 except that IPv6 addresses are always sorted before IPv4 addresses. If all the
16385 IP addresses found are discarded by a setting of the &%ignore_target_hosts%&
16386 generic option, the router declines.
16387
16388 Unless they have the highest priority (lowest MX value), MX records that point
16389 to the local host, or to any host name that matches &%hosts_treat_as_local%&,
16390 are discarded, together with any other MX records of equal or lower priority.
16391
16392 .cindex "MX record" "pointing to local host"
16393 .cindex "local host" "MX pointing to"
16394 .oindex "&%self%&" "in &(dnslookup)& router"
16395 If the host pointed to by the highest priority MX record, or looked up as an
16396 address record, is the local host, or matches &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, what
16397 happens is controlled by the generic &%self%& option.
16398
16399
16400 .section "Problems with DNS lookups" "SECTprowitdnsloo"
16401 There have been problems with DNS servers when SRV records are looked up.
16402 Some mis-behaving servers return a DNS error or timeout when a non-existent
16403 SRV record is sought. Similar problems have in the past been reported for
16404 MX records. The global &%dns_again_means_nonexist%& option can help with this
16405 problem, but it is heavy-handed because it is a global option.
16406
16407 For this reason, there are two options, &%srv_fail_domains%& and
16408 &%mx_fail_domains%&, that control what happens when a DNS lookup in a
16409 &(dnslookup)& router results in a DNS failure or a &"try again"& response. If
16410 an attempt to look up an SRV or MX record causes one of these results, and the
16411 domain matches the relevant list, Exim behaves as if the DNS had responded &"no
16412 such record"&. In the case of an SRV lookup, this means that the router
16413 proceeds to look for MX records; in the case of an MX lookup, it proceeds to
16414 look for A or AAAA records, unless the domain matches &%mx_domains%&, in which
16415 case routing fails.
16416
16417
16418
16419
16420 .section "Private options for dnslookup" "SECID118"
16421 .cindex "options" "&(dnslookup)& router"
16422 The private options for the &(dnslookup)& router are as follows:
16423
16424 .option check_secondary_mx dnslookup boolean false
16425 .cindex "MX record" "checking for secondary"
16426 If this option is set, the router declines unless the local host is found in
16427 (and removed from) the list of hosts obtained by MX lookup. This can be used to
16428 process domains for which the local host is a secondary mail exchanger
16429 differently to other domains. The way in which Exim decides whether a host is
16430 the local host is described in section &<<SECTreclocipadd>>&.
16431
16432
16433 .option check_srv dnslookup string&!! unset
16434 .cindex "SRV record" "enabling use of"
16435 The &(dnslookup)& router supports the use of SRV records (see RFC 2782) in
16436 addition to MX and address records. The support is disabled by default. To
16437 enable SRV support, set the &%check_srv%& option to the name of the service
16438 required. For example,
16439 .code
16440 check_srv = smtp
16441 .endd
16442 looks for SRV records that refer to the normal smtp service. The option is
16443 expanded, so the service name can vary from message to message or address
16444 to address. This might be helpful if SRV records are being used for a
16445 submission service. If the expansion is forced to fail, the &%check_srv%&
16446 option is ignored, and the router proceeds to look for MX records in the
16447 normal way.
16448
16449 When the expansion succeeds, the router searches first for SRV records for
16450 the given service (it assumes TCP protocol). A single SRV record with a
16451 host name that consists of just a single dot indicates &"no such service for
16452 this domain"&; if this is encountered, the router declines. If other kinds of
16453 SRV record are found, they are used to construct a host list for delivery
16454 according to the rules of RFC 2782. MX records are not sought in this case.
16455
16456 When no SRV records are found, MX records (and address records) are sought in
16457 the traditional way. In other words, SRV records take precedence over MX
16458 records, just as MX records take precedence over address records. Note that
16459 this behaviour is not sanctioned by RFC 2782, though a previous draft RFC
16460 defined it. It is apparently believed that MX records are sufficient for email
16461 and that SRV records should not be used for this purpose. However, SRV records
16462 have an additional &"weight"& feature which some people might find useful when
16463 trying to split an SMTP load between hosts of different power.
16464
16465 See section &<<SECTprowitdnsloo>>& above for a discussion of Exim's behaviour
16466 when there is a DNS lookup error.
16467
16468
16469
16470 .option mx_domains dnslookup "domain list&!!" unset
16471 .cindex "MX record" "required to exist"
16472 .cindex "SRV record" "required to exist"
16473 A domain that matches &%mx_domains%& is required to have either an MX or an SRV
16474 record in order to be recognized. (The name of this option could be improved.)
16475 For example, if all the mail hosts in &'fict.example'& are known to have MX
16476 records, except for those in &'discworld.fict.example'&, you could use this
16477 setting:
16478 .code
16479 mx_domains = ! *.discworld.fict.example : *.fict.example
16480 .endd
16481 This specifies that messages addressed to a domain that matches the list but
16482 has no MX record should be bounced immediately instead of being routed using
16483 the address record.
16484
16485
16486 .option mx_fail_domains dnslookup "domain list&!!" unset
16487 If the DNS lookup for MX records for one of the domains in this list causes a
16488 DNS lookup error, Exim behaves as if no MX records were found. See section
16489 &<<SECTprowitdnsloo>>& for more discussion.
16490
16491
16492
16493
16494 .option qualify_single dnslookup boolean true
16495 .cindex "DNS" "resolver options"
16496 .cindex "DNS" "qualifying single-component names"
16497 When this option is true, the resolver option RES_DEFNAMES is set for DNS
16498 lookups. Typically, but not standardly, this causes the resolver to qualify
16499 single-component names with the default domain. For example, on a machine
16500 called &'dictionary.ref.example'&, the domain &'thesaurus'& would be changed to
16501 &'thesaurus.ref.example'& inside the resolver. For details of what your
16502 resolver actually does, consult your man pages for &'resolver'& and
16503 &'resolv.conf'&.
16504
16505
16506
16507 .option rewrite_headers dnslookup boolean true
16508 .cindex "rewriting" "header lines"
16509 .cindex "header lines" "rewriting"
16510 If the domain name in the address that is being processed is not fully
16511 qualified, it may be expanded to its full form by a DNS lookup. For example, if
16512 an address is specified as &'dormouse@teaparty'&, the domain might be
16513 expanded to &'teaparty.wonderland.fict.example'&. Domain expansion can also
16514 occur as a result of setting the &%widen_domains%& option. If
16515 &%rewrite_headers%& is true, all occurrences of the abbreviated domain name in
16516 any &'Bcc:'&, &'Cc:'&, &'From:'&, &'Reply-to:'&, &'Sender:'&, and &'To:'&
16517 header lines of the message are rewritten with the full domain name.
16518
16519 This option should be turned off only when it is known that no message is
16520 ever going to be sent outside an environment where the abbreviation makes
16521 sense.
16522
16523 When an MX record is looked up in the DNS and matches a wildcard record, name
16524 servers normally return a record containing the name that has been looked up,
16525 making it impossible to detect whether a wildcard was present or not. However,
16526 some name servers have recently been seen to return the wildcard entry. If the
16527 name returned by a DNS lookup begins with an asterisk, it is not used for
16528 header rewriting.
16529
16530
16531 .option same_domain_copy_routing dnslookup boolean false
16532 .cindex "address" "copying routing"
16533 Addresses with the same domain are normally routed by the &(dnslookup)& router
16534 to the same list of hosts. However, this cannot be presumed, because the router
16535 options and preconditions may refer to the local part of the address. By
16536 default, therefore, Exim routes each address in a message independently. DNS
16537 servers run caches, so repeated DNS lookups are not normally expensive, and in
16538 any case, personal messages rarely have more than a few recipients.
16539
16540 If you are running mailing lists with large numbers of subscribers at the same
16541 domain, and you are using a &(dnslookup)& router which is independent of the
16542 local part, you can set &%same_domain_copy_routing%& to bypass repeated DNS
16543 lookups for identical domains in one message. In this case, when &(dnslookup)&
16544 routes an address to a remote transport, any other unrouted addresses in the
16545 message that have the same domain are automatically given the same routing
16546 without processing them independently,
16547 provided the following conditions are met:
16548
16549 .ilist
16550 No router that processed the address specified &%headers_add%& or
16551 &%headers_remove%&.
16552 .next
16553 The router did not change the address in any way, for example, by &"widening"&
16554 the domain.
16555 .endlist
16556
16557
16558
16559
16560 .option search_parents dnslookup boolean false
16561 .cindex "DNS" "resolver options"
16562 When this option is true, the resolver option RES_DNSRCH is set for DNS
16563 lookups. This is different from the &%qualify_single%& option in that it
16564 applies to domains containing dots. Typically, but not standardly, it causes
16565 the resolver to search for the name in the current domain and in parent
16566 domains. For example, on a machine in the &'fict.example'& domain, if looking
16567 up &'teaparty.wonderland'& failed, the resolver would try
16568 &'teaparty.wonderland.fict.example'&. For details of what your resolver
16569 actually does, consult your man pages for &'resolver'& and &'resolv.conf'&.
16570
16571 Setting this option true can cause problems in domains that have a wildcard MX
16572 record, because any domain that does not have its own MX record matches the
16573 local wildcard.
16574
16575
16576
16577 .option srv_fail_domains dnslookup "domain list&!!" unset
16578 If the DNS lookup for SRV records for one of the domains in this list causes a
16579 DNS lookup error, Exim behaves as if no SRV records were found. See section
16580 &<<SECTprowitdnsloo>>& for more discussion.
16581
16582
16583
16584
16585 .option widen_domains dnslookup "string list" unset
16586 .cindex "domain" "partial; widening"
16587 If a DNS lookup fails and this option is set, each of its strings in turn is
16588 added onto the end of the domain, and the lookup is tried again. For example,
16589 if
16590 .code
16591 widen_domains = fict.example:ref.example
16592 .endd
16593 is set and a lookup of &'klingon.dictionary'& fails,
16594 &'klingon.dictionary.fict.example'& is looked up, and if this fails,
16595 &'klingon.dictionary.ref.example'& is tried. Note that the &%qualify_single%&
16596 and &%search_parents%& options can cause some widening to be undertaken inside
16597 the DNS resolver. &%widen_domains%& is not applied to sender addresses
16598 when verifying, unless &%rewrite_headers%& is false (not the default).
16599
16600
16601 .section "Effect of qualify_single and search_parents" "SECID119"
16602 When a domain from an envelope recipient is changed by the resolver as a result
16603 of the &%qualify_single%& or &%search_parents%& options, Exim rewrites the
16604 corresponding address in the message's header lines unless &%rewrite_headers%&
16605 is set false. Exim then re-routes the address, using the full domain.
16606
16607 These two options affect only the DNS lookup that takes place inside the router
16608 for the domain of the address that is being routed. They do not affect lookups
16609 such as that implied by
16610 .code
16611 domains = @mx_any
16612 .endd
16613 that may happen while processing a router precondition before the router is
16614 entered. No widening ever takes place for these lookups.
16615 .ecindex IIDdnsrou1
16616 .ecindex IIDdnsrou2
16617
16618
16619
16620
16621
16622
16623
16624
16625
16626 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16627 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16628
16629 .chapter "The ipliteral router" "CHID5"
16630 .cindex "&(ipliteral)& router"
16631 .cindex "domain literal" "routing"
16632 .cindex "routers" "&(ipliteral)&"
16633 This router has no private options. Unless it is being used purely for
16634 verification (see &%verify_only%&) a transport is required to be defined by the
16635 generic &%transport%& option. The router accepts the address if its domain part
16636 takes the form of an RFC 2822 domain literal. For example, the &(ipliteral)&
16637 router handles the address
16638 .code
16639 root@[192.168.1.1]
16640 .endd
16641 by setting up delivery to the host with that IP address. IPv4 domain literals
16642 consist of an IPv4 address enclosed in square brackets. IPv6 domain literals
16643 are similar, but the address is preceded by &`ipv6:`&. For example:
16644 .code
16645 postmaster@[ipv6:fe80::a00:20ff:fe86:a061.5678]
16646 .endd
16647 Exim allows &`ipv4:`& before IPv4 addresses, for consistency, and on the
16648 grounds that sooner or later somebody will try it.
16649
16650 .oindex "&%self%&" "in &(ipliteral)& router"
16651 If the IP address matches something in &%ignore_target_hosts%&, the router
16652 declines. If an IP literal turns out to refer to the local host, the generic
16653 &%self%& option determines what happens.
16654
16655 The RFCs require support for domain literals; however, their use is
16656 controversial in today's Internet. If you want to use this router, you must
16657 also set the main configuration option &%allow_domain_literals%&. Otherwise,
16658 Exim will not recognize the domain literal syntax in addresses.
16659
16660
16661
16662 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16663 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16664
16665 .chapter "The iplookup router" "CHID6"
16666 .cindex "&(iplookup)& router"
16667 .cindex "routers" "&(iplookup)&"
16668 The &(iplookup)& router was written to fulfil a specific requirement in
16669 Cambridge University (which in fact no longer exists). For this reason, it is
16670 not included in the binary of Exim by default. If you want to include it, you
16671 must set
16672 .code
16673 ROUTER_IPLOOKUP=yes
16674 .endd
16675 in your &_Local/Makefile_& configuration file.
16676
16677 The &(iplookup)& router routes an address by sending it over a TCP or UDP
16678 connection to one or more specific hosts. The host can then return the same or
16679 a different address &-- in effect rewriting the recipient address in the
16680 message's envelope. The new address is then passed on to subsequent routers. If
16681 this process fails, the address can be passed on to other routers, or delivery
16682 can be deferred. Since &(iplookup)& is just a rewriting router, a transport
16683 must not be specified for it.
16684
16685 .cindex "options" "&(iplookup)& router"
16686 .option hosts iplookup string unset
16687 This option must be supplied. Its value is a colon-separated list of host
16688 names. The hosts are looked up using &[gethostbyname()]&
16689 (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when available)
16690 and are tried in order until one responds to the query. If none respond, what
16691 happens is controlled by &%optional%&.
16692
16693
16694 .option optional iplookup boolean false
16695 If &%optional%& is true, if no response is obtained from any host, the address
16696 is passed to the next router, overriding &%no_more%&. If &%optional%& is false,
16697 delivery to the address is deferred.
16698
16699
16700 .option port iplookup integer 0
16701 .cindex "port" "&(iplookup)& router"
16702 This option must be supplied. It specifies the port number for the TCP or UDP
16703 call.
16704
16705
16706 .option protocol iplookup string udp
16707 This option can be set to &"udp"& or &"tcp"& to specify which of the two
16708 protocols is to be used.
16709
16710
16711 .option query iplookup string&!! "see below"
16712 This defines the content of the query that is sent to the remote hosts. The
16713 default value is:
16714 .code
16715 $local_part@$domain $local_part@$domain
16716 .endd
16717 The repetition serves as a way of checking that a response is to the correct
16718 query in the default case (see &%response_pattern%& below).
16719
16720
16721 .option reroute iplookup string&!! unset
16722 If this option is not set, the rerouted address is precisely the byte string
16723 returned by the remote host, up to the first white space, if any. If set, the
16724 string is expanded to form the rerouted address. It can include parts matched
16725 in the response by &%response_pattern%& by means of numeric variables such as
16726 &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. The variable &$0$& refers to the entire input string,
16727 whether or not a pattern is in use. In all cases, the rerouted address must end
16728 up in the form &'local_part@domain'&.
16729
16730
16731 .option response_pattern iplookup string unset
16732 This option can be set to a regular expression that is applied to the string
16733 returned from the remote host. If the pattern does not match the response, the
16734 router declines. If &%response_pattern%& is not set, no checking of the
16735 response is done, unless the query was defaulted, in which case there is a
16736 check that the text returned after the first white space is the original
16737 address. This checks that the answer that has been received is in response to
16738 the correct question. For example, if the response is just a new domain, the
16739 following could be used:
16740 .code
16741 response_pattern = ^([^@]+)$
16742 reroute = $local_part@$1
16743 .endd
16744
16745 .option timeout iplookup time 5s
16746 This specifies the amount of time to wait for a response from the remote
16747 machine. The same timeout is used for the &[connect()]& function for a TCP
16748 call. It does not apply to UDP.
16749
16750
16751
16752
16753 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16754 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16755
16756 .chapter "The manualroute router" "CHID7"
16757 .scindex IIDmanrou1 "&(manualroute)& router"
16758 .scindex IIDmanrou2 "routers" "&(manualroute)&"
16759 .cindex "domain" "manually routing"
16760 The &(manualroute)& router is so-called because it provides a way of manually
16761 routing an address according to its domain. It is mainly used when you want to
16762 route addresses to remote hosts according to your own rules, bypassing the
16763 normal DNS routing that looks up MX records. However, &(manualroute)& can also
16764 route to local transports, a facility that may be useful if you want to save
16765 messages for dial-in hosts in local files.
16766
16767 The &(manualroute)& router compares a list of domain patterns with the domain
16768 it is trying to route. If there is no match, the router declines. Each pattern
16769 has associated with it a list of hosts and some other optional data, which may
16770 include a transport. The combination of a pattern and its data is called a
16771 &"routing rule"&. For patterns that do not have an associated transport, the
16772 generic &%transport%& option must specify a transport, unless the router is
16773 being used purely for verification (see &%verify_only%&).
16774
16775 .vindex "&$host$&"
16776 In the case of verification, matching the domain pattern is sufficient for the
16777 router to accept the address. When actually routing an address for delivery,
16778 an address that matches a domain pattern is queued for the associated
16779 transport. If the transport is not a local one, a host list must be associated
16780 with the pattern; IP addresses are looked up for the hosts, and these are
16781 passed to the transport along with the mail address. For local transports, a
16782 host list is optional. If it is present, it is passed in &$host$& as a single
16783 text string.
16784
16785 The list of routing rules can be provided as an inline string in
16786 &%route_list%&, or the data can be obtained by looking up the domain in a file
16787 or database by setting &%route_data%&. Only one of these settings may appear in
16788 any one instance of &(manualroute)&. The format of routing rules is described
16789 below, following the list of private options.
16790
16791
16792 .section "Private options for manualroute" "SECTprioptman"
16793
16794 .cindex "options" "&(manualroute)& router"
16795 The private options for the &(manualroute)& router are as follows:
16796
16797 .new
16798 .option host_all_ignored manualroute string defer
16799 See &%host_find_failed%&.
16800
16801 .option host_find_failed manualroute string freeze
16802 This option controls what happens when &(manualroute)& tries to find an IP
16803 address for a host, and the host does not exist. The option can be set to one
16804 of the following values:
16805 .code
16806 decline
16807 defer
16808 fail
16809 freeze
16810 ignore
16811 pass
16812 .endd
16813 The default (&"freeze"&) assumes that this state is a serious configuration
16814 error. The difference between &"pass"& and &"decline"& is that the former
16815 forces the address to be passed to the next router (or the router defined by
16816 &%pass_router%&),
16817 .oindex "&%more%&"
16818 overriding &%no_more%&, whereas the latter passes the address to the next
16819 router only if &%more%& is true.
16820
16821 The value &"ignore"& causes Exim to completely ignore a host whose IP address
16822 cannot be found. If all the hosts in the list are ignored, the behaviour is
16823 controlled by the &%host_all_ignored%& option. This takes the same values
16824 as &%host_find_failed%&, except that it cannot be set to &"ignore"&.
16825
16826 The &%host_find_failed%& option applies only to a definite &"does not exist"&
16827 state; if a host lookup gets a temporary error, delivery is deferred unless the
16828 generic &%pass_on_timeout%& option is set.
16829 .wen
16830
16831
16832 .option hosts_randomize manualroute boolean false
16833 .cindex "randomized host list"
16834 .cindex "host" "list of; randomized"
16835 If this option is set, the order of the items in a host list in a routing rule
16836 is randomized each time the list is used, unless an option in the routing rule
16837 overrides (see below). Randomizing the order of a host list can be used to do
16838 crude load sharing. However, if more than one mail address is routed by the
16839 same router to the same host list, the host lists are considered to be the same
16840 (even though they may be randomized into different orders) for the purpose of
16841 deciding whether to batch the deliveries into a single SMTP transaction.
16842
16843 When &%hosts_randomize%& is true, a host list may be split
16844 into groups whose order is separately randomized. This makes it possible to
16845 set up MX-like behaviour. The boundaries between groups are indicated by an
16846 item that is just &`+`& in the host list. For example:
16847 .code
16848 route_list = * host1:host2:host3:+:host4:host5
16849 .endd
16850 The order of the first three hosts and the order of the last two hosts is
16851 randomized for each use, but the first three always end up before the last two.
16852 If &%hosts_randomize%& is not set, a &`+`& item in the list is ignored. If a
16853 randomized host list is passed to an &(smtp)& transport that also has
16854 &%hosts_randomize set%&, the list is not re-randomized.
16855
16856
16857 .option route_data manualroute string&!! unset
16858 If this option is set, it must expand to yield the data part of a routing rule.
16859 Typically, the expansion string includes a lookup based on the domain. For
16860 example:
16861 .code
16862 route_data = ${lookup{$domain}dbm{/etc/routes}}
16863 .endd
16864 If the expansion is forced to fail, or the result is an empty string, the
16865 router declines. Other kinds of expansion failure cause delivery to be
16866 deferred.
16867
16868
16869 .option route_list manualroute "string list" unset
16870 This string is a list of routing rules, in the form defined below. Note that,
16871 unlike most string lists, the items are separated by semicolons. This is so
16872 that they may contain colon-separated host lists.
16873
16874
16875 .option same_domain_copy_routing manualroute boolean false
16876 .cindex "address" "copying routing"
16877 Addresses with the same domain are normally routed by the &(manualroute)&
16878 router to the same list of hosts. However, this cannot be presumed, because the
16879 router options and preconditions may refer to the local part of the address. By
16880 default, therefore, Exim routes each address in a message independently. DNS
16881 servers run caches, so repeated DNS lookups are not normally expensive, and in
16882 any case, personal messages rarely have more than a few recipients.
16883
16884 If you are running mailing lists with large numbers of subscribers at the same
16885 domain, and you are using a &(manualroute)& router which is independent of the
16886 local part, you can set &%same_domain_copy_routing%& to bypass repeated DNS
16887 lookups for identical domains in one message. In this case, when
16888 &(manualroute)& routes an address to a remote transport, any other unrouted
16889 addresses in the message that have the same domain are automatically given the
16890 same routing without processing them independently. However, this is only done
16891 if &%headers_add%& and &%headers_remove%& are unset.
16892
16893
16894
16895
16896 .section "Routing rules in route_list" "SECID120"
16897 The value of &%route_list%& is a string consisting of a sequence of routing
16898 rules, separated by semicolons. If a semicolon is needed in a rule, it can be
16899 entered as two semicolons. Alternatively, the list separator can be changed as
16900 described (for colon-separated lists) in section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&.
16901 Empty rules are ignored. The format of each rule is
16902 .display
16903 <&'domain pattern'&> <&'list of hosts'&> <&'options'&>
16904 .endd
16905 The following example contains two rules, each with a simple domain pattern and
16906 no options:
16907 .code
16908 route_list = \
16909 dict.ref.example mail-1.ref.example:mail-2.ref.example ; \
16910 thes.ref.example mail-3.ref.example:mail-4.ref.example
16911 .endd
16912 The three parts of a rule are separated by white space. The pattern and the
16913 list of hosts can be enclosed in quotes if necessary, and if they are, the
16914 usual quoting rules apply. Each rule in a &%route_list%& must start with a
16915 single domain pattern, which is the only mandatory item in the rule. The
16916 pattern is in the same format as one item in a domain list (see section
16917 &<<SECTdomainlist>>&),
16918 except that it may not be the name of an interpolated file.
16919 That is, it may be wildcarded, or a regular expression, or a file or database
16920 lookup (with semicolons doubled, because of the use of semicolon as a separator
16921 in a &%route_list%&).
16922
16923 The rules in &%route_list%& are searched in order until one of the patterns
16924 matches the domain that is being routed. The list of hosts and then options are
16925 then used as described below. If there is no match, the router declines. When
16926 &%route_list%& is set, &%route_data%& must not be set.
16927
16928
16929
16930 .section "Routing rules in route_data" "SECID121"
16931 The use of &%route_list%& is convenient when there are only a small number of
16932 routing rules. For larger numbers, it is easier to use a file or database to
16933 hold the routing information, and use the &%route_data%& option instead.
16934 The value of &%route_data%& is a list of hosts, followed by (optional) options.
16935 Most commonly, &%route_data%& is set as a string that contains an
16936 expansion lookup. For example, suppose we place two routing rules in a file
16937 like this:
16938 .code
16939 dict.ref.example: mail-1.ref.example:mail-2.ref.example
16940 thes.ref.example: mail-3.ref.example:mail-4.ref.example
16941 .endd
16942 This data can be accessed by setting
16943 .code
16944 route_data = ${lookup{$domain}lsearch{/the/file/name}}
16945 .endd
16946 Failure of the lookup results in an empty string, causing the router to
16947 decline. However, you do not have to use a lookup in &%route_data%&. The only
16948 requirement is that the result of expanding the string is a list of hosts,
16949 possibly followed by options, separated by white space. The list of hosts must
16950 be enclosed in quotes if it contains white space.
16951
16952
16953
16954
16955 .section "Format of the list of hosts" "SECID122"
16956 A list of hosts, whether obtained via &%route_data%& or &%route_list%&, is
16957 always separately expanded before use. If the expansion fails, the router
16958 declines. The result of the expansion must be a colon-separated list of names
16959 and/or IP addresses, optionally also including ports. The format of each item
16960 in the list is described in the next section. The list separator can be changed
16961 as described in section &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&.
16962
16963 If the list of hosts was obtained from a &%route_list%& item, the following
16964 variables are set during its expansion:
16965
16966 .ilist
16967 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &(manualroute)& router"
16968 If the domain was matched against a regular expression, the numeric variables
16969 &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. may be set. For example:
16970 .code
16971 route_list = ^domain(\d+) host-$1.text.example
16972 .endd
16973 .next
16974 &$0$& is always set to the entire domain.
16975 .next
16976 &$1$& is also set when partial matching is done in a file lookup.
16977
16978 .next
16979 .vindex "&$value$&"
16980 If the pattern that matched the domain was a lookup item, the data that was
16981 looked up is available in the expansion variable &$value$&. For example:
16982 .code
16983 route_list = lsearch;;/some/file.routes $value
16984 .endd
16985 .endlist
16986
16987 Note the doubling of the semicolon in the pattern that is necessary because
16988 semicolon is the default route list separator.
16989
16990
16991
16992 .section "Format of one host item" "SECTformatonehostitem"
16993 Each item in the list of hosts is either a host name or an IP address,
16994 optionally with an attached port number. When no port is given, an IP address
16995 is not enclosed in brackets. When a port is specified, it overrides the port
16996 specification on the transport. The port is separated from the name or address
16997 by a colon. This leads to some complications:
16998
16999 .ilist
17000 Because colon is the default separator for the list of hosts, either
17001 the colon that specifies a port must be doubled, or the list separator must
17002 be changed. The following two examples have the same effect:
17003 .code
17004 route_list = * "host1.tld::1225 : host2.tld::1226"
17005 route_list = * "<+ host1.tld:1225 + host2.tld:1226"
17006 .endd
17007 .next
17008 When IPv6 addresses are involved, it gets worse, because they contain
17009 colons of their own. To make this case easier, it is permitted to
17010 enclose an IP address (either v4 or v6) in square brackets if a port
17011 number follows. For example:
17012 .code
17013 route_list = * "</ [10.1.1.1]:1225 / [::1]:1226"
17014 .endd
17015 .endlist
17016
17017 .section "How the list of hosts is used" "SECThostshowused"
17018 When an address is routed to an &(smtp)& transport by &(manualroute)&, each of
17019 the hosts is tried, in the order specified, when carrying out the SMTP
17020 delivery. However, the order can be changed by setting the &%hosts_randomize%&
17021 option, either on the router (see section &<<SECTprioptman>>& above), or on the
17022 transport.
17023
17024 Hosts may be listed by name or by IP address. An unadorned name in the list of
17025 hosts is interpreted as a host name. A name that is followed by &`/MX`& is
17026 interpreted as an indirection to a sublist of hosts obtained by looking up MX
17027 records in the DNS. For example:
17028 .code
17029 route_list = * x.y.z:p.q.r/MX:e.f.g
17030 .endd
17031 If this feature is used with a port specifier, the port must come last. For
17032 example:
17033 .code
17034 route_list = * dom1.tld/mx::1225
17035 .endd
17036 If the &%hosts_randomize%& option is set, the order of the items in the list is
17037 randomized before any lookups are done. Exim then scans the list; for any name
17038 that is not followed by &`/MX`& it looks up an IP address. If this turns out to
17039 be an interface on the local host and the item is not the first in the list,
17040 Exim discards it and any subsequent items. If it is the first item, what
17041 happens is controlled by the
17042 .oindex "&%self%&" "in &(manualroute)& router"
17043 &%self%& option of the router.
17044
17045 A name on the list that is followed by &`/MX`& is replaced with the list of
17046 hosts obtained by looking up MX records for the name. This is always a DNS
17047 lookup; the &%bydns%& and &%byname%& options (see section &<<SECThowoptused>>&
17048 below) are not relevant here. The order of these hosts is determined by the
17049 preference values in the MX records, according to the usual rules. Because
17050 randomizing happens before the MX lookup, it does not affect the order that is
17051 defined by MX preferences.
17052
17053 If the local host is present in the sublist obtained from MX records, but is
17054 not the most preferred host in that list, it and any equally or less
17055 preferred hosts are removed before the sublist is inserted into the main list.
17056
17057 If the local host is the most preferred host in the MX list, what happens
17058 depends on where in the original list of hosts the &`/MX`& item appears. If it
17059 is not the first item (that is, there are previous hosts in the main list),
17060 Exim discards this name and any subsequent items in the main list.
17061
17062 If the MX item is first in the list of hosts, and the local host is the
17063 most preferred host, what happens is controlled by the &%self%& option of the
17064 router.
17065
17066 DNS failures when lookup up the MX records are treated in the same way as DNS
17067 failures when looking up IP addresses: &%pass_on_timeout%& and
17068 &%host_find_failed%& are used when relevant.
17069
17070 The generic &%ignore_target_hosts%& option applies to all hosts in the list,
17071 whether obtained from an MX lookup or not.
17072
17073
17074
17075 .section "How the options are used" "SECThowoptused"
17076 The options are a sequence of words; in practice no more than three are ever
17077 present. One of the words can be the name of a transport; this overrides the
17078 &%transport%& option on the router for this particular routing rule only. The
17079 other words (if present) control randomization of the list of hosts on a
17080 per-rule basis, and how the IP addresses of the hosts are to be found when
17081 routing to a remote transport. These options are as follows:
17082
17083 .ilist
17084 &%randomize%&: randomize the order of the hosts in this list, overriding the
17085 setting of &%hosts_randomize%& for this routing rule only.
17086 .next
17087 &%no_randomize%&: do not randomize the order of the hosts in this list,
17088 overriding the setting of &%hosts_randomize%& for this routing rule only.
17089 .next
17090 &%byname%&: use &[getipnodebyname()]& (&[gethostbyname()]& on older systems) to
17091 find IP addresses. This function may ultimately cause a DNS lookup, but it may
17092 also look in &_/etc/hosts_& or other sources of information.
17093 .next
17094 &%bydns%&: look up address records for the hosts directly in the DNS; fail if
17095 no address records are found. If there is a temporary DNS error (such as a
17096 timeout), delivery is deferred.
17097 .endlist
17098
17099 For example:
17100 .code
17101 route_list = domain1 host1:host2:host3 randomize bydns;\
17102 domain2 host4:host5
17103 .endd
17104 If neither &%byname%& nor &%bydns%& is given, Exim behaves as follows: First, a
17105 DNS lookup is done. If this yields anything other than HOST_NOT_FOUND, that
17106 result is used. Otherwise, Exim goes on to try a call to &[getipnodebyname()]&
17107 or &[gethostbyname()]&, and the result of the lookup is the result of that
17108 call.
17109
17110 &*Warning*&: It has been discovered that on some systems, if a DNS lookup
17111 called via &[getipnodebyname()]& times out, HOST_NOT_FOUND is returned
17112 instead of TRY_AGAIN. That is why the default action is to try a DNS
17113 lookup first. Only if that gives a definite &"no such host"& is the local
17114 function called.
17115
17116
17117
17118 If no IP address for a host can be found, what happens is controlled by the
17119 &%host_find_failed%& option.
17120
17121 .vindex "&$host$&"
17122 When an address is routed to a local transport, IP addresses are not looked up.
17123 The host list is passed to the transport in the &$host$& variable.
17124
17125
17126
17127 .section "Manualroute examples" "SECID123"
17128 In some of the examples that follow, the presence of the &%remote_smtp%&
17129 transport, as defined in the default configuration file, is assumed:
17130
17131 .ilist
17132 .cindex "smart host" "example router"
17133 The &(manualroute)& router can be used to forward all external mail to a
17134 &'smart host'&. If you have set up, in the main part of the configuration, a
17135 named domain list that contains your local domains, for example:
17136 .code
17137 domainlist local_domains = my.domain.example
17138 .endd
17139 You can arrange for all other domains to be routed to a smart host by making
17140 your first router something like this:
17141 .code
17142 smart_route:
17143 driver = manualroute
17144 domains = !+local_domains
17145 transport = remote_smtp
17146 route_list = * smarthost.ref.example
17147 .endd
17148 This causes all non-local addresses to be sent to the single host
17149 &'smarthost.ref.example'&. If a colon-separated list of smart hosts is given,
17150 they are tried in order
17151 (but you can use &%hosts_randomize%& to vary the order each time).
17152 Another way of configuring the same thing is this:
17153 .code
17154 smart_route:
17155 driver = manualroute
17156 transport = remote_smtp
17157 route_list = !+local_domains smarthost.ref.example
17158 .endd
17159 There is no difference in behaviour between these two routers as they stand.
17160 However, they behave differently if &%no_more%& is added to them. In the first
17161 example, the router is skipped if the domain does not match the &%domains%&
17162 precondition; the following router is always tried. If the router runs, it
17163 always matches the domain and so can never decline. Therefore, &%no_more%&
17164 would have no effect. In the second case, the router is never skipped; it
17165 always runs. However, if it doesn't match the domain, it declines. In this case
17166 &%no_more%& would prevent subsequent routers from running.
17167
17168 .next
17169 .cindex "mail hub example"
17170 A &'mail hub'& is a host which receives mail for a number of domains via MX
17171 records in the DNS and delivers it via its own private routing mechanism. Often
17172 the final destinations are behind a firewall, with the mail hub being the one
17173 machine that can connect to machines both inside and outside the firewall. The
17174 &(manualroute)& router is usually used on a mail hub to route incoming messages
17175 to the correct hosts. For a small number of domains, the routing can be inline,
17176 using the &%route_list%& option, but for a larger number a file or database
17177 lookup is easier to manage.
17178
17179 If the domain names are in fact the names of the machines to which the mail is
17180 to be sent by the mail hub, the configuration can be quite simple. For
17181 example:
17182 .code
17183 hub_route:
17184 driver = manualroute
17185 transport = remote_smtp
17186 route_list = *.rhodes.tvs.example $domain
17187 .endd
17188 This configuration routes domains that match &`*.rhodes.tvs.example`& to hosts
17189 whose names are the same as the mail domains. A similar approach can be taken
17190 if the host name can be obtained from the domain name by a string manipulation
17191 that the expansion facilities can handle. Otherwise, a lookup based on the
17192 domain can be used to find the host:
17193 .code
17194 through_firewall:
17195 driver = manualroute
17196 transport = remote_smtp
17197 route_data = ${lookup {$domain} cdb {/internal/host/routes}}
17198 .endd
17199 The result of the lookup must be the name or IP address of the host (or
17200 hosts) to which the address is to be routed. If the lookup fails, the route
17201 data is empty, causing the router to decline. The address then passes to the
17202 next router.
17203
17204 .next
17205 .cindex "batched SMTP output example"
17206 .cindex "SMTP" "batched outgoing; example"
17207 You can use &(manualroute)& to deliver messages to pipes or files in batched
17208 SMTP format for onward transportation by some other means. This is one way of
17209 storing mail for a dial-up host when it is not connected. The route list entry
17210 can be as simple as a single domain name in a configuration like this:
17211 .code
17212 save_in_file:
17213 driver = manualroute
17214 transport = batchsmtp_appendfile
17215 route_list = saved.domain.example
17216 .endd
17217 though often a pattern is used to pick up more than one domain. If there are
17218 several domains or groups of domains with different transport requirements,
17219 different transports can be listed in the routing information:
17220 .code
17221 save_in_file:
17222 driver = manualroute
17223 route_list = \
17224 *.saved.domain1.example $domain batch_appendfile; \
17225 *.saved.domain2.example \
17226 ${lookup{$domain}dbm{/domain2/hosts}{$value}fail} \
17227 batch_pipe
17228 .endd
17229 .vindex "&$domain$&"
17230 .vindex "&$host$&"
17231 The first of these just passes the domain in the &$host$& variable, which
17232 doesn't achieve much (since it is also in &$domain$&), but the second does a
17233 file lookup to find a value to pass, causing the router to decline to handle
17234 the address if the lookup fails.
17235
17236 .next
17237 .cindex "UUCP" "example of router for"
17238 Routing mail directly to UUCP software is a specific case of the use of
17239 &(manualroute)& in a gateway to another mail environment. This is an example of
17240 one way it can be done:
17241 .code
17242 # Transport
17243 uucp:
17244 driver = pipe
17245 user = nobody
17246 command = /usr/local/bin/uux -r - \
17247 ${substr_-5:$host}!rmail ${local_part}
17248 return_fail_output = true
17249
17250 # Router
17251 uucphost:
17252 transport = uucp
17253 driver = manualroute
17254 route_data = \
17255 ${lookup{$domain}lsearch{/usr/local/exim/uucphosts}}
17256 .endd
17257 The file &_/usr/local/exim/uucphosts_& contains entries like
17258 .code
17259 darksite.ethereal.example: darksite.UUCP
17260 .endd
17261 It can be set up more simply without adding and removing &".UUCP"& but this way
17262 makes clear the distinction between the domain name
17263 &'darksite.ethereal.example'& and the UUCP host name &'darksite'&.
17264 .endlist
17265 .ecindex IIDmanrou1
17266 .ecindex IIDmanrou2
17267
17268
17269
17270
17271
17272
17273
17274
17275 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17276 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17277
17278 .chapter "The queryprogram router" "CHAPdriverlast"
17279 .scindex IIDquerou1 "&(queryprogram)& router"
17280 .scindex IIDquerou2 "routers" "&(queryprogram)&"
17281 .cindex "routing" "by external program"
17282 The &(queryprogram)& router routes an address by running an external command
17283 and acting on its output. This is an expensive way to route, and is intended
17284 mainly for use in lightly-loaded systems, or for performing experiments.
17285 However, if it is possible to use the precondition options (&%domains%&,
17286 &%local_parts%&, etc) to skip this router for most addresses, it could sensibly
17287 be used in special cases, even on a busy host. There are the following private
17288 options:
17289 .cindex "options" "&(queryprogram)& router"
17290
17291 .option command queryprogram string&!! unset
17292 This option must be set. It specifies the command that is to be run. The
17293 command is split up into a command name and arguments, and then each is
17294 expanded separately (exactly as for a &(pipe)& transport, described in chapter
17295 &<<CHAPpipetransport>>&).
17296
17297
17298 .option command_group queryprogram string unset
17299 .cindex "gid (group id)" "in &(queryprogram)& router"
17300 This option specifies a gid to be set when running the command while routing an
17301 address for deliver. It must be set if &%command_user%& specifies a numerical
17302 uid. If it begins with a digit, it is interpreted as the numerical value of the
17303 gid. Otherwise it is looked up using &[getgrnam()]&.
17304
17305
17306 .option command_user queryprogram string unset
17307 .cindex "uid (user id)" "for &(queryprogram)&"
17308 This option must be set. It specifies the uid which is set when running the
17309 command while routing an address for delivery. If the value begins with a digit,
17310 it is interpreted as the numerical value of the uid. Otherwise, it is looked up
17311 using &[getpwnam()]& to obtain a value for the uid and, if &%command_group%& is
17312 not set, a value for the gid also.
17313
17314 &*Warning:*& Changing uid and gid is possible only when Exim is running as
17315 root, which it does during a normal delivery in a conventional configuration.
17316 However, when an address is being verified during message reception, Exim is
17317 usually running as the Exim user, not as root. If the &(queryprogram)& router
17318 is called from a non-root process, Exim cannot change uid or gid before running
17319 the command. In this circumstance the command runs under the current uid and
17320 gid.
17321
17322
17323 .option current_directory queryprogram string /
17324 This option specifies an absolute path which is made the current directory
17325 before running the command.
17326
17327
17328 .option timeout queryprogram time 1h
17329 If the command does not complete within the timeout period, its process group
17330 is killed and the message is frozen. A value of zero time specifies no
17331 timeout.
17332
17333
17334 The standard output of the command is connected to a pipe, which is read when
17335 the command terminates. It should consist of a single line of output,
17336 containing up to five fields, separated by white space. The maximum length of
17337 the line is 1023 characters. Longer lines are silently truncated. The first
17338 field is one of the following words (case-insensitive):
17339
17340 .ilist
17341 &'Accept'&: routing succeeded; the remaining fields specify what to do (see
17342 below).
17343 .next
17344 &'Decline'&: the router declines; pass the address to the next router, unless
17345 &%no_more%& is set.
17346 .next
17347 &'Fail'&: routing failed; do not pass the address to any more routers. Any
17348 subsequent text on the line is an error message. If the router is run as part
17349 of address verification during an incoming SMTP message, the message is
17350 included in the SMTP response.
17351 .next
17352 &'Defer'&: routing could not be completed at this time; try again later. Any
17353 subsequent text on the line is an error message which is logged. It is not
17354 included in any SMTP response.
17355 .next
17356 &'Freeze'&: the same as &'defer'&, except that the message is frozen.
17357 .next
17358 &'Pass'&: pass the address to the next router (or the router specified by
17359 &%pass_router%&), overriding &%no_more%&.
17360 .next
17361 &'Redirect'&: the message is redirected. The remainder of the line is a list of
17362 new addresses, which are routed independently, starting with the first router,
17363 or the router specified by &%redirect_router%&, if set.
17364 .endlist
17365
17366 When the first word is &'accept'&, the remainder of the line consists of a
17367 number of keyed data values, as follows (split into two lines here, to fit on
17368 the page):
17369 .code
17370 ACCEPT TRANSPORT=<transport> HOSTS=<list of hosts>
17371 LOOKUP=byname|bydns DATA=<text>
17372 .endd
17373 The data items can be given in any order, and all are optional. If no transport
17374 is included, the transport specified by the generic &%transport%& option is
17375 used. The list of hosts and the lookup type are needed only if the transport is
17376 an &(smtp)& transport that does not itself supply a list of hosts.
17377
17378 The format of the list of hosts is the same as for the &(manualroute)& router.
17379 As well as host names and IP addresses with optional port numbers, as described
17380 in section &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&, it may contain names followed by
17381 &`/MX`& to specify sublists of hosts that are obtained by looking up MX records
17382 (see section &<<SECThostshowused>>&).
17383
17384 If the lookup type is not specified, Exim behaves as follows when trying to
17385 find an IP address for each host: First, a DNS lookup is done. If this yields
17386 anything other than HOST_NOT_FOUND, that result is used. Otherwise, Exim
17387 goes on to try a call to &[getipnodebyname()]& or &[gethostbyname()]&, and the
17388 result of the lookup is the result of that call.
17389
17390 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
17391 If the DATA field is set, its value is placed in the &$address_data$&
17392 variable. For example, this return line
17393 .code
17394 accept hosts=x1.y.example:x2.y.example data="rule1"
17395 .endd
17396 routes the address to the default transport, passing a list of two hosts. When
17397 the transport runs, the string &"rule1"& is in &$address_data$&.
17398 .ecindex IIDquerou1
17399 .ecindex IIDquerou2
17400
17401
17402
17403
17404 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17405 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
17406
17407 .chapter "The redirect router" "CHAPredirect"
17408 .scindex IIDredrou1 "&(redirect)& router"
17409 .scindex IIDredrou2 "routers" "&(redirect)&"
17410 .cindex "alias file" "in a &(redirect)& router"
17411 .cindex "address redirection" "&(redirect)& router"
17412 The &(redirect)& router handles several kinds of address redirection. Its most
17413 common uses are for resolving local part aliases from a central alias file
17414 (usually called &_/etc/aliases_&) and for handling users' personal &_.forward_&
17415 files, but it has many other potential uses. The incoming address can be
17416 redirected in several different ways:
17417
17418 .ilist
17419 It can be replaced by one or more new addresses which are themselves routed
17420 independently.
17421 .next
17422 It can be routed to be delivered to a given file or directory.
17423 .next
17424 It can be routed to be delivered to a specified pipe command.
17425 .next
17426 It can cause an automatic reply to be generated.
17427 .next
17428 .new
17429 It can be forced to fail, optionally with a custom error message.
17430 .next
17431 It can be temporarily deferred, optionally with a custom message.
17432 .wen
17433 .next
17434 It can be discarded.
17435 .endlist
17436
17437 The generic &%transport%& option must not be set for &(redirect)& routers.
17438 However, there are some private options which define transports for delivery to
17439 files and pipes, and for generating autoreplies. See the &%file_transport%&,
17440 &%pipe_transport%& and &%reply_transport%& descriptions below.
17441
17442
17443
17444 .section "Redirection data" "SECID124"
17445 The router operates by interpreting a text string which it obtains either by
17446 expanding the contents of the &%data%& option, or by reading the entire
17447 contents of a file whose name is given in the &%file%& option. These two
17448 options are mutually exclusive. The first is commonly used for handling system
17449 aliases, in a configuration like this:
17450 .code
17451 system_aliases:
17452 driver = redirect
17453 data = ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/etc/aliases}}
17454 .endd
17455 If the lookup fails, the expanded string in this example is empty. When the
17456 expansion of &%data%& results in an empty string, the router declines. A forced
17457 expansion failure also causes the router to decline; other expansion failures
17458 cause delivery to be deferred.
17459
17460 A configuration using &%file%& is commonly used for handling users'
17461 &_.forward_& files, like this:
17462 .code
17463 userforward:
17464 driver = redirect
17465 check_local_user
17466 file = $home/.forward
17467 no_verify
17468 .endd
17469 If the file does not exist, or causes no action to be taken (for example, it is
17470 empty or consists only of comments), the router declines. &*Warning*&: This
17471 is not the case when the file contains syntactically valid items that happen to
17472 yield empty addresses, for example, items containing only RFC 2822 address
17473 comments.
17474
17475
17476
17477 .section "Forward files and address verification" "SECID125"
17478 .cindex "address redirection" "while verifying"
17479 It is usual to set &%no_verify%& on &(redirect)& routers which handle users'
17480 &_.forward_& files, as in the example above. There are two reasons for this:
17481
17482 .ilist
17483 When Exim is receiving an incoming SMTP message from a remote host, it is
17484 running under the Exim uid, not as root. Exim is unable to change uid to read
17485 the file as the user, and it may not be able to read it as the Exim user. So in
17486 practice the router may not be able to operate.
17487 .next
17488 However, even when the router can operate, the existence of a &_.forward_& file
17489 is unimportant when verifying an address. What should be checked is whether the
17490 local part is a valid user name or not. Cutting out the redirection processing
17491 saves some resources.
17492 .endlist
17493
17494
17495
17496
17497
17498
17499 .section "Interpreting redirection data" "SECID126"
17500 .cindex "Sieve filter" "specifying in redirection data"
17501 .cindex "filter" "specifying in redirection data"
17502 The contents of the data string, whether obtained from &%data%& or &%file%&,
17503 can be interpreted in two different ways:
17504
17505 .ilist
17506 If the &%allow_filter%& option is set true, and the data begins with the text
17507 &"#Exim filter"& or &"#Sieve filter"&, it is interpreted as a list of
17508 &'filtering'& instructions in the form of an Exim or Sieve filter file,
17509 respectively. Details of the syntax and semantics of filter files are described
17510 in a separate document entitled &'Exim's interfaces to mail filtering'&; this
17511 document is intended for use by end users.
17512 .next
17513 Otherwise, the data must be a comma-separated list of redirection items, as
17514 described in the next section.
17515 .endlist
17516
17517 When a message is redirected to a file (a &"mail folder"&), the file name given
17518 in a non-filter redirection list must always be an absolute path. A filter may
17519 generate a relative path &-- how this is handled depends on the transport's
17520 configuration. See section &<<SECTfildiropt>>& for a discussion of this issue
17521 for the &(appendfile)& transport.
17522
17523
17524
17525 .section "Items in a non-filter redirection list" "SECTitenonfilred"
17526 .cindex "address redirection" "non-filter list items"
17527 When the redirection data is not an Exim or Sieve filter, for example, if it
17528 comes from a conventional alias or forward file, it consists of a list of
17529 addresses, file names, pipe commands, or certain special items (see section
17530 &<<SECTspecitredli>>& below). The special items can be individually enabled or
17531 disabled by means of options whose names begin with &%allow_%& or &%forbid_%&,
17532 depending on their default values. The items in the list are separated by
17533 commas or newlines.
17534 If a comma is required in an item, the entire item must be enclosed in double
17535 quotes.
17536
17537 Lines starting with a # character are comments, and are ignored, and # may
17538 also appear following a comma, in which case everything between the # and the
17539 next newline character is ignored.
17540
17541 If an item is entirely enclosed in double quotes, these are removed. Otherwise
17542 double quotes are retained because some forms of mail address require their use
17543 (but never to enclose the entire address). In the following description,
17544 &"item"& refers to what remains after any surrounding double quotes have been
17545 removed.
17546
17547 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
17548 &*Warning*&: If you use an Exim expansion to construct a redirection address,
17549 and the expansion contains a reference to &$local_part$&, you should make use
17550 of the &%quote_local_part%& expansion operator, in case the local part contains
17551 special characters. For example, to redirect all mail for the domain
17552 &'obsolete.example'&, retaining the existing local part, you could use this
17553 setting:
17554 .code
17555 data = ${quote_local_part:$local_part}@newdomain.example
17556 .endd
17557
17558
17559 .section "Redirecting to a local mailbox" "SECTredlocmai"
17560 .cindex "routing" "loops in"
17561 .cindex "loop" "while routing, avoidance of"
17562 .cindex "address redirection" "to local mailbox"
17563 A redirection item may safely be the same as the address currently under
17564 consideration. This does not cause a routing loop, because a router is
17565 automatically skipped if any ancestor of the address that is being processed
17566 is the same as the current address and was processed by the current router.
17567 Such an address is therefore passed to the following routers, so it is handled
17568 as if there were no redirection. When making this loop-avoidance test, the
17569 complete local part, including any prefix or suffix, is used.
17570
17571 .cindex "address redirection" "local part without domain"
17572 Specifying the same local part without a domain is a common usage in personal
17573 filter files when the user wants to have messages delivered to the local
17574 mailbox and also forwarded elsewhere. For example, the user whose login is
17575 &'cleo'& might have a &_.forward_& file containing this:
17576 .code
17577 cleo, cleopatra@egypt.example
17578 .endd
17579 .cindex "backslash in alias file"
17580 .cindex "alias file" "backslash in"
17581 For compatibility with other MTAs, such unqualified local parts may be
17582 preceded by &"\"&, but this is not a requirement for loop prevention. However,
17583 it does make a difference if more than one domain is being handled
17584 synonymously.
17585
17586 If an item begins with &"\"& and the rest of the item parses as a valid RFC
17587 2822 address that does not include a domain, the item is qualified using the
17588 domain of the incoming address. In the absence of a leading &"\"&, unqualified
17589 addresses are qualified using the value in &%qualify_recipient%&, but you can
17590 force the incoming domain to be used by setting &%qualify_preserve_domain%&.
17591
17592 Care must be taken if there are alias names for local users.
17593 Consider an MTA handling a single local domain where the system alias file
17594 contains:
17595 .code
17596 Sam.Reman: spqr
17597 .endd
17598 Now suppose that Sam (whose login id is &'spqr'&) wants to save copies of
17599 messages in the local mailbox, and also forward copies elsewhere. He creates
17600 this forward file:
17601 .code
17602 Sam.Reman, spqr@reme.elsewhere.example
17603 .endd
17604 With these settings, an incoming message addressed to &'Sam.Reman'& fails. The
17605 &(redirect)& router for system aliases does not process &'Sam.Reman'& the
17606 second time round, because it has previously routed it,
17607 and the following routers presumably cannot handle the alias. The forward file
17608 should really contain
17609 .code
17610 spqr, spqr@reme.elsewhere.example
17611 .endd
17612 but because this is such a common error, the &%check_ancestor%& option (see
17613 below) exists to provide a way to get round it. This is normally set on a
17614 &(redirect)& router that is handling users' &_.forward_& files.
17615
17616
17617
17618 .section "Special items in redirection lists" "SECTspecitredli"
17619 In addition to addresses, the following types of item may appear in redirection
17620 lists (that is, in non-filter redirection data):
17621
17622 .ilist
17623 .cindex "pipe" "in redirection list"
17624 .cindex "address redirection" "to pipe"
17625 An item is treated as a pipe command if it begins with &"|"& and does not parse
17626 as a valid RFC 2822 address that includes a domain. A transport for running the
17627 command must be specified by the &%pipe_transport%& option.
17628 Normally, either the router or the transport specifies a user and a group under
17629 which to run the delivery. The default is to use the Exim user and group.
17630
17631 Single or double quotes can be used for enclosing the individual arguments of
17632 the pipe command; no interpretation of escapes is done for single quotes. If
17633 the command contains a comma character, it is necessary to put the whole item
17634 in double quotes, for example:
17635 .code
17636 "|/some/command ready,steady,go"
17637 .endd
17638 since items in redirection lists are terminated by commas. Do not, however,
17639 quote just the command. An item such as
17640 .code
17641 |"/some/command ready,steady,go"
17642 .endd
17643 is interpreted as a pipe with a rather strange command name, and no arguments.
17644
17645 .next
17646 .cindex "file" "in redirection list"
17647 .cindex "address redirection" "to file"
17648 An item is interpreted as a path name if it begins with &"/"& and does not
17649 parse as a valid RFC 2822 address that includes a domain. For example,
17650 .code
17651 /home/world/minbari
17652 .endd
17653 is treated as a file name, but
17654 .code
17655 /s=molari/o=babylon/@x400gate.way
17656 .endd
17657 is treated as an address. For a file name, a transport must be specified using
17658 the &%file_transport%& option. However, if the generated path name ends with a
17659 forward slash character, it is interpreted as a directory name rather than a
17660 file name, and &%directory_transport%& is used instead.
17661
17662 Normally, either the router or the transport specifies a user and a group under
17663 which to run the delivery. The default is to use the Exim user and group.
17664
17665 .cindex "&_/dev/null_&"
17666 However, if a redirection item is the path &_/dev/null_&, delivery to it is
17667 bypassed at a high level, and the log entry shows &"**bypassed**"&
17668 instead of a transport name. In this case the user and group are not used.
17669
17670 .next
17671 .cindex "included address list"
17672 .cindex "address redirection" "included external list"
17673 If an item is of the form
17674 .code
17675 :include:<path name>
17676 .endd
17677 a list of further items is taken from the given file and included at that
17678 point. &*Note*&: Such a file can not be a filter file; it is just an
17679 out-of-line addition to the list. The items in the included list are separated
17680 by commas or newlines and are not subject to expansion. If this is the first
17681 item in an alias list in an &(lsearch)& file, a colon must be used to terminate
17682 the alias name. This example is incorrect:
17683 .code
17684 list1 :include:/opt/lists/list1
17685 .endd
17686 It must be given as
17687 .code
17688 list1: :include:/opt/lists/list1
17689 .endd
17690 .next
17691 .cindex "address redirection" "to black hole"
17692 Sometimes you want to throw away mail to a particular local part. Making the
17693 &%data%& option expand to an empty string does not work, because that causes
17694 the router to decline. Instead, the alias item
17695 .cindex "black hole"
17696 .cindex "abandoning mail"
17697 &':blackhole:'& can be used. It does what its name implies. No delivery is
17698 done, and no error message is generated. This has the same effect as specifing
17699 &_/dev/null_& as a destination, but it can be independently disabled.
17700
17701 &*Warning*&: If &':blackhole:'& appears anywhere in a redirection list, no
17702 delivery is done for the original local part, even if other redirection items
17703 are present. If you are generating a multi-item list (for example, by reading a
17704 database) and need the ability to provide a no-op item, you must use
17705 &_/dev/null_&.
17706
17707 .next
17708 .cindex "delivery" "forcing failure"
17709 .cindex "delivery" "forcing deferral"
17710 .cindex "failing delivery" "forcing"
17711 .cindex "deferred delivery, forcing"
17712 .cindex "customizing" "failure message"
17713 An attempt to deliver a particular address can be deferred or forced to fail by
17714 redirection items of the form
17715 .code
17716 :defer:
17717 :fail:
17718 .endd
17719 respectively. When a redirection list contains such an item, it applies to the
17720 entire redirection; any other items in the list are ignored (&':blackhole:'& is
17721 different). Any text following &':fail:'& or &':defer:'& is placed in the error
17722 text associated with the failure. For example, an alias file might contain:
17723 .code
17724 X.Employee: :fail: Gone away, no forwarding address
17725 .endd
17726 In the case of an address that is being verified from an ACL or as the subject
17727 of a
17728 .cindex "VRFY" "error text, display of"
17729 VRFY command, the text is included in the SMTP error response by
17730 default.
17731 .cindex "EXPN" "error text, display of"
17732 The text is not included in the response to an EXPN command. In non-SMTP cases
17733 the text is included in the error message that Exim generates.
17734
17735 .cindex "SMTP" "error codes"
17736 By default, Exim sends a 451 SMTP code for a &':defer:'&, and 550 for
17737 &':fail:'&. However, if the message starts with three digits followed by a
17738 space, optionally followed by an extended code of the form &'n.n.n'&, also
17739 followed by a space, and the very first digit is the same as the default error
17740 code, the code from the message is used instead. If the very first digit is
17741 incorrect, a panic error is logged, and the default code is used. You can
17742 suppress the use of the supplied code in a redirect router by setting the
17743 &%forbid_smtp_code%& option true. In this case, any SMTP code is quietly
17744 ignored.
17745
17746 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
17747 In an ACL, an explicitly provided message overrides the default, but the
17748 default message is available in the variable &$acl_verify_message$& and can
17749 therefore be included in a custom message if this is desired.
17750
17751 Normally the error text is the rest of the redirection list &-- a comma does
17752 not terminate it &-- but a newline does act as a terminator. Newlines are not
17753 normally present in alias expansions. In &(lsearch)& lookups they are removed
17754 as part of the continuation process, but they may exist in other kinds of
17755 lookup and in &':include:'& files.
17756
17757 During routing for message delivery (as opposed to verification), a redirection
17758 containing &':fail:'& causes an immediate failure of the incoming address,
17759 whereas &':defer:'& causes the message to remain on the queue so that a
17760 subsequent delivery attempt can happen at a later time. If an address is
17761 deferred for too long, it will ultimately fail, because the normal retry
17762 rules still apply.
17763
17764 .next
17765 .cindex "alias file" "exception to default"
17766 Sometimes it is useful to use a single-key search type with a default (see
17767 chapter &<<CHAPfdlookup>>&) to look up aliases. However, there may be a need
17768 for exceptions to the default. These can be handled by aliasing them to
17769 &':unknown:'&. This differs from &':fail:'& in that it causes the &(redirect)&
17770 router to decline, whereas &':fail:'& forces routing to fail. A lookup which
17771 results in an empty redirection list has the same effect.
17772 .endlist
17773
17774
17775 .section "Duplicate addresses" "SECTdupaddr"
17776 .cindex "duplicate addresses"
17777 .cindex "address duplicate, discarding"
17778 .cindex "pipe" "duplicated"
17779 Exim removes duplicate addresses from the list to which it is delivering, so as
17780 to deliver just one copy to each address. This does not apply to deliveries
17781 routed to pipes by different immediate parent addresses, but an indirect
17782 aliasing scheme of the type
17783 .code
17784 pipe: |/some/command $local_part
17785 localpart1: pipe
17786 localpart2: pipe
17787 .endd
17788 does not work with a message that is addressed to both local parts, because
17789 when the second is aliased to the intermediate local part &"pipe"& it gets
17790 discarded as being the same as a previously handled address. However, a scheme
17791 such as
17792 .code
17793 localpart1: |/some/command $local_part
17794 localpart2: |/some/command $local_part
17795 .endd
17796 does result in two different pipe deliveries, because the immediate parents of
17797 the pipes are distinct.
17798
17799
17800
17801 .section "Repeated redirection expansion" "SECID128"
17802 .cindex "repeated redirection expansion"
17803 .cindex "address redirection" "repeated for each delivery attempt"
17804 When a message cannot be delivered to all of its recipients immediately,
17805 leading to two or more delivery attempts, redirection expansion is carried out
17806 afresh each time for those addresses whose children were not all previously
17807 delivered. If redirection is being used as a mailing list, this can lead to new
17808 members of the list receiving copies of old messages. The &%one_time%& option
17809 can be used to avoid this.
17810
17811
17812 .section "Errors in redirection lists" "SECID129"
17813 .cindex "address redirection" "errors"
17814 If &%skip_syntax_errors%& is set, a malformed address that causes a parsing
17815 error is skipped, and an entry is written to the main log. This may be useful
17816 for mailing lists that are automatically managed. Otherwise, if an error is
17817 detected while generating the list of new addresses, the original address is
17818 deferred. See also &%syntax_errors_to%&.
17819
17820
17821
17822 .section "Private options for the redirect router" "SECID130"
17823
17824 .cindex "options" "&(redirect)& router"
17825 The private options for the &(redirect)& router are as follows:
17826
17827
17828 .option allow_defer redirect boolean false
17829 Setting this option allows the use of &':defer:'& in non-filter redirection
17830 data, or the &%defer%& command in an Exim filter file.
17831
17832
17833 .option allow_fail redirect boolean false
17834 .cindex "failing delivery" "from filter"
17835 If this option is true, the &':fail:'& item can be used in a redirection list,
17836 and the &%fail%& command may be used in an Exim filter file.
17837
17838
17839 .option allow_filter redirect boolean false
17840 .cindex "filter" "enabling use of"
17841 .cindex "Sieve filter" "enabling use of"
17842 Setting this option allows Exim to interpret redirection data that starts with
17843 &"#Exim filter"& or &"#Sieve filter"& as a set of filtering instructions. There
17844 are some features of Exim filter files that some administrators may wish to
17845 lock out; see the &%forbid_filter_%&&'xxx'& options below.
17846
17847 It is also possible to lock out Exim filters or Sieve filters while allowing
17848 the other type; see &%forbid_exim_filter%& and &%forbid_sieve_filter%&.
17849
17850
17851 The filter is run using the uid and gid set by the generic &%user%& and
17852 &%group%& options. These take their defaults from the password data if
17853 &%check_local_user%& is set, so in the normal case of users' personal filter
17854 files, the filter is run as the relevant user. When &%allow_filter%& is set
17855 true, Exim insists that either &%check_local_user%& or &%user%& is set.
17856
17857
17858
17859 .option allow_freeze redirect boolean false
17860 .cindex "freezing messages" "allowing in filter"
17861 Setting this option allows the use of the &%freeze%& command in an Exim filter.
17862 This command is more normally encountered in system filters, and is disabled by
17863 default for redirection filters because it isn't something you usually want to
17864 let ordinary users do.
17865
17866
17867
17868 .option check_ancestor redirect boolean false
17869 This option is concerned with handling generated addresses that are the same
17870 as some address in the list of redirection ancestors of the current address.
17871 Although it is turned off by default in the code, it is set in the default
17872 configuration file for handling users' &_.forward_& files. It is recommended
17873 for this use of the &(redirect)& router.
17874
17875 When &%check_ancestor%& is set, if a generated address (including the domain)
17876 is the same as any ancestor of the current address, it is replaced by a copy of
17877 the current address. This helps in the case where local part A is aliased to B,
17878 and B has a &_.forward_& file pointing back to A. For example, within a single
17879 domain, the local part &"Joe.Bloggs"& is aliased to &"jb"& and
17880 &_&~jb/.forward_& contains:
17881 .code
17882 \Joe.Bloggs, <other item(s)>
17883 .endd
17884 Without the &%check_ancestor%& setting, either local part (&"jb"& or
17885 &"joe.bloggs"&) gets processed once by each router and so ends up as it was
17886 originally. If &"jb"& is the real mailbox name, mail to &"jb"& gets delivered
17887 (having been turned into &"joe.bloggs"& by the &_.forward_& file and back to
17888 &"jb"& by the alias), but mail to &"joe.bloggs"& fails. Setting
17889 &%check_ancestor%& on the &(redirect)& router that handles the &_.forward_&
17890 file prevents it from turning &"jb"& back into &"joe.bloggs"& when that was the
17891 original address. See also the &%repeat_use%& option below.
17892
17893
17894 .option check_group redirect boolean "see below"
17895 When the &%file%& option is used, the group owner of the file is checked only
17896 when this option is set. The permitted groups are those listed in the
17897 &%owngroups%& option, together with the user's default group if
17898 &%check_local_user%& is set. If the file has the wrong group, routing is
17899 deferred. The default setting for this option is true if &%check_local_user%&
17900 is set and the &%modemask%& option permits the group write bit, or if the
17901 &%owngroups%& option is set. Otherwise it is false, and no group check occurs.
17902
17903
17904
17905 .option check_owner redirect boolean "see below"
17906 When the &%file%& option is used, the owner of the file is checked only when
17907 this option is set. If &%check_local_user%& is set, the local user is
17908 permitted; otherwise the owner must be one of those listed in the &%owners%&
17909 option. The default value for this option is true if &%check_local_user%& or
17910 &%owners%& is set. Otherwise the default is false, and no owner check occurs.
17911
17912
17913 .option data redirect string&!! unset
17914 This option is mutually exclusive with &%file%&. One or other of them must be
17915 set, but not both. The contents of &%data%& are expanded, and then used as the
17916 list of forwarding items, or as a set of filtering instructions. If the
17917 expansion is forced to fail, or the result is an empty string or a string that
17918 has no effect (consists entirely of comments), the router declines.
17919
17920 When filtering instructions are used, the string must begin with &"#Exim
17921 filter"&, and all comments in the string, including this initial one, must be
17922 terminated with newline characters. For example:
17923 .code
17924 data = #Exim filter\n\
17925 if $h_to: contains Exim then save $home/mail/exim endif
17926 .endd
17927 If you are reading the data from a database where newlines cannot be included,
17928 you can use the &${sg}$& expansion item to turn the escape string of your
17929 choice into a newline.
17930
17931
17932 .option directory_transport redirect string&!! unset
17933 A &(redirect)& router sets up a direct delivery to a directory when a path name
17934 ending with a slash is specified as a new &"address"&. The transport used is
17935 specified by this option, which, after expansion, must be the name of a
17936 configured transport. This should normally be an &(appendfile)& transport.
17937
17938
17939 .option file redirect string&!! unset
17940 This option specifies the name of a file that contains the redirection data. It
17941 is mutually exclusive with the &%data%& option. The string is expanded before
17942 use; if the expansion is forced to fail, the router declines. Other expansion
17943 failures cause delivery to be deferred. The result of a successful expansion
17944 must be an absolute path. The entire file is read and used as the redirection
17945 data. If the data is an empty string or a string that has no effect (consists
17946 entirely of comments), the router declines.
17947
17948 .cindex "NFS" "checking for file existence"
17949 If the attempt to open the file fails with a &"does not exist"& error, Exim
17950 runs a check on the containing directory,
17951 unless &%ignore_enotdir%& is true (see below).
17952 If the directory does not appear to exist, delivery is deferred. This can
17953 happen when users' &_.forward_& files are in NFS-mounted directories, and there
17954 is a mount problem. If the containing directory does exist, but the file does
17955 not, the router declines.
17956
17957
17958 .option file_transport redirect string&!! unset
17959 .vindex "&$address_file$&"
17960 A &(redirect)& router sets up a direct delivery to a file when a path name not
17961 ending in a slash is specified as a new &"address"&. The transport used is
17962 specified by this option, which, after expansion, must be the name of a
17963 configured transport. This should normally be an &(appendfile)& transport. When
17964 it is running, the file name is in &$address_file$&.
17965
17966
17967 .option filter_prepend_home redirect boolean true
17968 When this option is true, if a &(save)& command in an Exim filter specifies a
17969 relative path, and &$home$& is defined, it is automatically prepended to the
17970 relative path. If this option is set false, this action does not happen. The
17971 relative path is then passed to the transport unmodified.
17972
17973
17974 .option forbid_blackhole redirect boolean false
17975 If this option is true, the &':blackhole:'& item may not appear in a
17976 redirection list.
17977
17978
17979 .option forbid_exim_filter redirect boolean false
17980 If this option is set true, only Sieve filters are permitted when
17981 &%allow_filter%& is true.
17982
17983
17984
17985
17986 .option forbid_file redirect boolean false
17987 .cindex "delivery" "to file; forbidding"
17988 .cindex "Sieve filter" "forbidding delivery to a file"
17989 .cindex "Sieve filter" "&""keep""& facility; disabling"
17990 If this option is true, this router may not generate a new address that
17991 specifies delivery to a local file or directory, either from a filter or from a
17992 conventional forward file. This option is forced to be true if &%one_time%& is
17993 set. It applies to Sieve filters as well as to Exim filters, but if true, it
17994 locks out the Sieve's &"keep"& facility.
17995
17996
17997 .option forbid_filter_dlfunc redirect boolean false
17998 .cindex "filter" "locking out certain features"
17999 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filters are not allowed to
18000 make use of the &%dlfunc%& expansion facility to run dynamically loaded
18001 functions.
18002
18003 .option forbid_filter_existstest redirect boolean false
18004 .cindex "expansion" "statting a file"
18005 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filters are not allowed to
18006 make use of the &%exists%& condition or the &%stat%& expansion item.
18007
18008 .option forbid_filter_logwrite redirect boolean false
18009 If this option is true, use of the logging facility in Exim filters is not
18010 permitted. Logging is in any case available only if the filter is being run
18011 under some unprivileged uid (which is normally the case for ordinary users'
18012 &_.forward_& files).
18013
18014
18015 .option forbid_filter_lookup redirect boolean false
18016 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
18017 to make use of &%lookup%& items.
18018
18019
18020 .option forbid_filter_perl redirect boolean false
18021 This option has an effect only if Exim is built with embedded Perl support. If
18022 it is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed to make use
18023 of the embedded Perl support.
18024
18025
18026 .option forbid_filter_readfile redirect boolean false
18027 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
18028 to make use of &%readfile%& items.
18029
18030
18031 .option forbid_filter_readsocket redirect boolean false
18032 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
18033 to make use of &%readsocket%& items.
18034
18035
18036 .option forbid_filter_reply redirect boolean false
18037 If this option is true, this router may not generate an automatic reply
18038 message. Automatic replies can be generated only from Exim or Sieve filter
18039 files, not from traditional forward files. This option is forced to be true if
18040 &%one_time%& is set.
18041
18042
18043 .option forbid_filter_run redirect boolean false
18044 If this option is true, string expansions in Exim filter files are not allowed
18045 to make use of &%run%& items.
18046
18047
18048 .option forbid_include redirect boolean false
18049 If this option is true, items of the form
18050 .code
18051 :include:<path name>
18052 .endd
18053 are not permitted in non-filter redirection lists.
18054
18055
18056 .option forbid_pipe redirect boolean false
18057 .cindex "delivery" "to pipe; forbidding"
18058 If this option is true, this router may not generate a new address which
18059 specifies delivery to a pipe, either from an Exim filter or from a conventional
18060 forward file. This option is forced to be true if &%one_time%& is set.
18061
18062
18063 .option forbid_sieve_filter redirect boolean false
18064 If this option is set true, only Exim filters are permitted when
18065 &%allow_filter%& is true.
18066
18067
18068 .cindex "SMTP" "error codes"
18069 .option forbid_smtp_code redirect boolean false
18070 If this option is set true, any SMTP error codes that are present at the start
18071 of messages specified for &`:defer:`& or &`:fail:`& are quietly ignored, and
18072 the default codes (451 and 550, respectively) are always used.
18073
18074
18075
18076
18077 .option hide_child_in_errmsg redirect boolean false
18078 .cindex "bounce message" "redirection details; suppressing"
18079 If this option is true, it prevents Exim from quoting a child address if it
18080 generates a bounce or delay message for it. Instead it says &"an address
18081 generated from <&'the top level address'&>"&. Of course, this applies only to
18082 bounces generated locally. If a message is forwarded to another host, &'its'&
18083 bounce may well quote the generated address.
18084
18085
18086 .option ignore_eacces redirect boolean false
18087 .cindex "EACCES"
18088 If this option is set and an attempt to open a redirection file yields the
18089 EACCES error (permission denied), the &(redirect)& router behaves as if the
18090 file did not exist.
18091
18092
18093 .option ignore_enotdir redirect boolean false
18094 .cindex "ENOTDIR"
18095 If this option is set and an attempt to open a redirection file yields the
18096 ENOTDIR error (something on the path is not a directory), the &(redirect)&
18097 router behaves as if the file did not exist.
18098
18099 Setting &%ignore_enotdir%& has another effect as well: When a &(redirect)&
18100 router that has the &%file%& option set discovers that the file does not exist
18101 (the ENOENT error), it tries to &[stat()]& the parent directory, as a check
18102 against unmounted NFS directories. If the parent can not be statted, delivery
18103 is deferred. However, it seems wrong to do this check when &%ignore_enotdir%&
18104 is set, because that option tells Exim to ignore &"something on the path is not
18105 a directory"& (the ENOTDIR error). This is a confusing area, because it seems
18106 that some operating systems give ENOENT where others give ENOTDIR.
18107
18108
18109
18110 .option include_directory redirect string unset
18111 If this option is set, the path names of any &':include:'& items in a
18112 redirection list must start with this directory.
18113
18114
18115 .option modemask redirect "octal integer" 022
18116 This specifies mode bits which must not be set for a file specified by the
18117 &%file%& option. If any of the forbidden bits are set, delivery is deferred.
18118
18119
18120 .option one_time redirect boolean false
18121 .cindex "one-time aliasing/forwarding expansion"
18122 .cindex "alias file" "one-time expansion"
18123 .cindex "forward file" "one-time expansion"
18124 .cindex "mailing lists" "one-time expansion"
18125 .cindex "address redirection" "one-time expansion"
18126 Sometimes the fact that Exim re-evaluates aliases and reprocesses redirection
18127 files each time it tries to deliver a message causes a problem when one or more
18128 of the generated addresses fails be delivered at the first attempt. The problem
18129 is not one of duplicate delivery &-- Exim is clever enough to handle that &--
18130 but of what happens when the redirection list changes during the time that the
18131 message is on Exim's queue. This is particularly true in the case of mailing
18132 lists, where new subscribers might receive copies of messages that were posted
18133 before they subscribed.
18134
18135 If &%one_time%& is set and any addresses generated by the router fail to
18136 deliver at the first attempt, the failing addresses are added to the message as
18137 &"top level"& addresses, and the parent address that generated them is marked
18138 &"delivered"&. Thus, redirection does not happen again at the next delivery
18139 attempt.
18140
18141 &*Warning 1*&: Any header line addition or removal that is specified by this
18142 router would be lost if delivery did not succeed at the first attempt. For this
18143 reason, the &%headers_add%& and &%headers_remove%& generic options are not
18144 permitted when &%one_time%& is set.
18145
18146 &*Warning 2*&: To ensure that the router generates only addresses (as opposed
18147 to pipe or file deliveries or auto-replies) &%forbid_file%&, &%forbid_pipe%&,
18148 and &%forbid_filter_reply%& are forced to be true when &%one_time%& is set.
18149
18150 &*Warning 3*&: The &%unseen%& generic router option may not be set with
18151 &%one_time%&.
18152
18153 The original top-level address is remembered with each of the generated
18154 addresses, and is output in any log messages. However, any intermediate parent
18155 addresses are not recorded. This makes a difference to the log only if
18156 &%all_parents%& log selector is set. It is expected that &%one_time%& will
18157 typically be used for mailing lists, where there is normally just one level of
18158 expansion.
18159
18160
18161 .option owners redirect "string list" unset
18162 .cindex "ownership" "alias file"
18163 .cindex "ownership" "forward file"
18164 .cindex "alias file" "ownership"
18165 .cindex "forward file" "ownership"
18166 This specifies a list of permitted owners for the file specified by &%file%&.
18167 This list is in addition to the local user when &%check_local_user%& is set.
18168 See &%check_owner%& above.
18169
18170
18171 .option owngroups redirect "string list" unset
18172 This specifies a list of permitted groups for the file specified by &%file%&.
18173 The list is in addition to the local user's primary group when
18174 &%check_local_user%& is set. See &%check_group%& above.
18175
18176
18177 .option pipe_transport redirect string&!! unset
18178 .vindex "&$address_pipe$&"
18179 A &(redirect)& router sets up a direct delivery to a pipe when a string
18180 starting with a vertical bar character is specified as a new &"address"&. The
18181 transport used is specified by this option, which, after expansion, must be the
18182 name of a configured transport. This should normally be a &(pipe)& transport.
18183 When the transport is run, the pipe command is in &$address_pipe$&.
18184
18185
18186 .option qualify_domain redirect string&!! unset
18187 .vindex "&$qualify_recipient$&"
18188 If this option is set, and an unqualified address (one without a domain) is
18189 generated, and that address would normally be qualified by the global setting
18190 in &%qualify_recipient%&, it is instead qualified with the domain specified by
18191 expanding this string. If the expansion fails, the router declines. If you want
18192 to revert to the default, you can have the expansion generate
18193 &$qualify_recipient$&.
18194
18195 This option applies to all unqualified addresses generated by Exim filters,
18196 but for traditional &_.forward_& files, it applies only to addresses that are
18197 not preceded by a backslash. Sieve filters cannot generate unqualified
18198 addresses.
18199
18200 .option qualify_preserve_domain redirect boolean false
18201 .cindex "domain" "in redirection; preserving"
18202 .cindex "preserving domain in redirection"
18203 .cindex "address redirection" "domain; preserving"
18204 If this option is set, the router's local &%qualify_domain%& option must not be
18205 set (a configuration error occurs if it is). If an unqualified address (one
18206 without a domain) is generated, it is qualified with the domain of the parent
18207 address (the immediately preceding ancestor) instead of the global
18208 &%qualify_recipient%& value. In the case of a traditional &_.forward_& file,
18209 this applies whether or not the address is preceded by a backslash.
18210
18211
18212 .option repeat_use redirect boolean true
18213 If this option is set false, the router is skipped for a child address that has
18214 any ancestor that was routed by this router. This test happens before any of
18215 the other preconditions are tested. Exim's default anti-looping rules skip
18216 only when the ancestor is the same as the current address. See also
18217 &%check_ancestor%& above and the generic &%redirect_router%& option.
18218
18219
18220 .option reply_transport redirect string&!! unset
18221 A &(redirect)& router sets up an automatic reply when a &%mail%& or
18222 &%vacation%& command is used in a filter file. The transport used is specified
18223 by this option, which, after expansion, must be the name of a configured
18224 transport. This should normally be an &(autoreply)& transport. Other transports
18225 are unlikely to do anything sensible or useful.
18226
18227
18228 .option rewrite redirect boolean true
18229 .cindex "address redirection" "disabling rewriting"
18230 If this option is set false, addresses generated by the router are not
18231 subject to address rewriting. Otherwise, they are treated like new addresses
18232 and are rewritten according to the global rewriting rules.
18233
18234
18235 .option sieve_subaddress redirect string&!! unset
18236 The value of this option is passed to a Sieve filter to specify the
18237 :subaddress part of an address.
18238
18239 .option sieve_useraddress redirect string&!! unset
18240 The value of this option is passed to a Sieve filter to specify the :user part
18241 of an address. However, if it is unset, the entire original local part
18242 (including any prefix or suffix) is used for :user.
18243
18244
18245 .option sieve_vacation_directory redirect string&!! unset
18246 .cindex "Sieve filter" "vacation directory"
18247 To enable the &"vacation"& extension for Sieve filters, you must set
18248 &%sieve_vacation_directory%& to the directory where vacation databases are held
18249 (do not put anything else in that directory), and ensure that the
18250 &%reply_transport%& option refers to an &(autoreply)& transport. Each user
18251 needs their own directory; Exim will create it if necessary.
18252
18253
18254
18255 .option skip_syntax_errors redirect boolean false
18256 .cindex "forward file" "broken"
18257 .cindex "address redirection" "broken files"
18258 .cindex "alias file" "broken"
18259 .cindex "broken alias or forward files"
18260 .cindex "ignoring faulty addresses"
18261 .cindex "skipping faulty addresses"
18262 .cindex "error" "skipping bad syntax"
18263 If &%skip_syntax_errors%& is set, syntactically malformed addresses in
18264 non-filter redirection data are skipped, and each failing address is logged. If
18265 &%syntax_errors_to%& is set, a message is sent to the address it defines,
18266 giving details of the failures. If &%syntax_errors_text%& is set, its contents
18267 are expanded and placed at the head of the error message generated by
18268 &%syntax_errors_to%&. Usually it is appropriate to set &%syntax_errors_to%& to
18269 be the same address as the generic &%errors_to%& option. The
18270 &%skip_syntax_errors%& option is often used when handling mailing lists.
18271
18272 If all the addresses in a redirection list are skipped because of syntax
18273 errors, the router declines to handle the original address, and it is passed to
18274 the following routers.
18275
18276 If &%skip_syntax_errors%& is set when an Exim filter is interpreted, any syntax
18277 error in the filter causes filtering to be abandoned without any action being
18278 taken. The incident is logged, and the router declines to handle the address,
18279 so it is passed to the following routers.
18280
18281 .cindex "Sieve filter" "syntax errors in"
18282 Syntax errors in a Sieve filter file cause the &"keep"& action to occur. This
18283 action is specified by RFC 3028. The values of &%skip_syntax_errors%&,
18284 &%syntax_errors_to%&, and &%syntax_errors_text%& are not used.
18285
18286 &%skip_syntax_errors%& can be used to specify that errors in users' forward
18287 lists or filter files should not prevent delivery. The &%syntax_errors_to%&
18288 option, used with an address that does not get redirected, can be used to
18289 notify users of these errors, by means of a router like this:
18290 .code
18291 userforward:
18292 driver = redirect
18293 allow_filter
18294 check_local_user
18295 file = $home/.forward
18296 file_transport = address_file
18297 pipe_transport = address_pipe
18298 reply_transport = address_reply
18299 no_verify
18300 skip_syntax_errors
18301 syntax_errors_to = real-$local_part@$domain
18302 syntax_errors_text = \
18303 This is an automatically generated message. An error has\n\
18304 been found in your .forward file. Details of the error are\n\
18305 reported below. While this error persists, you will receive\n\
18306 a copy of this message for every message that is addressed\n\
18307 to you. If your .forward file is a filter file, or if it is\n\
18308 a non-filter file containing no valid forwarding addresses,\n\
18309 a copy of each incoming message will be put in your normal\n\
18310 mailbox. If a non-filter file contains at least one valid\n\
18311 forwarding address, forwarding to the valid addresses will\n\
18312 happen, and those will be the only deliveries that occur.
18313 .endd
18314 You also need a router to ensure that local addresses that are prefixed by
18315 &`real-`& are recognized, but not forwarded or filtered. For example, you could
18316 put this immediately before the &(userforward)& router:
18317 .code
18318 real_localuser:
18319 driver = accept
18320 check_local_user
18321 local_part_prefix = real-
18322 transport = local_delivery
18323 .endd
18324
18325 .option syntax_errors_text redirect string&!! unset
18326 See &%skip_syntax_errors%& above.
18327
18328
18329 .option syntax_errors_to redirect string unset
18330 See &%skip_syntax_errors%& above.
18331 .ecindex IIDredrou1
18332 .ecindex IIDredrou2
18333
18334
18335
18336
18337
18338
18339 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18340 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18341
18342 .chapter "Environment for running local transports" "CHAPenvironment" &&&
18343 "Environment for local transports"
18344 .scindex IIDenvlotra1 "local transports" "environment for"
18345 .scindex IIDenvlotra2 "environment for local transports"
18346 .scindex IIDenvlotra3 "transport" "local; environment for"
18347 Local transports handle deliveries to files and pipes. (The &(autoreply)&
18348 transport can be thought of as similar to a pipe.) Exim always runs transports
18349 in subprocesses, under specified uids and gids. Typical deliveries to local
18350 mailboxes run under the uid and gid of the local user.
18351
18352 Exim also sets a specific current directory while running the transport; for
18353 some transports a home directory setting is also relevant. The &(pipe)&
18354 transport is the only one that sets up environment variables; see section
18355 &<<SECTpipeenv>>& for details.
18356
18357 The values used for the uid, gid, and the directories may come from several
18358 different places. In many cases, the router that handles the address associates
18359 settings with that address as a result of its &%check_local_user%&, &%group%&,
18360 or &%user%& options. However, values may also be given in the transport's own
18361 configuration, and these override anything that comes from the router.
18362
18363
18364
18365 .section "Concurrent deliveries" "SECID131"
18366 .cindex "concurrent deliveries"
18367 .cindex "simultaneous deliveries"
18368 If two different messages for the same local recipient arrive more or less
18369 simultaneously, the two delivery processes are likely to run concurrently. When
18370 the &(appendfile)& transport is used to write to a file, Exim applies locking
18371 rules to stop concurrent processes from writing to the same file at the same
18372 time.
18373
18374 However, when you use a &(pipe)& transport, it is up to you to arrange any
18375 locking that is needed. Here is a silly example:
18376 .code
18377 my_transport:
18378 driver = pipe
18379 command = /bin/sh -c 'cat >>/some/file'
18380 .endd
18381 This is supposed to write the message at the end of the file. However, if two
18382 messages arrive at the same time, the file will be scrambled. You can use the
18383 &%exim_lock%& utility program (see section &<<SECTmailboxmaint>>&) to lock a
18384 file using the same algorithm that Exim itself uses.
18385
18386
18387
18388
18389 .section "Uids and gids" "SECTenvuidgid"
18390 .cindex "local transports" "uid and gid"
18391 .cindex "transport" "local; uid and gid"
18392 All transports have the options &%group%& and &%user%&. If &%group%& is set, it
18393 overrides any group that the router set in the address, even if &%user%& is not
18394 set for the transport. This makes it possible, for example, to run local mail
18395 delivery under the uid of the recipient (set by the router), but in a special
18396 group (set by the transport). For example:
18397 .code
18398 # Routers ...
18399 # User/group are set by check_local_user in this router
18400 local_users:
18401 driver = accept
18402 check_local_user
18403 transport = group_delivery
18404
18405 # Transports ...
18406 # This transport overrides the group
18407 group_delivery:
18408 driver = appendfile
18409 file = /var/spool/mail/$local_part
18410 group = mail
18411 .endd
18412 If &%user%& is set for a transport, its value overrides what is set in the
18413 address by the router. If &%user%& is non-numeric and &%group%& is not set, the
18414 gid associated with the user is used. If &%user%& is numeric, &%group%& must be
18415 set.
18416
18417 .oindex "&%initgroups%&"
18418 When the uid is taken from the transport's configuration, the &[initgroups()]&
18419 function is called for the groups associated with that uid if the
18420 &%initgroups%& option is set for the transport. When the uid is not specified
18421 by the transport, but is associated with the address by a router, the option
18422 for calling &[initgroups()]& is taken from the router configuration.
18423
18424 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "uid for"
18425 The &(pipe)& transport contains the special option &%pipe_as_creator%&. If this
18426 is set and &%user%& is not set, the uid of the process that called Exim to
18427 receive the message is used, and if &%group%& is not set, the corresponding
18428 original gid is also used.
18429
18430 This is the detailed preference order for obtaining a gid; the first of the
18431 following that is set is used:
18432
18433 .ilist
18434 A &%group%& setting of the transport;
18435 .next
18436 A &%group%& setting of the router;
18437 .next
18438 A gid associated with a user setting of the router, either as a result of
18439 &%check_local_user%& or an explicit non-numeric &%user%& setting;
18440 .next
18441 The group associated with a non-numeric &%user%& setting of the transport;
18442 .next
18443 In a &(pipe)& transport, the creator's gid if &%deliver_as_creator%& is set and
18444 the uid is the creator's uid;
18445 .next
18446 The Exim gid if the Exim uid is being used as a default.
18447 .endlist
18448
18449 If, for example, the user is specified numerically on the router and there are
18450 no group settings, no gid is available. In this situation, an error occurs.
18451 This is different for the uid, for which there always is an ultimate default.
18452 The first of the following that is set is used:
18453
18454 .ilist
18455 A &%user%& setting of the transport;
18456 .next
18457 In a &(pipe)& transport, the creator's uid if &%deliver_as_creator%& is set;
18458 .next
18459 A &%user%& setting of the router;
18460 .next
18461 A &%check_local_user%& setting of the router;
18462 .next
18463 The Exim uid.
18464 .endlist
18465
18466 Of course, an error will still occur if the uid that is chosen is on the
18467 &%never_users%& list.
18468
18469
18470
18471
18472
18473 .section "Current and home directories" "SECID132"
18474 .cindex "current directory for local transport"
18475 .cindex "home directory" "for local transport"
18476 .cindex "transport" "local; home directory for"
18477 .cindex "transport" "local; current directory for"
18478 Routers may set current and home directories for local transports by means of
18479 the &%transport_current_directory%& and &%transport_home_directory%& options.
18480 However, if the transport's &%current_directory%& or &%home_directory%& options
18481 are set, they override the router's values. In detail, the home directory
18482 for a local transport is taken from the first of these values that is set:
18483
18484 .ilist
18485 The &%home_directory%& option on the transport;
18486 .next
18487 The &%transport_home_directory%& option on the router;
18488 .next
18489 The password data if &%check_local_user%& is set on the router;
18490 .next
18491 The &%router_home_directory%& option on the router.
18492 .endlist
18493
18494 The current directory is taken from the first of these values that is set:
18495
18496 .ilist
18497 The &%current_directory%& option on the transport;
18498 .next
18499 The &%transport_current_directory%& option on the router.
18500 .endlist
18501
18502
18503 If neither the router nor the transport sets a current directory, Exim uses the
18504 value of the home directory, if it is set. Otherwise it sets the current
18505 directory to &_/_& before running a local transport.
18506
18507
18508
18509 .section "Expansion variables derived from the address" "SECID133"
18510 .vindex "&$domain$&"
18511 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
18512 .vindex "&$original_domain$&"
18513 Normally a local delivery is handling a single address, and in that case the
18514 variables such as &$domain$& and &$local_part$& are set during local
18515 deliveries. However, in some circumstances more than one address may be handled
18516 at once (for example, while writing batch SMTP for onward transmission by some
18517 other means). In this case, the variables associated with the local part are
18518 never set, &$domain$& is set only if all the addresses have the same domain,
18519 and &$original_domain$& is never set.
18520 .ecindex IIDenvlotra1
18521 .ecindex IIDenvlotra2
18522 .ecindex IIDenvlotra3
18523
18524
18525
18526
18527
18528
18529
18530 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18531 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18532
18533 .chapter "Generic options for transports" "CHAPtransportgeneric"
18534 .scindex IIDgenoptra1 "generic options" "transport"
18535 .scindex IIDgenoptra2 "options" "generic; for transports"
18536 .scindex IIDgenoptra3 "transport" "generic options for"
18537 The following generic options apply to all transports:
18538
18539
18540 .option body_only transports boolean false
18541 .cindex "transport" "body only"
18542 .cindex "message" "transporting body only"
18543 .cindex "body of message" "transporting"
18544 If this option is set, the message's headers are not transported. It is
18545 mutually exclusive with &%headers_only%&. If it is used with the &(appendfile)&
18546 or &(pipe)& transports, the settings of &%message_prefix%& and
18547 &%message_suffix%& should be checked, because this option does not
18548 automatically suppress them.
18549
18550
18551 .option current_directory transports string&!! unset
18552 .cindex "transport" "current directory for"
18553 This specifies the current directory that is to be set while running the
18554 transport, overriding any value that may have been set by the router.
18555 If the expansion fails for any reason, including forced failure, an error is
18556 logged, and delivery is deferred.
18557
18558
18559 .option disable_logging transports boolean false
18560 If this option is set true, nothing is logged for any
18561 deliveries by the transport or for any
18562 transport errors. You should not set this option unless you really, really know
18563 what you are doing.
18564
18565
18566 .option debug_print transports string&!! unset
18567 .cindex "testing" "variables in drivers"
18568 If this option is set and debugging is enabled (see the &%-d%& command line
18569 option), the string is expanded and included in the debugging output when the
18570 transport is run.
18571 If expansion of the string fails, the error message is written to the debugging
18572 output, and Exim carries on processing.
18573 This facility is provided to help with checking out the values of variables and
18574 so on when debugging driver configurations. For example, if a &%headers_add%&
18575 option is not working properly, &%debug_print%& could be used to output the
18576 variables it references. A newline is added to the text if it does not end with
18577 one.
18578
18579
18580 .option delivery_date_add transports boolean false
18581 .cindex "&'Delivery-date:'& header line"
18582 If this option is true, a &'Delivery-date:'& header is added to the message.
18583 This gives the actual time the delivery was made. As this is not a standard
18584 header, Exim has a configuration option (&%delivery_date_remove%&) which
18585 requests its removal from incoming messages, so that delivered messages can
18586 safely be resent to other recipients.
18587
18588
18589 .option driver transports string unset
18590 This specifies which of the available transport drivers is to be used.
18591 There is no default, and this option must be set for every transport.
18592
18593
18594 .option envelope_to_add transports boolean false
18595 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
18596 If this option is true, an &'Envelope-to:'& header is added to the message.
18597 This gives the original address(es) in the incoming envelope that caused this
18598 delivery to happen. More than one address may be present if the transport is
18599 configured to handle several addresses at once, or if more than one original
18600 address was redirected to the same final address. As this is not a standard
18601 header, Exim has a configuration option (&%envelope_to_remove%&) which requests
18602 its removal from incoming messages, so that delivered messages can safely be
18603 resent to other recipients.
18604
18605
18606 .option group transports string&!! "Exim group"
18607 .cindex "transport" "group; specifying"
18608 This option specifies a gid for running the transport process, overriding any
18609 value that the router supplies, and also overriding any value associated with
18610 &%user%& (see below).
18611
18612
18613 .option headers_add transports string&!! unset
18614 .cindex "header lines" "adding in transport"
18615 .cindex "transport" "header lines; adding"
18616 This option specifies a string of text that is expanded and added to the header
18617 portion of a message as it is transported, as described in section
18618 &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. Additional header lines can also be specified by
18619 routers. If the result of the expansion is an empty string, or if the expansion
18620 is forced to fail, no action is taken. Other expansion failures are treated as
18621 errors and cause the delivery to be deferred.
18622
18623
18624
18625 .option headers_only transports boolean false
18626 .cindex "transport" "header lines only"
18627 .cindex "message" "transporting headers only"
18628 .cindex "header lines" "transporting"
18629 If this option is set, the message's body is not transported. It is mutually
18630 exclusive with &%body_only%&. If it is used with the &(appendfile)& or &(pipe)&
18631 transports, the settings of &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& should be
18632 checked, since this option does not automatically suppress them.
18633
18634
18635 .option headers_remove transports string&!! unset
18636 .cindex "header lines" "removing"
18637 .cindex "transport" "header lines; removing"
18638 This option specifies a string that is expanded into a list of header names;
18639 these headers are omitted from the message as it is transported, as described
18640 in section &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&. Header removal can also be specified by
18641 routers. If the result of the expansion is an empty string, or if the expansion
18642 is forced to fail, no action is taken. Other expansion failures are treated as
18643 errors and cause the delivery to be deferred.
18644
18645
18646
18647 .option headers_rewrite transports string unset
18648 .cindex "transport" "header lines; rewriting"
18649 .cindex "rewriting" "at transport time"
18650 This option allows addresses in header lines to be rewritten at transport time,
18651 that is, as the message is being copied to its destination. The contents of the
18652 option are a colon-separated list of rewriting rules. Each rule is in exactly
18653 the same form as one of the general rewriting rules that are applied when a
18654 message is received. These are described in chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&. For
18655 example,
18656 .code
18657 headers_rewrite = a@b c@d f : \
18658 x@y w@z
18659 .endd
18660 changes &'a@b'& into &'c@d'& in &'From:'& header lines, and &'x@y'& into
18661 &'w@z'& in all address-bearing header lines. The rules are applied to the
18662 header lines just before they are written out at transport time, so they affect
18663 only those copies of the message that pass through the transport. However, only
18664 the message's original header lines, and any that were added by a system
18665 filter, are rewritten. If a router or transport adds header lines, they are not
18666 affected by this option. These rewriting rules are &'not'& applied to the
18667 envelope. You can change the return path using &%return_path%&, but you cannot
18668 change envelope recipients at this time.
18669
18670
18671 .option home_directory transports string&!! unset
18672 .cindex "transport" "home directory for"
18673 .vindex "&$home$&"
18674 This option specifies a home directory setting for a local transport,
18675 overriding any value that may be set by the router. The home directory is
18676 placed in &$home$& while expanding the transport's private options. It is also
18677 used as the current directory if no current directory is set by the
18678 &%current_directory%& option on the transport or the
18679 &%transport_current_directory%& option on the router. If the expansion fails
18680 for any reason, including forced failure, an error is logged, and delivery is
18681 deferred.
18682
18683
18684 .option initgroups transports boolean false
18685 .cindex "additional groups"
18686 .cindex "groups" "additional"
18687 .cindex "transport" "group; additional"
18688 If this option is true and the uid for the delivery process is provided by the
18689 transport, the &[initgroups()]& function is called when running the transport
18690 to ensure that any additional groups associated with the uid are set up.
18691
18692
18693 .option message_size_limit transports string&!! 0
18694 .cindex "limit" "message size per transport"
18695 .cindex "size" "of message, limit"
18696 .cindex "transport" "message size; limiting"
18697 This option controls the size of messages passed through the transport. It is
18698 expanded before use; the result of the expansion must be a sequence of decimal
18699 digits, optionally followed by K or M. If the expansion fails for any reason,
18700 including forced failure, or if the result is not of the required form,
18701 delivery is deferred. If the value is greater than zero and the size of a
18702 message exceeds this limit, the address is failed. If there is any chance that
18703 the resulting bounce message could be routed to the same transport, you should
18704 ensure that &%return_size_limit%& is less than the transport's
18705 &%message_size_limit%&, as otherwise the bounce message will fail to get
18706 delivered.
18707
18708
18709
18710 .option rcpt_include_affixes transports boolean false
18711 .cindex "prefix" "for local part, including in envelope"
18712 .cindex "suffix for local part" "including in envelope"
18713 .cindex "local part" "prefix"
18714 .cindex "local part" "suffix"
18715 When this option is false (the default), and an address that has had any
18716 affixes (prefixes or suffixes) removed from the local part is delivered by any
18717 form of SMTP or LMTP, the affixes are not included. For example, if a router
18718 that contains
18719 .code
18720 local_part_prefix = *-
18721 .endd
18722 routes the address &'abc-xyz@some.domain'& to an SMTP transport, the envelope
18723 is delivered with
18724 .code
18725 RCPT TO:<xyz@some.domain>
18726 .endd
18727 This is also the case when an ACL-time callout is being used to verify a
18728 recipient address. However, if &%rcpt_include_affixes%& is set true, the
18729 whole local part is included in the RCPT command. This option applies to BSMTP
18730 deliveries by the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports as well as to the
18731 &(lmtp)& and &(smtp)& transports.
18732
18733
18734 .option retry_use_local_part transports boolean "see below"
18735 .cindex "hints database" "retry keys"
18736 When a delivery suffers a temporary failure, a retry record is created
18737 in Exim's hints database. For remote deliveries, the key for the retry record
18738 is based on the name and/or IP address of the failing remote host. For local
18739 deliveries, the key is normally the entire address, including both the local
18740 part and the domain. This is suitable for most common cases of local delivery
18741 temporary failure &-- for example, exceeding a mailbox quota should delay only
18742 deliveries to that mailbox, not to the whole domain.
18743
18744 However, in some special cases you may want to treat a temporary local delivery
18745 as a failure associated with the domain, and not with a particular local part.
18746 (For example, if you are storing all mail for some domain in files.) You can do
18747 this by setting &%retry_use_local_part%& false.
18748
18749 For all the local transports, its default value is true. For remote transports,
18750 the default value is false for tidiness, but changing the value has no effect
18751 on a remote transport in the current implementation.
18752
18753
18754 .option return_path transports string&!! unset
18755 .cindex "envelope sender"
18756 .cindex "transport" "return path; changing"
18757 .cindex "return path" "changing in transport"
18758 If this option is set, the string is expanded at transport time and replaces
18759 the existing return path (envelope sender) value in the copy of the message
18760 that is being delivered. An empty return path is permitted. This feature is
18761 designed for remote deliveries, where the value of this option is used in the
18762 SMTP MAIL command. If you set &%return_path%& for a local transport, the
18763 only effect is to change the address that is placed in the &'Return-path:'&
18764 header line, if one is added to the message (see the next option).
18765
18766 &*Note:*& A changed return path is not logged unless you add
18767 &%return_path_on_delivery%& to the log selector.
18768
18769 .vindex "&$return_path$&"
18770 The expansion can refer to the existing value via &$return_path$&. This is
18771 either the message's envelope sender, or an address set by the
18772 &%errors_to%& option on a router. If the expansion is forced to fail, no
18773 replacement occurs; if it fails for another reason, delivery is deferred. This
18774 option can be used to support VERP (Variable Envelope Return Paths) &-- see
18775 section &<<SECTverp>>&.
18776
18777 &*Note*&: If a delivery error is detected locally, including the case when a
18778 remote server rejects a message at SMTP time, the bounce message is not sent to
18779 the value of this option. It is sent to the previously set errors address.
18780 This defaults to the incoming sender address, but can be changed by setting
18781 &%errors_to%& in a router.
18782
18783
18784
18785 .option return_path_add transports boolean false
18786 .cindex "&'Return-path:'& header line"
18787 If this option is true, a &'Return-path:'& header is added to the message.
18788 Although the return path is normally available in the prefix line of BSD
18789 mailboxes, this is commonly not displayed by MUAs, and so the user does not
18790 have easy access to it.
18791
18792 RFC 2821 states that the &'Return-path:'& header is added to a message &"when
18793 the delivery SMTP server makes the final delivery"&. This implies that this
18794 header should not be present in incoming messages. Exim has a configuration
18795 option, &%return_path_remove%&, which requests removal of this header from
18796 incoming messages, so that delivered messages can safely be resent to other
18797 recipients.
18798
18799
18800 .option shadow_condition transports string&!! unset
18801 See &%shadow_transport%& below.
18802
18803
18804 .option shadow_transport transports string unset
18805 .cindex "shadow transport"
18806 .cindex "transport" "shadow"
18807 A local transport may set the &%shadow_transport%& option to the name of
18808 another local transport. Shadow remote transports are not supported.
18809
18810 Whenever a delivery to the main transport succeeds, and either
18811 &%shadow_condition%& is unset, or its expansion does not result in the empty
18812 string or one of the strings &"0"& or &"no"& or &"false"&, the message is also
18813 passed to the shadow transport, with the same delivery address or addresses. If
18814 expansion fails, no action is taken except that non-forced expansion failures
18815 cause a log line to be written.
18816
18817 The result of the shadow transport is discarded and does not affect the
18818 subsequent processing of the message. Only a single level of shadowing is
18819 provided; the &%shadow_transport%& option is ignored on any transport when it
18820 is running as a shadow. Options concerned with output from pipes are also
18821 ignored. The log line for the successful delivery has an item added on the end,
18822 of the form
18823 .code
18824 ST=<shadow transport name>
18825 .endd
18826 If the shadow transport did not succeed, the error message is put in
18827 parentheses afterwards. Shadow transports can be used for a number of different
18828 purposes, including keeping more detailed log information than Exim normally
18829 provides, and implementing automatic acknowledgment policies based on message
18830 headers that some sites insist on.
18831
18832
18833 .option transport_filter transports string&!! unset
18834 .cindex "transport" "filter"
18835 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
18836 This option sets up a filtering (in the Unix shell sense) process for messages
18837 at transport time. It should not be confused with mail filtering as set up by
18838 individual users or via a system filter.
18839
18840 When the message is about to be written out, the command specified by
18841 &%transport_filter%& is started up in a separate, parallel process, and
18842 the entire message, including the header lines, is passed to it on its standard
18843 input (this in fact is done from a third process, to avoid deadlock). The
18844 command must be specified as an absolute path.
18845
18846 The lines of the message that are written to the transport filter are
18847 terminated by newline (&"\n"&). The message is passed to the filter before any
18848 SMTP-specific processing, such as turning &"\n"& into &"\r\n"& and escaping
18849 lines beginning with a dot, and also before any processing implied by the
18850 settings of &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%& in the &(appendfile)& or
18851 &(pipe)& transports.
18852
18853 The standard error for the filter process is set to the same destination as its
18854 standard output; this is read and written to the message's ultimate
18855 destination. The process that writes the message to the filter, the
18856 filter itself, and the original process that reads the result and delivers it
18857 are all run in parallel, like a shell pipeline.
18858
18859 The filter can perform any transformations it likes, but of course should take
18860 care not to break RFC 2822 syntax. A demonstration Perl script is provided in
18861 &_util/transport-filter.pl_&; this makes a few arbitrary modifications just to
18862 show the possibilities. Exim does not check the result, except to test for a
18863 final newline when SMTP is in use. All messages transmitted over SMTP must end
18864 with a newline, so Exim supplies one if it is missing.
18865
18866 .cindex "content scanning" "per user"
18867 A transport filter can be used to provide content-scanning on a per-user basis
18868 at delivery time if the only required effect of the scan is to modify the
18869 message. For example, a content scan could insert a new header line containing
18870 a spam score. This could be interpreted by a filter in the user's MUA. It is
18871 not possible to discard a message at this stage.
18872
18873 .cindex "SMTP" "SIZE"
18874 A problem might arise if the filter increases the size of a message that is
18875 being sent down an SMTP connection. If the receiving SMTP server has indicated
18876 support for the SIZE parameter, Exim will have sent the size of the message
18877 at the start of the SMTP session. If what is actually sent is substantially
18878 more, the server might reject the message. This can be worked round by setting
18879 the &%size_addition%& option on the &(smtp)& transport, either to allow for
18880 additions to the message, or to disable the use of SIZE altogether.
18881
18882 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
18883 The value of the &%transport_filter%& option is the command string for starting
18884 the filter, which is run directly from Exim, not under a shell. The string is
18885 parsed by Exim in the same way as a command string for the &(pipe)& transport:
18886 Exim breaks it up into arguments and then expands each argument separately (see
18887 section &<<SECThowcommandrun>>&). Any kind of expansion failure causes delivery
18888 to be deferred. The special argument &$pipe_addresses$& is replaced by a number
18889 of arguments, one for each address that applies to this delivery. (This isn't
18890 an ideal name for this feature here, but as it was already implemented for the
18891 &(pipe)& transport, it seemed sensible not to change it.)
18892
18893 .vindex "&$host$&"
18894 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
18895 The expansion variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& are available when the
18896 transport is a remote one. They contain the name and IP address of the host to
18897 which the message is being sent. For example:
18898 .code
18899 transport_filter = /some/directory/transport-filter.pl \
18900 $host $host_address $sender_address $pipe_addresses
18901 .endd
18902
18903 Two problems arise if you want to use more complicated expansion items to
18904 generate transport filter commands, both of which due to the fact that the
18905 command is split up &'before'& expansion.
18906 .ilist
18907 If an expansion item contains white space, you must quote it, so that it is all
18908 part of the same command item. If the entire option setting is one such
18909 expansion item, you have to take care what kind of quoting you use. For
18910 example:
18911 .code
18912 transport_filter = '/bin/cmd${if eq{$host}{a.b.c}{1}{2}}'
18913 .endd
18914 This runs the command &(/bin/cmd1)& if the host name is &'a.b.c'&, and
18915 &(/bin/cmd2)& otherwise. If double quotes had been used, they would have been
18916 stripped by Exim when it read the option's value. When the value is used, if
18917 the single quotes were missing, the line would be split into two items,
18918 &`/bin/cmd${if`& and &`eq{$host}{a.b.c}{1}{2}`&, and an error would occur when
18919 Exim tried to expand the first one.
18920 .next
18921 Except for the special case of &$pipe_addresses$& that is mentioned above, an
18922 expansion cannot generate multiple arguments, or a command name followed by
18923 arguments. Consider this example:
18924 .code
18925 transport_filter = ${lookup{$host}lsearch{/a/file}\
18926 {$value}{/bin/cat}}
18927 .endd
18928 The result of the lookup is interpreted as the name of the command, even
18929 if it contains white space. The simplest way round this is to use a shell:
18930 .code
18931 transport_filter = /bin/sh -c ${lookup{$host}lsearch{/a/file}\
18932 {$value}{/bin/cat}}
18933 .endd
18934 .endlist
18935
18936 The filter process is run under the same uid and gid as the normal delivery.
18937 For remote deliveries this is the Exim uid/gid by default. The command should
18938 normally yield a zero return code. Transport filters are not supposed to fail.
18939 A non-zero code is taken to mean that the transport filter encountered some
18940 serious problem. Delivery of the message is deferred; the message remains on
18941 the queue and is tried again later. It is not possible to cause a message to be
18942 bounced from a transport filter.
18943
18944 If a transport filter is set on an autoreply transport, the original message is
18945 passed through the filter as it is being copied into the newly generated
18946 message, which happens if the &%return_message%& option is set.
18947
18948
18949 .option transport_filter_timeout transports time 5m
18950 .cindex "transport" "filter, timeout"
18951 When Exim is reading the output of a transport filter, it a applies a timeout
18952 that can be set by this option. Exceeding the timeout is normally treated as a
18953 temporary delivery failure. However, if a transport filter is used with a
18954 &(pipe)& transport, a timeout in the transport filter is treated in the same
18955 way as a timeout in the pipe command itself. By default, a timeout is a hard
18956 error, but if the &(pipe)& transport's &%timeout_defer%& option is set true, it
18957 becomes a temporary error.
18958
18959
18960 .option user transports string&!! "Exim user"
18961 .cindex "uid (user id)" "local delivery"
18962 .cindex "transport" "user, specifying"
18963 This option specifies the user under whose uid the delivery process is to be
18964 run, overriding any uid that may have been set by the router. If the user is
18965 given as a name, the uid is looked up from the password data, and the
18966 associated group is taken as the value of the gid to be used if the &%group%&
18967 option is not set.
18968
18969 For deliveries that use local transports, a user and group are normally
18970 specified explicitly or implicitly (for example, as a result of
18971 &%check_local_user%&) by the router or transport.
18972
18973 .cindex "hints database" "access by remote transport"
18974 For remote transports, you should leave this option unset unless you really are
18975 sure you know what you are doing. When a remote transport is running, it needs
18976 to be able to access Exim's hints databases, because each host may have its own
18977 retry data.
18978 .ecindex IIDgenoptra1
18979 .ecindex IIDgenoptra2
18980 .ecindex IIDgenoptra3
18981
18982
18983
18984
18985
18986
18987 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18988 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
18989
18990 .chapter "Address batching in local transports" "CHAPbatching" &&&
18991 "Address batching"
18992 .cindex "transport" "local; address batching in"
18993 The only remote transport (&(smtp)&) is normally configured to handle more than
18994 one address at a time, so that when several addresses are routed to the same
18995 remote host, just one copy of the message is sent. Local transports, however,
18996 normally handle one address at a time. That is, a separate instance of the
18997 transport is run for each address that is routed to the transport. A separate
18998 copy of the message is delivered each time.
18999
19000 .cindex "batched local delivery"
19001 .oindex "&%batch_max%&"
19002 .oindex "&%batch_id%&"
19003 In special cases, it may be desirable to handle several addresses at once in a
19004 local transport, for example:
19005
19006 .ilist
19007 In an &(appendfile)& transport, when storing messages in files for later
19008 delivery by some other means, a single copy of the message with multiple
19009 recipients saves space.
19010 .next
19011 In an &(lmtp)& transport, when delivering over &"local SMTP"& to some process,
19012 a single copy saves time, and is the normal way LMTP is expected to work.
19013 .next
19014 In a &(pipe)& transport, when passing the message
19015 to a scanner program or
19016 to some other delivery mechanism such as UUCP, multiple recipients may be
19017 acceptable.
19018 .endlist
19019
19020 These three local transports all have the same options for controlling multiple
19021 (&"batched"&) deliveries, namely &%batch_max%& and &%batch_id%&. To save
19022 repeating the information for each transport, these options are described here.
19023
19024 The &%batch_max%& option specifies the maximum number of addresses that can be
19025 delivered together in a single run of the transport. Its default value is one
19026 (no batching). When more than one address is routed to a transport that has a
19027 &%batch_max%& value greater than one, the addresses are delivered in a batch
19028 (that is, in a single run of the transport with multiple recipients), subject
19029 to certain conditions:
19030
19031 .ilist
19032 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
19033 If any of the transport's options contain a reference to &$local_part$&, no
19034 batching is possible.
19035 .next
19036 .vindex "&$domain$&"
19037 If any of the transport's options contain a reference to &$domain$&, only
19038 addresses with the same domain are batched.
19039 .next
19040 .cindex "customizing" "batching condition"
19041 If &%batch_id%& is set, it is expanded for each address, and only those
19042 addresses with the same expanded value are batched. This allows you to specify
19043 customized batching conditions. Failure of the expansion for any reason,
19044 including forced failure, disables batching, but it does not stop the delivery
19045 from taking place.
19046 .next
19047 Batched addresses must also have the same errors address (where to send
19048 delivery errors), the same header additions and removals, the same user and
19049 group for the transport, and if a host list is present, the first host must
19050 be the same.
19051 .endlist
19052
19053 In the case of the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports, batching applies
19054 both when the file or pipe command is specified in the transport, and when it
19055 is specified by a &(redirect)& router, but all the batched addresses must of
19056 course be routed to the same file or pipe command. These two transports have an
19057 option called &%use_bsmtp%&, which causes them to deliver the message in
19058 &"batched SMTP"& format, with the envelope represented as SMTP commands. The
19059 &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%& options are forced to the values
19060 .code
19061 check_string = "."
19062 escape_string = ".."
19063 .endd
19064 when batched SMTP is in use. A full description of the batch SMTP mechanism is
19065 given in section &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>&. The &(lmtp)& transport does not have a
19066 &%use_bsmtp%& option, because it always delivers using the SMTP protocol.
19067
19068 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
19069 If the generic &%envelope_to_add%& option is set for a batching transport, the
19070 &'Envelope-to:'& header that is added to the message contains all the addresses
19071 that are being processed together. If you are using a batching &(appendfile)&
19072 transport without &%use_bsmtp%&, the only way to preserve the recipient
19073 addresses is to set the &%envelope_to_add%& option.
19074
19075 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "with multiple addresses"
19076 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
19077 If you are using a &(pipe)& transport without BSMTP, and setting the
19078 transport's &%command%& option, you can include &$pipe_addresses$& as part of
19079 the command. This is not a true variable; it is a bit of magic that causes each
19080 of the recipient addresses to be inserted into the command as a separate
19081 argument. This provides a way of accessing all the addresses that are being
19082 delivered in the batch. &*Note:*& This is not possible for pipe commands that
19083 are specified by a &(redirect)& router.
19084
19085
19086
19087
19088 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19089 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
19090
19091 .chapter "The appendfile transport" "CHAPappendfile"
19092 .scindex IIDapptra1 "&(appendfile)& transport"
19093 .scindex IIDapptra2 "transports" "&(appendfile)&"
19094 .cindex "directory creation"
19095 .cindex "creating directories"
19096 The &(appendfile)& transport delivers a message by appending it to an existing
19097 file, or by creating an entirely new file in a specified directory. Single
19098 files to which messages are appended can be in the traditional Unix mailbox
19099 format, or optionally in the MBX format supported by the Pine MUA and
19100 University of Washington IMAP daemon, &'inter alia'&. When each message is
19101 being delivered as a separate file, &"maildir"& format can optionally be used
19102 to give added protection against failures that happen part-way through the
19103 delivery. A third form of separate-file delivery known as &"mailstore"& is also
19104 supported. For all file formats, Exim attempts to create as many levels of
19105 directory as necessary, provided that &%create_directory%& is set.
19106
19107 The code for the optional formats is not included in the Exim binary by
19108 default. It is necessary to set SUPPORT_MBX, SUPPORT_MAILDIR and/or
19109 SUPPORT_MAILSTORE in &_Local/Makefile_& to have the appropriate code
19110 included.
19111
19112 .cindex "quota" "system"
19113 Exim recognizes system quota errors, and generates an appropriate message. Exim
19114 also supports its own quota control within the transport, for use when the
19115 system facility is unavailable or cannot be used for some reason.
19116
19117 If there is an error while appending to a file (for example, quota exceeded or
19118 partition filled), Exim attempts to reset the file's length and last
19119 modification time back to what they were before. If there is an error while
19120 creating an entirely new file, the new file is removed.
19121
19122 Before appending to a file, a number of security checks are made, and the
19123 file is locked. A detailed description is given below, after the list of
19124 private options.
19125
19126 The &(appendfile)& transport is most commonly used for local deliveries to
19127 users' mailboxes. However, it can also be used as a pseudo-remote transport for
19128 putting messages into files for remote delivery by some means other than Exim.
19129 &"Batch SMTP"& format is often used in this case (see the &%use_bsmtp%&
19130 option).
19131
19132
19133
19134 .section "The file and directory options" "SECTfildiropt"
19135 The &%file%& option specifies a single file, to which the message is appended;
19136 the &%directory%& option specifies a directory, in which a new file containing
19137 the message is created. Only one of these two options can be set, and for
19138 normal deliveries to mailboxes, one of them &'must'& be set.
19139
19140 .vindex "&$address_file$&"
19141 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
19142 However, &(appendfile)& is also used for delivering messages to files or
19143 directories whose names (or parts of names) are obtained from alias,
19144 forwarding, or filtering operations (for example, a &%save%& command in a
19145 user's Exim filter). When such a transport is running, &$local_part$& contains
19146 the local part that was aliased or forwarded, and &$address_file$& contains the
19147 name (or partial name) of the file or directory generated by the redirection
19148 operation. There are two cases:
19149
19150 .ilist
19151 If neither &%file%& nor &%directory%& is set, the redirection operation
19152 must specify an absolute path (one that begins with &`/`&). This is the most
19153 common case when users with local accounts use filtering to sort mail into
19154 different folders. See for example, the &(address_file)& transport in the
19155 default configuration. If the path ends with a slash, it is assumed to be the
19156 name of a directory. A delivery to a directory can also be forced by setting
19157 &%maildir_format%& or &%mailstore_format%&.
19158 .next
19159 If &%file%& or &%directory%& is set for a delivery from a redirection, it is
19160 used to determine the file or directory name for the delivery. Normally, the
19161 contents of &$address_file$& are used in some way in the string expansion.
19162 .endlist
19163
19164
19165 .cindex "Sieve filter" "configuring &(appendfile)&"
19166 .cindex "Sieve filter" "relative mailbox path handling"
19167 As an example of the second case, consider an environment where users do not
19168 have home directories. They may be permitted to use Exim filter commands of the
19169 form:
19170 .code
19171 save folder23
19172 .endd
19173 or Sieve filter commands of the form:
19174 .code
19175 require "fileinto";
19176 fileinto "folder23";
19177 .endd
19178 In this situation, the expansion of &%file%& or &%directory%& in the transport
19179 must transform the relative path into an appropriate absolute file name. In the
19180 case of Sieve filters, the name &'inbox'& must be handled. It is the name that
19181 is used as a result of a &"keep"& action in the filter. This example shows one
19182 way of handling this requirement:
19183 .code
19184 file = ${if eq{$address_file}{inbox} \
19185 {/var/mail/$local_part} \
19186 {${if eq{${substr_0_1:$address_file}}{/} \
19187 {$address_file} \
19188 {$home/mail/$address_file} \
19189 }} \
19190 }
19191 .endd
19192 With this setting of &%file%&, &'inbox'& refers to the standard mailbox
19193 location, absolute paths are used without change, and other folders are in the
19194 &_mail_& directory within the home directory.
19195
19196 &*Note 1*&: While processing an Exim filter, a relative path such as
19197 &_folder23_& is turned into an absolute path if a home directory is known to
19198 the router. In particular, this is the case if &%check_local_user%& is set. If
19199 you want to prevent this happening at routing time, you can set
19200 &%router_home_directory%& empty. This forces the router to pass the relative
19201 path to the transport.
19202
19203 &*Note 2*&: An absolute path in &$address_file$& is not treated specially;
19204 the &%file%& or &%directory%& option is still used if it is set.
19205
19206
19207
19208
19209 .section "Private options for appendfile" "SECID134"
19210 .cindex "options" "&(appendfile)& transport"
19211
19212
19213
19214 .option allow_fifo appendfile boolean false
19215 .cindex "fifo (named pipe)"
19216 .cindex "named pipe (fifo)"
19217 .cindex "pipe" "named (fifo)"
19218 Setting this option permits delivery to named pipes (FIFOs) as well as to
19219 regular files. If no process is reading the named pipe at delivery time, the
19220 delivery is deferred.
19221
19222
19223 .option allow_symlink appendfile boolean false
19224 .cindex "symbolic link" "to mailbox"
19225 .cindex "mailbox" "symbolic link"
19226 By default, &(appendfile)& will not deliver if the path name for the file is
19227 that of a symbolic link. Setting this option relaxes that constraint, but there
19228 are security issues involved in the use of symbolic links. Be sure you know
19229 what you are doing if you set this. Details of exactly what this option affects
19230 are included in the discussion which follows this list of options.
19231
19232
19233 .option batch_id appendfile string&!! unset
19234 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
19235 However, batching is automatically disabled for &(appendfile)& deliveries that
19236 happen as a result of forwarding or aliasing or other redirection directly to a
19237 file.
19238
19239
19240 .option batch_max appendfile integer 1
19241 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
19242
19243
19244 .option check_group appendfile boolean false
19245 When this option is set, the group owner of the file defined by the &%file%&
19246 option is checked to see that it is the same as the group under which the
19247 delivery process is running. The default setting is false because the default
19248 file mode is 0600, which means that the group is irrelevant.
19249
19250
19251 .option check_owner appendfile boolean true
19252 When this option is set, the owner of the file defined by the &%file%& option
19253 is checked to ensure that it is the same as the user under which the delivery
19254 process is running.
19255
19256
19257 .option check_string appendfile string "see below"
19258 .cindex "&""From""& line"
19259 As &(appendfile)& writes the message, the start of each line is tested for
19260 matching &%check_string%&, and if it does, the initial matching characters are
19261 replaced by the contents of &%escape_string%&. The value of &%check_string%& is
19262 a literal string, not a regular expression, and the case of any letters it
19263 contains is significant.
19264
19265 If &%use_bsmtp%& is set the values of &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%&
19266 are forced to &"."& and &".."& respectively, and any settings in the
19267 configuration are ignored. Otherwise, they default to &"From&~"& and
19268 &">From&~"& when the &%file%& option is set, and unset when any of the
19269 &%directory%&, &%maildir%&, or &%mailstore%& options are set.
19270
19271 The default settings, along with &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%&, are
19272 suitable for traditional &"BSD"& mailboxes, where a line beginning with
19273 &"From&~"& indicates the start of a new message. All four options need changing
19274 if another format is used. For example, to deliver to mailboxes in MMDF format:
19275 .cindex "MMDF format mailbox"
19276 .cindex "mailbox" "MMDF format"
19277 .code
19278 check_string = "\1\1\1\1\n"
19279 escape_string = "\1\1\1\1 \n"
19280 message_prefix = "\1\1\1\1\n"
19281 message_suffix = "\1\1\1\1\n"
19282 .endd
19283 .option create_directory appendfile boolean true
19284 .cindex "directory creation"
19285 When this option is true, Exim attempts to create any missing superior
19286 directories for the file that it is about to write. A created directory's mode
19287 is given by the &%directory_mode%& option.
19288
19289 The group ownership of a newly created directory is highly dependent on the
19290 operating system (and possibly the file system) that is being used. For
19291 example, in Solaris, if the parent directory has the setgid bit set, its group
19292 is propagated to the child; if not, the currently set group is used. However,
19293 in FreeBSD, the parent's group is always used.
19294
19295
19296
19297 .option create_file appendfile string anywhere
19298 This option constrains the location of files and directories that are created
19299 by this transport. It applies to files defined by the &%file%& option and
19300 directories defined by the &%directory%& option. In the case of maildir
19301 delivery, it applies to the top level directory, not the maildir directories
19302 beneath.
19303
19304 The option must be set to one of the words &"anywhere"&, &"inhome"&, or
19305 &"belowhome"&. In the second and third cases, a home directory must have been
19306 set for the transport. This option is not useful when an explicit file name is
19307 given for normal mailbox deliveries. It is intended for the case when file
19308 names are generated from users' &_.forward_& files. These are usually handled
19309 by an &(appendfile)& transport called &%address_file%&. See also
19310 &%file_must_exist%&.
19311
19312
19313 .option directory appendfile string&!! unset
19314 This option is mutually exclusive with the &%file%& option, but one of &%file%&
19315 or &%directory%& must be set, unless the delivery is the direct result of a
19316 redirection (see section &<<SECTfildiropt>>&).
19317
19318 When &%directory%& is set, the string is expanded, and the message is delivered
19319 into a new file or files in or below the given directory, instead of being
19320 appended to a single mailbox file. A number of different formats are provided
19321 (see &%maildir_format%& and &%mailstore_format%&), and see section
19322 &<<SECTopdir>>& for further details of this form of delivery.
19323
19324
19325 .option directory_file appendfile string&!! "see below"
19326 .cindex "base62"
19327 .vindex "&$inode$&"
19328 When &%directory%& is set, but neither &%maildir_format%& nor
19329 &%mailstore_format%& is set, &(appendfile)& delivers each message into a file
19330 whose name is obtained by expanding this string. The default value is:
19331 .code
19332 q${base62:$tod_epoch}-$inode
19333 .endd
19334 This generates a unique name from the current time, in base 62 form, and the
19335 inode of the file. The variable &$inode$& is available only when expanding this
19336 option.
19337
19338
19339 .option directory_mode appendfile "octal integer" 0700
19340 If &(appendfile)& creates any directories as a result of the
19341 &%create_directory%& option, their mode is specified by this option.
19342
19343
19344 .option escape_string appendfile string "see description"
19345 See &%check_string%& above.
19346
19347
19348 .option file appendfile string&!! unset
19349 This option is mutually exclusive with the &%directory%& option, but one of
19350 &%file%& or &%directory%& must be set, unless the delivery is the direct result
19351 of a redirection (see section &<<SECTfildiropt>>&). The &%file%& option
19352 specifies a single file, to which the message is appended. One or more of
19353 &%use_fcntl_lock%&, &%use_flock_lock%&, or &%use_lockfile%& must be set with
19354 &%file%&.
19355
19356 .cindex "NFS" "lock file"
19357 .cindex "locking files"
19358 .cindex "lock files"
19359 If you are using more than one host to deliver over NFS into the same
19360 mailboxes, you should always use lock files.
19361
19362 The string value is expanded for each delivery, and must yield an absolute
19363 path. The most common settings of this option are variations on one of these
19364 examples:
19365 .code
19366 file = /var/spool/mail/$local_part
19367 file = /home/$local_part/inbox
19368 file = $home/inbox
19369 .endd
19370 .cindex "&""sticky""& bit"
19371 In the first example, all deliveries are done into the same directory. If Exim
19372 is configured to use lock files (see &%use_lockfile%& below) it must be able to
19373 create a file in the directory, so the &"sticky"& bit must be turned on for
19374 deliveries to be possible, or alternatively the &%group%& option can be used to
19375 run the delivery under a group id which has write access to the directory.
19376
19377
19378
19379 .option file_format appendfile string unset
19380 .cindex "file" "mailbox; checking existing format"
19381 This option requests the transport to check the format of an existing file
19382 before adding to it. The check consists of matching a specific string at the
19383 start of the file. The value of the option consists of an even number of
19384 colon-separated strings. The first of each pair is the test string, and the
19385 second is the name of a transport. If the transport associated with a matched
19386 string is not the current transport, control is passed over to the other
19387 transport. For example, suppose the standard &(local_delivery)& transport has
19388 this added to it:
19389 .code
19390 file_format = "From : local_delivery :\
19391 \1\1\1\1\n : local_mmdf_delivery"
19392 .endd
19393 Mailboxes that begin with &"From"& are still handled by this transport, but if
19394 a mailbox begins with four binary ones followed by a newline, control is passed
19395 to a transport called &%local_mmdf_delivery%&, which presumably is configured
19396 to do the delivery in MMDF format. If a mailbox does not exist or is empty, it
19397 is assumed to match the current transport. If the start of a mailbox doesn't
19398 match any string, or if the transport named for a given string is not defined,
19399 delivery is deferred.
19400
19401
19402 .option file_must_exist appendfile boolean false
19403 If this option is true, the file specified by the &%file%& option must exist.
19404 A temporary error occurs if it does not, causing delivery to be deferred.
19405 If this option is false, the file is created if it does not exist.
19406
19407
19408 .option lock_fcntl_timeout appendfile time 0s
19409 .cindex "timeout" "mailbox locking"
19410 .cindex "mailbox" "locking, blocking and non-blocking"
19411 .cindex "locking files"
19412 By default, the &(appendfile)& transport uses non-blocking calls to &[fcntl()]&
19413 when locking an open mailbox file. If the call fails, the delivery process
19414 sleeps for &%lock_interval%& and tries again, up to &%lock_retries%& times.
19415 Non-blocking calls are used so that the file is not kept open during the wait
19416 for the lock; the reason for this is to make it as safe as possible for
19417 deliveries over NFS in the case when processes might be accessing an NFS
19418 mailbox without using a lock file. This should not be done, but
19419 misunderstandings and hence misconfigurations are not unknown.
19420
19421 On a busy system, however, the performance of a non-blocking lock approach is
19422 not as good as using a blocking lock with a timeout. In this case, the waiting
19423 is done inside the system call, and Exim's delivery process acquires the lock
19424 and can proceed as soon as the previous lock holder releases it.
19425
19426 If &%lock_fcntl_timeout%& is set to a non-zero time, blocking locks, with that
19427 timeout, are used. There may still be some retrying: the maximum number of
19428 retries is
19429 .code
19430 (lock_retries * lock_interval) / lock_fcntl_timeout
19431 .endd
19432 rounded up to the next whole number. In other words, the total time during
19433 which &(appendfile)& is trying to get a lock is roughly the same, unless
19434 &%lock_fcntl_timeout%& is set very large.
19435
19436 You should consider setting this option if you are getting a lot of delayed
19437 local deliveries because of errors of the form
19438 .code
19439 failed to lock mailbox /some/file (fcntl)
19440 .endd
19441
19442 .option lock_flock_timeout appendfile time 0s
19443 This timeout applies to file locking when using &[flock()]& (see
19444 &%use_flock%&); the timeout operates in a similar manner to
19445 &%lock_fcntl_timeout%&.
19446
19447
19448 .option lock_interval appendfile time 3s
19449 This specifies the time to wait between attempts to lock the file. See below
19450 for details of locking.
19451
19452
19453 .option lock_retries appendfile integer 10
19454 This specifies the maximum number of attempts to lock the file. A value of zero
19455 is treated as 1. See below for details of locking.
19456
19457
19458 .option lockfile_mode appendfile "octal integer" 0600
19459 This specifies the mode of the created lock file, when a lock file is being
19460 used (see &%use_lockfile%& and &%use_mbx_lock%&).
19461
19462
19463 .option lockfile_timeout appendfile time 30m
19464 .cindex "timeout" "mailbox locking"
19465 When a lock file is being used (see &%use_lockfile%&), if a lock file already
19466 exists and is older than this value, it is assumed to have been left behind by
19467 accident, and Exim attempts to remove it.
19468
19469
19470 .option mailbox_filecount appendfile string&!! unset
19471 .cindex "mailbox" "specifying size of"
19472 .cindex "size" "of mailbox"
19473 If this option is set, it is expanded, and the result is taken as the current
19474 number of files in the mailbox. It must be a decimal number, optionally
19475 followed by K or M. This provides a way of obtaining this information from an
19476 external source that maintains the data.
19477
19478
19479 .option mailbox_size appendfile string&!! unset
19480 .cindex "mailbox" "specifying size of"
19481 .cindex "size" "of mailbox"
19482 If this option is set, it is expanded, and the result is taken as the current
19483 size the mailbox. It must be a decimal number, optionally followed by K or M.
19484 This provides a way of obtaining this information from an external source that
19485 maintains the data. This is likely to be helpful for maildir deliveries where
19486 it is computationally expensive to compute the size of a mailbox.
19487
19488
19489
19490 .option maildir_format appendfile boolean false
19491 .cindex "maildir format" "specifying"
19492 If this option is set with the &%directory%& option, the delivery is into a new
19493 file, in the &"maildir"& format that is used by other mail software. When the
19494 transport is activated directly from a &(redirect)& router (for example, the
19495 &(address_file)& transport in the default configuration), setting
19496 &%maildir_format%& causes the path received from the router to be treated as a
19497 directory, whether or not it ends with &`/`&. This option is available only if
19498 SUPPORT_MAILDIR is present in &_Local/Makefile_&. See section
19499 &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below for further details.
19500
19501
19502 .option maildir_quota_directory_regex appendfile string "See below"
19503 .cindex "maildir format" "quota; directories included in"
19504 .cindex "quota" "maildir; directories included in"
19505 This option is relevant only when &%maildir_use_size_file%& is set. It defines
19506 a regular expression for specifying directories, relative to the quota
19507 directory (see &%quota_directory%&), that should be included in the quota
19508 calculation. The default value is:
19509 .code
19510 maildir_quota_directory_regex = ^(?:cur|new|\..*)$
19511 .endd
19512 This includes the &_cur_& and &_new_& directories, and any maildir++ folders
19513 (directories whose names begin with a dot). If you want to exclude the
19514 &_Trash_&
19515 folder from the count (as some sites do), you need to change this setting to
19516 .code
19517 maildir_quota_directory_regex = ^(?:cur|new|\.(?!Trash).*)$
19518 .endd
19519 This uses a negative lookahead in the regular expression to exclude the
19520 directory whose name is &_.Trash_&. When a directory is excluded from quota
19521 calculations, quota processing is bypassed for any messages that are delivered
19522 directly into that directory.
19523
19524
19525 .option maildir_retries appendfile integer 10
19526 This option specifies the number of times to retry when writing a file in
19527 &"maildir"& format. See section &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below.
19528
19529
19530 .option maildir_tag appendfile string&!! unset
19531 This option applies only to deliveries in maildir format, and is described in
19532 section &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below.
19533
19534
19535 .option maildir_use_size_file appendfile boolean false
19536 .cindex "maildir format" "&_maildirsize_& file"
19537 Setting this option true enables support for &_maildirsize_& files. Exim
19538 creates a &_maildirsize_& file in a maildir if one does not exist, taking the
19539 quota from the &%quota%& option of the transport. If &%quota%& is unset, the
19540 value is zero. See &%maildir_quota_directory_regex%& above and section
19541 &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& below for further details.
19542
19543 .option maildirfolder_create_regex appendfile string unset
19544 .cindex "maildir format" "&_maildirfolder_& file"
19545 .cindex "&_maildirfolder_&, creating"
19546 The value of this option is a regular expression. If it is unset, it has no
19547 effect. Otherwise, before a maildir delivery takes place, the pattern is
19548 matched against the name of the maildir directory, that is, the directory
19549 containing the &_new_& and &_tmp_& subdirectories that will be used for the
19550 delivery. If there is a match, Exim checks for the existence of a file called
19551 &_maildirfolder_& in the directory, and creates it if it does not exist.
19552 See section &<<SECTmaildirdelivery>>& for more details.
19553
19554
19555 .option mailstore_format appendfile boolean false
19556 .cindex "mailstore format" "specifying"
19557 If this option is set with the &%directory%& option, the delivery is into two
19558 new files in &"mailstore"& format. The option is available only if
19559 SUPPORT_MAILSTORE is present in &_Local/Makefile_&. See section &<<SECTopdir>>&
19560 below for further details.
19561
19562
19563 .option mailstore_prefix appendfile string&!! unset
19564 This option applies only to deliveries in mailstore format, and is described in
19565 section &<<SECTopdir>>& below.
19566
19567
19568 .option mailstore_suffix appendfile string&!! unset
19569 This option applies only to deliveries in mailstore format, and is described in
19570 section &<<SECTopdir>>& below.
19571
19572
19573 .option mbx_format appendfile boolean false
19574 .cindex "locking files"
19575 .cindex "file" "locking"
19576 .cindex "file" "MBX format"
19577 .cindex "MBX format, specifying"
19578 This option is available only if Exim has been compiled with SUPPORT_MBX
19579 set in &_Local/Makefile_&. If &%mbx_format%& is set with the &%file%& option,
19580 the message is appended to the mailbox file in MBX format instead of
19581 traditional Unix format. This format is supported by Pine4 and its associated
19582 IMAP and POP daemons, by means of the &'c-client'& library that they all use.
19583
19584 &*Note*&: The &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& options are not
19585 automatically changed by the use of &%mbx_format%&. They should normally be set
19586 empty when using MBX format, so this option almost always appears in this
19587 combination:
19588 .code
19589 mbx_format = true
19590 message_prefix =
19591 message_suffix =
19592 .endd
19593 If none of the locking options are mentioned in the configuration,
19594 &%use_mbx_lock%& is assumed and the other locking options default to false. It
19595 is possible to specify the other kinds of locking with &%mbx_format%&, but
19596 &%use_fcntl_lock%& and &%use_mbx_lock%& are mutually exclusive. MBX locking
19597 interworks with &'c-client'&, providing for shared access to the mailbox. It
19598 should not be used if any program that does not use this form of locking is
19599 going to access the mailbox, nor should it be used if the mailbox file is NFS
19600 mounted, because it works only when the mailbox is accessed from a single host.
19601
19602 If you set &%use_fcntl_lock%& with an MBX-format mailbox, you cannot use
19603 the standard version of &'c-client'&, because as long as it has a mailbox open
19604 (this means for the whole of a Pine or IMAP session), Exim will not be able to
19605 append messages to it.
19606
19607
19608 .option message_prefix appendfile string&!! "see below"
19609 .cindex "&""From""& line"
19610 The string specified here is expanded and output at the start of every message.
19611 The default is unset unless &%file%& is specified and &%use_bsmtp%& is not set,
19612 in which case it is:
19613 .code
19614 message_prefix = "From ${if def:return_path{$return_path}\
19615 {MAILER-DAEMON}} $tod_bsdinbox\n"
19616 .endd
19617
19618
19619 .option message_suffix appendfile string&!! "see below"
19620 The string specified here is expanded and output at the end of every message.
19621 The default is unset unless &%file%& is specified and &%use_bsmtp%& is not set,
19622 in which case it is a single newline character. The suffix can be suppressed by
19623 setting
19624 .code
19625 message_suffix =
19626 .endd
19627
19628 .option mode appendfile "octal integer" 0600
19629 If the output file is created, it is given this mode. If it already exists and
19630 has wider permissions, they are reduced to this mode. If it has narrower
19631 permissions, an error occurs unless &%mode_fail_narrower%& is false. However,
19632 if the delivery is the result of a &%save%& command in a filter file specifying
19633 a particular mode, the mode of the output file is always forced to take that
19634 value, and this option is ignored.
19635
19636
19637 .option mode_fail_narrower appendfile boolean true
19638 This option applies in the case when an existing mailbox file has a narrower
19639 mode than that specified by the &%mode%& option. If &%mode_fail_narrower%& is
19640 true, the delivery is deferred (&"mailbox has the wrong mode"&); otherwise Exim
19641 continues with the delivery attempt, using the existing mode of the file.
19642
19643
19644 .option notify_comsat appendfile boolean false
19645 If this option is true, the &'comsat'& daemon is notified after every
19646 successful delivery to a user mailbox. This is the daemon that notifies logged
19647 on users about incoming mail.
19648
19649
19650 .option quota appendfile string&!! unset
19651 .cindex "quota" "imposed by Exim"
19652 This option imposes a limit on the size of the file to which Exim is appending,
19653 or to the total space used in the directory tree when the &%directory%& option
19654 is set. In the latter case, computation of the space used is expensive, because
19655 all the files in the directory (and any sub-directories) have to be
19656 individually inspected and their sizes summed. (See &%quota_size_regex%& and
19657 &%maildir_use_size_file%& for ways to avoid this in environments where users
19658 have no shell access to their mailboxes).
19659
19660 As there is no interlock against two simultaneous deliveries into a
19661 multi-file mailbox, it is possible for the quota to be overrun in this case.
19662 For single-file mailboxes, of course, an interlock is a necessity.
19663
19664 A file's size is taken as its &'used'& value. Because of blocking effects, this
19665 may be a lot less than the actual amount of disk space allocated to the file.
19666 If the sizes of a number of files are being added up, the rounding effect can
19667 become quite noticeable, especially on systems that have large block sizes.
19668 Nevertheless, it seems best to stick to the &'used'& figure, because this is
19669 the obvious value which users understand most easily.
19670
19671 The value of the option is expanded, and must then be a numerical value
19672 (decimal point allowed), optionally followed by one of the letters K, M, or G,
19673 for kilobytes, megabytes, or gigabytes. If Exim is running on a system with
19674 large file support (Linux and FreeBSD have this), mailboxes larger than 2G can
19675 be handled.
19676
19677 &*Note*&: A value of zero is interpreted as &"no quota"&.
19678
19679 The expansion happens while Exim is running as root, before it changes uid for
19680 the delivery. This means that files that are inaccessible to the end user can
19681 be used to hold quota values that are looked up in the expansion. When delivery
19682 fails because this quota is exceeded, the handling of the error is as for
19683 system quota failures.
19684
19685 By default, Exim's quota checking mimics system quotas, and restricts the
19686 mailbox to the specified maximum size, though the value is not accurate to the
19687 last byte, owing to separator lines and additional headers that may get added
19688 during message delivery. When a mailbox is nearly full, large messages may get
19689 refused even though small ones are accepted, because the size of the current
19690 message is added to the quota when the check is made. This behaviour can be
19691 changed by setting &%quota_is_inclusive%& false. When this is done, the check
19692 for exceeding the quota does not include the current message. Thus, deliveries
19693 continue until the quota has been exceeded; thereafter, no further messages are
19694 delivered. See also &%quota_warn_threshold%&.
19695
19696
19697 .option quota_directory appendfile string&!! unset
19698 This option defines the directory to check for quota purposes when delivering
19699 into individual files. The default is the delivery directory, or, if a file
19700 called &_maildirfolder_& exists in a maildir directory, the parent of the
19701 delivery directory.
19702
19703
19704 .option quota_filecount appendfile string&!! 0
19705 This option applies when the &%directory%& option is set. It limits the total
19706 number of files in the directory (compare the inode limit in system quotas). It
19707 can only be used if &%quota%& is also set. The value is expanded; an expansion
19708 failure causes delivery to be deferred. A value of zero is interpreted as
19709 &"no quota"&.
19710
19711
19712 .option quota_is_inclusive appendfile boolean true
19713 See &%quota%& above.
19714
19715
19716 .option quota_size_regex appendfile string unset
19717 This option applies when one of the delivery modes that writes a separate file
19718 for each message is being used. When Exim wants to find the size of one of
19719 these files in order to test the quota, it first checks &%quota_size_regex%&.
19720 If this is set to a regular expression that matches the file name, and it
19721 captures one string, that string is interpreted as a representation of the
19722 file's size. The value of &%quota_size_regex%& is not expanded.
19723
19724 This feature is useful only when users have no shell access to their mailboxes
19725 &-- otherwise they could defeat the quota simply by renaming the files. This
19726 facility can be used with maildir deliveries, by setting &%maildir_tag%& to add
19727 the file length to the file name. For example:
19728 .code
19729 maildir_tag = ,S=$message_size
19730 quota_size_regex = ,S=(\d+)
19731 .endd
19732 An alternative to &$message_size$& is &$message_linecount$&, which contains the
19733 number of lines in the message.
19734
19735 The regular expression should not assume that the length is at the end of the
19736 file name (even though &%maildir_tag%& puts it there) because maildir MUAs
19737 sometimes add other information onto the ends of message file names.
19738
19739
19740
19741 .option quota_warn_message appendfile string&!! "see below"
19742 See below for the use of this option. If it is not set when
19743 &%quota_warn_threshold%& is set, it defaults to
19744 .code
19745 quota_warn_message = "\
19746 To: $local_part@$domain\n\
19747 Subject: Your mailbox\n\n\
19748 This message is automatically created \
19749 by mail delivery software.\n\n\
19750 The size of your mailbox has exceeded \
19751 a warning threshold that is\n\
19752 set by the system administrator.\n"
19753 .endd
19754
19755
19756 .option quota_warn_threshold appendfile string&!! 0
19757 .cindex "quota" "warning threshold"
19758 .cindex "mailbox" "size warning"
19759 .cindex "size" "of mailbox"
19760 This option is expanded in the same way as &%quota%& (see above). If the
19761 resulting value is greater than zero, and delivery of the message causes the
19762 size of the file or total space in the directory tree to cross the given
19763 threshold, a warning message is sent. If &%quota%& is also set, the threshold
19764 may be specified as a percentage of it by following the value with a percent
19765 sign. For example:
19766 .code
19767 quota = 10M
19768 quota_warn_threshold = 75%
19769 .endd
19770 If &%quota%& is not set, a setting of &%quota_warn_threshold%& that ends with a
19771 percent sign is ignored.
19772
19773 The warning message itself is specified by the &%quota_warn_message%& option,
19774 and it must start with a &'To:'& header line containing the recipient(s) of the
19775 warning message. These do not necessarily have to include the recipient(s) of
19776 the original message. A &'Subject:'& line should also normally be supplied. You
19777 can include any other header lines that you want. If you do not include a
19778 &'From:'& line, the default is:
19779 .code
19780 From: Mail Delivery System <mailer-daemon@$qualify_domain_sender>
19781 .endd
19782 .oindex &%errors_reply_to%&
19783 If you supply a &'Reply-To:'& line, it overrides the global &%errors_reply_to%&
19784 option.
19785
19786 The &%quota%& option does not have to be set in order to use this option; they
19787 are independent of one another except when the threshold is specified as a
19788 percentage.
19789
19790
19791 .option use_bsmtp appendfile boolean false
19792 .cindex "envelope sender"
19793 If this option is set true, &(appendfile)& writes messages in &"batch SMTP"&
19794 format, with the envelope sender and recipient(s) included as SMTP commands. If
19795 you want to include a leading HELO command with such messages, you can do
19796 so by setting the &%message_prefix%& option. See section &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>&
19797 for details of batch SMTP.
19798
19799
19800 .option use_crlf appendfile boolean false
19801 .cindex "carriage return"
19802 .cindex "linefeed"
19803 This option causes lines to be terminated with the two-character CRLF sequence
19804 (carriage return, linefeed) instead of just a linefeed character. In the case
19805 of batched SMTP, the byte sequence written to the file is then an exact image
19806 of what would be sent down a real SMTP connection.
19807
19808 The contents of the &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& options are
19809 written verbatim, so must contain their own carriage return characters if these
19810 are needed. In cases where these options have non-empty defaults, the values
19811 end with a single linefeed, so they must be changed to end with &`\r\n`& if
19812 &%use_crlf%& is set.
19813
19814
19815 .option use_fcntl_lock appendfile boolean "see below"
19816 This option controls the use of the &[fcntl()]& function to lock a file for
19817 exclusive use when a message is being appended. It is set by default unless
19818 &%use_flock_lock%& is set. Otherwise, it should be turned off only if you know
19819 that all your MUAs use lock file locking. When both &%use_fcntl_lock%& and
19820 &%use_flock_lock%& are unset, &%use_lockfile%& must be set.
19821
19822
19823 .option use_flock_lock appendfile boolean false
19824 This option is provided to support the use of &[flock()]& for file locking, for
19825 the few situations where it is needed. Most modern operating systems support
19826 &[fcntl()]& and &[lockf()]& locking, and these two functions interwork with
19827 each other. Exim uses &[fcntl()]& locking by default.
19828
19829 This option is required only if you are using an operating system where
19830 &[flock()]& is used by programs that access mailboxes (typically MUAs), and
19831 where &[flock()]& does not correctly interwork with &[fcntl()]&. You can use
19832 both &[fcntl()]& and &[flock()]& locking simultaneously if you want.
19833
19834 .cindex "Solaris" "&[flock()]& support"
19835 Not all operating systems provide &[flock()]&. Some versions of Solaris do not
19836 have it (and some, I think, provide a not quite right version built on top of
19837 &[lockf()]&). If the OS does not have &[flock()]&, Exim will be built without
19838 the ability to use it, and any attempt to do so will cause a configuration
19839 error.
19840
19841 &*Warning*&: &[flock()]& locks do not work on NFS files (unless &[flock()]&
19842 is just being mapped onto &[fcntl()]& by the OS).
19843
19844
19845 .option use_lockfile appendfile boolean "see below"
19846 If this option is turned off, Exim does not attempt to create a lock file when
19847 appending to a mailbox file. In this situation, the only locking is by
19848 &[fcntl()]&. You should only turn &%use_lockfile%& off if you are absolutely
19849 sure that every MUA that is ever going to look at your users' mailboxes uses
19850 &[fcntl()]& rather than a lock file, and even then only when you are not
19851 delivering over NFS from more than one host.
19852
19853 .cindex "NFS" "lock file"
19854 In order to append to an NFS file safely from more than one host, it is
19855 necessary to take out a lock &'before'& opening the file, and the lock file
19856 achieves this. Otherwise, even with &[fcntl()]& locking, there is a risk of
19857 file corruption.
19858
19859 The &%use_lockfile%& option is set by default unless &%use_mbx_lock%& is set.
19860 It is not possible to turn both &%use_lockfile%& and &%use_fcntl_lock%& off,
19861 except when &%mbx_format%& is set.
19862
19863
19864 .option use_mbx_lock appendfile boolean "see below"
19865 This option is available only if Exim has been compiled with SUPPORT_MBX
19866 set in &_Local/Makefile_&. Setting the option specifies that special MBX
19867 locking rules be used. It is set by default if &%mbx_format%& is set and none
19868 of the locking options are mentioned in the configuration. The locking rules
19869 are the same as are used by the &'c-client'& library that underlies Pine and
19870 the IMAP4 and POP daemons that come with it (see the discussion below). The
19871 rules allow for shared access to the mailbox. However, this kind of locking
19872 does not work when the mailbox is NFS mounted.
19873
19874 You can set &%use_mbx_lock%& with either (or both) of &%use_fcntl_lock%& and
19875 &%use_flock_lock%& to control what kind of locking is used in implementing the
19876 MBX locking rules. The default is to use &[fcntl()]& if &%use_mbx_lock%& is set
19877 without &%use_fcntl_lock%& or &%use_flock_lock%&.
19878
19879
19880
19881
19882 .section "Operational details for appending" "SECTopappend"
19883 .cindex "appending to a file"
19884 .cindex "file" "appending"
19885 Before appending to a file, the following preparations are made:
19886
19887 .ilist
19888 If the name of the file is &_/dev/null_&, no action is taken, and a success
19889 return is given.
19890
19891 .next
19892 .cindex "directory creation"
19893 If any directories on the file's path are missing, Exim creates them if the
19894 &%create_directory%& option is set. A created directory's mode is given by the
19895 &%directory_mode%& option.
19896
19897 .next
19898 If &%file_format%& is set, the format of an existing file is checked. If this
19899 indicates that a different transport should be used, control is passed to that
19900 transport.
19901
19902 .next
19903 .cindex "file" "locking"
19904 .cindex "locking files"
19905 .cindex "NFS" "lock file"
19906 If &%use_lockfile%& is set, a lock file is built in a way that will work
19907 reliably over NFS, as follows:
19908
19909 .olist
19910 Create a &"hitching post"& file whose name is that of the lock file with the
19911 current time, primary host name, and process id added, by opening for writing
19912 as a new file. If this fails with an access error, delivery is deferred.
19913 .next
19914 Close the hitching post file, and hard link it to the lock file name.
19915 .next
19916 If the call to &[link()]& succeeds, creation of the lock file has succeeded.
19917 Unlink the hitching post name.
19918 .next
19919 Otherwise, use &[stat()]& to get information about the hitching post file, and
19920 then unlink hitching post name. If the number of links is exactly two, creation
19921 of the lock file succeeded but something (for example, an NFS server crash and
19922 restart) caused this fact not to be communicated to the &[link()]& call.
19923 .next
19924 If creation of the lock file failed, wait for &%lock_interval%& and try again,
19925 up to &%lock_retries%& times. However, since any program that writes to a
19926 mailbox should complete its task very quickly, it is reasonable to time out old
19927 lock files that are normally the result of user agent and system crashes. If an
19928 existing lock file is older than &%lockfile_timeout%& Exim attempts to unlink
19929 it before trying again.
19930 .endlist olist
19931
19932 .next
19933 A call is made to &[lstat()]& to discover whether the main file exists, and if
19934 so, what its characteristics are. If &[lstat()]& fails for any reason other
19935 than non-existence, delivery is deferred.
19936
19937 .next
19938 .cindex "symbolic link" "to mailbox"
19939 .cindex "mailbox" "symbolic link"
19940 If the file does exist and is a symbolic link, delivery is deferred, unless the
19941 &%allow_symlink%& option is set, in which case the ownership of the link is
19942 checked, and then &[stat()]& is called to find out about the real file, which
19943 is then subjected to the checks below. The check on the top-level link
19944 ownership prevents one user creating a link for another's mailbox in a sticky
19945 directory, though allowing symbolic links in this case is definitely not a good
19946 idea. If there is a chain of symbolic links, the intermediate ones are not
19947 checked.
19948
19949 .next
19950 If the file already exists but is not a regular file, or if the file's owner
19951 and group (if the group is being checked &-- see &%check_group%& above) are
19952 different from the user and group under which the delivery is running,
19953 delivery is deferred.
19954
19955 .next
19956 If the file's permissions are more generous than specified, they are reduced.
19957 If they are insufficient, delivery is deferred, unless &%mode_fail_narrower%&
19958 is set false, in which case the delivery is tried using the existing
19959 permissions.
19960
19961 .next
19962 The file's inode number is saved, and the file is then opened for appending.
19963 If this fails because the file has vanished, &(appendfile)& behaves as if it
19964 hadn't existed (see below). For any other failures, delivery is deferred.
19965
19966 .next
19967 If the file is opened successfully, check that the inode number hasn't
19968 changed, that it is still a regular file, and that the owner and permissions
19969 have not changed. If anything is wrong, defer delivery and freeze the message.
19970
19971 .next
19972 If the file did not exist originally, defer delivery if the &%file_must_exist%&
19973 option is set. Otherwise, check that the file is being created in a permitted
19974 directory if the &%create_file%& option is set (deferring on failure), and then
19975 open for writing as a new file, with the O_EXCL and O_CREAT options,
19976 except when dealing with a symbolic link (the &%allow_symlink%& option must be
19977 set). In this case, which can happen if the link points to a non-existent file,
19978 the file is opened for writing using O_CREAT but not O_EXCL, because
19979 that prevents link following.
19980
19981 .next
19982 .cindex "loop" "while file testing"
19983 If opening fails because the file exists, obey the tests given above for
19984 existing files. However, to avoid looping in a situation where the file is
19985 being continuously created and destroyed, the exists/not-exists loop is broken
19986 after 10 repetitions, and the message is then frozen.
19987
19988 .next
19989 If opening fails with any other error, defer delivery.
19990
19991 .next
19992 .cindex "file" "locking"
19993 .cindex "locking files"
19994 Once the file is open, unless both &%use_fcntl_lock%& and &%use_flock_lock%&
19995 are false, it is locked using &[fcntl()]& or &[flock()]& or both. If
19996 &%use_mbx_lock%& is false, an exclusive lock is requested in each case.
19997 However, if &%use_mbx_lock%& is true, Exim takes out a shared lock on the open
19998 file, and an exclusive lock on the file whose name is
19999 .code
20000 /tmp/.<device-number>.<inode-number>
20001 .endd
20002 using the device and inode numbers of the open mailbox file, in accordance with
20003 the MBX locking rules. This file is created with a mode that is specified by
20004 the &%lockfile_mode%& option.
20005
20006 If Exim fails to lock the file, there are two possible courses of action,
20007 depending on the value of the locking timeout. This is obtained from
20008 &%lock_fcntl_timeout%& or &%lock_flock_timeout%&, as appropriate.
20009
20010 If the timeout value is zero, the file is closed, Exim waits for
20011 &%lock_interval%&, and then goes back and re-opens the file as above and tries
20012 to lock it again. This happens up to &%lock_retries%& times, after which the
20013 delivery is deferred.
20014
20015 If the timeout has a value greater than zero, blocking calls to &[fcntl()]& or
20016 &[flock()]& are used (with the given timeout), so there has already been some
20017 waiting involved by the time locking fails. Nevertheless, Exim does not give up
20018 immediately. It retries up to
20019 .code
20020 (lock_retries * lock_interval) / <timeout>
20021 .endd
20022 times (rounded up).
20023 .endlist
20024
20025 At the end of delivery, Exim closes the file (which releases the &[fcntl()]&
20026 and/or &[flock()]& locks) and then deletes the lock file if one was created.
20027
20028
20029 .section "Operational details for delivery to a new file" "SECTopdir"
20030 .cindex "delivery" "to single file"
20031 .cindex "&""From""& line"
20032 When the &%directory%& option is set instead of &%file%&, each message is
20033 delivered into a newly-created file or set of files. When &(appendfile)& is
20034 activated directly from a &(redirect)& router, neither &%file%& nor
20035 &%directory%& is normally set, because the path for delivery is supplied by the
20036 router. (See for example, the &(address_file)& transport in the default
20037 configuration.) In this case, delivery is to a new file if either the path name
20038 ends in &`/`&, or the &%maildir_format%& or &%mailstore_format%& option is set.
20039
20040 No locking is required while writing the message to a new file, so the various
20041 locking options of the transport are ignored. The &"From"& line that by default
20042 separates messages in a single file is not normally needed, nor is the escaping
20043 of message lines that start with &"From"&, and there is no need to ensure a
20044 newline at the end of each message. Consequently, the default values for
20045 &%check_string%&, &%message_prefix%&, and &%message_suffix%& are all unset when
20046 any of &%directory%&, &%maildir_format%&, or &%mailstore_format%& is set.
20047
20048 If Exim is required to check a &%quota%& setting, it adds up the sizes of all
20049 the files in the delivery directory by default. However, you can specify a
20050 different directory by setting &%quota_directory%&. Also, for maildir
20051 deliveries (see below) the &_maildirfolder_& convention is honoured.
20052
20053
20054 .cindex "maildir format"
20055 .cindex "mailstore format"
20056 There are three different ways in which delivery to individual files can be
20057 done, controlled by the settings of the &%maildir_format%& and
20058 &%mailstore_format%& options. Note that code to support maildir or mailstore
20059 formats is not included in the binary unless SUPPORT_MAILDIR or
20060 SUPPORT_MAILSTORE, respectively, is set in &_Local/Makefile_&.
20061
20062 .cindex "directory creation"
20063 In all three cases an attempt is made to create the directory and any necessary
20064 sub-directories if they do not exist, provided that the &%create_directory%&
20065 option is set (the default). The location of a created directory can be
20066 constrained by setting &%create_file%&. A created directory's mode is given by
20067 the &%directory_mode%& option. If creation fails, or if the
20068 &%create_directory%& option is not set when creation is required, delivery is
20069 deferred.
20070
20071
20072
20073 .section "Maildir delivery" "SECTmaildirdelivery"
20074 .cindex "maildir format" "description of"
20075 If the &%maildir_format%& option is true, Exim delivers each message by writing
20076 it to a file whose name is &_tmp/<stime>.H<mtime>P<pid>.<host>_& in the
20077 directory that is defined by the &%directory%& option (the &"delivery
20078 directory"&). If the delivery is successful, the file is renamed into the
20079 &_new_& subdirectory.
20080
20081 In the file name, <&'stime'&> is the current time of day in seconds, and
20082 <&'mtime'&> is the microsecond fraction of the time. After a maildir delivery,
20083 Exim checks that the time-of-day clock has moved on by at least one microsecond
20084 before terminating the delivery process. This guarantees uniqueness for the
20085 file name. However, as a precaution, Exim calls &[stat()]& for the file before
20086 opening it. If any response other than ENOENT (does not exist) is given,
20087 Exim waits 2 seconds and tries again, up to &%maildir_retries%& times.
20088
20089 Before Exim carries out a maildir delivery, it ensures that subdirectories
20090 called &_new_&, &_cur_&, and &_tmp_& exist in the delivery directory. If they
20091 do not exist, Exim tries to create them and any superior directories in their
20092 path, subject to the &%create_directory%& and &%create_file%& options. If the
20093 &%maildirfolder_create_regex%& option is set, and the regular expression it
20094 contains matches the delivery directory, Exim also ensures that a file called
20095 &_maildirfolder_& exists in the delivery directory. If a missing directory or
20096 &_maildirfolder_& file cannot be created, delivery is deferred.
20097
20098 These features make it possible to use Exim to create all the necessary files
20099 and directories in a maildir mailbox, including subdirectories for maildir++
20100 folders. Consider this example:
20101 .code
20102 maildir_format = true
20103 directory = /var/mail/$local_part\
20104 ${if eq{$local_part_suffix}{}{}\
20105 {/.${substr_1:$local_part_suffix}}}
20106 maildirfolder_create_regex = /\.[^/]+$
20107 .endd
20108 If &$local_part_suffix$& is empty (there was no suffix for the local part),
20109 delivery is into a toplevel maildir with a name like &_/var/mail/pimbo_& (for
20110 the user called &'pimbo'&). The pattern in &%maildirfolder_create_regex%& does
20111 not match this name, so Exim will not look for or create the file
20112 &_/var/mail/pimbo/maildirfolder_&, though it will create
20113 &_/var/mail/pimbo/{cur,new,tmp}_& if necessary.
20114
20115 However, if &$local_part_suffix$& contains &`-eximusers`& (for example),
20116 delivery is into the maildir++ folder &_/var/mail/pimbo/.eximusers_&, which
20117 does match &%maildirfolder_create_regex%&. In this case, Exim will create
20118 &_/var/mail/pimbo/.eximusers/maildirfolder_& as well as the three maildir
20119 directories &_/var/mail/pimbo/.eximusers/{cur,new,tmp}_&.
20120
20121 &*Warning:*& Take care when setting &%maildirfolder_create_regex%& that it does
20122 not inadvertently match the toplevel maildir directory, because a
20123 &_maildirfolder_& file at top level would completely break quota calculations.
20124
20125 .cindex "quota" "in maildir delivery"
20126 .cindex "maildir++"
20127 If Exim is required to check a &%quota%& setting before a maildir delivery, and
20128 &%quota_directory%& is not set, it looks for a file called &_maildirfolder_& in
20129 the maildir directory (alongside &_new_&, &_cur_&, &_tmp_&). If this exists,
20130 Exim assumes the directory is a maildir++ folder directory, which is one level
20131 down from the user's top level mailbox directory. This causes it to start at
20132 the parent directory instead of the current directory when calculating the
20133 amount of space used.
20134
20135 One problem with delivering into a multi-file mailbox is that it is
20136 computationally expensive to compute the size of the mailbox for quota
20137 checking. Various approaches have been taken to reduce the amount of work
20138 needed. The next two sections describe two of them. A third alternative is to
20139 use some external process for maintaining the size data, and use the expansion
20140 of the &%mailbox_size%& option as a way of importing it into Exim.
20141
20142
20143
20144
20145 .section "Using tags to record message sizes" "SECID135"
20146 If &%maildir_tag%& is set, the string is expanded for each delivery.
20147 When the maildir file is renamed into the &_new_& sub-directory, the
20148 tag is added to its name. However, if adding the tag takes the length of the
20149 name to the point where the test &[stat()]& call fails with ENAMETOOLONG,
20150 the tag is dropped and the maildir file is created with no tag.
20151
20152 .vindex "&$message_size$&"
20153 Tags can be used to encode the size of files in their names; see
20154 &%quota_size_regex%& above for an example. The expansion of &%maildir_tag%&
20155 happens after the message has been written. The value of the &$message_size$&
20156 variable is set to the number of bytes actually written. If the expansion is
20157 forced to fail, the tag is ignored, but a non-forced failure causes delivery to
20158 be deferred. The expanded tag may contain any printing characters except &"/"&.
20159 Non-printing characters in the string are ignored; if the resulting string is
20160 empty, it is ignored. If it starts with an alphanumeric character, a leading
20161 colon is inserted.
20162
20163
20164
20165 .section "Using a maildirsize file" "SECID136"
20166 .cindex "quota" "in maildir delivery"
20167 .cindex "maildir format" "&_maildirsize_& file"
20168 If &%maildir_use_size_file%& is true, Exim implements the maildir++ rules for
20169 storing quota and message size information in a file called &_maildirsize_&
20170 within the toplevel maildir directory. If this file does not exist, Exim
20171 creates it, setting the quota from the &%quota%& option of the transport. If
20172 the maildir directory itself does not exist, it is created before any attempt
20173 to write a &_maildirsize_& file.
20174
20175 The &_maildirsize_& file is used to hold information about the sizes of
20176 messages in the maildir, thus speeding up quota calculations. The quota value
20177 in the file is just a cache; if the quota is changed in the transport, the new
20178 value overrides the cached value when the next message is delivered. The cache
20179 is maintained for the benefit of other programs that access the maildir and
20180 need to know the quota.
20181
20182 If the &%quota%& option in the transport is unset or zero, the &_maildirsize_&
20183 file is maintained (with a zero quota setting), but no quota is imposed.
20184
20185 A regular expression is available for controlling which directories in the
20186 maildir participate in quota calculations when a &_maildirsizefile_& is in use.
20187 See the description of the &%maildir_quota_directory_regex%& option above for
20188 details.
20189
20190
20191 .section "Mailstore delivery" "SECID137"
20192 .cindex "mailstore format" "description of"
20193 If the &%mailstore_format%& option is true, each message is written as two
20194 files in the given directory. A unique base name is constructed from the
20195 message id and the current delivery process, and the files that are written use
20196 this base name plus the suffixes &_.env_& and &_.msg_&. The &_.env_& file
20197 contains the message's envelope, and the &_.msg_& file contains the message
20198 itself. The base name is placed in the variable &$mailstore_basename$&.
20199
20200 During delivery, the envelope is first written to a file with the suffix
20201 &_.tmp_&. The &_.msg_& file is then written, and when it is complete, the
20202 &_.tmp_& file is renamed as the &_.env_& file. Programs that access messages in
20203 mailstore format should wait for the presence of both a &_.msg_& and a &_.env_&
20204 file before accessing either of them. An alternative approach is to wait for
20205 the absence of a &_.tmp_& file.
20206
20207 The envelope file starts with any text defined by the &%mailstore_prefix%&
20208 option, expanded and terminated by a newline if there isn't one. Then follows
20209 the sender address on one line, then all the recipient addresses, one per line.
20210 There can be more than one recipient only if the &%batch_max%& option is set
20211 greater than one. Finally, &%mailstore_suffix%& is expanded and the result
20212 appended to the file, followed by a newline if it does not end with one.
20213
20214 If expansion of &%mailstore_prefix%& or &%mailstore_suffix%& ends with a forced
20215 failure, it is ignored. Other expansion errors are treated as serious
20216 configuration errors, and delivery is deferred. The variable
20217 &$mailstore_basename$& is available for use during these expansions.
20218
20219
20220 .section "Non-special new file delivery" "SECID138"
20221 If neither &%maildir_format%& nor &%mailstore_format%& is set, a single new
20222 file is created directly in the named directory. For example, when delivering
20223 messages into files in batched SMTP format for later delivery to some host (see
20224 section &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>&), a setting such as
20225 .code
20226 directory = /var/bsmtp/$host
20227 .endd
20228 might be used. A message is written to a file with a temporary name, which is
20229 then renamed when the delivery is complete. The final name is obtained by
20230 expanding the contents of the &%directory_file%& option.
20231 .ecindex IIDapptra1
20232 .ecindex IIDapptra2
20233
20234
20235
20236
20237
20238
20239 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20240 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20241
20242 .chapter "The autoreply transport" "CHID8"
20243 .scindex IIDauttra1 "transports" "&(autoreply)&"
20244 .scindex IIDauttra2 "&(autoreply)& transport"
20245 The &(autoreply)& transport is not a true transport in that it does not cause
20246 the message to be transmitted. Instead, it generates a new mail message as an
20247 automatic reply to the incoming message. &'References:'& and
20248 &'Auto-Submitted:'& header lines are included. These are constructed according
20249 to the rules in RFCs 2822 and 3834, respectively.
20250
20251 If the router that passes the message to this transport does not have the
20252 &%unseen%& option set, the original message (for the current recipient) is not
20253 delivered anywhere. However, when the &%unseen%& option is set on the router
20254 that passes the message to this transport, routing of the address continues, so
20255 another router can set up a normal message delivery.
20256
20257
20258 The &(autoreply)& transport is usually run as the result of mail filtering, a
20259 &"vacation"& message being the standard example. However, it can also be run
20260 directly from a router like any other transport. To reduce the possibility of
20261 message cascades, messages created by the &(autoreply)& transport always have
20262 empty envelope sender addresses, like bounce messages.
20263
20264 The parameters of the message to be sent can be specified in the configuration
20265 by options described below. However, these are used only when the address
20266 passed to the transport does not contain its own reply information. When the
20267 transport is run as a consequence of a
20268 &%mail%&
20269 or &%vacation%& command in a filter file, the parameters of the message are
20270 supplied by the filter, and passed with the address. The transport's options
20271 that define the message are then ignored (so they are not usually set in this
20272 case). The message is specified entirely by the filter or by the transport; it
20273 is never built from a mixture of options. However, the &%file_optional%&,
20274 &%mode%&, and &%return_message%& options apply in all cases.
20275
20276 &(Autoreply)& is implemented as a local transport. When used as a result of a
20277 command in a user's filter file, &(autoreply)& normally runs under the uid and
20278 gid of the user, and with appropriate current and home directories (see chapter
20279 &<<CHAPenvironment>>&).
20280
20281 There is a subtle difference between routing a message to a &(pipe)& transport
20282 that generates some text to be returned to the sender, and routing it to an
20283 &(autoreply)& transport. This difference is noticeable only if more than one
20284 address from the same message is so handled. In the case of a pipe, the
20285 separate outputs from the different addresses are gathered up and returned to
20286 the sender in a single message, whereas if &(autoreply)& is used, a separate
20287 message is generated for each address that is passed to it.
20288
20289 Non-printing characters are not permitted in the header lines generated for the
20290 message that &(autoreply)& creates, with the exception of newlines that are
20291 immediately followed by white space. If any non-printing characters are found,
20292 the transport defers.
20293 Whether characters with the top bit set count as printing characters or not is
20294 controlled by the &%print_topbitchars%& global option.
20295
20296 If any of the generic options for manipulating headers (for example,
20297 &%headers_add%&) are set on an &(autoreply)& transport, they apply to the copy
20298 of the original message that is included in the generated message when
20299 &%return_message%& is set. They do not apply to the generated message itself.
20300
20301 .vindex "&$sender_address$&"
20302 If the &(autoreply)& transport receives return code 2 from Exim when it submits
20303 the message, indicating that there were no recipients, it does not treat this
20304 as an error. This means that autoreplies sent to &$sender_address$& when this
20305 is empty (because the incoming message is a bounce message) do not cause
20306 problems. They are just discarded.
20307
20308
20309
20310 .section "Private options for autoreply" "SECID139"
20311 .cindex "options" "&(autoreply)& transport"
20312
20313 .option bcc autoreply string&!! unset
20314 This specifies the addresses that are to receive &"blind carbon copies"& of the
20315 message when the message is specified by the transport.
20316
20317
20318 .option cc autoreply string&!! unset
20319 This specifies recipients of the message and the contents of the &'Cc:'& header
20320 when the message is specified by the transport.
20321
20322
20323 .option file autoreply string&!! unset
20324 The contents of the file are sent as the body of the message when the message
20325 is specified by the transport. If both &%file%& and &%text%& are set, the text
20326 string comes first.
20327
20328
20329 .option file_expand autoreply boolean false
20330 If this is set, the contents of the file named by the &%file%& option are
20331 subjected to string expansion as they are added to the message.
20332
20333
20334 .option file_optional autoreply boolean false
20335 If this option is true, no error is generated if the file named by the &%file%&
20336 option or passed with the address does not exist or cannot be read.
20337
20338
20339 .option from autoreply string&!! unset
20340 This specifies the contents of the &'From:'& header when the message is
20341 specified by the transport.
20342
20343
20344 .option headers autoreply string&!! unset
20345 This specifies additional RFC 2822 headers that are to be added to the message
20346 when the message is specified by the transport. Several can be given by using
20347 &"\n"& to separate them. There is no check on the format.
20348
20349
20350 .option log autoreply string&!! unset
20351 This option names a file in which a record of every message sent is logged when
20352 the message is specified by the transport.
20353
20354
20355 .option mode autoreply "octal integer" 0600
20356 If either the log file or the &"once"& file has to be created, this mode is
20357 used.
20358
20359
20360 .option never_mail autoreply "address list&!!" unset
20361 If any run of the transport creates a message with a recipient that matches any
20362 item in the list, that recipient is quietly discarded. If all recipients are
20363 discarded, no message is created. This applies both when the recipients are
20364 generated by a filter and when they are specified in the transport.
20365
20366
20367
20368 .option once autoreply string&!! unset
20369 This option names a file or DBM database in which a record of each &'To:'&
20370 recipient is kept when the message is specified by the transport. &*Note*&:
20371 This does not apply to &'Cc:'& or &'Bcc:'& recipients.
20372
20373 If &%once%& is unset, or is set to an empty string, the message is always sent.
20374 By default, if &%once%& is set to a non-empty file name, the message
20375 is not sent if a potential recipient is already listed in the database.
20376 However, if the &%once_repeat%& option specifies a time greater than zero, the
20377 message is sent if that much time has elapsed since a message was last sent to
20378 this recipient. A setting of zero time for &%once_repeat%& (the default)
20379 prevents a message from being sent a second time &-- in this case, zero means
20380 infinity.
20381
20382 If &%once_file_size%& is zero, a DBM database is used to remember recipients,
20383 and it is allowed to grow as large as necessary. If &%once_file_size%& is set
20384 greater than zero, it changes the way Exim implements the &%once%& option.
20385 Instead of using a DBM file to record every recipient it sends to, it uses a
20386 regular file, whose size will never get larger than the given value.
20387
20388 In the file, Exim keeps a linear list of recipient addresses and the times at
20389 which they were sent messages. If the file is full when a new address needs to
20390 be added, the oldest address is dropped. If &%once_repeat%& is not set, this
20391 means that a given recipient may receive multiple messages, but at
20392 unpredictable intervals that depend on the rate of turnover of addresses in the
20393 file. If &%once_repeat%& is set, it specifies a maximum time between repeats.
20394
20395
20396 .option once_file_size autoreply integer 0
20397 See &%once%& above.
20398
20399
20400 .option once_repeat autoreply time&!! 0s
20401 See &%once%& above.
20402 After expansion, the value of this option must be a valid time value.
20403
20404
20405 .option reply_to autoreply string&!! unset
20406 This specifies the contents of the &'Reply-To:'& header when the message is
20407 specified by the transport.
20408
20409
20410 .option return_message autoreply boolean false
20411 If this is set, a copy of the original message is returned with the new
20412 message, subject to the maximum size set in the &%return_size_limit%& global
20413 configuration option.
20414
20415
20416 .option subject autoreply string&!! unset
20417 This specifies the contents of the &'Subject:'& header when the message is
20418 specified by the transport. It is tempting to quote the original subject in
20419 automatic responses. For example:
20420 .code
20421 subject = Re: $h_subject:
20422 .endd
20423 There is a danger in doing this, however. It may allow a third party to
20424 subscribe your users to an opt-in mailing list, provided that the list accepts
20425 bounce messages as subscription confirmations. Well-managed lists require a
20426 non-bounce message to confirm a subscription, so the danger is relatively
20427 small.
20428
20429
20430
20431 .option text autoreply string&!! unset
20432 This specifies a single string to be used as the body of the message when the
20433 message is specified by the transport. If both &%text%& and &%file%& are set,
20434 the text comes first.
20435
20436
20437 .option to autoreply string&!! unset
20438 This specifies recipients of the message and the contents of the &'To:'& header
20439 when the message is specified by the transport.
20440 .ecindex IIDauttra1
20441 .ecindex IIDauttra2
20442
20443
20444
20445
20446 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20447 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20448
20449 .chapter "The lmtp transport" "CHAPLMTP"
20450 .cindex "transports" "&(lmtp)&"
20451 .cindex "&(lmtp)& transport"
20452 .cindex "LMTP" "over a pipe"
20453 .cindex "LMTP" "over a socket"
20454 The &(lmtp)& transport runs the LMTP protocol (RFC 2033) over a pipe to a
20455 specified command
20456 or by interacting with a Unix domain socket.
20457 This transport is something of a cross between the &(pipe)& and &(smtp)&
20458 transports. Exim also has support for using LMTP over TCP/IP; this is
20459 implemented as an option for the &(smtp)& transport. Because LMTP is expected
20460 to be of minority interest, the default build-time configure in &_src/EDITME_&
20461 has it commented out. You need to ensure that
20462 .code
20463 TRANSPORT_LMTP=yes
20464 .endd
20465 .cindex "options" "&(lmtp)& transport"
20466 is present in your &_Local/Makefile_& in order to have the &(lmtp)& transport
20467 included in the Exim binary. The private options of the &(lmtp)& transport are
20468 as follows:
20469
20470 .option batch_id lmtp string&!! unset
20471 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20472
20473
20474 .option batch_max lmtp integer 1
20475 This limits the number of addresses that can be handled in a single delivery.
20476 Most LMTP servers can handle several addresses at once, so it is normally a
20477 good idea to increase this value. See the description of local delivery
20478 batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20479
20480
20481 .option command lmtp string&!! unset
20482 This option must be set if &%socket%& is not set. The string is a command which
20483 is run in a separate process. It is split up into a command name and list of
20484 arguments, each of which is separately expanded (so expansion cannot change the
20485 number of arguments). The command is run directly, not via a shell. The message
20486 is passed to the new process using the standard input and output to operate the
20487 LMTP protocol.
20488
20489 .option ignore_quota lmtp boolean false
20490 .cindex "LMTP" "ignoring quota errors"
20491 If this option is set true, the string &`IGNOREQUOTA`& is added to RCPT
20492 commands, provided that the LMTP server has advertised support for IGNOREQUOTA
20493 in its response to the LHLO command.
20494
20495 .option socket lmtp string&!! unset
20496 This option must be set if &%command%& is not set. The result of expansion must
20497 be the name of a Unix domain socket. The transport connects to the socket and
20498 delivers the message to it using the LMTP protocol.
20499
20500
20501 .option timeout lmtp time 5m
20502 The transport is aborted if the created process or Unix domain socket does not
20503 respond to LMTP commands or message input within this timeout. Here is an
20504 example of a typical LMTP transport:
20505 .code
20506 lmtp:
20507 driver = lmtp
20508 command = /some/local/lmtp/delivery/program
20509 batch_max = 20
20510 user = exim
20511 .endd
20512 This delivers up to 20 addresses at a time, in a mixture of domains if
20513 necessary, running as the user &'exim'&.
20514
20515
20516
20517 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20518 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
20519
20520 .chapter "The pipe transport" "CHAPpipetransport"
20521 .scindex IIDpiptra1 "transports" "&(pipe)&"
20522 .scindex IIDpiptra2 "&(pipe)& transport"
20523 The &(pipe)& transport is used to deliver messages via a pipe to a command
20524 running in another process. One example is the use of &(pipe)& as a
20525 pseudo-remote transport for passing messages to some other delivery mechanism
20526 (such as UUCP). Another is the use by individual users to automatically process
20527 their incoming messages. The &(pipe)& transport can be used in one of the
20528 following ways:
20529
20530 .ilist
20531 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
20532 A router routes one address to a transport in the normal way, and the
20533 transport is configured as a &(pipe)& transport. In this case, &$local_part$&
20534 contains the local part of the address (as usual), and the command that is run
20535 is specified by the &%command%& option on the transport.
20536 .next
20537 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
20538 If the &%batch_max%& option is set greater than 1 (the default is 1), the
20539 transport can handle more than one address in a single run. In this case, when
20540 more than one address is routed to the transport, &$local_part$& is not set
20541 (because it is not unique). However, the pseudo-variable &$pipe_addresses$&
20542 (described in section &<<SECThowcommandrun>>& below) contains all the addresses
20543 that are routed to the transport.
20544 .next
20545 .vindex "&$address_pipe$&"
20546 A router redirects an address directly to a pipe command (for example, from an
20547 alias or forward file). In this case, &$address_pipe$& contains the text of the
20548 pipe command, and the &%command%& option on the transport is ignored. If only
20549 one address is being transported (&%batch_max%& is not greater than one, or
20550 only one address was redirected to this pipe command), &$local_part$& contains
20551 the local part that was redirected.
20552 .endlist
20553
20554
20555 The &(pipe)& transport is a non-interactive delivery method. Exim can also
20556 deliver messages over pipes using the LMTP interactive protocol. This is
20557 implemented by the &(lmtp)& transport.
20558
20559 In the case when &(pipe)& is run as a consequence of an entry in a local user's
20560 &_.forward_& file, the command runs under the uid and gid of that user. In
20561 other cases, the uid and gid have to be specified explicitly, either on the
20562 transport or on the router that handles the address. Current and &"home"&
20563 directories are also controllable. See chapter &<<CHAPenvironment>>& for
20564 details of the local delivery environment and chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&
20565 for a discussion of local delivery batching.
20566
20567
20568 .section "Concurrent delivery" "SECID140"
20569 If two messages arrive at almost the same time, and both are routed to a pipe
20570 delivery, the two pipe transports may be run concurrently. You must ensure that
20571 any pipe commands you set up are robust against this happening. If the commands
20572 write to a file, the &%exim_lock%& utility might be of use.
20573
20574
20575
20576
20577 .section "Returned status and data" "SECID141"
20578 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "returned data"
20579 If the command exits with a non-zero return code, the delivery is deemed to
20580 have failed, unless either the &%ignore_status%& option is set (in which case
20581 the return code is treated as zero), or the return code is one of those listed
20582 in the &%temp_errors%& option, which are interpreted as meaning &"try again
20583 later"&. In this case, delivery is deferred. Details of a permanent failure are
20584 logged, but are not included in the bounce message, which merely contains
20585 &"local delivery failed"&.
20586
20587 If the return code is greater than 128 and the command being run is a shell
20588 script, it normally means that the script was terminated by a signal whose
20589 value is the return code minus 128.
20590
20591 If Exim is unable to run the command (that is, if &[execve()]& fails), the
20592 return code is set to 127. This is the value that a shell returns if it is
20593 asked to run a non-existent command. The wording for the log line suggests that
20594 a non-existent command may be the problem.
20595
20596 The &%return_output%& option can affect the result of a pipe delivery. If it is
20597 set and the command produces any output on its standard output or standard
20598 error streams, the command is considered to have failed, even if it gave a zero
20599 return code or if &%ignore_status%& is set. The output from the command is
20600 included as part of the bounce message. The &%return_fail_output%& option is
20601 similar, except that output is returned only when the command exits with a
20602 failure return code, that is, a value other than zero or a code that matches
20603 &%temp_errors%&.
20604
20605
20606
20607 .section "How the command is run" "SECThowcommandrun"
20608 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "path for command"
20609 The command line is (by default) broken down into a command name and arguments
20610 by the &(pipe)& transport itself. The &%allow_commands%& and
20611 &%restrict_to_path%& options can be used to restrict the commands that may be
20612 run.
20613
20614 .cindex "quoting" "in pipe command"
20615 Unquoted arguments are delimited by white space. If an argument appears in
20616 double quotes, backslash is interpreted as an escape character in the usual
20617 way. If an argument appears in single quotes, no escaping is done.
20618
20619 String expansion is applied to the command line except when it comes from a
20620 traditional &_.forward_& file (commands from a filter file are expanded). The
20621 expansion is applied to each argument in turn rather than to the whole line.
20622 For this reason, any string expansion item that contains white space must be
20623 quoted so as to be contained within a single argument. A setting such as
20624 .code
20625 command = /some/path ${if eq{$local_part}{postmaster}{xx}{yy}}
20626 .endd
20627 will not work, because the expansion item gets split between several
20628 arguments. You have to write
20629 .code
20630 command = /some/path "${if eq{$local_part}{postmaster}{xx}{yy}}"
20631 .endd
20632 to ensure that it is all in one argument. The expansion is done in this way,
20633 argument by argument, so that the number of arguments cannot be changed as a
20634 result of expansion, and quotes or backslashes in inserted variables do not
20635 interact with external quoting. However, this leads to problems if you want to
20636 generate multiple arguments (or the command name plus arguments) from a single
20637 expansion. In this situation, the simplest solution is to use a shell. For
20638 example:
20639 .code
20640 command = /bin/sh -c ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/some/file}}
20641 .endd
20642
20643 .cindex "transport" "filter"
20644 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
20645 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
20646 Special handling takes place when an argument consists of precisely the text
20647 &`$pipe_addresses`&. This is not a general expansion variable; the only
20648 place this string is recognized is when it appears as an argument for a pipe or
20649 transport filter command. It causes each address that is being handled to be
20650 inserted in the argument list at that point &'as a separate argument'&. This
20651 avoids any problems with spaces or shell metacharacters, and is of use when a
20652 &(pipe)& transport is handling groups of addresses in a batch.
20653
20654 After splitting up into arguments and expansion, the resulting command is run
20655 in a subprocess directly from the transport, &'not'& under a shell. The
20656 message that is being delivered is supplied on the standard input, and the
20657 standard output and standard error are both connected to a single pipe that is
20658 read by Exim. The &%max_output%& option controls how much output the command
20659 may produce, and the &%return_output%& and &%return_fail_output%& options
20660 control what is done with it.
20661
20662 Not running the command under a shell (by default) lessens the security risks
20663 in cases when a command from a user's filter file is built out of data that was
20664 taken from an incoming message. If a shell is required, it can of course be
20665 explicitly specified as the command to be run. However, there are circumstances
20666 where existing commands (for example, in &_.forward_& files) expect to be run
20667 under a shell and cannot easily be modified. To allow for these cases, there is
20668 an option called &%use_shell%&, which changes the way the &(pipe)& transport
20669 works. Instead of breaking up the command line as just described, it expands it
20670 as a single string and passes the result to &_/bin/sh_&. The
20671 &%restrict_to_path%& option and the &$pipe_addresses$& facility cannot be used
20672 with &%use_shell%&, and the whole mechanism is inherently less secure.
20673
20674
20675
20676 .section "Environment variables" "SECTpipeenv"
20677 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "environment for command"
20678 .cindex "environment for pipe transport"
20679 The environment variables listed below are set up when the command is invoked.
20680 This list is a compromise for maximum compatibility with other MTAs. Note that
20681 the &%environment%& option can be used to add additional variables to this
20682 environment.
20683 .display
20684 &`DOMAIN `& the domain of the address
20685 &`HOME `& the home directory, if set
20686 &`HOST `& the host name when called from a router (see below)
20687 &`LOCAL_PART `& see below
20688 &`LOCAL_PART_PREFIX `& see below
20689 &`LOCAL_PART_SUFFIX `& see below
20690 &`LOGNAME `& see below
20691 &`MESSAGE_ID `& Exim's local ID for the message
20692 &`PATH `& as specified by the &%path%& option below
20693 &`QUALIFY_DOMAIN `& the sender qualification domain
20694 &`RECIPIENT `& the complete recipient address
20695 &`SENDER `& the sender of the message (empty if a bounce)
20696 &`SHELL `& &`/bin/sh`&
20697 &`TZ `& the value of the &%timezone%& option, if set
20698 &`USER `& see below
20699 .endd
20700 When a &(pipe)& transport is called directly from (for example) an &(accept)&
20701 router, LOCAL_PART is set to the local part of the address. When it is
20702 called as a result of a forward or alias expansion, LOCAL_PART is set to
20703 the local part of the address that was expanded. In both cases, any affixes are
20704 removed from the local part, and made available in LOCAL_PART_PREFIX and
20705 LOCAL_PART_SUFFIX, respectively. LOGNAME and USER are set to the
20706 same value as LOCAL_PART for compatibility with other MTAs.
20707
20708 .cindex "HOST"
20709 HOST is set only when a &(pipe)& transport is called from a router that
20710 associates hosts with an address, typically when using &(pipe)& as a
20711 pseudo-remote transport. HOST is set to the first host name specified by
20712 the router.
20713
20714 .cindex "HOME"
20715 If the transport's generic &%home_directory%& option is set, its value is used
20716 for the HOME environment variable. Otherwise, a home directory may be set
20717 by the router's &%transport_home_directory%& option, which defaults to the
20718 user's home directory if &%check_local_user%& is set.
20719
20720
20721 .section "Private options for pipe" "SECID142"
20722 .cindex "options" "&(pipe)& transport"
20723
20724
20725
20726 .option allow_commands pipe "string list&!!" unset
20727 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "permitted commands"
20728 The string is expanded, and is then interpreted as a colon-separated list of
20729 permitted commands. If &%restrict_to_path%& is not set, the only commands
20730 permitted are those in the &%allow_commands%& list. They need not be absolute
20731 paths; the &%path%& option is still used for relative paths. If
20732 &%restrict_to_path%& is set with &%allow_commands%&, the command must either be
20733 in the &%allow_commands%& list, or a name without any slashes that is found on
20734 the path. In other words, if neither &%allow_commands%& nor
20735 &%restrict_to_path%& is set, there is no restriction on the command, but
20736 otherwise only commands that are permitted by one or the other are allowed. For
20737 example, if
20738 .code
20739 allow_commands = /usr/bin/vacation
20740 .endd
20741 and &%restrict_to_path%& is not set, the only permitted command is
20742 &_/usr/bin/vacation_&. The &%allow_commands%& option may not be set if
20743 &%use_shell%& is set.
20744
20745
20746 .option batch_id pipe string&!! unset
20747 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20748
20749
20750 .option batch_max pipe integer 1
20751 This limits the number of addresses that can be handled in a single delivery.
20752 See the description of local delivery batching in chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>&.
20753
20754
20755 .option check_string pipe string unset
20756 As &(pipe)& writes the message, the start of each line is tested for matching
20757 &%check_string%&, and if it does, the initial matching characters are replaced
20758 by the contents of &%escape_string%&, provided both are set. The value of
20759 &%check_string%& is a literal string, not a regular expression, and the case of
20760 any letters it contains is significant. When &%use_bsmtp%& is set, the contents
20761 of &%check_string%& and &%escape_string%& are forced to values that implement
20762 the SMTP escaping protocol. Any settings made in the configuration file are
20763 ignored.
20764
20765
20766 .option command pipe string&!! unset
20767 This option need not be set when &(pipe)& is being used to deliver to pipes
20768 obtained directly from address redirections. In other cases, the option must be
20769 set, to provide a command to be run. It need not yield an absolute path (see
20770 the &%path%& option below). The command is split up into separate arguments by
20771 Exim, and each argument is separately expanded, as described in section
20772 &<<SECThowcommandrun>>& above.
20773
20774
20775 .option environment pipe string&!! unset
20776 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "environment for command"
20777 .cindex "environment for &(pipe)& transport"
20778 This option is used to add additional variables to the environment in which the
20779 command runs (see section &<<SECTpipeenv>>& for the default list). Its value is
20780 a string which is expanded, and then interpreted as a colon-separated list of
20781 environment settings of the form <&'name'&>=<&'value'&>.
20782
20783
20784 .option escape_string pipe string unset
20785 See &%check_string%& above.
20786
20787
20788 .option freeze_exec_fail pipe boolean false
20789 .cindex "exec failure"
20790 .cindex "failure of exec"
20791 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "failure of exec"
20792 Failure to exec the command in a pipe transport is by default treated like
20793 any other failure while running the command. However, if &%freeze_exec_fail%&
20794 is set, failure to exec is treated specially, and causes the message to be
20795 frozen, whatever the setting of &%ignore_status%&.
20796
20797
20798 .option ignore_status pipe boolean false
20799 If this option is true, the status returned by the subprocess that is set up to
20800 run the command is ignored, and Exim behaves as if zero had been returned.
20801 Otherwise, a non-zero status or termination by signal causes an error return
20802 from the transport unless the status value is one of those listed in
20803 &%temp_errors%&; these cause the delivery to be deferred and tried again later.
20804
20805 &*Note*&: This option does not apply to timeouts, which do not return a status.
20806 See the &%timeout_defer%& option for how timeouts are handled.
20807
20808 .option log_defer_output pipe boolean false
20809 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "logging output"
20810 If this option is set, and the status returned by the command is
20811 one of the codes listed in &%temp_errors%& (that is, delivery was deferred),
20812 and any output was produced, the first line of it is written to the main log.
20813
20814
20815 .option log_fail_output pipe boolean false
20816 If this option is set, and the command returns any output, and also ends with a
20817 return code that is neither zero nor one of the return codes listed in
20818 &%temp_errors%& (that is, the delivery failed), the first line of output is
20819 written to the main log. This option and &%log_output%& are mutually exclusive.
20820 Only one of them may be set.
20821
20822
20823
20824 .option log_output pipe boolean false
20825 If this option is set and the command returns any output, the first line of
20826 output is written to the main log, whatever the return code. This option and
20827 &%log_fail_output%& are mutually exclusive. Only one of them may be set.
20828
20829
20830
20831 .option max_output pipe integer 20K
20832 This specifies the maximum amount of output that the command may produce on its
20833 standard output and standard error file combined. If the limit is exceeded, the
20834 process running the command is killed. This is intended as a safety measure to
20835 catch runaway processes. The limit is applied independently of the settings of
20836 the options that control what is done with such output (for example,
20837 &%return_output%&). Because of buffering effects, the amount of output may
20838 exceed the limit by a small amount before Exim notices.
20839
20840
20841 .option message_prefix pipe string&!! "see below"
20842 The string specified here is expanded and output at the start of every message.
20843 The default is unset if &%use_bsmtp%& is set. Otherwise it is
20844 .code
20845 message_prefix = \
20846 From ${if def:return_path{$return_path}{MAILER-DAEMON}}\
20847 ${tod_bsdinbox}\n
20848 .endd
20849 .cindex "Cyrus"
20850 .cindex "&%tmail%&"
20851 .cindex "&""From""& line"
20852 This is required by the commonly used &_/usr/bin/vacation_& program.
20853 However, it must &'not'& be present if delivery is to the Cyrus IMAP server,
20854 or to the &%tmail%& local delivery agent. The prefix can be suppressed by
20855 setting
20856 .code
20857 message_prefix =
20858 .endd
20859
20860 .option message_suffix pipe string&!! "see below"
20861 The string specified here is expanded and output at the end of every message.
20862 The default is unset if &%use_bsmtp%& is set. Otherwise it is a single newline.
20863 The suffix can be suppressed by setting
20864 .code
20865 message_suffix =
20866 .endd
20867
20868 .option path pipe string "see below"
20869 This option specifies the string that is set up in the PATH environment
20870 variable of the subprocess. The default is:
20871 .code
20872 /bin:/usr/bin
20873 .endd
20874 If the &%command%& option does not yield an absolute path name, the command is
20875 sought in the PATH directories, in the usual way. &*Warning*&: This does not
20876 apply to a command specified as a transport filter.
20877
20878
20879 .option pipe_as_creator pipe boolean false
20880 .cindex "uid (user id)" "local delivery"
20881 If the generic &%user%& option is not set and this option is true, the delivery
20882 process is run under the uid that was in force when Exim was originally called
20883 to accept the message. If the group id is not otherwise set (via the generic
20884 &%group%& option), the gid that was in force when Exim was originally called to
20885 accept the message is used.
20886
20887
20888 .option restrict_to_path pipe boolean false
20889 When this option is set, any command name not listed in &%allow_commands%& must
20890 contain no slashes. The command is searched for only in the directories listed
20891 in the &%path%& option. This option is intended for use in the case when a pipe
20892 command has been generated from a user's &_.forward_& file. This is usually
20893 handled by a &(pipe)& transport called &%address_pipe%&.
20894
20895
20896 .option return_fail_output pipe boolean false
20897 If this option is true, and the command produced any output and ended with a
20898 return code other than zero or one of the codes listed in &%temp_errors%& (that
20899 is, the delivery failed), the output is returned in the bounce message.
20900 However, if the message has a null sender (that is, it is itself a bounce
20901 message), output from the command is discarded. This option and
20902 &%return_output%& are mutually exclusive. Only one of them may be set.
20903
20904
20905
20906 .option return_output pipe boolean false
20907 If this option is true, and the command produced any output, the delivery is
20908 deemed to have failed whatever the return code from the command, and the output
20909 is returned in the bounce message. Otherwise, the output is just discarded.
20910 However, if the message has a null sender (that is, it is a bounce message),
20911 output from the command is always discarded, whatever the setting of this
20912 option. This option and &%return_fail_output%& are mutually exclusive. Only one
20913 of them may be set.
20914
20915
20916
20917 .option temp_errors pipe "string list" "see below"
20918 .cindex "&(pipe)& transport" "temporary failure"
20919 This option contains either a colon-separated list of numbers, or a single
20920 asterisk. If &%ignore_status%& is false
20921 and &%return_output%& is not set,
20922 and the command exits with a non-zero return code, the failure is treated as
20923 temporary and the delivery is deferred if the return code matches one of the
20924 numbers, or if the setting is a single asterisk. Otherwise, non-zero return
20925 codes are treated as permanent errors. The default setting contains the codes
20926 defined by EX_TEMPFAIL and EX_CANTCREAT in &_sysexits.h_&. If Exim is
20927 compiled on a system that does not define these macros, it assumes values of 75
20928 and 73, respectively.
20929
20930
20931 .option timeout pipe time 1h
20932 If the command fails to complete within this time, it is killed. This normally
20933 causes the delivery to fail (but see &%timeout_defer%&). A zero time interval
20934 specifies no timeout. In order to ensure that any subprocesses created by the
20935 command are also killed, Exim makes the initial process a process group leader,
20936 and kills the whole process group on a timeout. However, this can be defeated
20937 if one of the processes starts a new process group.
20938
20939 .option timeout_defer pipe boolean false
20940 A timeout in a &(pipe)& transport, either in the command that the transport
20941 runs, or in a transport filter that is associated with it, is by default
20942 treated as a hard error, and the delivery fails. However, if &%timeout_defer%&
20943 is set true, both kinds of timeout become temporary errors, causing the
20944 delivery to be deferred.
20945
20946 .option umask pipe "octal integer" 022
20947 This specifies the umask setting for the subprocess that runs the command.
20948
20949
20950 .option use_bsmtp pipe boolean false
20951 .cindex "envelope sender"
20952 If this option is set true, the &(pipe)& transport writes messages in &"batch
20953 SMTP"& format, with the envelope sender and recipient(s) included as SMTP
20954 commands. If you want to include a leading HELO command with such messages,
20955 you can do so by setting the &%message_prefix%& option. See section
20956 &<<SECTbatchSMTP>>& for details of batch SMTP.
20957
20958 .option use_classresources pipe boolean false
20959 .cindex "class resources (BSD)"
20960 This option is available only when Exim is running on FreeBSD, NetBSD, or
20961 BSD/OS. If it is set true, the &[setclassresources()]& function is used to set
20962 resource limits when a &(pipe)& transport is run to perform a delivery. The
20963 limits for the uid under which the pipe is to run are obtained from the login
20964 class database.
20965
20966
20967 .option use_crlf pipe boolean false
20968 .cindex "carriage return"
20969 .cindex "linefeed"
20970 This option causes lines to be terminated with the two-character CRLF sequence
20971 (carriage return, linefeed) instead of just a linefeed character. In the case
20972 of batched SMTP, the byte sequence written to the pipe is then an exact image
20973 of what would be sent down a real SMTP connection.
20974
20975 The contents of the &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%& options are
20976 written verbatim, so must contain their own carriage return characters if these
20977 are needed. Since the default values for both &%message_prefix%& and
20978 &%message_suffix%& end with a single linefeed, their values must be changed to
20979 end with &`\r\n`& if &%use_crlf%& is set.
20980
20981
20982 .option use_shell pipe boolean false
20983 .vindex "&$pipe_addresses$&"
20984 If this option is set, it causes the command to be passed to &_/bin/sh_&
20985 instead of being run directly from the transport, as described in section
20986 &<<SECThowcommandrun>>&. This is less secure, but is needed in some situations
20987 where the command is expected to be run under a shell and cannot easily be
20988 modified. The &%allow_commands%& and &%restrict_to_path%& options, and the
20989 &`$pipe_addresses`& facility are incompatible with &%use_shell%&. The
20990 command is expanded as a single string, and handed to &_/bin/sh_& as data for
20991 its &%-c%& option.
20992
20993
20994
20995 .section "Using an external local delivery agent" "SECID143"
20996 .cindex "local delivery" "using an external agent"
20997 .cindex "&'procmail'&"
20998 .cindex "external local delivery"
20999 .cindex "delivery" "&'procmail'&"
21000 .cindex "delivery" "by external agent"
21001 The &(pipe)& transport can be used to pass all messages that require local
21002 delivery to a separate local delivery agent such as &%procmail%&. When doing
21003 this, care must be taken to ensure that the pipe is run under an appropriate
21004 uid and gid. In some configurations one wants this to be a uid that is trusted
21005 by the delivery agent to supply the correct sender of the message. It may be
21006 necessary to recompile or reconfigure the delivery agent so that it trusts an
21007 appropriate user. The following is an example transport and router
21008 configuration for &%procmail%&:
21009 .code
21010 # transport
21011 procmail_pipe:
21012 driver = pipe
21013 command = /usr/local/bin/procmail -d $local_part
21014 return_path_add
21015 delivery_date_add
21016 envelope_to_add
21017 check_string = "From "
21018 escape_string = ">From "
21019 user = $local_part
21020 group = mail
21021
21022 # router
21023 procmail:
21024 driver = accept
21025 check_local_user
21026 transport = procmail_pipe
21027 .endd
21028 In this example, the pipe is run as the local user, but with the group set to
21029 &'mail'&. An alternative is to run the pipe as a specific user such as &'mail'&
21030 or &'exim'&, but in this case you must arrange for &%procmail%& to trust that
21031 user to supply a correct sender address. If you do not specify either a
21032 &%group%& or a &%user%& option, the pipe command is run as the local user. The
21033 home directory is the user's home directory by default.
21034
21035 &*Note*&: The command that the pipe transport runs does &'not'& begin with
21036 .code
21037 IFS=" "
21038 .endd
21039 as shown in some &%procmail%& documentation, because Exim does not by default
21040 use a shell to run pipe commands.
21041
21042 .cindex "Cyrus"
21043 The next example shows a transport and a router for a system where local
21044 deliveries are handled by the Cyrus IMAP server.
21045 .code
21046 # transport
21047 local_delivery_cyrus:
21048 driver = pipe
21049 command = /usr/cyrus/bin/deliver \
21050 -m ${substr_1:$local_part_suffix} -- $local_part
21051 user = cyrus
21052 group = mail
21053 return_output
21054 log_output
21055 message_prefix =
21056 message_suffix =
21057
21058 # router
21059 local_user_cyrus:
21060 driver = accept
21061 check_local_user
21062 local_part_suffix = .*
21063 transport = local_delivery_cyrus
21064 .endd
21065 Note the unsetting of &%message_prefix%& and &%message_suffix%&, and the use of
21066 &%return_output%& to cause any text written by Cyrus to be returned to the
21067 sender.
21068 .ecindex IIDpiptra1
21069 .ecindex IIDpiptra2
21070
21071
21072 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21073 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21074
21075 .chapter "The smtp transport" "CHAPsmtptrans"
21076 .scindex IIDsmttra1 "transports" "&(smtp)&"
21077 .scindex IIDsmttra2 "&(smtp)& transport"
21078 The &(smtp)& transport delivers messages over TCP/IP connections using the SMTP
21079 or LMTP protocol. The list of hosts to try can either be taken from the address
21080 that is being processed (having been set up by the router), or specified
21081 explicitly for the transport. Timeout and retry processing (see chapter
21082 &<<CHAPretry>>&) is applied to each IP address independently.
21083
21084
21085 .section "Multiple messages on a single connection" "SECID144"
21086 The sending of multiple messages over a single TCP/IP connection can arise in
21087 two ways:
21088
21089 .ilist
21090 If a message contains more than &%max_rcpt%& (see below) addresses that are
21091 routed to the same host, more than one copy of the message has to be sent to
21092 that host. In this situation, multiple copies may be sent in a single run of
21093 the &(smtp)& transport over a single TCP/IP connection. (What Exim actually
21094 does when it has too many addresses to send in one message also depends on the
21095 value of the global &%remote_max_parallel%& option. Details are given in
21096 section &<<SECToutSMTPTCP>>&.)
21097 .next
21098 .cindex "hints database" "remembering routing"
21099 When a message has been successfully delivered over a TCP/IP connection, Exim
21100 looks in its hints database to see if there are any other messages awaiting a
21101 connection to the same host. If there are, a new delivery process is started
21102 for one of them, and the current TCP/IP connection is passed on to it. The new
21103 process may in turn send multiple copies and possibly create yet another
21104 process.
21105 .endlist
21106
21107
21108 For each copy sent over the same TCP/IP connection, a sequence counter is
21109 incremented, and if it ever gets to the value of &%connection_max_messages%&,
21110 no further messages are sent over that connection.
21111
21112
21113
21114 .section "Use of the $host variable" "SECID145"
21115 .vindex "&$host$&"
21116 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21117 At the start of a run of the &(smtp)& transport, the values of &$host$& and
21118 &$host_address$& are the name and IP address of the first host on the host list
21119 passed by the router. However, when the transport is about to connect to a
21120 specific host, and while it is connected to that host, &$host$& and
21121 &$host_address$& are set to the values for that host. These are the values
21122 that are in force when the &%helo_data%&, &%hosts_try_auth%&, &%interface%&,
21123 &%serialize_hosts%&, and the various TLS options are expanded.
21124
21125
21126
21127 .section "Private options for smtp" "SECID146"
21128 .cindex "options" "&(smtp)& transport"
21129 The private options of the &(smtp)& transport are as follows:
21130
21131
21132 .option address_retry_include_sender smtp boolean true
21133 .cindex "4&'xx'& responses" "retrying after"
21134 When an address is delayed because of a 4&'xx'& response to a RCPT command, it
21135 is the combination of sender and recipient that is delayed in subsequent queue
21136 runs until the retry time is reached. You can delay the recipient without
21137 reference to the sender (which is what earlier versions of Exim did), by
21138 setting &%address_retry_include_sender%& false. However, this can lead to
21139 problems with servers that regularly issue 4&'xx'& responses to RCPT commands.
21140
21141 .option allow_localhost smtp boolean false
21142 .cindex "local host" "sending to"
21143 .cindex "fallback" "hosts specified on transport"
21144 When a host specified in &%hosts%& or &%fallback_hosts%& (see below) turns out
21145 to be the local host, or is listed in &%hosts_treat_as_local%&, delivery is
21146 deferred by default. However, if &%allow_localhost%& is set, Exim goes on to do
21147 the delivery anyway. This should be used only in special cases when the
21148 configuration ensures that no looping will result (for example, a differently
21149 configured Exim is listening on the port to which the message is sent).
21150
21151
21152 .option authenticated_sender smtp string&!! unset
21153 .cindex "Cyrus"
21154 When Exim has authenticated as a client, or if &%authenticated_sender_force%&
21155 is true, this option sets a value for the AUTH= item on outgoing MAIL commands,
21156 overriding any existing authenticated sender value. If the string expansion is
21157 forced to fail, the option is ignored. Other expansion failures cause delivery
21158 to be deferred. If the result of expansion is an empty string, that is also
21159 ignored.
21160
21161 If the SMTP session is not authenticated, the expansion of
21162 &%authenticated_sender%& still happens (and can cause the delivery to be
21163 deferred if it fails), but no AUTH= item is added to MAIL commands
21164 unless &%authenticated_sender_force%& is true.
21165
21166 This option allows you to use the &(smtp)& transport in LMTP mode to
21167 deliver mail to Cyrus IMAP and provide the proper local part as the
21168 &"authenticated sender"&, via a setting such as:
21169 .code
21170 authenticated_sender = $local_part
21171 .endd
21172 This removes the need for IMAP subfolders to be assigned special ACLs to
21173 allow direct delivery to those subfolders.
21174
21175 Because of expected uses such as that just described for Cyrus (when no
21176 domain is involved), there is no checking on the syntax of the provided
21177 value.
21178
21179
21180 .option authenticated_sender_force smtp boolean false
21181 If this option is set true, the &%authenticated_sender%& option's value
21182 is used for the AUTH= item on outgoing MAIL commands, even if Exim has not
21183 authenticated as a client.
21184
21185
21186 .option command_timeout smtp time 5m
21187 This sets a timeout for receiving a response to an SMTP command that has been
21188 sent out. It is also used when waiting for the initial banner line from the
21189 remote host. Its value must not be zero.
21190
21191
21192 .option connect_timeout smtp time 5m
21193 This sets a timeout for the &[connect()]& function, which sets up a TCP/IP call
21194 to a remote host. A setting of zero allows the system timeout (typically
21195 several minutes) to act. To have any effect, the value of this option must be
21196 less than the system timeout. However, it has been observed that on some
21197 systems there is no system timeout, which is why the default value for this
21198 option is 5 minutes, a value recommended by RFC 1123.
21199
21200
21201 .option connection_max_messages smtp integer 500
21202 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
21203 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
21204 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
21205 This controls the maximum number of separate message deliveries that are sent
21206 over a single TCP/IP connection. If the value is zero, there is no limit.
21207 For testing purposes, this value can be overridden by the &%-oB%& command line
21208 option.
21209
21210
21211 .option data_timeout smtp time 5m
21212 This sets a timeout for the transmission of each block in the data portion of
21213 the message. As a result, the overall timeout for a message depends on the size
21214 of the message. Its value must not be zero. See also &%final_timeout%&.
21215
21216
21217 .option delay_after_cutoff smtp boolean true
21218 This option controls what happens when all remote IP addresses for a given
21219 domain have been inaccessible for so long that they have passed their retry
21220 cutoff times.
21221
21222 In the default state, if the next retry time has not been reached for any of
21223 them, the address is bounced without trying any deliveries. In other words,
21224 Exim delays retrying an IP address after the final cutoff time until a new
21225 retry time is reached, and can therefore bounce an address without ever trying
21226 a delivery, when machines have been down for a long time. Some people are
21227 unhappy at this prospect, so...
21228
21229 If &%delay_after_cutoff%& is set false, Exim behaves differently. If all IP
21230 addresses are past their final cutoff time, Exim tries to deliver to those
21231 IP addresses that have not been tried since the message arrived. If there are
21232 none, of if they all fail, the address is bounced. In other words, it does not
21233 delay when a new message arrives, but immediately tries those expired IP
21234 addresses that haven't been tried since the message arrived. If there is a
21235 continuous stream of messages for the dead hosts, unsetting
21236 &%delay_after_cutoff%& means that there will be many more attempts to deliver
21237 to them.
21238
21239
21240 .option dns_qualify_single smtp boolean true
21241 If the &%hosts%& or &%fallback_hosts%& option is being used,
21242 and the &%gethostbyname%& option is false,
21243 the RES_DEFNAMES resolver option is set. See the &%qualify_single%& option
21244 in chapter &<<CHAPdnslookup>>& for more details.
21245
21246
21247 .option dns_search_parents smtp boolean false
21248 If the &%hosts%& or &%fallback_hosts%& option is being used, and the
21249 &%gethostbyname%& option is false, the RES_DNSRCH resolver option is set.
21250 See the &%search_parents%& option in chapter &<<CHAPdnslookup>>& for more
21251 details.
21252
21253
21254
21255 .option fallback_hosts smtp "string list" unset
21256 .cindex "fallback" "hosts specified on transport"
21257 String expansion is not applied to this option. The argument must be a
21258 colon-separated list of host names or IP addresses, optionally also including
21259 port numbers, though the separator can be changed, as described in section
21260 &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&. Each individual item in the list is the same as an
21261 item in a &%route_list%& setting for the &(manualroute)& router, as described
21262 in section &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&.
21263
21264 Fallback hosts can also be specified on routers, which associate them with the
21265 addresses they process. As for the &%hosts%& option without &%hosts_override%&,
21266 &%fallback_hosts%& specified on the transport is used only if the address does
21267 not have its own associated fallback host list. Unlike &%hosts%&, a setting of
21268 &%fallback_hosts%& on an address is not overridden by &%hosts_override%&.
21269 However, &%hosts_randomize%& does apply to fallback host lists.
21270
21271 If Exim is unable to deliver to any of the hosts for a particular address, and
21272 the errors are not permanent rejections, the address is put on a separate
21273 transport queue with its host list replaced by the fallback hosts, unless the
21274 address was routed via MX records and the current host was in the original MX
21275 list. In that situation, the fallback host list is not used.
21276
21277 Once normal deliveries are complete, the fallback queue is delivered by
21278 re-running the same transports with the new host lists. If several failing
21279 addresses have the same fallback hosts (and &%max_rcpt%& permits it), a single
21280 copy of the message is sent.
21281
21282 The resolution of the host names on the fallback list is controlled by the
21283 &%gethostbyname%& option, as for the &%hosts%& option. Fallback hosts apply
21284 both to cases when the host list comes with the address and when it is taken
21285 from &%hosts%&. This option provides a &"use a smart host only if delivery
21286 fails"& facility.
21287
21288
21289 .option final_timeout smtp time 10m
21290 This is the timeout that applies while waiting for the response to the final
21291 line containing just &"."& that terminates a message. Its value must not be
21292 zero.
21293
21294 .option gethostbyname smtp boolean false
21295 If this option is true when the &%hosts%& and/or &%fallback_hosts%& options are
21296 being used, names are looked up using &[gethostbyname()]&
21297 (or &[getipnodebyname()]& when available)
21298 instead of using the DNS. Of course, that function may in fact use the DNS, but
21299 it may also consult other sources of information such as &_/etc/hosts_&.
21300
21301 .new
21302 .option gnutls_require_kx main string unset
21303 This option controls the key exchange mechanisms when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
21304 client. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
21305
21306 .option gnutls_require_mac main string unset
21307 This option controls the MAC algorithms when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
21308 client. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
21309
21310 .option gnutls_require_protocols main string unset
21311 This option controls the protocols when GnuTLS is used in an Exim
21312 client. For details, see section &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
21313 .wen
21314
21315 .new
21316 .option helo_data smtp string&!! "see below"
21317 .cindex "HELO" "argument, setting"
21318 .cindex "EHLO" "argument, setting"
21319 .cindex "LHLO argument setting"
21320 The value of this option is expanded after a connection to a another host has
21321 been set up. The result is used as the argument for the EHLO, HELO, or LHLO
21322 command that starts the outgoing SMTP or LMTP session. The default value of the
21323 option is:
21324 .code
21325 $primary_hostname
21326 .endd
21327 During the expansion, the variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& are set to
21328 the identity of the remote host, and the variables &$sending_ip_address$& and
21329 &$sending_port$& are set to the local IP address and port number that are being
21330 used. These variables can be therefore used to generate different values for
21331 different servers or different local IP addresses. For example, if you want the
21332 string that is used for &%helo_data%& to be obtained by a DNS lookup of the
21333 outgoing interface address, you could use this:
21334 .code
21335 helo_data = ${lookup dnsdb{ptr=$sending_ip_address}{$value}\
21336 {$primary_hostname}}
21337 .endd
21338 The use of &%helo_data%& applies both to sending messages and when doing
21339 callouts.
21340 .wen
21341
21342 .option hosts smtp "string list&!!" unset
21343 Hosts are associated with an address by a router such as &(dnslookup)&, which
21344 finds the hosts by looking up the address domain in the DNS, or by
21345 &(manualroute)&, which has lists of hosts in its configuration. However,
21346 email addresses can be passed to the &(smtp)& transport by any router, and not
21347 all of them can provide an associated list of hosts.
21348
21349 The &%hosts%& option specifies a list of hosts to be used if the address being
21350 processed does not have any hosts associated with it. The hosts specified by
21351 &%hosts%& are also used, whether or not the address has its own hosts, if
21352 &%hosts_override%& is set.
21353
21354 The string is first expanded, before being interpreted as a colon-separated
21355 list of host names or IP addresses, possibly including port numbers. The
21356 separator may be changed to something other than colon, as described in section
21357 &<<SECTlistconstruct>>&. Each individual item in the list is the same as an
21358 item in a &%route_list%& setting for the &(manualroute)& router, as described
21359 in section &<<SECTformatonehostitem>>&. However, note that the &`/MX`& facility
21360 of the &(manualroute)& router is not available here.
21361
21362 If the expansion fails, delivery is deferred. Unless the failure was caused by
21363 the inability to complete a lookup, the error is logged to the panic log as
21364 well as the main log. Host names are looked up either by searching directly for
21365 address records in the DNS or by calling &[gethostbyname()]& (or
21366 &[getipnodebyname()]& when available), depending on the setting of the
21367 &%gethostbyname%& option. When Exim is compiled with IPv6 support, if a host
21368 that is looked up in the DNS has both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, both types of
21369 address are used.
21370
21371 During delivery, the hosts are tried in order, subject to their retry status,
21372 unless &%hosts_randomize%& is set.
21373
21374
21375 .option hosts_avoid_esmtp smtp "host list&!!" unset
21376 .cindex "ESMTP, avoiding use of"
21377 .cindex "HELO" "forcing use of"
21378 .cindex "EHLO" "avoiding use of"
21379 .cindex "PIPELINING" "avoiding the use of"
21380 This option is for use with broken hosts that announce ESMTP facilities (for
21381 example, PIPELINING) and then fail to implement them properly. When a host
21382 matches &%hosts_avoid_esmtp%&, Exim sends HELO rather than EHLO at the
21383 start of the SMTP session. This means that it cannot use any of the ESMTP
21384 facilities such as AUTH, PIPELINING, SIZE, and STARTTLS.
21385
21386
21387 .new
21388 .option hosts_avoid_pipelining smtp "host list&!!" unset
21389 .cindex "PIPELINING" "avoiding the use of"
21390 Exim will not use the SMTP PIPELINING extension when delivering to any host
21391 that matches this list, even if the server host advertises PIPELINING support.
21392 .wen
21393
21394
21395 .option hosts_avoid_tls smtp "host list&!!" unset
21396 .cindex "TLS" "avoiding for certain hosts"
21397 Exim will not try to start a TLS session when delivering to any host that
21398 matches this list. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21399
21400
21401 .option hosts_max_try smtp integer 5
21402 .cindex "host" "maximum number to try"
21403 .cindex "limit" "number of hosts tried"
21404 .cindex "limit" "number of MX tried"
21405 .cindex "MX record" "maximum tried"
21406 This option limits the number of IP addresses that are tried for any one
21407 delivery in cases where there are temporary delivery errors. Section
21408 &<<SECTvalhosmax>>& describes in detail how the value of this option is used.
21409
21410
21411 .option hosts_max_try_hardlimit smtp integer 50
21412 This is an additional check on the maximum number of IP addresses that Exim
21413 tries for any one delivery. Section &<<SECTvalhosmax>>& describes its use and
21414 why it exists.
21415
21416
21417
21418 .option hosts_nopass_tls smtp "host list&!!" unset
21419 .cindex "TLS" "passing connection"
21420 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
21421 .cindex "TLS" "multiple message deliveries"
21422 For any host that matches this list, a connection on which a TLS session has
21423 been started will not be passed to a new delivery process for sending another
21424 message on the same connection. See section &<<SECTmulmessam>>& for an
21425 explanation of when this might be needed.
21426
21427
21428 .option hosts_override smtp boolean false
21429 If this option is set and the &%hosts%& option is also set, any hosts that are
21430 attached to the address are ignored, and instead the hosts specified by the
21431 &%hosts%& option are always used. This option does not apply to
21432 &%fallback_hosts%&.
21433
21434
21435 .option hosts_randomize smtp boolean false
21436 .cindex "randomized host list"
21437 .cindex "host" "list of; randomized"
21438 .cindex "fallback" "randomized hosts"
21439 If this option is set, and either the list of hosts is taken from the
21440 &%hosts%& or the &%fallback_hosts%& option, or the hosts supplied by the router
21441 were not obtained from MX records (this includes fallback hosts from the
21442 router), and were not randomized by the router, the order of trying the hosts
21443 is randomized each time the transport runs. Randomizing the order of a host
21444 list can be used to do crude load sharing.
21445
21446 When &%hosts_randomize%& is true, a host list may be split into groups whose
21447 order is separately randomized. This makes it possible to set up MX-like
21448 behaviour. The boundaries between groups are indicated by an item that is just
21449 &`+`& in the host list. For example:
21450 .code
21451 hosts = host1:host2:host3:+:host4:host5
21452 .endd
21453 The order of the first three hosts and the order of the last two hosts is
21454 randomized for each use, but the first three always end up before the last two.
21455 If &%hosts_randomize%& is not set, a &`+`& item in the list is ignored.
21456
21457 .option hosts_require_auth smtp "host list&!!" unset
21458 .cindex "authentication" "required by client"
21459 This option provides a list of servers for which authentication must succeed
21460 before Exim will try to transfer a message. If authentication fails for
21461 servers which are not in this list, Exim tries to send unauthenticated. If
21462 authentication fails for one of these servers, delivery is deferred. This
21463 temporary error is detectable in the retry rules, so it can be turned into a
21464 hard failure if required. See also &%hosts_try_auth%&, and chapter
21465 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details of authentication.
21466
21467
21468 .option hosts_require_tls smtp "host list&!!" unset
21469 .cindex "TLS" "requiring for certain servers"
21470 Exim will insist on using a TLS session when delivering to any host that
21471 matches this list. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21472 &*Note*&: This option affects outgoing mail only. To insist on TLS for
21473 incoming messages, use an appropriate ACL.
21474
21475 .option hosts_try_auth smtp "host list&!!" unset
21476 .cindex "authentication" "optional in client"
21477 This option provides a list of servers to which, provided they announce
21478 authentication support, Exim will attempt to authenticate as a client when it
21479 connects. If authentication fails, Exim will try to transfer the message
21480 unauthenticated. See also &%hosts_require_auth%&, and chapter
21481 &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>& for details of authentication.
21482
21483 .option interface smtp "string list&!!" unset
21484 .cindex "bind IP address"
21485 .cindex "IP address" "binding"
21486 .vindex "&$host$&"
21487 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21488 This option specifies which interface to bind to when making an outgoing SMTP
21489 call. &*Note:*& Do not confuse this with the interface address that was used
21490 when a message was received, which is in &$received_ip_address$&, formerly
21491 known as &$interface_address$&. The name was changed to minimize confusion with
21492 the outgoing interface address. There is no variable that contains an outgoing
21493 interface address because, unless it is set by this option, its value is
21494 unknown.
21495
21496 During the expansion of the &%interface%& option the variables &$host$& and
21497 &$host_address$& refer to the host to which a connection is about to be made
21498 during the expansion of the string. Forced expansion failure, or an empty
21499 string result causes the option to be ignored. Otherwise, after expansion, the
21500 string must be a list of IP addresses, colon-separated by default, but the
21501 separator can be changed in the usual way. For example:
21502 .code
21503 interface = <; 192.168.123.123 ; 3ffe:ffff:836f::fe86:a061
21504 .endd
21505 The first interface of the correct type (IPv4 or IPv6) is used for the outgoing
21506 connection. If none of them are the correct type, the option is ignored. If
21507 &%interface%& is not set, or is ignored, the system's IP functions choose which
21508 interface to use if the host has more than one.
21509
21510
21511 .option keepalive smtp boolean true
21512 .cindex "keepalive" "on outgoing connection"
21513 This option controls the setting of SO_KEEPALIVE on outgoing TCP/IP socket
21514 connections. When set, it causes the kernel to probe idle connections
21515 periodically, by sending packets with &"old"& sequence numbers. The other end
21516 of the connection should send a acknowledgment if the connection is still okay
21517 or a reset if the connection has been aborted. The reason for doing this is
21518 that it has the beneficial effect of freeing up certain types of connection
21519 that can get stuck when the remote host is disconnected without tidying up the
21520 TCP/IP call properly. The keepalive mechanism takes several hours to detect
21521 unreachable hosts.
21522
21523
21524 .option lmtp_ignore_quota smtp boolean false
21525 .cindex "LMTP" "ignoring quota errors"
21526 If this option is set true when the &%protocol%& option is set to &"lmtp"&, the
21527 string &`IGNOREQUOTA`& is added to RCPT commands, provided that the LMTP server
21528 has advertised support for IGNOREQUOTA in its response to the LHLO command.
21529
21530 .option max_rcpt smtp integer 100
21531 .cindex "RCPT" "maximum number of outgoing"
21532 This option limits the number of RCPT commands that are sent in a single
21533 SMTP message transaction. Each set of addresses is treated independently, and
21534 so can cause parallel connections to the same host if &%remote_max_parallel%&
21535 permits this.
21536
21537
21538 .option multi_domain smtp boolean true
21539 .vindex "&$domain$&"
21540 When this option is set, the &(smtp)& transport can handle a number of
21541 addresses containing a mixture of different domains provided they all resolve
21542 to the same list of hosts. Turning the option off restricts the transport to
21543 handling only one domain at a time. This is useful if you want to use
21544 &$domain$& in an expansion for the transport, because it is set only when there
21545 is a single domain involved in a remote delivery.
21546
21547
21548 .option port smtp string&!! "see below"
21549 .cindex "port" "sending TCP/IP"
21550 .cindex "TCP/IP" "setting outgoing port"
21551 This option specifies the TCP/IP port on the server to which Exim connects.
21552 &*Note:*& Do not confuse this with the port that was used when a message was
21553 received, which is in &$received_port$&, formerly known as &$interface_port$&.
21554 The name was changed to minimize confusion with the outgoing port. There is no
21555 variable that contains an outgoing port.
21556
21557 If the value of this option begins with a digit it is taken as a port number;
21558 otherwise it is looked up using &[getservbyname()]&. The default value is
21559 normally &"smtp"&, but if &%protocol%& is set to &"lmtp"&, the default is
21560 &"lmtp"&. If the expansion fails, or if a port number cannot be found, delivery
21561 is deferred.
21562
21563
21564
21565 .option protocol smtp string smtp
21566 .cindex "LMTP" "over TCP/IP"
21567 If this option is set to &"lmtp"& instead of &"smtp"&, the default value for
21568 the &%port%& option changes to &"lmtp"&, and the transport operates the LMTP
21569 protocol (RFC 2033) instead of SMTP. This protocol is sometimes used for local
21570 deliveries into closed message stores. Exim also has support for running LMTP
21571 over a pipe to a local process &-- see chapter &<<CHAPLMTP>>&.
21572
21573
21574 .option retry_include_ip_address smtp boolean true
21575 Exim normally includes both the host name and the IP address in the key it
21576 constructs for indexing retry data after a temporary delivery failure. This
21577 means that when one of several IP addresses for a host is failing, it gets
21578 tried periodically (controlled by the retry rules), but use of the other IP
21579 addresses is not affected.
21580
21581 However, in some dialup environments hosts are assigned a different IP address
21582 each time they connect. In this situation the use of the IP address as part of
21583 the retry key leads to undesirable behaviour. Setting this option false causes
21584 Exim to use only the host name. This should normally be done on a separate
21585 instance of the &(smtp)& transport, set up specially to handle the dialup
21586 hosts.
21587
21588
21589 .option serialize_hosts smtp "host list&!!" unset
21590 .cindex "serializing connections"
21591 .cindex "host" "serializing connections"
21592 Because Exim operates in a distributed manner, if several messages for the same
21593 host arrive at around the same time, more than one simultaneous connection to
21594 the remote host can occur. This is not usually a problem except when there is a
21595 slow link between the hosts. In that situation it may be helpful to restrict
21596 Exim to one connection at a time. This can be done by setting
21597 &%serialize_hosts%& to match the relevant hosts.
21598
21599 .cindex "hints database" "serializing deliveries to a host"
21600 Exim implements serialization by means of a hints database in which a record is
21601 written whenever a process connects to one of the restricted hosts. The record
21602 is deleted when the connection is completed. Obviously there is scope for
21603 records to get left lying around if there is a system or program crash. To
21604 guard against this, Exim ignores any records that are more than six hours old.
21605
21606 If you set up this kind of serialization, you should also arrange to delete the
21607 relevant hints database whenever your system reboots. The names of the files
21608 start with &_misc_& and they are kept in the &_spool/db_& directory. There
21609 may be one or two files, depending on the type of DBM in use. The same files
21610 are used for ETRN serialization.
21611
21612
21613 .option size_addition smtp integer 1024
21614 .cindex "SMTP" "SIZE"
21615 .cindex "message" "size issue for transport filter"
21616 .cindex "size" "of message"
21617 .cindex "transport" "filter"
21618 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
21619 If a remote SMTP server indicates that it supports the SIZE option of the
21620 MAIL command, Exim uses this to pass over the message size at the start of
21621 an SMTP transaction. It adds the value of &%size_addition%& to the value it
21622 sends, to allow for headers and other text that may be added during delivery by
21623 configuration options or in a transport filter. It may be necessary to increase
21624 this if a lot of text is added to messages.
21625
21626 Alternatively, if the value of &%size_addition%& is set negative, it disables
21627 the use of the SIZE option altogether.
21628
21629
21630 .option tls_certificate smtp string&!! unset
21631 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate, location of"
21632 .cindex "certificate" "client, location of"
21633 .vindex "&$host$&"
21634 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21635 The value of this option must be the absolute path to a file which contains the
21636 client's certificate, for possible use when sending a message over an encrypted
21637 connection. The values of &$host$& and &$host_address$& are set to the name and
21638 address of the server during the expansion. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for
21639 details of TLS.
21640
21641 &*Note*&: This option must be set if you want Exim to be able to use a TLS
21642 certificate when sending messages as a client. The global option of the same
21643 name specifies the certificate for Exim as a server; it is not automatically
21644 assumed that the same certificate should be used when Exim is operating as a
21645 client.
21646
21647
21648 .option tls_crl smtp string&!! unset
21649 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate revocation list"
21650 .cindex "certificate" "revocation list for client"
21651 This option specifies a certificate revocation list. The expanded value must
21652 be the name of a file that contains a CRL in PEM format.
21653
21654
21655 .option tls_privatekey smtp string&!! unset
21656 .cindex "TLS" "client private key, location of"
21657 .vindex "&$host$&"
21658 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21659 The value of this option must be the absolute path to a file which contains the
21660 client's private key. This is used when sending a message over an encrypted
21661 connection using a client certificate. The values of &$host$& and
21662 &$host_address$& are set to the name and address of the server during the
21663 expansion. If this option is unset, or the expansion is forced to fail, or the
21664 result is an empty string, the private key is assumed to be in the same file as
21665 the certificate. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21666
21667
21668 .option tls_require_ciphers smtp string&!! unset
21669 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers"
21670 .cindex "cipher" "requiring specific"
21671 .vindex "&$host$&"
21672 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21673 The value of this option must be a list of permitted cipher suites, for use
21674 when setting up an outgoing encrypted connection. (There is a global option of
21675 the same name for controlling incoming connections.) The values of &$host$& and
21676 &$host_address$& are set to the name and address of the server during the
21677 expansion. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS; note that this option
21678 is used in different ways by OpenSSL and GnuTLS (see sections
21679 &<<SECTreqciphssl>>& and &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&). For GnuTLS, the order of the
21680 ciphers is a preference order.
21681
21682
21683
21684 .option tls_tempfail_tryclear smtp boolean true
21685 .cindex "4&'xx'& responses" "to STARTTLS"
21686 When the server host is not in &%hosts_require_tls%&, and there is a problem in
21687 setting up a TLS session, this option determines whether or not Exim should try
21688 to deliver the message unencrypted. If it is set false, delivery to the
21689 current host is deferred; if there are other hosts, they are tried. If this
21690 option is set true, Exim attempts to deliver unencrypted after a 4&'xx'&
21691 response to STARTTLS. Also, if STARTTLS is accepted, but the subsequent
21692 TLS negotiation fails, Exim closes the current connection (because it is in an
21693 unknown state), opens a new one to the same host, and then tries the delivery
21694 in clear.
21695
21696
21697 .option tls_verify_certificates smtp string&!! unset
21698 .cindex "TLS" "server certificate verification"
21699 .cindex "certificate" "verification of server"
21700 .vindex "&$host$&"
21701 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
21702 The value of this option must be the absolute path to a file containing
21703 permitted server certificates, for use when setting up an encrypted connection.
21704 Alternatively, if you are using OpenSSL, you can set
21705 &%tls_verify_certificates%& to the name of a directory containing certificate
21706 files. This does not work with GnuTLS; the option must be set to the name of a
21707 single file if you are using GnuTLS. The values of &$host$& and
21708 &$host_address$& are set to the name and address of the server during the
21709 expansion of this option. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for details of TLS.
21710
21711
21712
21713
21714 .section "How the limits for the number of hosts to try are used" &&&
21715 "SECTvalhosmax"
21716 .cindex "host" "maximum number to try"
21717 .cindex "limit" "hosts; maximum number tried"
21718 There are two options that are concerned with the number of hosts that are
21719 tried when an SMTP delivery takes place. They are &%hosts_max_try%& and
21720 &%hosts_max_try_hardlimit%&.
21721
21722
21723 The &%hosts_max_try%& option limits the number of hosts that are tried
21724 for a single delivery. However, despite the term &"host"& in its name, the
21725 option actually applies to each IP address independently. In other words, a
21726 multihomed host is treated as several independent hosts, just as it is for
21727 retrying.
21728
21729 Many of the larger ISPs have multiple MX records which often point to
21730 multihomed hosts. As a result, a list of a dozen or more IP addresses may be
21731 created as a result of routing one of these domains.
21732
21733 Trying every single IP address on such a long list does not seem sensible; if
21734 several at the top of the list fail, it is reasonable to assume there is some
21735 problem that is likely to affect all of them. Roughly speaking, the value of
21736 &%hosts_max_try%& is the maximum number that are tried before deferring the
21737 delivery. However, the logic cannot be quite that simple.
21738
21739 Firstly, IP addresses that are skipped because their retry times have not
21740 arrived do not count, and in addition, addresses that are past their retry
21741 limits are also not counted, even when they are tried. This means that when
21742 some IP addresses are past their retry limits, more than the value of
21743 &%hosts_max_retry%& may be tried. The reason for this behaviour is to ensure
21744 that all IP addresses are considered before timing out an email address (but
21745 see below for an exception).
21746
21747 Secondly, when the &%hosts_max_try%& limit is reached, Exim looks down the host
21748 list to see if there is a subsequent host with a different (higher valued) MX.
21749 If there is, that host is considered next, and the current IP address is used
21750 but not counted. This behaviour helps in the case of a domain with a retry rule
21751 that hardly ever delays any hosts, as is now explained:
21752
21753 Consider the case of a long list of hosts with one MX value, and a few with a
21754 higher MX value. If &%hosts_max_try%& is small (the default is 5) only a few
21755 hosts at the top of the list are tried at first. With the default retry rule,
21756 which specifies increasing retry times, the higher MX hosts are eventually
21757 tried when those at the top of the list are skipped because they have not
21758 reached their retry times.
21759
21760 However, it is common practice to put a fixed short retry time on domains for
21761 large ISPs, on the grounds that their servers are rarely down for very long.
21762 Unfortunately, these are exactly the domains that tend to resolve to long lists
21763 of hosts. The short retry time means that the lowest MX hosts are tried every
21764 time. The attempts may be in a different order because of random sorting, but
21765 without the special MX check, the higher MX hosts would never be tried until
21766 all the lower MX hosts had timed out (which might be several days), because
21767 there are always some lower MX hosts that have reached their retry times. With
21768 the special check, Exim considers at least one IP address from each MX value at
21769 every delivery attempt, even if the &%hosts_max_try%& limit has already been
21770 reached.
21771
21772 The above logic means that &%hosts_max_try%& is not a hard limit, and in
21773 particular, Exim normally eventually tries all the IP addresses before timing
21774 out an email address. When &%hosts_max_try%& was implemented, this seemed a
21775 reasonable thing to do. Recently, however, some lunatic DNS configurations have
21776 been set up with hundreds of IP addresses for some domains. It can
21777 take a very long time indeed for an address to time out in these cases.
21778
21779 The &%hosts_max_try_hardlimit%& option was added to help with this problem.
21780 Exim never tries more than this number of IP addresses; if it hits this limit
21781 and they are all timed out, the email address is bounced, even though not all
21782 possible IP addresses have been tried.
21783 .ecindex IIDsmttra1
21784 .ecindex IIDsmttra2
21785
21786
21787
21788
21789
21790 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21791 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21792
21793 .chapter "Address rewriting" "CHAPrewrite"
21794 .scindex IIDaddrew "rewriting" "addresses"
21795 There are some circumstances in which Exim automatically rewrites domains in
21796 addresses. The two most common are when an address is given without a domain
21797 (referred to as an &"unqualified address"&) or when an address contains an
21798 abbreviated domain that is expanded by DNS lookup.
21799
21800 Unqualified envelope addresses are accepted only for locally submitted
21801 messages, or for messages that are received from hosts matching
21802 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& or &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&, as
21803 appropriate. Unqualified addresses in header lines are qualified if they are in
21804 locally submitted messages, or messages from hosts that are permitted to send
21805 unqualified envelope addresses. Otherwise, unqualified addresses in header
21806 lines are neither qualified nor rewritten.
21807
21808 One situation in which Exim does &'not'& automatically rewrite a domain is
21809 when it is the name of a CNAME record in the DNS. The older RFCs suggest that
21810 such a domain should be rewritten using the &"canonical"& name, and some MTAs
21811 do this. The new RFCs do not contain this suggestion.
21812
21813
21814 .section "Explicitly configured address rewriting" "SECID147"
21815 This chapter describes the rewriting rules that can be used in the
21816 main rewrite section of the configuration file, and also in the generic
21817 &%headers_rewrite%& option that can be set on any transport.
21818
21819 Some people believe that configured address rewriting is a Mortal Sin.
21820 Others believe that life is not possible without it. Exim provides the
21821 facility; you do not have to use it.
21822
21823 The main rewriting rules that appear in the &"rewrite"& section of the
21824 configuration file are applied to addresses in incoming messages, both envelope
21825 addresses and addresses in header lines. Each rule specifies the types of
21826 address to which it applies.
21827
21828 Whether or not addresses in header lines are rewritten depends on the origin of
21829 the headers and the type of rewriting. Global rewriting, that is, rewriting
21830 rules from the rewrite section of the configuration file, is applied only to
21831 those headers that were received with the message. Header lines that are added
21832 by ACLs or by a system filter or by individual routers or transports (which
21833 are specific to individual recipient addresses) are not rewritten by the global
21834 rules.
21835
21836 Rewriting at transport time, by means of the &%headers_rewrite%& option,
21837 applies all headers except those added by routers and transports. That is, as
21838 well as the headers that were received with the message, it also applies to
21839 headers that were added by an ACL or a system filter.
21840
21841
21842 In general, rewriting addresses from your own system or domain has some
21843 legitimacy. Rewriting other addresses should be done only with great care and
21844 in special circumstances. The author of Exim believes that rewriting should be
21845 used sparingly, and mainly for &"regularizing"& addresses in your own domains.
21846 Although it can sometimes be used as a routing tool, this is very strongly
21847 discouraged.
21848
21849 There are two commonly encountered circumstances where rewriting is used, as
21850 illustrated by these examples:
21851
21852 .ilist
21853 The company whose domain is &'hitch.fict.example'& has a number of hosts that
21854 exchange mail with each other behind a firewall, but there is only a single
21855 gateway to the outer world. The gateway rewrites &'*.hitch.fict.example'& as
21856 &'hitch.fict.example'& when sending mail off-site.
21857 .next
21858 A host rewrites the local parts of its own users so that, for example,
21859 &'fp42@hitch.fict.example'& becomes &'Ford.Prefect@hitch.fict.example'&.
21860 .endlist
21861
21862
21863
21864 .section "When does rewriting happen?" "SECID148"
21865 .cindex "rewriting" "timing of"
21866 .cindex "&ACL;" "rewriting addresses in"
21867 Configured address rewriting can take place at several different stages of a
21868 message's processing.
21869
21870 .vindex "&$sender_address$&"
21871 At the start of an ACL for MAIL, the sender address may have been rewritten
21872 by a special SMTP-time rewrite rule (see section &<<SECTrewriteS>>&), but no
21873 ordinary rewrite rules have yet been applied. If, however, the sender address
21874 is verified in the ACL, it is rewritten before verification, and remains
21875 rewritten thereafter. The subsequent value of &$sender_address$& is the
21876 rewritten address. This also applies if sender verification happens in a
21877 RCPT ACL. Otherwise, when the sender address is not verified, it is
21878 rewritten as soon as a message's header lines have been received.
21879
21880 .vindex "&$domain$&"
21881 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
21882 Similarly, at the start of an ACL for RCPT, the current recipient's address
21883 may have been rewritten by a special SMTP-time rewrite rule, but no ordinary
21884 rewrite rules have yet been applied to it. However, the behaviour is different
21885 from the sender address when a recipient is verified. The address is rewritten
21886 for the verification, but the rewriting is not remembered at this stage. The
21887 value of &$local_part$& and &$domain$& after verification are always the same
21888 as they were before (that is, they contain the unrewritten &-- except for
21889 SMTP-time rewriting &-- address).
21890
21891 As soon as a message's header lines have been received, all the envelope
21892 recipient addresses are permanently rewritten, and rewriting is also applied to
21893 the addresses in the header lines (if configured). This happens before adding
21894 any header lines that were specified in MAIL or RCPT ACLs, and
21895 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "address rewriting; timing of"
21896 before the DATA ACL and &[local_scan()]& functions are run.
21897
21898 When an address is being routed, either for delivery or for verification,
21899 rewriting is applied immediately to child addresses that are generated by
21900 redirection, unless &%no_rewrite%& is set on the router.
21901
21902 .cindex "envelope sender" "rewriting at transport time"
21903 .cindex "rewriting" "at transport time"
21904 .cindex "header lines" "rewriting at transport time"
21905 At transport time, additional rewriting of addresses in header lines can be
21906 specified by setting the generic &%headers_rewrite%& option on a transport.
21907 This option contains rules that are identical in form to those in the rewrite
21908 section of the configuration file. They are applied to the original message
21909 header lines and any that were added by ACLs or a system filter. They are not
21910 applied to header lines that are added by routers or the transport.
21911
21912 The outgoing envelope sender can be rewritten by means of the &%return_path%&
21913 transport option. However, it is not possible to rewrite envelope recipients at
21914 transport time.
21915
21916
21917
21918
21919 .section "Testing the rewriting rules that apply on input" "SECID149"
21920 .cindex "rewriting" "testing"
21921 .cindex "testing" "rewriting"
21922 Exim's input rewriting configuration appears in a part of the run time
21923 configuration file headed by &"begin rewrite"&. It can be tested by the
21924 &%-brw%& command line option. This takes an address (which can be a full RFC
21925 2822 address) as its argument. The output is a list of how the address would be
21926 transformed by the rewriting rules for each of the different places it might
21927 appear in an incoming message, that is, for each different header and for the
21928 envelope sender and recipient fields. For example,
21929 .code
21930 exim -brw ph10@exim.workshop.example
21931 .endd
21932 might produce the output
21933 .code
21934 sender: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
21935 from: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
21936 to: ph10@exim.workshop.example
21937 cc: ph10@exim.workshop.example
21938 bcc: ph10@exim.workshop.example
21939 reply-to: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
21940 env-from: Philip.Hazel@exim.workshop.example
21941 env-to: ph10@exim.workshop.example
21942 .endd
21943 which shows that rewriting has been set up for that address when used in any of
21944 the source fields, but not when it appears as a recipient address. At the
21945 present time, there is no equivalent way of testing rewriting rules that are
21946 set for a particular transport.
21947
21948
21949 .section "Rewriting rules" "SECID150"
21950 .cindex "rewriting" "rules"
21951 The rewrite section of the configuration file consists of lines of rewriting
21952 rules in the form
21953 .display
21954 <&'source pattern'&> <&'replacement'&> <&'flags'&>
21955 .endd
21956 Rewriting rules that are specified for the &%headers_rewrite%& generic
21957 transport option are given as a colon-separated list. Each item in the list
21958 takes the same form as a line in the main rewriting configuration (except that
21959 any colons must be doubled, of course).
21960
21961 The formats of source patterns and replacement strings are described below.
21962 Each is terminated by white space, unless enclosed in double quotes, in which
21963 case normal quoting conventions apply inside the quotes. The flags are single
21964 characters which may appear in any order. Spaces and tabs between them are
21965 ignored.
21966
21967 For each address that could potentially be rewritten, the rules are scanned in
21968 order, and replacements for the address from earlier rules can themselves be
21969 replaced by later rules (but see the &"q"& and &"R"& flags).
21970
21971 The order in which addresses are rewritten is undefined, may change between
21972 releases, and must not be relied on, with one exception: when a message is
21973 received, the envelope sender is always rewritten first, before any header
21974 lines are rewritten. For example, the replacement string for a rewrite of an
21975 address in &'To:'& must not assume that the message's address in &'From:'& has
21976 (or has not) already been rewritten. However, a rewrite of &'From:'& may assume
21977 that the envelope sender has already been rewritten.
21978
21979 .vindex "&$domain$&"
21980 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
21981 The variables &$local_part$& and &$domain$& can be used in the replacement
21982 string to refer to the address that is being rewritten. Note that lookup-driven
21983 rewriting can be done by a rule of the form
21984 .code
21985 *@* ${lookup ...
21986 .endd
21987 where the lookup key uses &$1$& and &$2$& or &$local_part$& and &$domain$& to
21988 refer to the address that is being rewritten.
21989
21990
21991 .section "Rewriting patterns" "SECID151"
21992 .cindex "rewriting" "patterns"
21993 .cindex "address list" "in a rewriting pattern"
21994 The source pattern in a rewriting rule is any item which may appear in an
21995 address list (see section &<<SECTaddresslist>>&). It is in fact processed as a
21996 single-item address list, which means that it is expanded before being tested
21997 against the address. As always, if you use a regular expression as a pattern,
21998 you must take care to escape dollar and backslash characters, or use the &`\N`&
21999 facility to suppress string expansion within the regular expression.
22000
22001 Domains in patterns should be given in lower case. Local parts in patterns are
22002 case-sensitive. If you want to do case-insensitive matching of local parts, you
22003 can use a regular expression that starts with &`^(?i)`&.
22004
22005 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in rewriting rules"
22006 After matching, the numerical variables &$1$&, &$2$&, etc. may be set,
22007 depending on the type of match which occurred. These can be used in the
22008 replacement string to insert portions of the incoming address. &$0$& always
22009 refers to the complete incoming address. When a regular expression is used, the
22010 numerical variables are set from its capturing subexpressions. For other types
22011 of pattern they are set as follows:
22012
22013 .ilist
22014 If a local part or domain starts with an asterisk, the numerical variables
22015 refer to the character strings matched by asterisks, with &$1$& associated with
22016 the first asterisk, and &$2$& with the second, if present. For example, if the
22017 pattern
22018 .code
22019 *queen@*.fict.example
22020 .endd
22021 is matched against the address &'hearts-queen@wonderland.fict.example'& then
22022 .code
22023 $0 = hearts-queen@wonderland.fict.example
22024 $1 = hearts-
22025 $2 = wonderland
22026 .endd
22027 Note that if the local part does not start with an asterisk, but the domain
22028 does, it is &$1$& that contains the wild part of the domain.
22029
22030 .next
22031 If the domain part of the pattern is a partial lookup, the wild and fixed parts
22032 of the domain are placed in the next available numerical variables. Suppose,
22033 for example, that the address &'foo@bar.baz.example'& is processed by a
22034 rewriting rule of the form
22035 .display
22036 &`*@partial-dbm;/some/dbm/file`& <&'replacement string'&>
22037 .endd
22038 and the key in the file that matches the domain is &`*.baz.example`&. Then
22039 .code
22040 $1 = foo
22041 $2 = bar
22042 $3 = baz.example
22043 .endd
22044 If the address &'foo@baz.example'& is looked up, this matches the same
22045 wildcard file entry, and in this case &$2$& is set to the empty string, but
22046 &$3$& is still set to &'baz.example'&. If a non-wild key is matched in a
22047 partial lookup, &$2$& is again set to the empty string and &$3$& is set to the
22048 whole domain. For non-partial domain lookups, no numerical variables are set.
22049 .endlist
22050
22051
22052 .section "Rewriting replacements" "SECID152"
22053 .cindex "rewriting" "replacements"
22054 If the replacement string for a rule is a single asterisk, addresses that
22055 match the pattern and the flags are &'not'& rewritten, and no subsequent
22056 rewriting rules are scanned. For example,
22057 .code
22058 hatta@lookingglass.fict.example * f
22059 .endd
22060 specifies that &'hatta@lookingglass.fict.example'& is never to be rewritten in
22061 &'From:'& headers.
22062
22063 .vindex "&$domain$&"
22064 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
22065 If the replacement string is not a single asterisk, it is expanded, and must
22066 yield a fully qualified address. Within the expansion, the variables
22067 &$local_part$& and &$domain$& refer to the address that is being rewritten.
22068 Any letters they contain retain their original case &-- they are not lower
22069 cased. The numerical variables are set up according to the type of pattern that
22070 matched the address, as described above. If the expansion is forced to fail by
22071 the presence of &"fail"& in a conditional or lookup item, rewriting by the
22072 current rule is abandoned, but subsequent rules may take effect. Any other
22073 expansion failure causes the entire rewriting operation to be abandoned, and an
22074 entry written to the panic log.
22075
22076
22077
22078 .section "Rewriting flags" "SECID153"
22079 There are three different kinds of flag that may appear on rewriting rules:
22080
22081 .ilist
22082 Flags that specify which headers and envelope addresses to rewrite: E, F, T, b,
22083 c, f, h, r, s, t.
22084 .next
22085 A flag that specifies rewriting at SMTP time: S.
22086 .next
22087 Flags that control the rewriting process: Q, q, R, w.
22088 .endlist
22089
22090 For rules that are part of the &%headers_rewrite%& generic transport option,
22091 E, F, T, and S are not permitted.
22092
22093
22094
22095 .section "Flags specifying which headers and envelope addresses to rewrite" &&&
22096 "SECID154"
22097 .cindex "rewriting" "flags"
22098 If none of the following flag letters, nor the &"S"& flag (see section
22099 &<<SECTrewriteS>>&) are present, a main rewriting rule applies to all headers
22100 and to both the sender and recipient fields of the envelope, whereas a
22101 transport-time rewriting rule just applies to all headers. Otherwise, the
22102 rewriting rule is skipped unless the relevant addresses are being processed.
22103 .display
22104 &`E`& rewrite all envelope fields
22105 &`F`& rewrite the envelope From field
22106 &`T`& rewrite the envelope To field
22107 &`b`& rewrite the &'Bcc:'& header
22108 &`c`& rewrite the &'Cc:'& header
22109 &`f`& rewrite the &'From:'& header
22110 &`h`& rewrite all headers
22111 &`r`& rewrite the &'Reply-To:'& header
22112 &`s`& rewrite the &'Sender:'& header
22113 &`t`& rewrite the &'To:'& header
22114 .endd
22115 You should be particularly careful about rewriting &'Sender:'& headers, and
22116 restrict this to special known cases in your own domains.
22117
22118
22119 .section "The SMTP-time rewriting flag" "SECTrewriteS"
22120 .cindex "SMTP" "rewriting malformed addresses"
22121 .cindex "RCPT" "rewriting argument of"
22122 .cindex "MAIL" "rewriting argument of"
22123 The rewrite flag &"S"& specifies a rewrite of incoming envelope addresses at
22124 SMTP time, as soon as an address is received in a MAIL or RCPT command, and
22125 before any other processing; even before syntax checking. The pattern is
22126 required to be a regular expression, and it is matched against the whole of the
22127 data for the command, including any surrounding angle brackets.
22128
22129 .vindex "&$domain$&"
22130 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
22131 This form of rewrite rule allows for the handling of addresses that are not
22132 compliant with RFCs 2821 and 2822 (for example, &"bang paths"& in batched SMTP
22133 input). Because the input is not required to be a syntactically valid address,
22134 the variables &$local_part$& and &$domain$& are not available during the
22135 expansion of the replacement string. The result of rewriting replaces the
22136 original address in the MAIL or RCPT command.
22137
22138
22139 .section "Flags controlling the rewriting process" "SECID155"
22140 There are four flags which control the way the rewriting process works. These
22141 take effect only when a rule is invoked, that is, when the address is of the
22142 correct type (matches the flags) and matches the pattern:
22143
22144 .ilist
22145 If the &"Q"& flag is set on a rule, the rewritten address is permitted to be an
22146 unqualified local part. It is qualified with &%qualify_recipient%&. In the
22147 absence of &"Q"& the rewritten address must always include a domain.
22148 .next
22149 If the &"q"& flag is set on a rule, no further rewriting rules are considered,
22150 even if no rewriting actually takes place because of a &"fail"& in the
22151 expansion. The &"q"& flag is not effective if the address is of the wrong type
22152 (does not match the flags) or does not match the pattern.
22153 .next
22154 The &"R"& flag causes a successful rewriting rule to be re-applied to the new
22155 address, up to ten times. It can be combined with the &"q"& flag, to stop
22156 rewriting once it fails to match (after at least one successful rewrite).
22157 .next
22158 .cindex "rewriting" "whole addresses"
22159 When an address in a header is rewritten, the rewriting normally applies only
22160 to the working part of the address, with any comments and RFC 2822 &"phrase"&
22161 left unchanged. For example, rewriting might change
22162 .code
22163 From: Ford Prefect <fp42@restaurant.hitch.fict.example>
22164 .endd
22165 into
22166 .code
22167 From: Ford Prefect <prefectf@hitch.fict.example>
22168 .endd
22169 .cindex "RFC 2047"
22170 Sometimes there is a need to replace the whole address item, and this can be
22171 done by adding the flag letter &"w"& to a rule. If this is set on a rule that
22172 causes an address in a header line to be rewritten, the entire address is
22173 replaced, not just the working part. The replacement must be a complete RFC
22174 2822 address, including the angle brackets if necessary. If text outside angle
22175 brackets contains a character whose value is greater than 126 or less than 32
22176 (except for tab), the text is encoded according to RFC 2047. The character set
22177 is taken from &%headers_charset%&, which defaults to ISO-8859-1.
22178
22179 When the &"w"& flag is set on a rule that causes an envelope address to be
22180 rewritten, all but the working part of the replacement address is discarded.
22181 .endlist
22182
22183
22184 .section "Rewriting examples" "SECID156"
22185 Here is an example of the two common rewriting paradigms:
22186 .code
22187 *@*.hitch.fict.example $1@hitch.fict.example
22188 *@hitch.fict.example ${lookup{$1}dbm{/etc/realnames}\
22189 {$value}fail}@hitch.fict.example bctfrF
22190 .endd
22191 Note the use of &"fail"& in the lookup expansion in the second rule, forcing
22192 the string expansion to fail if the lookup does not succeed. In this context it
22193 has the effect of leaving the original address unchanged, but Exim goes on to
22194 consider subsequent rewriting rules, if any, because the &"q"& flag is not
22195 present in that rule. An alternative to &"fail"& would be to supply &$1$&
22196 explicitly, which would cause the rewritten address to be the same as before,
22197 at the cost of a small bit of processing. Not supplying either of these is an
22198 error, since the rewritten address would then contain no local part.
22199
22200 The first example above replaces the domain with a superior, more general
22201 domain. This may not be desirable for certain local parts. If the rule
22202 .code
22203 root@*.hitch.fict.example *
22204 .endd
22205 were inserted before the first rule, rewriting would be suppressed for the
22206 local part &'root'& at any domain ending in &'hitch.fict.example'&.
22207
22208 Rewriting can be made conditional on a number of tests, by making use of
22209 &${if$& in the expansion item. For example, to apply a rewriting rule only to
22210 messages that originate outside the local host:
22211 .code
22212 *@*.hitch.fict.example "${if !eq {$sender_host_address}{}\
22213 {$1@hitch.fict.example}fail}"
22214 .endd
22215 The replacement string is quoted in this example because it contains white
22216 space.
22217
22218 .cindex "rewriting" "bang paths"
22219 .cindex "bang paths" "rewriting"
22220 Exim does not handle addresses in the form of &"bang paths"&. If it sees such
22221 an address it treats it as an unqualified local part which it qualifies with
22222 the local qualification domain (if the source of the message is local or if the
22223 remote host is permitted to send unqualified addresses). Rewriting can
22224 sometimes be used to handle simple bang paths with a fixed number of
22225 components. For example, the rule
22226 .code
22227 \N^([^!]+)!(.*)@your.domain.example$\N $2@$1
22228 .endd
22229 rewrites a two-component bang path &'host.name!user'& as the domain address
22230 &'user@host.name'&. However, there is a security implication in using this as
22231 a global rewriting rule for envelope addresses. It can provide a backdoor
22232 method for using your system as a relay, because the incoming addresses appear
22233 to be local. If the bang path addresses are received via SMTP, it is safer to
22234 use the &"S"& flag to rewrite them as they are received, so that relay checking
22235 can be done on the rewritten addresses.
22236 .ecindex IIDaddrew
22237
22238
22239
22240
22241
22242 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22243 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22244
22245 .chapter "Retry configuration" "CHAPretry"
22246 .scindex IIDretconf1 "retry" "configuration, description of"
22247 .scindex IIDregconf2 "configuration file" "retry section"
22248 The &"retry"& section of the run time configuration file contains a list of
22249 retry rules that control how often Exim tries to deliver messages that cannot
22250 be delivered at the first attempt. If there are no retry rules, temporary
22251 errors are treated as permanent. The &%-brt%& command line option can be used
22252 to test which retry rule will be used for a given address, domain and error.
22253
22254 The most common cause of retries is temporary failure to deliver to a remote
22255 host because the host is down, or inaccessible because of a network problem.
22256 Exim's retry processing in this case is applied on a per-host (strictly, per IP
22257 address) basis, not on a per-message basis. Thus, if one message has recently
22258 been delayed, delivery of a new message to the same host is not immediately
22259 tried, but waits for the host's retry time to arrive. If the &%retry_defer%&
22260 log selector is set, the message
22261 .cindex "retry" "time not reached"
22262 &"retry time not reached"& is written to the main log whenever a delivery is
22263 skipped for this reason. Section &<<SECToutSMTPerr>>& contains more details of
22264 the handling of errors during remote deliveries.
22265
22266 Retry processing applies to routing as well as to delivering, except as covered
22267 in the next paragraph. The retry rules do not distinguish between these
22268 actions. It is not possible, for example, to specify different behaviour for
22269 failures to route the domain &'snark.fict.example'& and failures to deliver to
22270 the host &'snark.fict.example'&. I didn't think anyone would ever need this
22271 added complication, so did not implement it. However, although they share the
22272 same retry rule, the actual retry times for routing and transporting a given
22273 domain are maintained independently.
22274
22275 When a delivery is not part of a queue run (typically an immediate delivery on
22276 receipt of a message), the routers are always run, and local deliveries are
22277 always attempted, even if retry times are set for them. This makes for better
22278 behaviour if one particular message is causing problems (for example, causing
22279 quota overflow, or provoking an error in a filter file). If such a delivery
22280 suffers a temporary failure, the retry data is updated as normal, and
22281 subsequent delivery attempts from queue runs occur only when the retry time for
22282 the local address is reached.
22283
22284 .section "Changing retry rules" "SECID157"
22285 If you change the retry rules in your configuration, you should consider
22286 whether or not to delete the retry data that is stored in Exim's spool area in
22287 files with names like &_db/retry_&. Deleting any of Exim's hints files is
22288 always safe; that is why they are called &"hints"&.
22289
22290 The hints retry data contains suggested retry times based on the previous
22291 rules. In the case of a long-running problem with a remote host, it might
22292 record the fact that the host has timed out. If your new rules increase the
22293 timeout time for such a host, you should definitely remove the old retry data
22294 and let Exim recreate it, based on the new rules. Otherwise Exim might bounce
22295 messages that it should now be retaining.
22296
22297
22298
22299 .section "Format of retry rules" "SECID158"
22300 .cindex "retry" "rules"
22301 Each retry rule occupies one line and consists of three or four parts,
22302 separated by white space: a pattern, an error name, an optional list of sender
22303 addresses, and a list of retry parameters. The pattern and sender lists must be
22304 enclosed in double quotes if they contain white space. The rules are searched
22305 in order until one is found where the pattern, error name, and sender list (if
22306 present) match the failing host or address, the error that occurred, and the
22307 message's sender, respectively.
22308
22309
22310 The pattern is any single item that may appear in an address list (see section
22311 &<<SECTaddresslist>>&). It is in fact processed as a one-item address list,
22312 which means that it is expanded before being tested against the address that
22313 has been delayed. A negated address list item is permitted. Address
22314 list processing treats a plain domain name as if it were preceded by &"*@"&,
22315 which makes it possible for many retry rules to start with just a domain. For
22316 example,
22317 .code
22318 lookingglass.fict.example * F,24h,30m;
22319 .endd
22320 provides a rule for any address in the &'lookingglass.fict.example'& domain,
22321 whereas
22322 .code
22323 alice@lookingglass.fict.example * F,24h,30m;
22324 .endd
22325 applies only to temporary failures involving the local part &%alice%&.
22326 In practice, almost all rules start with a domain name pattern without a local
22327 part.
22328
22329 .cindex "regular expressions" "in retry rules"
22330 &*Warning*&: If you use a regular expression in a routing rule pattern, it
22331 must match a complete address, not just a domain, because that is how regular
22332 expressions work in address lists.
22333 .display
22334 &`^\Nxyz\d+\.abc\.example$\N * G,1h,10m,2`& &%Wrong%&
22335 &`^\N[^@]+@xyz\d+\.abc\.example$\N * G,1h,10m,2`& &%Right%&
22336 .endd
22337
22338
22339 .section "Choosing which retry rule to use for address errors" "SECID159"
22340 When Exim is looking for a retry rule after a routing attempt has failed (for
22341 example, after a DNS timeout), each line in the retry configuration is tested
22342 against the complete address only if &%retry_use_local_part%& is set for the
22343 router. Otherwise, only the domain is used, except when matching against a
22344 regular expression, when the local part of the address is replaced with &"*"&.
22345 A domain on its own can match a domain pattern, or a pattern that starts with
22346 &"*@"&. By default, &%retry_use_local_part%& is true for routers where
22347 &%check_local_user%& is true, and false for other routers.
22348
22349 Similarly, when Exim is looking for a retry rule after a local delivery has
22350 failed (for example, after a mailbox full error), each line in the retry
22351 configuration is tested against the complete address only if
22352 &%retry_use_local_part%& is set for the transport (it defaults true for all
22353 local transports).
22354
22355 .cindex "4&'xx'& responses" "retry rules for"
22356 However, when Exim is looking for a retry rule after a remote delivery attempt
22357 suffers an address error (a 4&'xx'& SMTP response for a recipient address), the
22358 whole address is always used as the key when searching the retry rules. The
22359 rule that is found is used to create a retry time for the combination of the
22360 failing address and the message's sender. It is the combination of sender and
22361 recipient that is delayed in subsequent queue runs until its retry time is
22362 reached. You can delay the recipient without regard to the sender by setting
22363 &%address_retry_include_sender%& false in the &(smtp)& transport but this can
22364 lead to problems with servers that regularly issue 4&'xx'& responses to RCPT
22365 commands.
22366
22367
22368
22369 .section "Choosing which retry rule to use for host and message errors" &&&
22370 "SECID160"
22371 For a temporary error that is not related to an individual address (for
22372 example, a connection timeout), each line in the retry configuration is checked
22373 twice. First, the name of the remote host is used as a domain name (preceded by
22374 &"*@"& when matching a regular expression). If this does not match the line,
22375 the domain from the email address is tried in a similar fashion. For example,
22376 suppose the MX records for &'a.b.c.example'& are
22377 .code
22378 a.b.c.example MX 5 x.y.z.example
22379 MX 6 p.q.r.example
22380 MX 7 m.n.o.example
22381 .endd
22382 and the retry rules are
22383 .code
22384 p.q.r.example * F,24h,30m;
22385 a.b.c.example * F,4d,45m;
22386 .endd
22387 and a delivery to the host &'x.y.z.example'& suffers a connection failure. The
22388 first rule matches neither the host nor the domain, so Exim looks at the second
22389 rule. This does not match the host, but it does match the domain, so it is used
22390 to calculate the retry time for the host &'x.y.z.example'&. Meanwhile, Exim
22391 tries to deliver to &'p.q.r.example'&. If this also suffers a host error, the
22392 first retry rule is used, because it matches the host.
22393
22394 In other words, temporary failures to deliver to host &'p.q.r.example'& use the
22395 first rule to determine retry times, but for all the other hosts for the domain
22396 &'a.b.c.example'&, the second rule is used. The second rule is also used if
22397 routing to &'a.b.c.example'& suffers a temporary failure.
22398
22399 &*Note*&: The host name is used when matching the patterns, not its IP address.
22400 However, if a message is routed directly to an IP address without the use of a
22401 host name, for example, if a &(manualroute)& router contains a setting such as:
22402 .code
22403 route_list = *.a.example 192.168.34.23
22404 .endd
22405 then the &"host name"& that is used when searching for a retry rule is the
22406 textual form of the IP address.
22407
22408 .section "Retry rules for specific errors" "SECID161"
22409 .cindex "retry" "specific errors; specifying"
22410 The second field in a retry rule is the name of a particular error, or an
22411 asterisk, which matches any error. The errors that can be tested for are:
22412
22413 .vlist
22414 .vitem &%auth_failed%&
22415 Authentication failed when trying to send to a host in the
22416 &%hosts_require_auth%& list in an &(smtp)& transport.
22417
22418 .vitem &%data_4xx%&
22419 A 4&'xx'& error was received for an outgoing DATA command, either immediately
22420 after the command, or after sending the message's data.
22421
22422 .vitem &%mail_4xx%&
22423 A 4&'xx'& error was received for an outgoing MAIL command.
22424
22425 .vitem &%rcpt_4xx%&
22426 A 4&'xx'& error was received for an outgoing RCPT command.
22427 .endlist
22428
22429 For the three 4&'xx'& errors, either the first or both of the x's can be given
22430 as specific digits, for example: &`mail_45x`& or &`rcpt_436`&. For example, to
22431 recognize 452 errors given to RCPT commands for addresses in a certain domain,
22432 and have retries every ten minutes with a one-hour timeout, you could set up a
22433 retry rule of this form:
22434 .code
22435 the.domain.name rcpt_452 F,1h,10m
22436 .endd
22437 These errors apply to both outgoing SMTP (the &(smtp)& transport) and outgoing
22438 LMTP (either the &(lmtp)& transport, or the &(smtp)& transport in LMTP mode).
22439
22440 .vlist
22441 .vitem &%lost_connection%&
22442 A server unexpectedly closed the SMTP connection. There may, of course,
22443 legitimate reasons for this (host died, network died), but if it repeats a lot
22444 for the same host, it indicates something odd.
22445
22446 .vitem &%refused_MX%&
22447 A connection to a host obtained from an MX record was refused.
22448
22449 .vitem &%refused_A%&
22450 A connection to a host not obtained from an MX record was refused.
22451
22452 .vitem &%refused%&
22453 A connection was refused.
22454
22455 .vitem &%timeout_connect_MX%&
22456 A connection attempt to a host obtained from an MX record timed out.
22457
22458 .vitem &%timeout_connect_A%&
22459 A connection attempt to a host not obtained from an MX record timed out.
22460
22461 .vitem &%timeout_connect%&
22462 A connection attempt timed out.
22463
22464 .vitem &%timeout_MX%&
22465 There was a timeout while connecting or during an SMTP session with a host
22466 obtained from an MX record.
22467
22468 .vitem &%timeout_A%&
22469 There was a timeout while connecting or during an SMTP session with a host not
22470 obtained from an MX record.
22471
22472 .vitem &%timeout%&
22473 There was a timeout while connecting or during an SMTP session.
22474
22475 .vitem &%tls_required%&
22476 The server was required to use TLS (it matched &%hosts_require_tls%& in the
22477 &(smtp)& transport), but either did not offer TLS, or it responded with 4&'xx'&
22478 to STARTTLS, or there was a problem setting up the TLS connection.
22479
22480 .vitem &%quota%&
22481 A mailbox quota was exceeded in a local delivery by the &(appendfile)&
22482 transport.
22483
22484 .vitem &%quota_%&<&'time'&>
22485 .cindex "quota" "error testing in retry rule"
22486 .cindex "retry" "quota error testing"
22487 A mailbox quota was exceeded in a local delivery by the &(appendfile)&
22488 transport, and the mailbox has not been accessed for <&'time'&>. For example,
22489 &'quota_4d'& applies to a quota error when the mailbox has not been accessed
22490 for four days.
22491 .endlist
22492
22493 .cindex "mailbox" "time of last read"
22494 The idea of &%quota_%&<&'time'&> is to make it possible to have shorter
22495 timeouts when the mailbox is full and is not being read by its owner. Ideally,
22496 it should be based on the last time that the user accessed the mailbox.
22497 However, it is not always possible to determine this. Exim uses the following
22498 heuristic rules:
22499
22500 .ilist
22501 If the mailbox is a single file, the time of last access (the &"atime"&) is
22502 used. As no new messages are being delivered (because the mailbox is over
22503 quota), Exim does not access the file, so this is the time of last user access.
22504 .next
22505 .cindex "maildir format" "time of last read"
22506 For a maildir delivery, the time of last modification of the &_new_&
22507 subdirectory is used. As the mailbox is over quota, no new files are created in
22508 the &_new_& subdirectory, because no new messages are being delivered. Any
22509 change to the &_new_& subdirectory is therefore assumed to be the result of an
22510 MUA moving a new message to the &_cur_& directory when it is first read. The
22511 time that is used is therefore the last time that the user read a new message.
22512 .next
22513 For other kinds of multi-file mailbox, the time of last access cannot be
22514 obtained, so a retry rule that uses this type of error field is never matched.
22515 .endlist
22516
22517 The quota errors apply both to system-enforced quotas and to Exim's own quota
22518 mechanism in the &(appendfile)& transport. The &'quota'& error also applies
22519 when a local delivery is deferred because a partition is full (the ENOSPC
22520 error).
22521
22522
22523
22524 .section "Retry rules for specified senders" "SECID162"
22525 .cindex "retry" "rules; sender-specific"
22526 You can specify retry rules that apply only when the failing message has a
22527 specific sender. In particular, this can be used to define retry rules that
22528 apply only to bounce messages. The third item in a retry rule can be of this
22529 form:
22530 .display
22531 &`senders=`&<&'address list'&>
22532 .endd
22533 The retry timings themselves are then the fourth item. For example:
22534 .code
22535 * rcpt_4xx senders=: F,1h,30m
22536 .endd
22537 matches recipient 4&'xx'& errors for bounce messages sent to any address at any
22538 host. If the address list contains white space, it must be enclosed in quotes.
22539 For example:
22540 .code
22541 a.domain rcpt_452 senders="xb.dom : yc.dom" G,8h,10m,1.5
22542 .endd
22543 &*Warning*&: This facility can be unhelpful if it is used for host errors
22544 (which do not depend on the recipient). The reason is that the sender is used
22545 only to match the retry rule. Once the rule has been found for a host error,
22546 its contents are used to set a retry time for the host, and this will apply to
22547 all messages, not just those with specific senders.
22548
22549 When testing retry rules using &%-brt%&, you can supply a sender using the
22550 &%-f%& command line option, like this:
22551 .code
22552 exim -f "" -brt user@dom.ain
22553 .endd
22554 If you do not set &%-f%& with &%-brt%&, a retry rule that contains a senders
22555 list is never matched.
22556
22557
22558
22559
22560
22561 .section "Retry parameters" "SECID163"
22562 .cindex "retry" "parameters in rules"
22563 The third (or fourth, if a senders list is present) field in a retry rule is a
22564 sequence of retry parameter sets, separated by semicolons. Each set consists of
22565 .display
22566 <&'letter'&>,<&'cutoff time'&>,<&'arguments'&>
22567 .endd
22568 The letter identifies the algorithm for computing a new retry time; the cutoff
22569 time is the time beyond which this algorithm no longer applies, and the
22570 arguments vary the algorithm's action. The cutoff time is measured from the
22571 time that the first failure for the domain (combined with the local part if
22572 relevant) was detected, not from the time the message was received.
22573
22574 .cindex "retry" "algorithms"
22575 .cindex "retry" "fixed intervals"
22576 .cindex "retry" "increasing intervals"
22577 .cindex "retry" "random intervals"
22578 The available algorithms are:
22579
22580 .ilist
22581 &'F'&: retry at fixed intervals. There is a single time parameter specifying
22582 the interval.
22583 .next
22584 &'G'&: retry at geometrically increasing intervals. The first argument
22585 specifies a starting value for the interval, and the second a multiplier, which
22586 is used to increase the size of the interval at each retry.
22587 .next
22588 &'H'&: retry at randomized intervals. The arguments are as for &'G'&. For each
22589 retry, the previous interval is multiplied by the factor in order to get a
22590 maximum for the next interval. The minimum interval is the first argument of
22591 the parameter, and an actual interval is chosen randomly between them. Such a
22592 rule has been found to be helpful in cluster configurations when all the
22593 members of the cluster restart at once, and may therefore synchronize their
22594 queue processing times.
22595 .endlist
22596
22597 When computing the next retry time, the algorithm definitions are scanned in
22598 order until one whose cutoff time has not yet passed is reached. This is then
22599 used to compute a new retry time that is later than the current time. In the
22600 case of fixed interval retries, this simply means adding the interval to the
22601 current time. For geometrically increasing intervals, retry intervals are
22602 computed from the rule's parameters until one that is greater than the previous
22603 interval is found. The main configuration variable
22604 .cindex "limit" "retry interval"
22605 .cindex "retry" "interval, maximum"
22606 .oindex "&%retry_interval_max%&"
22607 &%retry_interval_max%& limits the maximum interval between retries. It
22608 cannot be set greater than &`24h`&, which is its default value.
22609
22610 A single remote domain may have a number of hosts associated with it, and each
22611 host may have more than one IP address. Retry algorithms are selected on the
22612 basis of the domain name, but are applied to each IP address independently. If,
22613 for example, a host has two IP addresses and one is unusable, Exim will
22614 generate retry times for it and will not try to use it until its next retry
22615 time comes. Thus the good IP address is likely to be tried first most of the
22616 time.
22617
22618 .cindex "hints database" "use for retrying"
22619 Retry times are hints rather than promises. Exim does not make any attempt to
22620 run deliveries exactly at the computed times. Instead, a queue runner process
22621 starts delivery processes for delayed messages periodically, and these attempt
22622 new deliveries only for those addresses that have passed their next retry time.
22623 If a new message arrives for a deferred address, an immediate delivery attempt
22624 occurs only if the address has passed its retry time. In the absence of new
22625 messages, the minimum time between retries is the interval between queue runner
22626 processes. There is not much point in setting retry times of five minutes if
22627 your queue runners happen only once an hour, unless there are a significant
22628 number of incoming messages (which might be the case on a system that is
22629 sending everything to a smart host, for example).
22630
22631 The data in the retry hints database can be inspected by using the
22632 &'exim_dumpdb'& or &'exim_fixdb'& utility programs (see chapter
22633 &<<CHAPutils>>&). The latter utility can also be used to change the data. The
22634 &'exinext'& utility script can be used to find out what the next retry times
22635 are for the hosts associated with a particular mail domain, and also for local
22636 deliveries that have been deferred.
22637
22638
22639 .section "Retry rule examples" "SECID164"
22640 Here are some example retry rules:
22641 .code
22642 alice@wonderland.fict.example quota_5d F,7d,3h
22643 wonderland.fict.example quota_5d
22644 wonderland.fict.example * F,1h,15m; G,2d,1h,2;
22645 lookingglass.fict.example * F,24h,30m;
22646 * refused_A F,2h,20m;
22647 * * F,2h,15m; G,16h,1h,1.5; F,5d,8h
22648 .endd
22649 The first rule sets up special handling for mail to
22650 &'alice@wonderland.fict.example'& when there is an over-quota error and the
22651 mailbox has not been read for at least 5 days. Retries continue every three
22652 hours for 7 days. The second rule handles over-quota errors for all other local
22653 parts at &'wonderland.fict.example'&; the absence of a local part has the same
22654 effect as supplying &"*@"&. As no retry algorithms are supplied, messages that
22655 fail are bounced immediately if the mailbox has not been read for at least 5
22656 days.
22657
22658 The third rule handles all other errors at &'wonderland.fict.example'&; retries
22659 happen every 15 minutes for an hour, then with geometrically increasing
22660 intervals until two days have passed since a delivery first failed. After the
22661 first hour there is a delay of one hour, then two hours, then four hours, and
22662 so on (this is a rather extreme example).
22663
22664 The fourth rule controls retries for the domain &'lookingglass.fict.example'&.
22665 They happen every 30 minutes for 24 hours only. The remaining two rules handle
22666 all other domains, with special action for connection refusal from hosts that
22667 were not obtained from an MX record.
22668
22669 The final rule in a retry configuration should always have asterisks in the
22670 first two fields so as to provide a general catch-all for any addresses that do
22671 not have their own special handling. This example tries every 15 minutes for 2
22672 hours, then with intervals starting at one hour and increasing by a factor of
22673 1.5 up to 16 hours, then every 8 hours up to 5 days.
22674
22675
22676
22677 .section "Timeout of retry data" "SECID165"
22678 .cindex "timeout" "of retry data"
22679 .oindex "&%retry_data_expire%&"
22680 .cindex "hints database" "data expiry"
22681 .cindex "retry" "timeout of data"
22682 Exim timestamps the data that it writes to its retry hints database. When it
22683 consults the data during a delivery it ignores any that is older than the value
22684 set in &%retry_data_expire%& (default 7 days). If, for example, a host hasn't
22685 been tried for 7 days, Exim will try to deliver to it immediately a message
22686 arrives, and if that fails, it will calculate a retry time as if it were
22687 failing for the first time.
22688
22689 This improves the behaviour for messages routed to rarely-used hosts such as MX
22690 backups. If such a host was down at one time, and happens to be down again when
22691 Exim tries a month later, using the old retry data would imply that it had been
22692 down all the time, which is not a justified assumption.
22693
22694 If a host really is permanently dead, this behaviour causes a burst of retries
22695 every now and again, but only if messages routed to it are rare. If there is a
22696 message at least once every 7 days the retry data never expires.
22697
22698
22699
22700
22701 .section "Long-term failures" "SECID166"
22702 .cindex "delivery failure, long-term"
22703 .cindex "retry" "after long-term failure"
22704 Special processing happens when an email address has been failing for so long
22705 that the cutoff time for the last algorithm is reached. For example, using the
22706 default retry rule:
22707 .code
22708 * * F,2h,15m; G,16h,1h,1.5; F,4d,6h
22709 .endd
22710 the cutoff time is four days. Reaching the retry cutoff is independent of how
22711 long any specific message has been failing; it is the length of continuous
22712 failure for the recipient address that counts.
22713
22714 When the cutoff time is reached for a local delivery, or for all the IP
22715 addresses associated with a remote delivery, a subsequent delivery failure
22716 causes Exim to give up on the address, and a bounce message is generated.
22717 In order to cater for new messages that use the failing address, a next retry
22718 time is still computed from the final algorithm, and is used as follows:
22719
22720 For local deliveries, one delivery attempt is always made for any subsequent
22721 messages. If this delivery fails, the address fails immediately. The
22722 post-cutoff retry time is not used.
22723
22724 If the delivery is remote, there are two possibilities, controlled by the
22725 .oindex "&%delay_after_cutoff%&"
22726 &%delay_after_cutoff%& option of the &(smtp)& transport. The option is true by
22727 default. Until the post-cutoff retry time for one of the IP addresses is
22728 reached, the failing email address is bounced immediately, without a delivery
22729 attempt taking place. After that time, one new delivery attempt is made to
22730 those IP addresses that are past their retry times, and if that still fails,
22731 the address is bounced and new retry times are computed.
22732
22733 In other words, when all the hosts for a given email address have been failing
22734 for a long time, Exim bounces rather then defers until one of the hosts' retry
22735 times is reached. Then it tries once, and bounces if that attempt fails. This
22736 behaviour ensures that few resources are wasted in repeatedly trying to deliver
22737 to a broken destination, but if the host does recover, Exim will eventually
22738 notice.
22739
22740 If &%delay_after_cutoff%& is set false, Exim behaves differently. If all IP
22741 addresses are past their final cutoff time, Exim tries to deliver to those IP
22742 addresses that have not been tried since the message arrived. If there are
22743 no suitable IP addresses, or if they all fail, the address is bounced. In other
22744 words, it does not delay when a new message arrives, but tries the expired
22745 addresses immediately, unless they have been tried since the message arrived.
22746 If there is a continuous stream of messages for the failing domains, setting
22747 &%delay_after_cutoff%& false means that there will be many more attempts to
22748 deliver to permanently failing IP addresses than when &%delay_after_cutoff%& is
22749 true.
22750
22751 .section "Deliveries that work intermittently" "SECID167"
22752 .cindex "retry" "intermittently working deliveries"
22753 Some additional logic is needed to cope with cases where a host is
22754 intermittently available, or when a message has some attribute that prevents
22755 its delivery when others to the same address get through. In this situation,
22756 because some messages are successfully delivered, the &"retry clock"& for the
22757 host or address keeps getting reset by the successful deliveries, and so
22758 failing messages remain on the queue for ever because the cutoff time is never
22759 reached.
22760
22761 Two exceptional actions are applied to prevent this happening. The first
22762 applies to errors that are related to a message rather than a remote host.
22763 Section &<<SECToutSMTPerr>>& has a discussion of the different kinds of error;
22764 examples of message-related errors are 4&'xx'& responses to MAIL or DATA
22765 commands, and quota failures. For this type of error, if a message's arrival
22766 time is earlier than the &"first failed"& time for the error, the earlier time
22767 is used when scanning the retry rules to decide when to try next and when to
22768 time out the address.
22769
22770 The exceptional second action applies in all cases. If a message has been on
22771 the queue for longer than the cutoff time of any applicable retry rule for a
22772 given address, a delivery is attempted for that address, even if it is not yet
22773 time, and if this delivery fails, the address is timed out. A new retry time is
22774 not computed in this case, so that other messages for the same address are
22775 considered immediately.
22776 .ecindex IIDretconf1
22777 .ecindex IIDregconf2
22778
22779
22780
22781
22782
22783
22784 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22785 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22786
22787 .chapter "SMTP authentication" "CHAPSMTPAUTH"
22788 .scindex IIDauthconf1 "SMTP" "authentication configuration"
22789 .scindex IIDauthconf2 "authentication"
22790 The &"authenticators"& section of Exim's run time configuration is concerned
22791 with SMTP authentication. This facility is an extension to the SMTP protocol,
22792 described in RFC 2554, which allows a client SMTP host to authenticate itself
22793 to a server. This is a common way for a server to recognize clients that are
22794 permitted to use it as a relay. SMTP authentication is not of relevance to the
22795 transfer of mail between servers that have no managerial connection with each
22796 other.
22797
22798 .cindex "AUTH" "description of"
22799 Very briefly, the way SMTP authentication works is as follows:
22800
22801 .ilist
22802 The server advertises a number of authentication &'mechanisms'& in response to
22803 the client's EHLO command.
22804 .next
22805 The client issues an AUTH command, naming a specific mechanism. The command
22806 may, optionally, contain some authentication data.
22807 .next
22808 The server may issue one or more &'challenges'&, to which the client must send
22809 appropriate responses. In simple authentication mechanisms, the challenges are
22810 just prompts for user names and passwords. The server does not have to issue
22811 any challenges &-- in some mechanisms the relevant data may all be transmitted
22812 with the AUTH command.
22813 .next
22814 The server either accepts or denies authentication.
22815 .next
22816 If authentication succeeds, the client may optionally make use of the AUTH
22817 option on the MAIL command to pass an authenticated sender in subsequent
22818 mail transactions. Authentication lasts for the remainder of the SMTP
22819 connection.
22820 .next
22821 If authentication fails, the client may give up, or it may try a different
22822 authentication mechanism, or it may try transferring mail over the
22823 unauthenticated connection.
22824 .endlist
22825
22826 If you are setting up a client, and want to know which authentication
22827 mechanisms the server supports, you can use Telnet to connect to port 25 (the
22828 SMTP port) on the server, and issue an EHLO command. The response to this
22829 includes the list of supported mechanisms. For example:
22830 .display
22831 &`$ `&&*&`telnet server.example 25`&*&
22832 &`Trying 192.168.34.25...`&
22833 &`Connected to server.example.`&
22834 &`Escape character is '^]'.`&
22835 &`220 server.example ESMTP Exim 4.20 ...`&
22836 &*&`ehlo client.example`&*&
22837 &`250-server.example Hello client.example [10.8.4.5]`&
22838 &`250-SIZE 52428800`&
22839 &`250-PIPELINING`&
22840 &`250-AUTH PLAIN`&
22841 &`250 HELP`&
22842 .endd
22843 The second-last line of this example output shows that the server supports
22844 authentication using the PLAIN mechanism. In Exim, the different authentication
22845 mechanisms are configured by specifying &'authenticator'& drivers. Like the
22846 routers and transports, which authenticators are included in the binary is
22847 controlled by build-time definitions. The following are currently available,
22848 included by setting
22849 .code
22850 AUTH_CRAM_MD5=yes
22851 AUTH_CYRUS_SASL=yes
22852 AUTH_PLAINTEXT=yes
22853 AUTH_SPA=yes
22854 .endd
22855 in &_Local/Makefile_&, respectively. The first of these supports the CRAM-MD5
22856 authentication mechanism (RFC 2195), and the second provides an interface to
22857 the Cyrus SASL authentication library. The third can be configured to support
22858 the PLAIN authentication mechanism (RFC 2595) or the LOGIN mechanism, which is
22859 not formally documented, but used by several MUAs. The fourth authenticator
22860 supports Microsoft's &'Secure Password Authentication'& mechanism.
22861
22862 The authenticators are configured using the same syntax as other drivers (see
22863 section &<<SECTfordricon>>&). If no authenticators are required, no
22864 authentication section need be present in the configuration file. Each
22865 authenticator can in principle have both server and client functions. When Exim
22866 is receiving SMTP mail, it is acting as a server; when it is sending out
22867 messages over SMTP, it is acting as a client. Authenticator configuration
22868 options are provided for use in both these circumstances.
22869
22870 To make it clear which options apply to which situation, the prefixes
22871 &%server_%& and &%client_%& are used on option names that are specific to
22872 either the server or the client function, respectively. Server and client
22873 functions are disabled if none of their options are set. If an authenticator is
22874 to be used for both server and client functions, a single definition, using
22875 both sets of options, is required. For example:
22876 .code
22877 cram:
22878 driver = cram_md5
22879 public_name = CRAM-MD5
22880 server_secret = ${if eq{$auth1}{ph10}{secret1}fail}
22881 client_name = ph10
22882 client_secret = secret2
22883 .endd
22884 The &%server_%& option is used when Exim is acting as a server, and the
22885 &%client_%& options when it is acting as a client.
22886
22887 Descriptions of the individual authenticators are given in subsequent chapters.
22888 The remainder of this chapter covers the generic options for the
22889 authenticators, followed by general discussion of the way authentication works
22890 in Exim.
22891
22892
22893
22894 .section "Generic options for authenticators" "SECID168"
22895 .cindex "authentication" "generic options"
22896 .cindex "options" "generic; for authenticators"
22897
22898
22899 .option driver authenticators string unset
22900 This option must always be set. It specifies which of the available
22901 authenticators is to be used.
22902
22903
22904 .option public_name authenticators string unset
22905 This option specifies the name of the authentication mechanism that the driver
22906 implements, and by which it is known to the outside world. These names should
22907 contain only upper case letters, digits, underscores, and hyphens (RFC 2222),
22908 but Exim in fact matches them caselessly. If &%public_name%& is not set, it
22909 defaults to the driver's instance name.
22910
22911
22912 .option server_advertise_condition authenticators string&!! unset
22913 When a server is about to advertise an authentication mechanism, the condition
22914 is expanded. If it yields the empty string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, the
22915 mechanism is not advertised.
22916 If the expansion fails, the mechanism is not advertised. If the failure was not
22917 forced, and was not caused by a lookup defer, the incident is logged.
22918 See section &<<SECTauthexiser>>& below for further discussion.
22919
22920
22921 .option server_condition authenticators string&!! unset
22922 This option must be set for a &%plaintext%& server authenticator, where it
22923 is used directly to control authentication. See section &<<SECTplainserver>>&
22924 for details.
22925
22926 For the other authenticators, &%server_condition%& can be used as an additional
22927 authentication or authorization mechanism that is applied after the other
22928 authenticator conditions succeed. If it is set, it is expanded when the
22929 authenticator would otherwise return a success code. If the expansion is forced
22930 to fail, authentication fails. Any other expansion failure causes a temporary
22931 error code to be returned. If the result of a successful expansion is an empty
22932 string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, authentication fails. If the result of the
22933 expansion is &"1"&, &"yes"&, or &"true"&, authentication succeeds. For any
22934 other result, a temporary error code is returned, with the expanded string as
22935 the error text.
22936
22937
22938 .option server_debug_print authenticators string&!! unset
22939 If this option is set and authentication debugging is enabled (see the &%-d%&
22940 command line option), the string is expanded and included in the debugging
22941 output when the authenticator is run as a server. This can help with checking
22942 out the values of variables.
22943 If expansion of the string fails, the error message is written to the debugging
22944 output, and Exim carries on processing.
22945
22946
22947 .option server_set_id authenticators string&!! unset
22948 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
22949 When an Exim server successfully authenticates a client, this string is
22950 expanded using data from the authentication, and preserved for any incoming
22951 messages in the variable &$authenticated_id$&. It is also included in the log
22952 lines for incoming messages. For example, a user/password authenticator
22953 configuration might preserve the user name that was used to authenticate, and
22954 refer to it subsequently during delivery of the message.
22955 If expansion fails, the option is ignored.
22956
22957
22958 .option server_mail_auth_condition authenticators string&!! unset
22959 This option allows a server to discard authenticated sender addresses supplied
22960 as part of MAIL commands in SMTP connections that are authenticated by the
22961 driver on which &%server_mail_auth_condition%& is set. The option is not used
22962 as part of the authentication process; instead its (unexpanded) value is
22963 remembered for later use.
22964 How it is used is described in the following section.
22965
22966
22967
22968
22969
22970 .section "The AUTH parameter on MAIL commands" "SECTauthparamail"
22971 .cindex "authentication" "sender; authenticated"
22972 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
22973 When a client supplied an AUTH= item on a MAIL command, Exim applies
22974 the following checks before accepting it as the authenticated sender of the
22975 message:
22976
22977 .ilist
22978 If the connection is not using extended SMTP (that is, HELO was used rather
22979 than EHLO), the use of AUTH= is a syntax error.
22980 .next
22981 If the value of the AUTH= parameter is &"<>"&, it is ignored.
22982 .next
22983 .vindex "&$authenticated_sender$&"
22984 If &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& is defined, the ACL it specifies is run. While it is
22985 running, the value of &$authenticated_sender$& is set to the value obtained
22986 from the AUTH= parameter. If the ACL does not yield &"accept"&, the value of
22987 &$authenticated_sender$& is deleted. The &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& ACL may not
22988 return &"drop"& or &"discard"&. If it defers, a temporary error code (451) is
22989 given for the MAIL command.
22990 .next
22991 If &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& is not defined, the value of the AUTH= parameter
22992 is accepted and placed in &$authenticated_sender$& only if the client has
22993 authenticated.
22994 .next
22995 If the AUTH= value was accepted by either of the two previous rules, and
22996 the client has authenticated, and the authenticator has a setting for the
22997 &%server_mail_auth_condition%&, the condition is checked at this point. The
22998 valued that was saved from the authenticator is expanded. If the expansion
22999 fails, or yields an empty string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, the value of
23000 &$authenticated_sender$& is deleted. If the expansion yields any other value,
23001 the value of &$authenticated_sender$& is retained and passed on with the
23002 message.
23003 .endlist
23004
23005
23006 When &$authenticated_sender$& is set for a message, it is passed on to other
23007 hosts to which Exim authenticates as a client. Do not confuse this value with
23008 &$authenticated_id$&, which is a string obtained from the authentication
23009 process, and which is not usually a complete email address.
23010
23011 .vindex "&$sender_address$&"
23012 Whenever an AUTH= value is ignored, the incident is logged. The ACL for
23013 MAIL, if defined, is run after AUTH= is accepted or ignored. It can
23014 therefore make use of &$authenticated_sender$&. The converse is not true: the
23015 value of &$sender_address$& is not yet set up when the &%acl_smtp_mailauth%&
23016 ACL is run.
23017
23018
23019
23020 .section "Authentication on an Exim server" "SECTauthexiser"
23021 .cindex "authentication" "on an Exim server"
23022 When Exim receives an EHLO command, it advertises the public names of those
23023 authenticators that are configured as servers, subject to the following
23024 conditions:
23025
23026 .ilist
23027 The client host must match &%auth_advertise_hosts%& (default *).
23028 .next
23029 It the &%server_advertise_condition%& option is set, its expansion must not
23030 yield the empty string, &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&.
23031 .endlist
23032
23033 The order in which the authenticators are defined controls the order in which
23034 the mechanisms are advertised.
23035
23036 Some mail clients (for example, some versions of Netscape) require the user to
23037 provide a name and password for authentication whenever AUTH is advertised,
23038 even though authentication may not in fact be needed (for example, Exim may be
23039 set up to allow unconditional relaying from the client by an IP address check).
23040 You can make such clients more friendly by not advertising AUTH to them.
23041 For example, if clients on the 10.9.8.0/24 network are permitted (by the ACL
23042 that runs for RCPT) to relay without authentication, you should set
23043 .code
23044 auth_advertise_hosts = ! 10.9.8.0/24
23045 .endd
23046 so that no authentication mechanisms are advertised to them.
23047
23048 The &%server_advertise_condition%& controls the advertisement of individual
23049 authentication mechanisms. For example, it can be used to restrict the
23050 advertisement of a particular mechanism to encrypted connections, by a setting
23051 such as:
23052 .code
23053 server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{no}{yes}}
23054 .endd
23055 .vindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
23056 If the session is encrypted, &$tls_cipher$& is not empty, and so the expansion
23057 yields &"yes"&, which allows the advertisement to happen.
23058
23059 When an Exim server receives an AUTH command from a client, it rejects it
23060 immediately if AUTH was not advertised in response to an earlier EHLO
23061 command. This is the case if
23062
23063 .ilist
23064 The client host does not match &%auth_advertise_hosts%&; or
23065 .next
23066 No authenticators are configured with server options; or
23067 .next
23068 Expansion of &%server_advertise_condition%& blocked the advertising of all the
23069 server authenticators.
23070 .endlist
23071
23072
23073 Otherwise, Exim runs the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_auth%& in order
23074 to decide whether to accept the command. If &%acl_smtp_auth%& is not set,
23075 AUTH is accepted from any client host.
23076
23077 If AUTH is not rejected by the ACL, Exim searches its configuration for a
23078 server authentication mechanism that was advertised in response to EHLO and
23079 that matches the one named in the AUTH command. If it finds one, it runs
23080 the appropriate authentication protocol, and authentication either succeeds or
23081 fails. If there is no matching advertised mechanism, the AUTH command is
23082 rejected with a 504 error.
23083
23084 .vindex "&$received_protocol$&"
23085 .vindex "&$sender_host_authenticated$&"
23086 When a message is received from an authenticated host, the value of
23087 &$received_protocol$& is set to &"esmtpa"& or &"esmtpsa"& instead of &"esmtp"&
23088 or &"esmtps"&, and &$sender_host_authenticated$& contains the name (not the
23089 public name) of the authenticator driver that successfully authenticated the
23090 client from which the message was received. This variable is empty if there was
23091 no successful authentication.
23092
23093
23094
23095
23096 .section "Testing server authentication" "SECID169"
23097 .cindex "authentication" "testing a server"
23098 .cindex "AUTH" "testing a server"
23099 .cindex "base64 encoding" "creating authentication test data"
23100 Exim's &%-bh%& option can be useful for testing server authentication
23101 configurations. The data for the AUTH command has to be sent using base64
23102 encoding. A quick way to produce such data for testing is the following Perl
23103 script:
23104 .code
23105 use MIME::Base64;
23106 printf ("%s", encode_base64(eval "\"$ARGV[0]\""));
23107 .endd
23108 .cindex "binary zero" "in authentication data"
23109 This interprets its argument as a Perl string, and then encodes it. The
23110 interpretation as a Perl string allows binary zeros, which are required for
23111 some kinds of authentication, to be included in the data. For example, a
23112 command line to run this script on such data might be
23113 .code
23114 encode '\0user\0password'
23115 .endd
23116 Note the use of single quotes to prevent the shell interpreting the
23117 backslashes, so that they can be interpreted by Perl to specify characters
23118 whose code value is zero.
23119
23120 &*Warning 1*&: If either of the user or password strings starts with an octal
23121 digit, you must use three zeros instead of one after the leading backslash. If
23122 you do not, the octal digit that starts your string will be incorrectly
23123 interpreted as part of the code for the first character.
23124
23125 &*Warning 2*&: If there are characters in the strings that Perl interprets
23126 specially, you must use a Perl escape to prevent them being misinterpreted. For
23127 example, a command such as
23128 .code
23129 encode '\0user@domain.com\0pas$$word'
23130 .endd
23131 gives an incorrect answer because of the unescaped &"@"& and &"$"& characters.
23132
23133 If you have the &%mimencode%& command installed, another way to do produce
23134 base64-encoded strings is to run the command
23135 .code
23136 echo -e -n `\0user\0password' | mimencode
23137 .endd
23138 The &%-e%& option of &%echo%& enables the interpretation of backslash escapes
23139 in the argument, and the &%-n%& option specifies no newline at the end of its
23140 output. However, not all versions of &%echo%& recognize these options, so you
23141 should check your version before relying on this suggestion.
23142
23143
23144
23145 .section "Authentication by an Exim client" "SECID170"
23146 .cindex "authentication" "on an Exim client"
23147 The &(smtp)& transport has two options called &%hosts_require_auth%& and
23148 &%hosts_try_auth%&. When the &(smtp)& transport connects to a server that
23149 announces support for authentication, and the host matches an entry in either
23150 of these options, Exim (as a client) tries to authenticate as follows:
23151
23152 .ilist
23153 .new
23154 For each authenticator that is configured as a client, in the order in which
23155 they are defined in the configuration, it searches the authentication
23156 mechanisms announced by the server for one whose name matches the public name
23157 of the authenticator.
23158 .wen
23159 .next
23160 .vindex "&$host$&"
23161 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
23162 When it finds one that matches, it runs the authenticator's client code. The
23163 variables &$host$& and &$host_address$& are available for any string expansions
23164 that the client might do. They are set to the server's name and IP address. If
23165 any expansion is forced to fail, the authentication attempt is abandoned, and
23166 Exim moves on to the next authenticator. Otherwise an expansion failure causes
23167 delivery to be deferred.
23168 .next
23169 If the result of the authentication attempt is a temporary error or a timeout,
23170 Exim abandons trying to send the message to the host for the moment. It will
23171 try again later. If there are any backup hosts available, they are tried in the
23172 usual way.
23173 .next
23174 If the response to authentication is a permanent error (5&'xx'& code), Exim
23175 carries on searching the list of authenticators and tries another one if
23176 possible. If all authentication attempts give permanent errors, or if there are
23177 no attempts because no mechanisms match (or option expansions force failure),
23178 what happens depends on whether the host matches &%hosts_require_auth%& or
23179 &%hosts_try_auth%&. In the first case, a temporary error is generated, and
23180 delivery is deferred. The error can be detected in the retry rules, and thereby
23181 turned into a permanent error if you wish. In the second case, Exim tries to
23182 deliver the message unauthenticated.
23183 .endlist
23184
23185 .cindex "AUTH" "on MAIL command"
23186 When Exim has authenticated itself to a remote server, it adds the AUTH
23187 parameter to the MAIL commands it sends, if it has an authenticated sender for
23188 the message. If the message came from a remote host, the authenticated sender
23189 is the one that was receiving on an incoming MAIL command, provided that the
23190 incoming connection was authenticated and the &%server_mail_auth%& condition
23191 allowed the authenticated sender to be retained. If a local process calls Exim
23192 to send a message, the sender address that is built from the login name and
23193 &%qualify_domain%& is treated as authenticated. However, if the
23194 &%authenticated_sender%& option is set on the &(smtp)& transport, it overrides
23195 the authenticated sender that was received with the message.
23196 .ecindex IIDauthconf1
23197 .ecindex IIDauthconf2
23198
23199
23200
23201
23202
23203
23204 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23205 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23206
23207 .chapter "The plaintext authenticator" "CHAPplaintext"
23208 .scindex IIDplaiauth1 "&(plaintext)& authenticator"
23209 .scindex IIDplaiauth2 "authenticators" "&(plaintext)&"
23210 The &(plaintext)& authenticator can be configured to support the PLAIN and
23211 LOGIN authentication mechanisms, both of which transfer authentication data as
23212 plain (unencrypted) text (though base64 encoded). The use of plain text is a
23213 security risk; you are strongly advised to insist on the use of SMTP encryption
23214 (see chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&) if you use the PLAIN or LOGIN mechanisms. If you do
23215 use unencrypted plain text, you should not use the same passwords for SMTP
23216 connections as you do for login accounts.
23217
23218 .section "Plaintext options" "SECID171"
23219 .cindex "options" "&(plaintext)& authenticator (server)"
23220 When configured as a server, &(plaintext)& uses the following options:
23221
23222 .option server_condition authenticators string&!! unset
23223 This is actually a global authentication option, but it must be set in order to
23224 configure the &(plaintext)& driver as a server. Its use is described below.
23225
23226 .option server_prompts plaintext string&!! unset
23227 The contents of this option, after expansion, must be a colon-separated list of
23228 prompt strings. If expansion fails, a temporary authentication rejection is
23229 given.
23230
23231 .section "Using plaintext in a server" "SECTplainserver"
23232 .cindex "AUTH" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23233 .cindex "binary zero" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23234 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" &&&
23235 "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23236 .vindex "&$auth1$&, &$auth2$&, etc"
23237 .cindex "base64 encoding" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23238
23239 When running as a server, &(plaintext)& performs the authentication test by
23240 expanding a string. The data sent by the client with the AUTH command, or in
23241 response to subsequent prompts, is base64 encoded, and so may contain any byte
23242 values when decoded. If any data is supplied with the command, it is treated as
23243 a list of strings, separated by NULs (binary zeros), the first three of which
23244 are placed in the expansion variables &$auth1$&, &$auth2$&, and &$auth3$&
23245 (neither LOGIN nor PLAIN uses more than three strings).
23246
23247 For compatibility with previous releases of Exim, the values are also placed in
23248 the expansion variables &$1$&, &$2$&, and &$3$&. However, the use of these
23249 variables for this purpose is now deprecated, as it can lead to confusion in
23250 string expansions that also use them for other things.
23251
23252 If there are more strings in &%server_prompts%& than the number of strings
23253 supplied with the AUTH command, the remaining prompts are used to obtain more
23254 data. Each response from the client may be a list of NUL-separated strings.
23255
23256 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
23257 Once a sufficient number of data strings have been received,
23258 &%server_condition%& is expanded. If the expansion is forced to fail,
23259 authentication fails. Any other expansion failure causes a temporary error code
23260 to be returned. If the result of a successful expansion is an empty string,
23261 &"0"&, &"no"&, or &"false"&, authentication fails. If the result of the
23262 expansion is &"1"&, &"yes"&, or &"true"&, authentication succeeds and the
23263 generic &%server_set_id%& option is expanded and saved in &$authenticated_id$&.
23264 For any other result, a temporary error code is returned, with the expanded
23265 string as the error text.
23266
23267 &*Warning*&: If you use a lookup in the expansion to find the user's
23268 password, be sure to make the authentication fail if the user is unknown.
23269 There are good and bad examples at the end of the next section.
23270
23271
23272
23273 .section "The PLAIN authentication mechanism" "SECID172"
23274 .cindex "PLAIN authentication mechanism"
23275 .cindex "authentication" "PLAIN mechanism"
23276 .cindex "binary zero" "in &(plaintext)& authenticator"
23277 The PLAIN authentication mechanism (RFC 2595) specifies that three strings be
23278 sent as one item of data (that is, one combined string containing two NUL
23279 separators). The data is sent either as part of the AUTH command, or
23280 subsequently in response to an empty prompt from the server.
23281
23282 The second and third strings are a user name and a corresponding password.
23283 Using a single fixed user name and password as an example, this could be
23284 configured as follows:
23285 .code
23286 fixed_plain:
23287 driver = plaintext
23288 public_name = PLAIN
23289 server_prompts = :
23290 server_condition = \
23291 ${if and {{eq{$auth2}{username}}{eq{$auth3}{mysecret}}}}
23292 server_set_id = $auth2
23293 .endd
23294 Note that the default result strings from &%if%& (&"true"& or an empty string)
23295 are exactly what we want here, so they need not be specified. Obviously, if the
23296 password contains expansion-significant characters such as dollar, backslash,
23297 or closing brace, they have to be escaped.
23298
23299 The &%server_prompts%& setting specifies a single, empty prompt (empty items at
23300 the end of a string list are ignored). If all the data comes as part of the
23301 AUTH command, as is commonly the case, the prompt is not used. This
23302 authenticator is advertised in the response to EHLO as
23303 .code
23304 250-AUTH PLAIN
23305 .endd
23306 and a client host can authenticate itself by sending the command
23307 .code
23308 AUTH PLAIN AHVzZXJuYW1lAG15c2VjcmV0
23309 .endd
23310 As this contains three strings (more than the number of prompts), no further
23311 data is required from the client. Alternatively, the client may just send
23312 .code
23313 AUTH PLAIN
23314 .endd
23315 to initiate authentication, in which case the server replies with an empty
23316 prompt. The client must respond with the combined data string.
23317
23318 The data string is base64 encoded, as required by the RFC. This example,
23319 when decoded, is <&'NUL'&>&`username`&<&'NUL'&>&`mysecret`&, where <&'NUL'&>
23320 represents a zero byte. This is split up into three strings, the first of which
23321 is empty. The &%server_condition%& option in the authenticator checks that the
23322 second two are &`username`& and &`mysecret`& respectively.
23323
23324 Having just one fixed user name and password, as in this example, is not very
23325 realistic, though for a small organization with only a handful of
23326 authenticating clients it could make sense.
23327
23328 A more sophisticated instance of this authenticator could use the user name in
23329 &$auth2$& to look up a password in a file or database, and maybe do an encrypted
23330 comparison (see &%crypteq%& in chapter &<<CHAPexpand>>&). Here is a example of
23331 this approach, where the passwords are looked up in a DBM file. &*Warning*&:
23332 This is an incorrect example:
23333 .code
23334 server_condition = \
23335 ${if eq{$auth3}{${lookup{$auth2}dbm{/etc/authpwd}}}}
23336 .endd
23337 The expansion uses the user name (&$auth2$&) as the key to look up a password,
23338 which it then compares to the supplied password (&$auth3$&). Why is this example
23339 incorrect? It works fine for existing users, but consider what happens if a
23340 non-existent user name is given. The lookup fails, but as no success/failure
23341 strings are given for the lookup, it yields an empty string. Thus, to defeat
23342 the authentication, all a client has to do is to supply a non-existent user
23343 name and an empty password. The correct way of writing this test is:
23344 .code
23345 server_condition = ${lookup{$auth2}dbm{/etc/authpwd}\
23346 {${if eq{$value}{$auth3}}} {false}}
23347 .endd
23348 In this case, if the lookup succeeds, the result is checked; if the lookup
23349 fails, &"false"& is returned and authentication fails. If &%crypteq%& is being
23350 used instead of &%eq%&, the first example is in fact safe, because &%crypteq%&
23351 always fails if its second argument is empty. However, the second way of
23352 writing the test makes the logic clearer.
23353
23354
23355 .section "The LOGIN authentication mechanism" "SECID173"
23356 .cindex "LOGIN authentication mechanism"
23357 .cindex "authentication" "LOGIN mechanism"
23358 The LOGIN authentication mechanism is not documented in any RFC, but is in use
23359 in a number of programs. No data is sent with the AUTH command. Instead, a
23360 user name and password are supplied separately, in response to prompts. The
23361 plaintext authenticator can be configured to support this as in this example:
23362 .code
23363 fixed_login:
23364 driver = plaintext
23365 public_name = LOGIN
23366 server_prompts = User Name : Password
23367 server_condition = \
23368 ${if and {{eq{$auth1}{username}}{eq{$auth2}{mysecret}}}}
23369 server_set_id = $auth1
23370 .endd
23371 Because of the way plaintext operates, this authenticator accepts data supplied
23372 with the AUTH command (in contravention of the specification of LOGIN), but
23373 if the client does not supply it (as is the case for LOGIN clients), the prompt
23374 strings are used to obtain two data items.
23375
23376 Some clients are very particular about the precise text of the prompts. For
23377 example, Outlook Express is reported to recognize only &"Username:"& and
23378 &"Password:"&. Here is an example of a LOGIN authenticator that uses those
23379 strings. It uses the &%ldapauth%& expansion condition to check the user
23380 name and password by binding to an LDAP server:
23381 .code
23382 login:
23383 driver = plaintext
23384 public_name = LOGIN
23385 server_prompts = Username:: : Password::
23386 server_condition = ${if ldapauth \
23387 {user="cn=${quote_ldap_dn:$auth1},ou=people,o=example.org" \
23388 pass=${quote:$auth2} \
23389 ldap://ldap.example.org/}}
23390 server_set_id = uid=$auth1,ou=people,o=example.org
23391 .endd
23392 Note the use of the &%quote_ldap_dn%& operator to correctly quote the DN for
23393 authentication. However, the basic &%quote%& operator, rather than any of the
23394 LDAP quoting operators, is the correct one to use for the password, because
23395 quoting is needed only to make the password conform to the Exim syntax. At the
23396 LDAP level, the password is an uninterpreted string.
23397
23398
23399
23400 .section "Support for different kinds of authentication" "SECID174"
23401 A number of string expansion features are provided for the purpose of
23402 interfacing to different ways of user authentication. These include checking
23403 traditionally encrypted passwords from &_/etc/passwd_& (or equivalent), PAM,
23404 Radius, &%ldapauth%&, &'pwcheck'&, and &'saslauthd'&. For details see section
23405 &<<SECTexpcond>>&.
23406
23407
23408
23409
23410 .section "Using plaintext in a client" "SECID175"
23411 .cindex "options" "&(plaintext)& authenticator (client)"
23412 The &(plaintext)& authenticator has two client options:
23413
23414 .option client_ignore_invalid_base64 plaintext boolean false
23415 If the client receives a server prompt that is not a valid base64 string,
23416 authentication is abandoned by default. However, if this option is set true,
23417 the error in the challenge is ignored and the client sends the response as
23418 usual.
23419
23420 .option client_send plaintext string&!! unset
23421 The string is a colon-separated list of authentication data strings. Each
23422 string is independently expanded before being sent to the server. The first
23423 string is sent with the AUTH command; any more strings are sent in response
23424 to prompts from the server. Before each string is expanded, the value of the
23425 most recent prompt is placed in the next &$auth$&<&'n'&> variable, starting
23426 with &$auth1$& for the first prompt. Up to three prompts are stored in this
23427 way. Thus, the prompt that is received in response to sending the first string
23428 (with the AUTH command) can be used in the expansion of the second string, and
23429 so on. If an invalid base64 string is received when
23430 &%client_ignore_invalid_base64%& is set, an empty string is put in the
23431 &$auth$&<&'n'&> variable.
23432
23433 &*Note*&: You cannot use expansion to create multiple strings, because
23434 splitting takes priority and happens first.
23435
23436 Because the PLAIN authentication mechanism requires NUL (binary zero) bytes in
23437 the data, further processing is applied to each string before it is sent. If
23438 there are any single circumflex characters in the string, they are converted to
23439 NULs. Should an actual circumflex be required as data, it must be doubled in
23440 the string.
23441
23442 This is an example of a client configuration that implements the PLAIN
23443 authentication mechanism with a fixed user name and password:
23444 .code
23445 fixed_plain:
23446 driver = plaintext
23447 public_name = PLAIN
23448 client_send = ^username^mysecret
23449 .endd
23450 The lack of colons means that the entire text is sent with the AUTH
23451 command, with the circumflex characters converted to NULs. A similar example
23452 that uses the LOGIN mechanism is:
23453 .code
23454 fixed_login:
23455 driver = plaintext
23456 public_name = LOGIN
23457 client_send = : username : mysecret
23458 .endd
23459 The initial colon means that the first string is empty, so no data is sent with
23460 the AUTH command itself. The remaining strings are sent in response to
23461 prompts.
23462 .ecindex IIDplaiauth1
23463 .ecindex IIDplaiauth2
23464
23465
23466
23467
23468 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23469 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23470
23471 .chapter "The cram_md5 authenticator" "CHID9"
23472 .scindex IIDcramauth1 "&(cram_md5)& authenticator"
23473 .scindex IIDcramauth2 "authenticators" "&(cram_md5)&"
23474 .cindex "CRAM-MD5 authentication mechanism"
23475 .cindex "authentication" "CRAM-MD5 mechanism"
23476 The CRAM-MD5 authentication mechanism is described in RFC 2195. The server
23477 sends a challenge string to the client, and the response consists of a user
23478 name and the CRAM-MD5 digest of the challenge string combined with a secret
23479 string (password) which is known to both server and client. Thus, the secret
23480 is not sent over the network as plain text, which makes this authenticator more
23481 secure than &(plaintext)&. However, the downside is that the secret has to be
23482 available in plain text at either end.
23483
23484
23485 .section "Using cram_md5 as a server" "SECID176"
23486 .cindex "options" "&(cram_md5)& authenticator (server)"
23487 This authenticator has one server option, which must be set to configure the
23488 authenticator as a server:
23489
23490 .option server_secret cram_md5 string&!! unset
23491 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &(cram_md5)& authenticator"
23492 When the server receives the client's response, the user name is placed in
23493 the expansion variable &$auth1$&, and &%server_secret%& is expanded to
23494 obtain the password for that user. The server then computes the CRAM-MD5 digest
23495 that the client should have sent, and checks that it received the correct
23496 string. If the expansion of &%server_secret%& is forced to fail, authentication
23497 fails. If the expansion fails for some other reason, a temporary error code is
23498 returned to the client.
23499
23500 For compatibility with previous releases of Exim, the user name is also placed
23501 in &$1$&. However, the use of this variables for this purpose is now
23502 deprecated, as it can lead to confusion in string expansions that also use
23503 numeric variables for other things.
23504
23505 For example, the following authenticator checks that the user name given by the
23506 client is &"ph10"&, and if so, uses &"secret"& as the password. For any other
23507 user name, authentication fails.
23508 .code
23509 fixed_cram:
23510 driver = cram_md5
23511 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23512 server_secret = ${if eq{$auth1}{ph10}{secret}fail}
23513 server_set_id = $auth1
23514 .endd
23515 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
23516 If authentication succeeds, the setting of &%server_set_id%& preserves the user
23517 name in &$authenticated_id$&. A more typical configuration might look up the
23518 secret string in a file, using the user name as the key. For example:
23519 .code
23520 lookup_cram:
23521 driver = cram_md5
23522 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23523 server_secret = ${lookup{$auth1}lsearch{/etc/authpwd}\
23524 {$value}fail}
23525 server_set_id = $auth1
23526 .endd
23527 Note that this expansion explicitly forces failure if the lookup fails
23528 because &$auth1$& contains an unknown user name.
23529
23530
23531 .section "Using cram_md5 as a client" "SECID177"
23532 .cindex "options" "&(cram_md5)& authenticator (client)"
23533 When used as a client, the &(cram_md5)& authenticator has two options:
23534
23535
23536
23537 .option client_name cram_md5 string&!! "the primary host name"
23538 This string is expanded, and the result used as the user name data when
23539 computing the response to the server's challenge.
23540
23541
23542 .option client_secret cram_md5 string&!! unset
23543 This option must be set for the authenticator to work as a client. Its value is
23544 expanded and the result used as the secret string when computing the response.
23545
23546
23547 .vindex "&$host$&"
23548 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
23549 Different user names and secrets can be used for different servers by referring
23550 to &$host$& or &$host_address$& in the options. Forced failure of either
23551 expansion string is treated as an indication that this authenticator is not
23552 prepared to handle this case. Exim moves on to the next configured client
23553 authenticator. Any other expansion failure causes Exim to give up trying to
23554 send the message to the current server.
23555
23556 A simple example configuration of a &(cram_md5)& authenticator, using fixed
23557 strings, is:
23558 .code
23559 fixed_cram:
23560 driver = cram_md5
23561 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23562 client_name = ph10
23563 client_secret = secret
23564 .endd
23565 .ecindex IIDcramauth1
23566 .ecindex IIDcramauth2
23567
23568
23569
23570 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23571 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23572
23573 .chapter "The cyrus_sasl authenticator" "CHID10"
23574 .scindex IIDcyrauth1 "&(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator"
23575 .scindex IIDcyrauth2 "authenticators" "&(cyrus_sasl)&"
23576 .cindex "Cyrus" "SASL library"
23577 .cindex "Kerberos"
23578 The code for this authenticator was provided by Matthew Byng-Maddick of A L
23579 Digital Ltd (&url(http://www.aldigital.co.uk)).
23580
23581 The &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator provides server support for the Cyrus SASL
23582 library implementation of the RFC 2222 (&"Simple Authentication and Security
23583 Layer"&). This library supports a number of authentication mechanisms,
23584 including PLAIN and LOGIN, but also several others that Exim does not support
23585 directly. In particular, there is support for Kerberos authentication.
23586
23587 The &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator provides a gatewaying mechanism directly to
23588 the Cyrus interface, so if your Cyrus library can do, for example, CRAM-MD5,
23589 then so can the &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator. By default it uses the public
23590 name of the driver to determine which mechanism to support.
23591
23592 Where access to some kind of secret file is required, for example in GSSAPI
23593 or CRAM-MD5, it is worth noting that the authenticator runs as the Exim
23594 user, and that the Cyrus SASL library has no way of escalating privileges
23595 by default. You may also find you need to set environment variables,
23596 depending on the driver you are using.
23597
23598 The application name provided by Exim is &"exim"&, so various SASL options may
23599 be set in &_exim.conf_& in your SASL directory. If you are using GSSAPI for
23600 Kerberos, note that because of limitations in the GSSAPI interface,
23601 changing the server keytab might need to be communicated down to the Kerberos
23602 layer independently. The mechanism for doing so is dependent upon the Kerberos
23603 implementation. For example, for Heimdal, the environment variable KRB5_KTNAME
23604 may be set to point to an alternative keytab file. Exim will pass this
23605 variable through from its own inherited environment when started as root or the
23606 Exim user. The keytab file needs to be readable by the Exim user.
23607
23608
23609 .section "Using cyrus_sasl as a server" "SECID178"
23610 The &(cyrus_sasl)& authenticator has four private options. It puts the username
23611 (on a successful authentication) into &$auth1$&. For compatibility with
23612 previous releases of Exim, the username is also placed in &$1$&. However, the
23613 use of this variable for this purpose is now deprecated, as it can lead to
23614 confusion in string expansions that also use numeric variables for other
23615 things.
23616
23617
23618 .option server_hostname cyrus_sasl string&!! "see below"
23619 This option selects the hostname that is used when communicating with the
23620 library. The default value is &`$primary_hostname`&. It is up to the underlying
23621 SASL plug-in what it does with this data.
23622
23623
23624 .option server_mech cyrus_sasl string "see below"
23625 This option selects the authentication mechanism this driver should use. The
23626 default is the value of the generic &%public_name%& option. This option allows
23627 you to use a different underlying mechanism from the advertised name. For
23628 example:
23629 .code
23630 sasl:
23631 driver = cyrus_sasl
23632 public_name = X-ANYTHING
23633 server_mech = CRAM-MD5
23634 server_set_id = $auth1
23635 .endd
23636
23637 .option server_realm cyrus_sasl string unset
23638 This specifies the SASL realm that the server claims to be in.
23639
23640
23641 .option server_service cyrus_sasl string &`smtp`&
23642 This is the SASL service that the server claims to implement.
23643
23644
23645 For straightforward cases, you do not need to set any of the authenticator's
23646 private options. All you need to do is to specify an appropriate mechanism as
23647 the public name. Thus, if you have a SASL library that supports CRAM-MD5 and
23648 PLAIN, you could have two authenticators as follows:
23649 .code
23650 sasl_cram_md5:
23651 driver = cyrus_sasl
23652 public_name = CRAM-MD5
23653 server_set_id = $auth1
23654
23655 sasl_plain:
23656 driver = cyrus_sasl
23657 public_name = PLAIN
23658 server_set_id = $auth1
23659 .endd
23660 Cyrus SASL does implement the LOGIN authentication method, even though it is
23661 not a standard method. It is disabled by default in the source distribution,
23662 but it is present in many binary distributions.
23663 .ecindex IIDcyrauth1
23664 .ecindex IIDcyrauth2
23665
23666
23667
23668
23669 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23670 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23671 .chapter "The dovecot authenticator" "CHAPdovecot"
23672 .scindex IIDdcotauth1 "&(dovecot)& authenticator"
23673 .scindex IIDdcotauth2 "authenticators" "&(dovecot)&"
23674 This authenticator is an interface to the authentication facility of the
23675 Dovecot POP/IMAP server, which can support a number of authentication methods.
23676 If you are using Dovecot to authenticate POP/IMAP clients, it might be helpful
23677 to use the same mechanisms for SMTP authentication. This is a server
23678 authenticator only. There is only one option:
23679
23680 .option server_socket dovecot string unset
23681
23682 This option must specify the socket that is the interface to Dovecot
23683 authentication. The &%public_name%& option must specify an authentication
23684 mechanism that Dovecot is configured to support. You can have several
23685 authenticators for different mechanisms. For example:
23686 .code
23687 dovecot_plain:
23688 driver = dovecot
23689 public_name = PLAIN
23690 server_socket = /var/run/dovecot/auth-client
23691 server_set_id = $auth1
23692
23693 dovecot_ntlm:
23694 driver = dovecot
23695 public_name = NTLM
23696 server_socket = /var/run/dovecot/auth-client
23697 server_set_id = $auth1
23698 .endd
23699 If the SMTP connection is encrypted, or if &$sender_host_address$& is equal to
23700 &$received_ip_address$& (that is, the connection is local), the &"secured"&
23701 option is passed in the Dovecot authentication command. If, for a TLS
23702 connection, a client certificate has been verified, the &"valid-client-cert"&
23703 option is passed. &new("When authentication succeeds, the identity of the user
23704 who authenticated is placed in &$auth1$&.")
23705 .ecindex IIDdcotauth1
23706 .ecindex IIDdcotauth2
23707
23708
23709 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23710 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23711
23712 .chapter "The spa authenticator" "CHAPspa"
23713 .scindex IIDspaauth1 "&(spa)& authenticator"
23714 .scindex IIDspaauth2 "authenticators" "&(spa)&"
23715 .cindex "authentication" "Microsoft Secure Password"
23716 .cindex "authentication" "NTLM"
23717 .cindex "Microsoft Secure Password Authentication"
23718 .cindex "NTLM authentication"
23719 The &(spa)& authenticator provides client support for Microsoft's &'Secure
23720 Password Authentication'& mechanism,
23721 which is also sometimes known as NTLM (NT LanMan). The code for client side of
23722 this authenticator was contributed by Marc Prud'hommeaux, and much of it is
23723 taken from the Samba project (&url(http://www.samba.org)). The code for the
23724 server side was subsequently contributed by Tom Kistner. The mechanism works as
23725 follows:
23726
23727 .ilist
23728 After the AUTH command has been accepted, the client sends an SPA
23729 authentication request based on the user name and optional domain.
23730 .next
23731 The server sends back a challenge.
23732 .next
23733 The client builds a challenge response which makes use of the user's password
23734 and sends it to the server, which then accepts or rejects it.
23735 .endlist
23736
23737 Encryption is used to protect the password in transit.
23738
23739
23740
23741 .section "Using spa as a server" "SECID179"
23742 .cindex "options" "&(spa)& authenticator (server)"
23743 The &(spa)& authenticator has just one server option:
23744
23745 .option server_password spa string&!! unset
23746 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &(spa)& authenticator"
23747 This option is expanded, and the result must be the cleartext password for the
23748 authenticating user, whose name is at this point in &$auth1$&. For
23749 compatibility with previous releases of Exim, the user name is also placed in
23750 &$1$&. However, the use of this variable for this purpose is now deprecated, as
23751 it can lead to confusion in string expansions that also use numeric variables
23752 for other things. For example:
23753 .code
23754 spa:
23755 driver = spa
23756 public_name = NTLM
23757 server_password = \
23758 ${lookup{$auth1}lsearch{/etc/exim/spa_clearpass}{$value}fail}
23759 .endd
23760 If the expansion is forced to fail, authentication fails. Any other expansion
23761 failure causes a temporary error code to be returned.
23762
23763
23764
23765
23766
23767 .section "Using spa as a client" "SECID180"
23768 .cindex "options" "&(spa)& authenticator (client)"
23769 The &(spa)& authenticator has the following client options:
23770
23771
23772
23773 .option client_domain spa string&!! unset
23774 This option specifies an optional domain for the authentication.
23775
23776
23777 .option client_password spa string&!! unset
23778 This option specifies the user's password, and must be set.
23779
23780
23781 .option client_username spa string&!! unset
23782 This option specifies the user name, and must be set. Here is an example of a
23783 configuration of this authenticator for use with the mail servers at
23784 &'msn.com'&:
23785 .code
23786 msn:
23787 driver = spa
23788 public_name = MSN
23789 client_username = msn/msn_username
23790 client_password = msn_plaintext_password
23791 client_domain = DOMAIN_OR_UNSET
23792 .endd
23793 .ecindex IIDspaauth1
23794 .ecindex IIDspaauth2
23795
23796
23797
23798
23799
23800 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23801 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
23802
23803 .chapter "Encrypted SMTP connections using TLS/SSL" "CHAPTLS" &&&
23804 "Encrypted SMTP connections"
23805 .scindex IIDencsmtp1 "encryption" "on SMTP connection"
23806 .scindex IIDencsmtp2 "SMTP" "encryption"
23807 .cindex "TLS" "on SMTP connection"
23808 .cindex "OpenSSL"
23809 .cindex "GnuTLS"
23810 Support for TLS (Transport Layer Security), formerly known as SSL (Secure
23811 Sockets Layer), is implemented by making use of the OpenSSL library or the
23812 GnuTLS library (Exim requires GnuTLS release 1.0 or later). There is no
23813 cryptographic code in the Exim distribution itself for implementing TLS. In
23814 order to use this feature you must install OpenSSL or GnuTLS, and then build a
23815 version of Exim that includes TLS support (see section &<<SECTinctlsssl>>&).
23816 You also need to understand the basic concepts of encryption at a managerial
23817 level, and in particular, the way that public keys, private keys, and
23818 certificates are used.
23819
23820 RFC 3207 defines how SMTP connections can make use of encryption. Once a
23821 connection is established, the client issues a STARTTLS command. If the
23822 server accepts this, the client and the server negotiate an encryption
23823 mechanism. If the negotiation succeeds, the data that subsequently passes
23824 between them is encrypted.
23825
23826 Exim's ACLs can detect whether the current SMTP session is encrypted or not,
23827 and if so, what cipher suite is in use, whether the client supplied a
23828 certificate, and whether or not that certificate was verified. This makes it
23829 possible for an Exim server to deny or accept certain commands based on the
23830 encryption state.
23831
23832 &*Warning*&: Certain types of firewall and certain anti-virus products can
23833 disrupt TLS connections. You need to turn off SMTP scanning for these products
23834 in order to get TLS to work.
23835
23836
23837
23838 .section "Support for the legacy &""ssmtp""& (aka &""smtps""&) protocol" &&&
23839 "SECID284"
23840 .cindex "ssmtp protocol"
23841 .cindex "smtps protocol"
23842 .cindex "SMTP" "ssmtp protocol"
23843 .cindex "SMTP" "smtps protocol"
23844 Early implementations of encrypted SMTP used a different TCP port from normal
23845 SMTP, and expected an encryption negotiation to start immediately, instead of
23846 waiting for a STARTTLS command from the client using the standard SMTP
23847 port. The protocol was called &"ssmtp"& or &"smtps"&, and port 465 was
23848 allocated for this purpose.
23849
23850 This approach was abandoned when encrypted SMTP was standardized, but there are
23851 still some legacy clients that use it. Exim supports these clients by means of
23852 the &%tls_on_connect_ports%& global option. Its value must be a list of port
23853 numbers; the most common use is expected to be:
23854 .code
23855 tls_on_connect_ports = 465
23856 .endd
23857 The port numbers specified by this option apply to all SMTP connections, both
23858 via the daemon and via &'inetd'&. You still need to specify all the ports that
23859 the daemon uses (by setting &%daemon_smtp_ports%& or &%local_interfaces%& or
23860 the &%-oX%& command line option) because &%tls_on_connect_ports%& does not add
23861 an extra port &-- rather, it specifies different behaviour on a port that is
23862 defined elsewhere.
23863
23864 There is also a &%-tls-on-connect%& command line option. This overrides
23865 &%tls_on_connect_ports%&; it forces the legacy behaviour for all ports.
23866
23867
23868
23869
23870
23871
23872 .section "OpenSSL vs GnuTLS" "SECTopenvsgnu"
23873 .cindex "TLS" "OpenSSL &'vs'& GnuTLS"
23874 The first TLS support in Exim was implemented using OpenSSL. Support for GnuTLS
23875 followed later, when the first versions of GnuTLS were released. To build Exim
23876 to use GnuTLS, you need to set
23877 .code
23878 USE_GNUTLS=yes
23879 .endd
23880 in Local/Makefile, in addition to
23881 .code
23882 SUPPORT_TLS=yes
23883 .endd
23884 You must also set TLS_LIBS and TLS_INCLUDE appropriately, so that the
23885 include files and libraries for GnuTLS can be found.
23886
23887 There are some differences in usage when using GnuTLS instead of OpenSSL:
23888
23889 .ilist
23890 The &%tls_verify_certificates%& option must contain the name of a file, not the
23891 name of a directory (for OpenSSL it can be either).
23892 .next
23893 The &%tls_dhparam%& option is ignored, because early versions of GnuTLS had no
23894 facility for varying its Diffie-Hellman parameters. I understand that this has
23895 changed, but Exim has not been updated to provide this facility.
23896 .next
23897 .vindex "&$tls_peerdn$&"
23898 Distinguished Name (DN) strings reported by the OpenSSL library use a slash for
23899 separating fields; GnuTLS uses commas, in accordance with RFC 2253. This
23900 affects the value of the &$tls_peerdn$& variable.
23901 .next
23902 OpenSSL identifies cipher suites using hyphens as separators, for example:
23903 DES-CBC3-SHA. GnuTLS uses underscores, for example: RSA_ARCFOUR_SHA. What is
23904 more, OpenSSL complains if underscores are present in a cipher list. To make
23905 life simpler, Exim changes underscores to hyphens for OpenSSL and hyphens to
23906 underscores for GnuTLS when processing lists of cipher suites in the
23907 &%tls_require_ciphers%& options (the global option and the &(smtp)& transport
23908 option).
23909 .next
23910 The &%tls_require_ciphers%& options operate differently, as described in the
23911 sections &<<SECTreqciphssl>>& and &<<SECTreqciphgnu>>&.
23912 .endlist
23913
23914
23915 .section "GnuTLS parameter computation" "SECID181"
23916 GnuTLS uses RSA and D-H parameters that may take a substantial amount of time
23917 to compute. It is unreasonable to re-compute them for every TLS session.
23918 Therefore, Exim keeps this data in a file in its spool directory, called
23919 &_gnutls-params_&. The file is owned by the Exim user and is readable only by
23920 its owner. Every Exim process that start up GnuTLS reads the RSA and D-H
23921 parameters from this file. If the file does not exist, the first Exim process
23922 that needs it computes the data and writes it to a temporary file which is
23923 renamed once it is complete. It does not matter if several Exim processes do
23924 this simultaneously (apart from wasting a few resources). Once a file is in
23925 place, new Exim processes immediately start using it.
23926
23927 For maximum security, the parameters that are stored in this file should be
23928 recalculated periodically, the frequency depending on your paranoia level.
23929 Arranging this is easy in principle; just delete the file when you want new
23930 values to be computed. However, there may be a problem. The calculation of new
23931 parameters needs random numbers, and these are obtained from &_/dev/random_&.
23932 If the system is not very active, &_/dev/random_& may delay returning data
23933 until enough randomness (entropy) is available. This may cause Exim to hang for
23934 a substantial amount of time, causing timeouts on incoming connections.
23935
23936 The solution is to generate the parameters externally to Exim. They are stored
23937 in &_gnutls-params_& in PEM format, which means that they can be generated
23938 externally using the &(certtool)& command that is part of GnuTLS.
23939
23940 To replace the parameters with new ones, instead of deleting the file
23941 and letting Exim re-create it, you can generate new parameters using
23942 &(certtool)& and, when this has been done, replace Exim's cache file by
23943 renaming. The relevant commands are something like this:
23944 .code
23945 # rm -f new-params
23946 # touch new-params
23947 # chown exim:exim new-params
23948 # chmod 0400 new-params
23949 # certtool --generate-privkey --bits 512 >new-params
23950 # echo "" >>new-params
23951 # certtool --generate-dh-params --bits 1024 >> new-params
23952 # mv new-params gnutls-params
23953 .endd
23954 If Exim never has to generate the parameters itself, the possibility of
23955 stalling is removed.
23956
23957
23958 .section "Requiring specific ciphers in OpenSSL" "SECTreqciphssl"
23959 .cindex "TLS" "requiring specific ciphers (OpenSSL)"
23960 .oindex "&%tls_require_ciphers%&" "OpenSSL"
23961 There is a function in the OpenSSL library that can be passed a list of cipher
23962 suites before the cipher negotiation takes place. This specifies which ciphers
23963 are acceptable. The list is colon separated and may contain names like
23964 DES-CBC3-SHA. Exim passes the expanded value of &%tls_require_ciphers%&
23965 directly to this function call. The following quotation from the OpenSSL
23966 documentation specifies what forms of item are allowed in the cipher string:
23967
23968 .ilist
23969 It can consist of a single cipher suite such as RC4-SHA.
23970 .next
23971 It can represent a list of cipher suites containing a certain algorithm,
23972 or cipher suites of a certain type. For example SHA1 represents all
23973 ciphers suites using the digest algorithm SHA1 and SSLv3 represents all
23974 SSL v3 algorithms.
23975 .next
23976 Lists of cipher suites can be combined in a single cipher string using
23977 the + character. This is used as a logical and operation. For example
23978 SHA1+DES represents all cipher suites containing the SHA1 and the DES
23979 algorithms.
23980 .endlist
23981
23982 Each cipher string can be optionally preceded by one of the characters &`!`&,
23983 &`-`& or &`+`&.
23984 .ilist
23985 If &`!`& is used, the ciphers are permanently deleted from the list. The
23986 ciphers deleted can never reappear in the list even if they are explicitly
23987 stated.
23988 .next
23989 If &`-`& is used, the ciphers are deleted from the list, but some or all
23990 of the ciphers can be added again by later options.
23991 .next
23992 If &`+`& is used, the ciphers are moved to the end of the list. This
23993 option does not add any new ciphers; it just moves matching existing ones.
23994 .endlist
23995
23996 If none of these characters is present, the string is interpreted as
23997 a list of ciphers to be appended to the current preference list. If the list
23998 includes any ciphers already present they will be ignored: that is, they will
23999 not be moved to the end of the list.
24000 .endlist
24001
24002
24003
24004 .new
24005 .section "Requiring specific ciphers or other parameters in GnuTLS" &&&
24006 "SECTreqciphgnu"
24007 .cindex "GnuTLS" "specifying parameters for"
24008 .cindex "TLS" "specifying ciphers (GnuTLS)"
24009 .cindex "TLS" "specifying key exchange methods (GnuTLS)"
24010 .cindex "TLS" "specifying MAC algorithms (GnuTLS)"
24011 .cindex "TLS" "specifying protocols (GnuTLS)"
24012 .oindex "&%tls_require_ciphers%&" "GnuTLS"
24013 The GnuTLS library allows the caller to specify separate lists of permitted key
24014 exchange methods, main cipher algorithms, MAC algorithms, and protocols.
24015 Unfortunately, these lists are numerical, and the library does not have a
24016 function for turning names into numbers. Consequently, lists of recognized
24017 names have to be built into the application. The permitted key exchange
24018 methods, ciphers, and MAC algorithms may be used in any combination to form a
24019 cipher suite. This is unlike OpenSSL, where complete cipher suite names are
24020 passed to its control function.
24021
24022 For compatibility with OpenSSL, the &%tls_require_ciphers%& option can be set
24023 to complete cipher suite names such as RSA_ARCFOUR_SHA, but for GnuTLS this
24024 option controls only the cipher algorithms. Exim searches each item in the
24025 list for the name of an available algorithm. For example, if the list
24026 contains RSA_AES_SHA, then AES is recognized, and the behaviour is exactly
24027 the same as if just AES were given.
24028
24029 .oindex "&%gnutls_require_kx%&"
24030 .oindex "&%gnutls_require_mac%&"
24031 .oindex "&%gnutls_require_protocols%&"
24032 There are additional options called &%gnutls_require_kx%&,
24033 &%gnutls_require_mac%&, and &%gnutls_require_protocols%& that can be used to
24034 restrict the key exchange methods, MAC algorithms, and protocols, respectively.
24035 These options are ignored if OpenSSL is in use.
24036
24037 All four options are available as global options, controlling how Exim
24038 behaves as a server, and also as options of the &(smtp)& transport, controlling
24039 how Exim behaves as a client. All the values are string expanded. After
24040 expansion, the values must be colon-separated lists, though the separator
24041 can be changed in the usual way.
24042
24043 Each of the four lists starts out with a default set of algorithms. If the
24044 first item in a list does &'not'& start with an exclamation mark, all the
24045 default items are deleted. In this case, only those that are explicitly
24046 specified can be used. If the first item in a list &'does'& start with an
24047 exclamation mark, the defaults are left on the list.
24048
24049 Then, any item that starts with an exclamation mark causes the relevant
24050 entry to be removed from the list, and any item that does not start with an
24051 exclamation mark causes a new entry to be added to the list. Unrecognized
24052 items in the list are ignored. Thus:
24053 .code
24054 tls_require_ciphers = !ARCFOUR
24055 .endd
24056 allows all the defaults except ARCFOUR, whereas
24057 .code
24058 tls_require_ciphers = AES : 3DES
24059 .endd
24060 allows only cipher suites that use AES or 3DES.
24061
24062 For &%tls_require_ciphers%& the recognized names are AES_256, AES_128, AES
24063 (both of the preceding), 3DES, ARCFOUR_128, ARCFOUR_40, and ARCFOUR (both of
24064 the preceding). The default list does not contain all of these; it just has
24065 AES_256, AES_128, 3DES, and ARCFOUR_128.
24066
24067 For &%gnutls_require_kx%&, the recognized names are DHE_RSA, RSA (which
24068 includes DHE_RSA), DHE_DSS, and DHE (which includes both DHE_RSA and
24069 DHE_DSS). The default list contains RSA, DHE_DSS, DHE_RSA.
24070
24071 For &%gnutls_require_mac%&, the recognized names are SHA (synonym SHA1), and
24072 MD5. The default list contains SHA, MD5.
24073
24074 For &%gnutls_require_protocols%&, the recognized names are TLS1 and SSL3.
24075 The default list contains TLS1, SSL3.
24076
24077 In a server, the order of items in these lists is unimportant. The server
24078 advertises the availability of all the relevant cipher suites. However, in a
24079 client, the order in the &%tls_require_ciphers%& list specifies a preference
24080 order for the cipher algorithms. The first one in the client's list that is
24081 also advertised by the server is tried first. The default order is as listed
24082 above.
24083 .wen
24084
24085
24086
24087 .section "Configuring an Exim server to use TLS" "SECID182"
24088 .cindex "TLS" "configuring an Exim server"
24089 When Exim has been built with TLS support, it advertises the availability of
24090 the STARTTLS command to client hosts that match &%tls_advertise_hosts%&,
24091 but not to any others. The default value of this option is unset, which means
24092 that STARTTLS is not advertised at all. This default is chosen because you
24093 need to set some other options in order to make TLS available, and also it is
24094 sensible for systems that want to use TLS only as a client.
24095
24096 If a client issues a STARTTLS command and there is some configuration
24097 problem in the server, the command is rejected with a 454 error. If the client
24098 persists in trying to issue SMTP commands, all except QUIT are rejected
24099 with the error
24100 .code
24101 554 Security failure
24102 .endd
24103 If a STARTTLS command is issued within an existing TLS session, it is
24104 rejected with a 554 error code.
24105
24106 To enable TLS operations on a server, you must set &%tls_advertise_hosts%& to
24107 match some hosts. You can, of course, set it to * to match all hosts.
24108 However, this is not all you need to do. TLS sessions to a server won't work
24109 without some further configuration at the server end.
24110
24111 It is rumoured that all existing clients that support TLS/SSL use RSA
24112 encryption. To make this work you need to set, in the server,
24113 .code
24114 tls_certificate = /some/file/name
24115 tls_privatekey = /some/file/name
24116 .endd
24117 These options are, in fact, expanded strings, so you can make them depend on
24118 the identity of the client that is connected if you wish. The first file
24119 contains the server's X509 certificate, and the second contains the private key
24120 that goes with it. These files need to be readable by the Exim user, and must
24121 always be given as full path names. They can be the same file if both the
24122 certificate and the key are contained within it. If &%tls_privatekey%& is not
24123 set, or if its expansion is forced to fail or results in an empty string, this
24124 is assumed to be the case. The certificate file may also contain intermediate
24125 certificates that need to be sent to the client to enable it to authenticate
24126 the server's certificate.
24127
24128 If you do not understand about certificates and keys, please try to find a
24129 source of this background information, which is not Exim-specific. (There are a
24130 few comments below in section &<<SECTcerandall>>&.)
24131
24132 &*Note*&: These options do not apply when Exim is operating as a client &--
24133 they apply only in the case of a server. If you need to use a certificate in an
24134 Exim client, you must set the options of the same names in an &(smtp)&
24135 transport.
24136
24137 With just these options, an Exim server will be able to use TLS. It does not
24138 require the client to have a certificate (but see below for how to insist on
24139 this). There is one other option that may be needed in other situations. If
24140 .code
24141 tls_dhparam = /some/file/name
24142 .endd
24143 is set, the SSL library is initialized for the use of Diffie-Hellman ciphers
24144 with the parameters contained in the file. This increases the set of cipher
24145 suites that the server supports. See the command
24146 .code
24147 openssl dhparam
24148 .endd
24149 for a way of generating this data. At present, &%tls_dhparam%& is used only
24150 when Exim is linked with OpenSSL. It is ignored if GnuTLS is being used.
24151
24152 The strings supplied for these three options are expanded every time a client
24153 host connects. It is therefore possible to use different certificates and keys
24154 for different hosts, if you so wish, by making use of the client's IP address
24155 in &$sender_host_address$& to control the expansion. If a string expansion is
24156 forced to fail, Exim behaves as if the option is not set.
24157
24158 .cindex "cipher" "logging"
24159 .cindex "log" "TLS cipher"
24160 .vindex "&$tls_cipher$&"
24161 The variable &$tls_cipher$& is set to the cipher suite that was negotiated for
24162 an incoming TLS connection. It is included in the &'Received:'& header of an
24163 incoming message (by default &-- you can, of course, change this), and it is
24164 also included in the log line that records a message's arrival, keyed by
24165 &"X="&, unless the &%tls_cipher%& log selector is turned off. The &%encrypted%&
24166 condition can be used to test for specific cipher suites in ACLs.
24167
24168 The ACLs that run for subsequent SMTP commands can check the name of the cipher
24169 suite and vary their actions accordingly. The cipher suite names are those used
24170 by OpenSSL. These may differ from the names used elsewhere. For example,
24171 OpenSSL uses the name DES-CBC3-SHA for the cipher suite which in other contexts
24172 is known as TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA. Check the OpenSSL
24173 documentation for more details.
24174
24175
24176
24177 .section "Requesting and verifying client certificates" "SECID183"
24178 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
24179 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
24180 If you want an Exim server to request a certificate when negotiating a TLS
24181 session with a client, you must set either &%tls_verify_hosts%& or
24182 &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&. You can, of course, set either of them to * to
24183 apply to all TLS connections. For any host that matches one of these options,
24184 Exim requests a certificate as part of the setup of the TLS session. The
24185 contents of the certificate are verified by comparing it with a list of
24186 expected certificates. These must be available in a file or,
24187 for OpenSSL only (not GnuTLS), a directory, identified by
24188 &%tls_verify_certificates%&.
24189
24190 A file can contain multiple certificates, concatenated end to end. If a
24191 directory is used
24192 (OpenSSL only),
24193 each certificate must be in a separate file, with a name (or a symbolic link)
24194 of the form <&'hash'&>.0, where <&'hash'&> is a hash value constructed from the
24195 certificate. You can compute the relevant hash by running the command
24196 .code
24197 openssl x509 -hash -noout -in /cert/file
24198 .endd
24199 where &_/cert/file_& contains a single certificate.
24200
24201 The difference between &%tls_verify_hosts%& and &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& is
24202 what happens if the client does not supply a certificate, or if the certificate
24203 does not match any of the certificates in the collection named by
24204 &%tls_verify_certificates%&. If the client matches &%tls_verify_hosts%&, the
24205 attempt to set up a TLS session is aborted, and the incoming connection is
24206 dropped. If the client matches &%tls_try_verify_hosts%&, the (encrypted) SMTP
24207 session continues. ACLs that run for subsequent SMTP commands can detect the
24208 fact that no certificate was verified, and vary their actions accordingly. For
24209 example, you can insist on a certificate before accepting a message for
24210 relaying, but not when the message is destined for local delivery.
24211
24212 .vindex "&$tls_peerdn$&"
24213 When a client supplies a certificate (whether it verifies or not), the value of
24214 the Distinguished Name of the certificate is made available in the variable
24215 &$tls_peerdn$& during subsequent processing of the message.
24216
24217 .cindex "log" "distinguished name"
24218 Because it is often a long text string, it is not included in the log line or
24219 &'Received:'& header by default. You can arrange for it to be logged, keyed by
24220 &"DN="&, by setting the &%tls_peerdn%& log selector, and you can use
24221 &%received_header_text%& to change the &'Received:'& header. When no
24222 certificate is supplied, &$tls_peerdn$& is empty.
24223
24224
24225 .section "Revoked certificates" "SECID184"
24226 .cindex "TLS" "revoked certificates"
24227 .cindex "revocation list"
24228 .cindex "certificate" "revocation list"
24229 Certificate issuing authorities issue Certificate Revocation Lists (CRLs) when
24230 certificates are revoked. If you have such a list, you can pass it to an Exim
24231 server using the global option called &%tls_crl%& and to an Exim client using
24232 an identically named option for the &(smtp)& transport. In each case, the value
24233 of the option is expanded and must then be the name of a file that contains a
24234 CRL in PEM format.
24235
24236
24237 .section "Configuring an Exim client to use TLS" "SECID185"
24238 .cindex "cipher" "logging"
24239 .cindex "log" "TLS cipher"
24240 .cindex "log" "distinguished name"
24241 .cindex "TLS" "configuring an Exim client"
24242 The &%tls_cipher%& and &%tls_peerdn%& log selectors apply to outgoing SMTP
24243 deliveries as well as to incoming, the latter one causing logging of the
24244 server certificate's DN. The remaining client configuration for TLS is all
24245 within the &(smtp)& transport.
24246
24247 It is not necessary to set any options to have TLS work in the &(smtp)&
24248 transport. If Exim is built with TLS support, and TLS is advertised by a
24249 server, the &(smtp)& transport always tries to start a TLS session. However,
24250 this can be prevented by setting &%hosts_avoid_tls%& (an option of the
24251 transport) to a list of server hosts for which TLS should not be used.
24252
24253 If you do not want Exim to attempt to send messages unencrypted when an attempt
24254 to set up an encrypted connection fails in any way, you can set
24255 &%hosts_require_tls%& to a list of hosts for which encryption is mandatory. For
24256 those hosts, delivery is always deferred if an encrypted connection cannot be
24257 set up. If there are any other hosts for the address, they are tried in the
24258 usual way.
24259
24260 When the server host is not in &%hosts_require_tls%&, Exim may try to deliver
24261 the message unencrypted. It always does this if the response to STARTTLS is
24262 a 5&'xx'& code. For a temporary error code, or for a failure to negotiate a TLS
24263 session after a success response code, what happens is controlled by the
24264 &%tls_tempfail_tryclear%& option of the &(smtp)& transport. If it is false,
24265 delivery to this host is deferred, and other hosts (if available) are tried. If
24266 it is true, Exim attempts to deliver unencrypted after a 4&'xx'& response to
24267 STARTTLS, and if STARTTLS is accepted, but the subsequent TLS
24268 negotiation fails, Exim closes the current connection (because it is in an
24269 unknown state), opens a new one to the same host, and then tries the delivery
24270 unencrypted.
24271
24272
24273 The &%tls_certificate%& and &%tls_privatekey%& options of the &(smtp)&
24274 transport provide the client with a certificate, which is passed to the server
24275 if it requests it. If the server is Exim, it will request a certificate only if
24276 &%tls_verify_hosts%& or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& matches the client. &*Note*&:
24277 These options must be set in the &(smtp)& transport for Exim to use TLS when it
24278 is operating as a client. Exim does not assume that a server certificate (set
24279 by the global options of the same name) should also be used when operating as a
24280 client.
24281
24282 If &%tls_verify_certificates%& is set, it must name a file or,
24283 for OpenSSL only (not GnuTLS), a directory, that contains a collection of
24284 expected server certificates. The client verifies the server's certificate
24285 against this collection, taking into account any revoked certificates that are
24286 in the list defined by &%tls_crl%&.
24287
24288 If
24289 &%tls_require_ciphers%& is set on the &(smtp)& transport, it must contain a
24290 list of permitted cipher suites. If either of these checks fails, delivery to
24291 the current host is abandoned, and the &(smtp)& transport tries to deliver to
24292 alternative hosts, if any.
24293
24294 .vindex "&$host$&"
24295 .vindex "&$host_address$&"
24296 All the TLS options in the &(smtp)& transport are expanded before use, with
24297 &$host$& and &$host_address$& containing the name and address of the server to
24298 which the client is connected. Forced failure of an expansion causes Exim to
24299 behave as if the relevant option were unset.
24300
24301
24302
24303 .section "Multiple messages on the same encrypted TCP/IP connection" &&&
24304 "SECTmulmessam"
24305 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries with TLS"
24306 .cindex "TLS" "multiple message deliveries"
24307 Exim sends multiple messages down the same TCP/IP connection by starting up
24308 an entirely new delivery process for each message, passing the socket from
24309 one process to the next. This implementation does not fit well with the use
24310 of TLS, because there is quite a lot of state information associated with a TLS
24311 connection, not just a socket identification. Passing all the state information
24312 to a new process is not feasible. Consequently, Exim shuts down an existing TLS
24313 session before passing the socket to a new process. The new process may then
24314 try to start a new TLS session, and if successful, may try to re-authenticate
24315 if AUTH is in use, before sending the next message.
24316
24317 The RFC is not clear as to whether or not an SMTP session continues in clear
24318 after TLS has been shut down, or whether TLS may be restarted again later, as
24319 just described. However, if the server is Exim, this shutdown and
24320 reinitialization works. It is not known which (if any) other servers operate
24321 successfully if the client closes a TLS session and continues with unencrypted
24322 SMTP, but there are certainly some that do not work. For such servers, Exim
24323 should not pass the socket to another process, because the failure of the
24324 subsequent attempt to use it would cause Exim to record a temporary host error,
24325 and delay other deliveries to that host.
24326
24327 To test for this case, Exim sends an EHLO command to the server after
24328 closing down the TLS session. If this fails in any way, the connection is
24329 closed instead of being passed to a new delivery process, but no retry
24330 information is recorded.
24331
24332 There is also a manual override; you can set &%hosts_nopass_tls%& on the
24333 &(smtp)& transport to match those hosts for which Exim should not pass
24334 connections to new processes if TLS has been used.
24335
24336
24337
24338
24339 .section "Certificates and all that" "SECTcerandall"
24340 .cindex "certificate" "references to discussion"
24341 In order to understand fully how TLS works, you need to know about
24342 certificates, certificate signing, and certificate authorities. This is not the
24343 place to give a tutorial, especially as I do not know very much about it
24344 myself. Some helpful introduction can be found in the FAQ for the SSL addition
24345 to Apache, currently at
24346 .display
24347 &url(http://www.modssl.org/docs/2.7/ssl_faq.html#ToC24)
24348 .endd
24349 Other parts of the &'modssl'& documentation are also helpful, and have
24350 links to further files.
24351 Eric Rescorla's book, &'SSL and TLS'&, published by Addison-Wesley (ISBN
24352 0-201-61598-3), contains both introductory and more in-depth descriptions.
24353 Some sample programs taken from the book are available from
24354 .display
24355 &url(http://www.rtfm.com/openssl-examples/)
24356 .endd
24357
24358
24359 .section "Certificate chains" "SECID186"
24360 The file named by &%tls_certificate%& may contain more than one
24361 certificate. This is useful in the case where the certificate that is being
24362 sent is validated by an intermediate certificate which the other end does
24363 not have. Multiple certificates must be in the correct order in the file.
24364 First the host's certificate itself, then the first intermediate
24365 certificate to validate the issuer of the host certificate, then the next
24366 intermediate certificate to validate the issuer of the first intermediate
24367 certificate, and so on, until finally (optionally) the root certificate.
24368 The root certificate must already be trusted by the recipient for
24369 validation to succeed, of course, but if it's not preinstalled, sending the
24370 root certificate along with the rest makes it available for the user to
24371 install if the receiving end is a client MUA that can interact with a user.
24372
24373
24374 .section "Self-signed certificates" "SECID187"
24375 .cindex "certificate" "self-signed"
24376 You can create a self-signed certificate using the &'req'& command provided
24377 with OpenSSL, like this:
24378 .code
24379 openssl req -x509 -newkey rsa:1024 -keyout file1 -out file2 \
24380 -days 9999 -nodes
24381 .endd
24382 &_file1_& and &_file2_& can be the same file; the key and the certificate are
24383 delimited and so can be identified independently. The &%-days%& option
24384 specifies a period for which the certificate is valid. The &%-nodes%& option is
24385 important: if you do not set it, the key is encrypted with a passphrase
24386 that you are prompted for, and any use that is made of the key causes more
24387 prompting for the passphrase. This is not helpful if you are going to use
24388 this certificate and key in an MTA, where prompting is not possible.
24389
24390 A self-signed certificate made in this way is sufficient for testing, and
24391 may be adequate for all your requirements if you are mainly interested in
24392 encrypting transfers, and not in secure identification.
24393
24394 However, many clients require that the certificate presented by the server be a
24395 user (also called &"leaf"& or &"site"&) certificate, and not a self-signed
24396 certificate. In this situation, the self-signed certificate described above
24397 must be installed on the client host as a trusted root &'certification
24398 authority'& (CA), and the certificate used by Exim must be a user certificate
24399 signed with that self-signed certificate.
24400
24401 For information on creating self-signed CA certificates and using them to sign
24402 user certificates, see the &'General implementation overview'& chapter of the
24403 Open-source PKI book, available online at
24404 &url(http://ospkibook.sourceforge.net/).
24405 .ecindex IIDencsmtp1
24406 .ecindex IIDencsmtp2
24407
24408
24409
24410 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24411 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24412
24413 .chapter "Access control lists" "CHAPACL"
24414 .scindex IIDacl "&ACL;" "description"
24415 .cindex "control of incoming mail"
24416 .cindex "message" "controlling incoming"
24417 .cindex "policy control" "access control lists"
24418 Access Control Lists (ACLs) are defined in a separate section of the run time
24419 configuration file, headed by &"begin acl"&. Each ACL definition starts with a
24420 name, terminated by a colon. Here is a complete ACL section that contains just
24421 one very small ACL:
24422 .code
24423 begin acl
24424 small_acl:
24425 accept hosts = one.host.only
24426 .endd
24427 You can have as many lists as you like in the ACL section, and the order in
24428 which they appear does not matter. The lists are self-terminating.
24429
24430 The majority of ACLs are used to control Exim's behaviour when it receives
24431 certain SMTP commands. This applies both to incoming TCP/IP connections, and
24432 when a local process submits a message using SMTP by specifying the &%-bs%&
24433 option. The most common use is for controlling which recipients are accepted
24434 in incoming messages. In addition, you can define an ACL that is used to check
24435 local non-SMTP messages. The default configuration file contains an example of
24436 a realistic ACL for checking RCPT commands. This is discussed in chapter
24437 &<<CHAPdefconfil>>&.
24438
24439
24440 .section "Testing ACLs" "SECID188"
24441 The &%-bh%& command line option provides a way of testing your ACL
24442 configuration locally by running a fake SMTP session with which you interact.
24443 The host &'relay-test.mail-abuse.org'& provides a service for checking your
24444 relaying configuration (see section &<<SECTcheralcon>>& for more details).
24445
24446
24447
24448 .section "Specifying when ACLs are used" "SECID189"
24449 .cindex "&ACL;" "options for specifying"
24450 In order to cause an ACL to be used, you have to name it in one of the relevant
24451 options in the main part of the configuration. These options are:
24452 .cindex "AUTH" "ACL for"
24453 .cindex "DATA" "ACLs for"
24454 .cindex "ETRN" "ACL for"
24455 .cindex "EXPN" "ACL for"
24456 .cindex "HELO" "ACL for"
24457 .cindex "EHLO" "ACL for"
24458 .cindex "MAIL" "ACL for"
24459 .cindex "QUIT, ACL for"
24460 .cindex "RCPT" "ACL for"
24461 .cindex "STARTTLS, ACL for"
24462 .cindex "VRFY" "ACL for"
24463 .cindex "SMTP" "connection, ACL for"
24464 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
24465 .cindex "MIME content scanning" "ACL for"
24466
24467 .table2 140pt
24468 .irow &%acl_not_smtp%& "ACL for non-SMTP messages"
24469 .irow &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& "ACL for non-SMTP MIME parts"
24470 .irow &%acl_not_smtp_start%& "ACL at start of non-SMTP message"
24471 .irow &%acl_smtp_auth%& "ACL for AUTH"
24472 .irow &%acl_smtp_connect%& "ACL for start of SMTP connection"
24473 .irow &%acl_smtp_data%& "ACL after DATA is complete"
24474 .irow &%acl_smtp_etrn%& "ACL for ETRN"
24475 .irow &%acl_smtp_expn%& "ACL for EXPN"
24476 .irow &%acl_smtp_helo%& "ACL for HELO or EHLO"
24477 .irow &%acl_smtp_mail%& "ACL for MAIL"
24478 .irow &%acl_smtp_mailauth%& "ACL for the AUTH parameter of MAIL"
24479 .irow &%acl_smtp_mime%& "ACL for content-scanning MIME parts"
24480 .irow &%acl_smtp_predata%& "ACL at start of DATA command"
24481 .irow &%acl_smtp_quit%& "ACL for QUIT"
24482 .irow &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& "ACL for RCPT"
24483 .irow &%acl_smtp_starttls%& "ACL for STARTTLS"
24484 .irow &%acl_smtp_vrfy%& "ACL for VRFY"
24485 .endtable
24486
24487 For example, if you set
24488 .code
24489 acl_smtp_rcpt = small_acl
24490 .endd
24491 the little ACL defined above is used whenever Exim receives a RCPT command
24492 in an SMTP dialogue. The majority of policy tests on incoming messages can be
24493 done when RCPT commands arrive. A rejection of RCPT should cause the
24494 sending MTA to give up on the recipient address contained in the RCPT
24495 command, whereas rejection at other times may cause the client MTA to keep on
24496 trying to deliver the message. It is therefore recommended that you do as much
24497 testing as possible at RCPT time.
24498
24499
24500 .section "The non-SMTP ACLs" "SECID190"
24501 .cindex "non-SMTP messages" "ACLs for"
24502 The non-SMTP ACLs apply to all non-interactive incoming messages, that is, they
24503 apply to batched SMTP as well as to non-SMTP messages. (Batched SMTP is not
24504 really SMTP.) Many of the ACL conditions (for example, host tests, and tests on
24505 the state of the SMTP connection such as encryption and authentication) are not
24506 relevant and are forbidden in these ACLs. However, the sender and recipients
24507 are known, so the &%senders%& and &%sender_domains%& conditions and the
24508 &$sender_address$& and &$recipients$& variables can be used. Variables such as
24509 &$authenticated_sender$& are also available. You can specify added header lines
24510 in any of these ACLs.
24511
24512 The &%acl_not_smtp_start%& ACL is run right at the start of receiving a
24513 non-SMTP message, before any of the message has been read. (This is the
24514 analogue of the &%acl_smtp_predata%& ACL for SMTP input.) &new("In the case of
24515 batched SMTP input, it runs after the DATA command has been reached.") The
24516 result of this ACL is ignored; it cannot be used to reject a message. If you
24517 really need to, you could set a value in an ACL variable here and reject based
24518 on that in the &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL. However, this ACL can be used to set
24519 controls, and in particular, it can be used to set
24520 .code
24521 control = suppress_local_fixups
24522 .endd
24523 This cannot be used in the other non-SMTP ACLs because by the time they are
24524 run, it is too late.
24525
24526 The &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& ACL is available only when Exim is compiled with the
24527 content-scanning extension. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
24528
24529 The &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL is run just before the &[local_scan()]& function. Any
24530 kind of rejection is treated as permanent, because there is no way of sending a
24531 temporary error for these kinds of message.
24532
24533
24534 .section "The SMTP connect ACL" "SECID191"
24535 .cindex "SMTP" "connection, ACL for"
24536 .oindex &%smtp_banner%&
24537 The ACL test specified by &%acl_smtp_connect%& happens at the start of an SMTP
24538 session, after the test specified by &%host_reject_connection%& (which is now
24539 an anomaly) and any TCP Wrappers testing (if configured). If the connection is
24540 accepted by an &%accept%& verb that has a &%message%& modifier, the contents of
24541 the message override the banner message that is otherwise specified by the
24542 &%smtp_banner%& option.
24543
24544
24545 .section "The EHLO/HELO ACL" "SECID192"
24546 .cindex "EHLO" "ACL for"
24547 .cindex "HELO" "ACL for"
24548 The ACL test specified by &%acl_smtp_helo%& happens when the client issues an
24549 EHLO or HELO command, after the tests specified by &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%&,
24550 &%helo_allow_chars%&, &%helo_verify_hosts%&, and &%helo_try_verify_hosts%&.
24551 Note that a client may issue more than one EHLO or HELO command in an SMTP
24552 session, and indeed is required to issue a new EHLO or HELO after successfully
24553 setting up encryption following a STARTTLS command.
24554
24555 If the command is accepted by an &%accept%& verb that has a &%message%&
24556 modifier, the message may not contain more than one line (it will be truncated
24557 at the first newline and a panic logged if it does). Such a message cannot
24558 affect the EHLO options that are listed on the second and subsequent lines of
24559 an EHLO response.
24560
24561
24562 .section "The DATA ACLs" "SECID193"
24563 .cindex "DATA" "ACLs for"
24564 Two ACLs are associated with the DATA command, because it is two-stage
24565 command, with two responses being sent to the client.
24566 When the DATA command is received, the ACL defined by &%acl_smtp_predata%&
24567 is obeyed. This gives you control after all the RCPT commands, but before
24568 the message itself is received. It offers the opportunity to give a negative
24569 response to the DATA command before the data is transmitted. Header lines
24570 added by MAIL or RCPT ACLs are not visible at this time, but any that
24571 are defined here are visible when the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL is run.
24572
24573 You cannot test the contents of the message, for example, to verify addresses
24574 in the headers, at RCPT time or when the DATA command is received. Such
24575 tests have to appear in the ACL that is run after the message itself has been
24576 received, before the final response to the DATA command is sent. This is
24577 the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_data%&, which is the second ACL that is
24578 associated with the DATA command.
24579
24580 For both of these ACLs, it is not possible to reject individual recipients. An
24581 error response rejects the entire message. Unfortunately, it is known that some
24582 MTAs do not treat hard (5&'xx'&) responses to the DATA command (either
24583 before or after the data) correctly &-- they keep the message on their queues
24584 and try again later, but that is their problem, though it does waste some of
24585 your resources.
24586
24587
24588 .section "The SMTP MIME ACL" "SECID194"
24589 The &%acl_smtp_mime%& option is available only when Exim is compiled with the
24590 content-scanning extension. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
24591
24592
24593 .section "The QUIT ACL" "SECTQUITACL"
24594 .cindex "QUIT, ACL for"
24595 The ACL for the SMTP QUIT command is anomalous, in that the outcome of the ACL
24596 does not affect the response code to QUIT, which is always 221. Thus, the ACL
24597 does not in fact control any access. For this reason, the only verbs that are
24598 permitted are &%accept%& and &%warn%&.
24599
24600 This ACL can be used for tasks such as custom logging at the end of an SMTP
24601 session. For example, you can use ACL variables in other ACLs to count
24602 messages, recipients, etc., and log the totals at QUIT time using one or
24603 more &%logwrite%& modifiers on a &%warn%& verb.
24604
24605 &*Warning*&: Only the &$acl_c$&&'x'& variables can be used for this, because
24606 the &$acl_m$&&'x'& variables are reset at the end of each incoming message.
24607
24608 You do not need to have a final &%accept%&, but if you do, you can use a
24609 &%message%& modifier to specify custom text that is sent as part of the 221
24610 response to QUIT.
24611
24612 This ACL is run only for a &"normal"& QUIT. For certain kinds of disastrous
24613 failure (for example, failure to open a log file, or when Exim is bombing out
24614 because it has detected an unrecoverable error), all SMTP commands from the
24615 client are given temporary error responses until QUIT is received or the
24616 connection is closed. In these special cases, the QUIT ACL does not run.
24617
24618
24619
24620 .section "Finding an ACL to use" "SECID195"
24621 .cindex "&ACL;" "finding which to use"
24622 The value of an &%acl_smtp_%&&'xxx'& option is expanded before use, so
24623 you can use different ACLs in different circumstances. For example,
24624 .code
24625 acl_smtp_rcpt = ${if ={25}{$interface_port} \
24626 {acl_check_rcpt} {acl_check_rcpt_submit} }
24627 .endd
24628 In the default configuration file there are some example settings for
24629 providing an RFC 4409 message submission service on port 587 and a
24630 non-standard &"smtps"& service on port 465. You can use a string
24631 expansion like this to choose an ACL for MUAs on these ports which is
24632 more appropriate for this purpose than the default ACL on port 25.
24633
24634 The expanded string does not have to be the name of an ACL in the
24635 configuration file; there are other possibilities. Having expanded the
24636 string, Exim searches for an ACL as follows:
24637
24638 .ilist
24639 If the string begins with a slash, Exim uses it as a file name, and reads its
24640 contents as an ACL. The lines are processed in the same way as lines in the
24641 Exim configuration file. In particular, continuation lines are supported, blank
24642 lines are ignored, as are lines whose first non-whitespace character is &"#"&.
24643 If the file does not exist or cannot be read, an error occurs (typically
24644 causing a temporary failure of whatever caused the ACL to be run). For example:
24645 .code
24646 acl_smtp_data = /etc/acls/\
24647 ${lookup{$sender_host_address}lsearch\
24648 {/etc/acllist}{$value}{default}}
24649 .endd
24650 This looks up an ACL file to use on the basis of the host's IP address, falling
24651 back to a default if the lookup fails. If an ACL is successfully read from a
24652 file, it is retained in memory for the duration of the Exim process, so that it
24653 can be re-used without having to re-read the file.
24654 .next
24655 If the string does not start with a slash, and does not contain any spaces,
24656 Exim searches the ACL section of the configuration for an ACL whose name
24657 matches the string.
24658 .next
24659 If no named ACL is found, or if the string contains spaces, Exim parses
24660 the string as an inline ACL. This can save typing in cases where you just
24661 want to have something like
24662 .code
24663 acl_smtp_vrfy = accept
24664 .endd
24665 in order to allow free use of the VRFY command. Such a string may contain
24666 newlines; it is processed in the same way as an ACL that is read from a file.
24667 .endlist
24668
24669
24670
24671
24672 .section "ACL return codes" "SECID196"
24673 .cindex "&ACL;" "return codes"
24674 Except for the QUIT ACL, which does not affect the SMTP return code (see
24675 section &<<SECTQUITACL>>& above), the result of running an ACL is either
24676 &"accept"& or &"deny"&, or, if some test cannot be completed (for example, if a
24677 database is down), &"defer"&. These results cause 2&'xx'&, 5&'xx'&, and 4&'xx'&
24678 return codes, respectively, to be used in the SMTP dialogue. A fourth return,
24679 &"error"&, occurs when there is an error such as invalid syntax in the ACL.
24680 This also causes a 4&'xx'& return code.
24681
24682 For the non-SMTP ACL, &"defer"& and &"error"& are treated in the same way as
24683 &"deny"&, because there is no mechanism for passing temporary errors to the
24684 submitters of non-SMTP messages.
24685
24686
24687 ACLs that are relevant to message reception may also return &"discard"&. This
24688 has the effect of &"accept"&, but causes either the entire message or an
24689 individual recipient address to be discarded. In other words, it is a
24690 blackholing facility. Use it with care.
24691
24692 If the ACL for MAIL returns &"discard"&, all recipients are discarded, and no
24693 ACL is run for subsequent RCPT commands. The effect of &"discard"& in a
24694 RCPT ACL is to discard just the one recipient address. If there are no
24695 recipients left when the message's data is received, the DATA ACL is not
24696 run. A &"discard"& return from the DATA or the non-SMTP ACL discards all the
24697 remaining recipients. The &"discard"& return is not permitted for the
24698 &%acl_smtp_predata%& ACL.
24699
24700
24701 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "when all recipients discarded"
24702 The &[local_scan()]& function is always run, even if there are no remaining
24703 recipients; it may create new recipients.
24704
24705
24706
24707 .section "Unset ACL options" "SECID197"
24708 .cindex "&ACL;" "unset options"
24709 The default actions when any of the &%acl_%&&'xxx'& options are unset are not
24710 all the same. &*Note*&: These defaults apply only when the relevant ACL is
24711 not defined at all. For any defined ACL, the default action when control
24712 reaches the end of the ACL statements is &"deny"&.
24713
24714 For &%acl_smtp_quit%& and &%acl_not_smtp_start%& there is no default because
24715 these two are ACLs that are used only for their side effects. They cannot be
24716 used to accept or reject anything.
24717
24718 For &%acl_not_smtp%&, &%acl_smtp_auth%&, &%acl_smtp_connect%&,
24719 &%acl_smtp_data%&, &%acl_smtp_helo%&, &%acl_smtp_mail%&, &%acl_smtp_mailauth%&,
24720 &%acl_smtp_mime%&, &%acl_smtp_predata%&, and &%acl_smtp_starttls%&, the action
24721 when the ACL is not defined is &"accept"&.
24722
24723 For the others (&%acl_smtp_etrn%&, &%acl_smtp_expn%&, &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&, and
24724 &%acl_smtp_vrfy%&), the action when the ACL is not defined is &"deny"&.
24725 This means that &%acl_smtp_rcpt%& must be defined in order to receive any
24726 messages over an SMTP connection. For an example, see the ACL in the default
24727 configuration file.
24728
24729
24730
24731
24732 .section "Data for message ACLs" "SECID198"
24733 .cindex "&ACL;" "data for message ACL"
24734 .vindex &$domain$&
24735 .vindex &$local_part$&
24736 .vindex &$sender_address$&
24737 .vindex &$sender_host_address$&
24738 .vindex &$smtp_command$&
24739 When a MAIL or RCPT ACL, or either of the DATA ACLs, is running, the variables
24740 that contain information about the host and the message's sender (for example,
24741 &$sender_host_address$& and &$sender_address$&) are set, and can be used in ACL
24742 statements. In the case of RCPT (but not MAIL or DATA), &$domain$& and
24743 &$local_part$& are set from the argument address. The entire SMTP command
24744 is available in &$smtp_command$&.
24745
24746 When an ACL for the AUTH parameter of MAIL is running, the variables that
24747 contain information about the host are set, but &$sender_address$& is not yet
24748 set. Section &<<SECTauthparamail>>& contains a discussion of this parameter and
24749 how it is used.
24750
24751 .vindex "&$message_size$&"
24752 The &$message_size$& variable is set to the value of the SIZE parameter on
24753 the MAIL command at MAIL, RCPT and pre-data time, or to -1 if
24754 that parameter is not given. The value is updated to the true message size by
24755 the time the final DATA ACL is run (after the message data has been
24756 received).
24757
24758 .vindex "&$rcpt_count$&"
24759 .vindex "&$recipients_count$&"
24760 The &$rcpt_count$& variable increases by one for each RCPT command received.
24761 The &$recipients_count$& variable increases by one each time a RCPT command is
24762 accepted, so while an ACL for RCPT is being processed, it contains the number
24763 of previously accepted recipients. At DATA time (for both the DATA ACLs),
24764 &$rcpt_count$& contains the total number of RCPT commands, and
24765 &$recipients_count$& contains the total number of accepted recipients.
24766
24767
24768
24769
24770
24771 .section "Data for non-message ACLs" "SECTdatfornon"
24772 .cindex "&ACL;" "data for non-message ACL"
24773 .vindex &$smtp_command_argument$&
24774 .vindex &$smtp_command$&
24775 When an ACL is being run for AUTH, EHLO, ETRN, EXPN, HELO, STARTTLS, or VRFY,
24776 the remainder of the SMTP command line is placed in &$smtp_command_argument$&,
24777 and the entire SMTP command is available in &$smtp_command$&.
24778 These variables can be tested using a &%condition%& condition. For example,
24779 here is an ACL for use with AUTH, which insists that either the session is
24780 encrypted, or the CRAM-MD5 authentication method is used. In other words, it
24781 does not permit authentication methods that use cleartext passwords on
24782 unencrypted connections.
24783 .code
24784 acl_check_auth:
24785 accept encrypted = *
24786 accept condition = ${if eq{${uc:$smtp_command_argument}}\
24787 {CRAM-MD5}}
24788 deny message = TLS encryption or CRAM-MD5 required
24789 .endd
24790 (Another way of applying this restriction is to arrange for the authenticators
24791 that use cleartext passwords not to be advertised when the connection is not
24792 encrypted. You can use the generic &%server_advertise_condition%& authenticator
24793 option to do this.)
24794
24795
24796
24797 .section "Format of an ACL" "SECID199"
24798 .cindex "&ACL;" "format of"
24799 .cindex "&ACL;" "verbs, definition of"
24800 An individual ACL consists of a number of statements. Each statement starts
24801 with a verb, optionally followed by a number of conditions and &"modifiers"&.
24802 Modifiers can change the way the verb operates, define error and log messages,
24803 set variables, insert delays, and vary the processing of accepted messages.
24804
24805 If all the conditions are met, the verb is obeyed. The same condition may be
24806 used (with different arguments) more than once in the same statement. This
24807 provides a means of specifying an &"and"& conjunction between conditions. For
24808 example:
24809 .code
24810 deny dnslists = list1.example
24811 dnslists = list2.example
24812 .endd
24813 If there are no conditions, the verb is always obeyed. Exim stops evaluating
24814 the conditions and modifiers when it reaches a condition that fails. What
24815 happens then depends on the verb (and in one case, on a special modifier). Not
24816 all the conditions make sense at every testing point. For example, you cannot
24817 test a sender address in the ACL that is run for a VRFY command.
24818
24819
24820 .section "ACL verbs" "SECID200"
24821 The ACL verbs are as follows:
24822
24823 .ilist
24824 .cindex "&%accept%& ACL verb"
24825 &%accept%&: If all the conditions are met, the ACL returns &"accept"&. If any
24826 of the conditions are not met, what happens depends on whether &%endpass%&
24827 appears among the conditions (for syntax see below). If the failing condition
24828 is before &%endpass%&, control is passed to the next ACL statement; if it is
24829 after &%endpass%&, the ACL returns &"deny"&. Consider this statement, used to
24830 check a RCPT command:
24831 .code
24832 accept domains = +local_domains
24833 endpass
24834 verify = recipient
24835 .endd
24836 If the recipient domain does not match the &%domains%& condition, control
24837 passes to the next statement. If it does match, the recipient is verified, and
24838 the command is accepted if verification succeeds. However, if verification
24839 fails, the ACL yields &"deny"&, because the failing condition is after
24840 &%endpass%&.
24841
24842 The &%endpass%& feature has turned out to be confusing to many people, so its
24843 use is not recommended nowadays. It is always possible to rewrite an ACL so
24844 that &%endpass%& is not needed, and it is no longer used in the default
24845 configuration.
24846
24847 .cindex "&%message%& ACL modifier" "with &%accept%&"
24848 If a &%message%& modifier appears on an &%accept%& statement, its action
24849 depends on whether or not &%endpass%& is present. In the absence of &%endpass%&
24850 (when an &%accept%& verb either accepts or passes control to the next
24851 statement), &%message%& can be used to vary the message that is sent when an
24852 SMTP command is accepted. For example, in a RCPT ACL you could have:
24853 .display
24854 &`accept `&<&'some conditions'&>
24855 &` message = OK, I'll allow you through today`&
24856 .endd
24857 You can specify an SMTP response code, optionally followed by an &"extended
24858 response code"& at the start of the message, but the first digit must be the
24859 same as would be sent by default, which is 2 for an &%accept%& verb.
24860
24861 If &%endpass%& is present in an &%accept%& statement, &%message%& specifies
24862 an error message that is used when access is denied. This behaviour is retained
24863 for backward compatibility, but current &"best practice"& is to avoid the use
24864 of &%endpass%&.
24865
24866
24867 .next
24868 .cindex "&%defer%& ACL verb"
24869 &%defer%&: If all the conditions are true, the ACL returns &"defer"& which, in
24870 an SMTP session, causes a 4&'xx'& response to be given. For a non-SMTP ACL,
24871 &%defer%& is the same as &%deny%&, because there is no way of sending a
24872 temporary error. For a RCPT command, &%defer%& is much the same as using a
24873 &(redirect)& router and &`:defer:`& while verifying, but the &%defer%& verb can
24874 be used in any ACL, and even for a recipient it might be a simpler approach.
24875
24876
24877 .next
24878 .cindex "&%deny%& ACL verb"
24879 &%deny%&: If all the conditions are met, the ACL returns &"deny"&. If any of
24880 the conditions are not met, control is passed to the next ACL statement. For
24881 example,
24882 .code
24883 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org
24884 .endd
24885 rejects commands from hosts that are on a DNS black list.
24886
24887
24888 .next
24889 .cindex "&%discard%& ACL verb"
24890 &%discard%&: This verb behaves like &%accept%&, except that it returns
24891 &"discard"& from the ACL instead of &"accept"&. It is permitted only on ACLs
24892 that are concerned with receiving messages. When all the conditions are true,
24893 the sending entity receives a &"success"& response. However, &%discard%& causes
24894 recipients to be discarded. If it is used in an ACL for RCPT, just the one
24895 recipient is discarded; if used for MAIL, DATA or in the non-SMTP ACL, all the
24896 message's recipients are discarded. Recipients that are discarded before DATA
24897 do not appear in the log line when the &%log_recipients%& log selector is set.
24898
24899 If the &%log_message%& modifier is set when &%discard%& operates,
24900 its contents are added to the line that is automatically written to the log.
24901 The &%message%& modifier operates exactly as it does for &%accept%&.
24902
24903
24904 .next
24905 .cindex "&%drop%& ACL verb"
24906 &%drop%&: This verb behaves like &%deny%&, except that an SMTP connection is
24907 forcibly closed after the 5&'xx'& error message has been sent. For example:
24908 .code
24909 drop message = I don't take more than 20 RCPTs
24910 condition = ${if > {$rcpt_count}{20}}
24911 .endd
24912 There is no difference between &%deny%& and &%drop%& for the connect-time ACL.
24913 The connection is always dropped after sending a 550 response.
24914
24915 .next
24916 .cindex "&%require%& ACL verb"
24917 &%require%&: If all the conditions are met, control is passed to the next ACL
24918 statement. If any of the conditions are not met, the ACL returns &"deny"&. For
24919 example, when checking a RCPT command,
24920 .code
24921 .new
24922 require message = Sender did not verify
24923 verify = sender
24924 .wen
24925 .endd
24926 passes control to subsequent statements only if the message's sender can be
24927 verified. Otherwise, it rejects the command. &new("Note the positioning of the
24928 &%message%& modifier, before the &%verify%& condition. The reason for this is
24929 discussed in section &<<SECTcondmodproc>>&.")
24930
24931 .next
24932 .cindex "&%warn%& ACL verb"
24933 &%warn%&: If all the conditions are true, a line specified by the
24934 &%log_message%& modifier is written to Exim's main log. Control always passes
24935 to the next ACL statement. If any condition is false, the log line is not
24936 written. If an identical log line is requested several times in the same
24937 message, only one copy is actually written to the log. If you want to force
24938 duplicates to be written, use the &%logwrite%& modifier instead.
24939
24940 If &%log_message%& is not present, a &%warn%& verb just checks its conditions
24941 and obeys any &"immediate"& modifiers (such as &%control%&, &%set%&,
24942 &%logwrite%&, and &%add_header%&) that appear before the first failing
24943 condition. There is more about adding header lines in section
24944 &<<SECTaddheadacl>>&.
24945
24946 If any condition on a &%warn%& statement cannot be completed (that is, there is
24947 some sort of defer), the log line specified by &%log_message%& is not written.
24948 This does not include the case of a forced failure from a lookup, which
24949 is considered to be a successful completion. After a defer, no further
24950 conditions or modifiers in the &%warn%& statement are processed. The incident
24951 is logged, and the ACL continues to be processed, from the next statement
24952 onwards.
24953
24954
24955 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
24956 When one of the &%warn%& conditions is an address verification that fails, the
24957 text of the verification failure message is in &$acl_verify_message$&. If you
24958 want this logged, you must set it up explicitly. For example:
24959 .code
24960 warn !verify = sender
24961 log_message = sender verify failed: $acl_verify_message
24962 .endd
24963 .endlist
24964
24965 At the end of each ACL there is an implicit unconditional &%deny%&.
24966
24967 As you can see from the examples above, the conditions and modifiers are
24968 written one to a line, with the first one on the same line as the verb, and
24969 subsequent ones on following lines. If you have a very long condition, you can
24970 continue it onto several physical lines by the usual backslash continuation
24971 mechanism. It is conventional to align the conditions vertically.
24972
24973
24974
24975 .section "ACL variables" "SECTaclvariables"
24976 .cindex "&ACL;" "variables"
24977 There are some special variables that can be set during ACL processing. They
24978 can be used to pass information between different ACLs, different invocations
24979 of the same ACL in the same SMTP connection, and between ACLs and the routers,
24980 transports, and filters that are used to deliver a message. The names of these
24981 variables must begin with &$acl_c$& or &$acl_m$&, followed either by a digit or
24982 an underscore, but the remainder of the name can be any sequence of
24983 alphanumeric characters and underscores that you choose. There is no limit on
24984 the number of ACL variables. The two sets act as follows:
24985 .ilist
24986 The values of those variables whose names begin with &$acl_c$& persist
24987 throughout an SMTP connection. They are never reset. Thus, a value that is set
24988 while receiving one message is still available when receiving the next message
24989 on the same SMTP connection.
24990 .next
24991 The values of those variables whose names begin with &$acl_m$& persist only
24992 while a message is being received. They are reset afterwards. They are also
24993 reset by MAIL, RSET, EHLO, HELO, and after starting up a TLS session.
24994 .endlist
24995
24996 When a message is accepted, the current values of all the ACL variables are
24997 preserved with the message and are subsequently made available at delivery
24998 time. The ACL variables are set by a modifier called &%set%&. For example:
24999 .code
25000 accept hosts = whatever
25001 set acl_m4 = some value
25002 accept authenticated = *
25003 set acl_c_auth = yes
25004 .endd
25005 &*Note*&: A leading dollar sign is not used when naming a variable that is to
25006 be set. If you want to set a variable without taking any action, you can use a
25007 &%warn%& verb without any other modifiers or conditions.
25008
25009 .oindex &%strict_acl_vars%&
25010 What happens if a syntactically valid but undefined ACL variable is
25011 referenced depends on the setting of the &%strict_acl_vars%& option. If it is
25012 false (the default), an empty string is substituted; if it is true, an
25013 error is generated.
25014
25015 Versions of Exim before 4.64 have a limited set of numbered variables, but
25016 their names are compatible, so there is no problem with upgrading.
25017
25018
25019 .section "Condition and modifier processing" "SECTcondmodproc"
25020 .cindex "&ACL;" "conditions; processing"
25021 .cindex "&ACL;" "modifiers; processing"
25022 An exclamation mark preceding a condition negates its result. For example:
25023 .code
25024 deny domains = *.dom.example
25025 !verify = recipient
25026 .endd
25027 causes the ACL to return &"deny"& if the recipient domain ends in
25028 &'dom.example'& and the recipient address cannot be verified. Sometimes
25029 negation can be used on the right-hand side of a condition. For example, these
25030 two statements are equivalent:
25031 .code
25032 deny hosts = !192.168.3.4
25033 deny !hosts = 192.168.3.4
25034 .endd
25035 However, for many conditions (&%verify%& being a good example), only left-hand
25036 side negation of the whole condition is possible.
25037
25038 The arguments of conditions and modifiers are expanded. A forced failure
25039 of an expansion causes a condition to be ignored, that is, it behaves as if the
25040 condition is true. Consider these two statements:
25041 .code
25042 accept senders = ${lookup{$host_name}lsearch\
25043 {/some/file}{$value}fail}
25044 accept senders = ${lookup{$host_name}lsearch\
25045 {/some/file}{$value}{}}
25046 .endd
25047 Each attempts to look up a list of acceptable senders. If the lookup succeeds,
25048 the returned list is searched, but if the lookup fails the behaviour is
25049 different in the two cases. The &%fail%& in the first statement causes the
25050 condition to be ignored, leaving no further conditions. The &%accept%& verb
25051 therefore succeeds. The second statement, however, generates an empty list when
25052 the lookup fails. No sender can match an empty list, so the condition fails,
25053 and therefore the &%accept%& also fails.
25054
25055 ACL modifiers appear mixed in with conditions in ACL statements. Some of them
25056 specify actions that are taken as the conditions for a statement are checked;
25057 others specify text for messages that are used when access is denied or a
25058 warning is generated. The &%control%& modifier affects the way an incoming
25059 message is handled.
25060
25061 The positioning of the modifiers in an ACL statement important, because the
25062 processing of a verb ceases as soon as its outcome is known. Only those
25063 modifiers that have already been encountered will take effect. For example,
25064 consider this use of the &%message%& modifier:
25065 .code
25066 require message = Can't verify sender
25067 verify = sender
25068 message = Can't verify recipient
25069 verify = recipient
25070 message = This message cannot be used
25071 .endd
25072 If sender verification fails, Exim knows that the result of the statement is
25073 &"deny"&, so it goes no further. The first &%message%& modifier has been seen,
25074 so its text is used as the error message. If sender verification succeeds, but
25075 recipient verification fails, the second message is used. If recipient
25076 verification succeeds, the third message becomes &"current"&, but is never used
25077 because there are no more conditions to cause failure.
25078
25079 For the &%deny%& verb, on the other hand, it is always the last &%message%&
25080 modifier that is used, because all the conditions must be true for rejection to
25081 happen. Specifying more than one &%message%& modifier does not make sense, and
25082 the message can even be specified after all the conditions. For example:
25083 .code
25084 deny hosts = ...
25085 !senders = *@my.domain.example
25086 message = Invalid sender from client host
25087 .endd
25088 The &"deny"& result does not happen until the end of the statement is reached,
25089 by which time Exim has set up the message.
25090
25091
25092
25093 .section "ACL modifiers" "SECTACLmodi"
25094 .cindex "&ACL;" "modifiers; list of"
25095 The ACL modifiers are as follows:
25096
25097 .vlist
25098 .vitem &*add_header*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25099 This modifier specifies one or more header lines that are to be added to an
25100 incoming message, assuming, of course, that the message is ultimately
25101 accepted. For details, see section &<<SECTaddheadacl>>&.
25102
25103 .new
25104 .vitem &*continue*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25105 .cindex "&%continue%& ACL modifier"
25106 .cindex "database" "updating in ACL"
25107 This modifier does nothing of itself, and processing of the ACL always
25108 continues with the next condition or modifier. The value of &%continue%& is in
25109 the side effects of expanding its argument. Typically this could be used to
25110 update a database. It is really just a syntactic tidiness, to avoid having to
25111 write rather ugly lines like this:
25112 .display
25113 &`condition = ${if eq{0}{`&<&'some expansion'&>&`}{true}{true}}`&
25114 .endd
25115 Instead, all you need is
25116 .display
25117 &`continue = `&<&'some expansion'&>
25118 .endd
25119 .wen
25120
25121 .vitem &*control*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25122 .cindex "&%control%& ACL modifier"
25123 This modifier affects the subsequent processing of the SMTP connection or of an
25124 incoming message that is accepted. The effect of the first type of control
25125 lasts for the duration of the connection, whereas the effect of the second type
25126 lasts only until the current message has been received. The message-specific
25127 controls always apply to the whole message, not to individual recipients,
25128 even if the &%control%& modifier appears in a RCPT ACL.
25129
25130 As there are now quite a few controls that can be applied, they are described
25131 separately in section &<<SECTcontrols>>&. The &%control%& modifier can be used
25132 in several different ways. For example:
25133
25134 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
25135 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left. That comment applies only
25136 . ==== when xmlto and fop are used; formatting with sdop gets it right either
25137 . ==== way.
25138
25139 .ilist
25140 It can be at the end of an &%accept%& statement:
25141 .code
25142 accept ...some conditions
25143 control = queue_only
25144 .endd
25145 In this case, the control is applied when this statement yields &"accept"&, in
25146 other words, when the conditions are all true.
25147
25148 .next
25149 It can be in the middle of an &%accept%& statement:
25150 .code
25151 accept ...some conditions...
25152 control = queue_only
25153 ...some more conditions...
25154 .endd
25155 If the first set of conditions are true, the control is applied, even if the
25156 statement does not accept because one of the second set of conditions is false.
25157 In this case, some subsequent statement must yield &"accept"& for the control
25158 to be relevant.
25159
25160 .next
25161 It can be used with &%warn%& to apply the control, leaving the
25162 decision about accepting or denying to a subsequent verb. For
25163 example:
25164 .code
25165 warn ...some conditions...
25166 control = freeze
25167 accept ...
25168 .endd
25169 This example of &%warn%& does not contain &%message%&, &%log_message%&, or
25170 &%logwrite%&, so it does not add anything to the message and does not write a
25171 log entry.
25172
25173 .next
25174 If you want to apply a control unconditionally, you can use it with a
25175 &%require%& verb. For example:
25176 .code
25177 require control = no_multiline_responses
25178 .endd
25179 .endlist
25180
25181 .vitem &*delay*&&~=&~<&'time'&>
25182 .cindex "&%delay%& ACL modifier"
25183 .oindex "&%-bh%&"
25184 .new
25185 This modifier may appear in any ACL. It causes Exim to wait for the time
25186 interval before proceeding. However, when testing Exim using the &%-bh%&
25187 option, the delay is not actually imposed (an appropriate message is output
25188 instead). The time is given in the usual Exim notation, and the delay happens
25189 as soon as the modifier is processed. In an SMTP session, pending output is
25190 flushed before the delay is imposed.
25191 .wen
25192
25193 Like &%control%&, &%delay%& can be used with &%accept%& or &%deny%&, for
25194 example:
25195 .code
25196 deny ...some conditions...
25197 delay = 30s
25198 .endd
25199 The delay happens if all the conditions are true, before the statement returns
25200 &"deny"&. Compare this with:
25201 .code
25202 deny delay = 30s
25203 ...some conditions...
25204 .endd
25205 which waits for 30s before processing the conditions. The &%delay%& modifier
25206 can also be used with &%warn%& and together with &%control%&:
25207 .code
25208 warn ...some conditions...
25209 delay = 2m
25210 control = freeze
25211 accept ...
25212 .endd
25213
25214 .new
25215 If &%delay%& is encountered when the SMTP PIPELINING extension is in use,
25216 responses to several commands are no longer buffered and sent in one packet (as
25217 they would normally be) because all output is flushed before imposing the
25218 delay. This optimization is disabled so that a number of small delays do not
25219 appear to the client as one large aggregated delay that might provoke an
25220 unwanted timeout. You can, however, disable output flushing for &%delay%& by
25221 using a &%control%& modifier to set &%no_delay_flush%&.
25222 .wen
25223
25224
25225 .vitem &*endpass*&
25226 .cindex "&%endpass%& ACL modifier"
25227 This modifier, which has no argument, is recognized only in &%accept%& and
25228 &%discard%& statements. It marks the boundary between the conditions whose
25229 failure causes control to pass to the next statement, and the conditions whose
25230 failure causes the ACL to return &"deny"&. This concept has proved to be
25231 confusing to some people, so the use of &%endpass%& is no longer recommended as
25232 &"best practice"&. See the description of &%accept%& above for more details.
25233
25234
25235 .vitem &*log_message*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25236 .cindex "&%log_message%& ACL modifier"
25237 This modifier sets up a message that is used as part of the log message if the
25238 ACL denies access or a &%warn%& statement's conditions are true. For example:
25239 .code
25240 require log_message = wrong cipher suite $tls_cipher
25241 encrypted = DES-CBC3-SHA
25242 .endd
25243 &%log_message%& is also used when recipients are discarded by &%discard%&. For
25244 example:
25245 .display
25246 &`discard `&<&'some conditions'&>
25247 &` log_message = Discarded $local_part@$domain because...`&
25248 .endd
25249 When access is denied, &%log_message%& adds to any underlying error message
25250 that may exist because of a condition failure. For example, while verifying a
25251 recipient address, a &':fail:'& redirection might have already set up a
25252 message.
25253
25254 The message may be defined before the conditions to which it applies, because
25255 the string expansion does not happen until Exim decides that access is to be
25256 denied. This means that any variables that are set by the condition are
25257 available for inclusion in the message. For example, the &$dnslist_$&<&'xxx'&>
25258 variables are set after a DNS black list lookup succeeds. If the expansion of
25259 &%log_message%& fails, or if the result is an empty string, the modifier is
25260 ignored.
25261
25262 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
25263 If you want to use a &%warn%& statement to log the result of an address
25264 verification, you can use &$acl_verify_message$& to include the verification
25265 error message.
25266
25267 If &%log_message%& is used with a &%warn%& statement, &"Warning:"& is added to
25268 the start of the logged message. If the same warning log message is requested
25269 more than once while receiving a single email message, only one copy is
25270 actually logged. If you want to log multiple copies, use &%logwrite%& instead
25271 of &%log_message%&. In the absence of &%log_message%& and &%logwrite%&, nothing
25272 is logged for a successful &%warn%& statement.
25273
25274 If &%log_message%& is not present and there is no underlying error message (for
25275 example, from the failure of address verification), but &%message%& is present,
25276 the &%message%& text is used for logging rejections. However, if any text for
25277 logging contains newlines, only the first line is logged. In the absence of
25278 both &%log_message%& and &%message%&, a default built-in message is used for
25279 logging rejections.
25280
25281
25282 .vitem "&*log_reject_target*&&~=&~<&'log name list'&>"
25283 .cindex "&%log_reject_target%& ACL modifier"
25284 .cindex "logging in ACL" "specifying which log"
25285 This modifier makes it possible to specify which logs are used for messages
25286 about ACL rejections. Its argument is a colon-separated list of words that can
25287 be &"main"&, &"reject"&, or &"panic"&. The default is &`main:reject`&. The list
25288 may be empty, in which case a rejection is not logged at all. For example, this
25289 ACL fragment writes no logging information when access is denied:
25290 .display
25291 &`deny `&<&'some conditions'&>
25292 &` log_reject_target =`&
25293 .endd
25294 This modifier can be used in SMTP and non-SMTP ACLs. It applies to both
25295 permanent and temporary rejections.
25296
25297
25298 .vitem &*logwrite*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25299 .cindex "&%logwrite%& ACL modifier"
25300 .cindex "logging in ACL" "immediate"
25301 This modifier writes a message to a log file as soon as it is encountered when
25302 processing an ACL. (Compare &%log_message%&, which, except in the case of
25303 &%warn%& and &%discard%&, is used only if the ACL statement denies
25304 access.) The &%logwrite%& modifier can be used to log special incidents in
25305 ACLs. For example:
25306 .display
25307 &`accept `&<&'some special conditions'&>
25308 &` control = freeze`&
25309 &` logwrite = froze message because ...`&
25310 .endd
25311 By default, the message is written to the main log. However, it may begin
25312 with a colon, followed by a comma-separated list of log names, and then
25313 another colon, to specify exactly which logs are to be written. For
25314 example:
25315 .code
25316 logwrite = :main,reject: text for main and reject logs
25317 logwrite = :panic: text for panic log only
25318 .endd
25319
25320
25321 .vitem &*message*&&~=&~<&'text'&>
25322 .cindex "&%message%& ACL modifier"
25323 This modifier sets up a text string that is expanded and used as a response
25324 message when an ACL statement terminates the ACL with an &"accept"&, &"deny"&,
25325 or &"defer"& response. (In the case of the &%accept%& and &%discard%& verbs,
25326 there is some complication if &%endpass%& is involved; see the description of
25327 &%accept%& for details.)
25328
25329 The expansion of the message happens at the time Exim decides that the ACL is
25330 to end, not at the time it processes &%message%&. If the expansion fails, or
25331 generates an empty string, the modifier is ignored. Here is an example where
25332 &%message%& must be specified first, because the ACL ends with a rejection if
25333 the &%hosts%& condition fails:
25334 .code
25335 require message = Host not recognized
25336 hosts = 10.0.0.0/8
25337 .endd
25338 (Once a condition has failed, no further conditions or modifiers are
25339 processed.)
25340
25341 .cindex "SMTP" "error codes"
25342 .oindex "&%smtp_banner%&
25343 For ACLs that are triggered by SMTP commands, the message is returned as part
25344 of the SMTP response. The use of &%message%& with &%accept%& (or &%discard%&)
25345 is meaningful only for SMTP, as no message is returned when a non-SMTP message
25346 is accepted. In the case of the connect ACL, accepting with a message modifier
25347 overrides the value of &%smtp_banner%&. For the EHLO/HELO ACL, a customized
25348 accept message may not contain more than one line (otherwise it will be
25349 truncated at the first newline and a panic logged), and it cannot affect the
25350 EHLO options.
25351
25352 When SMTP is involved, the message may begin with an overriding response code,
25353 consisting of three digits optionally followed by an &"extended response code"&
25354 of the form &'n.n.n'&, each code being followed by a space. For example:
25355 .code
25356 deny message = 599 1.2.3 Host not welcome
25357 hosts = 192.168.34.0/24
25358 .endd
25359 The first digit of the supplied response code must be the same as would be sent
25360 by default. A panic occurs if it is not. Exim uses a 550 code when it denies
25361 access, but for the predata ACL, note that the default success code is 354, not
25362 2&'xx'&.
25363
25364 Notwithstanding the previous paragraph, for the QUIT ACL, unlike the others,
25365 the message modifier cannot override the 221 response code.
25366
25367 The text in a &%message%& modifier is literal; any quotes are taken as
25368 literals, but because the string is expanded, backslash escapes are processed
25369 anyway. If the message contains newlines, this gives rise to a multi-line SMTP
25370 response.
25371
25372 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
25373 If &%message%& is used on a statement that verifies an address, the message
25374 specified overrides any message that is generated by the verification process.
25375 However, the original message is available in the variable
25376 &$acl_verify_message$&, so you can incorporate it into your message if you
25377 wish. In particular, if you want the text from &%:fail:%& items in &(redirect)&
25378 routers to be passed back as part of the SMTP response, you should either not
25379 use a &%message%& modifier, or make use of &$acl_verify_message$&.
25380
25381 For compatibility with previous releases of Exim, a &%message%& modifier that
25382 is used with a &%warn%& verb behaves in a similar way to the &%add_header%&
25383 modifier, but this usage is now deprecated. However, &%message%& acts only when
25384 all the conditions are true, wherever it appears in an ACL command, whereas
25385 &%add_header%& acts as soon as it is encountered. If &%message%& is used with
25386 &%warn%& in an ACL that is not concerned with receiving a message, it has no
25387 effect.
25388
25389
25390 .vitem &*set*&&~<&'acl_name'&>&~=&~<&'value'&>
25391 .cindex "&%set%& ACL modifier"
25392 This modifier puts a value into one of the ACL variables (see section
25393 &<<SECTaclvariables>>&).
25394 .endlist
25395
25396
25397
25398
25399
25400 .section "Use of the control modifier" "SECTcontrols"
25401 .cindex "&%control%& ACL modifier"
25402 The &%control%& modifier supports the following settings:
25403
25404 .vlist
25405 .vitem &*control&~=&~allow_auth_unadvertised*&
25406 This modifier allows a client host to use the SMTP AUTH command even when it
25407 has not been advertised in response to EHLO. Furthermore, because there are
25408 apparently some really broken clients that do this, Exim will accept AUTH after
25409 HELO (rather than EHLO) when this control is set. It should be used only if you
25410 really need it, and you should limit its use to those broken clients that do
25411 not work without it. For example:
25412 .code
25413 warn hosts = 192.168.34.25
25414 control = allow_auth_unadvertised
25415 .endd
25416 Normally, when an Exim server receives an AUTH command, it checks the name of
25417 the authentication mechanism that is given in the command to ensure that it
25418 matches an advertised mechanism. When this control is set, the check that a
25419 mechanism has been advertised is bypassed. Any configured mechanism can be used
25420 by the client. This control is permitted only in the connection and HELO ACLs.
25421
25422
25423 .vitem &*control&~=&~caseful_local_part*& &&&
25424 &*control&~=&~caselower_local_part*&
25425 .cindex "&ACL;" "case of local part in"
25426 .cindex "case of local parts"
25427 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
25428 These two controls are permitted only in the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&
25429 (that is, during RCPT processing). By default, the contents of &$local_part$&
25430 are lower cased before ACL processing. If &"caseful_local_part"& is specified,
25431 any uppercase letters in the original local part are restored in &$local_part$&
25432 for the rest of the ACL, or until a control that sets &"caselower_local_part"&
25433 is encountered.
25434
25435 These controls affect only the current recipient. Moreover, they apply only to
25436 local part handling that takes place directly in the ACL (for example, as a key
25437 in lookups). If a test to verify the recipient is obeyed, the case-related
25438 handling of the local part during the verification is controlled by the router
25439 configuration (see the &%caseful_local_part%& generic router option).
25440
25441 This facility could be used, for example, to add a spam score to local parts
25442 containing upper case letters. For example, using &$acl_m4$& to accumulate the
25443 spam score:
25444 .code
25445 warn control = caseful_local_part
25446 set acl_m4 = ${eval:\
25447 $acl_m4 + \
25448 ${if match{$local_part}{[A-Z]}{1}{0}}\
25449 }
25450 control = caselower_local_part
25451 .endd
25452 Notice that we put back the lower cased version afterwards, assuming that
25453 is what is wanted for subsequent tests.
25454
25455 .vitem &*control&~=&~enforce_sync*& &&&
25456 &*control&~=&~no_enforce_sync*&
25457 .cindex "SMTP" "synchronization checking"
25458 .cindex "synchronization checking in SMTP"
25459 These controls make it possible to be selective about when SMTP synchronization
25460 is enforced. The global option &%smtp_enforce_sync%& specifies the initial
25461 state of the switch (it is true by default). See the description of this option
25462 in chapter &<<CHAPmainconfig>>& for details of SMTP synchronization checking.
25463
25464 The effect of these two controls lasts for the remainder of the SMTP
25465 connection. They can appear in any ACL except the one for the non-SMTP
25466 messages. The most straightforward place to put them is in the ACL defined by
25467 &%acl_smtp_connect%&, which is run at the start of an incoming SMTP connection,
25468 before the first synchronization check. The expected use is to turn off the
25469 synchronization checks for badly-behaved hosts that you nevertheless need to
25470 work with.
25471
25472
25473 .vitem &*control&~=&~fakedefer/*&<&'message'&>
25474 .cindex "fake defer"
25475 .cindex "defer, fake"
25476 This control works in exactly the same way as &%fakereject%& (described below)
25477 except that it causes an SMTP 450 response after the message data instead of a
25478 550 response. You must take care when using &%fakedefer%& because it causes the
25479 messages to be duplicated when the sender retries. Therefore, you should not
25480 use &%fakedefer%& if the message is to be delivered normally.
25481
25482 .vitem &*control&~=&~fakereject/*&<&'message'&>
25483 .cindex "fake rejection"
25484 .cindex "rejection, fake"
25485 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, and DATA ACLs, in other
25486 words, only when an SMTP message is being received. If Exim accepts the
25487 message, instead the final 250 response, a 550 rejection message is sent.
25488 However, Exim proceeds to deliver the message as normal. The control applies
25489 only to the current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in
25490 the same SMTP connection.
25491
25492 The text for the 550 response is taken from the &%control%& modifier. If no
25493 message is supplied, the following is used:
25494 .code
25495 550-Your message has been rejected but is being
25496 550-kept for evaluation.
25497 550-If it was a legitimate message, it may still be
25498 550 delivered to the target recipient(s).
25499 .endd
25500 This facility should be used with extreme caution.
25501
25502 .vitem &*control&~=&~freeze*&
25503 .cindex "frozen messages" "forcing in ACL"
25504 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, DATA, and non-SMTP ACLs, in
25505 other words, only when a message is being received. If the message is accepted,
25506 it is placed on Exim's queue and frozen. The control applies only to the
25507 current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in the same
25508 SMTP connection.
25509
25510 This modifier can optionally be followed by &`/no_tell`&. If the global option
25511 &%freeze_tell%& is set, it is ignored for the current message (that is, nobody
25512 is told about the freezing), provided all the &*control=freeze*& modifiers that
25513 are obeyed for the current message have the &`/no_tell`& option.
25514
25515 .new
25516 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_delay_flush*&
25517 .cindex "SMTP" "output flushing, disabling for delay"
25518 Exim normally flushes SMTP output before implementing a delay in an ACL, to
25519 avoid unexpected timeouts in clients when the SMTP PIPELINING extension is in
25520 use. This control, as long as it is encountered before the &%delay%& modifier,
25521 disables such output flushing.
25522
25523 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_callout_flush*&
25524 .cindex "SMTP" "output flushing, disabling for callout"
25525 Exim normally flushes SMTP output before performing a callout in an ACL, to
25526 avoid unexpected timeouts in clients when the SMTP PIPELINING extension is in
25527 use. This control, as long as it is encountered before the &%verify%& condition
25528 that causes the callout, disables such output flushing.
25529 .wen
25530
25531 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_mbox_unspool*&
25532 This control is available when Exim is compiled with the content scanning
25533 extension. Content scanning may require a copy of the current message, or parts
25534 of it, to be written in &"mbox format"& to a spool file, for passing to a virus
25535 or spam scanner. Normally, such copies are deleted when they are no longer
25536 needed. If this control is set, the copies are not deleted. The control applies
25537 only to the current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in
25538 the same SMTP connection. It is provided for debugging purposes and is unlikely
25539 to be useful in production.
25540
25541 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_multiline_responses*&
25542 .cindex "multiline responses, suppressing"
25543 This control is permitted for any ACL except the one for non-SMTP messages.
25544 It seems that there are broken clients in use that cannot handle multiline
25545 SMTP responses, despite the fact that RFC 821 defined them over 20 years ago.
25546
25547 If this control is set, multiline SMTP responses from ACL rejections are
25548 suppressed. One way of doing this would have been to put out these responses as
25549 one long line. However, RFC 2821 specifies a maximum of 512 bytes per response
25550 (&"use multiline responses for more"& it says &-- ha!), and some of the
25551 responses might get close to that. So this facility, which is after all only a
25552 sop to broken clients, is implemented by doing two very easy things:
25553
25554 .ilist
25555 Extra information that is normally output as part of a rejection caused by
25556 sender verification failure is omitted. Only the final line (typically &"sender
25557 verification failed"&) is sent.
25558 .next
25559 If a &%message%& modifier supplies a multiline response, only the first
25560 line is output.
25561 .endlist
25562
25563 The setting of the switch can, of course, be made conditional on the
25564 calling host. Its effect lasts until the end of the SMTP connection.
25565
25566 .new
25567 .vitem &*control&~=&~no_pipelining*&
25568 .cindex "PIPELINING" "suppressing advertising"
25569 This control turns off the advertising of the PIPELINING extension to SMTP in
25570 the current session. To be useful, it must be obeyed before Exim sends its
25571 response to an EHLO command. Therefore, it should normally appear in an ACL
25572 controlled by &%acl_smtp_connect%& or &%acl_smtp_helo%&. See also
25573 &%pipelining_advertise_hosts%&.
25574 .wen
25575
25576 .vitem &*control&~=&~queue_only*&
25577 .oindex "&%queue_only%&"
25578 .cindex "queueing incoming messages"
25579 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, DATA, and non-SMTP ACLs, in
25580 other words, only when a message is being received. If the message is accepted,
25581 it is placed on Exim's queue and left there for delivery by a subsequent queue
25582 runner. No immediate delivery process is started. In other words, it has the
25583 effect as the &%queue_only%& global option. However, the control applies only
25584 to the current message, not to any subsequent ones that may be received in the
25585 same SMTP connection.
25586
25587 .vitem &*control&~=&~submission/*&<&'options'&>
25588 .cindex "message" "submission"
25589 .cindex "submission mode"
25590 This control is permitted only for the MAIL, RCPT, and start of data ACLs (the
25591 latter is the one defined by &%acl_smtp_predata%&). Setting it tells Exim that
25592 the current message is a submission from a local MUA. In this case, Exim
25593 operates in &"submission mode"&, and applies certain fixups to the message if
25594 necessary. For example, it add a &'Date:'& header line if one is not present.
25595 This control is not permitted in the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL, because that is too
25596 late (the message has already been created).
25597
25598 Chapter &<<CHAPmsgproc>>& describes the processing that Exim applies to
25599 messages. Section &<<SECTsubmodnon>>& covers the processing that happens in
25600 submission mode; the available options for this control are described there.
25601 The control applies only to the current message, not to any subsequent ones
25602 that may be received in the same SMTP connection.
25603
25604 .vitem &*control&~=&~suppress_local_fixups*&
25605 .cindex "submission fixups, suppressing"
25606 This control applies to locally submitted (non TCP/IP) messages, and is the
25607 complement of &`control`& &`=`& &`submission`&. It disables the fixups that are
25608 normally applied to locally-submitted messages. Specifically:
25609
25610 .ilist
25611 Any &'Sender:'& header line is left alone (in this respect, it is a
25612 dynamic version of &%local_sender_retain%&).
25613 .next
25614 No &'Message-ID:'&, &'From:'&, or &'Date:'& header lines are added.
25615 .next
25616 There is no check that &'From:'& corresponds to the actual sender.
25617 .endlist ilist
25618
25619 This control may be useful when a remotely-originated message is accepted,
25620 passed to some scanning program, and then re-submitted for delivery. It can be
25621 used only in the &%acl_smtp_mail%&, &%acl_smtp_rcpt%&, &%acl_smtp_predata%&,
25622 and &%acl_not_smtp_start%& ACLs, because it has to be set before the message's
25623 data is read.
25624
25625 .new
25626 &*Note:*& This control applies only to the current message, not to any others
25627 that are being submitted at the same time using &%-bs%& or &%-bS%&.
25628 .wen
25629 .endlist vlist
25630
25631
25632 .section "Summary of message fixup control" "SECTsummesfix"
25633 All four possibilities for message fixups can be specified:
25634
25635 .ilist
25636 Locally submitted, fixups applied: the default.
25637 .next
25638 Locally submitted, no fixups applied: use &`control`& &`=`&
25639 &`suppress_local_fixups`&.
25640 .next
25641 Remotely submitted, no fixups applied: the default.
25642 .next
25643 Remotely submitted, fixups applied: use &`control`& &`=`& &`submission`&.
25644 .endlist
25645
25646
25647
25648 .section "Adding header lines in ACLs" "SECTaddheadacl"
25649 .cindex "header lines" "adding in an ACL"
25650 .cindex "header lines" "position of added lines"
25651 .cindex "&%message%& ACL modifier"
25652 The &%add_header%& modifier can be used to add one or more extra header lines
25653 to an incoming message, as in this example:
25654 .code
25655 warn dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
25656 dialup.mail-abuse.org
25657 add_header = X-blacklisted-at: $dnslist_domain
25658 .endd
25659 The &%add_header%& modifier is permitted in the MAIL, RCPT, PREDATA, DATA,
25660 MIME, and non-SMTP ACLs (in other words, those that are concerned with
25661 receiving a message). The message must ultimately be accepted for
25662 &%add_header%& to have any significant effect. You can use &%add_header%& with
25663 any ACL verb, including &%deny%& (though this is potentially useful only in a
25664 RCPT ACL).
25665
25666 If the data for the &%add_header%& modifier contains one or more newlines that
25667 are not followed by a space or a tab, it is assumed to contain multiple header
25668 lines. Each one is checked for valid syntax; &`X-ACL-Warn:`& is added to the
25669 front of any line that is not a valid header line.
25670
25671 Added header lines are accumulated during the MAIL, RCPT, and predata ACLs.
25672 They are added to the message before processing the DATA and MIME ACLs.
25673 However, if an identical header line is requested more than once, only one copy
25674 is actually added to the message. Further header lines may be accumulated
25675 during the DATA and MIME ACLs, after which they are added to the message, again
25676 with duplicates suppressed. Thus, it is possible to add two identical header
25677 lines to an SMTP message, but only if one is added before DATA and one after.
25678 In the case of non-SMTP messages, new headers are accumulated during the
25679 non-SMTP ACLs, and are added to the message after all the ACLs have run. If a
25680 message is rejected after DATA or by the non-SMTP ACL, all added header lines
25681 are included in the entry that is written to the reject log.
25682
25683 .cindex "header lines" "added; visibility of"
25684 Header lines are not visible in string expansions until they are added to the
25685 message. It follows that header lines defined in the MAIL, RCPT, and predata
25686 ACLs are not visible until the DATA ACL and MIME ACLs are run. Similarly,
25687 header lines that are added by the DATA or MIME ACLs are not visible in those
25688 ACLs. Because of this restriction, you cannot use header lines as a way of
25689 passing data between (for example) the MAIL and RCPT ACLs. If you want to do
25690 this, you can use ACL variables, as described in section
25691 &<<SECTaclvariables>>&.
25692
25693 The &%add_header%& modifier acts immediately it is encountered during the
25694 processing of an ACL. Notice the difference between these two cases:
25695 .display
25696 &`accept add_header = ADDED: some text`&
25697 &` `&<&'some condition'&>
25698
25699 &`accept `&<&'some condition'&>
25700 &` add_header = ADDED: some text`&
25701 .endd
25702 In the first case, the header line is always added, whether or not the
25703 condition is true. In the second case, the header line is added only if the
25704 condition is true. Multiple occurrences of &%add_header%& may occur in the same
25705 ACL statement. All those that are encountered before a condition fails are
25706 honoured.
25707
25708 .cindex "&%warn%& ACL verb"
25709 For compatibility with previous versions of Exim, a &%message%& modifier for a
25710 &%warn%& verb acts in the same way as &%add_header%&, except that it takes
25711 effect only if all the conditions are true, even if it appears before some of
25712 them. Furthermore, only the last occurrence of &%message%& is honoured. This
25713 usage of &%message%& is now deprecated. If both &%add_header%& and &%message%&
25714 are present on a &%warn%& verb, both are processed according to their
25715 specifications.
25716
25717 By default, new header lines are added to a message at the end of the existing
25718 header lines. However, you can specify that any particular header line should
25719 be added right at the start (before all the &'Received:'& lines), immediately
25720 after the first block of &'Received:'& lines, or immediately before any line
25721 that is not a &'Received:'& or &'Resent-something:'& header.
25722
25723 This is done by specifying &":at_start:"&, &":after_received:"&, or
25724 &":at_start_rfc:"& (or, for completeness, &":at_end:"&) before the text of the
25725 header line, respectively. (Header text cannot start with a colon, as there has
25726 to be a header name first.) For example:
25727 .code
25728 warn add_header = \
25729 :after_received:X-My-Header: something or other...
25730 .endd
25731 If more than one header line is supplied in a single &%add_header%& modifier,
25732 each one is treated independently and can therefore be placed differently. If
25733 you add more than one line at the start, or after the Received: block, they end
25734 up in reverse order.
25735
25736 &*Warning*&: This facility currently applies only to header lines that are
25737 added in an ACL. It does NOT work for header lines that are added in a
25738 system filter or in a router or transport.
25739
25740
25741
25742
25743 .section "ACL conditions" "SECTaclconditions"
25744 .cindex "&ACL;" "conditions; list of"
25745 Some of conditions listed in this section are available only when Exim is
25746 compiled with the content-scanning extension. They are included here briefly
25747 for completeness. More detailed descriptions can be found in the discussion on
25748 content scanning in chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25749
25750 Not all conditions are relevant in all circumstances. For example, testing
25751 senders and recipients does not make sense in an ACL that is being run as the
25752 result of the arrival of an ETRN command, and checks on message headers can be
25753 done only in the ACLs specified by &%acl_smtp_data%& and &%acl_not_smtp%&. You
25754 can use the same condition (with different parameters) more than once in the
25755 same ACL statement. This provides a way of specifying an &"and"& conjunction.
25756 The conditions are as follows:
25757
25758
25759 .vlist
25760 .vitem &*acl&~=&~*&<&'name&~of&~acl&~or&~ACL&~string&~or&~file&~name&~'&>
25761 .cindex "&ACL;" "nested"
25762 .cindex "&ACL;" "indirect"
25763 .cindex "&%acl%& ACL condition"
25764 The possible values of the argument are the same as for the
25765 &%acl_smtp_%&&'xxx'& options. The named or inline ACL is run. If it returns
25766 &"accept"& the condition is true; if it returns &"deny"& the condition is
25767 false. If it returns &"defer"&, the current ACL returns &"defer"& unless the
25768 condition is on a &%warn%& verb. In that case, a &"defer"& return makes the
25769 condition false. This means that further processing of the &%warn%& verb
25770 ceases, but processing of the ACL continues.
25771
25772 If the nested &%acl%& returns &"drop"& and the outer condition denies access,
25773 the connection is dropped. If it returns &"discard"&, the verb must be
25774 &%accept%& or &%discard%&, and the action is taken immediately &-- no further
25775 conditions are tested.
25776
25777 ACLs may be nested up to 20 deep; the limit exists purely to catch runaway
25778 loops. This condition allows you to use different ACLs in different
25779 circumstances. For example, different ACLs can be used to handle RCPT commands
25780 for different local users or different local domains.
25781
25782 .vitem &*authenticated&~=&~*&<&'string&~list'&>
25783 .cindex "&%authenticated%& ACL condition"
25784 .cindex "authentication" "ACL checking"
25785 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing for authentication"
25786 If the SMTP connection is not authenticated, the condition is false. Otherwise,
25787 the name of the authenticator is tested against the list. To test for
25788 authentication by any authenticator, you can set
25789 .code
25790 authenticated = *
25791 .endd
25792
25793 .vitem &*condition&~=&~*&<&'string'&>
25794 .cindex "&%condition%& ACL condition"
25795 .cindex "customizing" "ACL condition"
25796 .cindex "&ACL;" "customized test"
25797 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing, customized"
25798 This feature allows you to make up custom conditions. If the result of
25799 expanding the string is an empty string, the number zero, or one of the strings
25800 &"no"& or &"false"&, the condition is false. If the result is any non-zero
25801 number, or one of the strings &"yes"& or &"true"&, the condition is true. For
25802 any other value, some error is assumed to have occurred, and the ACL returns
25803 &"defer"&. However, if the expansion is forced to fail, the condition is
25804 ignored. The effect is to treat it as true, whether it is positive or
25805 negative.
25806
25807 .vitem &*decode&~=&~*&<&'location'&>
25808 .cindex "&%decode%& ACL condition"
25809 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25810 content-scanning extension, and it is allowed only in the ACL defined by
25811 &%acl_smtp_mime%&. It causes the current MIME part to be decoded into a file.
25812 &new("If all goes well, the condition is true. It is false only if there are
25813 problems such as a syntax error or a memory shortage. For more details, see
25814 chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.")
25815
25816 .vitem &*demime&~=&~*&<&'extension&~list'&>
25817 .cindex "&%demime%& ACL condition"
25818 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25819 content-scanning extension. Its use is described in section
25820 &<<SECTdemimecond>>&.
25821
25822 .vitem &*dnslists&~=&~*&<&'list&~of&~domain&~names&~and&~other&~data'&>
25823 .cindex "&%dnslists%& ACL condition"
25824 .cindex "DNS list" "in ACL"
25825 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
25826 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a DNS list"
25827 This condition checks for entries in DNS black lists. These are also known as
25828 &"RBL lists"&, after the original Realtime Blackhole List, but note that the
25829 use of the lists at &'mail-abuse.org'& now carries a charge. There are too many
25830 different variants of this condition to describe briefly here. See sections
25831 &<<SECTmorednslists>>&--&<<SECTmorednslistslast>>& for details.
25832
25833 .vitem &*domains&~=&~*&<&'domain&~list'&>
25834 .cindex "&%domains%& ACL condition"
25835 .cindex "domain" "ACL checking"
25836 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a recipient domain"
25837 .vindex "&$domain_data$&"
25838 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It checks that the domain
25839 of the recipient address is in the domain list. If percent-hack processing is
25840 enabled, it is done before this test is done. If the check succeeds with a
25841 lookup, the result of the lookup is placed in &$domain_data$& until the next
25842 &%domains%& test.
25843
25844 &*Note carefully*& (because many people seem to fall foul of this): you cannot
25845 use &%domains%& in a DATA ACL.
25846
25847
25848 .vitem &*encrypted&~=&~*&<&'string&~list'&>
25849 .cindex "&%encrypted%& ACL condition"
25850 .cindex "encryption" "checking in an ACL"
25851 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing for encryption"
25852 If the SMTP connection is not encrypted, the condition is false. Otherwise, the
25853 name of the cipher suite in use is tested against the list. To test for
25854 encryption without testing for any specific cipher suite(s), set
25855 .code
25856 encrypted = *
25857 .endd
25858
25859
25860 .vitem &*hosts&~=&~*&<&'&~host&~list'&>
25861 .cindex "&%hosts%& ACL condition"
25862 .cindex "host" "ACL checking"
25863 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing the client host"
25864 This condition tests that the calling host matches the host list. If you have
25865 name lookups or wildcarded host names and IP addresses in the same host list,
25866 you should normally put the IP addresses first. For example, you could have:
25867 .code
25868 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7 : dbm;/etc/friendly/hosts
25869 .endd
25870 The lookup in this example uses the host name for its key. This is implied by
25871 the lookup type &"dbm"&. (For a host address lookup you would use &"net-dbm"&
25872 and it wouldn't matter which way round you had these two items.)
25873
25874 The reason for the problem with host names lies in the left-to-right way that
25875 Exim processes lists. It can test IP addresses without doing any DNS lookups,
25876 but when it reaches an item that requires a host name, it fails if it cannot
25877 find a host name to compare with the pattern. If the above list is given in the
25878 opposite order, the &%accept%& statement fails for a host whose name cannot be
25879 found, even if its IP address is 10.9.8.7.
25880
25881 If you really do want to do the name check first, and still recognize the IP
25882 address even if the name lookup fails, you can rewrite the ACL like this:
25883 .code
25884 accept hosts = dbm;/etc/friendly/hosts
25885 accept hosts = 10.9.8.7
25886 .endd
25887 The default action on failing to find the host name is to assume that the host
25888 is not in the list, so the first &%accept%& statement fails. The second
25889 statement can then check the IP address.
25890
25891 .vindex "&$host_data$&"
25892 If a &%hosts%& condition is satisfied by means of a lookup, the result
25893 of the lookup is made available in the &$host_data$& variable. This
25894 allows you, for example, to set up a statement like this:
25895 .code
25896 deny hosts = net-lsearch;/some/file
25897 message = $host_data
25898 .endd
25899 which gives a custom error message for each denied host.
25900
25901 .vitem &*local_parts&~=&~*&<&'local&~part&~list'&>
25902 .cindex "&%local_parts%& ACL condition"
25903 .cindex "local part" "ACL checking"
25904 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a local part"
25905 .vindex "&$local_part_data$&"
25906 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It checks that the local
25907 part of the recipient address is in the list. If percent-hack processing is
25908 enabled, it is done before this test. If the check succeeds with a lookup, the
25909 result of the lookup is placed in &$local_part_data$&, which remains set until
25910 the next &%local_parts%& test.
25911
25912 .vitem &*malware&~=&~*&<&'option'&>
25913 .cindex "&%malware%& ACL condition"
25914 .cindex "&ACL;" "virus scanning"
25915 .cindex "&ACL;" "scanning for viruses"
25916 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25917 content-scanning extension. It causes the incoming message to be scanned for
25918 viruses. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25919
25920 .vitem &*mime_regex&~=&~*&<&'list&~of&~regular&~expressions'&>
25921 .cindex "&%mime_regex%& ACL condition"
25922 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing by regex matching"
25923 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25924 content-scanning extension, and it is allowed only in the ACL defined by
25925 &%acl_smtp_mime%&. It causes the current MIME part to be scanned for a match
25926 with any of the regular expressions. For details, see chapter
25927 &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25928
25929 .vitem &*ratelimit&~=&~*&<&'parameters'&>
25930 .cindex "rate limiting"
25931 This condition can be used to limit the rate at which a user or host submits
25932 messages. Details are given in section &<<SECTratelimiting>>&.
25933
25934 .vitem &*recipients&~=&~*&<&'address&~list'&>
25935 .cindex "&%recipients%& ACL condition"
25936 .cindex "recipient" "ACL checking"
25937 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a recipient"
25938 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It checks the entire
25939 recipient address against a list of recipients.
25940
25941 .vitem &*regex&~=&~*&<&'list&~of&~regular&~expressions'&>
25942 .cindex "&%regex%& ACL condition"
25943 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing by regex matching"
25944 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25945 content-scanning extension, and is available only in the DATA, MIME, and
25946 non-SMTP ACLs. It causes the incoming message to be scanned for a match with
25947 any of the regular expressions. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25948
25949 .vitem &*sender_domains&~=&~*&<&'domain&~list'&>
25950 .cindex "&%sender_domains%& ACL condition"
25951 .cindex "sender" "ACL checking"
25952 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a sender domain"
25953 .vindex "&$domain$&"
25954 .vindex "&$sender_address_domain$&"
25955 This condition tests the domain of the sender of the message against the given
25956 domain list. &*Note*&: The domain of the sender address is in
25957 &$sender_address_domain$&. It is &'not'& put in &$domain$& during the testing
25958 of this condition. This is an exception to the general rule for testing domain
25959 lists. It is done this way so that, if this condition is used in an ACL for a
25960 RCPT command, the recipient's domain (which is in &$domain$&) can be used to
25961 influence the sender checking.
25962
25963 &*Warning*&: It is a bad idea to use this condition on its own as a control on
25964 relaying, because sender addresses are easily, and commonly, forged.
25965
25966 .vitem &*senders&~=&~*&<&'address&~list'&>
25967 .cindex "&%senders%& ACL condition"
25968 .cindex "sender" "ACL checking"
25969 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a sender"
25970 This condition tests the sender of the message against the given list. To test
25971 for a bounce message, which has an empty sender, set
25972 .code
25973 senders = :
25974 .endd
25975 &*Warning*&: It is a bad idea to use this condition on its own as a control on
25976 relaying, because sender addresses are easily, and commonly, forged.
25977
25978 .vitem &*spam&~=&~*&<&'username'&>
25979 .cindex "&%spam%& ACL condition"
25980 .cindex "&ACL;" "scanning for spam"
25981 This condition is available only when Exim is compiled with the
25982 content-scanning extension. It causes the incoming message to be scanned by
25983 SpamAssassin. For details, see chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&.
25984
25985 .vitem &*verify&~=&~certificate*&
25986 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
25987 .cindex "TLS" "client certificate verification"
25988 .cindex "certificate" "verification of client"
25989 .cindex "&ACL;" "certificate verification"
25990 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a TLS certificate"
25991 This condition is true in an SMTP session if the session is encrypted, and a
25992 certificate was received from the client, and the certificate was verified. The
25993 server requests a certificate only if the client matches &%tls_verify_hosts%&
25994 or &%tls_try_verify_hosts%& (see chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>&).
25995
25996 .vitem &*verify&~=&~csa*&
25997 .cindex "CSA verification"
25998 This condition checks whether the sending host (the client) is authorized to
25999 send email. Details of how this works are given in section
26000 &<<SECTverifyCSA>>&.
26001
26002 .vitem &*verify&~=&~header_sender/*&<&'options'&>
26003 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26004 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying sender in the header"
26005 .cindex "header lines" "verifying the sender in"
26006 .cindex "sender" "verifying in header"
26007 .cindex "verifying" "sender in header"
26008 This condition is relevant only in an ACL that is run after a message has been
26009 received, that is, in an ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_data%& or
26010 &%acl_not_smtp%&. It checks that there is a verifiable address in at least one
26011 of the &'Sender:'&, &'Reply-To:'&, or &'From:'& header lines. Such an address
26012 is loosely thought of as a &"sender"& address (hence the name of the test).
26013 However, an address that appears in one of these headers need not be an address
26014 that accepts bounce messages; only sender addresses in envelopes are required
26015 to accept bounces. Therefore, if you use the callout option on this check, you
26016 might want to arrange for a non-empty address in the MAIL command.
26017
26018 Details of address verification and the options are given later, starting at
26019 section &<<SECTaddressverification>>& (callouts are described in section
26020 &<<SECTcallver>>&). You can combine this condition with the &%senders%&
26021 condition to restrict it to bounce messages only:
26022 .code
26023 deny senders = :
26024 message = A valid sender header is required for bounces
26025 !verify = header_sender
26026 .endd
26027
26028 .vitem &*verify&~=&~header_syntax*&
26029 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26030 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying header syntax"
26031 .cindex "header lines" "verifying syntax"
26032 .cindex "verifying" "header syntax"
26033 This condition is relevant only in an ACL that is run after a message has been
26034 received, that is, in an ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_data%& or
26035 &%acl_not_smtp%&. It checks the syntax of all header lines that can contain
26036 lists of addresses (&'Sender:'&, &'From:'&, &'Reply-To:'&, &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&,
26037 and &'Bcc:'&). Unqualified addresses (local parts without domains) are
26038 permitted only in locally generated messages and from hosts that match
26039 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& or &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&, as
26040 appropriate.
26041
26042 Note that this condition is a syntax check only. However, a common spamming
26043 ploy used to be to send syntactically invalid headers such as
26044 .code
26045 To: @
26046 .endd
26047 and this condition can be used to reject such messages, though they are not as
26048 common as they used to be.
26049
26050 .vitem &*verify&~=&~helo*&
26051 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26052 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying HELO/EHLO"
26053 .cindex "HELO" "verifying"
26054 .cindex "EHLO" "verifying"
26055 .cindex "verifying" "EHLO"
26056 .cindex "verifying" "HELO"
26057 This condition is true if a HELO or EHLO command has been received from the
26058 client host, and its contents have been verified. If there has been no previous
26059 attempt to verify the HELO/EHLO contents, it is carried out when this
26060 condition is encountered. See the description of the &%helo_verify_hosts%& and
26061 &%helo_try_verify_hosts%& options for details of how to request verification
26062 independently of this condition.
26063
26064 For SMTP input that does not come over TCP/IP (the &%-bs%& command line
26065 option), this condition is always true.
26066
26067
26068 .vitem &*verify&~=&~not_blind*&
26069 .cindex "verifying" "not blind"
26070 .cindex "bcc recipients, verifying none"
26071 This condition checks that there are no blind (bcc) recipients in the message.
26072 Every envelope recipient must appear either in a &'To:'& header line or in a
26073 &'Cc:'& header line for this condition to be true. Local parts are checked
26074 case-sensitively; domains are checked case-insensitively. If &'Resent-To:'& or
26075 &'Resent-Cc:'& header lines exist, they are also checked. This condition can be
26076 used only in a DATA or non-SMTP ACL.
26077
26078 There are, of course, many legitimate messages that make use of blind (bcc)
26079 recipients. This check should not be used on its own for blocking messages.
26080
26081
26082 .vitem &*verify&~=&~recipient/*&<&'options'&>
26083 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26084 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying recipient"
26085 .cindex "recipient" "verifying"
26086 .cindex "verifying" "recipient"
26087 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
26088 This condition is relevant only after a RCPT command. It verifies the current
26089 recipient. Details of address verification are given later, starting at section
26090 &<<SECTaddressverification>>&. After a recipient has been verified, the value
26091 of &$address_data$& is the last value that was set while routing the address.
26092 This applies even if the verification fails. When an address that is being
26093 verified is redirected to a single address, verification continues with the new
26094 address, and in that case, the subsequent value of &$address_data$& is the
26095 value for the child address.
26096
26097 .vitem &*verify&~=&~reverse_host_lookup*&
26098 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26099 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying host reverse lookup"
26100 .cindex "host" "verifying reverse lookup"
26101 This condition ensures that a verified host name has been looked up from the IP
26102 address of the client host. (This may have happened already if the host name
26103 was needed for checking a host list, or if the host matched &%host_lookup%&.)
26104 Verification ensures that the host name obtained from a reverse DNS lookup, or
26105 one of its aliases, does, when it is itself looked up in the DNS, yield the
26106 original IP address.
26107
26108 If this condition is used for a locally generated message (that is, when there
26109 is no client host involved), it always succeeds.
26110
26111 .vitem &*verify&~=&~sender/*&<&'options'&>
26112 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26113 .cindex "&ACL;" "verifying sender"
26114 .cindex "sender" "verifying"
26115 .cindex "verifying" "sender"
26116 This condition is relevant only after a MAIL or RCPT command, or after a
26117 message has been received (the &%acl_smtp_data%& or &%acl_not_smtp%& ACLs). If
26118 the message's sender is empty (that is, this is a bounce message), the
26119 condition is true. Otherwise, the sender address is verified.
26120
26121 .vindex "&$address_data$&"
26122 .vindex "&$sender_address_data$&"
26123 If there is data in the &$address_data$& variable at the end of routing, its
26124 value is placed in &$sender_address_data$& at the end of verification. This
26125 value can be used in subsequent conditions and modifiers in the same ACL
26126 statement. It does not persist after the end of the current statement. If you
26127 want to preserve the value for longer, you can save it in an ACL variable.
26128
26129 Details of verification are given later, starting at section
26130 &<<SECTaddressverification>>&. Exim caches the result of sender verification,
26131 to avoid doing it more than once per message.
26132
26133 .vitem &*verify&~=&~sender=*&<&'address'&>&*/*&<&'options'&>
26134 .cindex "&%verify%& ACL condition"
26135 This is a variation of the previous option, in which a modified address is
26136 verified as a sender.
26137 .endlist
26138
26139
26140
26141 .section "Using DNS lists" "SECTmorednslists"
26142 .cindex "DNS list" "in ACL"
26143 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
26144 .cindex "&ACL;" "testing a DNS list"
26145 In its simplest form, the &%dnslists%& condition tests whether the calling host
26146 is on at least one of a number of DNS lists by looking up the inverted IP
26147 address in one or more DNS domains. For example, if the calling host's IP
26148 address is 192.168.62.43, and the ACL statement is
26149 .code
26150 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org : \
26151 dialups.mail-abuse.org
26152 .endd
26153 the following records are looked up:
26154 .code
26155 43.62.168.192.blackholes.mail-abuse.org
26156 43.62.168.192.dialups.mail-abuse.org
26157 .endd
26158 As soon as Exim finds an existing DNS record, processing of the list stops.
26159 Thus, multiple entries on the list provide an &"or"& conjunction. If you want
26160 to test that a host is on more than one list (an &"and"& conjunction), you can
26161 use two separate conditions:
26162 .code
26163 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org
26164 dnslists = dialups.mail-abuse.org
26165 .endd
26166 If a DNS lookup times out or otherwise fails to give a decisive answer, Exim
26167 behaves as if the host does not match the list item, that is, as if the DNS
26168 record does not exist. If there are further items in the DNS list, they are
26169 processed.
26170
26171 This is usually the required action when &%dnslists%& is used with &%deny%&
26172 (which is the most common usage), because it prevents a DNS failure from
26173 blocking mail. However, you can change this behaviour by putting one of the
26174 following special items in the list:
26175 .display
26176 &`+include_unknown `& behave as if the item is on the list
26177 &`+exclude_unknown `& behave as if the item is not on the list (default)
26178 &`+defer_unknown `& give a temporary error
26179 .endd
26180 .cindex "&`+include_unknown`&"
26181 .cindex "&`+exclude_unknown`&"
26182 .cindex "&`+defer_unknown`&"
26183 Each of these applies to any subsequent items on the list. For example:
26184 .code
26185 deny dnslists = +defer_unknown : foo.bar.example
26186 .endd
26187 Testing the list of domains stops as soon as a match is found. If you want to
26188 warn for one list and block for another, you can use two different statements:
26189 .code
26190 deny dnslists = blackholes.mail-abuse.org
26191 warn message = X-Warn: sending host is on dialups list
26192 dnslists = dialups.mail-abuse.org
26193 .endd
26194 DNS list lookups are cached by Exim for the duration of the SMTP session,
26195 so a lookup based on the IP address is done at most once for any incoming
26196 connection. Exim does not share information between multiple incoming
26197 connections (but your local name server cache should be active).
26198
26199
26200
26201 .section "Specifying the IP address for a DNS list lookup" "SECID201"
26202 .cindex "DNS list" "keyed by explicit IP address"
26203 By default, the IP address that is used in a DNS list lookup is the IP address
26204 of the calling host. However, you can specify another IP address by listing it
26205 after the domain name, introduced by a slash. For example:
26206 .code
26207 deny dnslists = black.list.tld/192.168.1.2
26208 .endd
26209 This feature is not very helpful with explicit IP addresses; it is intended for
26210 use with IP addresses that are looked up, for example, the IP addresses of the
26211 MX hosts or nameservers of an email sender address. For an example, see section
26212 &<<SECTmulkeyfor>>& below.
26213
26214
26215
26216
26217 .section "DNS lists keyed on domain names" "SECID202"
26218 .cindex "DNS list" "keyed by domain name"
26219 There are some lists that are keyed on domain names rather than inverted IP
26220 addresses (see for example the &'domain based zones'& link at
26221 &url(http://www.rfc-ignorant.org/)). No reversing of components is used
26222 with these lists. You can change the name that is looked up in a DNS list by
26223 listing it after the domain name, introduced by a slash. For example,
26224 .code
26225 deny message = Sender's domain is listed at $dnslist_domain
26226 dnslists = dsn.rfc-ignorant.org/$sender_address_domain
26227 .endd
26228 This particular example is useful only in ACLs that are obeyed after the
26229 RCPT or DATA commands, when a sender address is available. If (for
26230 example) the message's sender is &'user@tld.example'& the name that is looked
26231 up by this example is
26232 .code
26233 tld.example.dsn.rfc-ignorant.org
26234 .endd
26235 A single &%dnslists%& condition can contain entries for both names and IP
26236 addresses. For example:
26237 .code
26238 deny dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
26239 dsn.rfc-ignorant.org/$sender_address_domain
26240 .endd
26241 The first item checks the sending host's IP address; the second checks a domain
26242 name. The whole condition is true if either of the DNS lookups succeeds.
26243
26244
26245
26246
26247 .section "Multiple explicit keys for a DNS list" "SECTmulkeyfor"
26248 .cindex "DNS list" "multiple keys for"
26249 The syntax described above for looking up explicitly-defined values (either
26250 names or IP addresses) in a DNS blacklist is a simplification. After the domain
26251 name for the DNS list, what follows the slash can in fact be a list of items.
26252 As with all lists in Exim, the default separator is a colon. However, because
26253 this is a sublist within the list of DNS blacklist domains, it is necessary
26254 either to double the separators like this:
26255 .code
26256 dnslists = black.list.tld/name.1::name.2
26257 .endd
26258 or to change the separator character, like this:
26259 .code
26260 dnslists = black.list.tld/<;name.1;name.2
26261 .endd
26262 If an item in the list is an IP address, it is inverted before the DNS
26263 blacklist domain is appended. If it is not an IP address, no inversion
26264 occurs. Consider this condition:
26265 .code
26266 dnslists = black.list.tld/<;192.168.1.2;a.domain
26267 .endd
26268 The DNS lookups that occur are:
26269 .code
26270 2.1.168.192.black.list.tld
26271 a.domain.black.list.tld
26272 .endd
26273 Once a DNS record has been found (that matches a specific IP return
26274 address, if specified &-- see section &<<SECTaddmatcon>>&), no further lookups
26275 are done. If there is a temporary DNS error, the rest of the sublist of domains
26276 or IP addresses is tried. A temporary error for the whole dnslists item occurs
26277 only if no other DNS lookup in this sublist succeeds. In other words, a
26278 successful lookup for any of the items in the sublist overrides a temporary
26279 error for a previous item.
26280
26281 The ability to supply a list of items after the slash is in some sense just a
26282 syntactic convenience. These two examples have the same effect:
26283 .code
26284 dnslists = black.list.tld/a.domain : black.list.tld/b.domain
26285 dnslists = black.list.tld/a.domain::b.domain
26286 .endd
26287 However, when the data for the list is obtained from a lookup, the second form
26288 is usually much more convenient. Consider this example:
26289 .code
26290 deny message = The mail servers for the domain \
26291 $sender_address_domain \
26292 are listed at $dnslist_domain ($dnslist_value); \
26293 see $dnslist_text.
26294 dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org/<|${lookup dnsdb {>|a=<|\
26295 ${lookup dnsdb {>|mxh=\
26296 $sender_address_domain} }} }
26297 .endd
26298 Note the use of &`>|`& in the dnsdb lookup to specify the separator for
26299 multiple DNS records. The inner dnsdb lookup produces a list of MX hosts
26300 and the outer dnsdb lookup finds the IP addresses for these hosts. The result
26301 of expanding the condition might be something like this:
26302 .code
26303 dnslists = sbl.spahmaus.org/<|192.168.2.3|192.168.5.6|...
26304 .endd
26305 Thus, this example checks whether or not the IP addresses of the sender
26306 domain's mail servers are on the Spamhaus black list.
26307
26308
26309
26310
26311
26312 .section "Data returned by DNS lists" "SECID203"
26313 .cindex "DNS list" "data returned from"
26314 DNS lists are constructed using address records in the DNS. The original RBL
26315 just used the address 127.0.0.1 on the right hand side of each record, but the
26316 RBL+ list and some other lists use a number of values with different meanings.
26317 The values used on the RBL+ list are:
26318 .display
26319 127.1.0.1 RBL
26320 127.1.0.2 DUL
26321 127.1.0.3 DUL and RBL
26322 127.1.0.4 RSS
26323 127.1.0.5 RSS and RBL
26324 127.1.0.6 RSS and DUL
26325 127.1.0.7 RSS and DUL and RBL
26326 .endd
26327 Section &<<SECTaddmatcon>>& below describes how you can distinguish between
26328 different values. Some DNS lists may return more than one address record;
26329 &new("see section &<<SECThanmuldnsrec>>& for details of how they are checked.")
26330
26331 .section "Variables set from DNS lists" "SECID204"
26332 .cindex "DNS list" "variables set from"
26333 .vindex "&$dnslist_domain$&"
26334 .vindex "&$dnslist_text$&"
26335 .vindex "&$dnslist_value$&"
26336 When an entry is found in a DNS list, the variable &$dnslist_domain$&
26337 contains the name of the domain that matched, and &$dnslist_value$& contains
26338 the data from the entry. If more than one address record is returned by the DNS
26339 lookup, all the IP addresses are included in &$dnslist_value$&, separated by
26340 commas and spaces. The variable &$dnslist_text$& contains the contents of any
26341 associated TXT record. For lists such as RBL+ the TXT record for a merged entry
26342 is often not very meaningful. See section &<<SECTmordetinf>>& for a way of
26343 obtaining more information.
26344
26345 You can use the DNS list variables in &%message%& or &%log_message%& modifiers
26346 &-- although these appear before the condition in the ACL, they are not
26347 expanded until after it has failed. For example:
26348 .code
26349 deny hosts = !+local_networks
26350 message = $sender_host_address is listed \
26351 at $dnslist_domain
26352 dnslists = rbl-plus.mail-abuse.example
26353 .endd
26354
26355
26356
26357 .section "Additional matching conditions for DNS lists" "SECTaddmatcon"
26358 .cindex "DNS list" "matching specific returned data"
26359 You can add an equals sign and an IP address after a &%dnslists%& domain name
26360 in order to restrict its action to DNS records with a matching right hand side.
26361 For example,
26362 .code
26363 deny dnslists = rblplus.mail-abuse.org=127.0.0.2
26364 .endd
26365 rejects only those hosts that yield 127.0.0.2. Without this additional data,
26366 any address record is considered to be a match. &new("For the moment, we assume
26367 that the DNS lookup returns just one record. Section &<<SECThanmuldnsrec>>&
26368 describes how multiple records are handled.")
26369
26370 More than one IP address may be given for checking, using a comma as a
26371 separator. These are alternatives &-- if any one of them matches, the
26372 &%dnslists%& condition is true. For example:
26373 .code
26374 deny dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
26375 .endd
26376 If you want to specify a constraining address list and also specify names or IP
26377 addresses to be looked up, the constraining address list must be specified
26378 first. For example:
26379 .code
26380 deny dnslists = dsn.rfc-ignorant.org\
26381 =127.0.0.2/$sender_address_domain
26382 .endd
26383
26384 If the character &`&&`& is used instead of &`=`&, the comparison for each
26385 listed IP address is done by a bitwise &"and"& instead of by an equality test.
26386 In other words, the listed addresses are used as bit masks. The comparison is
26387 true if all the bits in the mask are present in the address that is being
26388 tested. For example:
26389 .code
26390 dnslists = a.b.c&0.0.0.3
26391 .endd
26392 matches if the address is &'x.x.x.'&3, &'x.x.x.'&7, &'x.x.x.'&11, etc. If you
26393 want to test whether one bit or another bit is present (as opposed to both
26394 being present), you must use multiple values. For example:
26395 .code
26396 dnslists = a.b.c&0.0.0.1,0.0.0.2
26397 .endd
26398 matches if the final component of the address is an odd number or two times
26399 an odd number.
26400
26401
26402
26403 .section "Negated DNS matching conditions" "SECID205"
26404 You can supply a negative list of IP addresses as part of a &%dnslists%&
26405 condition. Whereas
26406 .code
26407 deny dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
26408 .endd
26409 means &"deny if the host is in the black list at the domain &'a.b.c'& and the
26410 IP address yielded by the list is either 127.0.0.2 or 127.0.0.3"&,
26411 .code
26412 deny dnslists = a.b.c!=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
26413 .endd
26414 means &"deny if the host is in the black list at the domain &'a.b.c'& and the
26415 IP address yielded by the list is not 127.0.0.2 and not 127.0.0.3"&. In other
26416 words, the result of the test is inverted if an exclamation mark appears before
26417 the &`=`& (or the &`&&`&) sign.
26418
26419 &*Note*&: This kind of negation is not the same as negation in a domain,
26420 host, or address list (which is why the syntax is different).
26421
26422 If you are using just one list, the negation syntax does not gain you much. The
26423 previous example is precisely equivalent to
26424 .code
26425 deny dnslists = a.b.c
26426 !dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.2,127.0.0.3
26427 .endd
26428 However, if you are using multiple lists, the negation syntax is clearer.
26429 Consider this example:
26430 .code
26431 deny dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
26432 list.dsbl.org : \
26433 dnsbl.njabl.org!=127.0.0.3 : \
26434 relays.ordb.org
26435 .endd
26436 Using only positive lists, this would have to be:
26437 .code
26438 deny dnslists = sbl.spamhaus.org : \
26439 list.dsbl.org
26440 deny dnslists = dnsbl.njabl.org
26441 !dnslists = dnsbl.njabl.org=127.0.0.3
26442 deny dnslists = relays.ordb.org
26443 .endd
26444 which is less clear, and harder to maintain.
26445
26446
26447
26448
26449 .new
26450 .section "Handling multiple DNS records from a DNS list" "SECThanmuldnsrec"
26451 A DNS lookup for a &%dnslists%& condition may return more than one DNS record,
26452 thereby providing more than one IP address. When an item in a &%dnslists%& list
26453 is followed by &`=`& or &`&&`& and a list of IP addresses, in order to restrict
26454 the match to specific results from the DNS lookup, there are two ways in which
26455 the checking can be handled. For example, consider the condition:
26456 .code
26457 dnslists = a.b.c=127.0.0.1
26458 .endd
26459 What happens if the DNS lookup for the incoming IP address yields both
26460 127.0.0.1 and 127.0.0.2 by means of two separate DNS records? Is the
26461 condition true because at least one given value was found, or is it false
26462 because at least one of the found values was not listed? And how does this
26463 affect negated conditions? Both possibilities are provided for with the help of
26464 additional separators &`==`& and &`=&&`&.
26465
26466 .ilist
26467 If &`=`& or &`&&`& is used, the condition is true if any one of the looked up
26468 IP addresses matches one of the listed addresses. For the example above, the
26469 condition is true because 127.0.0.1 matches.
26470 .next
26471 If &`==`& or &`=&&`& is used, the condition is true only if every one of the
26472 looked up IP addresses matches one of the listed addresses. If the condition is
26473 changed to:
26474 .code
26475 dnslists = a.b.c==127.0.0.1
26476 .endd
26477 and the DNS lookup yields both 127.0.0.1 and 127.0.0.2, the condition is
26478 false because 127.0.0.2 is not listed. You would need to have:
26479 .code
26480 dnslists = a.b.c==127.0.0.1,127.0.0.2
26481 .endd
26482 for the condition to be true.
26483 .endlist
26484
26485 When &`!`& is used to negate IP address matching, it inverts the result, giving
26486 the precise opposite of the behaviour above. Thus:
26487 .ilist
26488 If &`!=`& or &`!&&`& is used, the condition is true if none of the looked up IP
26489 addresses matches one of the listed addresses. Consider:
26490 .code
26491 dnslists = a.b.c!&0.0.0.1
26492 .endd
26493 If the DNS lookup yields both 127.0.0.1 and 127.0.0.2, the condition is
26494 false because 127.0.0.1 matches.
26495 .next
26496 If &`!==`& or &`!=&&`& is used, the condition is true there is at least one
26497 looked up IP address that does not match. Consider:
26498 .code
26499 dnslists = a.b.c!=&0.0.0.1
26500 .endd
26501 If the DNS lookup yields both 127.0.0.1 and 127.0.0.2, the condition is
26502 true, because 127.0.0.2 does not match. You would need to have:
26503 .code
26504 dnslists = a.b.c!=&0.0.0.1,0.0.0.2
26505 .endd
26506 for the condition to be false.
26507 .endlist
26508 When the DNS lookup yields only a single IP address, there is no difference
26509 between &`=`& and &`==`& and between &`&&`& and &`=&&`&.
26510 .wen
26511
26512
26513
26514
26515 .section "Detailed information from merged DNS lists" "SECTmordetinf"
26516 .cindex "DNS list" "information from merged"
26517 When the facility for restricting the matching IP values in a DNS list is used,
26518 the text from the TXT record that is set in &$dnslist_text$& may not reflect
26519 the true reason for rejection. This happens when lists are merged and the IP
26520 address in the A record is used to distinguish them; unfortunately there is
26521 only one TXT record. One way round this is not to use merged lists, but that
26522 can be inefficient because it requires multiple DNS lookups where one would do
26523 in the vast majority of cases when the host of interest is not on any of the
26524 lists.
26525
26526 A less inefficient way of solving this problem is available. If
26527 two domain names, comma-separated, are given, the second is used first to
26528 do an initial check, making use of any IP value restrictions that are set.
26529 If there is a match, the first domain is used, without any IP value
26530 restrictions, to get the TXT record. As a byproduct of this, there is also
26531 a check that the IP being tested is indeed on the first list. The first
26532 domain is the one that is put in &$dnslist_domain$&. For example:
26533 .code
26534 reject message = \
26535 rejected because $sender_host_address is blacklisted \
26536 at $dnslist_domain\n$dnslist_text
26537 dnslists = \
26538 sbl.spamhaus.org,sbl-xbl.spamhaus.org=127.0.0.2 : \
26539 dul.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.10
26540 .endd
26541 For the first blacklist item, this starts by doing a lookup in
26542 &'sbl-xbl.spamhaus.org'& and testing for a 127.0.0.2 return. If there is a
26543 match, it then looks in &'sbl.spamhaus.org'&, without checking the return
26544 value, and as long as something is found, it looks for the corresponding TXT
26545 record. If there is no match in &'sbl-xbl.spamhaus.org'&, nothing more is done.
26546 The second blacklist item is processed similarly.
26547
26548 If you are interested in more than one merged list, the same list must be
26549 given several times, but because the results of the DNS lookups are cached,
26550 the DNS calls themselves are not repeated. For example:
26551 .code
26552 reject dnslists = \
26553 http.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.2 : \
26554 socks.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.3 : \
26555 misc.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.4 : \
26556 dul.dnsbl.sorbs.net,dnsbl.sorbs.net=127.0.0.10
26557 .endd
26558 In this case there is one lookup in &'dnsbl.sorbs.net'&, and if none of the IP
26559 values matches (or if no record is found), this is the only lookup that is
26560 done. Only if there is a match is one of the more specific lists consulted.
26561
26562
26563
26564 .section "DNS lists and IPv6" "SECTmorednslistslast"
26565 .cindex "IPv6" "DNS black lists"
26566 .cindex "DNS list" "IPv6 usage"
26567 If Exim is asked to do a dnslist lookup for an IPv6 address, it inverts it
26568 nibble by nibble. For example, if the calling host's IP address is
26569 3ffe:ffff:836f:0a00:000a:0800:200a:c031, Exim might look up
26570 .code
26571 1.3.0.c.a.0.0.2.0.0.8.0.a.0.0.0.0.0.a.0.f.6.3.8.
26572 f.f.f.f.e.f.f.3.blackholes.mail-abuse.org
26573 .endd
26574 (split over two lines here to fit on the page). Unfortunately, some of the DNS
26575 lists contain wildcard records, intended for IPv4, that interact badly with
26576 IPv6. For example, the DNS entry
26577 .code
26578 *.3.some.list.example. A 127.0.0.1
26579 .endd
26580 is probably intended to put the entire 3.0.0.0/8 IPv4 network on the list.
26581 Unfortunately, it also matches the entire 3::/4 IPv6 network.
26582
26583 You can exclude IPv6 addresses from DNS lookups by making use of a suitable
26584 &%condition%& condition, as in this example:
26585 .code
26586 deny condition = ${if isip4{$sender_host_address}}
26587 dnslists = some.list.example
26588 .endd
26589
26590 .section "Rate limiting senders" "SECTratelimiting"
26591 .cindex "rate limiting" "client sending"
26592 .cindex "limiting client sending rates"
26593 .oindex "&%smtp_ratelimit_*%&"
26594 The &%ratelimit%& ACL condition can be used to measure and control the rate at
26595 which clients can send email. This is more powerful than the
26596 &%smtp_ratelimit_*%& options, because those options control the rate of
26597 commands in a single SMTP session only, whereas the &%ratelimit%& condition
26598 works across all connections (concurrent and sequential) from the same client
26599 host. The syntax of the &%ratelimit%& condition is:
26600 .display
26601 &`ratelimit =`& <&'m'&> &`/`& <&'p'&> &`/`& <&'options'&> &`/`& <&'key'&>
26602 .endd
26603 If the average client sending rate is less than &'m'& messages per time
26604 period &'p'& then the condition is false; otherwise it is true.
26605
26606 As a side-effect, the &%ratelimit%& condition sets the expansion variable
26607 &$sender_rate$& to the client's computed rate, &$sender_rate_limit$& to the
26608 configured value of &'m'&, and &$sender_rate_period$& to the configured value
26609 of &'p'&.
26610
26611 The parameter &'p'& is the smoothing time constant, in the form of an Exim
26612 time interval, for example, &`8h`& for eight hours. A larger time constant
26613 means that it takes Exim longer to forget a client's past behaviour. The
26614 parameter &'m'& is the maximum number of messages that a client is permitted to
26615 send in each time interval. It also specifies the number of messages permitted
26616 in a fast burst. By increasing both &'m'& and &'p'& but keeping &'m/p'&
26617 constant, you can allow a client to send more messages in a burst without
26618 changing its overall sending rate limit. Conversely, if &'m'& and &'p'& are
26619 both small, messages must be sent at an even rate.
26620
26621 There is a script in &_util/ratelimit.pl_& which extracts sending rates from
26622 log files, to assist with choosing appropriate settings for &'m'& and &'p'&
26623 when deploying the &%ratelimit%& ACL condition. The script prints usage
26624 instructions when it is run with no arguments.
26625
26626 The key is used to look up the data for calculating the client's average
26627 sending rate. This data is stored in a database maintained by Exim in its spool
26628 directory, alongside the retry and other hints databases. The default key is
26629 &$sender_host_address$&, which applies the limit to each client host IP address.
26630 By changing the key you can change how Exim identifies clients for the purpose
26631 of ratelimiting. For example, to limit the sending rate of each authenticated
26632 user, independent of the computer they are sending from, set the key to
26633 &$authenticated_id$&. You must ensure that the lookup key is meaningful; for
26634 example, &$authenticated_id$& is only meaningful if the client has
26635 authenticated, and you can check with the &%authenticated%& ACL condition.
26636
26637 Internally, Exim includes the smoothing constant &'p'& and the options in the
26638 lookup key because they alter the meaning of the stored data. This is not true
26639 for the limit &'m'&, so you can alter the configured maximum rate and Exim will
26640 still remember clients' past behaviour, but if you alter the other ratelimit
26641 parameters Exim forgets past behaviour.
26642
26643 Each &%ratelimit%& condition can have up to two options. The first option
26644 specifies what Exim measures the rate of, and the second specifies how Exim
26645 handles excessively fast clients. The options are separated by a slash, like
26646 the other parameters.
26647
26648 The &%per_conn%& option limits the client's connection rate.
26649
26650 The &%per_mail%& option limits the client's rate of sending messages. This is
26651 the default if none of the &%per_*%& options is specified.
26652
26653 The &%per_byte%& option limits the sender's email bandwidth. Note that it is
26654 best to use this option in the DATA ACL; if it is used in an earlier ACL it
26655 relies on the SIZE parameter on the MAIL command, which may be inaccurate or
26656 completely missing. You can follow the limit &'m'& in the configuration with K,
26657 M, or G to specify limits in kilobytes, megabytes, or gigabytes, respectively.
26658
26659 The &%per_cmd%& option causes Exim to recompute the rate every time the
26660 condition is processed. This can be used to limit the SMTP command rate. The
26661 alias &%per_rcpt%& is provided for use in the RCPT ACL instead of &%per_cmd%&
26662 to make it clear that the effect is to limit the rate at which recipients are
26663 accepted. Note that in this case the rate limiting engine will see a message
26664 with many recipients as a large high-speed burst.
26665
26666 If a client's average rate is greater than the maximum, the rate limiting
26667 engine can react in two possible ways, depending on the presence of the
26668 &%strict%& or &%leaky%& options. This is independent of the other
26669 counter-measures (such as rejecting the message) that may be specified by the
26670 rest of the ACL. The default mode is leaky, which avoids a sender's
26671 over-aggressive retry rate preventing it from getting any email through.
26672
26673 The &%strict%& option means that the client's recorded rate is always updated.
26674 The effect of this is that Exim measures the client's average rate of attempts
26675 to send email, which can be much higher than the maximum. If the client is over
26676 the limit it will be subjected to counter-measures until it slows down below
26677 the maximum rate. The smoothing period determines the time it takes for a high
26678 sending rate to decay exponentially to 37% of its peak value, which means that
26679 you can work out the time (the number of smoothing periods) that a client is
26680 subjected to counter-measures after an over-limit burst with this formula:
26681 .code
26682 ln(peakrate/maxrate)
26683 .endd
26684 The &%leaky%& option means that the client's recorded rate is not updated if it
26685 is above the limit. The effect of this is that Exim measures the client's
26686 average rate of successfully sent email, which cannot be greater than the
26687 maximum. If the client is over the limit it may suffer some
26688 counter-measures (as specified in the ACL), but it will still be able to send
26689 email at the configured maximum rate, whatever the rate of its attempts. This
26690 is generally the better choice if you have clients that retry automatically.
26691
26692 Exim's other ACL facilities are used to define what counter-measures are taken
26693 when the rate limit is exceeded. This might be anything from logging a warning
26694 (for example, while measuring existing sending rates in order to define
26695 policy), through time delays to slow down fast senders, up to rejecting the
26696 message. For example:
26697 .code
26698 # Log all senders' rates
26699 warn ratelimit = 0 / 1h / strict
26700 log_message = Sender rate $sender_rate / $sender_rate_period
26701
26702 # Slow down fast senders; note the need to truncate $sender_rate
26703 # at the decimal point.
26704 warn ratelimit = 100 / 1h / per_rcpt / strict
26705 delay = ${eval: ${sg{$sender_rate}{[.].*}{}} - \
26706 $sender_rate_limit }s
26707
26708 # Keep authenticated users under control
26709 deny authenticated = *
26710 ratelimit = 100 / 1d / strict / $authenticated_id
26711
26712 # System-wide rate limit
26713 defer message = Sorry, too busy. Try again later.
26714 ratelimit = 10 / 1s / $primary_hostname
26715
26716 # Restrict incoming rate from each host, with a default
26717 # set using a macro and special cases looked up in a table.
26718 defer message = Sender rate exceeds $sender_rate_limit \
26719 messages per $sender_rate_period
26720 ratelimit = ${lookup {$sender_host_address} \
26721 cdb {DB/ratelimits.cdb} \
26722 {$value} {RATELIMIT} }
26723 .endd
26724 &*Warning*&: If you have a busy server with a lot of &%ratelimit%& tests,
26725 especially with the &%per_rcpt%& option, you may suffer from a performance
26726 bottleneck caused by locking on the ratelimit hints database. Apart from
26727 making your ACLs less complicated, you can reduce the problem by using a
26728 RAM disk for Exim's hints directory (usually &_/var/spool/exim/db/_&). However
26729 this means that Exim will lose its hints data after a reboot (including retry
26730 hints, the callout cache, and ratelimit data).
26731
26732
26733 .section "Address verification" "SECTaddressverification"
26734 .cindex "verifying address" "options for"
26735 .cindex "policy control" "address verification"
26736 Several of the &%verify%& conditions described in section
26737 &<<SECTaclconditions>>& cause addresses to be verified. Section
26738 &<<SECTsenaddver>>& discusses the reporting of sender verification failures.
26739 The verification conditions can be followed by options that modify the
26740 verification process. The options are separated from the keyword and from each
26741 other by slashes, and some of them contain parameters. For example:
26742 .code
26743 verify = sender/callout
26744 verify = recipient/defer_ok/callout=10s,defer_ok
26745 .endd
26746 The first stage of address verification, which always happens, is to run the
26747 address through the routers, in &"verify mode"&. Routers can detect the
26748 difference between verification and routing for delivery, and their actions can
26749 be varied by a number of generic options such as &%verify%& and &%verify_only%&
26750 (see chapter &<<CHAProutergeneric>>&). If routing fails, verification fails.
26751 The available options are as follows:
26752
26753 .ilist
26754 If the &%callout%& option is specified, successful routing to one or more
26755 remote hosts is followed by a &"callout"& to those hosts as an additional
26756 check. Callouts and their sub-options are discussed in the next section.
26757 .next
26758 If there is a defer error while doing verification routing, the ACL
26759 normally returns &"defer"&. However, if you include &%defer_ok%& in the
26760 options, the condition is forced to be true instead. Note that this is a main
26761 verification option as well as a suboption for callouts.
26762 .next
26763 The &%no_details%& option is covered in section &<<SECTsenaddver>>&, which
26764 discusses the reporting of sender address verification failures.
26765 .next
26766 The &%success_on_redirect%& option causes verification always to succeed
26767 immediately after a successful redirection. By default, if a redirection
26768 generates just one address, that address is also verified. See further
26769 discussion in section &<<SECTredirwhilveri>>&.
26770 .endlist
26771
26772 .cindex "verifying address" "differentiating failures"
26773 .vindex "&$recipient_verify_failure$&"
26774 .vindex "&$sender_verify_failure$&"
26775 .vindex "&$acl_verify_message$&"
26776 After an address verification failure, &$acl_verify_message$& contains the
26777 error message that is associated with the failure. It can be preserved by
26778 coding like this:
26779 .code
26780 warn !verify = sender
26781 set acl_m0 = $acl_verify_message
26782 .endd
26783 If you are writing your own custom rejection message or log message when
26784 denying access, you can use this variable to include information about the
26785 verification failure.
26786
26787 In addition, &$sender_verify_failure$& or &$recipient_verify_failure$& (as
26788 appropriate) contains one of the following words:
26789
26790 .ilist
26791 &%qualify%&: The address was unqualified (no domain), and the message
26792 was neither local nor came from an exempted host.
26793 .next
26794 &%route%&: Routing failed.
26795 .next
26796 &%mail%&: Routing succeeded, and a callout was attempted; rejection
26797 occurred at or before the MAIL command (that is, on initial
26798 connection, HELO, or MAIL).
26799 .next
26800 &%recipient%&: The RCPT command in a callout was rejected.
26801 .next
26802 &%postmaster%&: The postmaster check in a callout was rejected.
26803 .endlist
26804
26805 The main use of these variables is expected to be to distinguish between
26806 rejections of MAIL and rejections of RCPT in callouts.
26807
26808
26809
26810
26811 .section "Callout verification" "SECTcallver"
26812 .cindex "verifying address" "by callout"
26813 .cindex "callout" "verification"
26814 .cindex "SMTP" "callout verification"
26815 For non-local addresses, routing verifies the domain, but is unable to do any
26816 checking of the local part. There are situations where some means of verifying
26817 the local part is desirable. One way this can be done is to make an SMTP
26818 &'callback'& to a delivery host for the sender address or a &'callforward'& to
26819 a subsequent host for a recipient address, to see if the host accepts the
26820 address. We use the term &'callout'& to cover both cases. Note that for a
26821 sender address, the callback is not to the client host that is trying to
26822 deliver the message, but to one of the hosts that accepts incoming mail for the
26823 sender's domain.
26824
26825 Exim does not do callouts by default. If you want them to happen, you must
26826 request them by setting appropriate options on the &%verify%& condition, as
26827 described below. This facility should be used with care, because it can add a
26828 lot of resource usage to the cost of verifying an address. However, Exim does
26829 cache the results of callouts, which helps to reduce the cost. Details of
26830 caching are in section &<<SECTcallvercache>>&.
26831
26832 Recipient callouts are usually used only between hosts that are controlled by
26833 the same administration. For example, a corporate gateway host could use
26834 callouts to check for valid recipients on an internal mailserver. A successful
26835 callout does not guarantee that a real delivery to the address would succeed;
26836 on the other hand, a failing callout does guarantee that a delivery would fail.
26837
26838 If the &%callout%& option is present on a condition that verifies an address, a
26839 second stage of verification occurs if the address is successfully routed to
26840 one or more remote hosts. The usual case is routing by a &(dnslookup)& or a
26841 &(manualroute)& router, where the router specifies the hosts. However, if a
26842 router that does not set up hosts routes to an &(smtp)& transport with a
26843 &%hosts%& setting, the transport's hosts are used. If an &(smtp)& transport has
26844 &%hosts_override%& set, its hosts are always used, whether or not the router
26845 supplies a host list.
26846
26847 The port that is used is taken from the transport, if it is specified and is a
26848 remote transport. (For routers that do verification only, no transport need be
26849 specified.) Otherwise, the default SMTP port is used. If a remote transport
26850 specifies an outgoing interface, this is used; otherwise the interface is not
26851 specified. Likewise, the text that is used for the HELO command is taken from
26852 the transport's &%helo_data%& option; if there is no transport, the value of
26853 &$smtp_active_hostname$& is used.
26854
26855 For a sender callout check, Exim makes SMTP connections to the remote hosts, to
26856 test whether a bounce message could be delivered to the sender address. The
26857 following SMTP commands are sent:
26858 .display
26859 &`HELO `&<&'local host name'&>
26860 &`MAIL FROM:<>`&
26861 &`RCPT TO:`&<&'the address to be tested'&>
26862 &`QUIT`&
26863 .endd
26864 LHLO is used instead of HELO if the transport's &%protocol%& option is
26865 set to &"lmtp"&.
26866
26867 A recipient callout check is similar. By default, it also uses an empty address
26868 for the sender. This default is chosen because most hosts do not make use of
26869 the sender address when verifying a recipient. Using the same address means
26870 that a single cache entry can be used for each recipient. Some sites, however,
26871 do make use of the sender address when verifying. These are catered for by the
26872 &%use_sender%& and &%use_postmaster%& options, described in the next section.
26873
26874 If the response to the RCPT command is a 2&'xx'& code, the verification
26875 succeeds. If it is 5&'xx'&, the verification fails. For any other condition,
26876 Exim tries the next host, if any. If there is a problem with all the remote
26877 hosts, the ACL yields &"defer"&, unless the &%defer_ok%& parameter of the
26878 &%callout%& option is given, in which case the condition is forced to succeed.
26879
26880 .new
26881 .cindex "SMTP" "output flushing, disabling for callout"
26882 A callout may take a little time. For this reason, Exim normally flushes SMTP
26883 output before performing a callout in an ACL, to avoid unexpected timeouts in
26884 clients when the SMTP PIPELINING extension is in use. The flushing can be
26885 disabled by using a &%control%& modifier to set &%no_callout_flush%&.
26886 .wen
26887
26888
26889
26890
26891 .section "Additional parameters for callouts" "CALLaddparcall"
26892 .cindex "callout" "additional parameters for"
26893 The &%callout%& option can be followed by an equals sign and a number of
26894 optional parameters, separated by commas. For example:
26895 .code
26896 verify = recipient/callout=10s,defer_ok
26897 .endd
26898 The old syntax, which had &%callout_defer_ok%& and &%check_postmaster%& as
26899 separate verify options, is retained for backwards compatibility, but is now
26900 deprecated. The additional parameters for &%callout%& are as follows:
26901
26902
26903 .vlist
26904 .vitem <&'a&~time&~interval'&>
26905 .cindex "callout" "timeout, specifying"
26906 This specifies the timeout that applies for the callout attempt to each host.
26907 For example:
26908 .code
26909 verify = sender/callout=5s
26910 .endd
26911 The default is 30 seconds. The timeout is used for each response from the
26912 remote host. It is also used for the initial connection, unless overridden by
26913 the &%connect%& parameter.
26914
26915
26916 .vitem &*connect&~=&~*&<&'time&~interval'&>
26917 .cindex "callout" "connection timeout, specifying"
26918 This parameter makes it possible to set a different (usually smaller) timeout
26919 for making the SMTP connection. For example:
26920 .code
26921 verify = sender/callout=5s,connect=1s
26922 .endd
26923 If not specified, this timeout defaults to the general timeout value.
26924
26925 .vitem &*defer_ok*&
26926 .cindex "callout" "defer, action on"
26927 When this parameter is present, failure to contact any host, or any other kind
26928 of temporary error, is treated as success by the ACL. However, the cache is not
26929 updated in this circumstance.
26930
26931 .vitem &*fullpostmaster*&
26932 .cindex "callout" "full postmaster check"
26933 This operates like the &%postmaster%& option (see below), but if the check for
26934 &'postmaster@domain'& fails, it tries just &'postmaster'&, without a domain, in
26935 accordance with the specification in RFC 2821. The RFC states that the
26936 unqualified address &'postmaster'& should be accepted.
26937
26938
26939 .vitem &*mailfrom&~=&~*&<&'email&~address'&>
26940 .cindex "callout" "sender when verifying header"
26941 When verifying addresses in header lines using the &%header_sender%&
26942 verification option, Exim behaves by default as if the addresses are envelope
26943 sender addresses from a message. Callout verification therefore tests to see
26944 whether a bounce message could be delivered, by using an empty address in the
26945 MAIL command. However, it is arguable that these addresses might never be used
26946 as envelope senders, and could therefore justifiably reject bounce messages
26947 (empty senders). The &%mailfrom%& callout parameter allows you to specify what
26948 address to use in the MAIL command. For example:
26949 .code
26950 require verify = header_sender/callout=mailfrom=abcd@x.y.z
26951 .endd
26952 This parameter is available only for the &%header_sender%& verification option.
26953
26954
26955 .vitem &*maxwait&~=&~*&<&'time&~interval'&>
26956 .cindex "callout" "overall timeout, specifying"
26957 This parameter sets an overall timeout for performing a callout verification.
26958 For example:
26959 .code
26960 verify = sender/callout=5s,maxwait=30s
26961 .endd
26962 This timeout defaults to four times the callout timeout for individual SMTP
26963 commands. The overall timeout applies when there is more than one host that can
26964 be tried. The timeout is checked before trying the next host. This prevents
26965 very long delays if there are a large number of hosts and all are timing out
26966 (for example, when network connections are timing out).
26967
26968
26969 .vitem &*no_cache*&
26970 .cindex "callout" "cache, suppressing"
26971 .cindex "caching callout, suppressing"
26972 When this parameter is given, the callout cache is neither read nor updated.
26973
26974 .vitem &*postmaster*&
26975 .cindex "callout" "postmaster; checking"
26976 When this parameter is set, a successful callout check is followed by a similar
26977 check for the local part &'postmaster'& at the same domain. If this address is
26978 rejected, the callout fails (but see &%fullpostmaster%& above). The result of
26979 the postmaster check is recorded in a cache record; if it is a failure, this is
26980 used to fail subsequent callouts for the domain without a connection being
26981 made, until the cache record expires.
26982
26983 .vitem &*postmaster_mailfrom&~=&~*&<&'email&~address'&>
26984 The postmaster check uses an empty sender in the MAIL command by default.
26985 You can use this parameter to do a postmaster check using a different address.
26986 For example:
26987 .code
26988 require verify = sender/callout=postmaster_mailfrom=abc@x.y.z
26989 .endd
26990 If both &%postmaster%& and &%postmaster_mailfrom%& are present, the rightmost
26991 one overrides. The &%postmaster%& parameter is equivalent to this example:
26992 .code
26993 require verify = sender/callout=postmaster_mailfrom=
26994 .endd
26995 &*Warning*&: The caching arrangements for postmaster checking do not take
26996 account of the sender address. It is assumed that either the empty address or
26997 a fixed non-empty address will be used. All that Exim remembers is that the
26998 postmaster check for the domain succeeded or failed.
26999
27000
27001 .vitem &*random*&
27002 .cindex "callout" "&""random""& check"
27003 When this parameter is set, before doing the normal callout check, Exim does a
27004 check for a &"random"& local part at the same domain. The local part is not
27005 really random &-- it is defined by the expansion of the option
27006 &%callout_random_local_part%&, which defaults to
27007 .code
27008 $primary_host_name-$tod_epoch-testing
27009 .endd
27010 The idea here is to try to determine whether the remote host accepts all local
27011 parts without checking. If it does, there is no point in doing callouts for
27012 specific local parts. If the &"random"& check succeeds, the result is saved in
27013 a cache record, and used to force the current and subsequent callout checks to
27014 succeed without a connection being made, until the cache record expires.
27015
27016 .vitem &*use_postmaster*&
27017 .cindex "callout" "sender for recipient check"
27018 This parameter applies to recipient callouts only. For example:
27019 .code
27020 deny !verify = recipient/callout=use_postmaster
27021 .endd
27022 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
27023 It causes a non-empty postmaster address to be used in the MAIL command when
27024 performing the callout for the recipient, and also for a &"random"& check if
27025 that is configured. The local part of the address is &`postmaster`& and the
27026 domain is the contents of &$qualify_domain$&.
27027
27028 .vitem &*use_sender*&
27029 This option applies to recipient callouts only. For example:
27030 .code
27031 require verify = recipient/callout=use_sender
27032 .endd
27033 It causes the message's actual sender address to be used in the MAIL
27034 command when performing the callout, instead of an empty address. There is no
27035 need to use this option unless you know that the called hosts make use of the
27036 sender when checking recipients. If used indiscriminately, it reduces the
27037 usefulness of callout caching.
27038 .endlist
27039
27040 If you use any of the parameters that set a non-empty sender for the MAIL
27041 command (&%mailfrom%&, &%postmaster_mailfrom%&, &%use_postmaster%&, or
27042 &%use_sender%&), you should think about possible loops. Recipient checking is
27043 usually done between two hosts that are under the same management, and the host
27044 that receives the callouts is not normally configured to do callouts itself.
27045 Therefore, it is normally safe to use &%use_postmaster%& or &%use_sender%& in
27046 these circumstances.
27047
27048 However, if you use a non-empty sender address for a callout to an arbitrary
27049 host, there is the likelihood that the remote host will itself initiate a
27050 callout check back to your host. As it is checking what appears to be a message
27051 sender, it is likely to use an empty address in MAIL, thus avoiding a
27052 callout loop. However, to be on the safe side it would be best to set up your
27053 own ACLs so that they do not do sender verification checks when the recipient
27054 is the address you use for header sender or postmaster callout checking.
27055
27056 Another issue to think about when using non-empty senders for callouts is
27057 caching. When you set &%mailfrom%& or &%use_sender%&, the cache record is keyed
27058 by the sender/recipient combination; thus, for any given recipient, many more
27059 actual callouts are performed than when an empty sender or postmaster is used.
27060
27061
27062
27063
27064 .section "Callout caching" "SECTcallvercache"
27065 .cindex "hints database" "callout cache"
27066 .cindex "callout" "cache, description of"
27067 .cindex "caching" "callout"
27068 Exim caches the results of callouts in order to reduce the amount of resources
27069 used, unless you specify the &%no_cache%& parameter with the &%callout%&
27070 option. A hints database called &"callout"& is used for the cache. Two
27071 different record types are used: one records the result of a callout check for
27072 a specific address, and the other records information that applies to the
27073 entire domain (for example, that it accepts the local part &'postmaster'&).
27074
27075 When an original callout fails, a detailed SMTP error message is given about
27076 the failure. However, for subsequent failures use the cache data, this message
27077 is not available.
27078
27079 The expiry times for negative and positive address cache records are
27080 independent, and can be set by the global options &%callout_negative_expire%&
27081 (default 2h) and &%callout_positive_expire%& (default 24h), respectively.
27082
27083 If a host gives a negative response to an SMTP connection, or rejects any
27084 commands up to and including
27085 .code
27086 MAIL FROM:<>
27087 .endd
27088 (but not including the MAIL command with a non-empty address),
27089 any callout attempt is bound to fail. Exim remembers such failures in a
27090 domain cache record, which it uses to fail callouts for the domain without
27091 making new connections, until the domain record times out. There are two
27092 separate expiry times for domain cache records:
27093 &%callout_domain_negative_expire%& (default 3h) and
27094 &%callout_domain_positive_expire%& (default 7d).
27095
27096 Domain records expire when the negative expiry time is reached if callouts
27097 cannot be made for the domain, or if the postmaster check failed.
27098 Otherwise, they expire when the positive expiry time is reached. This
27099 ensures that, for example, a host that stops accepting &"random"& local parts
27100 will eventually be noticed.
27101
27102 The callout caching mechanism is based on the domain of the address that is
27103 being tested. If the domain routes to several hosts, it is assumed that their
27104 behaviour will be the same.
27105
27106
27107
27108 .section "Sender address verification reporting" "SECTsenaddver"
27109 .cindex "verifying" "suppressing error details"
27110 See section &<<SECTaddressverification>>& for a general discussion of
27111 verification. When sender verification fails in an ACL, the details of the
27112 failure are given as additional output lines before the 550 response to the
27113 relevant SMTP command (RCPT or DATA). For example, if sender callout is in use,
27114 you might see:
27115 .code
27116 MAIL FROM:<xyz@abc.example>
27117 250 OK
27118 RCPT TO:<pqr@def.example>
27119 550-Verification failed for <xyz@abc.example>
27120 550-Called: 192.168.34.43
27121 550-Sent: RCPT TO:<xyz@abc.example>
27122 550-Response: 550 Unknown local part xyz in <xyz@abc.example>
27123 550 Sender verification failed
27124 .endd
27125 If more than one RCPT command fails in the same way, the details are given
27126 only for the first of them. However, some administrators do not want to send
27127 out this much information. You can suppress the details by adding
27128 &`/no_details`& to the ACL statement that requests sender verification. For
27129 example:
27130 .code
27131 verify = sender/no_details
27132 .endd
27133
27134 .section "Redirection while verifying" "SECTredirwhilveri"
27135 .cindex "verifying" "redirection while"
27136 .cindex "address redirection" "while verifying"
27137 A dilemma arises when a local address is redirected by aliasing or forwarding
27138 during verification: should the generated addresses themselves be verified,
27139 or should the successful expansion of the original address be enough to verify
27140 it? By default, Exim takes the following pragmatic approach:
27141
27142 .ilist
27143 When an incoming address is redirected to just one child address, verification
27144 continues with the child address, and if that fails to verify, the original
27145 verification also fails.
27146 .next
27147 When an incoming address is redirected to more than one child address,
27148 verification does not continue. A success result is returned.
27149 .endlist
27150
27151 This seems the most reasonable behaviour for the common use of aliasing as a
27152 way of redirecting different local parts to the same mailbox. It means, for
27153 example, that a pair of alias entries of the form
27154 .code
27155 A.Wol: aw123
27156 aw123: :fail: Gone away, no forwarding address
27157 .endd
27158 work as expected, with both local parts causing verification failure. When a
27159 redirection generates more than one address, the behaviour is more like a
27160 mailing list, where the existence of the alias itself is sufficient for
27161 verification to succeed.
27162
27163 It is possible, however, to change the default behaviour so that all successful
27164 redirections count as successful verifications, however many new addresses are
27165 generated. This is specified by the &%success_on_redirect%& verification
27166 option. For example:
27167 .code
27168 require verify = recipient/success_on_redirect/callout=10s
27169 .endd
27170 In this example, verification succeeds if a router generates a new address, and
27171 the callout does not occur, because no address was routed to a remote host.
27172
27173 When verification is being tested via the &%-bv%& option, the treatment of
27174 redirections is as just described, unless the &%-v%& or any debugging option is
27175 also specified. In that case, full verification is done for every generated
27176 address and a report is output for each of them.
27177
27178
27179
27180 .section "Client SMTP authorization (CSA)" "SECTverifyCSA"
27181 .cindex "CSA" "verifying"
27182 Client SMTP Authorization is a system that allows a site to advertise
27183 which machines are and are not permitted to send email. This is done by placing
27184 special SRV records in the DNS; these are looked up using the client's HELO
27185 domain. At the time of writing, CSA is still an Internet Draft. Client SMTP
27186 Authorization checks in Exim are performed by the ACL condition:
27187 .code
27188 verify = csa
27189 .endd
27190 This fails if the client is not authorized. If there is a DNS problem, or if no
27191 valid CSA SRV record is found, or if the client is authorized, the condition
27192 succeeds. These three cases can be distinguished using the expansion variable
27193 &$csa_status$&, which can take one of the values &"fail"&, &"defer"&,
27194 &"unknown"&, or &"ok"&. The condition does not itself defer because that would
27195 be likely to cause problems for legitimate email.
27196
27197 The error messages produced by the CSA code include slightly more
27198 detail. If &$csa_status$& is &"defer"&, this may be because of problems
27199 looking up the CSA SRV record, or problems looking up the CSA target
27200 address record. There are four reasons for &$csa_status$& being &"fail"&:
27201
27202 .ilist
27203 The client's host name is explicitly not authorized.
27204 .next
27205 The client's IP address does not match any of the CSA target IP addresses.
27206 .next
27207 The client's host name is authorized but it has no valid target IP addresses
27208 (for example, the target's addresses are IPv6 and the client is using IPv4).
27209 .next
27210 The client's host name has no CSA SRV record but a parent domain has asserted
27211 that all subdomains must be explicitly authorized.
27212 .endlist
27213
27214 The &%csa%& verification condition can take an argument which is the domain to
27215 use for the DNS query. The default is:
27216 .code
27217 verify = csa/$sender_helo_name
27218 .endd
27219 This implementation includes an extension to CSA. If the query domain
27220 is an address literal such as [192.0.2.95], or if it is a bare IP
27221 address, Exim searches for CSA SRV records in the reverse DNS as if
27222 the HELO domain was (for example) &'95.2.0.192.in-addr.arpa'&. Therefore it is
27223 meaningful to say:
27224 .code
27225 verify = csa/$sender_host_address
27226 .endd
27227 In fact, this is the check that Exim performs if the client does not say HELO.
27228 This extension can be turned off by setting the main configuration option
27229 &%dns_csa_use_reverse%& to be false.
27230
27231 If a CSA SRV record is not found for the domain itself, a search
27232 is performed through its parent domains for a record which might be
27233 making assertions about subdomains. The maximum depth of this search is limited
27234 using the main configuration option &%dns_csa_search_limit%&, which is 5 by
27235 default. Exim does not look for CSA SRV records in a top level domain, so the
27236 default settings handle HELO domains as long as seven
27237 (&'hostname.five.four.three.two.one.com'&). This encompasses the vast majority
27238 of legitimate HELO domains.
27239
27240 The &'dnsdb'& lookup also has support for CSA. Although &'dnsdb'& also supports
27241 direct SRV lookups, this is not sufficient because of the extra parent domain
27242 search behaviour of CSA, and (as with PTR lookups) &'dnsdb'& also turns IP
27243 addresses into lookups in the reverse DNS space. The result of a successful
27244 lookup such as:
27245 .code
27246 ${lookup dnsdb {csa=$sender_helo_name}}
27247 .endd
27248 has two space-separated fields: an authorization code and a target host name.
27249 The authorization code can be &"Y"& for yes, &"N"& for no, &"X"& for explicit
27250 authorization required but absent, or &"?"& for unknown.
27251
27252
27253
27254
27255 .section "Bounce address tag validation" "SECTverifyPRVS"
27256 .cindex "BATV, verifying"
27257 Bounce address tag validation (BATV) is a scheme whereby the envelope senders
27258 of outgoing messages have a cryptographic, timestamped &"tag"& added to them.
27259 Genuine incoming bounce messages should therefore always be addressed to
27260 recipients that have a valid tag. This scheme is a way of detecting unwanted
27261 bounce messages caused by sender address forgeries (often called &"collateral
27262 spam"&), because the recipients of such messages do not include valid tags.
27263
27264 There are two expansion items to help with the implementation of the BATV
27265 &"prvs"& (private signature) scheme in an Exim configuration. This scheme signs
27266 the original envelope sender address by using a simple key to add a hash of the
27267 address and some time-based randomizing information. The &%prvs%& expansion
27268 item creates a signed address, and the &%prvscheck%& expansion item checks one.
27269 The syntax of these expansion items is described in section
27270 &<<SECTexpansionitems>>&.
27271
27272 As an example, suppose the secret per-address keys are stored in an MySQL
27273 database. A query to look up the key for an address could be defined as a macro
27274 like this:
27275 .code
27276 PRVSCHECK_SQL = ${lookup mysql{SELECT secret FROM batv_prvs \
27277 WHERE sender='${quote_mysql:$prvscheck_address}'\
27278 }{$value}}
27279 .endd
27280 Suppose also that the senders who make use of BATV are defined by an address
27281 list called &%batv_senders%&. Then, in the ACL for RCPT commands, you could
27282 use this:
27283 .code
27284 # Bounces: drop unsigned addresses for BATV senders
27285 deny message = This address does not send an unsigned reverse path
27286 senders = :
27287 recipients = +batv_senders
27288
27289 # Bounces: In case of prvs-signed address, check signature.
27290 deny message = Invalid reverse path signature.
27291 senders = :
27292 condition = ${prvscheck {$local_part@$domain}\
27293 {PRVSCHECK_SQL}{1}}
27294 !condition = $prvscheck_result
27295 .endd
27296 The first statement rejects recipients for bounce messages that are addressed
27297 to plain BATV sender addresses, because it is known that BATV senders do not
27298 send out messages with plain sender addresses. The second statement rejects
27299 recipients that are prvs-signed, but with invalid signatures (either because
27300 the key is wrong, or the signature has timed out).
27301
27302 A non-prvs-signed address is not rejected by the second statement, because the
27303 &%prvscheck%& expansion yields an empty string if its first argument is not a
27304 prvs-signed address, thus causing the &%condition%& condition to be false. If
27305 the first argument is a syntactically valid prvs-signed address, the yield is
27306 the third string (in this case &"1"&), whether or not the cryptographic and
27307 timeout checks succeed. The &$prvscheck_result$& variable contains the result
27308 of the checks (empty for failure, &"1"& for success).
27309
27310 There are two more issues you must consider when implementing prvs-signing.
27311 Firstly, you need to ensure that prvs-signed addresses are not blocked by your
27312 ACLs. A prvs-signed address contains a slash character, but the default Exim
27313 configuration contains this statement in the RCPT ACL:
27314 .code
27315 deny message = Restricted characters in address
27316 domains = +local_domains
27317 local_parts = ^[.] : ^.*[@%!/|]
27318 .endd
27319 This is a conservative rule that blocks local parts that contain slashes. You
27320 should remove the slash in the last line.
27321
27322 Secondly, you have to ensure that the routers accept prvs-signed addresses and
27323 deliver them correctly. The easiest way to handle this is to use a &(redirect)&
27324 router to remove the signature with a configuration along these lines:
27325 .code
27326 batv_redirect:
27327 driver = redirect
27328 data = ${prvscheck {$local_part@$domain}{PRVSCHECK_SQL}}
27329 .endd
27330 This works because, if the third argument of &%prvscheck%& is empty, the result
27331 of the expansion of a prvs-signed address is the decoded value of the original
27332 address. This router should probably be the first of your routers that handles
27333 local addresses.
27334
27335 To create BATV-signed addresses in the first place, a transport of this form
27336 can be used:
27337 .code
27338 external_smtp_batv:
27339 driver = smtp
27340 return_path = ${prvs {$return_path} \
27341 {${lookup mysql{SELECT \
27342 secret FROM batv_prvs WHERE \
27343 sender='${quote_mysql:$sender_address}'} \
27344 {$value}fail}}}
27345 .endd
27346 If no key can be found for the existing return path, no signing takes place.
27347
27348
27349
27350 .section "Using an ACL to control relaying" "SECTrelaycontrol"
27351 .cindex "&ACL;" "relay control"
27352 .cindex "relaying" "control by ACL"
27353 .cindex "policy control" "relay control"
27354 An MTA is said to &'relay'& a message if it receives it from some host and
27355 delivers it directly to another host as a result of a remote address contained
27356 within it. Redirecting a local address via an alias or forward file and then
27357 passing the message on to another host is not relaying,
27358 .cindex "&""percent hack""&"
27359 but a redirection as a result of the &"percent hack"& is.
27360
27361 Two kinds of relaying exist, which are termed &"incoming"& and &"outgoing"&.
27362 A host which is acting as a gateway or an MX backup is concerned with incoming
27363 relaying from arbitrary hosts to a specific set of domains. On the other hand,
27364 a host which is acting as a smart host for a number of clients is concerned
27365 with outgoing relaying from those clients to the Internet at large. Often the
27366 same host is fulfilling both functions,
27367 . ///
27368 . as illustrated in the diagram below,
27369 . ///
27370 but in principle these two kinds of relaying are entirely independent. What is
27371 not wanted is the transmission of mail from arbitrary remote hosts through your
27372 system to arbitrary domains.
27373
27374
27375 You can implement relay control by means of suitable statements in the ACL that
27376 runs for each RCPT command. For convenience, it is often easiest to use
27377 Exim's named list facility to define the domains and hosts involved. For
27378 example, suppose you want to do the following:
27379
27380 .ilist
27381 Deliver a number of domains to mailboxes on the local host (or process them
27382 locally in some other way). Let's say these are &'my.dom1.example'& and
27383 &'my.dom2.example'&.
27384 .next
27385 Relay mail for a number of other domains for which you are the secondary MX.
27386 These might be &'friend1.example'& and &'friend2.example'&.
27387 .next
27388 Relay mail from the hosts on your local LAN, to whatever domains are involved.
27389 Suppose your LAN is 192.168.45.0/24.
27390 .endlist
27391
27392
27393 In the main part of the configuration, you put the following definitions:
27394 .code
27395 domainlist local_domains = my.dom1.example : my.dom2.example
27396 domainlist relay_domains = friend1.example : friend2.example
27397 hostlist relay_hosts = 192.168.45.0/24
27398 .endd
27399 Now you can use these definitions in the ACL that is run for every RCPT
27400 command:
27401 .code
27402 acl_check_rcpt:
27403 accept domains = +local_domains : +relay_domains
27404 accept hosts = +relay_hosts
27405 .endd
27406 The first statement accepts any RCPT command that contains an address in
27407 the local or relay domains. For any other domain, control passes to the second
27408 statement, which accepts the command only if it comes from one of the relay
27409 hosts. In practice, you will probably want to make your ACL more sophisticated
27410 than this, for example, by including sender and recipient verification. The
27411 default configuration includes a more comprehensive example, which is described
27412 in chapter &<<CHAPdefconfil>>&.
27413
27414
27415
27416 .section "Checking a relay configuration" "SECTcheralcon"
27417 .cindex "relaying" "checking control of"
27418 You can check the relay characteristics of your configuration in the same way
27419 that you can test any ACL behaviour for an incoming SMTP connection, by using
27420 the &%-bh%& option to run a fake SMTP session with which you interact.
27421
27422 For specifically testing for unwanted relaying, the host
27423 &'relay-test.mail-abuse.org'& provides a useful service. If you telnet to this
27424 host from the host on which Exim is running, using the normal telnet port, you
27425 will see a normal telnet connection message and then quite a long delay. Be
27426 patient. The remote host is making an SMTP connection back to your host, and
27427 trying a number of common probes to test for open relay vulnerability. The
27428 results of the tests will eventually appear on your terminal.
27429 .ecindex IIDacl
27430
27431
27432
27433 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
27434 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
27435
27436 .chapter "Content scanning at ACL time" "CHAPexiscan"
27437 .scindex IIDcosca "content scanning" "at ACL time"
27438 The extension of Exim to include content scanning at ACL time, formerly known
27439 as &"exiscan"&, was originally implemented as a patch by Tom Kistner. The code
27440 was integrated into the main source for Exim release 4.50, and Tom continues to
27441 maintain it. Most of the wording of this chapter is taken from Tom's
27442 specification.
27443
27444 It is also possible to scan the content of messages at other times. The
27445 &[local_scan()]& function (see chapter &<<CHAPlocalscan>>&) allows for content
27446 scanning after all the ACLs have run. A transport filter can be used to scan
27447 messages at delivery time (see the &%transport_filter%& option, described in
27448 chapter &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&).
27449
27450 If you want to include the ACL-time content-scanning features when you compile
27451 Exim, you need to arrange for WITH_CONTENT_SCAN to be defined in your
27452 &_Local/Makefile_&. When you do that, the Exim binary is built with:
27453
27454 .ilist
27455 Two additional ACLs (&%acl_smtp_mime%& and &%acl_not_smtp_mime%&) that are run
27456 for all MIME parts for SMTP and non-SMTP messages, respectively.
27457 .next
27458 Additional ACL conditions and modifiers: &%decode%&, &%malware%&,
27459 &%mime_regex%&, &%regex%&, and &%spam%&. These can be used in the ACL that is
27460 run at the end of message reception (the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL).
27461 .next
27462 An additional control feature (&"no_mbox_unspool"&) that saves spooled copies
27463 of messages, or parts of messages, for debugging purposes.
27464 .next
27465 Additional expansion variables that are set in the new ACL and by the new
27466 conditions.
27467 .next
27468 Two new main configuration options: &%av_scanner%& and &%spamd_address%&.
27469 .endlist
27470
27471 There is another content-scanning configuration option for &_Local/Makefile_&,
27472 called WITH_OLD_DEMIME. If this is set, the old, deprecated &%demime%& ACL
27473 condition is compiled, in addition to all the other content-scanning features.
27474
27475 Content-scanning is continually evolving, and new features are still being
27476 added. While such features are still unstable and liable to incompatible
27477 changes, they are made available in Exim by setting options whose names begin
27478 EXPERIMENTAL_ in &_Local/Makefile_&. Such features are not documented in
27479 this manual. You can find out about them by reading the file called
27480 &_doc/experimental.txt_&.
27481
27482 All the content-scanning facilities work on a MBOX copy of the message that is
27483 temporarily created in a file called:
27484 .display
27485 <&'spool_directory'&>&`/scan/`&<&'message_id'&>/<&'message_id'&>&`.eml`&
27486 .endd
27487 The &_.eml_& extension is a friendly hint to virus scanners that they can
27488 expect an MBOX-like structure inside that file. The file is created when the
27489 first content scanning facility is called. Subsequent calls to content
27490 scanning conditions open the same file again. The directory is recursively
27491 removed when the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL has finished running, unless
27492 .code
27493 control = no_mbox_unspool
27494 .endd
27495 has been encountered. When the MIME ACL decodes files, they are put into the
27496 same directory by default.
27497
27498
27499
27500 .section "Scanning for viruses" "SECTscanvirus"
27501 .cindex "virus scanning"
27502 .cindex "content scanning" "for viruses"
27503 .cindex "content scanning" "the &%malware%& condition"
27504 The &%malware%& ACL condition lets you connect virus scanner software to Exim.
27505 It supports a &"generic"& interface to scanners called via the shell, and
27506 specialized interfaces for &"daemon"& type virus scanners, which are resident
27507 in memory and thus are much faster.
27508
27509 .oindex "&%av_scanner%&"
27510 You can set the &%av_scanner%& option in first part of the Exim configuration
27511 file to specify which scanner to use, together with any additional options that
27512 are needed. The basic syntax is as follows:
27513 .display
27514 &`av_scanner = <`&&'scanner-type'&&`>:<`&&'option1'&&`>:<`&&'option2'&&`>:[...]`&
27515 .endd
27516 If you do not set &%av_scanner%&, it defaults to
27517 .code
27518 av_scanner = sophie:/var/run/sophie
27519 .endd
27520 If the value of &%av_scanner%& starts with dollar character, it is expanded
27521 before use. The following scanner types are supported in this release:
27522
27523 .vlist
27524 .vitem &%aveserver%&
27525 .cindex "virus scanners" "Kaspersky"
27526 This is the scanner daemon of Kaspersky Version 5. You can get a trial version
27527 at &url(http://www.kaspersky.com). This scanner type takes one option,
27528 which is the path to the daemon's UNIX socket. The default is shown in this
27529 example:
27530 .code
27531 av_scanner = aveserver:/var/run/aveserver
27532 .endd
27533
27534 .vitem &%clamd%&
27535 .cindex "virus scanners" "clamd"
27536 This daemon-type scanner is GPL and free. You can get it at
27537 &url(http://www.clamav.net/). Some older versions of clamd do not seem to
27538 unpack MIME containers, so it used to be recommended to unpack MIME attachments
27539 in the MIME ACL. This no longer believed to be necessary. One option is
27540 required: either the path and name of a UNIX socket file, or a hostname or IP
27541 number, and a port, separated by space, as in the second of these examples:
27542 .code
27543 av_scanner = clamd:/opt/clamd/socket
27544 av_scanner = clamd:192.168.2.100 1234
27545 .endd
27546 If the option is unset, the default is &_/tmp/clamd_&. Thanks to David Saez for
27547 contributing the code for this scanner.
27548
27549 .vitem &%cmdline%&
27550 .cindex "virus scanners" "command line interface"
27551 This is the keyword for the generic command line scanner interface. It can be
27552 used to attach virus scanners that are invoked from the shell. This scanner
27553 type takes 3 mandatory options:
27554
27555 .olist
27556 The full path and name of the scanner binary, with all command line options,
27557 and a placeholder (&`%s`&) for the directory to scan.
27558
27559 .next
27560 A regular expression to match against the STDOUT and STDERR output of the
27561 virus scanner. If the expression matches, a virus was found. You must make
27562 absolutely sure that this expression matches on &"virus found"&. This is called
27563 the &"trigger"& expression.
27564
27565 .next
27566 Another regular expression, containing exactly one pair of parentheses, to
27567 match the name of the virus found in the scanners output. This is called the
27568 &"name"& expression.
27569 .endlist olist
27570
27571 For example, Sophos Sweep reports a virus on a line like this:
27572 .code
27573 Virus 'W32/Magistr-B' found in file ./those.bat
27574 .endd
27575 For the trigger expression, we can match the phrase &"found in file"&. For the
27576 name expression, we want to extract the W32/Magistr-B string, so we can match
27577 for the single quotes left and right of it. Altogether, this makes the
27578 configuration setting:
27579 .code
27580 av_scanner = cmdline:\
27581 /path/to/sweep -ss -all -rec -archive %s:\
27582 found in file:'(.+)'
27583 .endd
27584 .vitem &%drweb%&
27585 .cindex "virus scanners" "DrWeb"
27586 The DrWeb daemon scanner (&url(http://www.sald.com/)) interface takes one
27587 argument, either a full path to a UNIX socket, or an IP address and port
27588 separated by white space, as in these examples:
27589 .code
27590 av_scanner = drweb:/var/run/drwebd.sock
27591 av_scanner = drweb:192.168.2.20 31337
27592 .endd
27593 If you omit the argument, the default path &_/usr/local/drweb/run/drwebd.sock_&
27594 is used. Thanks to Alex Miller for contributing the code for this scanner.
27595
27596 .vitem &%fsecure%&
27597 .cindex "virus scanners" "F-Secure"
27598 The F-Secure daemon scanner (&url(http://www.f-secure.com)) takes one
27599 argument which is the path to a UNIX socket. For example:
27600 .code
27601 av_scanner = fsecure:/path/to/.fsav
27602 .endd
27603 If no argument is given, the default is &_/var/run/.fsav_&. Thanks to Johan
27604 Thelmen for contributing the code for this scanner.
27605
27606 .vitem &%kavdaemon%&
27607 .cindex "virus scanners" "Kaspersky"
27608 This is the scanner daemon of Kaspersky Version 4. This version of the
27609 Kaspersky scanner is outdated. Please upgrade (see &%aveserver%& above). This
27610 scanner type takes one option, which is the path to the daemon's UNIX socket.
27611 For example:
27612 .code
27613 av_scanner = kavdaemon:/opt/AVP/AvpCtl
27614 .endd
27615 The default path is &_/var/run/AvpCtl_&.
27616
27617 .vitem &%mksd%&
27618 .cindex "virus scanners" "mksd"
27619 This is a daemon type scanner that is aimed mainly at Polish users, though some
27620 parts of documentation are now available in English. You can get it at
27621 &url(http://linux.mks.com.pl/). The only option for this scanner type is
27622 the maximum number of processes used simultaneously to scan the attachments,
27623 provided that the demime facility is employed and also provided that mksd has
27624 been run with at least the same number of child processes. For example:
27625 .code
27626 av_scanner = mksd:2
27627 .endd
27628 You can safely omit this option (the default value is 1).
27629
27630 .vitem &%sophie%&
27631 .cindex "virus scanners" "Sophos and Sophie"
27632 Sophie is a daemon that uses Sophos' &%libsavi%& library to scan for viruses.
27633 You can get Sophie at &url(http://www.clanfield.info/sophie/). The only option
27634 for this scanner type is the path to the UNIX socket that Sophie uses for
27635 client communication. For example:
27636 .code
27637 av_scanner = sophie:/tmp/sophie
27638 .endd
27639 The default path is &_/var/run/sophie_&, so if you are using this, you can omit
27640 the option.
27641 .endlist
27642
27643 When &%av_scanner%& is correctly set, you can use the &%malware%& condition in
27644 the DATA ACL. &*Note*&: You cannot use the &%malware%& condition in the MIME
27645 ACL.
27646
27647 The &%av_scanner%& option is expanded each time &%malware%& is called. This
27648 makes it possible to use different scanners. See further below for an example.
27649 The &%malware%& condition caches its results, so when you use it multiple times
27650 for the same message, the actual scanning process is only carried out once.
27651 However, using expandable items in &%av_scanner%& disables this caching, in
27652 which case each use of the &%malware%& condition causes a new scan of the
27653 message.
27654
27655 The &%malware%& condition takes a right-hand argument that is expanded before
27656 use. It can then be one of
27657
27658 .ilist
27659 &"true"&, &"*"&, or &"1"&, in which case the message is scanned for viruses.
27660 The condition succeeds if a virus was found, and fail otherwise. This is the
27661 recommended usage.
27662 .next
27663 &"false"& or &"0"& or an empty string, in which case no scanning is done and
27664 the condition fails immediately.
27665 .next
27666 A regular expression, in which case the message is scanned for viruses. The
27667 condition succeeds if a virus is found and its name matches the regular
27668 expression. This allows you to take special actions on certain types of virus.
27669 .endlist
27670
27671 You can append &`/defer_ok`& to the &%malware%& condition to accept messages
27672 even if there is a problem with the virus scanner. Otherwise, such a problem
27673 causes the ACL to defer.
27674
27675 .vindex "&$malware_name$&"
27676 When a virus is found, the condition sets up an expansion variable called
27677 &$malware_name$& that contains the name of the virus. You can use it in a
27678 &%message%& modifier that specifies the error returned to the sender, and/or in
27679 logging data.
27680
27681 If your virus scanner cannot unpack MIME and TNEF containers itself, you should
27682 use the &%demime%& condition (see section &<<SECTdemimecond>>&) before the
27683 &%malware%& condition.
27684
27685 Here is a very simple scanning example:
27686 .code
27687 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
27688 demime = *
27689 malware = *
27690 .endd
27691 The next example accepts messages when there is a problem with the scanner:
27692 .code
27693 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
27694 demime = *
27695 malware = */defer_ok
27696 .endd
27697 The next example shows how to use an ACL variable to scan with both sophie and
27698 aveserver. It assumes you have set:
27699 .code
27700 av_scanner = $acl_m0
27701 .endd
27702 in the main Exim configuration.
27703 .code
27704 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
27705 set acl_m0 = sophie
27706 malware = *
27707
27708 deny message = This message contains malware ($malware_name)
27709 set acl_m0 = aveserver
27710 malware = *
27711 .endd
27712
27713
27714 .section "Scanning with SpamAssassin" "SECTscanspamass"
27715 .cindex "content scanning" "for spam"
27716 .cindex "spam scanning"
27717 .cindex "SpamAssassin"
27718 The &%spam%& ACL condition calls SpamAssassin's &%spamd%& daemon to get a spam
27719 score and a report for the message. You can get SpamAssassin at
27720 &url(http://www.spamassassin.org), or, if you have a working Perl
27721 installation, you can use CPAN by running:
27722 .code
27723 perl -MCPAN -e 'install Mail::SpamAssassin'
27724 .endd
27725 SpamAssassin has its own set of configuration files. Please review its
27726 documentation to see how you can tweak it. The default installation should work
27727 nicely, however.
27728
27729 .oindex "&%spamd_address%&"
27730 After having installed and configured SpamAssassin, start the &%spamd%& daemon.
27731 By default, it listens on 127.0.0.1, TCP port 783. If you use another host or
27732 port for &%spamd%&, you must set the &%spamd_address%& option in the global
27733 part of the Exim configuration as follows (example):
27734 .code
27735 spamd_address = 192.168.99.45 387
27736 .endd
27737 You do not need to set this option if you use the default. As of version 2.60,
27738 &%spamd%& also supports communication over UNIX sockets. If you want to use
27739 these, supply &%spamd_address%& with an absolute file name instead of a
27740 address/port pair:
27741 .code
27742 spamd_address = /var/run/spamd_socket
27743 .endd
27744 You can have multiple &%spamd%& servers to improve scalability. These can
27745 reside on other hardware reachable over the network. To specify multiple
27746 &%spamd%& servers, put multiple address/port pairs in the &%spamd_address%&
27747 option, separated with colons:
27748 .code
27749 spamd_address = 192.168.2.10 783 : \
27750 192.168.2.11 783 : \
27751 192.168.2.12 783
27752 .endd
27753 Up to 32 &%spamd%& servers are supported. The servers are queried in a random
27754 fashion. When a server fails to respond to the connection attempt, all other
27755 servers are tried until one succeeds. If no server responds, the &%spam%&
27756 condition defers.
27757
27758 &*Warning*&: It is not possible to use the UNIX socket connection method with
27759 multiple &%spamd%& servers.
27760
27761
27762 .section "Calling SpamAssassin from an Exim ACL" "SECID206"
27763 Here is a simple example of the use of the &%spam%& condition in a DATA ACL:
27764 .code
27765 deny message = This message was classified as SPAM
27766 spam = joe
27767 .endd
27768 The right-hand side of the &%spam%& condition specifies a name. This is
27769 relevant if you have set up multiple SpamAssassin profiles. If you do not want
27770 to scan using a specific profile, but rather use the SpamAssassin system-wide
27771 default profile, you can scan for an unknown name, or simply use &"nobody"&.
27772 However, you must put something on the right-hand side.
27773
27774 The name allows you to use per-domain or per-user antispam profiles in
27775 principle, but this is not straightforward in practice, because a message may
27776 have multiple recipients, not necessarily all in the same domain. Because the
27777 &%spam%& condition has to be called from a DATA ACL in order to be able to
27778 read the contents of the message, the variables &$local_part$& and &$domain$&
27779 are not set.
27780
27781 The right-hand side of the &%spam%& condition is expanded before being used, so
27782 you can put lookups or conditions there. When the right-hand side evaluates to
27783 &"0"& or &"false"&, no scanning is done and the condition fails immediately.
27784
27785
27786 Scanning with SpamAssassin uses a lot of resources. If you scan every message,
27787 large ones may cause significant performance degradation. As most spam messages
27788 are quite small, it is recommended that you do not scan the big ones. For
27789 example:
27790 .code
27791 deny message = This message was classified as SPAM
27792 condition = ${if < {$message_size}{10K}}
27793 spam = nobody
27794 .endd
27795
27796 The &%spam%& condition returns true if the threshold specified in the user's
27797 SpamAssassin profile has been matched or exceeded. If you want to use the
27798 &%spam%& condition for its side effects (see the variables below), you can make
27799 it always return &"true"& by appending &`:true`& to the username.
27800
27801 .cindex "spam scanning" "returned variables"
27802 When the &%spam%& condition is run, it sets up a number of expansion
27803 variables. With the exception of &$spam_score_int$&, these are usable only
27804 within ACLs; their values are not retained with the message and so cannot be
27805 used at delivery time.
27806
27807 .vlist
27808 .vitem &$spam_score$&
27809 The spam score of the message, for example &"3.4"& or &"30.5"&. This is useful
27810 for inclusion in log or reject messages.
27811
27812 .vitem &$spam_score_int$&
27813 The spam score of the message, multiplied by ten, as an integer value. For
27814 example &"34"& or &"305"&. This is useful for numeric comparisons in
27815 conditions. This variable is special; its value is saved with the message, and
27816 written to Exim's spool file. This means that it can be used during the whole
27817 life of the message on your Exim system, in particular, in routers or
27818 transports during the later delivery phase.
27819
27820 .vitem &$spam_bar$&
27821 A string consisting of a number of &"+"& or &"-"& characters, representing the
27822 integer part of the spam score value. A spam score of 4.4 would have a
27823 &$spam_bar$& value of &"++++"&. This is useful for inclusion in warning
27824 headers, since MUAs can match on such strings.
27825
27826 .vitem &$spam_report$&
27827 A multiline text table, containing the full SpamAssassin report for the
27828 message. Useful for inclusion in headers or reject messages.
27829 .endlist
27830
27831 The &%spam%& condition caches its results. If you call it again with the same
27832 user name, it does not scan again, but rather returns the same values as
27833 before.
27834
27835 The &%spam%& condition returns DEFER if there is any error while running the
27836 message through SpamAssassin. If you want to treat DEFER as FAIL (to pass on to
27837 the next ACL statement block), append &`/defer_ok`& to the right-hand side of
27838 the spam condition, like this:
27839 .code
27840 deny message = This message was classified as SPAM
27841 spam = joe/defer_ok
27842 .endd
27843 This causes messages to be accepted even if there is a problem with &%spamd%&.
27844
27845 Here is a longer, commented example of the use of the &%spam%&
27846 condition:
27847 .code
27848 # put headers in all messages (no matter if spam or not)
27849 warn spam = nobody:true
27850 add_header = X-Spam-Score: $spam_score ($spam_bar)
27851 add_header = X-Spam-Report: $spam_report
27852
27853 # add second subject line with *SPAM* marker when message
27854 # is over threshold
27855 warn spam = nobody
27856 add_header = Subject: *SPAM* $h_Subject:
27857
27858 # reject spam at high scores (> 12)
27859 deny message = This message scored $spam_score spam points.
27860 spam = nobody:true
27861 condition = ${if >{$spam_score_int}{120}{1}{0}}
27862 .endd
27863
27864
27865
27866 .section "Scanning MIME parts" "SECTscanmimepart"
27867 .cindex "content scanning" "MIME parts"
27868 .cindex "MIME content scanning"
27869 .oindex "&%acl_smtp_mime%&"
27870 .oindex "&%acl_not_smtp_mime%&"
27871 The &%acl_smtp_mime%& global option specifies an ACL that is called once for
27872 each MIME part of an SMTP message, including multipart types, in the sequence
27873 of their position in the message. Similarly, the &%acl_not_smtp_mime%& option
27874 specifies an ACL that is used for the MIME parts of non-SMTP messages. These
27875 options may both refer to the same ACL if you want the same processing in both
27876 cases.
27877
27878 These ACLs are called (possibly many times) just before the
27879 &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL in the case of an SMTP message, or just before the
27880 &%acl_not_smtp%& ACL in the case of a non-SMTP message. However, a MIME ACL
27881 is called only if the message contains a &'MIME-Version:'& header line. When a
27882 call to a MIME ACL does not yield &"accept"&, ACL processing is aborted and the
27883 appropriate result code is sent to the client. In the case of an SMTP message,
27884 the &%acl_smtp_data%& ACL is not called when this happens.
27885
27886 You cannot use the &%malware%& or &%spam%& conditions in a MIME ACL; these can
27887 only be used in the DATA or non-SMTP ACLs. However, you can use the &%regex%&
27888 condition to match against the raw MIME part. You can also use the
27889 &%mime_regex%& condition to match against the decoded MIME part (see section
27890 &<<SECTscanregex>>&).
27891
27892 At the start of a MIME ACL, a number of variables are set from the header
27893 information for the relevant MIME part. These are described below. The contents
27894 of the MIME part are not by default decoded into a disk file except for MIME
27895 parts whose content-type is &"message/rfc822"&. If you want to decode a MIME
27896 part into a disk file, you can use the &%decode%& condition. The general
27897 syntax is:
27898 .display
27899 &`decode = [/`&<&'path'&>&`/]`&<&'filename'&>
27900 .endd
27901 The right hand side is expanded before use. After expansion,
27902 the value can be:
27903
27904 .olist
27905 &"0"& or &"false"&, in which case no decoding is done.
27906 .next
27907 The string &"default"&. In that case, the file is put in the temporary
27908 &"default"& directory <&'spool_directory'&>&_/scan/_&<&'message_id'&>&_/_& with
27909 a sequential file name consisting of the message id and a sequence number. The
27910 full path and name is available in &$mime_decoded_filename$& after decoding.
27911 .next
27912 A full path name starting with a slash. If the full name is an existing
27913 directory, it is used as a replacement for the default directory. The filename
27914 is then sequentially assigned. If the path does not exist, it is used as
27915 the full path and file name.
27916 .next
27917 If the string does not start with a slash, it is used as the
27918 filename, and the default path is then used.
27919 .endlist
27920 &new("The &%decode%& condition normally succeeds. It is only false for syntax
27921 errors or unusual circumstances such as memory shortages.")
27922 You can easily decode a file with its original, proposed filename using
27923 .code
27924 decode = $mime_filename
27925 .endd
27926 However, you should keep in mind that &$mime_filename$& might contain
27927 anything. If you place files outside of the default path, they are not
27928 automatically unlinked.
27929
27930 For RFC822 attachments (these are messages attached to messages, with a
27931 content-type of &"message/rfc822"&), the ACL is called again in the same manner
27932 as for the primary message, only that the &$mime_is_rfc822$& expansion
27933 variable is set (see below). Attached messages are always decoded to disk
27934 before being checked, and the files are unlinked once the check is done.
27935
27936 The MIME ACL supports the &%regex%& and &%mime_regex%& conditions. These can be
27937 used to match regular expressions against raw and decoded MIME parts,
27938 respectively. They are described in section &<<SECTscanregex>>&.
27939
27940 .cindex "MIME content scanning" "returned variables"
27941 The following list describes all expansion variables that are
27942 available in the MIME ACL:
27943
27944 .vlist
27945 .vitem &$mime_boundary$&
27946 If the current part is a multipart (see &$mime_is_multipart$&) below, it should
27947 have a boundary string, which is stored in this variable. If the current part
27948 has no boundary parameter in the &'Content-Type:'& header, this variable
27949 contains the empty string.
27950
27951 .vitem &$mime_charset$&
27952 This variable contains the character set identifier, if one was found in the
27953 &'Content-Type:'& header. Examples for charset identifiers are:
27954 .code
27955 us-ascii
27956 gb2312 (Chinese)
27957 iso-8859-1
27958 .endd
27959 Please note that this value is not normalized, so you should do matches
27960 case-insensitively.
27961
27962 .vitem &$mime_content_description$&
27963 This variable contains the normalized content of the &'Content-Description:'&
27964 header. It can contain a human-readable description of the parts content. Some
27965 implementations repeat the filename for attachments here, but they are usually
27966 only used for display purposes.
27967
27968 .vitem &$mime_content_disposition$&
27969 This variable contains the normalized content of the &'Content-Disposition:'&
27970 header. You can expect strings like &"attachment"& or &"inline"& here.
27971
27972 .vitem &$mime_content_id$&
27973 This variable contains the normalized content of the &'Content-ID:'& header.
27974 This is a unique ID that can be used to reference a part from another part.
27975
27976 .vitem &$mime_content_size$&
27977 This variable is set only after the &%decode%& modifier (see above) has been
27978 successfully run. It contains the size of the decoded part in kilobytes. The
27979 size is always rounded up to full kilobytes, so only a completely empty part
27980 has a &$mime_content_size$& of zero.
27981
27982 .vitem &$mime_content_transfer_encoding$&
27983 This variable contains the normalized content of the
27984 &'Content-transfer-encoding:'& header. This is a symbolic name for an encoding
27985 type. Typical values are &"base64"& and &"quoted-printable"&.
27986
27987 .vitem &$mime_content_type$&
27988 If the MIME part has a &'Content-Type:'& header, this variable contains its
27989 value, lowercased, and without any options (like &"name"& or &"charset"&). Here
27990 are some examples of popular MIME types, as they may appear in this variable:
27991 .code
27992 text/plain
27993 text/html
27994 application/octet-stream
27995 image/jpeg
27996 audio/midi
27997 .endd
27998 If the MIME part has no &'Content-Type:'& header, this variable contains the
27999 empty string.
28000
28001 .vitem &$mime_decoded_filename$&
28002 This variable is set only after the &%decode%& modifier (see above) has been
28003 successfully run. It contains the full path and file name of the file
28004 containing the decoded data.
28005 .endlist
28006
28007 .cindex "RFC 2047"
28008 .vlist
28009 .vitem &$mime_filename$&
28010 This is perhaps the most important of the MIME variables. It contains a
28011 proposed filename for an attachment, if one was found in either the
28012 &'Content-Type:'& or &'Content-Disposition:'& headers. The filename will be
28013 RFC2047 decoded, but no additional sanity checks are done. If no filename was
28014 found, this variable contains the empty string.
28015
28016 .vitem &$mime_is_coverletter$&
28017 This variable attempts to differentiate the &"cover letter"& of an e-mail from
28018 attached data. It can be used to clamp down on flashy or unnecessarily encoded
28019 content in the cover letter, while not restricting attachments at all.
28020
28021 The variable contains 1 (true) for a MIME part believed to be part of the
28022 cover letter, and 0 (false) for an attachment. At present, the algorithm is as
28023 follows:
28024
28025 .olist
28026 The outermost MIME part of a message is always a cover letter.
28027
28028 .next
28029 If a multipart/alternative or multipart/related MIME part is a cover letter,
28030 so are all MIME subparts within that multipart.
28031
28032 .next
28033 If any other multipart is a cover letter, the first subpart is a cover letter,
28034 and the rest are attachments.
28035
28036 .next
28037 All parts contained within an attachment multipart are attachments.
28038 .endlist olist
28039
28040 As an example, the following will ban &"HTML mail"& (including that sent with
28041 alternative plain text), while allowing HTML files to be attached. HTML
28042 coverletter mail attached to non-HMTL coverletter mail will also be allowed:
28043 .code
28044 deny message = HTML mail is not accepted here
28045 !condition = $mime_is_rfc822
28046 condition = $mime_is_coverletter
28047 condition = ${if eq{$mime_content_type}{text/html}{1}{0}}
28048 .endd
28049 .vitem &$mime_is_multipart$&
28050 This variable has the value 1 (true) when the current part has the main type
28051 &"multipart"&, for example &"multipart/alternative"& or &"multipart/mixed"&.
28052 Since multipart entities only serve as containers for other parts, you may not
28053 want to carry out specific actions on them.
28054
28055 .vitem &$mime_is_rfc822$&
28056 This variable has the value 1 (true) if the current part is not a part of the
28057 checked message itself, but part of an attached message. Attached message
28058 decoding is fully recursive.
28059
28060 .vitem &$mime_part_count$&
28061 This variable is a counter that is raised for each processed MIME part. It
28062 starts at zero for the very first part (which is usually a multipart). The
28063 counter is per-message, so it is reset when processing RFC822 attachments (see
28064 &$mime_is_rfc822$&). The counter stays set after &%acl_smtp_mime%& is
28065 complete, so you can use it in the DATA ACL to determine the number of MIME
28066 parts of a message. For non-MIME messages, this variable contains the value -1.
28067 .endlist
28068
28069
28070
28071 .section "Scanning with regular expressions" "SECTscanregex"
28072 .cindex "content scanning" "with regular expressions"
28073 .cindex "regular expressions" "content scanning with"
28074 You can specify your own custom regular expression matches on the full body of
28075 the message, or on individual MIME parts.
28076
28077 The &%regex%& condition takes one or more regular expressions as arguments and
28078 matches them against the full message (when called in the DATA ACL) or a raw
28079 MIME part (when called in the MIME ACL). The &%regex%& condition matches
28080 linewise, with a maximum line length of 32K characters. That means you cannot
28081 have multiline matches with the &%regex%& condition.
28082
28083 The &%mime_regex%& condition can be called only in the MIME ACL. It matches up
28084 to 32K of decoded content (the whole content at once, not linewise). If the
28085 part has not been decoded with the &%decode%& modifier earlier in the ACL, it
28086 is decoded automatically when &%mime_regex%& is executed (using default path
28087 and filename values). If the decoded data is larger than 32K, only the first
28088 32K characters are checked.
28089
28090 The regular expressions are passed as a colon-separated list. To include a
28091 literal colon, you must double it. Since the whole right-hand side string is
28092 expanded before being used, you must also escape dollar signs and backslashes
28093 with more backslashes, or use the &`\N`& facility to disable expansion.
28094 Here is a simple example that contains two regular expressions:
28095 .code
28096 deny message = contains blacklisted regex ($regex_match_string)
28097 regex = [Mm]ortgage : URGENT BUSINESS PROPOSAL
28098 .endd
28099 The conditions returns true if any one of the regular expressions matches. The
28100 &$regex_match_string$& expansion variable is then set up and contains the
28101 matching regular expression.
28102
28103 &*Warning*&: With large messages, these conditions can be fairly
28104 CPU-intensive.
28105
28106
28107
28108
28109 .section "The demime condition" "SECTdemimecond"
28110 .cindex "content scanning" "MIME checking"
28111 .cindex "MIME content scanning"
28112 The &%demime%& ACL condition provides MIME unpacking, sanity checking and file
28113 extension blocking. It is usable only in the DATA and non-SMTP ACLs. The
28114 &%demime%& condition uses a simpler interface to MIME decoding than the MIME
28115 ACL functionality, but provides no additional facilities. Please note that this
28116 condition is deprecated and kept only for backward compatibility. You must set
28117 the WITH_OLD_DEMIME option in &_Local/Makefile_& at build time to be able to
28118 use the &%demime%& condition.
28119
28120 The &%demime%& condition unpacks MIME containers in the message. It detects
28121 errors in MIME containers and can match file extensions found in the message
28122 against a list. Using this facility produces files containing the unpacked MIME
28123 parts of the message in the temporary scan directory. If you do antivirus
28124 scanning, it is recommended that you use the &%demime%& condition before the
28125 antivirus (&%malware%&) condition.
28126
28127 On the right-hand side of the &%demime%& condition you can pass a
28128 colon-separated list of file extensions that it should match against. For
28129 example:
28130 .code
28131 deny message = Found blacklisted file attachment
28132 demime = vbs:com:bat:pif:prf:lnk
28133 .endd
28134 If one of the file extensions is found, the condition is true, otherwise it is
28135 false. If there is a temporary error while demimeing (for example, &"disk
28136 full"&), the condition defers, and the message is temporarily rejected (unless
28137 the condition is on a &%warn%& verb).
28138
28139 The right-hand side is expanded before being treated as a list, so you can have
28140 conditions and lookups there. If it expands to an empty string, &"false"&, or
28141 zero (&"0"&), no demimeing is done and the condition is false.
28142
28143 The &%demime%& condition set the following variables:
28144
28145 .vlist
28146 .vitem &$demime_errorlevel$&
28147 .vindex "&$demime_errorlevel$&"
28148 When an error is detected in a MIME container, this variable contains the
28149 severity of the error, as an integer number. The higher the value, the more
28150 severe the error (the current maximum value is 3). If this variable is unset or
28151 zero, no error occurred.
28152
28153 .vitem &$demime_reason$&
28154 .vindex "&$demime_reason$&"
28155 When &$demime_errorlevel$& is greater than zero, this variable contains a
28156 human-readable text string describing the MIME error that occurred.
28157 .endlist
28158
28159 .vlist
28160 .vitem &$found_extension$&
28161 .vindex "&$found_extension$&"
28162 When the &%demime%& condition is true, this variable contains the file
28163 extension it found.
28164 .endlist
28165
28166 Both &$demime_errorlevel$& and &$demime_reason$& are set by the first call of
28167 the &%demime%& condition, and are not changed on subsequent calls.
28168
28169 If you do not want to check for file extensions, but rather use the &%demime%&
28170 condition for unpacking or error checking purposes, pass &"*"& as the
28171 right-hand side value. Here is a more elaborate example of how to use this
28172 facility:
28173 .code
28174 # Reject messages with serious MIME container errors
28175 deny message = Found MIME error ($demime_reason).
28176 demime = *
28177 condition = ${if >{$demime_errorlevel}{2}{1}{0}}
28178
28179 # Reject known virus spreading file extensions.
28180 # Accepting these is pretty much braindead.
28181 deny message = contains $found_extension file (blacklisted).
28182 demime = com:vbs:bat:pif:scr
28183
28184 # Freeze .exe and .doc files. Postmaster can
28185 # examine them and eventually thaw them.
28186 deny log_message = Another $found_extension file.
28187 demime = exe:doc
28188 control = freeze
28189 .endd
28190 .ecindex IIDcosca
28191
28192
28193
28194
28195 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28196 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28197
28198 .chapter "Adding a local scan function to Exim" "CHAPlocalscan" &&&
28199 "Local scan function"
28200 .scindex IIDlosca "&[local_scan()]& function" "description of"
28201 .cindex "customizing" "input scan using C function"
28202 .cindex "policy control" "by local scan function"
28203 In these days of email worms, viruses, and ever-increasing spam, some sites
28204 want to apply a lot of checking to messages before accepting them.
28205
28206 The content scanning extension (chapter &<<CHAPexiscan>>&) has facilities for
28207 passing messages to external virus and spam scanning software. You can also do
28208 a certain amount in Exim itself through string expansions and the &%condition%&
28209 condition in the ACL that runs after the SMTP DATA command or the ACL for
28210 non-SMTP messages (see chapter &<<CHAPACL>>&), but this has its limitations.
28211
28212 To allow for further customization to a site's own requirements, there is the
28213 possibility of linking Exim with a private message scanning function, written
28214 in C. If you want to run code that is written in something other than C, you
28215 can of course use a little C stub to call it.
28216
28217 The local scan function is run once for every incoming message, at the point
28218 when Exim is just about to accept the message.
28219 It can therefore be used to control non-SMTP messages from local processes as
28220 well as messages arriving via SMTP.
28221
28222 Exim applies a timeout to calls of the local scan function, and there is an
28223 option called &%local_scan_timeout%& for setting it. The default is 5 minutes.
28224 Zero means &"no timeout"&.
28225 Exim also sets up signal handlers for SIGSEGV, SIGILL, SIGFPE, and SIGBUS
28226 before calling the local scan function, so that the most common types of crash
28227 are caught. If the timeout is exceeded or one of those signals is caught, the
28228 incoming message is rejected with a temporary error if it is an SMTP message.
28229 For a non-SMTP message, the message is dropped and Exim ends with a non-zero
28230 code. The incident is logged on the main and reject logs.
28231
28232
28233
28234 .section "Building Exim to use a local scan function" "SECID207"
28235 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "building Exim to use"
28236 To make use of the local scan function feature, you must tell Exim where your
28237 function is before building Exim, by setting LOCAL_SCAN_SOURCE in your
28238 &_Local/Makefile_&. A recommended place to put it is in the &_Local_&
28239 directory, so you might set
28240 .code
28241 LOCAL_SCAN_SOURCE=Local/local_scan.c
28242 .endd
28243 for example. The function must be called &[local_scan()]&. It is called by
28244 Exim after it has received a message, when the success return code is about to
28245 be sent. This is after all the ACLs have been run. The return code from your
28246 function controls whether the message is actually accepted or not. There is a
28247 commented template function (that just accepts the message) in the file
28248 _src/local_scan.c_.
28249
28250 If you want to make use of Exim's run time configuration file to set options
28251 for your &[local_scan()]& function, you must also set
28252 .code
28253 LOCAL_SCAN_HAS_OPTIONS=yes
28254 .endd
28255 in &_Local/Makefile_& (see section &<<SECTconoptloc>>& below).
28256
28257
28258
28259
28260 .section "API for local_scan()" "SECTapiforloc"
28261 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "API description"
28262 You must include this line near the start of your code:
28263 .code
28264 #include "local_scan.h"
28265 .endd
28266 This header file defines a number of variables and other values, and the
28267 prototype for the function itself. Exim is coded to use unsigned char values
28268 almost exclusively, and one of the things this header defines is a shorthand
28269 for &`unsigned char`& called &`uschar`&.
28270 It also contains the following macro definitions, to simplify casting character
28271 strings and pointers to character strings:
28272 .code
28273 #define CS (char *)
28274 #define CCS (const char *)
28275 #define CSS (char **)
28276 #define US (unsigned char *)
28277 #define CUS (const unsigned char *)
28278 #define USS (unsigned char **)
28279 .endd
28280 The function prototype for &[local_scan()]& is:
28281 .code
28282 extern int local_scan(int fd, uschar **return_text);
28283 .endd
28284 The arguments are as follows:
28285
28286 .ilist
28287 &%fd%& is a file descriptor for the file that contains the body of the message
28288 (the -D file). The file is open for reading and writing, but updating it is not
28289 recommended. &*Warning*&: You must &'not'& close this file descriptor.
28290
28291 The descriptor is positioned at character 19 of the file, which is the first
28292 character of the body itself, because the first 19 characters are the message
28293 id followed by &`-D`& and a newline. If you rewind the file, you should use the
28294 macro SPOOL_DATA_START_OFFSET to reset to the start of the data, just in
28295 case this changes in some future version.
28296 .next
28297 &%return_text%& is an address which you can use to return a pointer to a text
28298 string at the end of the function. The value it points to on entry is NULL.
28299 .endlist
28300
28301 The function must return an &%int%& value which is one of the following macros:
28302
28303 .vlist
28304 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT`&
28305 .vindex "&$local_scan_data$&"
28306 The message is accepted. If you pass back a string of text, it is saved with
28307 the message, and made available in the variable &$local_scan_data$&. No
28308 newlines are permitted (if there are any, they are turned into spaces) and the
28309 maximum length of text is 1000 characters.
28310
28311 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT_FREEZE`&
28312 This behaves as LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT, except that the accepted message is
28313 queued without immediate delivery, and is frozen.
28314
28315 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT_QUEUE`&
28316 This behaves as LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT, except that the accepted message is
28317 queued without immediate delivery.
28318
28319 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT`&
28320 The message is rejected; the returned text is used as an error message which is
28321 passed back to the sender and which is also logged. Newlines are permitted &--
28322 they cause a multiline response for SMTP rejections, but are converted to
28323 &`\n`& in log lines. If no message is given, &"Administrative prohibition"& is
28324 used.
28325
28326 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT`&
28327 The message is temporarily rejected; the returned text is used as an error
28328 message as for LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT. If no message is given, &"Temporary local
28329 problem"& is used.
28330
28331 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT_NOLOGHDR`&
28332 This behaves as LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT, except that the header of the rejected
28333 message is not written to the reject log. It has the effect of unsetting the
28334 &%rejected_header%& log selector for just this rejection. If
28335 &%rejected_header%& is already unset (see the discussion of the
28336 &%log_selection%& option in section &<<SECTlogselector>>&), this code is the
28337 same as LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT.
28338
28339 .vitem &`LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT_NOLOGHDR`&
28340 This code is a variation of LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT in the same way that
28341 LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT_NOLOGHDR is a variation of LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT.
28342 .endlist
28343
28344 If the message is not being received by interactive SMTP, rejections are
28345 reported by writing to &%stderr%& or by sending an email, as configured by the
28346 &%-oe%& command line options.
28347
28348
28349
28350 .section "Configuration options for local_scan()" "SECTconoptloc"
28351 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "configuration options"
28352 It is possible to have option settings in the main configuration file
28353 that set values in static variables in the &[local_scan()]& module. If you
28354 want to do this, you must have the line
28355 .code
28356 LOCAL_SCAN_HAS_OPTIONS=yes
28357 .endd
28358 in your &_Local/Makefile_& when you build Exim. (This line is in
28359 &_OS/Makefile-Default_&, commented out). Then, in the &[local_scan()]& source
28360 file, you must define static variables to hold the option values, and a table
28361 to define them.
28362
28363 The table must be a vector called &%local_scan_options%&, of type
28364 &`optionlist`&. Each entry is a triplet, consisting of a name, an option type,
28365 and a pointer to the variable that holds the value. The entries must appear in
28366 alphabetical order. Following &%local_scan_options%& you must also define a
28367 variable called &%local_scan_options_count%& that contains the number of
28368 entries in the table. Here is a short example, showing two kinds of option:
28369 .code
28370 static int my_integer_option = 42;
28371 static uschar *my_string_option = US"a default string";
28372
28373 optionlist local_scan_options[] = {
28374 { "my_integer", opt_int, &my_integer_option },
28375 { "my_string", opt_stringptr, &my_string_option }
28376 };
28377
28378 int local_scan_options_count =
28379 sizeof(local_scan_options)/sizeof(optionlist);
28380 .endd
28381 The values of the variables can now be changed from Exim's runtime
28382 configuration file by including a local scan section as in this example:
28383 .code
28384 begin local_scan
28385 my_integer = 99
28386 my_string = some string of text...
28387 .endd
28388 The available types of option data are as follows:
28389
28390 .vlist
28391 .vitem &*opt_bool*&
28392 This specifies a boolean (true/false) option. The address should point to a
28393 variable of type &`BOOL`&, which will be set to TRUE or FALSE, which are macros
28394 that are defined as &"1"& and &"0"&, respectively. If you want to detect
28395 whether such a variable has been set at all, you can initialize it to
28396 TRUE_UNSET. (BOOL variables are integers underneath, so can hold more than two
28397 values.)
28398
28399 .vitem &*opt_fixed*&
28400 This specifies a fixed point number, such as is used for load averages.
28401 The address should point to a variable of type &`int`&. The value is stored
28402 multiplied by 1000, so, for example, 1.4142 is truncated and stored as 1414.
28403
28404 .vitem &*opt_int*&
28405 This specifies an integer; the address should point to a variable of type
28406 &`int`&. The value may be specified in any of the integer formats accepted by
28407 Exim.
28408
28409 .vitem &*opt_mkint*&
28410 This is the same as &%opt_int%&, except that when such a value is output in a
28411 &%-bP%& listing, if it is an exact number of kilobytes or megabytes, it is
28412 printed with the suffix K or M.
28413
28414 .vitem &*opt_octint*&
28415 This also specifies an integer, but the value is always interpreted as an
28416 octal integer, whether or not it starts with the digit zero, and it is
28417 always output in octal.
28418
28419 .vitem &*opt_stringptr*&
28420 This specifies a string value; the address must be a pointer to a
28421 variable that points to a string (for example, of type &`uschar *`&).
28422
28423 .vitem &*opt_time*&
28424 This specifies a time interval value. The address must point to a variable of
28425 type &`int`&. The value that is placed there is a number of seconds.
28426 .endlist
28427
28428 If the &%-bP%& command line option is followed by &`local_scan`&, Exim prints
28429 out the values of all the &[local_scan()]& options.
28430
28431
28432
28433 .section "Available Exim variables" "SECID208"
28434 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "available Exim variables"
28435 The header &_local_scan.h_& gives you access to a number of C variables. These
28436 are the only ones that are guaranteed to be maintained from release to release.
28437 Note, however, that you can obtain the value of any Exim variable,
28438 &new("including &$recipients$&,") by calling &'expand_string()'&. The exported
28439 variables are as follows:
28440
28441 .vlist
28442 .vitem &*unsigned&~int&~debug_selector*&
28443 This variable is set to zero when no debugging is taking place. Otherwise, it
28444 is a bitmap of debugging selectors. Two bits are identified for use in
28445 &[local_scan()]&; they are defined as macros:
28446
28447 .ilist
28448 The &`D_v`& bit is set when &%-v%& was present on the command line. This is a
28449 testing option that is not privileged &-- any caller may set it. All the
28450 other selector bits can be set only by admin users.
28451
28452 .next
28453 The &`D_local_scan`& bit is provided for use by &[local_scan()]&; it is set
28454 by the &`+local_scan`& debug selector. It is not included in the default set
28455 of debugging bits.
28456 .endlist ilist
28457
28458 Thus, to write to the debugging output only when &`+local_scan`& has been
28459 selected, you should use code like this:
28460 .code
28461 if ((debug_selector & D_local_scan) != 0)
28462 debug_printf("xxx", ...);
28463 .endd
28464 .vitem &*uschar&~*expand_string_message*&
28465 After a failing call to &'expand_string()'& (returned value NULL), the
28466 variable &%expand_string_message%& contains the error message, zero-terminated.
28467
28468 .vitem &*header_line&~*header_list*&
28469 A pointer to a chain of header lines. The &%header_line%& structure is
28470 discussed below.
28471
28472 .vitem &*header_line&~*header_last*&
28473 A pointer to the last of the header lines.
28474
28475 .vitem &*uschar&~*headers_charset*&
28476 The value of the &%headers_charset%& configuration option.
28477
28478 .vitem &*BOOL&~host_checking*&
28479 This variable is TRUE during a host checking session that is initiated by the
28480 &%-bh%& command line option.
28481
28482 .vitem &*uschar&~*interface_address*&
28483 The IP address of the interface that received the message, as a string. This
28484 is NULL for locally submitted messages.
28485
28486 .vitem &*int&~interface_port*&
28487 The port on which this message was received. When testing with the &%-bh%&
28488 command line option, the value of this variable is -1 unless a port has been
28489 specified via the &%-oMi%& option.
28490
28491 .vitem &*uschar&~*message_id*&
28492 This variable contains Exim's message id for the incoming message (the value of
28493 &$message_exim_id$&) as a zero-terminated string.
28494
28495 .vitem &*uschar&~*received_protocol*&
28496 The name of the protocol by which the message was received.
28497
28498 .vitem &*int&~recipients_count*&
28499 The number of accepted recipients.
28500
28501 .vitem &*recipient_item&~*recipients_list*&
28502 .cindex "recipient" "adding in local scan"
28503 .cindex "recipient" "removing in local scan"
28504 The list of accepted recipients, held in a vector of length
28505 &%recipients_count%&. The &%recipient_item%& structure is discussed below. You
28506 can add additional recipients by calling &'receive_add_recipient()'& (see
28507 below). You can delete recipients by removing them from the vector and
28508 adjusting the value in &%recipients_count%&. In particular, by setting
28509 &%recipients_count%& to zero you remove all recipients. If you then return the
28510 value &`LOCAL_SCAN_ACCEPT`&, the message is accepted, but immediately
28511 blackholed. To replace the recipients, you can set &%recipients_count%& to zero
28512 and then call &'receive_add_recipient()'& as often as needed.
28513
28514 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_address*&
28515 The envelope sender address. For bounce messages this is the empty string.
28516
28517 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_host_address*&
28518 The IP address of the sending host, as a string. This is NULL for
28519 locally-submitted messages.
28520
28521 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_host_authenticated*&
28522 The name of the authentication mechanism that was used, or NULL if the message
28523 was not received over an authenticated SMTP connection.
28524
28525 .vitem &*uschar&~*sender_host_name*&
28526 The name of the sending host, if known.
28527
28528 .vitem &*int&~sender_host_port*&
28529 The port on the sending host.
28530
28531 .vitem &*BOOL&~smtp_input*&
28532 This variable is TRUE for all SMTP input, including BSMTP.
28533
28534 .vitem &*BOOL&~smtp_batched_input*&
28535 This variable is TRUE for BSMTP input.
28536
28537 .vitem &*int&~store_pool*&
28538 The contents of this variable control which pool of memory is used for new
28539 requests. See section &<<SECTmemhanloc>>& for details.
28540 .endlist
28541
28542
28543 .section "Structure of header lines" "SECID209"
28544 The &%header_line%& structure contains the members listed below.
28545 You can add additional header lines by calling the &'header_add()'& function
28546 (see below). You can cause header lines to be ignored (deleted) by setting
28547 their type to *.
28548
28549
28550 .vlist
28551 .vitem &*struct&~header_line&~*next*&
28552 A pointer to the next header line, or NULL for the last line.
28553
28554 .vitem &*int&~type*&
28555 A code identifying certain headers that Exim recognizes. The codes are printing
28556 characters, and are documented in chapter &<<CHAPspool>>& of this manual.
28557 Notice in particular that any header line whose type is * is not transmitted
28558 with the message. This flagging is used for header lines that have been
28559 rewritten, or are to be removed (for example, &'Envelope-sender:'& header
28560 lines.) Effectively, * means &"deleted"&.
28561
28562 .vitem &*int&~slen*&
28563 The number of characters in the header line, including the terminating and any
28564 internal newlines.
28565
28566 .vitem &*uschar&~*text*&
28567 A pointer to the text of the header. It always ends with a newline, followed by
28568 a zero byte. Internal newlines are preserved.
28569 .endlist
28570
28571
28572
28573 .section "Structure of recipient items" "SECID210"
28574 The &%recipient_item%& structure contains these members:
28575
28576 .vlist
28577 .vitem &*uschar&~*address*&
28578 This is a pointer to the recipient address as it was received.
28579
28580 .vitem &*int&~pno*&
28581 This is used in later Exim processing when top level addresses are created by
28582 the &%one_time%& option. It is not relevant at the time &[local_scan()]& is run
28583 and must always contain -1 at this stage.
28584
28585 .vitem &*uschar&~*errors_to*&
28586 If this value is not NULL, bounce messages caused by failing to deliver to the
28587 recipient are sent to the address it contains. In other words, it overrides the
28588 envelope sender for this one recipient. (Compare the &%errors_to%& generic
28589 router option.) If a &[local_scan()]& function sets an &%errors_to%& field to
28590 an unqualified address, Exim qualifies it using the domain from
28591 &%qualify_recipient%&. When &[local_scan()]& is called, the &%errors_to%& field
28592 is NULL for all recipients.
28593 .endlist
28594
28595
28596
28597 .section "Available Exim functions" "SECID211"
28598 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "available Exim functions"
28599 The header &_local_scan.h_& gives you access to a number of Exim functions.
28600 These are the only ones that are guaranteed to be maintained from release to
28601 release:
28602
28603 .vlist
28604 .vitem "&*pid_t&~child_open(uschar&~**argv,&~uschar&~**envp,&~int&~newumask,&&&
28605 &~int&~*infdptr,&~int&~*outfdptr, &~&~BOOL&~make_leader)*&"
28606
28607 This function creates a child process that runs the command specified by
28608 &%argv%&. The environment for the process is specified by &%envp%&, which can
28609 be NULL if no environment variables are to be passed. A new umask is supplied
28610 for the process in &%newumask%&.
28611
28612 Pipes to the standard input and output of the new process are set up
28613 and returned to the caller via the &%infdptr%& and &%outfdptr%& arguments. The
28614 standard error is cloned to the standard output. If there are any file
28615 descriptors &"in the way"& in the new process, they are closed. If the final
28616 argument is TRUE, the new process is made into a process group leader.
28617
28618 The function returns the pid of the new process, or -1 if things go wrong.
28619
28620 .vitem &*int&~child_close(pid_t&~pid,&~int&~timeout)*&
28621 This function waits for a child process to terminate, or for a timeout (in
28622 seconds) to expire. A timeout value of zero means wait as long as it takes. The
28623 return value is as follows:
28624
28625 .ilist
28626 >= 0
28627
28628 The process terminated by a normal exit and the value is the process
28629 ending status.
28630
28631 .next
28632 < 0 and > &--256
28633
28634 The process was terminated by a signal and the value is the negation of the
28635 signal number.
28636
28637 .next
28638 &--256
28639
28640 The process timed out.
28641 .next
28642 &--257
28643
28644 The was some other error in wait(); &%errno%& is still set.
28645 .endlist
28646
28647 .vitem &*pid_t&~child_open_exim(int&~*fd)*&
28648 This function provide you with a means of submitting a new message to
28649 Exim. (Of course, you can also call &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& yourself if you
28650 want, but this packages it all up for you.) The function creates a pipe,
28651 forks a subprocess that is running
28652 .code
28653 exim -t -oem -oi -f <>
28654 .endd
28655 and returns to you (via the &`int *`& argument) a file descriptor for the pipe
28656 that is connected to the standard input. The yield of the function is the PID
28657 of the subprocess. You can then write a message to the file descriptor, with
28658 recipients in &'To:'&, &'Cc:'&, and/or &'Bcc:'& header lines.
28659
28660 When you have finished, call &'child_close()'& to wait for the process to
28661 finish and to collect its ending status. A timeout value of zero is usually
28662 fine in this circumstance. Unless you have made a mistake with the recipient
28663 addresses, you should get a return code of zero.
28664
28665
28666 .vitem &*pid_t&~child_open_exim2(int&~*fd,&~uschar&~*sender,&~uschar&~&&&
28667 *sender_authentication)*&
28668 This function is a more sophisticated version of &'child_open()'&. The command
28669 that it runs is:
28670 .display
28671 &`exim -t -oem -oi -f `&&'sender'&&` -oMas `&&'sender_authentication'&
28672 .endd
28673 The third argument may be NULL, in which case the &%-oMas%& option is omitted.
28674
28675
28676 .vitem &*void&~debug_printf(char&~*,&~...)*&
28677 This is Exim's debugging function, with arguments as for &'(printf()'&. The
28678 output is written to the standard error stream. If no debugging is selected,
28679 calls to &'debug_printf()'& have no effect. Normally, you should make calls
28680 conditional on the &`local_scan`& debug selector by coding like this:
28681 .code
28682 if ((debug_selector & D_local_scan) != 0)
28683 debug_printf("xxx", ...);
28684 .endd
28685
28686 .vitem &*uschar&~*expand_string(uschar&~*string)*&
28687 This is an interface to Exim's string expansion code. The return value is the
28688 expanded string, or NULL if there was an expansion failure.
28689 The C variable &%expand_string_message%& contains an error message after an
28690 expansion failure. If expansion does not change the string, the return value is
28691 the pointer to the input string. Otherwise, the return value points to a new
28692 block of memory that was obtained by a call to &'store_get()'&. See section
28693 &<<SECTmemhanloc>>& below for a discussion of memory handling.
28694
28695 .vitem &*void&~header_add(int&~type,&~char&~*format,&~...)*&
28696 This function allows you to an add additional header line at the end of the
28697 existing ones. The first argument is the type, and should normally be a space
28698 character. The second argument is a format string and any number of
28699 substitution arguments as for &[sprintf()]&. You may include internal newlines
28700 if you want, and you must ensure that the string ends with a newline.
28701
28702 .vitem "&*void&~header_add_at_position(BOOL&~after,&~uschar&~*name,&~&&&
28703 BOOL&~topnot,&~int&~type,&~char&~*format, &~&~...)*&"
28704 This function adds a new header line at a specified point in the header
28705 chain. The header itself is specified as for &'header_add()'&.
28706
28707 If &%name%& is NULL, the new header is added at the end of the chain if
28708 &%after%& is true, or at the start if &%after%& is false. If &%name%& is not
28709 NULL, the header lines are searched for the first non-deleted header that
28710 matches the name. If one is found, the new header is added before it if
28711 &%after%& is false. If &%after%& is true, the new header is added after the
28712 found header and any adjacent subsequent ones with the same name (even if
28713 marked &"deleted"&). If no matching non-deleted header is found, the &%topnot%&
28714 option controls where the header is added. If it is true, addition is at the
28715 top; otherwise at the bottom. Thus, to add a header after all the &'Received:'&
28716 headers, or at the top if there are no &'Received:'& headers, you could use
28717 .code
28718 header_add_at_position(TRUE, US"Received", TRUE,
28719 ' ', "X-xxx: ...");
28720 .endd
28721 Normally, there is always at least one non-deleted &'Received:'& header, but
28722 there may not be if &%received_header_text%& expands to an empty string.
28723
28724
28725 .vitem &*void&~header_remove(int&~occurrence,&~uschar&~*name)*&
28726 This function removes header lines. If &%occurrence%& is zero or negative, all
28727 occurrences of the header are removed. If occurrence is greater than zero, that
28728 particular instance of the header is removed. If no header(s) can be found that
28729 match the specification, the function does nothing.
28730
28731
28732 .vitem "&*BOOL&~header_testname(header_line&~*hdr,&~uschar&~*name,&~&&&
28733 int&~length,&~BOOL&~notdel)*&"
28734 This function tests whether the given header has the given name. It is not just
28735 a string comparison, because white space is permitted between the name and the
28736 colon. If the &%notdel%& argument is true, a false return is forced for all
28737 &"deleted"& headers; otherwise they are not treated specially. For example:
28738 .code
28739 if (header_testname(h, US"X-Spam", 6, TRUE)) ...
28740 .endd
28741 .vitem &*uschar&~*lss_b64encode(uschar&~*cleartext,&~int&~length)*&
28742 .cindex "base64 encoding" "functions for &[local_scan()]& use"
28743 This function base64-encodes a string, which is passed by address and length.
28744 The text may contain bytes of any value, including zero. The result is passed
28745 back in dynamic memory that is obtained by calling &'store_get()'&. It is
28746 zero-terminated.
28747
28748 .vitem &*int&~lss_b64decode(uschar&~*codetext,&~uschar&~**cleartext)*&
28749 This function decodes a base64-encoded string. Its arguments are a
28750 zero-terminated base64-encoded string and the address of a variable that is set
28751 to point to the result, which is in dynamic memory. The length of the decoded
28752 string is the yield of the function. If the input is invalid base64 data, the
28753 yield is -1. A zero byte is added to the end of the output string to make it
28754 easy to interpret as a C string (assuming it contains no zeros of its own). The
28755 added zero byte is not included in the returned count.
28756
28757 .vitem &*int&~lss_match_domain(uschar&~*domain,&~uschar&~*list)*&
28758 This function checks for a match in a domain list. Domains are always
28759 matched caselessly. The return value is one of the following:
28760 .display
28761 &`OK `& match succeeded
28762 &`FAIL `& match failed
28763 &`DEFER `& match deferred
28764 .endd
28765 DEFER is usually caused by some kind of lookup defer, such as the
28766 inability to contact a database.
28767
28768 .vitem "&*int&~lss_match_local_part(uschar&~*localpart,&~uschar&~*list,&~&&&
28769 BOOL&~caseless)*&"
28770 This function checks for a match in a local part list. The third argument
28771 controls case-sensitivity. The return values are as for
28772 &'lss_match_domain()'&.
28773
28774 .vitem "&*int&~lss_match_address(uschar&~*address,&~uschar&~*list,&~&&&
28775 BOOL&~caseless)*&"
28776 This function checks for a match in an address list. The third argument
28777 controls the case-sensitivity of the local part match. The domain is always
28778 matched caselessly. The return values are as for &'lss_match_domain()'&.
28779
28780 .vitem "&*int&~lss_match_host(uschar&~*host_name,&~uschar&~*host_address,&~&&&
28781 uschar&~*list)*&"
28782 This function checks for a match in a host list. The most common usage is
28783 expected to be
28784 .code
28785 lss_match_host(sender_host_name, sender_host_address, ...)
28786 .endd
28787 .vindex "&$sender_host_address$&"
28788 An empty address field matches an empty item in the host list. If the host name
28789 is NULL, the name corresponding to &$sender_host_address$& is automatically
28790 looked up if a host name is required to match an item in the list. The return
28791 values are as for &'lss_match_domain()'&, but in addition, &'lss_match_host()'&
28792 returns ERROR in the case when it had to look up a host name, but the lookup
28793 failed.
28794
28795 .vitem "&*void&~log_write(unsigned&~int&~selector,&~int&~which,&~char&~&&&
28796 *format,&~...)*&"
28797 This function writes to Exim's log files. The first argument should be zero (it
28798 is concerned with &%log_selector%&). The second argument can be &`LOG_MAIN`& or
28799 &`LOG_REJECT`& or &`LOG_PANIC`& or the inclusive &"or"& of any combination of
28800 them. It specifies to which log or logs the message is written. The remaining
28801 arguments are a format and relevant insertion arguments. The string should not
28802 contain any newlines, not even at the end.
28803
28804
28805 .vitem &*void&~receive_add_recipient(uschar&~*address,&~int&~pno)*&
28806 This function adds an additional recipient to the message. The first argument
28807 is the recipient address. If it is unqualified (has no domain), it is qualified
28808 with the &%qualify_recipient%& domain. The second argument must always be -1.
28809
28810 This function does not allow you to specify a private &%errors_to%& address (as
28811 described with the structure of &%recipient_item%& above), because it pre-dates
28812 the addition of that field to the structure. However, it is easy to add such a
28813 value afterwards. For example:
28814 .code
28815 receive_add_recipient(US"monitor@mydom.example", -1);
28816 recipients_list[recipients_count-1].errors_to =
28817 US"postmaster@mydom.example";
28818 .endd
28819
28820 .vitem &*BOOL&~receive_remove_recipient(uschar&~*recipient)*&
28821 This is a convenience function to remove a named recipient from the list of
28822 recipients. It returns true if a recipient was removed, and false if no
28823 matching recipient could be found. The argument must be a complete email
28824 address.
28825 .endlist
28826
28827
28828 .cindex "RFC 2047"
28829 .vlist
28830 .vitem "&*uschar&~rfc2047_decode(uschar&~*string,&~BOOL&~lencheck,&&&
28831 &~uschar&~*target,&~int&~zeroval,&~int&~*lenptr, &~&~uschar&~**error)*&"
28832 This function decodes strings that are encoded according to RFC 2047. Typically
28833 these are the contents of header lines. First, each &"encoded word"& is decoded
28834 from the Q or B encoding into a byte-string. Then, if provided with the name of
28835 a charset encoding, and if the &[iconv()]& function is available, an attempt is
28836 made to translate the result to the named character set. If this fails, the
28837 binary string is returned with an error message.
28838
28839 The first argument is the string to be decoded. If &%lencheck%& is TRUE, the
28840 maximum MIME word length is enforced. The third argument is the target
28841 encoding, or NULL if no translation is wanted.
28842
28843 .cindex "binary zero" "in RFC 2047 decoding"
28844 .cindex "RFC 2047" "binary zero in"
28845 If a binary zero is encountered in the decoded string, it is replaced by the
28846 contents of the &%zeroval%& argument. For use with Exim headers, the value must
28847 not be 0 because header lines are handled as zero-terminated strings.
28848
28849 The function returns the result of processing the string, zero-terminated; if
28850 &%lenptr%& is not NULL, the length of the result is set in the variable to
28851 which it points. When &%zeroval%& is 0, &%lenptr%& should not be NULL.
28852
28853 If an error is encountered, the function returns NULL and uses the &%error%&
28854 argument to return an error message. The variable pointed to by &%error%& is
28855 set to NULL if there is no error; it may be set non-NULL even when the function
28856 returns a non-NULL value if decoding was successful, but there was a problem
28857 with translation.
28858
28859
28860 .vitem &*int&~smtp_fflush(void)*&
28861 This function is used in conjunction with &'smtp_printf()'&, as described
28862 below.
28863
28864 .vitem &*void&~smtp_printf(char&~*,&~...)*&
28865 The arguments of this function are like &[printf()]&; it writes to the SMTP
28866 output stream. You should use this function only when there is an SMTP output
28867 stream, that is, when the incoming message is being received via interactive
28868 SMTP. This is the case when &%smtp_input%& is TRUE and &%smtp_batched_input%&
28869 is FALSE. If you want to test for an incoming message from another host (as
28870 opposed to a local process that used the &%-bs%& command line option), you can
28871 test the value of &%sender_host_address%&, which is non-NULL when a remote host
28872 is involved.
28873
28874 If an SMTP TLS connection is established, &'smtp_printf()'& uses the TLS
28875 output function, so it can be used for all forms of SMTP connection.
28876
28877 Strings that are written by &'smtp_printf()'& from within &[local_scan()]&
28878 must start with an appropriate response code: 550 if you are going to return
28879 LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT, 451 if you are going to return
28880 LOCAL_SCAN_TEMPREJECT, and 250 otherwise. Because you are writing the
28881 initial lines of a multi-line response, the code must be followed by a hyphen
28882 to indicate that the line is not the final response line. You must also ensure
28883 that the lines you write terminate with CRLF. For example:
28884 .code
28885 smtp_printf("550-this is some extra info\r\n");
28886 return LOCAL_SCAN_REJECT;
28887 .endd
28888 Note that you can also create multi-line responses by including newlines in
28889 the data returned via the &%return_text%& argument. The added value of using
28890 &'smtp_printf()'& is that, for instance, you could introduce delays between
28891 multiple output lines.
28892
28893 The &'smtp_printf()'& function does not return any error indication, because it
28894 does not automatically flush pending output, and therefore does not test
28895 the state of the stream. (In the main code of Exim, flushing and error
28896 detection is done when Exim is ready for the next SMTP input command.) If
28897 you want to flush the output and check for an error (for example, the
28898 dropping of a TCP/IP connection), you can call &'smtp_fflush()'&, which has no
28899 arguments. It flushes the output stream, and returns a non-zero value if there
28900 is an error.
28901
28902 .vitem &*void&~*store_get(int)*&
28903 This function accesses Exim's internal store (memory) manager. It gets a new
28904 chunk of memory whose size is given by the argument. Exim bombs out if it ever
28905 runs out of memory. See the next section for a discussion of memory handling.
28906
28907 .vitem &*void&~*store_get_perm(int)*&
28908 This function is like &'store_get()'&, but it always gets memory from the
28909 permanent pool. See the next section for a discussion of memory handling.
28910
28911 .vitem &*uschar&~*string_copy(uschar&~*string)*&
28912 See below.
28913
28914 .vitem &*uschar&~*string_copyn(uschar&~*string,&~int&~length)*&
28915 See below.
28916
28917 .vitem &*uschar&~*string_sprintf(char&~*format,&~...)*&
28918 These three functions create strings using Exim's dynamic memory facilities.
28919 The first makes a copy of an entire string. The second copies up to a maximum
28920 number of characters, indicated by the second argument. The third uses a format
28921 and insertion arguments to create a new string. In each case, the result is a
28922 pointer to a new string in the current memory pool. See the next section for
28923 more discussion.
28924 .endlist
28925
28926
28927
28928 .section "More about Exim's memory handling" "SECTmemhanloc"
28929 .cindex "&[local_scan()]& function" "memory handling"
28930 No function is provided for freeing memory, because that is never needed.
28931 The dynamic memory that Exim uses when receiving a message is automatically
28932 recycled if another message is received by the same process (this applies only
28933 to incoming SMTP connections &-- other input methods can supply only one
28934 message at a time). After receiving the last message, a reception process
28935 terminates.
28936
28937 Because it is recycled, the normal dynamic memory cannot be used for holding
28938 data that must be preserved over a number of incoming messages on the same SMTP
28939 connection. However, Exim in fact uses two pools of dynamic memory; the second
28940 one is not recycled, and can be used for this purpose.
28941
28942 If you want to allocate memory that remains available for subsequent messages
28943 in the same SMTP connection, you should set
28944 .code
28945 store_pool = POOL_PERM
28946 .endd
28947 before calling the function that does the allocation. There is no need to
28948 restore the value if you do not need to; however, if you do want to revert to
28949 the normal pool, you can either restore the previous value of &%store_pool%& or
28950 set it explicitly to POOL_MAIN.
28951
28952 The pool setting applies to all functions that get dynamic memory, including
28953 &'expand_string()'&, &'store_get()'&, and the &'string_xxx()'& functions.
28954 There is also a convenience function called &'store_get_perm()'& that gets a
28955 block of memory from the permanent pool while preserving the value of
28956 &%store_pool%&.
28957 .ecindex IIDlosca
28958
28959
28960
28961
28962 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28963 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28964
28965 .chapter "System-wide message filtering" "CHAPsystemfilter"
28966 .scindex IIDsysfil1 "filter" "system filter"
28967 .scindex IIDsysfil2 "filtering all mail"
28968 .scindex IIDsysfil3 "system filter"
28969 The previous chapters (on ACLs and the local scan function) describe checks
28970 that can be applied to messages before they are accepted by a host. There is
28971 also a mechanism for checking messages once they have been received, but before
28972 they are delivered. This is called the &'system filter'&.
28973
28974 The system filter operates in a similar manner to users' filter files, but it
28975 is run just once per message (however many recipients the message has).
28976 It should not normally be used as a substitute for routing, because &%deliver%&
28977 commands in a system router provide new envelope recipient addresses.
28978 The system filter must be an Exim filter. It cannot be a Sieve filter.
28979
28980 The system filter is run at the start of a delivery attempt, before any routing
28981 is done. If a message fails to be completely delivered at the first attempt,
28982 the system filter is run again at the start of every retry.
28983 If you want your filter to do something only once per message, you can make use
28984 of the &%first_delivery%& condition in an &%if%& command in the filter to
28985 prevent it happening on retries.
28986
28987 .vindex "&$domain$&"
28988 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
28989 &*Warning*&: Because the system filter runs just once, variables that are
28990 specific to individual recipient addresses, such as &$local_part$& and
28991 &$domain$&, are not set, and the &"personal"& condition is not meaningful. If
28992 you want to run a centrally-specified filter for each recipient address
28993 independently, you can do so by setting up a suitable &(redirect)& router, as
28994 described in section &<<SECTperaddfil>>& below.
28995
28996
28997 .section "Specifying a system filter" "SECID212"
28998 .cindex "uid (user id)" "system filter"
28999 .cindex "gid (group id)" "system filter"
29000 The name of the file that contains the system filter must be specified by
29001 setting &%system_filter%&. If you want the filter to run under a uid and gid
29002 other than root, you must also set &%system_filter_user%& and
29003 &%system_filter_group%& as appropriate. For example:
29004 .code
29005 system_filter = /etc/mail/exim.filter
29006 system_filter_user = exim
29007 .endd
29008 If a system filter generates any deliveries directly to files or pipes (via the
29009 &%save%& or &%pipe%& commands), transports to handle these deliveries must be
29010 specified by setting &%system_filter_file_transport%& and
29011 &%system_filter_pipe_transport%&, respectively. Similarly,
29012 &%system_filter_reply_transport%& must be set to handle any messages generated
29013 by the &%reply%& command.
29014
29015
29016 .section "Testing a system filter" "SECID213"
29017 You can run simple tests of a system filter in the same way as for a user
29018 filter, but you should use &%-bF%& rather than &%-bf%&, so that features that
29019 are permitted only in system filters are recognized.
29020
29021 If you want to test the combined effect of a system filter and a user filter,
29022 you can use both &%-bF%& and &%-bf%& on the same command line.
29023
29024
29025
29026 .section "Contents of a system filter" "SECID214"
29027 The language used to specify system filters is the same as for users' filter
29028 files. It is described in the separate end-user document &'Exim's interface to
29029 mail filtering'&. However, there are some additional features that are
29030 available only in system filters; these are described in subsequent sections.
29031 If they are encountered in a user's filter file or when testing with &%-bf%&,
29032 they cause errors.
29033
29034 .cindex "frozen messages" "manual thaw; testing in filter"
29035 There are two special conditions which, though available in users' filter
29036 files, are designed for use in system filters. The condition &%first_delivery%&
29037 is true only for the first attempt at delivering a message, and
29038 &%manually_thawed%& is true only if the message has been frozen, and
29039 subsequently thawed by an admin user. An explicit forced delivery counts as a
29040 manual thaw, but thawing as a result of the &%auto_thaw%& setting does not.
29041
29042 &*Warning*&: If a system filter uses the &%first_delivery%& condition to
29043 specify an &"unseen"& (non-significant) delivery, and that delivery does not
29044 succeed, it will not be tried again.
29045 If you want Exim to retry an unseen delivery until it succeeds, you should
29046 arrange to set it up every time the filter runs.
29047
29048 When a system filter finishes running, the values of the variables &$n0$& &--
29049 &$n9$& are copied into &$sn0$& &-- &$sn9$& and are thereby made available to
29050 users' filter files. Thus a system filter can, for example, set up &"scores"&
29051 to which users' filter files can refer.
29052
29053
29054
29055 .section "Additional variable for system filters" "SECID215"
29056 .vindex "&$recipients$&"
29057 The expansion variable &$recipients$&, containing a list of all the recipients
29058 of the message (separated by commas and white space), is available in system
29059 filters. It is not available in users' filters for privacy reasons.
29060
29061
29062
29063 .section "Defer, freeze, and fail commands for system filters" "SECID216"
29064 .cindex "freezing messages"
29065 .cindex "message" "freezing"
29066 .cindex "message" "forced failure"
29067 .cindex "&%fail%&" "in system filter"
29068 .cindex "&%freeze%& in system filter"
29069 .cindex "&%defer%& in system filter"
29070 There are three extra commands (&%defer%&, &%freeze%& and &%fail%&) which are
29071 always available in system filters, but are not normally enabled in users'
29072 filters. (See the &%allow_defer%&, &%allow_freeze%& and &%allow_fail%& options
29073 for the &(redirect)& router.) These commands can optionally be followed by the
29074 word &%text%& and a string containing an error message, for example:
29075 .code
29076 fail text "this message looks like spam to me"
29077 .endd
29078 The keyword &%text%& is optional if the next character is a double quote.
29079
29080 The &%defer%& command defers delivery of the original recipients of the
29081 message. The &%fail%& command causes all the original recipients to be failed,
29082 and a bounce message to be created. The &%freeze%& command suspends all
29083 delivery attempts for the original recipients. In all cases, any new deliveries
29084 that are specified by the filter are attempted as normal after the filter has
29085 run.
29086
29087 The &%freeze%& command is ignored if the message has been manually unfrozen and
29088 not manually frozen since. This means that automatic freezing by a system
29089 filter can be used as a way of checking out suspicious messages. If a message
29090 is found to be all right, manually unfreezing it allows it to be delivered.
29091
29092 .cindex "log" "&%fail%& command log line"
29093 .cindex "&%fail%&" "log line; reducing"
29094 The text given with a fail command is used as part of the bounce message as
29095 well as being written to the log. If the message is quite long, this can fill
29096 up a lot of log space when such failures are common. To reduce the size of the
29097 log message, Exim interprets the text in a special way if it starts with the
29098 two characters &`<<`& and contains &`>>`& later. The text between these two
29099 strings is written to the log, and the rest of the text is used in the bounce
29100 message. For example:
29101 .code
29102 fail "<<filter test 1>>Your message is rejected \
29103 because it contains attachments that we are \
29104 not prepared to receive."
29105 .endd
29106
29107 .cindex "loop" "caused by &%fail%&"
29108 Take great care with the &%fail%& command when basing the decision to fail on
29109 the contents of the message, because the bounce message will of course include
29110 the contents of the original message and will therefore trigger the &%fail%&
29111 command again (causing a mail loop) unless steps are taken to prevent this.
29112 Testing the &%error_message%& condition is one way to prevent this. You could
29113 use, for example
29114 .code
29115 if $message_body contains "this is spam" and not error_message
29116 then fail text "spam is not wanted here" endif
29117 .endd
29118 though of course that might let through unwanted bounce messages. The
29119 alternative is clever checking of the body and/or headers to detect bounces
29120 generated by the filter.
29121
29122 The interpretation of a system filter file ceases after a
29123 &%defer%&,
29124 &%freeze%&, or &%fail%& command is obeyed. However, any deliveries that were
29125 set up earlier in the filter file are honoured, so you can use a sequence such
29126 as
29127 .code
29128 mail ...
29129 freeze
29130 .endd
29131 to send a specified message when the system filter is freezing (or deferring or
29132 failing) a message. The normal deliveries for the message do not, of course,
29133 take place.
29134
29135
29136
29137 .section "Adding and removing headers in a system filter" "SECTaddremheasys"
29138 .cindex "header lines" "adding; in system filter"
29139 .cindex "header lines" "removing; in system filter"
29140 .cindex "filter" "header lines; adding/removing"
29141 Two filter commands that are available only in system filters are:
29142 .code
29143 headers add <string>
29144 headers remove <string>
29145 .endd
29146 The argument for the &%headers add%& is a string that is expanded and then
29147 added to the end of the message's headers. It is the responsibility of the
29148 filter maintainer to make sure it conforms to RFC 2822 syntax. Leading white
29149 space is ignored, and if the string is otherwise empty, or if the expansion is
29150 forced to fail, the command has no effect.
29151
29152 You can use &"\n"& within the string, followed by white space, to specify
29153 continued header lines. More than one header may be added in one command by
29154 including &"\n"& within the string without any following white space. For
29155 example:
29156 .code
29157 headers add "X-header-1: ....\n \
29158 continuation of X-header-1 ...\n\
29159 X-header-2: ...."
29160 .endd
29161 Note that the header line continuation white space after the first newline must
29162 be placed before the backslash that continues the input string, because white
29163 space after input continuations is ignored.
29164
29165 The argument for &%headers remove%& is a colon-separated list of header names.
29166 This command applies only to those headers that are stored with the message;
29167 those that are added at delivery time (such as &'Envelope-To:'& and
29168 &'Return-Path:'&) cannot be removed by this means. If there is more than one
29169 header with the same name, they are all removed.
29170
29171 The &%headers%& command in a system filter makes an immediate change to the set
29172 of header lines that was received with the message (with possible additions
29173 from ACL processing). Subsequent commands in the system filter operate on the
29174 modified set, which also forms the basis for subsequent message delivery.
29175 Unless further modified during routing or transporting, this set of headers is
29176 used for all recipients of the message.
29177
29178 During routing and transporting, the variables that refer to the contents of
29179 header lines refer only to those lines that are in this set. Thus, header lines
29180 that are added by a system filter are visible to users' filter files and to all
29181 routers and transports. This contrasts with the manipulation of header lines by
29182 routers and transports, which is not immediate, but which instead is saved up
29183 until the message is actually being written (see section
29184 &<<SECTheadersaddrem>>&).
29185
29186 If the message is not delivered at the first attempt, header lines that were
29187 added by the system filter are stored with the message, and so are still
29188 present at the next delivery attempt. Header lines that were removed are still
29189 present, but marked &"deleted"& so that they are not transported with the
29190 message. For this reason, it is usual to make the &%headers%& command
29191 conditional on &%first_delivery%& so that the set of header lines is not
29192 modified more than once.
29193
29194 Because header modification in a system filter acts immediately, you have to
29195 use an indirect approach if you want to modify the contents of a header line.
29196 For example:
29197 .code
29198 headers add "Old-Subject: $h_subject:"
29199 headers remove "Subject"
29200 headers add "Subject: new subject (was: $h_old-subject:)"
29201 headers remove "Old-Subject"
29202 .endd
29203
29204
29205
29206 .section "Setting an errors address in a system filter" "SECID217"
29207 .cindex "envelope sender"
29208 In a system filter, if a &%deliver%& command is followed by
29209 .code
29210 errors_to <some address>
29211 .endd
29212 in order to change the envelope sender (and hence the error reporting) for that
29213 delivery, any address may be specified. (In a user filter, only the current
29214 user's address can be set.) For example, if some mail is being monitored, you
29215 might use
29216 .code
29217 unseen deliver monitor@spying.example errors_to root@local.example
29218 .endd
29219 to take a copy which would not be sent back to the normal error reporting
29220 address if its delivery failed.
29221
29222
29223
29224 .section "Per-address filtering" "SECTperaddfil"
29225 .vindex "&$domain$&"
29226 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
29227 In contrast to the system filter, which is run just once per message for each
29228 delivery attempt, it is also possible to set up a system-wide filtering
29229 operation that runs once for each recipient address. In this case, variables
29230 such as &$local_part$& and &$domain$& can be used, and indeed, the choice of
29231 filter file could be made dependent on them. This is an example of a router
29232 which implements such a filter:
29233 .code
29234 central_filter:
29235 check_local_user
29236 driver = redirect
29237 domains = +local_domains
29238 file = /central/filters/$local_part
29239 no_verify
29240 allow_filter
29241 allow_freeze
29242 .endd
29243 The filter is run in a separate process under its own uid. Therefore, either
29244 &%check_local_user%& must be set (as above), in which case the filter is run as
29245 the local user, or the &%user%& option must be used to specify which user to
29246 use. If both are set, &%user%& overrides.
29247
29248 Care should be taken to ensure that none of the commands in the filter file
29249 specify a significant delivery if the message is to go on to be delivered to
29250 its intended recipient. The router will not then claim to have dealt with the
29251 address, so it will be passed on to subsequent routers to be delivered in the
29252 normal way.
29253 .ecindex IIDsysfil1
29254 .ecindex IIDsysfil2
29255 .ecindex IIDsysfil3
29256
29257
29258
29259
29260
29261
29262 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29263 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29264
29265 .chapter "Message processing" "CHAPmsgproc"
29266 .scindex IIDmesproc "message" "general processing"
29267 Exim performs various transformations on the sender and recipient addresses of
29268 all messages that it handles, and also on the messages' header lines. Some of
29269 these are optional and configurable, while others always take place. All of
29270 this processing, except rewriting as a result of routing, and the addition or
29271 removal of header lines while delivering, happens when a message is received,
29272 before it is placed on Exim's queue.
29273
29274 Some of the automatic processing takes place by default only for
29275 &"locally-originated"& messages. This adjective is used to describe messages
29276 that are not received over TCP/IP, but instead are passed to an Exim process on
29277 its standard input. This includes the interactive &"local SMTP"& case that is
29278 set up by the &%-bs%& command line option.
29279
29280 &*Note*&: Messages received over TCP/IP on the loopback interface (127.0.0.1
29281 or ::1) are not considered to be locally-originated. Exim does not treat the
29282 loopback interface specially in any way.
29283
29284 If you want the loopback interface to be treated specially, you must ensure
29285 that there are appropriate entries in your ACLs.
29286
29287
29288
29289
29290 .section "Submission mode for non-local messages" "SECTsubmodnon"
29291 .cindex "message" "submission"
29292 .cindex "submission mode"
29293 Processing that happens automatically for locally-originated messages (unless
29294 &%suppress_local_fixups%& is set) can also be requested for messages that are
29295 received over TCP/IP. The term &"submission mode"& is used to describe this
29296 state. Submission mode is set by the modifier
29297 .code
29298 control = submission
29299 .endd
29300 in a MAIL, RCPT, or pre-data ACL for an incoming message (see sections
29301 &<<SECTACLmodi>>& and &<<SECTcontrols>>&). This makes Exim treat the message as
29302 a local submission, and is normally used when the source of the message is
29303 known to be an MUA running on a client host (as opposed to an MTA). For
29304 example, to set submission mode for messages originating on the IPv4 loopback
29305 interface, you could include the following in the MAIL ACL:
29306 .code
29307 warn hosts = 127.0.0.1
29308 control = submission
29309 .endd
29310 .cindex "&%sender_retain%& submission option"
29311 There are some options that can be used when setting submission mode. A slash
29312 is used to separate options. For example:
29313 .code
29314 control = submission/sender_retain
29315 .endd
29316 Specifying &%sender_retain%& has the effect of setting &%local_sender_retain%&
29317 true and &%local_from_check%& false for the current incoming message. The first
29318 of these allows an existing &'Sender:'& header in the message to remain, and
29319 the second suppresses the check to ensure that &'From:'& matches the
29320 authenticated sender. With this setting, Exim still fixes up messages by adding
29321 &'Date:'& and &'Message-ID:'& header lines if they are missing, but makes no
29322 attempt to check sender authenticity in header lines.
29323
29324 When &%sender_retain%& is not set, a submission mode setting may specify a
29325 domain to be used when generating a &'From:'& or &'Sender:'& header line. For
29326 example:
29327 .code
29328 control = submission/domain=some.domain
29329 .endd
29330 The domain may be empty. How this value is used is described in sections
29331 &<<SECTthefrohea>>& and &<<SECTthesenhea>>&. There is also a &%name%& option
29332 that allows you to specify the user's full name for inclusion in a created
29333 &'Sender:'& or &'From:'& header line. For example:
29334 .code
29335 accept authenticated = *
29336 control = submission/domain=wonderland.example/\
29337 name=${lookup {$authenticated_id} \
29338 lsearch {/etc/exim/namelist}}
29339 .endd
29340 Because the name may contain any characters, including slashes, the &%name%&
29341 option must be given last. The remainder of the string is used as the name. For
29342 the example above, if &_/etc/exim/namelist_& contains:
29343 .code
29344 bigegg: Humpty Dumpty
29345 .endd
29346 then when the sender has authenticated as &'bigegg'&, the generated &'Sender:'&
29347 line would be:
29348 .code
29349 Sender: Humpty Dumpty <bigegg@wonderland.example>
29350 .endd
29351 .cindex "return path" "in submission mode"
29352 By default, submission mode forces the return path to the same address as is
29353 used to create the &'Sender:'& header. However, if &%sender_retain%& is
29354 specified, the return path is also left unchanged.
29355
29356 &*Note*&: The changes caused by submission mode take effect after the predata
29357 ACL. This means that any sender checks performed before the fix-ups use the
29358 untrusted sender address specified by the user, not the trusted sender address
29359 specified by submission mode. Although this might be slightly unexpected, it
29360 does mean that you can configure ACL checks to spot that a user is trying to
29361 spoof another's address.
29362
29363 .section "Line endings" "SECTlineendings"
29364 .cindex "line endings"
29365 .cindex "carriage return"
29366 .cindex "linefeed"
29367 RFC 2821 specifies that CRLF (two characters: carriage-return, followed by
29368 linefeed) is the line ending for messages transmitted over the Internet using
29369 SMTP over TCP/IP. However, within individual operating systems, different
29370 conventions are used. For example, Unix-like systems use just LF, but others
29371 use CRLF or just CR.
29372
29373 Exim was designed for Unix-like systems, and internally, it stores messages
29374 using the system's convention of a single LF as a line terminator. When
29375 receiving a message, all line endings are translated to this standard format.
29376 Originally, it was thought that programs that passed messages directly to an
29377 MTA within an operating system would use that system's convention. Experience
29378 has shown that this is not the case; for example, there are Unix applications
29379 that use CRLF in this circumstance. For this reason, and for compatibility with
29380 other MTAs, the way Exim handles line endings for all messages is now as
29381 follows:
29382
29383 .ilist
29384 LF not preceded by CR is treated as a line ending.
29385 .next
29386 CR is treated as a line ending; if it is immediately followed by LF, the LF
29387 is ignored.
29388 .next
29389 The sequence &"CR, dot, CR"& does not terminate an incoming SMTP message,
29390 nor a local message in the state where a line containing only a dot is a
29391 terminator.
29392 .next
29393 If a bare CR is encountered within a header line, an extra space is added after
29394 the line terminator so as not to end the header line. The reasoning behind this
29395 is that bare CRs in header lines are most likely either to be mistakes, or
29396 people trying to play silly games.
29397 .next
29398 If the first header line received in a message ends with CRLF, a subsequent
29399 bare LF in a header line is treated in the same way as a bare CR in a header
29400 line.
29401 .endlist
29402
29403
29404
29405
29406
29407 .section "Unqualified addresses" "SECID218"
29408 .cindex "unqualified addresses"
29409 .cindex "address" "qualification"
29410 By default, Exim expects every envelope address it receives from an external
29411 host to be fully qualified. Unqualified addresses cause negative responses to
29412 SMTP commands. However, because SMTP is used as a means of transporting
29413 messages from MUAs running on personal workstations, there is sometimes a
29414 requirement to accept unqualified addresses from specific hosts or IP networks.
29415
29416 Exim has two options that separately control which hosts may send unqualified
29417 sender or recipient addresses in SMTP commands, namely
29418 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& and &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&. In both
29419 cases, if an unqualified address is accepted, it is qualified by adding the
29420 value of &%qualify_domain%& or &%qualify_recipient%&, as appropriate.
29421
29422 .oindex "&%qualify_domain%&"
29423 .oindex "&%qualify_recipient%&"
29424 Unqualified addresses in header lines are automatically qualified for messages
29425 that are locally originated, unless the &%-bnq%& option is given on the command
29426 line. For messages received over SMTP, unqualified addresses in header lines
29427 are qualified only if unqualified addresses are permitted in SMTP commands. In
29428 other words, such qualification is also controlled by
29429 &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& and &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%&,
29430
29431
29432
29433
29434 .section "The UUCP From line" "SECID219"
29435 .cindex "&""From""& line"
29436 .cindex "UUCP" "&""From""& line"
29437 .cindex "sender" "address"
29438 .oindex "&%uucp_from_pattern%&"
29439 .oindex "&%uucp_from_sender%&"
29440 .cindex "envelope sender"
29441 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&""From""& line"
29442 Messages that have come from UUCP (and some other applications) often begin
29443 with a line containing the envelope sender and a timestamp, following the word
29444 &"From"&. Examples of two common formats are:
29445 .code
29446 From a.oakley@berlin.mus Fri Jan 5 12:35 GMT 1996
29447 From f.butler@berlin.mus Fri, 7 Jan 97 14:00:00 GMT
29448 .endd
29449 This line precedes the RFC 2822 header lines. For compatibility with Sendmail,
29450 Exim recognizes such lines at the start of messages that are submitted to it
29451 via the command line (that is, on the standard input). It does not recognize
29452 such lines in incoming SMTP messages, unless the sending host matches
29453 &%ignore_fromline_hosts%& or the &%-bs%& option was used for a local message
29454 and &%ignore_fromline_local%& is set. The recognition is controlled by a
29455 regular expression that is defined by the &%uucp_from_pattern%& option, whose
29456 default value matches the two common cases shown above and puts the address
29457 that follows &"From"& into &$1$&.
29458
29459 .cindex "numerical variables (&$1$& &$2$& etc)" "in &""From ""& line handling"
29460 When the caller of Exim for a non-SMTP message that contains a &"From"& line is
29461 a trusted user, the message's sender address is constructed by expanding the
29462 contents of &%uucp_sender_address%&, whose default value is &"$1"&. This is
29463 then parsed as an RFC 2822 address. If there is no domain, the local part is
29464 qualified with &%qualify_domain%& unless it is the empty string. However, if
29465 the command line &%-f%& option is used, it overrides the &"From"& line.
29466
29467 If the caller of Exim is not trusted, the &"From"& line is recognized, but the
29468 sender address is not changed. This is also the case for incoming SMTP messages
29469 that are permitted to contain &"From"& lines.
29470
29471 Only one &"From"& line is recognized. If there is more than one, the second is
29472 treated as a data line that starts the body of the message, as it is not valid
29473 as a header line. This also happens if a &"From"& line is present in an
29474 incoming SMTP message from a source that is not permitted to send them.
29475
29476
29477
29478 .section "Resent- header lines" "SECID220"
29479 .cindex "&%Resent-%& header lines"
29480 RFC 2822 makes provision for sets of header lines starting with the string
29481 &`Resent-`& to be added to a message when it is resent by the original
29482 recipient to somebody else. These headers are &'Resent-Date:'&,
29483 &'Resent-From:'&, &'Resent-Sender:'&, &'Resent-To:'&, &'Resent-Cc:'&,
29484 &'Resent-Bcc:'& and &'Resent-Message-ID:'&. The RFC says:
29485
29486 .blockquote
29487 &'Resent fields are strictly informational. They MUST NOT be used in the normal
29488 processing of replies or other such automatic actions on messages.'&
29489 .endblockquote
29490
29491 This leaves things a bit vague as far as other processing actions such as
29492 address rewriting are concerned. Exim treats &%Resent-%& header lines as
29493 follows:
29494
29495 .ilist
29496 A &'Resent-From:'& line that just contains the login id of the submitting user
29497 is automatically rewritten in the same way as &'From:'& (see below).
29498 .next
29499 If there's a rewriting rule for a particular header line, it is also applied to
29500 &%Resent-%& header lines of the same type. For example, a rule that rewrites
29501 &'From:'& also rewrites &'Resent-From:'&.
29502 .next
29503 For local messages, if &'Sender:'& is removed on input, &'Resent-Sender:'& is
29504 also removed.
29505 .next
29506 For a locally-submitted message,
29507 if there are any &%Resent-%& header lines but no &'Resent-Date:'&,
29508 &'Resent-From:'&, or &'Resent-Message-Id:'&, they are added as necessary. It is
29509 the contents of &'Resent-Message-Id:'& (rather than &'Message-Id:'&) which are
29510 included in log lines in this case.
29511 .next
29512 The logic for adding &'Sender:'& is duplicated for &'Resent-Sender:'& when any
29513 &%Resent-%& header lines are present.
29514 .endlist
29515
29516
29517
29518
29519 .section "The Auto-Submitted: header line" "SECID221"
29520 Whenever Exim generates an autoreply, a bounce, or a delay warning message, it
29521 includes the header line:
29522 .code
29523 Auto-Submitted: auto-replied
29524 .endd
29525
29526 .section "The Bcc: header line" "SECID222"
29527 .cindex "&'Bcc:'& header line"
29528 If Exim is called with the &%-t%& option, to take recipient addresses from a
29529 message's header, it removes any &'Bcc:'& header line that may exist (after
29530 extracting its addresses). If &%-t%& is not present on the command line, any
29531 existing &'Bcc:'& is not removed.
29532
29533
29534 .section "The Date: header line" "SECID223"
29535 .cindex "&'Date:'& header line"
29536 If a locally-generated or submission-mode message has no &'Date:'& header line,
29537 Exim adds one, using the current date and time, unless the
29538 &%suppress_local_fixups%& control has been specified.
29539
29540 .section "The Delivery-date: header line" "SECID224"
29541 .cindex "&'Delivery-date:'& header line"
29542 .oindex "&%delivery_date_remove%&"
29543 &'Delivery-date:'& header lines are not part of the standard RFC 2822 header
29544 set. Exim can be configured to add them to the final delivery of messages. (See
29545 the generic &%delivery_date_add%& transport option.) They should not be present
29546 in messages in transit. If the &%delivery_date_remove%& configuration option is
29547 set (the default), Exim removes &'Delivery-date:'& header lines from incoming
29548 messages.
29549
29550
29551 .section "The Envelope-to: header line" "SECID225"
29552 .cindex "&'Envelope-to:'& header line"
29553 .oindex "&%envelope_to_remove%&"
29554 &'Envelope-to:'& header lines are not part of the standard RFC 2822 header set.
29555 Exim can be configured to add them to the final delivery of messages. (See the
29556 generic &%envelope_to_add%& transport option.) They should not be present in
29557 messages in transit. If the &%envelope_to_remove%& configuration option is set
29558 (the default), Exim removes &'Envelope-to:'& header lines from incoming
29559 messages.
29560
29561
29562 .section "The From: header line" "SECTthefrohea"
29563 .cindex "&'From:'& header line"
29564 .cindex "Sendmail compatibility" "&""From""& line"
29565 .cindex "message" "submission"
29566 .cindex "submission mode"
29567 If a submission-mode message does not contain a &'From:'& header line, Exim
29568 adds one if either of the following conditions is true:
29569
29570 .ilist
29571 The envelope sender address is not empty (that is, this is not a bounce
29572 message). The added header line copies the envelope sender address.
29573 .next
29574 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
29575 The SMTP session is authenticated and &$authenticated_id$& is not empty.
29576 .olist
29577 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
29578 If no domain is specified by the submission control, the local part is
29579 &$authenticated_id$& and the domain is &$qualify_domain$&.
29580 .next
29581 If a non-empty domain is specified by the submission control, the local
29582 part is &$authenticated_id$&, and the domain is the specified domain.
29583 .next
29584 If an empty domain is specified by the submission control,
29585 &$authenticated_id$& is assumed to be the complete address.
29586 .endlist
29587 .endlist
29588
29589 A non-empty envelope sender takes precedence.
29590
29591 If a locally-generated incoming message does not contain a &'From:'& header
29592 line, and the &%suppress_local_fixups%& control is not set, Exim adds one
29593 containing the sender's address. The calling user's login name and full name
29594 are used to construct the address, as described in section &<<SECTconstr>>&.
29595 They are obtained from the password data by calling &[getpwuid()]& (but see the
29596 &%unknown_login%& configuration option). The address is qualified with
29597 &%qualify_domain%&.
29598
29599 For compatibility with Sendmail, if an incoming, non-SMTP message has a
29600 &'From:'& header line containing just the unqualified login name of the calling
29601 user, this is replaced by an address containing the user's login name and full
29602 name as described in section &<<SECTconstr>>&.
29603
29604
29605 .section "The Message-ID: header line" "SECID226"
29606 .cindex "&'Message-ID:'& header line"
29607 .cindex "message" "submission"
29608 .oindex "&%message_id_header_text%&"
29609 If a locally-generated or submission-mode incoming message does not contain a
29610 &'Message-ID:'& or &'Resent-Message-ID:'& header line, and the
29611 &%suppress_local_fixups%& control is not set, Exim adds a suitable header line
29612 to the message. If there are any &'Resent-:'& headers in the message, it
29613 creates &'Resent-Message-ID:'&. The id is constructed from Exim's internal
29614 message id, preceded by the letter E to ensure it starts with a letter, and
29615 followed by @ and the primary host name. Additional information can be included
29616 in this header line by setting the &%message_id_header_text%& and/or
29617 &%message_id_header_domain%& options.
29618
29619
29620 .section "The Received: header line" "SECID227"
29621 .cindex "&'Received:'& header line"
29622 A &'Received:'& header line is added at the start of every message. The
29623 contents are defined by the &%received_header_text%& configuration option, and
29624 Exim automatically adds a semicolon and a timestamp to the configured string.
29625
29626 The &'Received:'& header is generated as soon as the message's header lines
29627 have been received. At this stage, the timestamp in the &'Received:'& header
29628 line is the time that the message started to be received. This is the value
29629 that is seen by the DATA ACL and by the &[local_scan()]& function.
29630
29631 Once a message is accepted, the timestamp in the &'Received:'& header line is
29632 changed to the time of acceptance, which is (apart from a small delay while the
29633 -H spool file is written) the earliest time at which delivery could start.
29634
29635
29636 .section "The References: header line" "SECID228"
29637 .cindex "&'References:'& header line"
29638 Messages created by the &(autoreply)& transport include a &'References:'&
29639 header line. This is constructed according to the rules that are described in
29640 section 3.64 of RFC 2822 (which states that replies should contain such a
29641 header line), and section 3.14 of RFC 3834 (which states that automatic
29642 responses are not different in this respect). However, because some mail
29643 processing software does not cope well with very long header lines, no more
29644 than 12 message IDs are copied from the &'References:'& header line in the
29645 incoming message. If there are more than 12, the first one and then the final
29646 11 are copied, before adding the message ID of the incoming message.
29647
29648
29649
29650 .section "The Return-path: header line" "SECID229"
29651 .cindex "&'Return-path:'& header line"
29652 .oindex "&%return_path_remove%&"
29653 &'Return-path:'& header lines are defined as something an MTA may insert when
29654 it does the final delivery of messages. (See the generic &%return_path_add%&
29655 transport option.) Therefore, they should not be present in messages in
29656 transit. If the &%return_path_remove%& configuration option is set (the
29657 default), Exim removes &'Return-path:'& header lines from incoming messages.
29658
29659
29660
29661 .section "The Sender: header line" "SECTthesenhea"
29662 .cindex "&'Sender:'& header line"
29663 .cindex "message" "submission"
29664 For a locally-originated message from an untrusted user, Exim may remove an
29665 existing &'Sender:'& header line, and it may add a new one. You can modify
29666 these actions by setting the &%local_sender_retain%& option true, the
29667 &%local_from_check%& option false, or by using the &%suppress_local_fixups%&
29668 control setting.
29669
29670 When a local message is received from an untrusted user and
29671 &%local_from_check%& is true (the default), and the &%suppress_local_fixups%&
29672 control has not been set, a check is made to see if the address given in the
29673 &'From:'& header line is the correct (local) sender of the message. The address
29674 that is expected has the login name as the local part and the value of
29675 &%qualify_domain%& as the domain. Prefixes and suffixes for the local part can
29676 be permitted by setting &%local_from_prefix%& and &%local_from_suffix%&
29677 appropriately. If &'From:'& does not contain the correct sender, a &'Sender:'&
29678 line is added to the message.
29679
29680 If you set &%local_from_check%& false, this checking does not occur. However,
29681 the removal of an existing &'Sender:'& line still happens, unless you also set
29682 &%local_sender_retain%& to be true. It is not possible to set both of these
29683 options true at the same time.
29684
29685 .cindex "submission mode"
29686 By default, no processing of &'Sender:'& header lines is done for messages
29687 received over TCP/IP or for messages submitted by trusted users. However, when
29688 a message is received over TCP/IP in submission mode, and &%sender_retain%& is
29689 not specified on the submission control, the following processing takes place:
29690
29691 .vindex "&$authenticated_id$&"
29692 First, any existing &'Sender:'& lines are removed. Then, if the SMTP session is
29693 authenticated, and &$authenticated_id$& is not empty, a sender address is
29694 created as follows:
29695
29696 .ilist
29697 .vindex "&$qualify_domain$&"
29698 If no domain is specified by the submission control, the local part is
29699 &$authenticated_id$& and the domain is &$qualify_domain$&.
29700 .next
29701 If a non-empty domain is specified by the submission control, the local part
29702 is &$authenticated_id$&, and the domain is the specified domain.
29703 .next
29704 If an empty domain is specified by the submission control,
29705 &$authenticated_id$& is assumed to be the complete address.
29706 .endlist
29707
29708 This address is compared with the address in the &'From:'& header line. If they
29709 are different, a &'Sender:'& header line containing the created address is
29710 added. Prefixes and suffixes for the local part in &'From:'& can be permitted
29711 by setting &%local_from_prefix%& and &%local_from_suffix%& appropriately.
29712
29713 .cindex "return path" "created from &'Sender:'&"
29714 &*Note*&: Whenever a &'Sender:'& header line is created, the return path for
29715 the message (the envelope sender address) is changed to be the same address,
29716 except in the case of submission mode when &%sender_retain%& is specified.
29717
29718
29719
29720 .section "Adding and removing header lines in routers and transports" &&&
29721 "SECTheadersaddrem"
29722 .cindex "header lines" "adding; in router or transport"
29723 .cindex "header lines" "removing; in router or transport"
29724 When a message is delivered, the addition and removal of header lines can be
29725 specified in a system filter, or on any of the routers and transports that
29726 process the message. Section &<<SECTaddremheasys>>& contains details about
29727 modifying headers in a system filter. Header lines can also be added in an ACL
29728 as a message is received (see section &<<SECTaddheadacl>>&).
29729
29730 In contrast to what happens in a system filter, header modifications that are
29731 specified on routers and transports apply only to the particular recipient
29732 addresses that are being processed by those routers and transports. These
29733 changes do not actually take place until a copy of the message is being
29734 transported. Therefore, they do not affect the basic set of header lines, and
29735 they do not affect the values of the variables that refer to header lines.
29736
29737 &*Note*&: In particular, this means that any expansions in the configuration of
29738 the transport cannot refer to the modified header lines, because such
29739 expansions all occur before the message is actually transported.
29740
29741 For both routers and transports, the result of expanding a &%headers_add%&
29742 option must be in the form of one or more RFC 2822 header lines, separated by
29743 newlines (coded as &"\n"&). For example:
29744 .code
29745 headers_add = X-added-header: added by $primary_hostname\n\
29746 X-added-second: another added header line
29747 .endd
29748 Exim does not check the syntax of these added header lines.
29749
29750 The result of expanding &%headers_remove%& must consist of a colon-separated
29751 list of header names. This is confusing, because header names themselves are
29752 often terminated by colons. In this case, the colons are the list separators,
29753 not part of the names. For example:
29754 .code
29755 headers_remove = return-receipt-to:acknowledge-to
29756 .endd
29757 When &%headers_add%& or &%headers_remove%& is specified on a router, its value
29758 is expanded at routing time, and then associated with all addresses that are
29759 accepted by that router, and also with any new addresses that it generates. If
29760 an address passes through several routers as a result of aliasing or
29761 forwarding, the changes are cumulative.
29762
29763 .oindex "&%unseen%&"
29764 However, this does not apply to multiple routers that result from the use of
29765 the &%unseen%& option. Any header modifications that were specified by the
29766 &"unseen"& router or its predecessors apply only to the &"unseen"& delivery.
29767
29768 Addresses that end up with different &%headers_add%& or &%headers_remove%&
29769 settings cannot be delivered together in a batch, so a transport is always
29770 dealing with a set of addresses that have the same header-processing
29771 requirements.
29772
29773 The transport starts by writing the original set of header lines that arrived
29774 with the message, possibly modified by the system filter. As it writes out
29775 these lines, it consults the list of header names that were attached to the
29776 recipient address(es) by &%headers_remove%& options in routers, and it also
29777 consults the transport's own &%headers_remove%& option. Header lines whose
29778 names are on either of these lists are not written out. If there are multiple
29779 instances of any listed header, they are all skipped.
29780
29781 After the remaining original header lines have been written, new header
29782 lines that were specified by routers' &%headers_add%& options are written, in
29783 the order in which they were attached to the address. These are followed by any
29784 header lines specified by the transport's &%headers_add%& option.
29785
29786 This way of handling header line modifications in routers and transports has
29787 the following consequences:
29788
29789 .ilist
29790 The original set of header lines, possibly modified by the system filter,
29791 remains &"visible"&, in the sense that the &$header_$&&'xxx'& variables refer
29792 to it, at all times.
29793 .next
29794 Header lines that are added by a router's
29795 &%headers_add%& option are not accessible by means of the &$header_$&&'xxx'&
29796 expansion syntax in subsequent routers or the transport.
29797 .next
29798 Conversely, header lines that are specified for removal by &%headers_remove%&
29799 in a router remain visible to subsequent routers and the transport.
29800 .next
29801 Headers added to an address by &%headers_add%& in a router cannot be removed by
29802 a later router or by a transport.
29803 .next
29804 An added header can refer to the contents of an original header that is to be
29805 removed, even it has the same name as the added header. For example:
29806 .code
29807 headers_remove = subject
29808 headers_add = Subject: new subject (was: $h_subject:)
29809 .endd
29810 .endlist
29811
29812 &*Warning*&: The &%headers_add%& and &%headers_remove%& options cannot be used
29813 for a &(redirect)& router that has the &%one_time%& option set.
29814
29815
29816
29817
29818
29819 .section "Constructed addresses" "SECTconstr"
29820 .cindex "address" "constructed"
29821 .cindex "constructed address"
29822 When Exim constructs a sender address for a locally-generated message, it uses
29823 the form
29824 .display
29825 <&'user name'&>&~&~<&'login'&&`@`&&'qualify_domain'&>
29826 .endd
29827 For example:
29828 .code
29829 Zaphod Beeblebrox <zaphod@end.univ.example>
29830 .endd
29831 The user name is obtained from the &%-F%& command line option if set, or
29832 otherwise by looking up the calling user by &[getpwuid()]& and extracting the
29833 &"gecos"& field from the password entry. If the &"gecos"& field contains an
29834 ampersand character, this is replaced by the login name with the first letter
29835 upper cased, as is conventional in a number of operating systems. See the
29836 &%gecos_name%& option for a way to tailor the handling of the &"gecos"& field.
29837 The &%unknown_username%& option can be used to specify user names in cases when
29838 there is no password file entry.
29839
29840 .cindex "RFC 2047"
29841 In all cases, the user name is made to conform to RFC 2822 by quoting all or
29842 parts of it if necessary. In addition, if it contains any non-printing
29843 characters, it is encoded as described in RFC 2047, which defines a way of
29844 including non-ASCII characters in header lines. The value of the
29845 &%headers_charset%& option specifies the name of the encoding that is used (the
29846 characters are assumed to be in this encoding). The setting of
29847 &%print_topbitchars%& controls whether characters with the top bit set (that
29848 is, with codes greater than 127) count as printing characters or not.
29849
29850
29851
29852 .section "Case of local parts" "SECID230"
29853 .cindex "case of local parts"
29854 .cindex "local part" "case of"
29855 RFC 2822 states that the case of letters in the local parts of addresses cannot
29856 be assumed to be non-significant. Exim preserves the case of local parts of
29857 addresses, but by default it uses a lower-cased form when it is routing,
29858 because on most Unix systems, usernames are in lower case and case-insensitive
29859 routing is required. However, any particular router can be made to use the
29860 original case for local parts by setting the &%caseful_local_part%& generic
29861 router option.
29862
29863 .cindex "mixed-case login names"
29864 If you must have mixed-case user names on your system, the best way to proceed,
29865 assuming you want case-independent handling of incoming email, is to set up
29866 your first router to convert incoming local parts in your domains to the
29867 correct case by means of a file lookup. For example:
29868 .code
29869 correct_case:
29870 driver = redirect
29871 domains = +local_domains
29872 data = ${lookup{$local_part}cdb\
29873 {/etc/usercased.cdb}{$value}fail}\
29874 @$domain
29875 .endd
29876 For this router, the local part is forced to lower case by the default action
29877 (&%caseful_local_part%& is not set). The lower-cased local part is used to look
29878 up a new local part in the correct case. If you then set &%caseful_local_part%&
29879 on any subsequent routers which process your domains, they will operate on
29880 local parts with the correct case in a case-sensitive manner.
29881
29882
29883
29884 .section "Dots in local parts" "SECID231"
29885 .cindex "dot" "in local part"
29886 .cindex "local part" "dots in"
29887 RFC 2822 forbids empty components in local parts. That is, an unquoted local
29888 part may not begin or end with a dot, nor have two consecutive dots in the
29889 middle. However, it seems that many MTAs do not enforce this, so Exim permits
29890 empty components for compatibility.
29891
29892
29893
29894 .section "Rewriting addresses" "SECID232"
29895 .cindex "rewriting" "addresses"
29896 Rewriting of sender and recipient addresses, and addresses in headers, can
29897 happen automatically, or as the result of configuration options, as described
29898 in chapter &<<CHAPrewrite>>&. The headers that may be affected by this are
29899 &'Bcc:'&, &'Cc:'&, &'From:'&, &'Reply-To:'&, &'Sender:'&, and &'To:'&.
29900
29901 Automatic rewriting includes qualification, as mentioned above. The other case
29902 in which it can happen is when an incomplete non-local domain is given. The
29903 routing process may cause this to be expanded into the full domain name. For
29904 example, a header such as
29905 .code
29906 To: hare@teaparty
29907 .endd
29908 might get rewritten as
29909 .code
29910 To: hare@teaparty.wonderland.fict.example
29911 .endd
29912 Rewriting as a result of routing is the one kind of message processing that
29913 does not happen at input time, as it cannot be done until the address has
29914 been routed.
29915
29916 Strictly, one should not do &'any'& deliveries of a message until all its
29917 addresses have been routed, in case any of the headers get changed as a
29918 result of routing. However, doing this in practice would hold up many
29919 deliveries for unreasonable amounts of time, just because one address could not
29920 immediately be routed. Exim therefore does not delay other deliveries when
29921 routing of one or more addresses is deferred.
29922 .ecindex IIDmesproc
29923
29924
29925
29926 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29927 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29928
29929 .chapter "SMTP processing" "CHAPSMTP"
29930 .scindex IIDsmtpproc1 "SMTP" "processing details"
29931 .scindex IIDsmtpproc2 "LMTP" "processing details"
29932 Exim supports a number of different ways of using the SMTP protocol, and its
29933 LMTP variant, which is an interactive protocol for transferring messages into a
29934 closed mail store application. This chapter contains details of how SMTP is
29935 processed. For incoming mail, the following are available:
29936
29937 .ilist
29938 SMTP over TCP/IP (Exim daemon or &'inetd'&);
29939 .next
29940 SMTP over the standard input and output (the &%-bs%& option);
29941 .next
29942 Batched SMTP on the standard input (the &%-bS%& option).
29943 .endlist
29944
29945 For mail delivery, the following are available:
29946
29947 .ilist
29948 SMTP over TCP/IP (the &(smtp)& transport);
29949 .next
29950 LMTP over TCP/IP (the &(smtp)& transport with the &%protocol%& option set to
29951 &"lmtp"&);
29952 .next
29953 LMTP over a pipe to a process running in the local host (the &(lmtp)&
29954 transport);
29955 .next
29956 Batched SMTP to a file or pipe (the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports with
29957 the &%use_bsmtp%& option set).
29958 .endlist
29959
29960 &'Batched SMTP'& is the name for a process in which batches of messages are
29961 stored in or read from files (or pipes), in a format in which SMTP commands are
29962 used to contain the envelope information.
29963
29964
29965
29966 .section "Outgoing SMTP and LMTP over TCP/IP" "SECToutSMTPTCP"
29967 .cindex "SMTP" "outgoing over TCP/IP"
29968 .cindex "outgoing SMTP over TCP/IP"
29969 .cindex "LMTP" "over TCP/IP"
29970 .cindex "outgoing LMTP over TCP/IP"
29971 .cindex "EHLO"
29972 .cindex "HELO"
29973 .cindex "SIZE option on MAIL command"
29974 Outgoing SMTP and LMTP over TCP/IP is implemented by the &(smtp)& transport.
29975 The &%protocol%& option selects which protocol is to be used, but the actual
29976 processing is the same in both cases.
29977
29978 If, in response to its EHLO command, Exim is told that the SIZE
29979 parameter is supported, it adds SIZE=<&'n'&> to each subsequent MAIL
29980 command. The value of <&'n'&> is the message size plus the value of the
29981 &%size_addition%& option (default 1024) to allow for additions to the message
29982 such as per-transport header lines, or changes made in a
29983 .cindex "transport" "filter"
29984 .cindex "filter" "transport filter"
29985 transport filter. If &%size_addition%& is set negative, the use of SIZE is
29986 suppressed.
29987
29988 If the remote server advertises support for PIPELINING, Exim uses the
29989 pipelining extension to SMTP (RFC 2197) to reduce the number of TCP/IP packets
29990 required for the transaction.
29991
29992 If the remote server advertises support for the STARTTLS command, and Exim
29993 was built to support TLS encryption, it tries to start a TLS session unless the
29994 server matches &%hosts_avoid_tls%&. See chapter &<<CHAPTLS>>& for more details.
29995
29996 If the remote server advertises support for the AUTH command, Exim scans
29997 the authenticators configuration for any suitable client settings, as described
29998 in chapter &<<CHAPSMTPAUTH>>&.
29999
30000 .cindex "carriage return"
30001 .cindex "linefeed"
30002 Responses from the remote host are supposed to be terminated by CR followed by
30003 LF. However, there are known to be hosts that do not send CR characters, so in
30004 order to be able to interwork with such hosts, Exim treats LF on its own as a
30005 line terminator.
30006
30007 If a message contains a number of different addresses, all those with the same
30008 characteristics (for example, the same envelope sender) that resolve to the
30009 same set of hosts, in the same order, are sent in a single SMTP transaction,
30010 even if they are for different domains, unless there are more than the setting
30011 of the &%max_rcpts%& option in the &(smtp)& transport allows, in which case
30012 they are split into groups containing no more than &%max_rcpts%& addresses
30013 each. If &%remote_max_parallel%& is greater than one, such groups may be sent
30014 in parallel sessions. The order of hosts with identical MX values is not
30015 significant when checking whether addresses can be batched in this way.
30016
30017 When the &(smtp)& transport suffers a temporary failure that is not
30018 message-related, Exim updates its transport-specific database, which contains
30019 records indexed by host name that remember which messages are waiting for each
30020 particular host. It also updates the retry database with new retry times.
30021
30022 .cindex "hints database" "retry keys"
30023 Exim's retry hints are based on host name plus IP address, so if one address of
30024 a multi-homed host is broken, it will soon be skipped most of the time.
30025 See the next section for more detail about error handling.
30026
30027 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
30028 .cindex "SMTP" "batching over TCP/IP"
30029 When a message is successfully delivered over a TCP/IP SMTP connection, Exim
30030 looks in the hints database for the transport to see if there are any queued
30031 messages waiting for the host to which it is connected. If it finds one, it
30032 creates a new Exim process using the &%-MC%& option (which can only be used by
30033 a process running as root or the Exim user) and passes the TCP/IP socket to it
30034 so that it can deliver another message using the same socket. The new process
30035 does only those deliveries that are routed to the connected host, and may in
30036 turn pass the socket on to a third process, and so on.
30037
30038 The &%connection_max_messages%& option of the &(smtp)& transport can be used to
30039 limit the number of messages sent down a single TCP/IP connection.
30040
30041 .cindex "asterisk" "after IP address"
30042 The second and subsequent messages delivered down an existing connection are
30043 identified in the main log by the addition of an asterisk after the closing
30044 square bracket of the IP address.
30045
30046
30047
30048
30049 .section "Errors in outgoing SMTP" "SECToutSMTPerr"
30050 .cindex "error" "in outgoing SMTP"
30051 .cindex "SMTP" "errors in outgoing"
30052 .cindex "host" "error"
30053 Three different kinds of error are recognized for outgoing SMTP: host errors,
30054 message errors, and recipient errors.
30055
30056 .vlist
30057 .vitem "&*Host errors*&"
30058 A host error is not associated with a particular message or with a
30059 particular recipient of a message. The host errors are:
30060
30061 .ilist
30062 Connection refused or timed out,
30063 .next
30064 Any error response code on connection,
30065 .next
30066 Any error response code to EHLO or HELO,
30067 .next
30068 Loss of connection at any time, except after &"."&,
30069 .next
30070 I/O errors at any time,
30071 .next
30072 Timeouts during the session, other than in response to MAIL, RCPT or
30073 the &"."& at the end of the data.
30074 .endlist ilist
30075
30076 For a host error, a permanent error response on connection, or in response to
30077 EHLO, causes all addresses routed to the host to be failed. Any other host
30078 error causes all addresses to be deferred, and retry data to be created for the
30079 host. It is not tried again, for any message, until its retry time arrives. If
30080 the current set of addresses are not all delivered in this run (to some
30081 alternative host), the message is added to the list of those waiting for this
30082 host, so if it is still undelivered when a subsequent successful delivery is
30083 made to the host, it will be sent down the same SMTP connection.
30084
30085 .vitem "&*Message errors*&"
30086 .cindex "message" "error"
30087 A message error is associated with a particular message when sent to a
30088 particular host, but not with a particular recipient of the message. The
30089 message errors are:
30090
30091 .ilist
30092 Any error response code to MAIL, DATA, or the &"."& that terminates
30093 the data,
30094 .next
30095 Timeout after MAIL,
30096 .next
30097 Timeout or loss of connection after the &"."& that terminates the data. A
30098 timeout after the DATA command itself is treated as a host error, as is loss of
30099 connection at any other time.
30100 .endlist ilist
30101
30102 For a message error, a permanent error response (5&'xx'&) causes all addresses
30103 to be failed, and a delivery error report to be returned to the sender. A
30104 temporary error response (4&'xx'&), or one of the timeouts, causes all
30105 addresses to be deferred. Retry data is not created for the host, but instead,
30106 a retry record for the combination of host plus message id is created. The
30107 message is not added to the list of those waiting for this host. This ensures
30108 that the failing message will not be sent to this host again until the retry
30109 time arrives. However, other messages that are routed to the host are not
30110 affected, so if it is some property of the message that is causing the error,
30111 it will not stop the delivery of other mail.
30112
30113 If the remote host specified support for the SIZE parameter in its response
30114 to EHLO, Exim adds SIZE=&'nnn'& to the MAIL command, so an
30115 over-large message will cause a message error because the error arrives as a
30116 response to MAIL.
30117
30118 .vitem "&*Recipient errors*&"
30119 .cindex "recipient" "error"
30120 A recipient error is associated with a particular recipient of a message. The
30121 recipient errors are:
30122
30123 .ilist
30124 Any error response to RCPT,
30125 .next
30126 Timeout after RCPT.
30127 .endlist
30128
30129 For a recipient error, a permanent error response (5&'xx'&) causes the
30130 recipient address to be failed, and a bounce message to be returned to the
30131 sender. A temporary error response (4&'xx'&) or a timeout causes the failing
30132 address to be deferred, and routing retry data to be created for it. This is
30133 used to delay processing of the address in subsequent queue runs, until its
30134 routing retry time arrives. This applies to all messages, but because it
30135 operates only in queue runs, one attempt will be made to deliver a new message
30136 to the failing address before the delay starts to operate. This ensures that,
30137 if the failure is really related to the message rather than the recipient
30138 (&"message too big for this recipient"& is a possible example), other messages
30139 have a chance of getting delivered. If a delivery to the address does succeed,
30140 the retry information gets cleared, so all stuck messages get tried again, and
30141 the retry clock is reset.
30142
30143 The message is not added to the list of those waiting for this host. Use of the
30144 host for other messages is unaffected, and except in the case of a timeout,
30145 other recipients are processed independently, and may be successfully delivered
30146 in the current SMTP session. After a timeout it is of course impossible to
30147 proceed with the session, so all addresses get deferred. However, those other
30148 than the one that failed do not suffer any subsequent retry delays. Therefore,
30149 if one recipient is causing trouble, the others have a chance of getting
30150 through when a subsequent delivery attempt occurs before the failing
30151 recipient's retry time.
30152 .endlist
30153
30154 In all cases, if there are other hosts (or IP addresses) available for the
30155 current set of addresses (for example, from multiple MX records), they are
30156 tried in this run for any undelivered addresses, subject of course to their
30157 own retry data. In other words, recipient error retry data does not take effect
30158 until the next delivery attempt.
30159
30160 Some hosts have been observed to give temporary error responses to every
30161 MAIL command at certain times (&"insufficient space"& has been seen). It
30162 would be nice if such circumstances could be recognized, and defer data for the
30163 host itself created, but this is not possible within the current Exim design.
30164 What actually happens is that retry data for every (host, message) combination
30165 is created.
30166
30167 The reason that timeouts after MAIL and RCPT are treated specially is that
30168 these can sometimes arise as a result of the remote host's verification
30169 procedures. Exim makes this assumption, and treats them as if a temporary error
30170 response had been received. A timeout after &"."& is treated specially because
30171 it is known that some broken implementations fail to recognize the end of the
30172 message if the last character of the last line is a binary zero. Thus, it is
30173 helpful to treat this case as a message error.
30174
30175 Timeouts at other times are treated as host errors, assuming a problem with the
30176 host, or the connection to it. If a timeout after MAIL, RCPT,
30177 or &"."& is really a connection problem, the assumption is that at the next try
30178 the timeout is likely to occur at some other point in the dialogue, causing it
30179 then to be treated as a host error.
30180
30181 There is experimental evidence that some MTAs drop the connection after the
30182 terminating &"."& if they do not like the contents of the message for some
30183 reason, in contravention of the RFC, which indicates that a 5&'xx'& response
30184 should be given. That is why Exim treats this case as a message rather than a
30185 host error, in order not to delay other messages to the same host.
30186
30187
30188
30189
30190 .section "Incoming SMTP messages over TCP/IP" "SECID233"
30191 .cindex "SMTP" "incoming over TCP/IP"
30192 .cindex "incoming SMTP over TCP/IP"
30193 .cindex "inetd"
30194 .cindex "daemon"
30195 Incoming SMTP messages can be accepted in one of two ways: by running a
30196 listening daemon, or by using &'inetd'&. In the latter case, the entry in
30197 &_/etc/inetd.conf_& should be like this:
30198 .code
30199 smtp stream tcp nowait exim /opt/exim/bin/exim in.exim -bs
30200 .endd
30201 Exim distinguishes between this case and the case of a locally running user
30202 agent using the &%-bs%& option by checking whether or not the standard input is
30203 a socket. When it is, either the port must be privileged (less than 1024), or
30204 the caller must be root or the Exim user. If any other user passes a socket
30205 with an unprivileged port number, Exim prints a message on the standard error
30206 stream and exits with an error code.
30207
30208 By default, Exim does not make a log entry when a remote host connects or
30209 disconnects (either via the daemon or &'inetd'&), unless the disconnection is
30210 unexpected. It can be made to write such log entries by setting the
30211 &%smtp_connection%& log selector.
30212
30213 .cindex "carriage return"
30214 .cindex "linefeed"
30215 Commands from the remote host are supposed to be terminated by CR followed by
30216 LF. However, there are known to be hosts that do not send CR characters. In
30217 order to be able to interwork with such hosts, Exim treats LF on its own as a
30218 line terminator.
30219 Furthermore, because common code is used for receiving messages from all
30220 sources, a CR on its own is also interpreted as a line terminator. However, the
30221 sequence &"CR, dot, CR"& does not terminate incoming SMTP data.
30222
30223 .cindex "EHLO" "invalid data"
30224 .cindex "HELO" "invalid data"
30225 One area that sometimes gives rise to problems concerns the EHLO or
30226 HELO commands. Some clients send syntactically invalid versions of these
30227 commands, which Exim rejects by default. (This is nothing to do with verifying
30228 the data that is sent, so &%helo_verify_hosts%& is not relevant.) You can tell
30229 Exim not to apply a syntax check by setting &%helo_accept_junk_hosts%& to
30230 match the broken hosts that send invalid commands.
30231
30232 .cindex "SIZE option on MAIL command"
30233 .cindex "MAIL" "SIZE option"
30234 The amount of disk space available is checked whenever SIZE is received on
30235 a MAIL command, independently of whether &%message_size_limit%& or
30236 &%check_spool_space%& is configured, unless &%smtp_check_spool_space%& is set
30237 false. A temporary error is given if there is not enough space. If
30238 &%check_spool_space%& is set, the check is for that amount of space plus the
30239 value given with SIZE, that is, it checks that the addition of the incoming
30240 message will not reduce the space below the threshold.
30241
30242 When a message is successfully received, Exim includes the local message id in
30243 its response to the final &"."& that terminates the data. If the remote host
30244 logs this text it can help with tracing what has happened to a message.
30245
30246 The Exim daemon can limit the number of simultaneous incoming connections it is
30247 prepared to handle (see the &%smtp_accept_max%& option). It can also limit the
30248 number of simultaneous incoming connections from a single remote host (see the
30249 &%smtp_accept_max_per_host%& option). Additional connection attempts are
30250 rejected using the SMTP temporary error code 421.
30251
30252 The Exim daemon does not rely on the SIGCHLD signal to detect when a
30253 subprocess has finished, as this can get lost at busy times. Instead, it looks
30254 for completed subprocesses every time it wakes up. Provided there are other
30255 things happening (new incoming calls, starts of queue runs), completed
30256 processes will be noticed and tidied away. On very quiet systems you may
30257 sometimes see a &"defunct"& Exim process hanging about. This is not a problem;
30258 it will be noticed when the daemon next wakes up.
30259
30260 When running as a daemon, Exim can reserve some SMTP slots for specific hosts,
30261 and can also be set up to reject SMTP calls from non-reserved hosts at times of
30262 high system load &-- for details see the &%smtp_accept_reserve%&,
30263 &%smtp_load_reserve%&, and &%smtp_reserve_hosts%& options. The load check
30264 applies in both the daemon and &'inetd'& cases.
30265
30266 Exim normally starts a delivery process for each message received, though this
30267 can be varied by means of the &%-odq%& command line option and the
30268 &%queue_only%&, &%queue_only_file%&, and &%queue_only_load%& options. The
30269 number of simultaneously running delivery processes started in this way from
30270 SMTP input can be limited by the &%smtp_accept_queue%& and
30271 &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& options. When either limit is reached,
30272 subsequently received messages are just put on the input queue without starting
30273 a delivery process.
30274
30275 The controls that involve counts of incoming SMTP calls (&%smtp_accept_max%&,
30276 &%smtp_accept_queue%&, &%smtp_accept_reserve%&) are not available when Exim is
30277 started up from the &'inetd'& daemon, because in that case each connection is
30278 handled by an entirely independent Exim process. Control by load average is,
30279 however, available with &'inetd'&.
30280
30281 Exim can be configured to verify addresses in incoming SMTP commands as they
30282 are received. See chapter &<<CHAPACL>>& for details. It can also be configured
30283 to rewrite addresses at this time &-- before any syntax checking is done. See
30284 section &<<SECTrewriteS>>&.
30285
30286 Exim can also be configured to limit the rate at which a client host submits
30287 MAIL and RCPT commands in a single SMTP session. See the
30288 &%smtp_ratelimit_hosts%& option.
30289
30290
30291
30292 .section "Unrecognized SMTP commands" "SECID234"
30293 .cindex "SMTP" "unrecognized commands"
30294 If Exim receives more than &%smtp_max_unknown_commands%& unrecognized SMTP
30295 commands during a single SMTP connection, it drops the connection after sending
30296 the error response to the last command. The default value for
30297 &%smtp_max_unknown_commands%& is 3. This is a defence against some kinds of
30298 abuse that subvert web servers into making connections to SMTP ports; in these
30299 circumstances, a number of non-SMTP lines are sent first.
30300
30301
30302 .section "Syntax and protocol errors in SMTP commands" "SECID235"
30303 .cindex "SMTP" "syntax errors"
30304 .cindex "SMTP" "protocol errors"
30305 A syntax error is detected if an SMTP command is recognized, but there is
30306 something syntactically wrong with its data, for example, a malformed email
30307 address in a RCPT command. Protocol errors include invalid command
30308 sequencing such as RCPT before MAIL. If Exim receives more than
30309 &%smtp_max_synprot_errors%& such commands during a single SMTP connection, it
30310 drops the connection after sending the error response to the last command. The
30311 default value for &%smtp_max_synprot_errors%& is 3. This is a defence against
30312 broken clients that loop sending bad commands (yes, it has been seen).
30313
30314
30315
30316 .section "Use of non-mail SMTP commands" "SECID236"
30317 .cindex "SMTP" "non-mail commands"
30318 The &"non-mail"& SMTP commands are those other than MAIL, RCPT, and
30319 DATA. Exim counts such commands, and drops the connection if there are too
30320 many of them in a single SMTP session. This action catches some
30321 denial-of-service attempts and things like repeated failing AUTHs, or a mad
30322 client looping sending EHLO. The global option &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%&
30323 defines what &"too many"& means. Its default value is 10.
30324
30325 When a new message is expected, one occurrence of RSET is not counted. This
30326 allows a client to send one RSET between messages (this is not necessary,
30327 but some clients do it). Exim also allows one uncounted occurrence of HELO
30328 or EHLO, and one occurrence of STARTTLS between messages. After
30329 starting up a TLS session, another EHLO is expected, and so it too is not
30330 counted.
30331
30332 The first occurrence of AUTH in a connection, or immediately following
30333 STARTTLS is also not counted. Otherwise, all commands other than MAIL,
30334 RCPT, DATA, and QUIT are counted.
30335
30336 You can control which hosts are subject to the limit set by
30337 &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail%& by setting
30338 &%smtp_accept_max_nonmail_hosts%&. The default value is &`*`&, which makes
30339 the limit apply to all hosts. This option means that you can exclude any
30340 specific badly-behaved hosts that you have to live with.
30341
30342
30343
30344
30345 .section "The VRFY and EXPN commands" "SECID237"
30346 When Exim receives a VRFY or EXPN command on a TCP/IP connection, it
30347 runs the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_vrfy%& or &%acl_smtp_expn%& (as
30348 appropriate) in order to decide whether the command should be accepted or not.
30349 If no ACL is defined, the command is rejected.
30350
30351 .cindex "VRFY" "processing"
30352 When VRFY is accepted, it runs exactly the same code as when Exim is
30353 called with the &%-bv%& option.
30354
30355 .cindex "EXPN" "processing"
30356 When EXPN is accepted, a single-level expansion of the address is done.
30357 EXPN is treated as an &"address test"& (similar to the &%-bt%& option) rather
30358 than a verification (the &%-bv%& option). If an unqualified local part is given
30359 as the argument to EXPN, it is qualified with &%qualify_domain%&. Rejections
30360 of VRFY and EXPN commands are logged on the main and reject logs, and
30361 VRFY verification failures are logged on the main log for consistency with
30362 RCPT failures.
30363
30364
30365
30366 .section "The ETRN command" "SECTETRN"
30367 .cindex "ETRN" "processing"
30368 RFC 1985 describes an SMTP command called ETRN that is designed to
30369 overcome the security problems of the TURN command (which has fallen into
30370 disuse). When Exim receives an ETRN command on a TCP/IP connection, it runs
30371 the ACL specified by &%acl_smtp_etrn%& in order to decide whether the command
30372 should be accepted or not. If no ACL is defined, the command is rejected.
30373
30374 The ETRN command is concerned with &"releasing"& messages that are awaiting
30375 delivery to certain hosts. As Exim does not organize its message queue by host,
30376 the only form of ETRN that is supported by default is the one where the
30377 text starts with the &"#"& prefix, in which case the remainder of the text is
30378 specific to the SMTP server. A valid ETRN command causes a run of Exim with
30379 the &%-R%& option to happen, with the remainder of the ETRN text as its
30380 argument. For example,
30381 .code
30382 ETRN #brigadoon
30383 .endd
30384 runs the command
30385 .code
30386 exim -R brigadoon
30387 .endd
30388 which causes a delivery attempt on all messages with undelivered addresses
30389 containing the text &"brigadoon"&. When &%smtp_etrn_serialize%& is set (the
30390 default), Exim prevents the simultaneous execution of more than one queue run
30391 for the same argument string as a result of an ETRN command. This stops
30392 a misbehaving client from starting more than one queue runner at once.
30393
30394 .cindex "hints database" "ETRN serialization"
30395 Exim implements the serialization by means of a hints database in which a
30396 record is written whenever a process is started by ETRN, and deleted when
30397 the process completes. However, Exim does not keep the SMTP session waiting for
30398 the ETRN process to complete. Once ETRN is accepted, the client is sent
30399 a &"success"& return code. Obviously there is scope for hints records to get
30400 left lying around if there is a system or program crash. To guard against this,
30401 Exim ignores any records that are more than six hours old.
30402
30403 .oindex "&%smtp_etrn_command%&"
30404 For more control over what ETRN does, the &%smtp_etrn_command%& option can
30405 used. This specifies a command that is run whenever ETRN is received,
30406 whatever the form of its argument. For
30407 example:
30408 .code
30409 smtp_etrn_command = /etc/etrn_command $domain \
30410 $sender_host_address
30411 .endd
30412 .vindex "&$domain$&"
30413 The string is split up into arguments which are independently expanded. The
30414 expansion variable &$domain$& is set to the argument of the ETRN command,
30415 and no syntax checking is done on the contents of this argument. Exim does not
30416 wait for the command to complete, so its status code is not checked. Exim runs
30417 under its own uid and gid when receiving incoming SMTP, so it is not possible
30418 for it to change them before running the command.
30419
30420
30421
30422 .section "Incoming local SMTP" "SECID238"
30423 .cindex "SMTP" "local incoming"
30424 Some user agents use SMTP to pass messages to their local MTA using the
30425 standard input and output, as opposed to passing the envelope on the command
30426 line and writing the message to the standard input. This is supported by the
30427 &%-bs%& option. This form of SMTP is handled in the same way as incoming
30428 messages over TCP/IP (including the use of ACLs), except that the envelope
30429 sender given in a MAIL command is ignored unless the caller is trusted. In
30430 an ACL you can detect this form of SMTP input by testing for an empty host
30431 identification. It is common to have this as the first line in the ACL that
30432 runs for RCPT commands:
30433 .code
30434 accept hosts = :
30435 .endd
30436 This accepts SMTP messages from local processes without doing any other tests.
30437
30438
30439
30440 .section "Outgoing batched SMTP" "SECTbatchSMTP"
30441 .cindex "SMTP" "batched outgoing"
30442 .cindex "batched SMTP output"
30443 Both the &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& transports can be used for handling
30444 batched SMTP. Each has an option called &%use_bsmtp%& which causes messages to
30445 be output in BSMTP format. No SMTP responses are possible for this form of
30446 delivery. All it is doing is using SMTP commands as a way of transmitting the
30447 envelope along with the message.
30448
30449 The message is written to the file or pipe preceded by the SMTP commands
30450 MAIL and RCPT, and followed by a line containing a single dot. Lines in
30451 the message that start with a dot have an extra dot added. The SMTP command
30452 HELO is not normally used. If it is required, the &%message_prefix%& option
30453 can be used to specify it.
30454
30455 Because &(appendfile)& and &(pipe)& are both local transports, they accept only
30456 one recipient address at a time by default. However, you can arrange for them
30457 to handle several addresses at once by setting the &%batch_max%& option. When
30458 this is done for BSMTP, messages may contain multiple RCPT commands. See
30459 chapter &<<CHAPbatching>>& for more details.
30460
30461 .vindex "&$host$&"
30462 When one or more addresses are routed to a BSMTP transport by a router that
30463 sets up a host list, the name of the first host on the list is available to the
30464 transport in the variable &$host$&. Here is an example of such a transport and
30465 router:
30466 .code
30467 begin routers
30468 route_append:
30469 driver = manualroute
30470 transport = smtp_appendfile
30471 route_list = domain.example batch.host.example
30472
30473 begin transports
30474 smtp_appendfile:
30475 driver = appendfile
30476 directory = /var/bsmtp/$host
30477 batch_max = 1000
30478 use_bsmtp
30479 user = exim
30480 .endd
30481 This causes messages addressed to &'domain.example'& to be written in BSMTP
30482 format to &_/var/bsmtp/batch.host.example_&, with only a single copy of each
30483 message (unless there are more than 1000 recipients).
30484
30485
30486
30487 .section "Incoming batched SMTP" "SECTincomingbatchedSMTP"
30488 .cindex "SMTP" "batched incoming"
30489 .cindex "batched SMTP input"
30490 The &%-bS%& command line option causes Exim to accept one or more messages by
30491 reading SMTP on the standard input, but to generate no responses. If the caller
30492 is trusted, the senders in the MAIL commands are believed; otherwise the
30493 sender is always the caller of Exim. Unqualified senders and receivers are not
30494 rejected (there seems little point) but instead just get qualified. HELO
30495 and EHLO act as RSET; VRFY, EXPN, ETRN and HELP, act
30496 as NOOP; QUIT quits.
30497
30498 No policy checking is done for BSMTP input. That is, no ACL is run at anytime.
30499 In this respect it is like non-SMTP local input.
30500
30501 If an error is detected while reading a message, including a missing &"."& at
30502 the end, Exim gives up immediately. It writes details of the error to the
30503 standard output in a stylized way that the calling program should be able to
30504 make some use of automatically, for example:
30505 .code
30506 554 Unexpected end of file
30507 Transaction started in line 10
30508 Error detected in line 14
30509 .endd
30510 It writes a more verbose version, for human consumption, to the standard error
30511 file, for example:
30512 .code
30513 An error was detected while processing a file of BSMTP input.
30514 The error message was:
30515
30516 501 '>' missing at end of address
30517
30518 The SMTP transaction started in line 10.
30519 The error was detected in line 12.
30520 The SMTP command at fault was:
30521
30522 rcpt to:<malformed@in.com.plete
30523
30524 1 previous message was successfully processed.
30525 The rest of the batch was abandoned.
30526 .endd
30527 The return code from Exim is zero only if there were no errors. It is 1 if some
30528 messages were accepted before an error was detected, and 2 if no messages were
30529 accepted.
30530 .ecindex IIDsmtpproc1
30531 .ecindex IIDsmtpproc2
30532
30533
30534
30535 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30536 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30537
30538 .chapter "Customizing bounce and warning messages" "CHAPemsgcust" &&&
30539 "Customizing messages"
30540 When a message fails to be delivered, or remains on the queue for more than a
30541 configured amount of time, Exim sends a message to the original sender, or
30542 to an alternative configured address. The text of these messages is built into
30543 the code of Exim, but it is possible to change it, either by adding a single
30544 string, or by replacing each of the paragraphs by text supplied in a file.
30545
30546 The &'From:'& and &'To:'& header lines are automatically generated; you can
30547 cause a &'Reply-To:'& line to be added by setting the &%errors_reply_to%&
30548 option. Exim also adds the line
30549 .code
30550 Auto-Submitted: auto-generated
30551 .endd
30552 to all warning and bounce messages,
30553
30554
30555 .section "Customizing bounce messages" "SECID239"
30556 .cindex "customizing" "bounce message"
30557 .cindex "bounce message" "customizing"
30558 If &%bounce_message_text%& is set, its contents are included in the default
30559 message immediately after &"This message was created automatically by mail
30560 delivery software."& The string is not expanded. It is not used if
30561 &%bounce_message_file%& is set.
30562
30563 When &%bounce_message_file%& is set, it must point to a template file for
30564 constructing error messages. The file consists of a series of text items,
30565 separated by lines consisting of exactly four asterisks. If the file cannot be
30566 opened, default text is used and a message is written to the main and panic
30567 logs. If any text item in the file is empty, default text is used for that
30568 item.
30569
30570 .vindex "&$bounce_recipient$&"
30571 .vindex "&$bounce_return_size_limit$&"
30572 Each item of text that is read from the file is expanded, and there are two
30573 expansion variables which can be of use here: &$bounce_recipient$& is set to
30574 the recipient of an error message while it is being created, and
30575 &$bounce_return_size_limit$& contains the value of the &%return_size_limit%&
30576 option, rounded to a whole number.
30577
30578 The items must appear in the file in the following order:
30579
30580 .ilist
30581 The first item is included in the headers, and should include at least a
30582 &'Subject:'& header. Exim does not check the syntax of these headers.
30583 .next
30584 The second item forms the start of the error message. After it, Exim lists the
30585 failing addresses with their error messages.
30586 .next
30587 The third item is used to introduce any text from pipe transports that is to be
30588 returned to the sender. It is omitted if there is no such text.
30589 .next
30590 The fourth item is used to introduce the copy of the message that is returned
30591 as part of the error report.
30592 .next
30593 The fifth item is added after the fourth one if the returned message is
30594 truncated because it is bigger than &%return_size_limit%&.
30595 .next
30596 The sixth item is added after the copy of the original message.
30597 .endlist
30598
30599 The default state (&%bounce_message_file%& unset) is equivalent to the
30600 following file, in which the sixth item is empty. The &'Subject:'& and some
30601 other lines have been split in order to fit them on the page:
30602 .code
30603 Subject: Mail delivery failed
30604 ${if eq{$sender_address}{$bounce_recipient}
30605 {: returning message to sender}}
30606 ****
30607 This message was created automatically by mail delivery software.
30608
30609 A message ${if eq{$sender_address}{$bounce_recipient}
30610 {that you sent }{sent by
30611
30612 <$sender_address>
30613
30614 }}could not be delivered to all of its recipients.
30615 This is a permanent error. The following address(es) failed:
30616 ****
30617 The following text was generated during the delivery attempt(s):
30618 ****
30619 ------ This is a copy of the message, including all the headers.
30620 ------
30621 ****
30622 ------ The body of the message is $message_size characters long;
30623 only the first
30624 ------ $bounce_return_size_limit or so are included here.
30625 ****
30626 .endd
30627 .section "Customizing warning messages" "SECTcustwarn"
30628 .cindex "customizing" "warning message"
30629 .cindex "warning of delay" "customizing the message"
30630 The option &%warn_message_file%& can be pointed at a template file for use when
30631 warnings about message delays are created. In this case there are only three
30632 text sections:
30633
30634 .ilist
30635 The first item is included in the headers, and should include at least a
30636 &'Subject:'& header. Exim does not check the syntax of these headers.
30637 .next
30638 The second item forms the start of the warning message. After it, Exim lists
30639 the delayed addresses.
30640 .next
30641 The third item then ends the message.
30642 .endlist
30643
30644 The default state is equivalent to the following file, except that some lines
30645 have been split here, in order to fit them on the page:
30646 .code
30647 Subject: Warning: message $message_exim_id delayed
30648 $warn_message_delay
30649 ****
30650 This message was created automatically by mail delivery software.
30651
30652 A message ${if eq{$sender_address}{$warn_message_recipients}
30653 {that you sent }{sent by
30654
30655 <$sender_address>
30656
30657 }}has not been delivered to all of its recipients after
30658 more than $warn_message_delay on the queue on $primary_hostname.
30659
30660 The message identifier is: $message_exim_id
30661 The subject of the message is: $h_subject
30662 The date of the message is: $h_date
30663
30664 The following address(es) have not yet been delivered:
30665 ****
30666 No action is required on your part. Delivery attempts will
30667 continue for some time, and this warning may be repeated at
30668 intervals if the message remains undelivered. Eventually the
30669 mail delivery software will give up, and when that happens,
30670 the message will be returned to you.
30671 .endd
30672 .vindex "&$warn_message_delay$&"
30673 .vindex "&$warn_message_recipients$&"
30674 However, in the default state the subject and date lines are omitted if no
30675 appropriate headers exist. During the expansion of this file,
30676 &$warn_message_delay$& is set to the delay time in one of the forms &"<&'n'&>
30677 minutes"& or &"<&'n'&> hours"&, and &$warn_message_recipients$& contains a list
30678 of recipients for the warning message. There may be more than one if there are
30679 multiple addresses with different &%errors_to%& settings on the routers that
30680 handled them.
30681
30682
30683
30684
30685 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30686 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30687
30688 .chapter "Some common configuration settings" "CHAPcomconreq"
30689 This chapter discusses some configuration settings that seem to be fairly
30690 common. More examples and discussion can be found in the Exim book.
30691
30692
30693
30694 .section "Sending mail to a smart host" "SECID240"
30695 .cindex "smart host" "example router"
30696 If you want to send all mail for non-local domains to a &"smart host"&, you
30697 should replace the default &(dnslookup)& router with a router which does the
30698 routing explicitly:
30699 .code
30700 send_to_smart_host:
30701 driver = manualroute
30702 route_list = !+local_domains smart.host.name
30703 transport = remote_smtp
30704 .endd
30705 You can use the smart host's IP address instead of the name if you wish.
30706 If you are using Exim only to submit messages to a smart host, and not for
30707 receiving incoming messages, you can arrange for it to do the submission
30708 synchronously by setting the &%mua_wrapper%& option (see chapter
30709 &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>&).
30710
30711
30712
30713
30714 .section "Using Exim to handle mailing lists" "SECTmailinglists"
30715 .cindex "mailing lists"
30716 Exim can be used to run simple mailing lists, but for large and/or complicated
30717 requirements, the use of additional specialized mailing list software such as
30718 Majordomo or Mailman is recommended.
30719
30720 The &(redirect)& router can be used to handle mailing lists where each list
30721 is maintained in a separate file, which can therefore be managed by an
30722 independent manager. The &%domains%& router option can be used to run these
30723 lists in a separate domain from normal mail. For example:
30724 .code
30725 lists:
30726 driver = redirect
30727 domains = lists.example
30728 file = /usr/lists/$local_part
30729 forbid_pipe
30730 forbid_file
30731 errors_to = $local_part-request@lists.example
30732 no_more
30733 .endd
30734 This router is skipped for domains other than &'lists.example'&. For addresses
30735 in that domain, it looks for a file that matches the local part. If there is no
30736 such file, the router declines, but because &%no_more%& is set, no subsequent
30737 routers are tried, and so the whole delivery fails.
30738
30739 The &%forbid_pipe%& and &%forbid_file%& options prevent a local part from being
30740 expanded into a file name or a pipe delivery, which is usually inappropriate in
30741 a mailing list.
30742
30743 .oindex "&%errors_to%&"
30744 The &%errors_to%& option specifies that any delivery errors caused by addresses
30745 taken from a mailing list are to be sent to the given address rather than the
30746 original sender of the message. However, before acting on this, Exim verifies
30747 the error address, and ignores it if verification fails.
30748
30749 For example, using the configuration above, mail sent to
30750 &'dicts@lists.example'& is passed on to those addresses contained in
30751 &_/usr/lists/dicts_&, with error reports directed to
30752 &'dicts-request@lists.example'&, provided that this address can be verified.
30753 There could be a file called &_/usr/lists/dicts-request_& containing
30754 the address(es) of this particular list's manager(s), but other approaches,
30755 such as setting up an earlier router (possibly using the &%local_part_prefix%&
30756 or &%local_part_suffix%& options) to handle addresses of the form
30757 &%owner-%&&'xxx'& or &%xxx-%&&'request'&, are also possible.
30758
30759
30760
30761 .section "Syntax errors in mailing lists" "SECID241"
30762 .cindex "mailing lists" "syntax errors in"
30763 If an entry in redirection data contains a syntax error, Exim normally defers
30764 delivery of the original address. That means that a syntax error in a mailing
30765 list holds up all deliveries to the list. This may not be appropriate when a
30766 list is being maintained automatically from data supplied by users, and the
30767 addresses are not rigorously checked.
30768
30769 If the &%skip_syntax_errors%& option is set, the &(redirect)& router just skips
30770 entries that fail to parse, noting the incident in the log. If in addition
30771 &%syntax_errors_to%& is set to a verifiable address, a message is sent to it
30772 whenever a broken address is skipped. It is usually appropriate to set
30773 &%syntax_errors_to%& to the same address as &%errors_to%&.
30774
30775
30776
30777 .section "Re-expansion of mailing lists" "SECID242"
30778 .cindex "mailing lists" "re-expansion of"
30779 Exim remembers every individual address to which a message has been delivered,
30780 in order to avoid duplication, but it normally stores only the original
30781 recipient addresses with a message. If all the deliveries to a mailing list
30782 cannot be done at the first attempt, the mailing list is re-expanded when the
30783 delivery is next tried. This means that alterations to the list are taken into
30784 account at each delivery attempt, so addresses that have been added to
30785 the list since the message arrived will therefore receive a copy of the
30786 message, even though it pre-dates their subscription.
30787
30788 If this behaviour is felt to be undesirable, the &%one_time%& option can be set
30789 on the &(redirect)& router. If this is done, any addresses generated by the
30790 router that fail to deliver at the first attempt are added to the message as
30791 &"top level"& addresses, and the parent address that generated them is marked
30792 &"delivered"&. Thus, expansion of the mailing list does not happen again at the
30793 subsequent delivery attempts. The disadvantage of this is that if any of the
30794 failing addresses are incorrect, correcting them in the file has no effect on
30795 pre-existing messages.
30796
30797 The original top-level address is remembered with each of the generated
30798 addresses, and is output in any log messages. However, any intermediate parent
30799 addresses are not recorded. This makes a difference to the log only if the
30800 &%all_parents%& selector is set, but for mailing lists there is normally only
30801 one level of expansion anyway.
30802
30803
30804
30805 .section "Closed mailing lists" "SECID243"
30806 .cindex "mailing lists" "closed"
30807 The examples so far have assumed open mailing lists, to which anybody may
30808 send mail. It is also possible to set up closed lists, where mail is accepted
30809 from specified senders only. This is done by making use of the generic
30810 &%senders%& option to restrict the router that handles the list.
30811
30812 The following example uses the same file as a list of recipients and as a list
30813 of permitted senders. It requires three routers:
30814 .code
30815 lists_request:
30816 driver = redirect
30817 domains = lists.example
30818 local_part_suffix = -request
30819 file = /usr/lists/$local_part$local_part_suffix
30820 no_more
30821
30822 lists_post:
30823 driver = redirect
30824 domains = lists.example
30825 senders = ${if exists {/usr/lists/$local_part}\
30826 {lsearch;/usr/lists/$local_part}{*}}
30827 file = /usr/lists/$local_part
30828 forbid_pipe
30829 forbid_file
30830 errors_to = $local_part-request@lists.example
30831 no_more
30832
30833 lists_closed:
30834 driver = redirect
30835 domains = lists.example
30836 allow_fail
30837 data = :fail: $local_part@lists.example is a closed mailing list
30838 .endd
30839 All three routers have the same &%domains%& setting, so for any other domains,
30840 they are all skipped. The first router runs only if the local part ends in
30841 &%-request%&. It handles messages to the list manager(s) by means of an open
30842 mailing list.
30843
30844 The second router runs only if the &%senders%& precondition is satisfied. It
30845 checks for the existence of a list that corresponds to the local part, and then
30846 checks that the sender is on the list by means of a linear search. It is
30847 necessary to check for the existence of the file before trying to search it,
30848 because otherwise Exim thinks there is a configuration error. If the file does
30849 not exist, the expansion of &%senders%& is *, which matches all senders. This
30850 means that the router runs, but because there is no list, declines, and
30851 &%no_more%& ensures that no further routers are run. The address fails with an
30852 &"unrouteable address"& error.
30853
30854 The third router runs only if the second router is skipped, which happens when
30855 a mailing list exists, but the sender is not on it. This router forcibly fails
30856 the address, giving a suitable error message.
30857
30858
30859
30860
30861 .section "Variable Envelope Return Paths (VERP)" "SECTverp"
30862 .cindex "VERP"
30863 .cindex "Variable Envelope Return Paths"
30864 .cindex "envelope sender"
30865 Variable Envelope Return Paths &-- see &url(http://cr.yp.to/proto/verp.txt) &--
30866 are a way of helping mailing list administrators discover which subscription
30867 address is the cause of a particular delivery failure. The idea is to encode
30868 the original recipient address in the outgoing envelope sender address, so that
30869 if the message is forwarded by another host and then subsequently bounces, the
30870 original recipient can be extracted from the recipient address of the bounce.
30871
30872 .oindex &%errors_to%&
30873 .oindex &%return_path%&
30874 Envelope sender addresses can be modified by Exim using two different
30875 facilities: the &%errors_to%& option on a router (as shown in previous mailing
30876 list examples), or the &%return_path%& option on a transport. The second of
30877 these is effective only if the message is successfully delivered to another
30878 host; it is not used for errors detected on the local host (see the description
30879 of &%return_path%& in chapter &<<CHAPtransportgeneric>>&). Here is an example
30880 of the use of &%return_path%& to implement VERP on an &(smtp)& transport:
30881 .code
30882 verp_smtp:
30883 driver = smtp
30884 max_rcpt = 1
30885 return_path = \
30886 ${if match {$return_path}{^(.+?)-request@your.dom.example\$}\
30887 {$1-request+$local_part=$domain@your.dom.example}fail}
30888 .endd
30889 This has the effect of rewriting the return path (envelope sender) on outgoing
30890 SMTP messages, if the local part of the original return path ends in
30891 &"-request"&, and the domain is &'your.dom.example'&. The rewriting inserts the
30892 local part and domain of the recipient into the return path. Suppose, for
30893 example, that a message whose return path has been set to
30894 &'somelist-request@your.dom.example'& is sent to
30895 &'subscriber@other.dom.example'&. In the transport, the return path is
30896 rewritten as
30897 .code
30898 somelist-request+subscriber=other.dom.example@your.dom.example
30899 .endd
30900 .vindex "&$local_part$&"
30901 For this to work, you must tell Exim to send multiple copies of messages that
30902 have more than one recipient, so that each copy has just one recipient. This is
30903 achieved by setting &%max_rcpt%& to 1. Without this, a single copy of a message
30904 might be sent to several different recipients in the same domain, in which case
30905 &$local_part$& is not available in the transport, because it is not unique.
30906
30907 Unless your host is doing nothing but mailing list deliveries, you should
30908 probably use a separate transport for the VERP deliveries, so as not to use
30909 extra resources in making one-per-recipient copies for other deliveries. This
30910 can easily be done by expanding the &%transport%& option in the router:
30911 .code
30912 dnslookup:
30913 driver = dnslookup
30914 domains = ! +local_domains
30915 transport = \
30916 ${if match {$return_path}{^(.+?)-request@your.dom.example\$}\
30917 {verp_smtp}{remote_smtp}}
30918 no_more
30919 .endd
30920 If you want to change the return path using &%errors_to%& in a router instead
30921 of using &%return_path%& in the transport, you need to set &%errors_to%& on all
30922 routers that handle mailing list addresses. This will ensure that all delivery
30923 errors, including those detected on the local host, are sent to the VERP
30924 address.
30925
30926 On a host that does no local deliveries and has no manual routing, only the
30927 &(dnslookup)& router needs to be changed. A special transport is not needed for
30928 SMTP deliveries. Every mailing list recipient has its own return path value,
30929 and so Exim must hand them to the transport one at a time. Here is an example
30930 of a &(dnslookup)& router that implements VERP:
30931 .code
30932 verp_dnslookup:
30933 driver = dnslookup
30934 domains = ! +local_domains
30935 transport = remote_smtp
30936 errors_to = \
30937 ${if match {$return_path}{^(.+?)-request@your.dom.example\$}}
30938 {$1-request+$local_part=$domain@your.dom.example}fail}
30939 no_more
30940 .endd
30941 Before you start sending out messages with VERPed return paths, you must also
30942 configure Exim to accept the bounce messages that come back to those paths.
30943 Typically this is done by setting a &%local_part_suffix%& option for a
30944 router, and using this to route the messages to wherever you want to handle
30945 them.
30946
30947 The overhead incurred in using VERP depends very much on the size of the
30948 message, the number of recipient addresses that resolve to the same remote
30949 host, and the speed of the connection over which the message is being sent. If
30950 a lot of addresses resolve to the same host and the connection is slow, sending
30951 a separate copy of the message for each address may take substantially longer
30952 than sending a single copy with many recipients (for which VERP cannot be
30953 used).
30954
30955
30956
30957
30958
30959
30960 .section "Virtual domains" "SECTvirtualdomains"
30961 .cindex "virtual domains"
30962 .cindex "domain" "virtual"
30963 The phrase &'virtual domain'& is unfortunately used with two rather different
30964 meanings:
30965
30966 .ilist
30967 A domain for which there are no real mailboxes; all valid local parts are
30968 aliases for other email addresses. Common examples are organizational
30969 top-level domains and &"vanity"& domains.
30970 .next
30971 One of a number of independent domains that are all handled by the same host,
30972 with mailboxes on that host, but where the mailbox owners do not necessarily
30973 have login accounts on that host.
30974 .endlist
30975
30976 The first usage is probably more common, and does seem more &"virtual"& than
30977 the second. This kind of domain can be handled in Exim with a straightforward
30978 aliasing router. One approach is to create a separate alias file for each
30979 virtual domain. Exim can test for the existence of the alias file to determine
30980 whether the domain exists. The &(dsearch)& lookup type is useful here, leading
30981 to a router of this form:
30982 .code
30983 virtual:
30984 driver = redirect
30985 domains = dsearch;/etc/mail/virtual
30986 data = ${lookup{$local_part}lsearch{/etc/mail/virtual/$domain}}
30987 no_more
30988 .endd
30989 The &%domains%& option specifies that the router is to be skipped, unless there
30990 is a file in the &_/etc/mail/virtual_& directory whose name is the same as the
30991 domain that is being processed. When the router runs, it looks up the local
30992 part in the file to find a new address (or list of addresses). The &%no_more%&
30993 setting ensures that if the lookup fails (leading to &%data%& being an empty
30994 string), Exim gives up on the address without trying any subsequent routers.
30995
30996 This one router can handle all the virtual domains because the alias file names
30997 follow a fixed pattern. Permissions can be arranged so that appropriate people
30998 can edit the different alias files. A successful aliasing operation results in
30999 a new envelope recipient address, which is then routed from scratch.
31000
31001 The other kind of &"virtual"& domain can also be handled in a straightforward
31002 way. One approach is to create a file for each domain containing a list of
31003 valid local parts, and use it in a router like this:
31004 .code
31005 my_domains:
31006 driver = accept
31007 domains = dsearch;/etc/mail/domains
31008 local_parts = lsearch;/etc/mail/domains/$domain
31009 transport = my_mailboxes
31010 .endd
31011 The address is accepted if there is a file for the domain, and the local part
31012 can be found in the file. The &%domains%& option is used to check for the
31013 file's existence because &%domains%& is tested before the &%local_parts%&
31014 option (see section &<<SECTrouprecon>>&). You cannot use &%require_files%&,
31015 because that option is tested after &%local_parts%&. The transport is as
31016 follows:
31017 .code
31018 my_mailboxes:
31019 driver = appendfile
31020 file = /var/mail/$domain/$local_part
31021 user = mail
31022 .endd
31023 This uses a directory of mailboxes for each domain. The &%user%& setting is
31024 required, to specify which uid is to be used for writing to the mailboxes.
31025
31026 The configuration shown here is just one example of how you might support this
31027 requirement. There are many other ways this kind of configuration can be set
31028 up, for example, by using a database instead of separate files to hold all the
31029 information about the domains.
31030
31031
31032
31033 .section "Multiple user mailboxes" "SECTmulbox"
31034 .cindex "multiple mailboxes"
31035 .cindex "mailbox" "multiple"
31036 .cindex "local part" "prefix"
31037 .cindex "local part" "suffix"
31038 Heavy email users often want to operate with multiple mailboxes, into which
31039 incoming mail is automatically sorted. A popular way of handling this is to
31040 allow users to use multiple sender addresses, so that replies can easily be
31041 identified. Users are permitted to add prefixes or suffixes to their local
31042 parts for this purpose. The wildcard facility of the generic router options
31043 &%local_part_prefix%& and &%local_part_suffix%& can be used for this. For
31044 example, consider this router:
31045 .code
31046 userforward:
31047 driver = redirect
31048 check_local_user
31049 file = $home/.forward
31050 local_part_suffix = -*
31051 local_part_suffix_optional
31052 allow_filter
31053 .endd
31054 .vindex "&$local_part_suffix$&"
31055 It runs a user's &_.forward_& file for all local parts of the form
31056 &'username-*'&. Within the filter file the user can distinguish different
31057 cases by testing the variable &$local_part_suffix$&. For example:
31058 .code
31059 if $local_part_suffix contains -special then
31060 save /home/$local_part/Mail/special
31061 endif
31062 .endd
31063 If the filter file does not exist, or does not deal with such addresses, they
31064 fall through to subsequent routers, and, assuming no subsequent use of the
31065 &%local_part_suffix%& option is made, they presumably fail. Thus, users have
31066 control over which suffixes are valid.
31067
31068 Alternatively, a suffix can be used to trigger the use of a different
31069 &_.forward_& file &-- which is the way a similar facility is implemented in
31070 another MTA:
31071 .code
31072 userforward:
31073 driver = redirect
31074 check_local_user
31075 file = $home/.forward$local_part_suffix
31076 local_part_suffix = -*
31077 local_part_suffix_optional
31078 allow_filter
31079 .endd
31080 If there is no suffix, &_.forward_& is used; if the suffix is &'-special'&, for
31081 example, &_.forward-special_& is used. Once again, if the appropriate file
31082 does not exist, or does not deal with the address, it is passed on to
31083 subsequent routers, which could, if required, look for an unqualified
31084 &_.forward_& file to use as a default.
31085
31086
31087
31088 .section "Simplified vacation processing" "SECID244"
31089 .cindex "vacation processing"
31090 The traditional way of running the &'vacation'& program is for a user to set up
31091 a pipe command in a &_.forward_& file
31092 (see section &<<SECTspecitredli>>& for syntax details).
31093 This is prone to error by inexperienced users. There are two features of Exim
31094 that can be used to make this process simpler for users:
31095
31096 .ilist
31097 A local part prefix such as &"vacation-"& can be specified on a router which
31098 can cause the message to be delivered directly to the &'vacation'& program, or
31099 alternatively can use Exim's &(autoreply)& transport. The contents of a user's
31100 &_.forward_& file are then much simpler. For example:
31101 .code
31102 spqr, vacation-spqr
31103 .endd
31104 .next
31105 The &%require_files%& generic router option can be used to trigger a
31106 vacation delivery by checking for the existence of a certain file in the
31107 user's home directory. The &%unseen%& generic option should also be used, to
31108 ensure that the original delivery also proceeds. In this case, all the user has
31109 to do is to create a file called, say, &_.vacation_&, containing a vacation
31110 message.
31111 .endlist
31112
31113 Another advantage of both these methods is that they both work even when the
31114 use of arbitrary pipes by users is locked out.
31115
31116
31117
31118 .section "Taking copies of mail" "SECID245"
31119 .cindex "message" "copying every"
31120 Some installations have policies that require archive copies of all messages to
31121 be made. A single copy of each message can easily be taken by an appropriate
31122 command in a system filter, which could, for example, use a different file for
31123 each day's messages.
31124
31125 There is also a shadow transport mechanism that can be used to take copies of
31126 messages that are successfully delivered by local transports, one copy per
31127 delivery. This could be used, &'inter alia'&, to implement automatic
31128 notification of delivery by sites that insist on doing such things.
31129
31130
31131
31132 .section "Intermittently connected hosts" "SECID246"
31133 .cindex "intermittently connected hosts"
31134 It has become quite common (because it is cheaper) for hosts to connect to the
31135 Internet periodically rather than remain connected all the time. The normal
31136 arrangement is that mail for such hosts accumulates on a system that is
31137 permanently connected.
31138
31139 Exim was designed for use on permanently connected hosts, and so it is not
31140 particularly well-suited to use in an intermittently connected environment.
31141 Nevertheless there are some features that can be used.
31142
31143
31144 .section "Exim on the upstream server host" "SECID247"
31145 It is tempting to arrange for incoming mail for the intermittently connected
31146 host to remain on Exim's queue until the client connects. However, this
31147 approach does not scale very well. Two different kinds of waiting message are
31148 being mixed up in the same queue &-- those that cannot be delivered because of
31149 some temporary problem, and those that are waiting for their destination host
31150 to connect. This makes it hard to manage the queue, as well as wasting
31151 resources, because each queue runner scans the entire queue.
31152
31153 A better approach is to separate off those messages that are waiting for an
31154 intermittently connected host. This can be done by delivering these messages
31155 into local files in batch SMTP, &"mailstore"&, or other envelope-preserving
31156 format, from where they are transmitted by other software when their
31157 destination connects. This makes it easy to collect all the mail for one host
31158 in a single directory, and to apply local timeout rules on a per-message basis
31159 if required.
31160
31161 On a very small scale, leaving the mail on Exim's queue can be made to work. If
31162 you are doing this, you should configure Exim with a long retry period for the
31163 intermittent host. For example:
31164 .code
31165 cheshire.wonderland.fict.example * F,5d,24h
31166 .endd
31167 This stops a lot of failed delivery attempts from occurring, but Exim remembers
31168 which messages it has queued up for that host. Once the intermittent host comes
31169 online, forcing delivery of one message (either by using the &%-M%& or &%-R%&
31170 options, or by using the ETRN SMTP command (see section &<<SECTETRN>>&)
31171 causes all the queued up messages to be delivered, often down a single SMTP
31172 connection. While the host remains connected, any new messages get delivered
31173 immediately.
31174
31175 If the connecting hosts do not have fixed IP addresses, that is, if a host is
31176 issued with a different IP address each time it connects, Exim's retry
31177 mechanisms on the holding host get confused, because the IP address is normally
31178 used as part of the key string for holding retry information. This can be
31179 avoided by unsetting &%retry_include_ip_address%& on the &(smtp)& transport.
31180 Since this has disadvantages for permanently connected hosts, it is best to
31181 arrange a separate transport for the intermittently connected ones.
31182
31183
31184
31185 .section "Exim on the intermittently connected client host" "SECID248"
31186 The value of &%smtp_accept_queue_per_connection%& should probably be
31187 increased, or even set to zero (that is, disabled) on the intermittently
31188 connected host, so that all incoming messages down a single connection get
31189 delivered immediately.
31190
31191 .cindex "SMTP" "passed connection"
31192 .cindex "SMTP" "multiple deliveries"
31193 .cindex "multiple SMTP deliveries"
31194 Mail waiting to be sent from an intermittently connected host will probably
31195 not have been routed, because without a connection DNS lookups are not
31196 possible. This means that if a normal queue run is done at connection time,
31197 each message is likely to be sent in a separate SMTP session. This can be
31198 avoided by starting the queue run with a command line option beginning with
31199 &%-qq%& instead of &%-q%&. In this case, the queue is scanned twice. In the
31200 first pass, routing is done but no deliveries take place. The second pass is a
31201 normal queue run; since all the messages have been previously routed, those
31202 destined for the same host are likely to get sent as multiple deliveries in a
31203 single SMTP connection.
31204
31205
31206
31207 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31208 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31209
31210 .chapter "Using Exim as a non-queueing client" "CHAPnonqueueing" &&&
31211 "Exim as a non-queueing client"
31212 .cindex "client, non-queueing"
31213 .cindex "smart host" "suppressing queueing"
31214 On a personal computer, it is a common requirement for all
31215 email to be sent to a &"smart host"&. There are plenty of MUAs that can be
31216 configured to operate that way, for all the popular operating systems.
31217 However, there are some MUAs for Unix-like systems that cannot be so
31218 configured: they submit messages using the command line interface of
31219 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&. Furthermore, utility programs such as &'cron'& submit
31220 messages this way.
31221
31222 If the personal computer runs continuously, there is no problem, because it can
31223 run a conventional MTA that handles delivery to the smart host, and deal with
31224 any delays via its queueing mechanism. However, if the computer does not run
31225 continuously or runs different operating systems at different times, queueing
31226 email is not desirable.
31227
31228 There is therefore a requirement for something that can provide the
31229 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_& interface but deliver messages to a smart host without
31230 any queueing or retrying facilities. Furthermore, the delivery to the smart
31231 host should be synchronous, so that if it fails, the sending MUA is immediately
31232 informed. In other words, we want something that extends an MUA that submits
31233 to a local MTA via the command line so that it behaves like one that submits
31234 to a remote smart host using TCP/SMTP.
31235
31236 There are a number of applications (for example, there is one called &'ssmtp'&)
31237 that do this job. However, people have found them to be lacking in various
31238 ways. For instance, you might want to allow aliasing and forwarding to be done
31239 before sending a message to the smart host.
31240
31241 Exim already had the necessary infrastructure for doing this job. Just a few
31242 tweaks were needed to make it behave as required, though it is somewhat of an
31243 overkill to use a fully-featured MTA for this purpose.
31244
31245 .oindex "&%mua_wrapper%&"
31246 There is a Boolean global option called &%mua_wrapper%&, defaulting false.
31247 Setting &%mua_wrapper%& true causes Exim to run in a special mode where it
31248 assumes that it is being used to &"wrap"& a command-line MUA in the manner
31249 just described. As well as setting &%mua_wrapper%&, you also need to provide a
31250 compatible router and transport configuration. Typically there will be just one
31251 router and one transport, sending everything to a smart host.
31252
31253 When run in MUA wrapping mode, the behaviour of Exim changes in the
31254 following ways:
31255
31256 .ilist
31257 A daemon cannot be run, nor will Exim accept incoming messages from &'inetd'&.
31258 In other words, the only way to submit messages is via the command line.
31259 .next
31260 Each message is synchronously delivered as soon as it is received (&%-odi%& is
31261 assumed). All queueing options (&%queue_only%&, &%queue_smtp_domains%&,
31262 &%control%& in an ACL, etc.) are quietly ignored. The Exim reception process
31263 does not finish until the delivery attempt is complete. If the delivery is
31264 successful, a zero return code is given.
31265 .next
31266 Address redirection is permitted, but the final routing for all addresses must
31267 be to the same remote transport, and to the same list of hosts. Furthermore,
31268 the return address (envelope sender) must be the same for all recipients, as
31269 must any added or deleted header lines. In other words, it must be possible to
31270 deliver the message in a single SMTP transaction, however many recipients there
31271 are.
31272 .next
31273 If these conditions are not met, or if routing any address results in a
31274 failure or defer status, or if Exim is unable to deliver all the recipients
31275 successfully to one of the smart hosts, delivery of the entire message fails.
31276 .next
31277 Because no queueing is allowed, all failures are treated as permanent; there
31278 is no distinction between 4&'xx'& and 5&'xx'& SMTP response codes from the
31279 smart host. Furthermore, because only a single yes/no response can be given to
31280 the caller, it is not possible to deliver to some recipients and not others. If
31281 there is an error (temporary or permanent) for any recipient, all are failed.
31282 .next
31283 If more than one smart host is listed, Exim will try another host after a
31284 connection failure or a timeout, in the normal way. However, if this kind of
31285 failure happens for all the hosts, the delivery fails.
31286 .next
31287 When delivery fails, an error message is written to the standard error stream
31288 (as well as to Exim's log), and Exim exits to the caller with a return code
31289 value 1. The message is expunged from Exim's spool files. No bounce messages
31290 are ever generated.
31291 .next
31292 No retry data is maintained, and any retry rules are ignored.
31293 .next
31294 A number of Exim options are overridden: &%deliver_drop_privilege%& is forced
31295 true, &%max_rcpt%& in the smtp transport is forced to &"unlimited"&,
31296 &%remote_max_parallel%& is forced to one, and fallback hosts are ignored.
31297 .endlist
31298
31299 The overall effect is that Exim makes a single synchronous attempt to deliver
31300 the message, failing if there is any kind of problem. Because no local
31301 deliveries are done and no daemon can be run, Exim does not need root
31302 privilege. It should be possible to run it setuid to &'exim'& instead of setuid
31303 to &'root'&. See section &<<SECTrunexiwitpri>>& for a general discussion about
31304 the advantages and disadvantages of running without root privilege.
31305
31306
31307
31308
31309 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31310 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
31311
31312 .chapter "Log files" "CHAPlog"
31313 .scindex IIDloggen "log" "general description"
31314 .cindex "log" "types of"
31315 Exim writes three different logs, referred to as the main log, the reject log,
31316 and the panic log:
31317
31318 .ilist
31319 .cindex "main log"
31320 The main log records the arrival of each message and each delivery in a single
31321 line in each case. The format is as compact as possible, in an attempt to keep
31322 down the size of log files. Two-character flag sequences make it easy to pick
31323 out these lines. A number of other events are recorded in the main log. Some of
31324 them are optional, in which case the &%log_selector%& option controls whether
31325 they are included or not. A Perl script called &'eximstats'&, which does simple
31326 analysis of main log files, is provided in the Exim distribution (see section
31327 &<<SECTmailstat>>&).
31328 .next
31329 .cindex "reject log"
31330 The reject log records information from messages that are rejected as a result
31331 of a configuration option (that is, for policy reasons).
31332 The first line of each rejection is a copy of the line that is also written to
31333 the main log. Then, if the message's header has been read at the time the log
31334 is written, its contents are written to this log. Only the original header
31335 lines are available; header lines added by ACLs are not logged. You can use the
31336 reject log to check that your policy controls are working correctly; on a busy
31337 host this may be easier than scanning the main log for rejection messages. You
31338 can suppress the writing of the reject log by setting &%write_rejectlog%&
31339 false.
31340 .next
31341 .cindex "panic log"
31342 .cindex "system log"
31343 When certain serious errors occur, Exim writes entries to its panic log. If the
31344 error is sufficiently disastrous, Exim bombs out afterwards. Panic log entries
31345 are usually written to the main log as well, but can get lost amid the mass of
31346 other entries. The panic log should be empty under normal circumstances. It is
31347 therefore a good idea to check it (or to have a &'cron'& script check it)
31348 regularly, in order to become aware of any problems. When Exim cannot open its
31349 panic log, it tries as a last resort to write to the system log (syslog). This
31350 is opened with LOG_PID+LOG_CONS and the facility code of LOG_MAIL. The
31351 message itself is written at priority LOG_CRIT.
31352 .endlist
31353
31354 Every log line starts with a timestamp, in the format shown in the following
31355 example. Note that many of the examples shown in this chapter are line-wrapped.
31356 In the log file, this would be all on one line:
31357 .code
31358 2001-09-16 16:09:47 SMTP connection from [127.0.0.1] closed
31359 by QUIT
31360 .endd
31361 By default, the timestamps are in the local timezone. There are two
31362 ways of changing this:
31363
31364 .ilist
31365 You can set the &%timezone%& option to a different time zone; in particular, if
31366 you set
31367 .code
31368 timezone = UTC
31369 .endd
31370 the timestamps will be in UTC (aka GMT).
31371 .next
31372 If you set &%log_timezone%& true, the time zone is added to the timestamp, for
31373 example:
31374 .code
31375 2003-04-25 11:17:07 +0100 Start queue run: pid=12762
31376 .endd
31377 .endlist
31378
31379 .new
31380 .cindex "log" "process ids in"
31381 .cindex "pid (process id)" "in log lines"
31382 Exim does not include its process id in log lines by default, but you can
31383 request that it does so by specifying the &`pid`& log selector (see section
31384 &<<SECTlogselector>>&). When this is set, the process id is output, in square
31385 brackets, immediately after the time and date.
31386 .wen
31387
31388
31389
31390
31391 .section "Where the logs are written" "SECTwhelogwri"
31392 .cindex "log" "destination"
31393 .cindex "log" "to file"
31394 .cindex "log" "to syslog"
31395 .cindex "syslog"
31396 The logs may be written to local files, or to syslog, or both. However, it
31397 should be noted that many syslog implementations use UDP as a transport, and
31398 are therefore unreliable in the sense that messages are not guaranteed to
31399 arrive at the loghost, nor is the ordering of messages necessarily maintained.
31400 It has also been reported that on large log files (tens of megabytes) you may
31401 need to tweak syslog to prevent it syncing the file with each write &-- on
31402 Linux this has been seen to make syslog take 90% plus of CPU time.
31403
31404 The destination for Exim's logs is configured by setting LOG_FILE_PATH in
31405 &_Local/Makefile_& or by setting &%log_file_path%& in the run time
31406 configuration. This latter string is expanded, so it can contain, for example,
31407 references to the host name:
31408 .code
31409 log_file_path = /var/log/$primary_hostname/exim_%slog
31410 .endd
31411 It is generally advisable, however, to set the string in &_Local/Makefile_&
31412 rather than at run time, because then the setting is available right from the
31413 start of Exim's execution. Otherwise, if there's something it wants to log
31414 before it has read the configuration file (for example, an error in the
31415 configuration file) it will not use the path you want, and may not be able to
31416 log at all.
31417
31418 The value of LOG_FILE_PATH or &%log_file_path%& is a colon-separated
31419 list, currently limited to at most two items. This is one option where the
31420 facility for changing a list separator may not be used. The list must always be
31421 colon-separated. If an item in the list is &"syslog"& then syslog is used;
31422 otherwise the item must either be an absolute path, containing &`%s`& at the
31423 point where &"main"&, &"reject"&, or &"panic"& is to be inserted, or be empty,
31424 implying the use of a default path.
31425
31426 When Exim encounters an empty item in the list, it searches the list defined by
31427 LOG_FILE_PATH, and uses the first item it finds that is neither empty nor
31428 &"syslog"&. This means that an empty item in &%log_file_path%& can be used to
31429 mean &"use the path specified at build time"&. It no such item exists, log
31430 files are written in the &_log_& subdirectory of the spool directory. This is
31431 equivalent to the setting:
31432 .code
31433 log_file_path = $spool_directory/log/%slog
31434 .endd
31435 If you do not specify anything at build time or run time, that is where the
31436 logs are written.
31437
31438 A log file path may also contain &`%D`& if datestamped log file names are in
31439 use &-- see section &<<SECTdatlogfil>>& below.
31440
31441 Here are some examples of possible settings:
31442 .display
31443 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=syslog `& syslog only
31444 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=:syslog `& syslog and default path
31445 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=syslog : /usr/log/exim_%s `& syslog and specified path
31446 &`LOG_FILE_PATH=/usr/log/exim_%s `& specified path only
31447 .endd
31448 If there are more than two paths in the list, the first is used and a panic
31449 error is logged.
31450
31451
31452
31453 .section "Logging to local files that are periodically &""cycled""&" "SECID285"
31454 .cindex "log" "cycling local files"
31455 .cindex "cycling logs"
31456 .cindex "&'exicyclog'&"
31457 .cindex "log" "local files; writing to"
31458 Some operating systems provide centralized and standardized methods for cycling
31459 log files. For those that do not, a utility script called &'exicyclog'& is
31460 provided (see section &<<SECTcyclogfil>>&). This renames and compresses the
31461 main and reject logs each time it is called. The maximum number of old logs to
31462 keep can be set. It is suggested this script is run as a daily &'cron'& job.
31463
31464 An Exim delivery process opens the main log when it first needs to write to it,
31465 and it keeps the file open in case subsequent entries are required &-- for
31466 example, if a number of different deliveries are being done for the same
31467 message. However, remote SMTP deliveries can take a long time, and this means
31468 that the file may be kept open long after it is renamed if &'exicyclog'& or
31469 something similar is being used to rename log files on a regular basis. To
31470 ensure that a switch of log files is noticed as soon as possible, Exim calls
31471 &[stat()]& on the main log's name before reusing an open file, and if the file
31472 does not exist, or its inode has changed, the old file is closed and Exim
31473 tries to open the main log from scratch. Thus, an old log file may remain open
31474 for quite some time, but no Exim processes should write to it once it has been
31475 renamed.
31476
31477
31478
31479 .section "Datestamped log files" "SECTdatlogfil"
31480 .cindex "log" "datestamped files"
31481 Instead of cycling the main and reject log files by renaming them
31482 periodically, some sites like to use files whose names contain a datestamp,
31483 for example, &_mainlog-20031225_&. The datestamp is in the form &_yyyymmdd_&.
31484 Exim has support for this way of working. It is enabled by setting the
31485 &%log_file_path%& option to a path that includes &`%D`& at the point where the
31486 datestamp is required. For example:
31487 .code
31488 log_file_path = /var/spool/exim/log/%slog-%D
31489 log_file_path = /var/log/exim-%s-%D.log
31490 log_file_path = /var/spool/exim/log/%D-%slog
31491 .endd
31492 As before, &`%s`& is replaced by &"main"& or &"reject"&; the following are
31493 examples of names generated by the above examples:
31494 .code
31495 /var/spool/exim/log/mainlog-20021225
31496 /var/log/exim-reject-20021225.log
31497 /var/spool/exim/log/20021225-mainlog
31498 .endd
31499 When this form of log file is specified, Exim automatically switches to new
31500 files at midnight. It does not make any attempt to compress old logs; you
31501 will need to write your own script if you require this. You should not
31502 run &'exicyclog'& with this form of logging.
31503
31504 The location of the panic log is also determined by &%log_file_path%&, but it
31505 is not datestamped, because rotation of the panic log does not make sense.
31506 When generating the name of the panic log, &`%D`& is removed from the string.
31507 In addition, if it immediately follows a slash, a following non-alphanumeric
31508 character is removed; otherwise a preceding non-alphanumeric character is
31509 removed. Thus, the three examples above would give these panic log names:
31510 .code
31511 /var/spool/exim/log/paniclog
31512 /var/log/exim-panic.log
31513 /var/spool/exim/log/paniclog
31514 .endd
31515
31516
31517 .section "Logging to syslog" "SECID249"
31518 .cindex "log" "syslog; writing to"
31519 The use of syslog does not change what Exim logs or the format of its messages,
31520 except in one respect. If &%syslog_timestamp%& is set false, the timestamps on
31521 Exim's log lines are omitted when these lines are sent to syslog. Apart from
31522 that, the same strings are written to syslog as to log files. The syslog
31523 &"facility"& is set to LOG_MAIL, and the program name to &"exim"&
31524 by default, but you can change these by setting the &%syslog_facility%& and
31525 &%syslog_processname%& options, respectively. If Exim was compiled with
31526 SYSLOG_LOG_PID set in &_Local/Makefile_& (this is the default in
31527 &_src/EDITME_&), then, on systems that permit it (all except ULTRIX), the
31528 LOG_PID flag is set so that the &[syslog()]& call adds the pid as well as
31529 the time and host name to each line.
31530 The three log streams are mapped onto syslog priorities as follows:
31531
31532 .ilist
31533 &'mainlog'& is mapped to LOG_INFO
31534 .next
31535 &'rejectlog'& is mapped to LOG_NOTICE
31536 .next
31537 &'paniclog'& is mapped to LOG_ALERT
31538 .endlist
31539
31540 Many log lines are written to both &'mainlog'& and &'rejectlog'&, and some are
31541 written to both &'mainlog'& and &'paniclog'&, so there will be duplicates if
31542 these are routed by syslog to the same place. You can suppress this duplication
31543 by setting &%syslog_duplication%& false.
31544
31545 Exim's log lines can sometimes be very long, and some of its &'rejectlog'&
31546 entries contain multiple lines when headers are included. To cope with both
31547 these cases, entries written to syslog are split into separate &[syslog()]&
31548 calls at each internal newline, and also after a maximum of
31549 870 data characters. (This allows for a total syslog line length of 1024, when
31550 additions such as timestamps are added.) If you are running a syslog
31551 replacement that can handle lines longer than the 1024 characters allowed by
31552 RFC 3164, you should set
31553 .code
31554 SYSLOG_LONG_LINES=yes
31555 .endd
31556 in &_Local/Makefile_& before building Exim. That stops Exim from splitting long
31557 lines, but it still splits at internal newlines in &'reject'& log entries.
31558
31559 To make it easy to re-assemble split lines later, each component of a split
31560 entry starts with a string of the form [<&'n'&>/<&'m'&>] or [<&'n'&>\<&'m'&>]
31561 where <&'n'&> is the component number and <&'m'&> is the total number of
31562 components in the entry. The / delimiter is used when the line was split
31563 because it was too long; if it was split because of an internal newline, the \
31564 delimiter is used. For example, supposing the length limit to be 50 instead of
31565 870, the following would be the result of a typical rejection message to
31566 &'mainlog'& (LOG_INFO), each line in addition being preceded by the time, host
31567 name, and pid as added by syslog:
31568 .code
31569 [1/5] 2002-09-16 16:09:43 16RdAL-0006pc-00 rejected from
31570 [2/5] [127.0.0.1] (ph10): syntax error in 'From' header
31571 [3/5] when scanning for sender: missing or malformed lo
31572 [4/5] cal part in "<>" (envelope sender is <ph10@cam.exa
31573 [5/5] mple>)
31574 .endd
31575 The same error might cause the following lines to be written to &"rejectlog"&
31576 (LOG_NOTICE):
31577 .code
31578 [1/18] 2002-09-16 16:09:43 16RdAL-0006pc-00 rejected fro
31579 [2/18] m [127.0.0.1] (ph10): syntax error in 'From' head
31580 [3/18] er when scanning for sender: missing or malformed
31581 [4/18] local part in "<>" (envelope sender is <ph10@cam
31582 [5\18] .example>)
31583 [6\18] Recipients: ph10@some.domain.cam.example
31584 [7\18] P Received: from [127.0.0.1] (ident=ph10)
31585 [8\18] by xxxxx.cam.example with smtp (Exim 4.00)
31586 [9\18] id 16RdAL-0006pc-00
31587 [10/18] for ph10@cam.example; Mon, 16 Sep 2002 16:
31588 [11\18] 09:43 +0100
31589 [12\18] F From: <>
31590 [13\18] Subject: this is a test header
31591 [18\18] X-something: this is another header
31592 [15/18] I Message-Id: <E16RdAL-0006pc-00@xxxxx.cam.examp
31593 [16\18] le>
31594 [17\18] B Bcc:
31595 [18/18] Date: Mon, 16 Sep 2002 16:09:43 +0100
31596 .endd
31597 Log lines that are neither too long nor contain newlines are written to syslog
31598 without modification.
31599
31600 If only syslog is being used, the Exim monitor is unable to provide a log tail
31601 display, unless syslog is routing &'mainlog'& to a file on the local host and
31602 the environment variable EXIMON_LOG_FILE_PATH is set to tell the monitor
31603 where it is.
31604
31605
31606
31607 .section "Log line flags" "SECID250"
31608 One line is written to the main log for each message received, and for each
31609 successful, unsuccessful, and delayed delivery. These lines can readily be
31610 picked out by the distinctive two-character flags that immediately follow the
31611 timestamp. The flags are:
31612 .display
31613 &`<=`& message arrival
31614 &`=>`& normal message delivery
31615 &`->`& additional address in same delivery
31616 &`*>`& delivery suppressed by &%-N%&
31617 &`**`& delivery failed; address bounced
31618 &`==`& delivery deferred; temporary problem
31619 .endd
31620
31621
31622 .section "Logging message reception" "SECID251"
31623 .cindex "log" "reception line"
31624 The format of the single-line entry in the main log that is written for every
31625 message received is shown in the basic example below, which is split over
31626 several lines in order to fit it on the page:
31627 .code
31628 2002-10-31 08:57:53 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 <= kryten@dwarf.fict.example
31629 H=mailer.fict.example [192.168.123.123] U=exim
31630 P=smtp S=5678 id=<incoming message id>
31631 .endd
31632 The address immediately following &"<="& is the envelope sender address. A
31633 bounce message is shown with the sender address &"<>"&, and if it is locally
31634 generated, this is followed by an item of the form
31635 .code
31636 R=<message id>
31637 .endd
31638 which is a reference to the message that caused the bounce to be sent.
31639
31640 .cindex "HELO"
31641 .cindex "EHLO"
31642 For messages from other hosts, the H and U fields identify the remote host and
31643 record the RFC 1413 identity of the user that sent the message, if one was
31644 received. The number given in square brackets is the IP address of the sending
31645 host. If there is a single, unparenthesized host name in the H field, as
31646 above, it has been verified to correspond to the IP address (see the
31647 &%host_lookup%& option). If the name is in parentheses, it was the name quoted
31648 by the remote host in the SMTP HELO or EHLO command, and has not been
31649 verified. If verification yields a different name to that given for HELO or
31650 EHLO, the verified name appears first, followed by the HELO or EHLO
31651 name in parentheses.
31652
31653 Misconfigured hosts (and mail forgers) sometimes put an IP address, with or
31654 without brackets, in the HELO or EHLO command, leading to entries in
31655 the log containing text like these examples:
31656 .code
31657 H=(10.21.32.43) [192.168.8.34]
31658 H=([10.21.32.43]) [192.168.8.34]
31659 .endd
31660 This can be confusing. Only the final address in square brackets can be relied
31661 on.
31662
31663 For locally generated messages (that is, messages not received over TCP/IP),
31664 the H field is omitted, and the U field contains the login name of the caller
31665 of Exim.
31666
31667 .cindex "authentication" "logging"
31668 .cindex "AUTH" "logging"
31669 For all messages, the P field specifies the protocol used to receive the
31670 message. This is the value that is stored in &$received_protocol$&. In the case
31671 of incoming SMTP messages, the value indicates whether or not any SMTP
31672 extensions (ESMTP), encryption, or authentication were used. If the SMTP
31673 session was encrypted, there is an additional X field that records the cipher
31674 suite that was used.
31675
31676 The protocol is set to &"esmtpsa"& or &"esmtpa"& for messages received from
31677 hosts that have authenticated themselves using the SMTP AUTH command. The first
31678 value is used when the SMTP connection was encrypted (&"secure"&). In this case
31679 there is an additional item A= followed by the name of the authenticator that
31680 was used. If an authenticated identification was set up by the authenticator's
31681 &%server_set_id%& option, this is logged too, separated by a colon from the
31682 authenticator name.
31683
31684 .cindex "size" "of message"
31685 The id field records the existing message id, if present. The size of the
31686 received message is given by the S field. When the message is delivered,
31687 headers may be removed or added, so that the size of delivered copies of the
31688 message may not correspond with this value (and indeed may be different to each
31689 other).
31690
31691 The &%log_selector%& option can be used to request the logging of additional
31692 data when a message is received. See section &<<SECTlogselector>>& below.
31693
31694
31695
31696 .section "Logging deliveries" "SECID252"
31697 .cindex "log" "delivery line"
31698 The format of the single-line entry in the main log that is written for every
31699 delivery is shown in one of the examples below, for local and remote
31700 deliveries, respectively. Each example has been split into two lines in order
31701 to fit it on the page:
31702 .code
31703 2002-10-31 08:59:13 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 => marv
31704 <marv@hitch.fict.example> R=localuser T=local_delivery
31705 2002-10-31 09:00:10 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 =>
31706 monk@holistic.fict.example R=dnslookup T=remote_smtp
31707 H=holistic.fict.example [192.168.234.234]
31708 .endd
31709 For ordinary local deliveries, the original address is given in angle brackets
31710 after the final delivery address, which might be a pipe or a file. If
31711 intermediate address(es) exist between the original and the final address, the
31712 last of these is given in parentheses after the final address. The R and T
31713 fields record the router and transport that were used to process the address.
31714
31715 If a shadow transport was run after a successful local delivery, the log line
31716 for the successful delivery has an item added on the end, of the form
31717 .display
31718 &`ST=<`&&'shadow transport name'&&`>`&
31719 .endd
31720 If the shadow transport did not succeed, the error message is put in
31721 parentheses afterwards.
31722
31723 .cindex "asterisk" "after IP address"
31724 When more than one address is included in a single delivery (for example, two
31725 SMTP RCPT commands in one transaction) the second and subsequent addresses are
31726 flagged with &`->`& instead of &`=>`&. When two or more messages are delivered
31727 down a single SMTP connection, an asterisk follows the IP address in the log
31728 lines for the second and subsequent messages.
31729
31730 The generation of a reply message by a filter file gets logged as a
31731 &"delivery"& to the addressee, preceded by &">"&.
31732
31733 The &%log_selector%& option can be used to request the logging of additional
31734 data when a message is delivered. See section &<<SECTlogselector>>& below.
31735
31736
31737 .section "Discarded deliveries" "SECID253"
31738 .cindex "discarded messages"
31739 .cindex "message" "discarded"
31740 .cindex "delivery" "discarded; logging"
31741 When a message is discarded as a result of the command &"seen finish"& being
31742 obeyed in a filter file which generates no deliveries, a log entry of the form
31743 .code
31744 2002-12-10 00:50:49 16auJc-0001UB-00 => discarded
31745 <low.club@bridge.example> R=userforward
31746 .endd
31747 is written, to record why no deliveries are logged. When a message is discarded
31748 because it is aliased to &":blackhole:"& the log line is like this:
31749 .code
31750 1999-03-02 09:44:33 10HmaX-0005vi-00 => :blackhole:
31751 <hole@nowhere.example> R=blackhole_router
31752 .endd
31753
31754
31755 .section "Deferred deliveries" "SECID254"
31756 When a delivery is deferred, a line of the following form is logged:
31757 .code
31758 2002-12-19 16:20:23 16aiQz-0002Q5-00 == marvin@endrest.example
31759 R=dnslookup T=smtp defer (146): Connection refused
31760 .endd
31761 In the case of remote deliveries, the error is the one that was given for the
31762 last IP address that was tried. Details of individual SMTP failures are also
31763 written to the log, so the above line would be preceded by something like
31764 .code
31765 2002-12-19 16:20:23 16aiQz-0002Q5-00 Failed to connect to
31766 mail1.endrest.example [192.168.239.239]: Connection refused
31767 .endd
31768 When a deferred address is skipped because its retry time has not been reached,
31769 a message is written to the log, but this can be suppressed by setting an
31770 appropriate value in &%log_selector%&.
31771
31772
31773
31774 .section "Delivery failures" "SECID255"
31775 .cindex "delivery" "failure; logging"
31776 If a delivery fails because an address cannot be routed, a line of the
31777 following form is logged:
31778 .code
31779 1995-12-19 16:20:23 0tRiQz-0002Q5-00 ** jim@trek99.example
31780 <jim@trek99.example>: unknown mail domain
31781 .endd
31782 If a delivery fails at transport time, the router and transport are shown, and
31783 the response from the remote host is included, as in this example:
31784 .code
31785 2002-07-11 07:14:17 17SXDU-000189-00 ** ace400@pb.example
31786 R=dnslookup T=remote_smtp: SMTP error from remote mailer
31787 after pipelined RCPT TO:<ace400@pb.example>: host
31788 pbmail3.py.example [192.168.63.111]: 553 5.3.0
31789 <ace400@pb.example>...Addressee unknown
31790 .endd
31791 The word &"pipelined"& indicates that the SMTP PIPELINING extension was being
31792 used. See &%hosts_avoid_esmtp%& in the &(smtp)& transport for a way of
31793 disabling PIPELINING. The log lines for all forms of delivery failure are
31794 flagged with &`**`&.
31795
31796
31797
31798 .section "Fake deliveries" "SECID256"
31799 .cindex "delivery" "fake; logging"
31800 If a delivery does not actually take place because the &%-N%& option has been
31801 used to suppress it, a normal delivery line is written to the log, except that
31802 &"=>"& is replaced by &"*>"&.
31803
31804
31805
31806 .section "Completion" "SECID257"
31807 A line of the form
31808 .code
31809 2002-10-31 09:00:11 16ZCW1-0005MB-00 Completed
31810 .endd
31811 is written to the main log when a message is about to be removed from the spool
31812 at the end of its processing.
31813
31814
31815
31816
31817 .section "Summary of Fields in Log Lines" "SECID258"
31818 .cindex "log" "summary of fields"
31819 A summary of the field identifiers that are used in log lines is shown in
31820 the following table:
31821 .display
31822 &`A `& authenticator name (and optional id)
31823 &`C `& SMTP confirmation on delivery
31824 .new
31825 &` `& command list for &"no mail in SMTP session"&
31826 .wen
31827 &`CV `& certificate verification status
31828 .new
31829 &`D `& duration of &"no mail in SMTP session"&
31830 .wen
31831 &`DN `& distinguished name from peer certificate
31832 &`DT `& on &`=>`& lines: time taken for a delivery
31833 &`F `& sender address (on delivery lines)
31834 &`H `& host name and IP address
31835 &`I `& local interface used
31836 &`id `& message id for incoming message
31837 &`P `& on &`<=`& lines: protocol used
31838 &` `& on &`=>`& and &`**`& lines: return path
31839 &`QT `& on &`=>`& lines: time spent on queue so far
31840 &` `& on &"Completed"& lines: time spent on queue
31841 &`R `& on &`<=`& lines: reference for local bounce
31842 &` `& on &`=>`& &`**`& and &`==`& lines: router name
31843 &`S `& size of message
31844 &`ST `& shadow transport name
31845 &`T `& on &`<=`& lines: message subject (topic)
31846 &` `& on &`=>`& &`**`& and &`==`& lines: transport name
31847 &`U `& local user or RFC 1413 identity
31848 &`X `& TLS cipher suite
31849 .endd
31850
31851
31852 .section "Other log entries" "SECID259"
31853 Various other types of log entry are written from time to time. Most should be
31854 self-explanatory. Among the more common are:
31855
31856 .ilist
31857 .cindex "retry" "time not reached"
31858 &'retry time not reached'&&~&~An address previously suffered a temporary error
31859 during routing or local delivery, and the time to retry has not yet arrived.
31860 This message is not written to an individual message log file unless it happens
31861 during the first delivery attempt.
31862 .next
31863 &'retry time not reached for any host'&&~&~An address previously suffered
31864 temporary errors during remote delivery, and the retry time has not yet arrived
31865 for any of the hosts to which it is routed.
31866 .next
31867 .cindex "spool directory" "file locked"
31868 &'spool file locked'&&~&~An attempt to deliver a message cannot proceed because
31869 some other Exim process is already working on the message. This can be quite
31870 common if queue running processes are started at frequent intervals. The
31871 &'exiwhat'& utility script can be used to find out what Exim processes are
31872 doing.
31873 .next
31874 .cindex "error" "ignored"
31875 &'error ignored'&&~&~There are several circumstances that give rise to this
31876 message:
31877 .olist
31878 Exim failed to deliver a bounce message whose age was greater than
31879 &%ignore_bounce_errors_after%&. The bounce was discarded.
31880 .next
31881 A filter file set up a delivery using the &"noerror"& option, and the delivery
31882 failed. The delivery was discarded.
31883 .next
31884 A delivery set up by a router configured with
31885 . ==== As this is a nested list, any displays it contains must be indented
31886 . ==== as otherwise they are too far to the left.
31887 .code
31888 errors_to = <>
31889 .endd
31890 failed. The delivery was discarded.
31891 .endlist olist
31892 .endlist ilist
31893
31894
31895
31896
31897
31898 .section "Reducing or increasing what is logged" "SECTlogselector"
31899 .cindex "log" "selectors"
31900 By setting the &%log_selector%& global option, you can disable some of Exim's
31901 default logging, or you can request additional logging. The value of
31902 &%log_selector%& is made up of names preceded by plus or minus characters. For
31903 example:
31904 .code
31905 log_selector = +arguments -retry_defer
31906 .endd
31907 The list of optional log items is in the following table, with the default
31908 selection marked by asterisks:
31909 .display
31910 &`*acl_warn_skipped `& skipped &%warn%& statement in ACL
31911 &` address_rewrite `& address rewriting
31912 &` all_parents `& all parents in => lines
31913 &` arguments `& command line arguments
31914 &`*connection_reject `& connection rejections
31915 &`*delay_delivery `& immediate delivery delayed
31916 &` deliver_time `& time taken to perform delivery
31917 &` delivery_size `& add &`S=`&&'nnn'& to => lines
31918 &`*dnslist_defer `& defers of DNS list (aka RBL) lookups
31919 &`*etrn `& ETRN commands
31920 &`*host_lookup_failed `& as it says
31921 &` ident_timeout `& timeout for ident connection
31922 &` incoming_interface `& incoming interface on <= lines
31923 &` incoming_port `& incoming port on <= lines
31924 &`*lost_incoming_connection `& as it says (includes timeouts)
31925 &` outgoing_port `& add remote port to => lines
31926 &`*queue_run `& start and end queue runs
31927 &` queue_time `& time on queue for one recipient
31928 &` queue_time_overall `& time on queue for whole message
31929 .new
31930 &` pid `& Exim process id
31931 .wen
31932 &` received_recipients `& recipients on <= lines
31933 &` received_sender `& sender on <= lines
31934 &`*rejected_header `& header contents on reject log
31935 &`*retry_defer `& &"retry time not reached"&
31936 &` return_path_on_delivery `& put return path on => and ** lines
31937 &` sender_on_delivery `& add sender to => lines
31938 &`*sender_verify_fail `& sender verification failures
31939 &`*size_reject `& rejection because too big
31940 &`*skip_delivery `& delivery skipped in a queue run
31941 &` smtp_confirmation `& SMTP confirmation on => lines
31942 &` smtp_connection `& SMTP connections
31943 &` smtp_incomplete_transaction`& incomplete SMTP transactions
31944 .new
31945 &` smtp_no_mail `& session with no MAIL commands
31946 .wen
31947 &` smtp_protocol_error `& SMTP protocol errors
31948 &` smtp_syntax_error `& SMTP syntax errors
31949 &` subject `& contents of &'Subject:'& on <= lines
31950 &` tls_certificate_verified `& certificate verification status
31951 &`*tls_cipher `& TLS cipher suite on <= and => lines
31952 &` tls_peerdn `& TLS peer DN on <= and => lines
31953 &` unknown_in_list `& DNS lookup failed in list match
31954
31955 &` all `& all of the above
31956 .endd
31957 More details on each of these items follows:
31958
31959 .ilist
31960 .cindex "&%warn%& ACL verb" "log when skipping"
31961 &%acl_warn_skipped%&: When an ACL &%warn%& statement is skipped because one of
31962 its conditions cannot be evaluated, a log line to this effect is written if
31963 this log selector is set.
31964 .next
31965 .cindex "log" "rewriting"
31966 .cindex "rewriting" "logging"
31967 &%address_rewrite%&: This applies both to global rewrites and per-transport
31968 rewrites, but not to rewrites in filters run as an unprivileged user (because
31969 such users cannot access the log).
31970 .next
31971 .cindex "log" "full parentage"
31972 &%all_parents%&: Normally only the original and final addresses are logged on
31973 delivery lines; with this selector, intermediate parents are given in
31974 parentheses between them.
31975 .next
31976 .cindex "log" "Exim arguments"
31977 .cindex "Exim arguments, logging"
31978 &%arguments%&: This causes Exim to write the arguments with which it was called
31979 to the main log, preceded by the current working directory. This is a debugging
31980 feature, added to make it easier to find out how certain MUAs call
31981 &_/usr/sbin/sendmail_&. The logging does not happen if Exim has given up root
31982 privilege because it was called with the &%-C%& or &%-D%& options. Arguments
31983 that are empty or that contain white space are quoted. Non-printing characters
31984 are shown as escape sequences. This facility cannot log unrecognized arguments,
31985 because the arguments are checked before the configuration file is read. The
31986 only way to log such cases is to interpose a script such as &_util/logargs.sh_&
31987 between the caller and Exim.
31988 .next
31989 .cindex "log" "connection rejections"
31990 &%connection_reject%&: A log entry is written whenever an incoming SMTP
31991 connection is rejected, for whatever reason.
31992 .next
31993 .cindex "log" "delayed delivery"
31994 .cindex "delayed delivery, logging"
31995 &%delay_delivery%&: A log entry is written whenever a delivery process is not
31996 started for an incoming message because the load is too high or too many
31997 messages were received on one connection. Logging does not occur if no delivery
31998 process is started because &%queue_only%& is set or &%-odq%& was used.
31999 .next
32000 .cindex "log" "delivery duration"
32001 &%deliver_time%&: For each delivery, the amount of real time it has taken to
32002 perform the actual delivery is logged as DT=<&'time'&>, for example, &`DT=1s`&.
32003 .next
32004 .cindex "log" "message size on delivery"
32005 .cindex "size" "of message"
32006 &%delivery_size%&: For each delivery, the size of message delivered is added to
32007 the &"=>"& line, tagged with S=.
32008 .next
32009 .cindex "log" "dnslist defer"
32010 .cindex "DNS list" "logging defer"
32011 .cindex "black list (DNS)"
32012 &%dnslist_defer%&: A log entry is written if an attempt to look up a host in a
32013 DNS black list suffers a temporary error.
32014 .next
32015 .cindex "log" "ETRN commands"
32016 .cindex "ETRN" "logging"
32017 &%etrn%&: Every valid ETRN command that is received is logged, before the ACL
32018 is run to determine whether or not it is actually accepted. An invalid ETRN
32019 command, or one received within a message transaction is not logged by this
32020 selector (see &%smtp_syntax_error%& and &%smtp_protocol_error%&).
32021 .next
32022 .cindex "log" "host lookup failure"
32023 &%host_lookup_failed%&: When a lookup of a host's IP addresses fails to find
32024 any addresses, or when a lookup of an IP address fails to find a host name, a
32025 log line is written. This logging does not apply to direct DNS lookups when
32026 routing email addresses, but it does apply to &"byname"& lookups.
32027 .next
32028 .cindex "log" "ident timeout"
32029 .cindex "RFC 1413" "logging timeout"
32030 &%ident_timeout%&: A log line is written whenever an attempt to connect to a
32031 client's ident port times out.
32032 .next
32033 .cindex "log" "incoming interface"
32034 .cindex "interface" "logging"
32035 &%incoming_interface%&: The interface on which a message was received is added
32036 to the &"<="& line as an IP address in square brackets, tagged by I= and
32037 followed by a colon and the port number. The local interface and port are also
32038 added to other SMTP log lines, for example &"SMTP connection from"&, and to
32039 rejection lines.
32040 .next
32041 .cindex "log" "incoming remote port"
32042 .cindex "port" "logging remote"
32043 .cindex "TCP/IP" "logging incoming remote port"
32044 .vindex "&$sender_fullhost$&"
32045 .vindex "&$sender_rcvhost$&"
32046 &%incoming_port%&: The remote port number from which a message was received is
32047 added to log entries and &'Received:'& header lines, following the IP address
32048 in square brackets, and separated from it by a colon. This is implemented by
32049 changing the value that is put in the &$sender_fullhost$& and
32050 &$sender_rcvhost$& variables. Recording the remote port number has become more
32051 important with the widening use of NAT (see RFC 2505).
32052 .next
32053 .cindex "log" "dropped connection"
32054 &%lost_incoming_connection%&: A log line is written when an incoming SMTP
32055 connection is unexpectedly dropped.
32056 .next
32057 .cindex "log" "outgoing remote port"
32058 .cindex "port" "logging outgoint remote"
32059 .cindex "TCP/IP" "logging ougtoing remote port"
32060 &%outgoing_port%&: The remote port number is added to delivery log lines (those
32061 containing => tags) following the IP address. This option is not included in
32062 the default setting, because for most ordinary configurations, the remote port
32063 number is always 25 (the SMTP port).
32064 .next
32065 .new
32066 .cindex "log" "process ids in"
32067 .cindex "pid (process id)" "in log lines"
32068 &%pid%&: The current process id is added to every log line, in square brackets,
32069 immediately after the time and date.
32070 .wen
32071 .next
32072 .cindex "log" "queue run"
32073 .cindex "queue runner" "logging"
32074 &%queue_run%&: The start and end of every queue run are logged.
32075 .next
32076 .cindex "log" "queue time"
32077 &%queue_time%&: The amount of time the message has been in the queue on the
32078 local host is logged as QT=<&'time'&> on delivery (&`=>`&) lines, for example,
32079 &`QT=3m45s`&. The clock starts when Exim starts to receive the message, so it
32080 includes reception time as well as the delivery time for the current address.
32081 This means that it may be longer than the difference between the arrival and
32082 delivery log line times, because the arrival log line is not written until the
32083 message has been successfully received.
32084 .next
32085 &%queue_time_overall%&: The amount of time the message has been in the queue on
32086 the local host is logged as QT=<&'time'&> on &"Completed"& lines, for
32087 example, &`QT=3m45s`&. The clock starts when Exim starts to receive the
32088 message, so it includes reception time as well as the total delivery time.
32089 .next
32090 .cindex "log" "recipients"
32091 &%received_recipients%&: The recipients of a message are listed in the main log
32092 as soon as the message is received. The list appears at the end of the log line
32093 that is written when a message is received, preceded by the word &"for"&. The
32094 addresses are listed after they have been qualified, but before any rewriting
32095 has taken place.
32096 Recipients that were discarded by an ACL for MAIL or RCPT do not appear
32097 in the list.
32098 .next
32099 .cindex "log" "sender reception"
32100 &%received_sender%&: The unrewritten original sender of a message is added to
32101 the end of the log line that records the message's arrival, after the word
32102 &"from"& (before the recipients if &%received_recipients%& is also set).
32103 .next
32104 .cindex "log" "header lines for rejection"
32105 &%rejected_header%&: If a message's header has been received at the time a
32106 rejection is written to the reject log, the complete header is added to the
32107 log. Header logging can be turned off individually for messages that are
32108 rejected by the &[local_scan()]& function (see section &<<SECTapiforloc>>&).
32109 .next
32110 .cindex "log" "retry defer"
32111 &%retry_defer%&: A log line is written if a delivery is deferred because a
32112 retry time has not yet been reached. However, this &"retry time not reached"&
32113 message is always omitted from individual message logs after the first delivery
32114 attempt.
32115 .next
32116 .cindex "log" "return path"
32117 &%return_path_on_delivery%&: The return path that is being transmitted with
32118 the message is included in delivery and bounce lines, using the tag P=.
32119 This is omitted if no delivery actually happens, for example, if routing fails,
32120 or if delivery is to &_/dev/null_& or to &`:blackhole:`&.
32121 .next
32122 .cindex "log" "sender on delivery"
32123 &%sender_on_delivery%&: The message's sender address is added to every delivery
32124 and bounce line, tagged by F= (for &"from"&).
32125 This is the original sender that was received with the message; it is not
32126 necessarily the same as the outgoing return path.
32127 .next
32128 .cindex "log" "sender verify failure"
32129 &%sender_verify_fail%&: If this selector is unset, the separate log line that
32130 gives details of a sender verification failure is not written. Log lines for
32131 the rejection of SMTP commands contain just &"sender verify failed"&, so some
32132 detail is lost.
32133 .next
32134 .cindex "log" "size rejection"
32135 &%size_reject%&: A log line is written whenever a message is rejected because
32136 it is too big.
32137 .next
32138 .cindex "log" "frozen messages; skipped"
32139 .cindex "frozen messages" "logging skipping"
32140 &%skip_delivery%&: A log line is written whenever a message is skipped during a
32141 queue run because it is frozen or because another process is already delivering
32142 it.
32143 .cindex "&""spool file is locked""&"
32144 The message that is written is &"spool file is locked"&.
32145 .next
32146 .cindex "log" "smtp confirmation"
32147 .cindex "SMTP" "logging confirmation"
32148 &%smtp_confirmation%&: The response to the final &"."& in the SMTP dialogue for
32149 outgoing messages is added to delivery log lines in the form &`C=`&<&'text'&>.
32150 A number of MTAs (including Exim) return an identifying string in this
32151 response.
32152 .next
32153 .cindex "log" "SMTP connections"
32154 .cindex "SMTP" "logging connections"
32155 &%smtp_connection%&: A log line is written whenever an SMTP connection is
32156 established or closed, unless the connection is from a host that matches
32157 &%hosts_connection_nolog%&. (In contrast, &%lost_incoming_connection%& applies
32158 only when the closure is unexpected.) This applies to connections from local
32159 processes that use &%-bs%& as well as to TCP/IP connections. If a connection is
32160 dropped in the middle of a message, a log line is always written, whether or
32161 not this selector is set, but otherwise nothing is written at the start and end
32162 of connections unless this selector is enabled.
32163
32164 For TCP/IP connections to an Exim daemon, the current number of connections is
32165 included in the log message for each new connection, but note that the count is
32166 reset if the daemon is restarted.
32167 Also, because connections are closed (and the closure is logged) in
32168 subprocesses, the count may not include connections that have been closed but
32169 whose termination the daemon has not yet noticed. Thus, while it is possible to
32170 match up the opening and closing of connections in the log, the value of the
32171 logged counts may not be entirely accurate.
32172 .next
32173 .cindex "log" "SMTP transaction; incomplete"
32174 .cindex "SMTP" "logging incomplete transactions"
32175 &%smtp_incomplete_transaction%&: When a mail transaction is aborted by
32176 RSET, QUIT, loss of connection, or otherwise, the incident is logged,
32177 and the message sender plus any accepted recipients are included in the log
32178 line. This can provide evidence of dictionary attacks.
32179 .next
32180 .new
32181 .cindex "log" "non-MAIL SMTP sessions"
32182 .cindex "MAIL" "logging session without"
32183 &%smtp_no_mail%&: A line is written to the main log whenever an accepted SMTP
32184 connection terminates without having issued a MAIL command. This includes both
32185 the case when the connection is dropped, and the case when QUIT is used. It
32186 does not include cases where the connection is rejected right at the start (by
32187 an ACL, or because there are too many connections, or whatever). These cases
32188 already have their own log lines.
32189
32190 The log line that is written contains the identity of the client in the usual
32191 way, followed by D= and a time, which records the duration of the connection.
32192 If the connection was authenticated, this fact is logged exactly as it is for
32193 an incoming message, with an A= item. If the connection was encrypted, CV=,
32194 DN=, and X= items may appear as they do for an incoming message, controlled by
32195 the same logging options.
32196
32197 Finally, if any SMTP commands were issued during the connection, a C= item
32198 is added to the line, listing the commands that were used. For example,
32199 .code
32200 C=EHLO,QUIT
32201 .endd
32202 shows that the client issued QUIT straight after EHLO. If there were fewer
32203 than 20 commands, they are all listed. If there were more than 20 commands,
32204 the last 20 are listed, preceded by &"..."&. However, with the default
32205 setting of 10 for &%smtp_accep_max_nonmail%&, the connection will in any case
32206 have been aborted before 20 non-mail commands are processed.
32207 .wen
32208 .next
32209 .cindex "log" "SMTP protocol error"
32210 .cindex "SMTP" "logging protocol error"
32211 &%smtp_protocol_error%&: A log line is written for every SMTP protocol error
32212 encountered. Exim does not have perfect detection of all protocol errors
32213 because of transmission delays and the use of pipelining. If PIPELINING has
32214 been advertised to a client, an Exim server assumes that the client will use
32215 it, and therefore it does not count &"expected"& errors (for example, RCPT
32216 received after rejecting MAIL) as protocol errors.
32217 .next
32218 .cindex "SMTP" "logging syntax errors"
32219 .cindex "SMTP" "syntax errors; logging"
32220 .cindex "SMTP" "unknown command; logging"
32221 .cindex "log" "unknown SMTP command"
32222 .cindex "log" "SMTP syntax error"
32223 &%smtp_syntax_error%&: A log line is written for every SMTP syntax error
32224 encountered. An unrecognized command is treated as a syntax error. For an
32225 external connection, the host identity is given; for an internal connection
32226 using &%-bs%& the sender identification (normally the calling user) is given.
32227 .next
32228 .cindex "log" "subject"
32229 .cindex "subject, logging"
32230 &%subject%&: The subject of the message is added to the arrival log line,
32231 preceded by &"T="& (T for &"topic"&, since S is already used for &"size"&).
32232 Any MIME &"words"& in the subject are decoded. The &%print_topbitchars%& option
32233 specifies whether characters with values greater than 127 should be logged
32234 unchanged, or whether they should be rendered as escape sequences.
32235 .next
32236 .cindex "log" "certificate verification"
32237 &%tls_certificate_verified%&: An extra item is added to <= and => log lines
32238 when TLS is in use. The item is &`CV=yes`& if the peer's certificate was
32239 verified, and &`CV=no`& if not.
32240 .next
32241 .cindex "log" "TLS cipher"
32242 .cindex "TLS" "logging cipher"
32243 &%tls_cipher%&: When a message is sent or received over an encrypted
32244 connection, the cipher suite used is added to the log line, preceded by X=.
32245 .next
32246 .cindex "log" "TLS peer DN"
32247 .cindex "TLS" "logging peer DN"
32248 &%tls_peerdn%&: When a message is sent or received over an encrypted
32249 connection, and a certificate is supplied by the remote host, the peer DN is
32250 added to the log line, preceded by DN=.
32251 .next
32252 .cindex "log" "DNS failure in list"
32253 &%unknown_in_list%&: This setting causes a log entry to be written when the
32254 result of a list match is failure because a DNS lookup failed.
32255 .endlist
32256
32257
32258 .section "Message log" "SECID260"
32259 .cindex "message" "log file for"
32260 .cindex "log" "message log; description of"
32261 .cindex "&_msglog_& directory"
32262 .oindex "&%preserve_message_logs%&"
32263 In addition to the general log files, Exim writes a log file for each message
32264 that it handles. The names of these per-message logs are the message ids, and
32265 they are kept in the &_msglog_& sub-directory of the spool directory. Each
32266 message log contains copies of the log lines that apply to the message. This
32267 makes it easier to inspect the status of an individual message without having
32268 to search the main log. A message log is deleted when processing of the message
32269 is complete, unless &%preserve_message_logs%& is set, but this should be used
32270 only with great care because they can fill up your disk very quickly.
32271
32272 On a heavily loaded system, it may be desirable to disable the use of
32273 per-message logs, in order to reduce disk I/O. This can be done by setting the
32274 &%message_logs%& option false.
32275 .ecindex IIDloggen
32276
32277
32278
32279
32280 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32281 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32282
32283 .chapter "Exim utilities" "CHAPutils"
32284 .scindex IIDutils "utilities"
32285 A number of utility scripts and programs are supplied with Exim and are
32286 described in this chapter. There is also the Exim Monitor, which is covered in
32287 the next chapter. The utilities described here are:
32288
32289 .itable none 0 0 3 7* left 15* left 40* left
32290 .irow &<<SECTfinoutwha>>& &'exiwhat'& &&&
32291 "list what Exim processes are doing"
32292 .irow &<<SECTgreptheque>>& &'exiqgrep'& "grep the queue"
32293 .irow &<<SECTsumtheque>>& &'exiqsumm'& "summarize the queue"
32294 .irow &<<SECTextspeinf>>& &'exigrep'& "search the main log"
32295 .irow &<<SECTexipick>>& &'exipick'& "select messages on &&&
32296 various criteria"
32297 .irow &<<SECTcyclogfil>>& &'exicyclog'& "cycle (rotate) log files"
32298 .irow &<<SECTmailstat>>& &'eximstats'& &&&
32299 "extract statistics from the log"
32300 .irow &<<SECTcheckaccess>>& &'exim_checkaccess'& &&&
32301 "check address acceptance from given IP"
32302 .irow &<<SECTdbmbuild>>& &'exim_dbmbuild'& "build a DBM file"
32303 .irow &<<SECTfinindret>>& &'exinext'& "extract retry information"
32304 .irow &<<SECThindatmai>>& &'exim_dumpdb'& "dump a hints database"
32305 .irow &<<SECThindatmai>>& &'exim_tidydb'& "clean up a hints database"
32306 .irow &<<SECThindatmai>>& &'exim_fixdb'& "patch a hints database"
32307 .irow &<<SECTmailboxmaint>>& &'exim_lock'& "lock a mailbox file"
32308 .endtable
32309
32310 Another utility that might be of use to sites with many MTAs is Tom Kistner's
32311 &'exilog'&. It provides log visualizations across multiple Exim servers. See
32312 &url(http://duncanthrax.net/exilog/) for details.
32313
32314
32315
32316
32317 .section "Finding out what Exim processes are doing (exiwhat)" "SECTfinoutwha"
32318 .cindex "&'exiwhat'&"
32319 .cindex "process, querying"
32320 .cindex "SIGUSR1"
32321 On operating systems that can restart a system call after receiving a signal
32322 (most modern OS), an Exim process responds to the SIGUSR1 signal by writing
32323 a line describing what it is doing to the file &_exim-process.info_& in the
32324 Exim spool directory. The &'exiwhat'& script sends the signal to all Exim
32325 processes it can find, having first emptied the file. It then waits for one
32326 second to allow the Exim processes to react before displaying the results. In
32327 order to run &'exiwhat'& successfully you have to have sufficient privilege to
32328 send the signal to the Exim processes, so it is normally run as root.
32329
32330 &*Warning*&: This is not an efficient process. It is intended for occasional
32331 use by system administrators. It is not sensible, for example, to set up a
32332 script that sends SIGUSR1 signals to Exim processes at short intervals.
32333
32334
32335 Unfortunately, the &'ps'& command that &'exiwhat'& uses to find Exim processes
32336 varies in different operating systems. Not only are different options used,
32337 but the format of the output is different. For this reason, there are some
32338 system configuration options that configure exactly how &'exiwhat'& works. If
32339 it doesn't seem to be working for you, check the following compile-time
32340 options:
32341 .display
32342 &`EXIWHAT_PS_CMD `& the command for running &'ps'&
32343 &`EXIWHAT_PS_ARG `& the argument for &'ps'&
32344 &`EXIWHAT_EGREP_ARG `& the argument for &'egrep'& to select from &'ps'& output
32345 &`EXIWHAT_KILL_ARG `& the argument for the &'kill'& command
32346 .endd
32347 An example of typical output from &'exiwhat'& is
32348 .code
32349 164 daemon: -q1h, listening on port 25
32350 10483 running queue: waiting for 0tAycK-0002ij-00 (10492)
32351 10492 delivering 0tAycK-0002ij-00 to mail.ref.example
32352 [10.19.42.42] (editor@ref.example)
32353 10592 handling incoming call from [192.168.243.242]
32354 10628 accepting a local non-SMTP message
32355 .endd
32356 The first number in the output line is the process number. The third line has
32357 been split here, in order to fit it on the page.
32358
32359
32360
32361 .section "Selective queue listing (exiqgrep)" "SECTgreptheque"
32362 .cindex "&'exiqgrep'&"
32363 .cindex "queue" "grepping"
32364 This utility is a Perl script contributed by Matt Hubbard. It runs
32365 .code
32366 exim -bpu
32367 .endd
32368 to obtain a queue listing with undelivered recipients only, and then greps the
32369 output to select messages that match given criteria. The following selection
32370 options are available:
32371
32372 .vlist
32373 .vitem &*-f*&&~<&'regex'&>
32374 Match the sender address. The field that is tested is enclosed in angle
32375 brackets, so you can test for bounce messages with
32376 .code
32377 exiqgrep -f '^<>$'
32378 .endd
32379 .vitem &*-r*&&~<&'regex'&>
32380 Match a recipient address. The field that is tested is not enclosed in angle
32381 brackets.
32382
32383 .vitem &*-s*&&~<&'regex'&>
32384 Match against the size field.
32385
32386 .vitem &*-y*&&~<&'seconds'&>
32387 Match messages that are younger than the given time.
32388
32389 .vitem &*-o*&&~<&'seconds'&>
32390 Match messages that are older than the given time.
32391
32392 .vitem &*-z*&
32393 Match only frozen messages.
32394
32395 .vitem &*-x*&
32396 Match only non-frozen messages.
32397 .endlist
32398
32399 The following options control the format of the output:
32400
32401 .vlist
32402 .vitem &*-c*&
32403 Display only the count of matching messages.
32404
32405 .vitem &*-l*&
32406 Long format &-- display the full message information as output by Exim. This is
32407 the default.
32408
32409 .vitem &*-i*&
32410 Display message ids only.
32411
32412 .vitem &*-b*&
32413 Brief format &-- one line per message.
32414
32415 .vitem &*-R*&
32416 Display messages in reverse order.
32417 .endlist
32418
32419 There is one more option, &%-h%&, which outputs a list of options.
32420
32421
32422
32423 .section "Summarizing the queue (exiqsumm)" "SECTsumtheque"
32424 .cindex "&'exiqsumm'&"
32425 .cindex "queue" "summary"
32426 The &'exiqsumm'& utility is a Perl script which reads the output of &`exim
32427 -bp`& and produces a summary of the messages on the queue. Thus, you use it by
32428 running a command such as
32429 .code
32430 exim -bp | exiqsumm
32431 .endd
32432 The output consists of one line for each domain that has messages waiting for
32433 it, as in the following example:
32434 .code
32435 3 2322 74m 66m msn.com.example
32436 .endd
32437 Each line lists the number of pending deliveries for a domain, their total
32438 volume, and the length of time that the oldest and the newest messages have
32439 been waiting. Note that the number of pending deliveries is greater than the
32440 number of messages when messages have more than one recipient.
32441
32442 A summary line is output at the end. By default the output is sorted on the
32443 domain name, but &'exiqsumm'& has the options &%-a%& and &%-c%&, which cause
32444 the output to be sorted by oldest message and by count of messages,
32445 respectively. There are also three options that split the messages for each
32446 domain into two or more subcounts: &%-b%& separates bounce messages, &%-f%&
32447 separates frozen messages, and &%-s%& separates messages according to their
32448 sender.
32449
32450 The output of &'exim -bp'& contains the original addresses in the message, so
32451 this also applies to the output from &'exiqsumm'&. No domains from addresses
32452 generated by aliasing or forwarding are included (unless the &%one_time%&
32453 option of the &(redirect)& router has been used to convert them into &"top
32454 level"& addresses).
32455
32456
32457
32458
32459 .section "Extracting specific information from the log (exigrep)" &&&
32460 "SECTextspeinf"
32461 .cindex "&'exigrep'&"
32462 .cindex "log" "extracts; grepping for"
32463 The &'exigrep'& utility is a Perl script that searches one or more main log
32464 files for entries that match a given pattern. When it finds a match, it
32465 extracts all the log entries for the relevant message, not just those that
32466 match the pattern. Thus, &'exigrep'& can extract complete log entries for a
32467 given message, or all mail for a given user, or for a given host, for example.
32468 The input files can be in Exim log format or syslog format.
32469 .new
32470 If a matching log line is not associated with a specific message, it is
32471 included in &'exigrep'&'s output without any additional lines. The usage is:
32472 .display
32473 &`exigrep [-t<`&&'n'&&`>] [-I] [-l] [-v] <`&&'pattern'&&`> [<`&&'log file'&&`>] ...`&
32474 .endd
32475 If no log file names are given on the command line, the standard input is read.
32476
32477 The &%-t%& argument specifies a number of seconds. It adds an additional
32478 condition for message selection. Messages that are complete are shown only if
32479 they spent more than <&'n'&> seconds on the queue.
32480
32481 By default, &'exigrep'& does case-insensitive matching. The &%-I%& option
32482 makes it case-sensitive. This may give a performance improvement when searching
32483 large log files. Without &%-I%&, the Perl pattern matches use Perl's &`/i`&
32484 option; with &%-I%& they do not. In both cases it is possible to change the
32485 case sensitivity within the pattern by using &`(?i)`& or &`(?-i)`&.
32486
32487 The &%-l%& option means &"literal"&, that is, treat all characters in the
32488 pattern as standing for themselves. Otherwise the pattern must be a Perl
32489 regular expression.
32490
32491 The &%-v%& option inverts the matching condition. That is, a line is selected
32492 if it does &'not'& match the pattern.
32493 .wen
32494
32495 If the location of a &'zcat'& command is known from the definition of
32496 ZCAT_COMMAND in &_Local/Makefile_&, &'exigrep'& automatically passes any file
32497 whose name ends in COMPRESS_SUFFIX through &'zcat'& as it searches it.
32498
32499
32500 .section "Selecting messages by various criteria (exipick)" "SECTexipick"
32501 .cindex "&'exipick'&"
32502 John Jetmore's &'exipick'& utility is included in the Exim distribution. It
32503 lists messages from the queue according to a variety of criteria. For details
32504 of &'exipick'&'s facilities, visit the web page at
32505 &url(http://www.exim.org/eximwiki/ToolExipickManPage) or run &'exipick'& with
32506 the &%--help%& option.
32507
32508
32509 .section "Cycling log files (exicyclog)" "SECTcyclogfil"
32510 .cindex "log" "cycling local files"
32511 .cindex "cycling logs"
32512 .cindex "&'exicyclog'&"
32513 The &'exicyclog'& script can be used to cycle (rotate) &'mainlog'& and
32514 &'rejectlog'& files. This is not necessary if only syslog is being used, or if
32515 you are using log files with datestamps in their names (see section
32516 &<<SECTdatlogfil>>&). Some operating systems have their own standard mechanisms
32517 for log cycling, and these can be used instead of &'exicyclog'& if preferred.
32518 There are two command line options for &'exicyclog'&:
32519 .ilist
32520 &%-k%& <&'count'&> specifies the number of log files to keep, overriding the
32521 default that is set when Exim is built. The default default is 10.
32522 .next
32523 &%-l%& <&'path'&> specifies the log file path, in the same format as Exim's
32524 &%log_file_path%& option (for example, &`/var/log/exim_%slog`&), again
32525 overriding the script's default, which is to find the setting from Exim's
32526 configuration.
32527 .endlist
32528
32529 Each time &'exicyclog'& is run the file names get &"shuffled down"& by one. If
32530 the main log file name is &_mainlog_& (the default) then when &'exicyclog'& is
32531 run &_mainlog_& becomes &_mainlog.01_&, the previous &_mainlog.01_& becomes
32532 &_mainlog.02_& and so on, up to the limit that is set in the script or by the
32533 &%-k%& option. Log files whose numbers exceed the limit are discarded. Reject
32534 logs are handled similarly.
32535
32536 If the limit is greater than 99, the script uses 3-digit numbers such as
32537 &_mainlog.001_&, &_mainlog.002_&, etc. If you change from a number less than 99
32538 to one that is greater, or &'vice versa'&, you will have to fix the names of
32539 any existing log files.
32540
32541 If no &_mainlog_& file exists, the script does nothing. Files that &"drop off"&
32542 the end are deleted. All files with numbers greater than 01 are compressed,
32543 using a compression command which is configured by the COMPRESS_COMMAND
32544 setting in &_Local/Makefile_&. It is usual to run &'exicyclog'& daily from a
32545 root &%crontab%& entry of the form
32546 .code
32547 1 0 * * * su exim -c /usr/exim/bin/exicyclog
32548 .endd
32549 assuming you have used the name &"exim"& for the Exim user. You can run
32550 &'exicyclog'& as root if you wish, but there is no need.
32551
32552
32553
32554 .section "Mail statistics (eximstats)" "SECTmailstat"
32555 .cindex "statistics"
32556 .cindex "&'eximstats'&"
32557 A Perl script called &'eximstats'& is provided for extracting statistical
32558 information from log files. The output is either plain text, or HTML.
32559 Exim log files are also supported by the &'Lire'& system produced by the
32560 LogReport Foundation &url(http://www.logreport.org).
32561
32562 The &'eximstats'& script has been hacked about quite a bit over time. The
32563 latest version is the result of some extensive revision by Steve Campbell. A
32564 lot of information is given by default, but there are options for suppressing
32565 various parts of it. Following any options, the arguments to the script are a
32566 list of files, which should be main log files. For example:
32567 .code
32568 eximstats -nr /var/spool/exim/log/mainlog.01
32569 .endd
32570 By default, &'eximstats'& extracts information about the number and volume of
32571 messages received from or delivered to various hosts. The information is sorted
32572 both by message count and by volume, and the top fifty hosts in each category
32573 are listed on the standard output. Similar information, based on email
32574 addresses or domains instead of hosts can be requested by means of various
32575 options. For messages delivered and received locally, similar statistics are
32576 also produced per user.
32577
32578 The output also includes total counts and statistics about delivery errors, and
32579 histograms showing the number of messages received and deliveries made in each
32580 hour of the day. A delivery with more than one address in its envelope (for
32581 example, an SMTP transaction with more than one RCPT command) is counted
32582 as a single delivery by &'eximstats'&.
32583
32584 Though normally more deliveries than receipts are reported (as messages may
32585 have multiple recipients), it is possible for &'eximstats'& to report more
32586 messages received than delivered, even though the queue is empty at the start
32587 and end of the period in question. If an incoming message contains no valid
32588 recipients, no deliveries are recorded for it. A bounce message is handled as
32589 an entirely separate message.
32590
32591 &'eximstats'& always outputs a grand total summary giving the volume and number
32592 of messages received and deliveries made, and the number of hosts involved in
32593 each case. It also outputs the number of messages that were delayed (that is,
32594 not completely delivered at the first attempt), and the number that had at
32595 least one address that failed.
32596
32597 The remainder of the output is in sections that can be independently disabled
32598 or modified by various options. It consists of a summary of deliveries by
32599 transport, histograms of messages received and delivered per time interval
32600 (default per hour), information about the time messages spent on the queue,
32601 a list of relayed messages, lists of the top fifty sending hosts, local
32602 senders, destination hosts, and destination local users by count and by volume,
32603 and a list of delivery errors that occurred.
32604
32605 The relay information lists messages that were actually relayed, that is, they
32606 came from a remote host and were directly delivered to some other remote host,
32607 without being processed (for example, for aliasing or forwarding) locally.
32608
32609 There are quite a few options for &'eximstats'& to control exactly what it
32610 outputs. These are documented in the Perl script itself, and can be extracted
32611 by running the command &(perldoc)& on the script. For example:
32612 .code
32613 perldoc /usr/exim/bin/eximstats
32614 .endd
32615
32616 .section "Checking access policy (exim_checkaccess)" "SECTcheckaccess"
32617 .cindex "&'exim_checkaccess'&"
32618 .cindex "policy control" "checking access"
32619 .cindex "checking access"
32620 The &%-bh%& command line argument allows you to run a fake SMTP session with
32621 debugging output, in order to check what Exim is doing when it is applying
32622 policy controls to incoming SMTP mail. However, not everybody is sufficiently
32623 familiar with the SMTP protocol to be able to make full use of &%-bh%&, and
32624 sometimes you just want to answer the question &"Does this address have
32625 access?"& without bothering with any further details.
32626
32627 The &'exim_checkaccess'& utility is a &"packaged"& version of &%-bh%&. It takes
32628 two arguments, an IP address and an email address:
32629 .code
32630 exim_checkaccess 10.9.8.7 A.User@a.domain.example
32631 .endd
32632 The utility runs a call to Exim with the &%-bh%& option, to test whether the
32633 given email address would be accepted in a RCPT command in a TCP/IP
32634 connection from the host with the given IP address. The output of the utility
32635 is either the word &"accepted"&, or the SMTP error response, for example:
32636 .code
32637 Rejected:
32638 550 Relay not permitted
32639 .endd
32640 When running this test, the utility uses &`<>`& as the envelope sender address
32641 for the MAIL command, but you can change this by providing additional
32642 options. These are passed directly to the Exim command. For example, to specify
32643 that the test is to be run with the sender address &'himself@there.example'&
32644 you can use:
32645 .code
32646 exim_checkaccess 10.9.8.7 A.User@a.domain.example \
32647 -f himself@there.example
32648 .endd
32649 Note that these additional Exim command line items must be given after the two
32650 mandatory arguments.
32651
32652 Because the &%exim_checkaccess%& uses &%-bh%&, it does not perform callouts
32653 while running its checks. You can run checks that include callouts by using
32654 &%-bhc%&, but this is not yet available in a &"packaged"& form.
32655
32656
32657
32658 .section "Making DBM files (exim_dbmbuild)" "SECTdbmbuild"
32659 .cindex "DBM" "building dbm files"
32660 .cindex "building DBM files"
32661 .cindex "&'exim_dbmbuild'&"
32662 .cindex "lower casing"
32663 .cindex "binary zero" "in lookup key"
32664 The &'exim_dbmbuild'& program reads an input file containing keys and data in
32665 the format used by the &(lsearch)& lookup (see section
32666 &<<SECTsinglekeylookups>>&). It writes a DBM file using the lower-cased alias
32667 names as keys and the remainder of the information as data. The lower-casing
32668 can be prevented by calling the program with the &%-nolc%& option.
32669
32670 A terminating zero is included as part of the key string. This is expected by
32671 the &(dbm)& lookup type. However, if the option &%-nozero%& is given,
32672 &'exim_dbmbuild'& creates files without terminating zeroes in either the key
32673 strings or the data strings. The &(dbmnz)& lookup type can be used with such
32674 files.
32675
32676 The program requires two arguments: the name of the input file (which can be a
32677 single hyphen to indicate the standard input), and the name of the output file.
32678 It creates the output under a temporary name, and then renames it if all went
32679 well.
32680
32681 .cindex "USE_DB"
32682 If the native DB interface is in use (USE_DB is set in a compile-time
32683 configuration file &-- this is common in free versions of Unix) the two file
32684 names must be different, because in this mode the Berkeley DB functions create
32685 a single output file using exactly the name given. For example,
32686 .code
32687 exim_dbmbuild /etc/aliases /etc/aliases.db
32688 .endd
32689 reads the system alias file and creates a DBM version of it in
32690 &_/etc/aliases.db_&.
32691
32692 In systems that use the &'ndbm'& routines (mostly proprietary versions of
32693 Unix), two files are used, with the suffixes &_.dir_& and &_.pag_&. In this
32694 environment, the suffixes are added to the second argument of
32695 &'exim_dbmbuild'&, so it can be the same as the first. This is also the case
32696 when the Berkeley functions are used in compatibility mode (though this is not
32697 recommended), because in that case it adds a &_.db_& suffix to the file name.
32698
32699 If a duplicate key is encountered, the program outputs a warning, and when it
32700 finishes, its return code is 1 rather than zero, unless the &%-noduperr%&
32701 option is used. By default, only the first of a set of duplicates is used &--
32702 this makes it compatible with &(lsearch)& lookups. There is an option
32703 &%-lastdup%& which causes it to use the data for the last duplicate instead.
32704 There is also an option &%-nowarn%&, which stops it listing duplicate keys to
32705 &%stderr%&. For other errors, where it doesn't actually make a new file, the
32706 return code is 2.
32707
32708
32709
32710
32711 .section "Finding individual retry times (exinext)" "SECTfinindret"
32712 .cindex "retry" "times"
32713 .cindex "&'exinext'&"
32714 A utility called &'exinext'& (mostly a Perl script) provides the ability to
32715 fish specific information out of the retry database. Given a mail domain (or a
32716 complete address), it looks up the hosts for that domain, and outputs any retry
32717 information for the hosts or for the domain. At present, the retry information
32718 is obtained by running &'exim_dumpdb'& (see below) and post-processing the
32719 output. For example:
32720 .code
32721 $ exinext piglet@milne.fict.example
32722 kanga.milne.example:192.168.8.1 error 146: Connection refused
32723 first failed: 21-Feb-1996 14:57:34
32724 last tried: 21-Feb-1996 14:57:34
32725 next try at: 21-Feb-1996 15:02:34
32726 roo.milne.example:192.168.8.3 error 146: Connection refused
32727 first failed: 20-Jan-1996 13:12:08
32728 last tried: 21-Feb-1996 11:42:03
32729 next try at: 21-Feb-1996 19:42:03
32730 past final cutoff time
32731 .endd
32732 You can also give &'exinext'& a local part, without a domain, and it
32733 will give any retry information for that local part in your default domain.
32734 A message id can be used to obtain retry information pertaining to a specific
32735 message. This exists only when an attempt to deliver a message to a remote host
32736 suffers a message-specific error (see section &<<SECToutSMTPerr>>&).
32737 &'exinext'& is not particularly efficient, but then it is not expected to be
32738 run very often.
32739
32740 The &'exinext'& utility calls Exim to find out information such as the location
32741 of the spool directory. The utility has &%-C%& and &%-D%& options, which are
32742 passed on to the &'exim'& commands. The first specifies an alternate Exim
32743 configuration file, and the second sets macros for use within the configuration
32744 file. These features are mainly to help in testing, but might also be useful in
32745 environments where more than one configuration file is in use.
32746
32747
32748
32749 .section "Hints database maintenance" "SECThindatmai"
32750 .cindex "hints database" "maintenance"
32751 .cindex "maintaining Exim's hints database"
32752 Three utility programs are provided for maintaining the DBM files that Exim
32753 uses to contain its delivery hint information. Each program requires two
32754 arguments. The first specifies the name of Exim's spool directory, and the
32755 second is the name of the database it is to operate on. These are as follows:
32756
32757 .ilist
32758 &'retry'&: the database of retry information
32759 .next
32760 &'wait-'&<&'transport name'&>: databases of information about messages waiting
32761 for remote hosts
32762 .next
32763 &'callout'&: the callout cache
32764 .next
32765 &'ratelimit'&: the data for implementing the ratelimit ACL condition
32766 .next
32767 &'misc'&: other hints data
32768 .endlist
32769
32770 The &'misc'& database is used for
32771
32772 .ilist
32773 Serializing ETRN runs (when &%smtp_etrn_serialize%& is set)
32774 .next
32775 Serializing delivery to a specific host (when &%serialize_hosts%& is set in an
32776 &(smtp)& transport)
32777 .endlist
32778
32779
32780
32781 .section "exim_dumpdb" "SECID261"
32782 .cindex "&'exim_dumpdb'&"
32783 The entire contents of a database are written to the standard output by the
32784 &'exim_dumpdb'& program, which has no options or arguments other than the
32785 spool and database names. For example, to dump the retry database:
32786 .code
32787 exim_dumpdb /var/spool/exim retry
32788 .endd
32789 Two lines of output are produced for each entry:
32790 .code
32791 T:mail.ref.example:192.168.242.242 146 77 Connection refused
32792 31-Oct-1995 12:00:12 02-Nov-1995 12:21:39 02-Nov-1995 20:21:39 *
32793 .endd
32794 The first item on the first line is the key of the record. It starts with one
32795 of the letters R, or T, depending on whether it refers to a routing or
32796 transport retry. For a local delivery, the next part is the local address; for
32797 a remote delivery it is the name of the remote host, followed by its failing IP
32798 address (unless &%retry_include_ip_address%& is set false on the &(smtp)&
32799 transport). If the remote port is not the standard one (port 25), it is added
32800 to the IP address. Then there follows an error code, an additional error code,
32801 and a textual description of the error.
32802
32803 The three times on the second line are the time of first failure, the time of
32804 the last delivery attempt, and the computed time for the next attempt. The line
32805 ends with an asterisk if the cutoff time for the last retry rule has been
32806 exceeded.
32807
32808 Each output line from &'exim_dumpdb'& for the &'wait-xxx'& databases
32809 consists of a host name followed by a list of ids for messages that are or were
32810 waiting to be delivered to that host. If there are a very large number for any
32811 one host, continuation records, with a sequence number added to the host name,
32812 may be seen. The data in these records is often out of date, because a message
32813 may be routed to several alternative hosts, and Exim makes no effort to keep
32814 cross-references.
32815
32816
32817
32818 .section "exim_tidydb" "SECID262"
32819 .cindex "&'exim_tidydb'&"
32820 The &'exim_tidydb'& utility program is used to tidy up the contents of a hints
32821 database. If run with no options, it removes all records that are more than 30
32822 days old. The age is calculated from the date and time that the record was last
32823 updated. Note that, in the case of the retry database, it is &'not'& the time
32824 since the first delivery failure. Information about a host that has been down
32825 for more than 30 days will remain in the database, provided that the record is
32826 updated sufficiently often.
32827
32828 The cutoff date can be altered by means of the &%-t%& option, which must be
32829 followed by a time. For example, to remove all records older than a week from
32830 the retry database:
32831 .code
32832 exim_tidydb -t 7d /var/spool/exim retry
32833 .endd
32834 Both the &'wait-xxx'& and &'retry'& databases contain items that involve
32835 message ids. In the former these appear as data in records keyed by host &--
32836 they were messages that were waiting for that host &-- and in the latter they
32837 are the keys for retry information for messages that have suffered certain
32838 types of error. When &'exim_tidydb'& is run, a check is made to ensure that
32839 message ids in database records are those of messages that are still on the
32840 queue. Message ids for messages that no longer exist are removed from
32841 &'wait-xxx'& records, and if this leaves any records empty, they are deleted.
32842 For the &'retry'& database, records whose keys are non-existent message ids are
32843 removed. The &'exim_tidydb'& utility outputs comments on the standard output
32844 whenever it removes information from the database.
32845
32846 Certain records are automatically removed by Exim when they are no longer
32847 needed, but others are not. For example, if all the MX hosts for a domain are
32848 down, a retry record is created for each one. If the primary MX host comes back
32849 first, its record is removed when Exim successfully delivers to it, but the
32850 records for the others remain because Exim has not tried to use those hosts.
32851
32852 It is important, therefore, to run &'exim_tidydb'& periodically on all the
32853 hints databases. You should do this at a quiet time of day, because it requires
32854 a database to be locked (and therefore inaccessible to Exim) while it does its
32855 work. Removing records from a DBM file does not normally make the file smaller,
32856 but all the common DBM libraries are able to re-use the space that is released.
32857 After an initial phase of increasing in size, the databases normally reach a
32858 point at which they no longer get any bigger, as long as they are regularly
32859 tidied.
32860
32861 &*Warning*&: If you never run &'exim_tidydb'&, the space used by the hints
32862 databases is likely to keep on increasing.
32863
32864
32865
32866
32867 .section "exim_fixdb" "SECID263"
32868 .cindex "&'exim_fixdb'&"
32869 The &'exim_fixdb'& program is a utility for interactively modifying databases.
32870 Its main use is for testing Exim, but it might also be occasionally useful for
32871 getting round problems in a live system. It has no options, and its interface
32872 is somewhat crude. On entry, it prompts for input with a right angle-bracket. A
32873 key of a database record can then be entered, and the data for that record is
32874 displayed.
32875
32876 If &"d"& is typed at the next prompt, the entire record is deleted. For all
32877 except the &'retry'& database, that is the only operation that can be carried
32878 out. For the &'retry'& database, each field is output preceded by a number, and
32879 data for individual fields can be changed by typing the field number followed
32880 by new data, for example:
32881 .code
32882 > 4 951102:1000
32883 .endd
32884 resets the time of the next delivery attempt. Time values are given as a
32885 sequence of digit pairs for year, month, day, hour, and minute. Colons can be
32886 used as optional separators.
32887
32888
32889
32890
32891 .section "Mailbox maintenance (exim_lock)" "SECTmailboxmaint"
32892 .cindex "mailbox" "maintenance"
32893 .cindex "&'exim_lock'&"
32894 .cindex "locking mailboxes"
32895 The &'exim_lock'& utility locks a mailbox file using the same algorithm as
32896 Exim. For a discussion of locking issues, see section &<<SECTopappend>>&.
32897 &'Exim_lock'& can be used to prevent any modification of a mailbox by Exim or
32898 a user agent while investigating a problem. The utility requires the name of
32899 the file as its first argument. If the locking is successful, the second
32900 argument is run as a command (using C's &[system()]& function); if there is no
32901 second argument, the value of the SHELL environment variable is used; if this
32902 is unset or empty, &_/bin/sh_& is run. When the command finishes, the mailbox
32903 is unlocked and the utility ends. The following options are available:
32904
32905 .vlist
32906 .vitem &%-fcntl%&
32907 Use &[fcntl()]& locking on the open mailbox.
32908
32909 .vitem &%-flock%&
32910 Use &[flock()]& locking on the open mailbox, provided the operating system
32911 supports it.
32912
32913 .vitem &%-interval%&
32914 This must be followed by a number, which is a number of seconds; it sets the
32915 interval to sleep between retries (default 3).
32916
32917 .vitem &%-lockfile%&
32918 Create a lock file before opening the mailbox.
32919
32920 .vitem &%-mbx%&
32921 Lock the mailbox using MBX rules.
32922
32923 .vitem &%-q%&
32924 Suppress verification output.
32925
32926 .vitem &%-retries%&
32927 This must be followed by a number; it sets the number of times to try to get
32928 the lock (default 10).
32929
32930 .vitem &%-restore_time%&
32931 This option causes &%exim_lock%& to restore the modified and read times to the
32932 locked file before exiting. This allows you to access a locked mailbox (for
32933 example, to take a backup copy) without disturbing the times that the user
32934 subsequently sees.
32935
32936 .vitem &%-timeout%&
32937 This must be followed by a number, which is a number of seconds; it sets a
32938 timeout to be used with a blocking &[fcntl()]& lock. If it is not set (the
32939 default), a non-blocking call is used.
32940
32941 .vitem &%-v%&
32942 Generate verbose output.
32943 .endlist
32944
32945 If none of &%-fcntl%&, &%-flock%&, &%-lockfile%& or &%-mbx%& are given, the
32946 default is to create a lock file and also to use &[fcntl()]& locking on the
32947 mailbox, which is the same as Exim's default. The use of &%-flock%& or
32948 &%-fcntl%& requires that the file be writeable; the use of &%-lockfile%&
32949 requires that the directory containing the file be writeable. Locking by lock
32950 file does not last for ever; Exim assumes that a lock file is expired if it is
32951 more than 30 minutes old.
32952
32953 The &%-mbx%& option can be used with either or both of &%-fcntl%& or
32954 &%-flock%&. It assumes &%-fcntl%& by default. MBX locking causes a shared lock
32955 to be taken out on the open mailbox, and an exclusive lock on the file
32956 &_/tmp/.n.m_& where &'n'& and &'m'& are the device number and inode
32957 number of the mailbox file. When the locking is released, if an exclusive lock
32958 can be obtained for the mailbox, the file in &_/tmp_& is deleted.
32959
32960 The default output contains verification of the locking that takes place. The
32961 &%-v%& option causes some additional information to be given. The &%-q%& option
32962 suppresses all output except error messages.
32963
32964 A command such as
32965 .code
32966 exim_lock /var/spool/mail/spqr
32967 .endd
32968 runs an interactive shell while the file is locked, whereas
32969 .display
32970 &`exim_lock -q /var/spool/mail/spqr <<End`&
32971 <&'some commands'&>
32972 &`End`&
32973 .endd
32974 runs a specific non-interactive sequence of commands while the file is locked,
32975 suppressing all verification output. A single command can be run by a command
32976 such as
32977 .code
32978 exim_lock -q /var/spool/mail/spqr \
32979 "cp /var/spool/mail/spqr /some/where"
32980 .endd
32981 Note that if a command is supplied, it must be entirely contained within the
32982 second argument &-- hence the quotes.
32983 .ecindex IIDutils
32984
32985
32986 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32987 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32988
32989 .chapter "The Exim monitor" "CHAPeximon"
32990 .scindex IIDeximon "Exim monitor" "description"
32991 .cindex "X-windows"
32992 .cindex "&'eximon'&"
32993 .cindex "Local/eximon.conf"
32994 .cindex "&_exim_monitor/EDITME_&"
32995 The Exim monitor is an application which displays in an X window information
32996 about the state of Exim's queue and what Exim is doing. An admin user can
32997 perform certain operations on messages from this GUI interface; however all
32998 such facilities are also available from the command line, and indeed, the
32999 monitor itself makes use of the command line to perform any actions requested.
33000
33001
33002
33003 .section "Running the monitor" "SECID264"
33004 The monitor is started by running the script called &'eximon'&. This is a shell
33005 script that sets up a number of environment variables, and then runs the
33006 binary called &_eximon.bin_&. The default appearance of the monitor window can
33007 be changed by editing the &_Local/eximon.conf_& file created by editing
33008 &_exim_monitor/EDITME_&. Comments in that file describe what the various
33009 parameters are for.
33010
33011 The parameters that get built into the &'eximon'& script can be overridden for
33012 a particular invocation by setting up environment variables of the same names,
33013 preceded by &`EXIMON_`&. For example, a shell command such as
33014 .code
33015 EXIMON_LOG_DEPTH=400 eximon
33016 .endd
33017 (in a Bourne-compatible shell) runs &'eximon'& with an overriding setting of
33018 the LOG_DEPTH parameter. If EXIMON_LOG_FILE_PATH is set in the environment, it
33019 overrides the Exim log file configuration. This makes it possible to have
33020 &'eximon'& tailing log data that is written to syslog, provided that MAIL.INFO
33021 syslog messages are routed to a file on the local host.
33022
33023 X resources can be used to change the appearance of the window in the normal
33024 way. For example, a resource setting of the form
33025 .code
33026 Eximon*background: gray94
33027 .endd
33028 changes the colour of the background to light grey rather than white. The
33029 stripcharts are drawn with both the data lines and the reference lines in
33030 black. This means that the reference lines are not visible when on top of the
33031 data. However, their colour can be changed by setting a resource called
33032 &"highlight"& (an odd name, but that's what the Athena stripchart widget uses).
33033 For example, if your X server is running Unix, you could set up lighter
33034 reference lines in the stripcharts by obeying
33035 .code
33036 xrdb -merge <<End
33037 Eximon*highlight: gray
33038 End
33039 .endd
33040 .cindex "admin user"
33041 In order to see the contents of messages on the queue, and to operate on them,
33042 &'eximon'& must either be run as root or by an admin user.
33043
33044 The monitor's window is divided into three parts. The first contains one or
33045 more stripcharts and two action buttons, the second contains a &"tail"& of the
33046 main log file, and the third is a display of the queue of messages awaiting
33047 delivery, with two more action buttons. The following sections describe these
33048 different parts of the display.
33049
33050
33051
33052
33053 .section "The stripcharts" "SECID265"
33054 .cindex "stripchart"
33055 The first stripchart is always a count of messages on the queue. Its name can
33056 be configured by setting QUEUE_STRIPCHART_NAME in the
33057 &_Local/eximon.conf_& file. The remaining stripcharts are defined in the
33058 configuration script by regular expression matches on log file entries, making
33059 it possible to display, for example, counts of messages delivered to certain
33060 hosts or using certain transports. The supplied defaults display counts of
33061 received and delivered messages, and of local and SMTP deliveries. The default
33062 period between stripchart updates is one minute; this can be adjusted by a
33063 parameter in the &_Local/eximon.conf_& file.
33064
33065 The stripchart displays rescale themselves automatically as the value they are
33066 displaying changes. There are always 10 horizontal lines in each chart; the
33067 title string indicates the value of each division when it is greater than one.
33068 For example, &"x2"& means that each division represents a value of 2.
33069
33070 It is also possible to have a stripchart which shows the percentage fullness of
33071 a particular disk partition, which is useful when local deliveries are confined
33072 to a single partition.
33073
33074 .cindex "&%statvfs%& function"
33075 This relies on the availability of the &[statvfs()]& function or equivalent in
33076 the operating system. Most, but not all versions of Unix that support Exim have
33077 this. For this particular stripchart, the top of the chart always represents
33078 100%, and the scale is given as &"x10%"&. This chart is configured by setting
33079 SIZE_STRIPCHART and (optionally) SIZE_STRIPCHART_NAME in the
33080 &_Local/eximon.conf_& file.
33081
33082
33083
33084
33085 .section "Main action buttons" "SECID266"
33086 .cindex "size" "of monitor window"
33087 .cindex "Exim monitor" "window size"
33088 .cindex "window size"
33089 Below the stripcharts there is an action button for quitting the monitor. Next
33090 to this is another button marked &"Size"&. They are placed here so that
33091 shrinking the window to its default minimum size leaves just the queue count
33092 stripchart and these two buttons visible. Pressing the &"Size"& button causes
33093 the window to expand to its maximum size, unless it is already at the maximum,
33094 in which case it is reduced to its minimum.
33095
33096 When expanding to the maximum, if the window cannot be fully seen where it
33097 currently is, it is moved back to where it was the last time it was at full
33098 size. When it is expanding from its minimum size, the old position is
33099 remembered, and next time it is reduced to the minimum it is moved back there.
33100
33101 The idea is that you can keep a reduced window just showing one or two
33102 stripcharts at a convenient place on your screen, easily expand it to show
33103 the full window when required, and just as easily put it back to what it was.
33104 The idea is copied from what the &'twm'& window manager does for its
33105 &'f.fullzoom'& action. The minimum size of the window can be changed by setting
33106 the MIN_HEIGHT and MIN_WIDTH values in &_Local/eximon.conf_&.
33107
33108 Normally, the monitor starts up with the window at its full size, but it can be
33109 built so that it starts up with the window at its smallest size, by setting
33110 START_SMALL=yes in &_Local/eximon.conf_&.
33111
33112
33113
33114 .section "The log display" "SECID267"
33115 .cindex "log" "tail of; in monitor"
33116 The second section of the window is an area in which a display of the tail of
33117 the main log is maintained.
33118 To save space on the screen, the timestamp on each log line is shortened by
33119 removing the date and, if &%log_timezone%& is set, the timezone.
33120 The log tail is not available when the only destination for logging data is
33121 syslog, unless the syslog lines are routed to a local file whose name is passed
33122 to &'eximon'& via the EXIMON_LOG_FILE_PATH environment variable.
33123
33124 The log sub-window has a scroll bar at its lefthand side which can be used to
33125 move back to look at earlier text, and the up and down arrow keys also have a
33126 scrolling effect. The amount of log that is kept depends on the setting of
33127 LOG_BUFFER in &_Local/eximon.conf_&, which specifies the amount of memory
33128 to use. When this is full, the earlier 50% of data is discarded &-- this is
33129 much more efficient than throwing it away line by line. The sub-window also has
33130 a horizontal scroll bar for accessing the ends of long log lines. This is the
33131 only means of horizontal scrolling; the right and left arrow keys are not
33132 available. Text can be cut from this part of the window using the mouse in the
33133 normal way. The size of this subwindow is controlled by parameters in the
33134 configuration file &_Local/eximon.conf_&.
33135
33136 Searches of the text in the log window can be carried out by means of the ^R
33137 and ^S keystrokes, which default to a reverse and a forward search,
33138 respectively. The search covers only the text that is displayed in the window.
33139 It cannot go further back up the log.
33140
33141 The point from which the search starts is indicated by a caret marker. This is
33142 normally at the end of the text in the window, but can be positioned explicitly
33143 by pointing and clicking with the left mouse button, and is moved automatically
33144 by a successful search. If new text arrives in the window when it is scrolled
33145 back, the caret remains where it is, but if the window is not scrolled back,
33146 the caret is moved to the end of the new text.
33147
33148 Pressing ^R or ^S pops up a window into which the search text can be typed.
33149 There are buttons for selecting forward or reverse searching, for carrying out
33150 the search, and for cancelling. If the &"Search"& button is pressed, the search
33151 happens and the window remains so that further searches can be done. If the
33152 &"Return"& key is pressed, a single search is done and the window is closed. If
33153 ^C is typed the search is cancelled.
33154
33155 The searching facility is implemented using the facilities of the Athena text
33156 widget. By default this pops up a window containing both &"search"& and
33157 &"replace"& options. In order to suppress the unwanted &"replace"& portion for
33158 eximon, a modified version of the &%TextPop%& widget is distributed with Exim.
33159 However, the linkers in BSDI and HP-UX seem unable to handle an externally
33160 provided version of &%TextPop%& when the remaining parts of the text widget
33161 come from the standard libraries. The compile-time option EXIMON_TEXTPOP can be
33162 unset to cut out the modified &%TextPop%&, making it possible to build Eximon
33163 on these systems, at the expense of having unwanted items in the search popup
33164 window.
33165
33166
33167
33168 .section "The queue display" "SECID268"
33169 .cindex "queue" "display in monitor"
33170 The bottom section of the monitor window contains a list of all messages that
33171 are on the queue, which includes those currently being received or delivered,
33172 as well as those awaiting delivery. The size of this subwindow is controlled by
33173 parameters in the configuration file &_Local/eximon.conf_&, and the frequency
33174 at which it is updated is controlled by another parameter in the same file &--
33175 the default is 5 minutes, since queue scans can be quite expensive. However,
33176 there is an &"Update"& action button just above the display which can be used
33177 to force an update of the queue display at any time.
33178
33179 When a host is down for some time, a lot of pending mail can build up for it,
33180 and this can make it hard to deal with other messages on the queue. To help
33181 with this situation there is a button next to &"Update"& called &"Hide"&. If
33182 pressed, a dialogue box called &"Hide addresses ending with"& is put up. If you
33183 type anything in here and press &"Return"&, the text is added to a chain of
33184 such texts, and if every undelivered address in a message matches at least one
33185 of the texts, the message is not displayed.
33186
33187 If there is an address that does not match any of the texts, all the addresses
33188 are displayed as normal. The matching happens on the ends of addresses so, for
33189 example, &'cam.ac.uk'& specifies all addresses in Cambridge, while
33190 &'xxx@foo.com.example'& specifies just one specific address. When any hiding
33191 has been set up, a button called &"Unhide"& is displayed. If pressed, it
33192 cancels all hiding. Also, to ensure that hidden messages do not get forgotten,
33193 a hide request is automatically cancelled after one hour.
33194
33195 While the dialogue box is displayed, you can't press any buttons or do anything
33196 else to the monitor window. For this reason, if you want to cut text from the
33197 queue display to use in the dialogue box, you have to do the cutting before
33198 pressing the &"Hide"& button.
33199
33200 The queue display contains, for each unhidden queued message, the length of
33201 time it has been on the queue, the size of the message, the message id, the
33202 message sender, and the first undelivered recipient, all on one line. If it is
33203 a bounce message, the sender is shown as &"<>"&. If there is more than one
33204 recipient to which the message has not yet been delivered, subsequent ones are
33205 listed on additional lines, up to a maximum configured number, following which
33206 an ellipsis is displayed. Recipients that have already received the message are
33207 not shown.
33208
33209 .cindex "frozen messages" "display"
33210 If a message is frozen, an asterisk is displayed at the left-hand side.
33211
33212 The queue display has a vertical scroll bar, and can also be scrolled by means
33213 of the arrow keys. Text can be cut from it using the mouse in the normal way.
33214 The text searching facilities, as described above for the log window, are also
33215 available, but the caret is always moved to the end of the text when the queue
33216 display is updated.
33217
33218
33219
33220 .section "The queue menu" "SECID269"
33221 .cindex "queue" "menu in monitor"
33222 If the &%shift%& key is held down and the left button is clicked when the mouse
33223 pointer is over the text for any message, an action menu pops up, and the first
33224 line of the queue display for the message is highlighted. This does not affect
33225 any selected text.
33226
33227 If you want to use some other event for popping up the menu, you can set the
33228 MENU_EVENT parameter in &_Local/eximon.conf_& to change the default, or
33229 set EXIMON_MENU_EVENT in the environment before starting the monitor. The
33230 value set in this parameter is a standard X event description. For example, to
33231 run eximon using &%ctrl%& rather than &%shift%& you could use
33232 .code
33233 EXIMON_MENU_EVENT='Ctrl<Btn1Down>' eximon
33234 .endd
33235 The title of the menu is the message id, and it contains entries which act as
33236 follows:
33237
33238 .ilist
33239 &'message log'&: The contents of the message log for the message are displayed
33240 in a new text window.
33241 .next
33242 &'headers'&: Information from the spool file that contains the envelope
33243 information and headers is displayed in a new text window. See chapter
33244 &<<CHAPspool>>& for a description of the format of spool files.
33245 .next
33246 &'body'&: The contents of the spool file containing the body of the message are
33247 displayed in a new text window. There is a default limit of 20,000 bytes to the
33248 amount of data displayed. This can be changed by setting the BODY_MAX
33249 option at compile time, or the EXIMON_BODY_MAX option at run time.
33250 .next
33251 &'deliver message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-M%& option to request
33252 delivery of the message. This causes an automatic thaw if the message is
33253 frozen. The &%-v%& option is also set, and the output from Exim is displayed in
33254 a new text window. The delivery is run in a separate process, to avoid holding
33255 up the monitor while the delivery proceeds.
33256 .next
33257 &'freeze message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mf%& option to request
33258 that the message be frozen.
33259 .next
33260 .cindex "thawing messages"
33261 .cindex "unfreezing messages"
33262 .cindex "frozen messages" "thawing"
33263 &'thaw message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mt%& option to request
33264 that the message be thawed.
33265 .next
33266 .cindex "delivery" "forcing failure"
33267 &'give up on msg'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mg%& option to request
33268 that Exim gives up trying to deliver the message. A bounce message is generated
33269 for any remaining undelivered addresses.
33270 .next
33271 &'remove message'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mrm%& option to request
33272 that the message be deleted from the system without generating a bounce
33273 message.
33274 .next
33275 &'add recipient'&: A dialog box is displayed into which a recipient address can
33276 be typed. If the address is not qualified and the QUALIFY_DOMAIN parameter
33277 is set in &_Local/eximon.conf_&, the address is qualified with that domain.
33278 Otherwise it must be entered as a fully qualified address. Pressing RETURN
33279 causes a call to Exim to be made using the &%-Mar%& option to request that an
33280 additional recipient be added to the message, unless the entry box is empty, in
33281 which case no action is taken.
33282 .next
33283 &'mark delivered'&: A dialog box is displayed into which a recipient address
33284 can be typed. If the address is not qualified and the QUALIFY_DOMAIN parameter
33285 is set in &_Local/eximon.conf_&, the address is qualified with that domain.
33286 Otherwise it must be entered as a fully qualified address. Pressing RETURN
33287 causes a call to Exim to be made using the &%-Mmd%& option to mark the given
33288 recipient address as already delivered, unless the entry box is empty, in which
33289 case no action is taken.
33290 .next
33291 &'mark all delivered'&: A call to Exim is made using the &%-Mmad%& option to
33292 mark all recipient addresses as already delivered.
33293 .next
33294 &'edit sender'&: A dialog box is displayed initialized with the current
33295 sender's address. Pressing RETURN causes a call to Exim to be made using the
33296 &%-Mes%& option to replace the sender address, unless the entry box is empty,
33297 in which case no action is taken. If you want to set an empty sender (as in
33298 bounce messages), you must specify it as &"<>"&. Otherwise, if the address is
33299 not qualified and the QUALIFY_DOMAIN parameter is set in &_Local/eximon.conf_&,
33300 the address is qualified with that domain.
33301 .endlist
33302
33303 When a delivery is forced, a window showing the &%-v%& output is displayed. In
33304 other cases when a call to Exim is made, if there is any output from Exim (in
33305 particular, if the command fails) a window containing the command and the
33306 output is displayed. Otherwise, the results of the action are normally apparent
33307 from the log and queue displays. However, if you set ACTION_OUTPUT=yes in
33308 &_Local/eximon.conf_&, a window showing the Exim command is always opened, even
33309 if no output is generated.
33310
33311 The queue display is automatically updated for actions such as freezing and
33312 thawing, unless ACTION_QUEUE_UPDATE=no has been set in
33313 &_Local/eximon.conf_&. In this case the &"Update"& button has to be used to
33314 force an update of the display after one of these actions.
33315
33316 In any text window that is displayed as result of a menu action, the normal
33317 cut-and-paste facility is available, and searching can be carried out using ^R
33318 and ^S, as described above for the log tail window.
33319 .ecindex IIDeximon
33320
33321
33322
33323
33324
33325 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33326 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33327
33328 .chapter "Security considerations" "CHAPsecurity"
33329 .scindex IIDsecurcon "security" "discussion of"
33330 This chapter discusses a number of issues concerned with security, some of
33331 which are also covered in other parts of this manual.
33332
33333 For reasons that this author does not understand, some people have promoted
33334 Exim as a &"particularly secure"& mailer. Perhaps it is because of the
33335 existence of this chapter in the documentation. However, the intent of the
33336 chapter is simply to describe the way Exim works in relation to certain
33337 security concerns, not to make any specific claims about the effectiveness of
33338 its security as compared with other MTAs.
33339
33340 What follows is a description of the way Exim is supposed to be. Best efforts
33341 have been made to try to ensure that the code agrees with the theory, but an
33342 absence of bugs can never be guaranteed. Any that are reported will get fixed
33343 as soon as possible.
33344
33345
33346 .section "Building a more &""hardened""& Exim" "SECID286"
33347 .cindex "security" "build-time features"
33348 There are a number of build-time options that can be set in &_Local/Makefile_&
33349 to create Exim binaries that are &"harder"& to attack, in particular by a rogue
33350 Exim administrator who does not have the root password, or by someone who has
33351 penetrated the Exim (but not the root) account. These options are as follows:
33352
33353 .ilist
33354 ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX can be set to a string that is required to match the
33355 start of any file names used with the &%-C%& option. When it is set, these file
33356 names are also not allowed to contain the sequence &"/../"&. (However, if the
33357 value of the &%-C%& option is identical to the value of CONFIGURE_FILE in
33358 &_Local/Makefile_&, Exim ignores &%-C%& and proceeds as usual.) There is no
33359 default setting for &%ALT_CONFIG_PREFIX%&.
33360
33361 If the permitted configuration files are confined to a directory to
33362 which only root has access, this guards against someone who has broken
33363 into the Exim account from running a privileged Exim with an arbitrary
33364 configuration file, and using it to break into other accounts.
33365 .next
33366 If ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is defined, root privilege is retained for &%-C%&
33367 and &%-D%& only if the caller of Exim is root. Without it, the Exim user may
33368 also use &%-C%& and &%-D%& and retain privilege. Setting this option locks out
33369 the possibility of testing a configuration using &%-C%& right through message
33370 reception and delivery, even if the caller is root. The reception works, but by
33371 that time, Exim is running as the Exim user, so when it re-execs to regain
33372 privilege for the delivery, the use of &%-C%& causes privilege to be lost.
33373 However, root can test reception and delivery using two separate commands.
33374 ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is not set by default.
33375 .next
33376 If DISABLE_D_OPTION is defined, the use of the &%-D%& command line option
33377 is disabled.
33378 .next
33379 FIXED_NEVER_USERS can be set to a colon-separated list of users that are
33380 never to be used for any deliveries. This is like the &%never_users%& runtime
33381 option, but it cannot be overridden; the runtime option adds additional users
33382 to the list. The default setting is &"root"&; this prevents a non-root user who
33383 is permitted to modify the runtime file from using Exim as a way to get root.
33384 .endlist
33385
33386
33387
33388
33389 .section "Root privilege" "SECID270"
33390 .cindex "setuid"
33391 .cindex "root privilege"
33392 The Exim binary is normally setuid to root, which means that it gains root
33393 privilege (runs as root) when it starts execution. In some special cases (for
33394 example, when the daemon is not in use and there are no local deliveries), it
33395 may be possible to run Exim setuid to some user other than root. This is
33396 discussed in the next section. However, in most installations, root privilege
33397 is required for two things:
33398
33399 .ilist
33400 To set up a socket connected to the standard SMTP port (25) when initialising
33401 the listening daemon. If Exim is run from &'inetd'&, this privileged action is
33402 not required.
33403 .next
33404 To be able to change uid and gid in order to read users' &_.forward_& files and
33405 perform local deliveries as the receiving user or as specified in the
33406 configuration.
33407 .endlist
33408
33409 It is not necessary to be root to do any of the other things Exim does, such as
33410 receiving messages and delivering them externally over SMTP, and it is
33411 obviously more secure if Exim does not run as root except when necessary.
33412 For this reason, a user and group for Exim to use must be defined in
33413 &_Local/Makefile_&. These are known as &"the Exim user"& and &"the Exim
33414 group"&. Their values can be changed by the run time configuration, though this
33415 is not recommended. Often a user called &'exim'& is used, but some sites use
33416 &'mail'& or another user name altogether.
33417
33418 Exim uses &[setuid()]& whenever it gives up root privilege. This is a permanent
33419 abdication; the process cannot regain root afterwards. Prior to release 4.00,
33420 &[seteuid()]& was used in some circumstances, but this is no longer the case.
33421
33422 After a new Exim process has interpreted its command line options, it changes
33423 uid and gid in the following cases:
33424
33425 .ilist
33426 .oindex "&%-C%&"
33427 .oindex "&%-D%&"
33428 If the &%-C%& option is used to specify an alternate configuration file, or if
33429 the &%-D%& option is used to define macro values for the configuration, and the
33430 calling process is not running as root or the Exim user, the uid and gid are
33431 changed to those of the calling process.
33432 However, if ALT_CONFIG_ROOT_ONLY is defined in &_Local/Makefile_&, only
33433 root callers may use &%-C%& and &%-D%& without losing privilege, and if
33434 DISABLE_D_OPTION is set, the &%-D%& option may not be used at all.
33435 .next
33436 .oindex "&%-be%&"
33437 .oindex "&%-bf%&"
33438 .oindex "&%-bF%&"
33439 If the expansion test option (&%-be%&) or one of the filter testing options
33440 (&%-bf%& or &%-bF%&) are used, the uid and gid are changed to those of the
33441 calling process.
33442 .next
33443 If the process is not a daemon process or a queue runner process or a delivery
33444 process or a process for testing address routing (started with &%-bt%&), the
33445 uid and gid are changed to the Exim user and group. This means that Exim always
33446 runs under its own uid and gid when receiving messages. This also applies when
33447 testing address verification
33448 .oindex "&%-bv%&"
33449 .oindex "&%-bh%&"
33450 (the &%-bv%& option) and testing incoming message policy controls (the &%-bh%&
33451 option).
33452 .next
33453 For a daemon, queue runner, delivery, or address testing process, the uid
33454 remains as root at this stage, but the gid is changed to the Exim group.
33455 .endlist
33456
33457 The processes that initially retain root privilege behave as follows:
33458
33459 .ilist
33460 A daemon process changes the gid to the Exim group and the uid to the Exim
33461 user after setting up one or more listening sockets. The &[initgroups()]&
33462 function is called, so that if the Exim user is in any additional groups, they
33463 will be used during message reception.
33464 .next
33465 A queue runner process retains root privilege throughout its execution. Its
33466 job is to fork a controlled sequence of delivery processes.
33467 .next
33468 A delivery process retains root privilege throughout most of its execution,
33469 but any actual deliveries (that is, the transports themselves) are run in
33470 subprocesses which always change to a non-root uid and gid. For local
33471 deliveries this is typically the uid and gid of the owner of the mailbox; for
33472 remote deliveries, the Exim uid and gid are used. Once all the delivery
33473 subprocesses have been run, a delivery process changes to the Exim uid and gid
33474 while doing post-delivery tidying up such as updating the retry database and
33475 generating bounce and warning messages.
33476
33477 While the recipient addresses in a message are being routed, the delivery
33478 process runs as root. However, if a user's filter file has to be processed,
33479 this is done in a subprocess that runs under the individual user's uid and
33480 gid. A system filter is run as root unless &%system_filter_user%& is set.
33481 .next
33482 A process that is testing addresses (the &%-bt%& option) runs as root so that
33483 the routing is done in the same environment as a message delivery.
33484 .endlist
33485
33486
33487
33488
33489 .section "Running Exim without privilege" "SECTrunexiwitpri"
33490 .cindex "privilege, running without"
33491 .cindex "unprivileged running"
33492 .cindex "root privilege" "running without"
33493 Some installations like to run Exim in an unprivileged state for more of its
33494 operation, for added security. Support for this mode of operation is provided
33495 by the global option &%deliver_drop_privilege%&. When this is set, the uid and
33496 gid are changed to the Exim user and group at the start of a delivery process
33497 (and also queue runner and address testing processes). This means that address
33498 routing is no longer run as root, and the deliveries themselves cannot change
33499 to any other uid.
33500
33501 .cindex SIGHUP
33502 .cindex "daemon" "restarting"
33503 Leaving the binary setuid to root, but setting &%deliver_drop_privilege%& means
33504 that the daemon can still be started in the usual way, and it can respond
33505 correctly to SIGHUP because the re-invocation regains root privilege.
33506
33507 An alternative approach is to make Exim setuid to the Exim user and also setgid
33508 to the Exim group. If you do this, the daemon must be started from a root
33509 process. (Calling Exim from a root process makes it behave in the way it does
33510 when it is setuid root.) However, the daemon cannot restart itself after a
33511 SIGHUP signal because it cannot regain privilege.
33512
33513 It is still useful to set &%deliver_drop_privilege%& in this case, because it
33514 stops Exim from trying to re-invoke itself to do a delivery after a message has
33515 been received. Such a re-invocation is a waste of resources because it has no
33516 effect.
33517
33518 If restarting the daemon is not an issue (for example, if &%mua_wrapper%& is
33519 set, or &'inetd'& is being used instead of a daemon), having the binary setuid
33520 to the Exim user seems a clean approach, but there is one complication:
33521
33522 In this style of operation, Exim is running with the real uid and gid set to
33523 those of the calling process, and the effective uid/gid set to Exim's values.
33524 Ideally, any association with the calling process' uid/gid should be dropped,
33525 that is, the real uid/gid should be reset to the effective values so as to
33526 discard any privileges that the caller may have. While some operating systems
33527 have a function that permits this action for a non-root effective uid, quite a
33528 number of them do not. Because of this lack of standardization, Exim does not
33529 address this problem at this time.
33530
33531 For this reason, the recommended approach for &"mostly unprivileged"& running
33532 is to keep the Exim binary setuid to root, and to set
33533 &%deliver_drop_privilege%&. This also has the advantage of allowing a daemon to
33534 be used in the most straightforward way.
33535
33536 If you configure Exim not to run delivery processes as root, there are a
33537 number of restrictions on what you can do:
33538
33539 .ilist
33540 You can deliver only as the Exim user/group. You should explicitly use the
33541 &%user%& and &%group%& options to override routers or local transports that
33542 normally deliver as the recipient. This makes sure that configurations that
33543 work in this mode function the same way in normal mode. Any implicit or
33544 explicit specification of another user causes an error.
33545 .next
33546 Use of &_.forward_& files is severely restricted, such that it is usually
33547 not worthwhile to include them in the configuration.
33548 .next
33549 Users who wish to use &_.forward_& would have to make their home directory and
33550 the file itself accessible to the Exim user. Pipe and append-to-file entries,
33551 and their equivalents in Exim filters, cannot be used. While they could be
33552 enabled in the Exim user's name, that would be insecure and not very useful.
33553 .next
33554 Unless the local user mailboxes are all owned by the Exim user (possible in
33555 some POP3 or IMAP-only environments):
33556
33557 .olist
33558 They must be owned by the Exim group and be writeable by that group. This
33559 implies you must set &%mode%& in the appendfile configuration, as well as the
33560 mode of the mailbox files themselves.
33561 .next
33562 You must set &%no_check_owner%&, since most or all of the files will not be
33563 owned by the Exim user.
33564 .next
33565 You must set &%file_must_exist%&, because Exim cannot set the owner correctly
33566 on a newly created mailbox when unprivileged. This also implies that new
33567 mailboxes need to be created manually.
33568 .endlist olist
33569 .endlist ilist
33570
33571
33572 These restrictions severely restrict what can be done in local deliveries.
33573 However, there are no restrictions on remote deliveries. If you are running a
33574 gateway host that does no local deliveries, setting &%deliver_drop_privilege%&
33575 gives more security at essentially no cost.
33576
33577 If you are using the &%mua_wrapper%& facility (see chapter
33578 &<<CHAPnonqueueing>>&), &%deliver_drop_privilege%& is forced to be true.
33579
33580
33581
33582
33583 .section "Delivering to local files" "SECID271"
33584 Full details of the checks applied by &(appendfile)& before it writes to a file
33585 are given in chapter &<<CHAPappendfile>>&.
33586
33587
33588
33589 .section "IPv4 source routing" "SECID272"
33590 .cindex "source routing" "in IP packets"
33591 .cindex "IP source routing"
33592 Many operating systems suppress IP source-routed packets in the kernel, but
33593 some cannot be made to do this, so Exim does its own check. It logs incoming
33594 IPv4 source-routed TCP calls, and then drops them. Things are all different in
33595 IPv6. No special checking is currently done.
33596
33597
33598
33599 .section "The VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands in SMTP" "SECID273"
33600 Support for these SMTP commands is disabled by default. If required, they can
33601 be enabled by defining suitable ACLs.
33602
33603
33604
33605
33606 .section "Privileged users" "SECID274"
33607 .cindex "trusted users"
33608 .cindex "admin user"
33609 .cindex "privileged user"
33610 .cindex "user" "trusted"
33611 .cindex "user" "admin"
33612 Exim recognizes two sets of users with special privileges. Trusted users are
33613 able to submit new messages to Exim locally, but supply their own sender
33614 addresses and information about a sending host. For other users submitting
33615 local messages, Exim sets up the sender address from the uid, and doesn't
33616 permit a remote host to be specified.
33617
33618 .oindex "&%-f%&"
33619 However, an untrusted user is permitted to use the &%-f%& command line option
33620 in the special form &%-f <>%& to indicate that a delivery failure for the
33621 message should not cause an error report. This affects the message's envelope,
33622 but it does not affect the &'Sender:'& header. Untrusted users may also be
33623 permitted to use specific forms of address with the &%-f%& option by setting
33624 the &%untrusted_set_sender%& option.
33625
33626 Trusted users are used to run processes that receive mail messages from some
33627 other mail domain and pass them on to Exim for delivery either locally, or over
33628 the Internet. Exim trusts a caller that is running as root, as the Exim user,
33629 as any user listed in the &%trusted_users%& configuration option, or under any
33630 group listed in the &%trusted_groups%& option.
33631
33632 Admin users are permitted to do things to the messages on Exim's queue. They
33633 can freeze or thaw messages, cause them to be returned to their senders, remove
33634 them entirely, or modify them in various ways. In addition, admin users can run
33635 the Exim monitor and see all the information it is capable of providing, which
33636 includes the contents of files on the spool.
33637
33638 .oindex "&%-M%&"
33639 .oindex "&%-q%&"
33640 By default, the use of the &%-M%& and &%-q%& options to cause Exim to attempt
33641 delivery of messages on its queue is restricted to admin users. This
33642 restriction can be relaxed by setting the &%no_prod_requires_admin%& option.
33643 Similarly, the use of &%-bp%& (and its variants) to list the contents of the
33644 queue is also restricted to admin users. This restriction can be relaxed by
33645 setting &%no_queue_list_requires_admin%&.
33646
33647 Exim recognizes an admin user if the calling process is running as root or as
33648 the Exim user or if any of the groups associated with the calling process is
33649 the Exim group. It is not necessary actually to be running under the Exim
33650 group. However, if admin users who are not root or the Exim user are to access
33651 the contents of files on the spool via the Exim monitor (which runs
33652 unprivileged), Exim must be built to allow group read access to its spool
33653 files.
33654
33655
33656
33657 .section "Spool files" "SECID275"
33658 .cindex "spool directory" "files"
33659 Exim's spool directory and everything it contains is owned by the Exim user and
33660 set to the Exim group. The mode for spool files is defined in the
33661 &_Local/Makefile_& configuration file, and defaults to 0640. This means that
33662 any user who is a member of the Exim group can access these files.
33663
33664
33665
33666 .section "Use of argv[0]" "SECID276"
33667 Exim examines the last component of &%argv[0]%&, and if it matches one of a set
33668 of specific strings, Exim assumes certain options. For example, calling Exim
33669 with the last component of &%argv[0]%& set to &"rsmtp"& is exactly equivalent
33670 to calling it with the option &%-bS%&. There are no security implications in
33671 this.
33672
33673
33674
33675 .section "Use of %f formatting" "SECID277"
33676 The only use made of &"%f"& by Exim is in formatting load average values. These
33677 are actually stored in integer variables as 1000 times the load average.
33678 Consequently, their range is limited and so therefore is the length of the
33679 converted output.
33680
33681
33682
33683 .section "Embedded Exim path" "SECID278"
33684 Exim uses its own path name, which is embedded in the code, only when it needs
33685 to re-exec in order to regain root privilege. Therefore, it is not root when it
33686 does so. If some bug allowed the path to get overwritten, it would lead to an
33687 arbitrary program's being run as exim, not as root.
33688
33689
33690
33691 .section "Use of sprintf()" "SECID279"
33692 .cindex "&[sprintf()]&"
33693 A large number of occurrences of &"sprintf"& in the code are actually calls to
33694 &'string_sprintf()'&, a function that returns the result in malloc'd store.
33695 The intermediate formatting is done into a large fixed buffer by a function
33696 that runs through the format string itself, and checks the length of each
33697 conversion before performing it, thus preventing buffer overruns.
33698
33699 The remaining uses of &[sprintf()]& happen in controlled circumstances where
33700 the output buffer is known to be sufficiently long to contain the converted
33701 string.
33702
33703
33704
33705 .section "Use of debug_printf() and log_write()" "SECID280"
33706 Arbitrary strings are passed to both these functions, but they do their
33707 formatting by calling the function &'string_vformat()'&, which runs through
33708 the format string itself, and checks the length of each conversion.
33709
33710
33711
33712 .section "Use of strcat() and strcpy()" "SECID281"
33713 These are used only in cases where the output buffer is known to be large
33714 enough to hold the result.
33715 .ecindex IIDsecurcon
33716
33717
33718
33719
33720 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33721 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33722
33723 .chapter "Format of spool files" "CHAPspool"
33724 .scindex IIDforspo1 "format" "spool files"
33725 .scindex IIDforspo2 "spool directory" "format of files"
33726 .scindex IIDforspo3 "spool files" "format of"
33727 .cindex "spool files" "editing"
33728 A message on Exim's queue consists of two files, whose names are the message id
33729 followed by -D and -H, respectively. The data portion of the message is kept in
33730 the -D file on its own. The message's envelope, status, and headers are all
33731 kept in the -H file, whose format is described in this chapter. Each of these
33732 two files contains the final component of its own name as its first line. This
33733 is insurance against disk crashes where the directory is lost but the files
33734 themselves are recoverable.
33735
33736 Some people are tempted into editing -D files in order to modify messages. You
33737 need to be extremely careful if you do this; it is not recommended and you are
33738 on your own if you do it. Here are some of the pitfalls:
33739
33740 .ilist
33741 You must ensure that Exim does not try to deliver the message while you are
33742 fiddling with it. The safest way is to take out a write lock on the -D file,
33743 which is what Exim itself does, using &[fcntl()]&. If you update the file in
33744 place, the lock will be retained. If you write a new file and rename it, the
33745 lock will be lost at the instant of rename.
33746 .next
33747 .vindex "&$body_linecount$&"
33748 If you change the number of lines in the file, the value of
33749 &$body_linecount$&, which is stored in the -H file, will be incorrect. At
33750 present, this value is not used by Exim, but there is no guarantee that this
33751 will always be the case.
33752 .next
33753 If the message is in MIME format, you must take care not to break it.
33754 .next
33755 If the message is cryptographically signed, any change will invalidate the
33756 signature.
33757 .endlist
33758 .new
33759 All in all, modifying -D files is fraught with danger.
33760 .wen
33761
33762 .new
33763 Files whose names end with -J may also be seen in the &_input_& directory (or
33764 its subdirectories when &%split_spool_directory%& is set). These are journal
33765 files, used to record addresses to which the message has been delivered during
33766 the course of a delivery attempt. If there are still undelivered recipients at
33767 the end, the -H file is updated, and the -J file is deleted. If, however, there
33768 is some kind of crash (for example, a power outage) before this happens, the -J
33769 file remains in existence. When Exim next processes the message, it notices the
33770 -J file and uses it to update the -H file before starting the next delivery
33771 attempt.
33772 .wen
33773
33774 .section "Format of the -H file" "SECID282"
33775 .cindex "uid (user id)" "in spool file"
33776 .cindex "gid (group id)" "in spool file"
33777 The second line of the -H file contains the login name for the uid of the
33778 process that called Exim to read the message, followed by the numerical uid and
33779 gid. For a locally generated message, this is normally the user who sent the
33780 message. For a message received over TCP/IP &new("via the daemon"), it is
33781 normally the Exim user.
33782
33783 The third line of the file contains the address of the message's sender as
33784 transmitted in the envelope, contained in angle brackets. The sender address is
33785 empty for bounce messages. For incoming SMTP mail, the sender address is given
33786 in the MAIL command. For locally generated mail, the sender address is
33787 created by Exim from the login name of the current user and the configured
33788 &%qualify_domain%&. However, this can be overridden by the &%-f%& option or a
33789 leading &"From&~"& line if the caller is trusted, or if the supplied address is
33790 &"<>"& or an address that matches &%untrusted_set_senders%&.
33791
33792 The fourth line contains two numbers. The first is the time that the message
33793 was received, in the conventional Unix form &-- the number of seconds since the
33794 start of the epoch. The second number is a count of the number of messages
33795 warning of delayed delivery that have been sent to the sender.
33796
33797 There follow a number of lines starting with a hyphen. These can appear in any
33798 order, and are omitted when not relevant:
33799
33800 .vlist
33801 .vitem "&%-acl%&&~<&'number'&>&~<&'length'&>"
33802 This item is obsolete, and is not generated from Exim release 4.61 onwards;
33803 &%-aclc%& and &%-aclm%& are used instead. However, &%-acl%& is still
33804 recognized, to provide backward compatibility. In the old format, a line of
33805 this form is present for every ACL variable that is not empty. The number
33806 identifies the variable; the &%acl_c%&&*x*& variables are numbered 0&--9 and
33807 the &%acl_m%&&*x*& variables are numbered 10&--19. The length is the length of
33808 the data string for the variable. The string itself starts at the beginning of
33809 the next line, and is followed by a newline character. It may contain internal
33810 newlines.
33811
33812 .vitem "&%-aclc%&&~<&'rest-of-name'&>&~<&'length'&>"
33813 A line of this form is present for every ACL connection variable that is
33814 defined. Note that there is a space between &%-aclc%& and the rest of the name.
33815 The length is the length of the data string for the variable. The string itself
33816 starts at the beginning of the next line, and is followed by a newline
33817 character. It may contain internal newlines.
33818
33819 .vitem "&%-aclm%&&~<&'rest-of-name'&>&~<&'length'&>"
33820 A line of this form is present for every ACL message variable that is defined.
33821 Note that there is a space between &%-aclm%& and the rest of the name. The
33822 length is the length of the data string for the variable. The string itself
33823 starts at the beginning of the next line, and is followed by a newline
33824 character. It may contain internal newlines.
33825
33826 .vitem "&%-active_hostname%&&~<&'hostname'&>"
33827 This is present if, when the message was received over SMTP, the value of
33828 &$smtp_active_hostname$& was different to the value of &$primary_hostname$&.
33829
33830 .vitem &%-allow_unqualified_recipient%&
33831 This is present if unqualified recipient addresses are permitted in header
33832 lines (to stop such addresses from being qualified if rewriting occurs at
33833 transport time). Local messages that were input using &%-bnq%& and remote
33834 messages from hosts that match &%recipient_unqualified_hosts%& set this flag.
33835
33836 .vitem &%-allow_unqualified_sender%&
33837 This is present if unqualified sender addresses are permitted in header lines
33838 (to stop such addresses from being qualified if rewriting occurs at transport
33839 time). Local messages that were input using &%-bnq%& and remote messages from
33840 hosts that match &%sender_unqualified_hosts%& set this flag.
33841
33842 .vitem "&%-auth_id%&&~<&'text'&>"
33843 The id information for a message received on an authenticated SMTP connection
33844 &-- the value of the &$authenticated_id$& variable.
33845
33846 .vitem "&%-auth_sender%&&~<&'address'&>"
33847 The address of an authenticated sender &-- the value of the
33848 &$authenticated_sender$& variable.
33849
33850 .vitem "&%-body_linecount%&&~<&'number'&>"
33851 This records the number of lines in the body of the message, and is always
33852 present.
33853
33854 .vitem "&%-body_zerocount%&&~<&'number'&>"
33855 This records the number of binary zero bytes in the body of the message, and is
33856 present if the number is greater than zero.
33857
33858 .vitem &%-deliver_firsttime%&
33859 This is written when a new message is first added to the spool. When the spool
33860 file is updated after a deferral, it is omitted.
33861
33862 .vitem "&%-frozen%&&~<&'time'&>"
33863 .cindex "frozen messages" "spool data"
33864 The message is frozen, and the freezing happened at <&'time'&>.
33865
33866 .vitem "&%-helo_name%&&~<&'text'&>"
33867 This records the host name as specified by a remote host in a HELO or EHLO
33868 command.
33869
33870 .vitem "&%-host_address%&&~<&'address'&>.<&'port'&>"
33871 This records the IP address of the host from which the message was received and
33872 the remote port number that was used. It is omitted for locally generated
33873 messages.
33874
33875 .vitem "&%-host_auth%&&~<&'text'&>"
33876 If the message was received on an authenticated SMTP connection, this records
33877 the name of the authenticator &-- the value of the
33878 &$sender_host_authenticated$& variable.
33879
33880 .vitem &%-host_lookup_failed%&
33881 This is present if an attempt to look up the sending host's name from its IP
33882 address failed. It corresponds to the &$host_lookup_failed$& variable.
33883
33884 .vitem "&%-host_name%&&~<&'text'&>"
33885 .cindex "reverse DNS lookup"
33886 .cindex "DNS" "reverse lookup"
33887 This records the name of the remote host from which the message was received,
33888 if the host name was looked up from the IP address when the message was being
33889 received. It is not present if no reverse lookup was done.
33890
33891 .vitem "&%-ident%&&~<&'text'&>"
33892 For locally submitted messages, this records the login of the originating user,
33893 unless it was a trusted user and the &%-oMt%& option was used to specify an
33894 ident value. For messages received over TCP/IP, this records the ident string
33895 supplied by the remote host, if any.
33896
33897 .vitem "&%-interface_address%&&~<&'address'&>.<&'port'&>"
33898 This records the IP address of the local interface and the port number through
33899 which a message was received from a remote host. It is omitted for locally
33900 generated messages.
33901
33902 .vitem &%-local%&
33903 The message is from a local sender.
33904
33905 .vitem &%-localerror%&
33906 The message is a locally-generated bounce message.
33907
33908 .vitem "&%-local_scan%&&~<&'string'&>"
33909 This records the data string that was returned by the &[local_scan()]& function
33910 when the message was received &-- the value of the &$local_scan_data$&
33911 variable. It is omitted if no data was returned.
33912
33913 .vitem &%-manual_thaw%&
33914 The message was frozen but has been thawed manually, that is, by an explicit
33915 Exim command rather than via the auto-thaw process.
33916
33917 .vitem &%-N%&
33918 A testing delivery process was started using the &%-N%& option to suppress any
33919 actual deliveries, but delivery was deferred. At any further delivery attempts,
33920 &%-N%& is assumed.
33921
33922 .vitem &%-received_protocol%&
33923 This records the value of the &$received_protocol$& variable, which contains
33924 the name of the protocol by which the message was received.
33925
33926 .vitem &%-sender_set_untrusted%&
33927 The envelope sender of this message was set by an untrusted local caller (used
33928 to ensure that the caller is displayed in queue listings).
33929
33930 .vitem "&%-spam_score_int%&&~<&'number'&>"
33931 If a message was scanned by SpamAssassin, this is present. It records the value
33932 of &$spam_score_int$&.
33933
33934 .vitem &%-tls_certificate_verified%&
33935 A TLS certificate was received from the client that sent this message, and the
33936 certificate was verified by the server.
33937
33938 .vitem "&%-tls_cipher%&&~<&'cipher name'&>"
33939 When the message was received over an encrypted connection, this records the
33940 name of the cipher suite that was used.
33941
33942 .vitem "&%-tls_peerdn%&&~<&'peer DN'&>"
33943 When the message was received over an encrypted connection, and a certificate
33944 was received from the client, this records the Distinguished Name from that
33945 certificate.
33946 .endlist
33947
33948 Following the options there is a list of those addresses to which the message
33949 is not to be delivered. This set of addresses is initialized from the command
33950 line when the &%-t%& option is used and &%extract_addresses_remove_arguments%&
33951 is set; otherwise it starts out empty. Whenever a successful delivery is made,
33952 the address is added to this set. The addresses are kept internally as a
33953 balanced binary tree, and it is a representation of that tree which is written
33954 to the spool file. If an address is expanded via an alias or forward file, the
33955 original address is added to the tree when deliveries to all its child
33956 addresses are complete.
33957
33958 If the tree is empty, there is a single line in the spool file containing just
33959 the text &"XX"&. Otherwise, each line consists of two letters, which are either
33960 Y or N, followed by an address. The address is the value for the node of the
33961 tree, and the letters indicate whether the node has a left branch and/or a
33962 right branch attached to it, respectively. If branches exist, they immediately
33963 follow. Here is an example of a three-node tree:
33964 .code
33965 YY darcy@austen.fict.example
33966 NN alice@wonderland.fict.example
33967 NN editor@thesaurus.ref.example
33968 .endd
33969 After the non-recipients tree, there is a list of the message's recipients.
33970 This is a simple list, preceded by a count. It includes all the original
33971 recipients of the message, including those to whom the message has already been
33972 delivered. In the simplest case, the list contains one address per line. For
33973 example:
33974 .code
33975 4
33976 editor@thesaurus.ref.example
33977 darcy@austen.fict.example
33978 rdo@foundation
33979 alice@wonderland.fict.example
33980 .endd
33981 However, when a child address has been added to the top-level addresses as a
33982 result of the use of the &%one_time%& option on a &(redirect)& router, each
33983 line is of the following form:
33984 .display
33985 <&'top-level address'&> <&'errors_to address'&> &&&
33986 <&'length'&>,<&'parent number'&>#<&'flag bits'&>
33987 .endd
33988 The 01 flag bit indicates the presence of the three other fields that follow
33989 the top-level address. Other bits may be used in future to support additional
33990 fields. The <&'parent number'&> is the offset in the recipients list of the
33991 original parent of the &"one time"& address. The first two fields are the
33992 envelope sender that is associated with this address and its length. If the
33993 length is zero, there is no special envelope sender (there are then two space
33994 characters in the line). A non-empty field can arise from a &(redirect)& router
33995 that has an &%errors_to%& setting.
33996
33997
33998 A blank line separates the envelope and status information from the headers
33999 which follow. A header may occupy several lines of the file, and to save effort
34000 when reading it in, each header is preceded by a number and an identifying
34001 character. The number is the number of characters in the header, including any
34002 embedded newlines and the terminating newline. The character is one of the
34003 following:
34004
34005 .table2 50pt
34006 .row <&'blank'&> "header in which Exim has no special interest"
34007 .row &`B`& "&'Bcc:'& header"
34008 .row &`C`& "&'Cc:'& header"
34009 .row &`F`& "&'From:'& header"
34010 .row &`I`& "&'Message-id:'& header"
34011 .row &`P`& "&'Received:'& header &-- P for &""postmark""&"
34012 .row &`R`& "&'Reply-To:'& header"
34013 .row &`S`& "&'Sender:'& header"
34014 .row &`T`& "&'To:'& header"
34015 .row &`*`& "replaced or deleted header"
34016 .endtable
34017
34018 Deleted or replaced (rewritten) headers remain in the spool file for debugging
34019 purposes. They are not transmitted when the message is delivered. Here is a
34020 typical set of headers:
34021 .code
34022 111P Received: by hobbit.fict.example with local (Exim 4.00)
34023 id 14y9EI-00026G-00; Fri, 11 May 2001 10:28:59 +0100
34024 049 Message-Id: <E14y9EI-00026G-00@hobbit.fict.example>
34025 038* X-rewrote-sender: bb@hobbit.fict.example
34026 042* From: Bilbo Baggins <bb@hobbit.fict.example>
34027 049F From: Bilbo Baggins <B.Baggins@hobbit.fict.example>
34028 099* To: alice@wonderland.fict.example, rdo@foundation,
34029 darcy@austen.fict.example, editor@thesaurus.ref.example
34030 104T To: alice@wonderland.fict.example, rdo@foundation.example,
34031 darcy@austen.fict.example, editor@thesaurus.ref.example
34032 038 Date: Fri, 11 May 2001 10:28:59 +0100
34033 .endd
34034 The asterisked headers indicate that the envelope sender, &'From:'& header, and
34035 &'To:'& header have been rewritten, the last one because routing expanded the
34036 unqualified domain &'foundation'&.
34037 .ecindex IIDforspo1
34038 .ecindex IIDforspo2
34039 .ecindex IIDforspo3
34040
34041
34042
34043
34044 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34045 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34046
34047 .chapter "Adding new drivers or lookup types" "CHID12" &&&
34048 "Adding drivers or lookups"
34049 .cindex "adding drivers"
34050 .cindex "new drivers, adding"
34051 .cindex "drivers" "adding new"
34052 The following actions have to be taken in order to add a new router, transport,
34053 authenticator, or lookup type to Exim:
34054
34055 .olist
34056 Choose a name for the driver or lookup type that does not conflict with any
34057 existing name; I will use &"newdriver"& in what follows.
34058 .next
34059 Add to &_src/EDITME_& the line:
34060 .display
34061 <&'type'&>&`_NEWDRIVER=yes`&
34062 .endd
34063 where <&'type'&> is ROUTER, TRANSPORT, AUTH, or LOOKUP. If the
34064 code is not to be included in the binary by default, comment this line out. You
34065 should also add any relevant comments about the driver or lookup type.
34066 .next
34067 Add to &_src/config.h.defaults_& the line:
34068 .code
34069 #define <type>_NEWDRIVER
34070 .endd
34071 .next
34072 Edit &_src/drtables.c_&, adding conditional code to pull in the private header
34073 and create a table entry as is done for all the other drivers and lookup types.
34074 .next
34075 Edit &_Makefile_& in the appropriate sub-directory (&_src/routers_&,
34076 &_src/transports_&, &_src/auths_&, or &_src/lookups_&); add a line for the new
34077 driver or lookup type and add it to the definition of OBJ.
34078 .next
34079 Create &_newdriver.h_& and &_newdriver.c_& in the appropriate sub-directory of
34080 &_src_&.
34081 .next
34082 Edit &_scripts/MakeLinks_& and add commands to link the &_.h_& and &_.c_& files
34083 as for other drivers and lookups.
34084 .endlist
34085
34086 Then all you need to do is write the code! A good way to start is to make a
34087 proforma by copying an existing module of the same type, globally changing all
34088 occurrences of the name, and cutting out most of the code. Note that any
34089 options you create must be listed in alphabetical order, because the tables are
34090 searched using a binary chop procedure.
34091
34092 There is a &_README_& file in each of the sub-directories of &_src_& describing
34093 the interface that is expected.
34094
34095
34096
34097
34098 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34099 . ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34100
34101 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34102 . These lines are processing instructions for the Simple DocBook Processor that
34103 . Philip Hazel has developed as a less cumbersome way of making PostScript and
34104 . PDFs than using xmlto and fop. They will be ignored by all other XML
34105 . processors.
34106 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34107
34108 .literal xml
34109 <?sdop
34110 format="newpage"
34111 foot_right_recto="&chaptertitle;"
34112 foot_right_verso="&chaptertitle;"
34113 ?>
34114 .literal off
34115
34116 .makeindex "Options index" "option"
34117 .makeindex "Variables index" "variable"
34118 .makeindex "Concept index" "concept"
34119
34120
34121 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34122 . /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////